IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 |S0 "^* M^^ 
 
 ■^ Uii 122 
 
 IK KB 
 U 
 
 115 
 
 2.0 
 
 I 
 
 
 III— 11''^ 1'-^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 6" 
 
 ► 
 
 <% 
 
 V. 
 
 
 fi: 
 
 
 V 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 ^\ 
 
 •^ 
 
 <> 
 
 
 
 >.v 
 
 23 WIST MAIN STRilT 
 
 WIBSTER.N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) S72-4503 
 
 ■^ 
 
r.^% 
 
 A* 
 
 
 l/u 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHIVI/iCI\/IH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notas/Notaa tachniquas at bibliographiquas 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 I I Covers damaged/ 
 
 Couverture endommagAe 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaurAe et/ou pellicula 
 
 I I Cover title missing/ 
 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 □ Coloured maps/ 
 Cartes g^ographiques en couleur 
 
 Coloured ink (I.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Relii avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 La re Mure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distortion le long de la marge intArieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouttes 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte. 
 mais, lorsque cela itait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas 6t6 filmAes. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires supplAmentaires: 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm* le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a 6ti possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique. qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la mAthode normale de f ilmage 
 sont indiquts ci-dessous. 
 
 I I Coloured pages/ 
 
 D 
 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Paget endommagies 
 
 Pages restored and/oi 
 
 Pages restaurtes et/ou pelliculies 
 
 I I Pages damaged/ 
 
 I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 Pages dicolordes, tachetdes ou piquies 
 
 □ Pages detached/ 
 Pages ditachies 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 I I Quality of print varies/ 
 
 Qualit* inigaie de I'impression 
 
 Includes supplementary material/ 
 Comprend du materiel supplimentaire 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule idition disponibis 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc.. have been refilmed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partieilement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure. 
 etc., ont M filmtos A nouveau de fapon A 
 obtenir la meiileure image possible. 
 
 Tl 
 to 
 
 Tl 
 
 9< 
 
 ^\ 
 
 fil 
 
 O 
 
 b< 
 th 
 si 
 01 
 fil 
 si 
 or 
 
 T» 
 sli 
 Tl 
 
 w 
 
 M 
 di 
 en 
 ba 
 ri| 
 re( 
 mi 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 10X 
 
 >(iUIII 
 
 Bill a 
 
 9\ III 
 
 iiio a 
 
 14X 
 
 U KUU 
 
 A ue 
 
 lOUU 
 
 bllWII 
 
 18X 
 
 IflUII 
 
 4U« 1, 
 
 i*uaa 
 
 auua 
 
 22X 
 
 
 
 
 26X 
 
 
 
 
 30X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 12X 
 
 
 
 
 16X 
 
 
 
 
 20X 
 
 
 
 
 24X 
 
 
 
 
 28X 
 
 
 
 
 32X 
 
 

 Th« copy ffilm«d h«r« has bMn r«produc«d thanka 
 to tha ganarosity of: 
 
 Library Diviiion 
 
 Provincial Archives of British Columbia 
 
 Tha imagat appaaring hara ara tha bast quality 
 posaibia conaidaring tha condition and lagibility 
 of tha original copy and in kaaping with tha 
 filming contract apacif ications. 
 
 Original copiaa in printad papar covars ara filmad 
 baginning w2th tha front covar and anding on 
 tha laat paga with a printad or illustratad impraa- 
 •ion. or tha back covar whan appropriata. All 
 othar original copias ara filmad baginning on tha 
 first paga with a printad or illustratad impras- 
 sion, and anding on tha last paga with a printad 
 or illustratad imprassion. 
 
 Tha last racordad frama on aach microf icha 
 shall contain tha symbol —^ (moaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or tha symbol y (moaning "END"), 
 whichavar applias. 
 
 IMaps. platas. charts, ate. may ba filmad at 
 diffarant raduction ratios. Thosa too larga to ba 
 antiraly includad in ona axposura are filmad 
 baginning in tha uppar laft hand cornar. laft to 
 right and top to bottom, as many framas as 
 raquirad. Tha following diagrams illustrata tha 
 mathod: 
 
 L'axamplaira film* f ut raproduit grica A la 
 ginAroaltA da: 
 
 Library Division 
 
 Provincial Archives of British Columbia 
 
 Laa imagaa auivantaa ont 4t« raproduitas avac la 
 plus grand aoin. compta tanu da la condition at 
 da la nattatA da l'axamplaira film*, at w 
 conformity avac las conditions du contrat da 
 filmaga. 
 
 Las axamplairas origlnaux dont la couvartura an 
 papiar ast imprimte sont f ilmAs 9n commandant 
 par la pramiar plat at an tarminant soit par la 
 darnlAra paga qui comporta una amprainta 
 d'imprassion ou d'illustration. soit par la sacond 
 plat, salon la cas. Tous las autras axamplairas 
 origlnaux sont filmAs wi commandant par la 
 pramiAra paga qui comporta una amprainta 
 d'imprassion ou d'illustration at an tarminant par 
 la darniira paga qui comporta una talle 
 amprainta. 
 
 Un das symbolas suivants apparaitra sur la 
 darniAra imaga da chaqua microficha. salon la 
 cas: la symbols — ^ signifia "A SUIVRE ". la 
 symbols V signifia "FIN". 
 
 Las cartas, planchas. tableaux, ate. pauvant Atra 
 filmAs A das taux da reduction diffArants. 
 Lorsqua la document ast trop grand pour Atre 
 reproduit en un seul clich«. il est filmA A partir 
 da I'angia supArieur gauche, de gauche A droite. 
 et de haut en bas. mn prenant la nombre 
 d'imagas nAcessaire. Las diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la mAthode. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
d^eogtapD^ :3(natom<5'D : 
 
 ■:^ 
 
 n 
 
 O R, THE 
 
 Geographical Grammar. 
 
 B«ing a fhort and Exaft 
 
 ANALYSIS 
 
 Of the whole BODY ©r 
 
 MODERN GEOGRAPHY, 
 
 After a New and Curious Method. 
 
 -COMPREHENDING 
 
 I. A gcneraT View of the Terraqueovs Globe, 
 
 Being a Compendious Syfiem of the true Fundamentals of Gsngraphf i 
 |>igefted into various i)efinitions, Problems, Theorems, and 
 Paradoxes ; with a tranfient Survey ^f the Surface of the Earthly 
 Ballt as it confifts of Land and Water. 
 
 II. A particular View of the Tfrrac^ueovs Qhoz^^ 
 
 Being a clear and pleafant ProfpeA of all remarkable Countries upon 
 the Face of the whole Earth ; ihewing their Situation, Extent, 
 Divifion, Subdivifion, Cities, Chief Towns, Name, Air, Soil, 
 Commodities, Rarities, Archbiihopricks, Biihopricks, Univerfities, 
 
 V Manners, Languages, Government, Arms, Religion. 
 
 , By Pat. Gordon^ M,A. F.RS, 
 
 The TWENTIETH EDITION Correfted and Inlarged. 
 
 With a New Set of Maps ingraved on a larger Scale 
 By EMANUEL BOWEN, Geographer to his Majesty. 
 
 Omne tulit punilum qui mifcuit utile dulci, HoR. 
 
 LONDON; 
 
 Printed for J. and P. Knapton, J. Brothbrton, J. Clarkb, S. 
 BiRT, D. Browne, T. Longman, C. Hitch, J. Hodqbs, J, 
 Shuckbvrch, J. and J. Rivington, J. Warp, J.Wrbm, and 
 M. Coop«R. . 
 

 
 :5^ti¥.i<- 
 
 1 er^t. 
 
 -^^?^. 
 
 'i.l. 
 
 ^/; 
 
 W' 
 
 •^■^^>^ 
 
 'ii^i 
 
 
 .'»4 
 
 'tl^^_ -f^ 
 
 V, 
 
 
 /t;*^ 
 
 . . -t -^ 
 
 
 Tiu^ 
 
 ■■*''5-!:y*r.'- ^ "■■■ 
 
 
 
 r*^. 
 
 >»•''- 
 
 9«o 
 
 IMPRIMATUR 
 
 £/^^ cui Titulus, ^eograf]^ 31natomt$'b> &(:. 
 
 t. \ f. 
 
 
 .f M I »I W "^tK. » 
 
 , ^ A -.• 
 
 it.i'/. 'ii ■ 
 
 ,*V -V>; '• ,i-« J>* 
 
 ^> * «« .v^»***»i*J»— **"•* 
 
 I > 
 
iV^J^e^/^ 
 
 T O T H E 
 
 
 Mpft Reverend Father in GOD 
 
 THOMAS 
 
 Lord Archbifhop of Canterbury^ &c. 
 
 
 M^ if pleafe your GKACEy 
 
 NE, who appeared for the Church in time 
 of her greateii Danger, briikly defended her 
 Do&rines againft the daring AfTaults of her 
 
 mod virulent Oppofers, took care to cre6t 
 
 a Synagogue for God^ where he found a Synagogue for 
 Satan : And One, whofe Life has all along been one 
 ctntinued Sermon agaifift Vice and Immorality^ does 
 
 well 
 
 81255 
 
 VtOTOiilA, ii. C. 
 
IsJ 
 
 The Epiftk Dedicatory, 
 
 well defcrve to wear a Mitre» And the fixing of 
 I'uch an One at the Helm of this National Church, 
 did not only proclaim the Royal Wifdom in making 
 that prudent Choice; but did alfo prognofticate to 
 the Church herfelf what Ihe has feen already come 
 to pafs : Even thofe wifhed for Halcyon Days^ and 
 Safety from Danger, which, by the Care of fuch an 
 Jihk<i watchful Pilots (he has, Thanks to Heaven, 
 hitherto injoyed. This mighty Bleffing^ moft Reve- 
 rend Father, we owe, under the ylufpicious Provi- 
 dence of God, to your Grace's excellent Management 
 of Things. And, as it were not enough to influence 
 and govern the Eftablijhed Church at home, your 
 Grace takes alfo Care to inlarge her Bounds^ and the 
 number of her Members abroad. BlefTed be God, our 
 implacable Adverfaries can no longer upbraid us with 
 a Jupine Neglect of our Heathen American Neighbours^ 
 in their Spiritual Concerns. We may now boaft of 
 a fettled Society de propaganda Fide as well as thiy : 
 and hope to bring over, in procefs of time, good 
 ftore of real Converts to the Truth in lieu of the many 
 pretended Ones of theirs. That moft venerable Soci- 
 ety, as it confifts of a confiderable number of ex- 
 cellcnt Ferfons both in Church and State^ fo it is An- 
 gularly happy in having the Benefit of your Grace's 
 ready Advice and Affiance upon all Occafions. You 
 are indeed the main Springs that animates that truly 
 Chriftian Body, and it is your extraordinary Zeal for 
 the Caufe of Chriji, that gives Life and Vigour to her 
 many great Defigns. 
 
 'M 
 
 Upon whirh Account it is, that I prefume to lay 
 at your Grace's Feet this New Edition of the follow- 
 ing Geographical Treatife. For, having conlidered in 
 it (under the general Head of Religion) the Spiritual 
 State of Mankind through all Quarters of the known 
 
 World » 
 
'fbe Epiftle Dedicatory, 
 
 World, and finding by a modeft Calculation^ that 
 fcarce Five of Twentyfive Parts thereof are Chrif* 
 Hans } who can refrain from' wifliing, That the 
 thick Mifts of Pdgan Ignorance and Error were djf- 
 pelled by the radiant Beams of the Sun of Rigbteot^- 
 nefs? So that thole People who fit in Darknefs migiic 
 know the Tru^ God their Maker ; . and be yet fo 
 happy as to fee thefavihg Light of the Gdfpel of Jefus 
 Chrifi. My Lxjrd, There is none, I am confideht, 
 that more cordially wifhpth this than yourfelfj and 
 none more earneftiy delir^th^ that all human Means 
 were ufed to effeft the fame in thofe Parts of the 
 Heathen World, Where the Englifh Nation i^ moftly 
 concerned. To whom therefore could I fo properly 
 addrefs myfelf as to your Grace ; being v/cll afTured 
 that you will leave no Stone unturned, in endeavour- 
 ing to fet that moft defirable Defign on foot, when 
 you in your Godly Wrfdom fhall clearly fee it truly 
 feafible? . •^ " « j 
 
 V -^s* V 
 
 ■I 
 
 That great fVork^ I am fenfible, requires the joint 
 AJJifiance of many Hands, and calls aloud for the 
 ready Concurrence of every Chriftian ; and truly all 
 who bear that Honorable ^itle miy ht afliftant there- 
 in one Way or other ; whether it be by their Ad- 
 vice^ their Prayers.^ or their Purfe. But to pro- 
 mote the fame in the moft expeditious manner, it is 
 much to be wilhed that fuch a Glorious Undertaking 
 were -made a National Concern, and had a proper 
 Fund appointed for it in a Parliamentary way. This 
 ftill remains to be done 5 and all Men believe, That 
 there is none fo likely to bring that about zs Tour Grace, 
 whenever sl favourable Juniture fhall offer. In the 
 mean time. May Heaven long preferve Tour Grace 
 in Health and Welfare, and blefs with Succefs your 
 mvjy Noble Defigns for the Church of God. May it 
 ' * B gracioufly 
 
the Epiftle Vedicatsry, 
 
 graeioufly pleafe the True God, the Sovereign Lord of 
 iieaven and Earth to make known his IVays upon 
 Earthy his faving Health among all Nations, May 
 the Chariot fVheels of the bleffed Gofpel drive fwiftly 
 through the whole inhabited World: And may all 
 the Kingdoms thereof become the Kingdom of the Lord 
 and of his Chrifl, In fine, may it pleafe God to call 
 in his antient People the Jews, with the Fulnefs of 
 the Gentiles: That as there is but one Shepherd, io 
 there may be but one Sheepfold, This is the daily Prayer 
 of the beft Church upon Earth, and the hearty Wifh 
 and Petition of every True Son thereof; particularly of 
 him who is> with the profoundell Veneration, 
 
 
 
 
 
 :,,• :f--:.:^_ ■- ; •'•' - i-:li;.'n >"^ | , • U.k 
 
 ..r'^.^'r, 
 
 * !.•■'' vii-:' ■' J r. •^i^.^l!* •;;.•! I. r: ■•;:t^ 
 
 I ( ' * * ^ 
 
 Mzy // jp/^4/& your Grace,' ' , ' "^ •; 
 
 '«'t\_ on J 
 
 
 '-^rl; :oi ; 
 
 f ' ■ ■• > ) — . . . . ■ • ~ .-f\ .. 
 
 t*^ .\' r] 't 
 
 L:t Tour Gracz*s mofi ofiedient f^'i;^ 
 
 ';k_ lij- : 
 
 •' ■ ■•' ^' "•••-• -■•■ ?-;-'rf^0^7O \':r^^ -.-o,, {.{ 
 
 rmy '-*- . 
 
 
 - f. * 
 
 -"'^ ■'^^■'''' •' /•< ■ -^f'ti} vau... ,;:j ::jarn 
 
 ■B^'ZhyV:;:.' 
 
 • -'. ' ■-' '■■ . <■'■; i"'-;rfnw- ,<i ^'"^ f:-%i;m 
 
 
 - -: -; ^ Humble Servant ^ ,v?/ 
 
 
 V' '^'i-*-^''"" V ' .; •,■>: ;:;3m;:'(-:ii Uis^'V 
 
 :uti ' ■ /yr-:. 
 
 '-^}' ^'"^^^ i-f^ - • i:^^Ji ui. 05- r^tarnrr li'Jl 
 
 
 '■r-i.-.r^-'k^-^ ':'■■:-, \ 'i-v:r3iii o!;- '••?•,;.,. ^f--ioii3 
 
 
 ■'-. ^' •^n^rph--t-. • '■. ..^:4^i^^^ieei^\ -^r ^■■■7 irt-idw 
 
 Vl^V:>--i,. . 
 
 - -'"^-^-n^: !:^:C' ^ -^w,H.: vf'p , fui- iimm , 
 
 ";r'7:'^.>" 
 
 
 ?i Vjvl;^ ' ■ 
 
 .* . ■ ;;.- •.- -a : ' . ■ .- 
 
 \i)«(J . ;• 
 
 Pat. Gordon. 
 
 w^ 
 
 'CX 
 
 ■*>-4 
 
' i 
 
 ,...\ 
 
 W IV.' 
 
 
 THE 
 
 '11 '» \ 
 
 
 
 »i 
 
 Vi 
 i.t 
 
 
 . -orn 
 
 iii 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 
 >\x 
 
 ^'r'-.i/^W«t) ■;!»;. 
 
 v^^vf^?^^^ ^ principal VeCigxiyJn pMJhifig the fil* 
 * J^ /ott>i»^ Treatifit is^ To prefent the 
 |> younger fort of our Nobility and Gen- 
 try with a Compendious, PlealanC 
 and Methodical Traft of MODERN 
 GEOGRAPHT, that moft ufeful 
 Science, which highly deferves their Regard in a 
 peculiar Manner. If it be alleged^ That the World 
 is already overjiockt with Compojures of this Nature i 
 J fr^tb V^^^ ^^^ Charge \ but withal am bold t9 
 fay^ €hat there is none yet publi/hed which is not 
 palpably faulty^ in one or more of thefe thrfe Rg^ 
 fpeils. Either they are too voluminous, and thereby 
 fright the young Student from fo much as ever at'- 
 tempting that Study j cr. Secondly, too compen- 
 dious, aud thereby give him only a bare fuperfciat 
 
 B z KnoW' 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Knowledge of things : Or finally ^ confufcd, being 
 writ without any due Order or Method^ and Jo con- 
 found him before he is aware. But all thefe are 
 carefully avoided in the following Treatifc •, fr^ in 
 framing of it^ I have induflrioujly endeavored to make 
 it obferve a jufi Mean between the two Extremes of a 
 largp Volume and a narrow Compend. Andy as to 
 the Method in which it now appears^ the fame is, I 
 prefume^ fo plain and natural^ that I may ffely refer 
 the Examination thereof to the impartial Judgement of 
 the feverejl Critick, ,. 
 
 To defcend to Particulars : The zi^hole conftfls now of 
 Two Parts, whereof the firjl gives a General, and the 
 fecond a Particular View of the Terraqueous Globe. 
 
 • Part I. Jngivmg a General View of the faid Glebe ^ 
 1 have performed thefe five Things j i . / have illuf 
 trated, by way of Definition, Defcription or Derivation, 
 all thofe Terms that are any ways necejfaryfor the right 
 imderftdnding of the afore faid Globe, as elfo the Ana- 
 lytical Tables of ihe foUowhg Treatife, 2. / have 
 fet down all thofe pleafatit ^to\Attt\%^perfortnable by 
 Jhe Terreflrial Globe, together with the Manner of 
 iheir Performance. 3. / have fibjoined divers plain 
 Geogrdphichl Theorems, or felf-evident Truths, clearly 
 ,dedttcible from the foregoing ProMeiiis, 4. I have ad- 
 vanced fome Paradoxical Pofitions in Matters of Ged- 
 'graphy^ which mainly depend on a thorough Knowlege pf 
 the- Globe f and are equally certain with the aforefald 
 'Theorems, though many of them may pnjfibly appear to 
 feme 'its the gt eat ejl Fakes. Laftly, / have taken a 
 ' iranfient Survey of the ivhole Surface of the Terraqucoils 
 ' Globe, as it co70s of Land and Water, as its fole 
 
 iGTiJiiiuent Parts, . ., 
 
 \ , '; v-.^^ • •• : i_ '.^4-^^ Ji.u ,^M'-b 
 
 ■m 
 
Jhis 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 7'/'// is the Suhjlance of the firft Part, and^ before I 
 proceed to the Second, / muft dcfin the Reader would 
 be plcafed to ohferve thefe two Things ^ i. Ihat in 
 defining the various Geographical Terms [mentioned 
 Sc(5t. I.] -/ have not finely tied my f elf up to the Logical 
 liuUs of a Definition •, for^ if the Term propofed be ordy 
 explained^ that is all required h?re. 2, Jn advancing 
 thofd Geographical Paradoxes [mentihed Sc(5t. IV ] 
 which will probably fo jlartle the Reader atfirjl^ being 
 a mere Novelty in Tra5ls of this kind^ as that he cannot 
 rendily comprehend either their Meaning or Dejign \ lei 
 him therefore be pkafed to know, that the main Drift 
 of fucb an uncommon Eff:iy is^ in fhorty To whet the 
 Appetite of our Geographical Student for a com- 
 plete Underftanding of the Globe, upcn a thorow 
 Knowlege of which, thefe feeming Myfteries do mainly 
 depend j or more briefly^ it is to put our young Student 
 on thinking. Although the Soul of Man is a cogitative 
 Being, and its Thoughts are fo nimble as to furround 
 the Univerfe in a trice ; yet fo un thoughtful and 
 flrangely immured in Senfe is the generality of Perfms, 
 that they need fome flartling Noife, like a fudden Clap of - 
 Thunder, to roufe and awaken them. Now^ as a Jf range 
 and unheard of Phenomenon, fuddenly appearing in the 
 Natural IVorld, doth attrail the Eyes of all Men, and 
 raifth a Curiojity in fome to inquire the Reafon of it j 
 even fo is the Propofal of a Paradoxical Truth to the 
 Intelle£lual: For it immediately fummons all the Powers 
 of the Soul together, and fets the Underfinnding at work 
 to fearch into and fcan the Matter, To awaken the 
 Mind of Man to its Natural A£l of Thought and Con- 
 fidcration, »wy be jufily reckoned no trivial Bufinefs ; if 
 we- conftder that it is to the want thereof, or a Jiupid 
 Inconfideration, that we may chiefly impute all Enormities 
 of Mankind, whether in Judgement or Pra£iice, If there- 
 fore thefe Paradoxes abovementioned fhall obtain the End 
 
 B 3 ro* 
 
li; 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 propofed^ (the roufing of the Mind to think) // mat- 
 ters the lefs^ if feme of them^ upon ftriSi Inquiry^ 
 Jhould be found to conftfl of Equivocal Terms, or per- 
 baps prove little more than a Quibble at the Bottom, 
 
 Part II. Giving a Particular View of the Terraque- 
 ous Globe. By fuch a View / underftand a clear and ex- 
 a£f ProfpeSi of all remarh able Countries^ and their Inhabit- 
 antSf on the Face of the whole Earthy and that in thefe 
 following Particulars, Their 
 
 Extent, 
 
 Situation, 
 
 Divifion, 
 
 Subdivifion, 
 
 Chief Towns, 
 
 Name, 
 
 Air, 
 
 Soil, 
 
 Commodities, 
 
 Rarities, 
 
 Archbifhops, 
 
 Bilhops, 
 
 Univerfities, 
 
 Manners, 
 
 Language, 
 
 Government, 
 
 Arms, 
 
 Religion. 
 
 i 
 
 
 :l:- 
 
 r 
 
 1» 
 
 fFhat is /aid upon each of thefe Heads^ will beft at pear 
 by the following Table. 
 
 Bxtenf — 
 Situation t- 
 
 rItsdueDimen 
 fions from 
 
 \l. 
 
 toW 
 toS 
 
 ^ }in Engllflf 
 . \ Miles. 
 
 c 
 
 f between which 
 jUeD.gr.of I f;°"6-| ^^^^^^^ 
 
 ^ivijion - ; - — 
 
 
 2 Things, 
 
 'The general Parts to 
 which any Country is 
 reducible. 
 
 How thofe Parts are moil 
 readily found, 
 
 
 SuhJi'ViJions 
 
Subdi<vifion — — 
 
 Chie/Ti 
 
 oivm 
 
 Name 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 The particular Provinces 
 which any Country 
 '2 Things,^ contains. 
 
 How thofe Provinces arc 
 moft readily found. 
 
 The modern Names of 
 ^ Tu:-™. J thofe Towns. 
 
 (, moft readily found. 
 
 How termed by the An- 
 tients. 
 
 3 Th^ngs,<^^'*^\*'■•°"» n»o<Je~ Ap- 
 1 pellations. 
 'The Etymology of the 
 Engli^ Name. . 
 
 Air 
 
 c 
 
 •c 
 
 2 Things, 
 
 >^< 
 
 Soil 
 
 Commodities 
 
 Rarities 
 
 Archhijhopfees — 
 
 Bi/hopfees 
 
 Uttiverjities — 
 
 ' Its Nature as to Heat and 
 
 Cold. 
 The Antipodes of that 
 
 part of the Globe. 
 
 •c 
 
 |. The proper Climate there- 
 I of. 
 3 Things, < Its natural Productions. 
 
 / The Extent of Days and 
 Nights. 
 
 
 C Thofe in particular which 
 ( Country produceth. 
 
 the 
 
 Thofe of Nature whert 
 certain. 
 2 Things, ^Thofe of Art, efpecially 
 
 >f Ami- 
 
 Monuments 
 quity. 
 
 2 Things, 
 2 Thing 
 LaThi 
 
 ings, > their < 
 
 Number. 
 Names. 
 
 ,r 
 
 B4 
 
 Mamien 
 
l! 
 
 ')' 
 
 m 
 
 Manners ■ ■ ■ ■ — 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 "2 Things 
 
 La '!guage ■ 
 
 e 
 
 *n 
 
 CO 
 
 2 Things 
 
 Cevirwn nt 
 
 ^; tr.s 
 
 >N . 2 Things 
 
 Religion — _^ 
 
 4> 
 
 1 
 I 
 
 of the 
 People. 
 
 Its Compofition and Pro- 
 priety. 
 
 The Paternojifr as a Spe- 
 cimen thereof. 
 
 Its Nature or ConHitu- 
 tion. 
 
 The public Courts of Ju- 
 dicature. 
 
 rrii- \ The true Coat quartered. 
 2 Things. I ^^^ p^^p^^ ^^^^^^ 
 
 The chief Doflrines 
 thereof. 
 
 2 Things, "^ When and by whom 
 Chriftianity was plant- 
 ed, if ever. 
 
 The Reader cannoi here expt5i a very large Account 
 of all tkcfe fcveral Heads, it being imfcjfible in Jo 
 Utile room, as the Compafs of this Volume allows, to 
 fay the half of what wight be faid of many of them \ 
 ho-ivdvcr, he may here find all thofe things that are mofi 
 £jj''jLtial : 'Thsfe few Sheets being an Abjlra5f of what 
 ts more largely exprejjed in the greatcft Volumes. Seve- 
 ral of thofe Heads abovemeniioned being Subje5fs that 
 do not admit of new Relations, I reckon my f elf no Pla- 
 giary^ to grant, that I have taken the Affflance of others \ 
 ejheming it need'.efs fometimes to alter the Character 
 either cf a People or Couritry, when I found it fuccin^ly 
 vjorded by a cr-edible Pen. Here the Reader may be 
 plcafed to kncu), that in treating cf all Countries I haze 
 mnde their Situation my only Rule, beginning fl ill with 
 thofe towards the North, except Z^orth America, 
 
 where 
 
 •«-* 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 where 1 thought good to end at the Pole. But, as touching 
 the Analytical Tables of *bis Treati/e, their Befign and 
 Ufe, is. To pre/en t to Jh iye at one View, a complete 
 Profpe(5t of a Country i . all its remarkable Divifions, 
 Subdivifions, and Chief Towns, with the Manner how 
 all thefe are moft readily found. The Letters of the 
 N. S. W. E. Jignifying the four Cardinal, and N. W. 
 N. E. S. W. S. E. the four intermediate Points of the 
 Compafs being placed on the outjide of the various Braces 
 in the aforefaid Table, do exprefs the Situation of the 
 Parts of the Country there mentioned. If only Cities and 
 Towns, and no Divifions of a Country are fet down^ 
 then thefe Letters have the fame Relation to them, fhew- 
 ing thsir Situation in refpeSi of one another. If a little 
 Brace fall within a greater, this is to fhew that thofe 
 Countries are taken together^ as expreffed en the Back- 
 fide of the outmoft Brace : The fame is to be faid of Cities 
 and Towns, if only fuch are fet down. But finally, if 
 neither Divijions nor Towns can be fo ordered, as to have 
 their Situation expreffed in a conjunSi manner, then the 
 refps^ive Di fiance of fuch Towns from fome remarkable 
 City is particularly declared in Englifh Miles, as where 
 thofe in the Circle of Suabia are fo fet down. If it he 
 okje£ted that not all but only the chief Towns of every 
 Country are mentioned in thefe Tables : To this I anfwer. 
 That to mint ion all were needlefs ; for I pre fume, that he 
 who knows the true Situation of all the Counties /V Eng- 
 land, and can readily point at the chief Towns in each of 
 them, may eaftlyfnd any other in the fame County, if eX' 
 prejjed in the Map. Bcfides, the Buftnefs of a Geogra- 
 phical Trail is not jo much to heap up a Multitude of 
 Names, as to fhew the Divifions and Subdivifions of 
 every Country, with the principal Town in each of them, 
 and how all fuch are moft readily found. If it be farther 
 cbje5fed, that neither the Analytical Tables of this 
 Treatifi, nor the various Defcriptions annexed to them^ 
 % are 
 
II 
 
 PREFACE. 
 itrta. new Difcovery in the Science <?/* Geography, 7> 
 thii I iinfwer, that the Tables of the following i'reatife 
 tire fo contrived^ by particular DireSlions on the Outftdtof 
 thtir refpe£iive Braces, that he may point at thofe various 
 Countries and' Towns in the Map, almoft as f aft as he can 
 read their Names in the Table, Andy as touching the 
 Defcriptions of thofe Countries and their Inhabitants, it 
 wottld be unreafonable to espe£l a Narrative of them 
 completely new, unlefs it be in thofe Countries., which 
 hc^e undergone fuch Changes, that the very Face of 
 Tbitigs is completely new, or fome remote Parts of 
 the H'orld, where later Intelligence had reSfified former 
 Miftakes. And this fufficiently anfwers the propofed End 
 tf the Treatife, being calculated, as I have already hinted, 
 fcr thofe, who are mere Strangers to Geography, or 
 hut young Proficients in that excellent Science ; / mean 
 ihe Generality of them, who either attend our public 
 Sihcolsy orftudy under the CotiduSi of private Tutors, 
 
 M 
 
 E>'.i 
 
 1 -^ 
 
 
 1^ ^K 
 
 This, in fhort, is the Sum and Method of the fol- 
 lowing Geographical Treatife, which, as aforefaid, is 
 principally defignedfor the Ufe and Benefit of the younger 
 Sort of our Nobility and Gentry. And, did fuch 
 Perfons apply their Minds, in their younger Tears, to 
 this moft ufeftd and diverting Science -, tis more than 
 probable y that they might thereby avoid thofe many and grofs 
 Immoralities which abound among us. For, if weftriSlly 
 fjjqtiire into the Source of thefe Vices, efpecially in thofe 
 whom Fcrtune hath raijed above the common Level, we 
 mcy read'ly find, that they mainly flow from that de- 
 teftable Habit of Idlenefs, in which the Generality of 
 fuch Perfons are bred up during their youthful Days, 
 and to which they wholly give up themfelves when ar- 
 rived to riper Tears -, by which Means they are expofed 
 to a thoufand Temptations, and continually lye open to 
 the Gya::d Advjrfary of all Virtue, For the Remedy^ 
 
 ing 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 lug of this great Evil, tis highly to he wijhed^ that 
 fucb Perfons would daily imploy a few of their mafty /part 
 Hours that lye heavy upon their Hands^ in feme pro- 
 per diverting Study^ which carries along ^i*b it both 
 Profit and Pleafure^ as its conjiant Attendants, Now^ 
 fuch a Study is undoubtedly that of Hiftory, a Study 
 that is particularly proper for a Gentleman ^ and adorns 
 him with the beji Accompli jhments \ a Study that begets 
 J^^perience without grey Hairs i and makes a Man 
 wife at the Toil and Charge of others. If it be ob- 
 je£ied<, that many have made Attempts of the fame^ but 
 without Succefs; the Reafon is ready at hand, namely^ 
 their Omiffion of a needful preliminary Study ^ That of 
 GECXJRAPHY, whicK with feme fmallTaJle ^/Chro- 
 nology, mc^ be defervedly termed The Eyes and Feet of 
 Hiftory ; and ought to he acquired by our Hiftorian^ 
 either in his younger Daysy or^ at leafed in the firft 
 Place. On which Account I have drawn up the foU 
 lowing Treatife^ chiefly for our young Nobility and Gen- 
 try ; by the Help of which they may quickly acquire fuch 
 an Idea of all remarkable Countries, as to fit them 
 fufficiently for turning over any Modern Hiftory what- 
 foever. This one Step in Education of T^outh is preferable^ 
 1 think, to afeven Tear s Drudgery in the dry Stu(fy of bare 
 Words \ ana a Second Apprenticefhip that is ufually fpent 
 in a fanciful Improvement of the Mind with many ufelefs 
 Speculations, And I may be bold to fay, that to exercife 
 the Thoughts in fuch a Manner as this, or to be but 
 tolerably accompltfhed in thefe diverting Studies, would 
 greatly tranfcend moft of thofe other Accompli (hments 
 and Diverfions fo much in Vogue among our Gentry^ 
 And it is highly probable, that fuch a Method as this 
 might more effeSlually check the Growth of Wet among 
 them, than the moft elaborate Moral Difcourfe that can 
 be framed ; the very Title of fuch Compofures being 
 enough many Times to fright them from the Perufal ; 
 
 whereas 
 
 % 
 
li' 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 whereas a moderate Application of Mind to the afore- 
 faid Studies would effeSiually wean the Thoughts offome 
 from the reigning Impieties of the Age ; and in others 
 it might happily prevent an early Acquaintance with VMil 
 in general. l'Z:/2 
 
 :y.K i 
 
 A-. ,i-- 
 
 .;l?. O T E, 
 
 
 The great Reception this Grammar has met withy 
 and the ready Admittance thereof into our public Schools, 
 hath determined the Proprietors tofurnifb it with a new 
 Set of Maps : Likewife to obtain a general Revife and 
 Improvement of the whole Book by a mojl judicious Per- 
 foHy confidering the many and great Amendments in Geo- 
 graphy, which this Age hath produced, both at home and 
 abroad, . .^ . ■. 
 
 ■ - \ 
 
 1 ;^ <-' » •■< 
 
 m 
 
 '•} W',\: 
 
 .'>' \ 
 
 •> ■ * > 
 
 GENERAL 
 
•-r 
 
 f '..T ■ r 
 
 
 
 ~»f'v* 
 
 
 
 
 GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 /\ 
 
 iJi.U 
 
 PA R T I. 
 
 EOGkAPHtCAL Definitions 
 Geographical Problems •— 
 Geographical Theorems — - 
 Geographical Paradoxes — <— • 
 Of Land and Water ■ 
 
 .L 
 
 ■ \ 
 
 1 A 
 
 2 
 32 
 
 35 
 4» 
 
 : rf — •" 
 
 ■ i ; ^ — „ 
 
 . V ■ 
 
 PART II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Sweden 
 
 Denmark }> called* Scandinavia 
 
 Norway 
 
 Ruflia or Mofcovy 
 
 France • 
 
 9J*^^ ^ 
 
 •^ ta 
 
 ■1^ 
 
 " * '• I 
 
 77 
 
 8i 
 
 Netherlandg 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Netherlands 
 
 Holland or United Provinces 
 
 Flanders 
 
 Germany ■ ■ 
 
 Bohemia — — — — «*-.— 
 
 S>vitfer]and — — — — — 
 
 Pcjland 
 
 Spai,n with Portugal <• -- 
 Italy and the Sovereignties • 
 Tiirky Provinces in Europe • 
 Hungary and Tranfilvania - 
 Little Tartary and Crim •-* 
 Ddniatia and Ragufa ' 
 Greece and Morea — 
 England, Scotland, Ireland 
 Britifh Iflands 
 O^er European Iflands 
 
 'A 
 
 i f 
 
 *-^7 7* 
 
 A Ji ~.-L ■^■i ^. 
 
 -r 
 
 /"tr 
 
 I, ■ 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 9« 
 
 ■74 
 109 
 
 112 
 118 
 
 119 
 130 
 138 
 150 
 168 
 169 
 170 
 172 
 172 
 186 
 216 
 221 
 
 
 J 
 
 Great Tartary and Tibet 
 China and Corea ■ '■ — ■ 
 India or Mogul Empire 
 Eaft Peninfula of India — 
 
 Pcrfia — 
 
 Turk^ in Afia 
 
 Arabia ^ .>— . 
 
 A(ian Iflands ~ •~~' . 
 
 Japan, and Philippin Iflands 
 
 242 
 246 
 253 
 
 - 256 
 
 - 266 
 
 -?74 
 
 - 278 
 -295 
 -297 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 u^;^c^47 
 
 Egypt ■ ■ i ■■'■ ■ I <m 
 
 Barbary " '■■ — — — 
 
 Bidelgerid ' ■ 
 
 Zaara, or the Great Dcfert 
 Nigritia or Negreland ^i»— i 
 Guiney 
 
 Nubia, and the Coafl of Abefh 
 
 AhefTinia n 1 . . ■ w .»■■ * ''- 
 
 . African Iflands ""wi '■ ■ — » . 
 
 307 
 311 
 
 3iS 
 3»7 
 319 
 322 
 
 3*5 
 335 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 ► •— » ; • , i 1 
 
 tl;i-:i3d:V 
 
INDEX. 
 
 -98 
 
 — 74 
 — 109 
 — 112 
 - 118 
 
 -119 
 — 130 
 
 — ij8 
 -150 
 
 — 168 
 
 — 169 
 
 — 170 
 
 — 172 
 
 — 172 
 
 — 186 
 
 — 216 
 
 — 221 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Mexico ' 
 
 New Mexico — 
 
 Florida — — 
 
 Canada and Britilh Colonies 
 Arflic Land* — — • 
 
 Terrafirma, or Mainland 
 Peru •■ 1 
 
 AmazOnia — — 
 
 Brafil ■ 
 
 Chili with Patagonia 
 Paraguay . 
 
 South India ■ 1 
 
 American Iflands »— 
 
 — 34* 
 
 — 346 
 
 — 34« 
 
 — 35<» 
 
 — 36J 
 
 — 361 
 
 — 968 
 
 — 37« 
 
 — 374 
 
 — 379 
 
 — zH 
 
 — 384 
 
 — ^86 
 
 *•, A.^A' 
 
 ) 
 
 — 242 
 — — 246 
 
 — 253 
 
 r— ^^^ 
 
 — 266 
 
 274 
 278 
 
 295 
 
 297 
 
 
 if 
 % 
 
 307 
 311 
 
 3«S 
 
 3«7 
 
 3'9 
 322 
 
 3*5 
 3*7 
 335 
 
 DIREC 
 

 i L 
 
 I 
 
 li|" 
 
 DIRECTIONS to the BINDER for placing 
 . the MAPS. 
 
 r 
 
 THE World facing 
 Europe facing — 
 Scandin.ivia facing — — 
 Rulfia or Mofcovy — — 
 France fronting .i ■ ■<■■ 
 United Provinces - 
 Germany facing •■ — 
 Poland facing ■ 
 Spain with Portugal - 
 Italy fronting 
 
 Turky in Europe ■- 
 
 England fronting 
 
 Scotland facing — — 
 Jreland facing — — ■ 
 Afia fronting ' 
 China facing ' 
 Turky in Afia — 
 Eaft India facing — 
 Africa fronting •— 
 North America faciflg 
 
 South America . 
 
 Well India fronting . 
 
 Page. 
 
 I 
 60 
 61 
 
 ' 77 
 
 81 
 
 . 98 
 
 112 
 
 130 
 . 138 
 
 • 168 
 . 186 
 . 198 
 . 213 
 
 • 241 
 ' 246 
 
 • 274 
 
 • 295 
 
 - 306 
 
 - 34« 
 
 - 3^-S 
 
 - 3^!^ 
 
 O' 
 
 ♦♦ «^ 
 
 4 
 
 M 
 
 *y 
 
 t f 
 
 
icing 
 
 fi 
 
 \ 
 
 N 
 
 I-.; 
 
 'I 
 
 J 
 
 I 
 
 r 
 
 
 .11 
 
 •.■ \ 
 
 M 
 
 i: 
 
 %V- )< 
 
 4!^ 
 
I !. 
 
 pi 
 
 m 
 ill 
 
 
 ;„i I' 
 
 ill* s' 
 
 1 H 
 
 ^i ,1 
 
 '*t. 
 
 
 . .-V ■ *':• 
 
 :%. 
 
 
 •K 
 
 -Br-Xm 
 
 
 
 l;J ^^' 
 
 > ^. 't: lit . . 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 ** 
 
 
 . 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 • -K 
 
 «. 
 
 •'.-' 
 
 
 '• ■ i , 
 
 
 •;^'l 
 
 
 
 r:-' 
 
 "\ 
 
 -:• 
 
 <•* 
 
 
 -l%h . 
 
 M ■ 
 
 \-- 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 1 "" •■"■■' 1 •>>..■ 
 
 
 T' 
 
 I" 
 
 r ( 
 
 4. . ; .- ' :. 
 
 y'i 
 
 .*r' 
 
 .#«^' 
 
 ;i''" 
 
 -..,.^!* 
 
 .^-<**. 
 
 
 
 i»/^i 
 
 
 G 
 
 m 
 ar 
 th 
 
 th 
 
 it! 
 
 t 
 
m 
 
 Modern Geography. 
 
 PART I. 
 
 CONTAININGA 
 
 GENERAL VIEW 
 
 O F T H E 
 
 Terraqueous GLO BE. 
 
 A% 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 • Y a General Vienu of the Terraqueous Globe t we under* 
 (land fuch a Profpedt of it and all its Appendages* as 
 fufficiently amounts to a complete tho^ Compendious 
 Syjiem of the true Fundamentals of Modern Geography. 
 In which Deiign therefore we fliallobferve the follow* 
 ing Method. 
 
 1 . To illuftrate cither by way of Defnitiont Defcription, or De- 
 rivationi efpecially the firft, all thole Terms that are any ways 
 heceffary for the right iinderdanding of the aforefaid G/obe ; as alfo 
 the Analytical Tables in the following Treatife. 
 
 2. To fet down, in due Order and Method, all thofe pleafant 
 Problems^ or entertaining Operations, performable by the artificial 
 Globe ; together with the manner of their Performance. 
 
 3. We fhall fubjoin divers ^\vim Geographical Theorems y or felf- 
 evident Truths, clearly deducible from the foregoing Problems. 
 
 4. We fliall advance fo.me Paradoxical Pofitions^ in matters of 
 Geography ; or a few infallible Truths in Mafquerade which 
 mainly depend upon a thorough Knowlege of the Globe ; and 
 are equally certain with the aforefaid Theorems, though many of 
 them may appear to fome as the greatell of Fables. 
 
 Laftly, we (hall take a tranfient Survey of the whole Surface of 
 the Terraqueous Globe, as it confilis of Land and Wattrt which are 
 its fole coniUtuent Parts. 
 
 G SECT. 
 
Gicgraphical Definitions, 
 
 Part I, 
 
 S E C T. I. 
 
 Containing feme necejfary Geographical Definitions, 
 
 Def. I . A^ EOGRAPHY, a Science both plecfant and ufefuU 
 Vj doth mainly confiji in gi'ving a true Defer iptt on of the eX' 
 ierior Part of the earthly Globe, as tis compofed o/^Land a«</ Water, 
 tjf)ecially the former. 
 
 That Geography doth merit the Title ofScienre in feveral refpeds, 
 and that the Knowlege thereof is both pleafant and ufeful to Man- 
 kind, is a Truth (o univerfally granted, that it is altogether reed- 
 lefs to enter upon the Proof of it. Geography derives its compound 
 Name from the two Grerk Primitives of yij, Terra, and yfa'^w, 
 fcribo vel defcribo: It difFereth from Cofmography, [quafi i5 xoa-fAS 
 y^tifii, or Mundi defcriptio, As a -part doth from the whole; as aifo 
 from Chorography and Topography; [quafi t5 %o§5 ic^ t« totth aVo- 
 yfet(p^, or Regiottis ac Loci de/criptio'] as the whole from its Parts. By 
 a true Defcription of the exterior Part of the Globe of the Earth we 
 underfland purely an Account of the Situation, Extent, Di'vifions, and 
 Subdi'vifions of all remarkable Countries on the Surface of the faid 
 Globe, together with the Names of their Cities and chief Towns, 
 and that according as thofe Countries are already proje£ted to our 
 Hands uponparticular Geographical Maps, and not an adual iSwro^;); 
 or Menfuration of th^m, which the Science oi Geography prefup- 
 pofeth, and which properly belong to Geodajia, or the Art of fur- 
 veying Land. In giving fuch a Defcription of Countries as.aforefaid 
 doth the Science oi Geography properly confift; as for other Narra- 
 tives relating cither to Couniries themfelves, their Inhabitants and 
 Hiftory which commonly fwell up Geographical Trafts, we reckon 
 them rather the Fringes of Geography, than its real or eflential Parts. 
 In the foregoing Definition we intirely rettrift the Science oi Geogra- 
 phy to the exterior Part or Surface of the Globe, as compofed of 
 Land and Water, dcfigning thereby to diftinguifti it from Natural 
 Philofophy, which in its curious and pleafant Inquiries, reacheth not 
 only to the faid Surface and all its coniiituent Parts, but aifo the 
 whole Globe of the Earth, with the whole body of Atmofphere 
 furrounding the fame; yea, and even the utmofl imaginable Expanfe 
 of the Firmament itfelf. We again rellrift that Science mainly to 
 §ne Part of the aforfaid Surface,^ 'viz. the dry Land, thereby to diftin- 
 guifh it from Hydrography, which paniculaily treateth of the other, 
 
 gamely. Water. The Olje^ therefore of Geography, in a large 
 enfe is the Whole Surface of the Ball of the Earth, confiding of 
 Zatidzad Water as its fole confiituent Parts; or in a ftri£l and more 
 ^ frof«r Senft only one of thofe P«rt;s,^ namely the Firm Land, For 
 
 (he 
 
I. 
 
 Part I. Geographical Definitlom* J 
 
 the more diftindlly viewing which Parts, and the bettefccmprehend* 
 ing the Science of Modern Geography in the true Fundamentals there- 
 of, we ftiall begin with that artificial Rcprefeniacion of the earthly 
 Ball, commonly called the Terraqueoui Globe. 
 
 Def. 2. TheTcXTViC^xiitow GXoht is a Sphericnl Body^ oniuhofeCon* 
 *vex Part is truly rtprefented the ivhole Surface of the Ball of thf 
 Earth, as it conftfls of Land and Water. 
 
 This Globe is term*d 'Terraqueous^ from Terra and Aqua^ the two 
 conftituent Parts of its Surface; or Tfrrejltial, todiftinguifh it from 
 the Celeftial', or finally the Artificial Ghhe, as a differencing Mark 
 from the natural or real Globe of the Earth; which are alfo fo no- 
 terioufly known, that the leall lUuftration is needlefs. We reckon 
 it alfo fuperfluous to fhew, that there is a true Refemblance in Figure 
 between the artificial and natural Globe, or that the Body of the 
 Earth is round *0r fpherical, this being now never called in C^eftion. 
 But here note, that in the following Treatifc we intirely mean this 
 terraqueous Globe ; fo that wherever the Name of Globe is indefinitely 
 mentioned, we are never to underftand the Celeftial. Note alfo, 
 that wherefoever we are upon the Surface of the natural Globe ; 
 the vertical Point in the Heavens exadlly over us, is termed our 
 Zenith \ and that point diametrically oppofite thereto, is ftiled our 
 Nadir; which are two Arabian Terms in Aftronomy, importing 
 that fip;nification. The Obfervables, that prcfent themfelves to our 
 View in treating of the Globe, are its Axis and Poles, 
 
 Def. 3. The Axis is an imaginary Line pajfing through the Cmtre of 
 the real Globe of the Earth, upon nuhich the nuhole Frame thereof it 
 fuppofedto turn round. 
 
 It is termed Axisittim dtyu quod cirea illam agatur terra. As this 
 Axis in the natural Globe is an imaginary Line, fo in artificial 
 Globes it is a real one, being a (Irait piece of Iron, or folid Wood, 
 paffing thro* the middle of the Globe, as the Axletree of a Wheel, 
 
 Def. 4. The Poles are the i<wo Extremities of the Axis^ one heing 
 termed the North or Arftic, and the other South or Antarftic. 
 
 They are called Poles from tsfoXiu, verto, becaufe upon them th« 
 whole Frame of the Globe turneth round. The North is termed 
 Araic from «pj^o?, a Bear, becaufe the North Pole in the Heavens 
 is commonly taken for a noted Star in that Conftellation which 
 bears the Name of the Little Bear : And the South is lliled Antarffic, 
 from «»1» contra and af*]o?, becaufe of its diametrical Oppofition 
 to the other. The Terraqueous Globe being a fphericfil Body, as 
 
 C z aforefaid^ 
 
4 Geographical Definitions. Part I. 
 
 arorefaid, turning round upon its Axis, for the better underilanding 
 of that Globe in all its exterior Parts, and the various Operations 
 
 J>erformed by the fame, we are to conceive it, not only as a bare 
 pherical Body, but alfo furrounded with many imaginary Circles, 
 the chief of which are eight, divided into, 
 
 " The Equator, rpi,„- _.. C The Horizon, 
 
 The two Trcttcks, " ,ii"i •? The Meridian, 
 
 The two Pole Circles. ?»«"«• I The Zodiac. 
 
 Five Pa 
 rallel. 
 
 i 
 
 dtherwife divided into 
 
 four Greater, 
 
 I 
 
 The Horizon^ 
 
 The Meridian, 
 
 The Equator, Four Lejer, 
 
 The Zodiack, 
 
 { 
 
 The two Tropicki, 
 The two Polar Cir" 
 cles. 
 
 Titt. 5. The iiorizon is that great Circle luhich di'oideth the Glohf 
 /« tnuo equal Parts, termed the Upper andhcmex Hemifphere. 
 
 It is (o called from ogi^a;*, lerminans vel Finiens, quia nofirum ter- 
 minat frofpe£Ium, it being the utmoil Bounds or Limits of our Sight 
 when fitoate in any Plain, or at Sea. This Circle is twofold, 'vix. 
 The Senfible and the Rational Horizon: The Senftble is that already 
 defcribed, bounding the utmoil Profpe£l of the Eye, when viewing 
 the Heavens round from any Part of the Earth where we (land; but 
 the other is purely formed in the Mind, and fuppofeth the %e to be 
 tihr.ed in the very Centre of the Earth, beholding the intire Upper 
 Htfmifphere of the Firmament. The Circle terminating fuch a Pr»- 
 fpeft is reckoned the true Rational Horizon ; which is duly repre- 
 fented by that broad wooden Circle, ufually fitted for all Globes ; 
 whereon are infcribed feveral other Circles, particularly that con- 
 taining the Names of the Months, and Number of their Daysy alfo 
 that other divided into the thirty two Points of the Compafs. 
 
 Def. 6. The Meridian is that great Circle, nuhich pajjing through 
 the intio Poles di'oideth the Globe into tnjQo equal Parts f termd tht 
 Eaftern and Weftern Hemifpheres. 
 
 It is fo called from Meridies or Medius Dies, becaufe the Sun com- 
 ing to the Meridian of any Place is due South, or maketh Midday in 
 the faid Place. The Meridian here defined is that great brazen Cir- 
 cle, »n which the Globe turning round upon the two Extremities of 
 its Axis pafTes through the faid Circle; but the Meridians drawn on 
 the Globe itfelf are thofe thirty fix Semicircles terminating in both 
 the Poles } befides which we may imagine as many as we pleafe ; 
 only Note, that one of thofe Meridians is always reckoned the Firjii 
 kut it is indiffirent which of tUm we take for fuch. 
 
 Def. 
 
 run 
 
 •iei 
 
nding 
 rations 
 bare 
 Circles^ 
 
 xon. 
 
 idian, 
 
 \ac. 
 
 opickt. 
 liar Cir" 
 
 the Glohi 
 re. 
 
 ftrum ter' 
 Dur Sight 
 old, o'/z. 
 It already 
 li viewing 
 Und; but 
 l^ye to be 
 ire Upper 
 iich a Pr«- 
 uljr repre- 
 \\ Globes; 
 thaccon- 
 Daysy aKo 
 lafs. 
 
 ng through 
 termed thi 
 
 e Sun c6m- 
 i Midday in 
 brazen Cir- 
 tremities of 
 ns drawn on 
 ing in both 
 we pleafe ; 
 8dthef/>/} 
 
 Paf. 
 
 IPart L Geographical Definitions: g 
 
 Def. 7. The Equator, or Equinoftial Line, is that great Circle 
 nvhich divideth the Globe in two Parts, called the Southern aW Nor- 
 thern Hemifpheres. 
 
 It is called Equator, becaufe the Sun coming to this Circle, tune 
 tequantur no£ies l^ dies ; or Equinodial for the fame Reafon, that is 
 ttqualitas noilium cum diehus. By others it is (imply termed the Line, 
 and that chiefly by Navigators, as being of fingular ufe in their 
 Operations. This Circle is divided into 'sbo Degrees, 1 80 of which 
 are reckoned Weft Longitude frpm any Meridian^ and the other 1 80 
 Eaft Longitude. 
 
 Def. 8. The Zodiac is that great broad Circle ivhich eutteth the 
 Equino£iial Line obliquely f onejtde thereof extending itfelffofar North 
 as the other doth to the South of the /aid Line, 
 
 It is fo called from tjHait Animalt becaufe it is adorned with 
 twelve Aflerifms, commonly termed the twelve ^igns, being moft 
 <)f them Reprefentations of divers Animals, the Names and Charap* 
 ters of which Signs are thefe following. 
 
 Aries. Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, ^irg9, 
 V « n 25 il ♦% 
 
 Libra, Scorpio. Sagittarius. Capricornus. Aquarius, Pifces, 
 
 Of all the Circles infcribed on either of the Globes,* this alona 
 admits of Latitude, and is divided in the middle by a concentrick: 
 Circle called the Ecliptic, which properly is that Circle fet upon the 
 Globe comprehending the Charaders of the twelve Signs aforefaid, 
 each of which Signs is a twelfth Part of that Circle, and contains 
 30 Degrees, 1 2 times 30 being 360. 
 
 Def. 9. The Tropics are the tv:o biggeji of the four leffer Cirelef, 
 running parallel to the Equator, and equidiflant therefrom. 
 
 They arc termed Tropics from r^inu, 'verto, becawfe the Sun in 
 his annual Courfe, arriving at one of thofe Circles, doth return 
 towards the other. They derive their refpedlive Denominations 
 of Cancer and Capricorn from touching the Zodiack at the two 
 Signs of that Name, and each of them is diflant from the Equator 
 23 Degrees 2(9 Minutes. 
 
 Def. 10. The Polar Circles are the tnuojeaft of the four leffer Cir^ 
 •ie$ running parallel to the Equator, and at the fame dijlancefhm the 
 folet, mi the Tropicks are from the Equator, 
 
 C 3 Th6| 
 
6 Ceographtcal Definilions, Part I. 
 
 They are termed Polar^ becaufe of their Vicinity to the Poles. 
 That Circle nearelt the North is called the Arftic, and the other 
 next to the ^outh Pole the AntarBu Chcle^ and that for the Reafon 
 already given, '\l>tf, 4.) when treating of the Poles themselves. 
 
 Thefe arc the eight necefifary Circles above-mentioned, but to 
 complete the Furniture of the Globe, there remain ab yet but three 
 Particulars, w'z. the Horary Circle^ the ^adrant of Altitude^ and 
 SemcircU afPoJition* 
 
 Def. 1 1 . The Horary Circle is a fmall Circle of Brafs, end fo af- 
 fxed to the Brazen Mcridiaiiy that the Pole or End of the Axis proves 
 the Centre thereof. 
 
 Upon this Circle arc infcribed the twenty four Hours of the Na- 
 tural Day, at equal Diftances from one atiother: the Xll for Mid- 
 day being in the upper part towards the Zenith, and the other XII 
 for Midnight in the lower towards the Uorizony fo that the Hours 
 before Noon are in the Eajltrn, and thole in the Afternoon in the 
 V/cJlern Semicirle. As for an Jndex to this Horary Circle, the 
 fame is iixed upon the End of the Axis, and tunieth round with 
 the Globe. The Ufe of this Circle and Index will fufficiently ap- 
 pear in many pleafant Problems hereafter mentioned. 
 
 Def. 12. The Quadrant of Altitude is a narrow thin Plate ofpli* 
 mble Brafs exactly anfiuerable to a fourth Part of the E(iuino£iial. 
 
 1 
 
 Upon this Quadrant are infcribed 90 Degrees, each of them be- 
 ing according to the fame Scale with thofe upon the Equator. How 
 ufefu) this Quadrant is, will alfo appear in the Solution of feveral 
 Problems after mentioned. 
 
 Def. 13. The Semicircle of Pofition »V « narroiM folid Plate of 
 Brqfs exa^ly anfMtruble to one half of the Equina Jiial. 
 
 Upon this Semicircle are infcribed 1 80 Degrees exaftly the fame 
 with thofe upon the EquinotJlial. We may term it a double Qua- 
 drant of Altitude in fome rcfpedl, and it is of confiderable U ie in 
 feveral delightful Problems. 
 
 To thefe 1 might add the Mariner s Compafst that moft neceflary 
 Inftrumttit, comironly ufed by Navigators, which being duly 
 touched with the Loadltone, and horizontally fixed on the Pedellal 
 of the Globe, is frequently needful for the right Solution of feveral 
 Problems. 
 
 TM 
 
 .> 
 
offh 
 
 l" 
 
 ^.tc of 
 
 fame 
 Qua- 
 le in 
 
 ^eflary 
 
 duly 
 
 sdellal 
 
 everal 
 
 Thp 
 
 Part L Geographical .^<jinitions. f 
 
 The neceflary Circles of tlie Globe being eight as aforefaid ; of 
 them, and fonne others hereafter mentioned, are formed the Lati- 
 tude and Longitude of Places, as alio Zones and Climates. 
 
 Def. 14. Latitude is tljt Dijlance from the Equator to either of the 
 Poles f and meafured upon the brazen or firji Meridian. 
 
 No Term is more frequently ufed in Geography than that of La- 
 titude, which is twofold. North and South. In i;eckoning of the 
 Northern Latitude^ you are to count from the EquinodlialLine to 
 the North Pole ; and the Southern^ from the Equinoflial to the 
 South Pole; ftill numbering the Degrees of Latitude, either on the 
 brazen or Brfl Meridian. The many Circles infcribed on the Globe, 
 at the Diftancc of ten Degrees from one another, and parallel to the 
 Equator, are termed Parallels of Latitude. But befide thofe actual- 
 ly infcribed, we are to conceive the Globe as furniftit with a Mul- 
 titude of fuch Circles : for every Degree of Latitude, and every 
 fixtieth Part of each Degree, is fuppofed to have an imaginary Paral- 
 lel Circle pafling through the fame. But fmce Latitude is the Dif- 
 tance from the Equator to either of the Poles, it from hence follQws, 
 that the greateft Latitude confilleth of 90 Degrees being the Quarter 
 of a Circle. Now correfpondent to each of thofe Degrees, orth^ 
 360 th part of a great Circle in the Heavens, is a certain Space on 
 the Surface of the Earth, which is every where of the fame Extent 
 in itfelf, but different in its Number of Parts, according to the 
 different reckoning of various Countries. To know the faid differ- 
 ent number of Parts whether they be Miles^ Liegues^ or other Mea- 
 fures, correfponding to one Degree in the Heavens, is abfolutely 
 neceflary for the right underftanding the true Diftance of Places in 
 (liferent Countries. We fhall therefore illuftrate tbs fame in the 
 following Table. 
 
 Number of Miles to a Degree of 60 in various Countries. 
 TheWerfl of RuJ/iay as 3 to zEngliJh Miles 
 German Miles, above 4 to one LngUJh 
 Italy and Turiy, according to Halley — 
 France^ at the moil ufual Reckoning -^ 
 Dutch, called Lowdutch Miles ■ 
 
 Spain., and Poland^ < ■ 
 
 Snveden, Denmark and Siuitxerland — 
 
 Perjia^ called Parfengi ■ 
 
 China, called Leis 
 
 Japan Miles according to Danvil, 
 Indian Kofs, according to Hanway 
 ArabiUf called Giam ■ 1 ■ 
 
 Britijh Miles by Statute - 
 
 Common Marine Licgucs 
 
 90 
 
 >5 
 76 
 «5 
 
 »9 
 
 20 
 
 12 
 
 ae 
 250 
 
 34 
 30 
 
 50 
 69 
 
 20 
 
 But 
 
 
8 Geographical Definitions^ Part L 
 
 But here note, That tho there are the moll remarkable Meafures 
 throughout the inhabited World, with their refpeftive Proportion 
 to one Degree in the Heavens ; yet we are not to imagine that thefe 
 Meafures ate of the fame Extent in all the various Provinces of the 
 fame Country ; as is evident from the different Length of Miles by 
 Computation in diAerent Parts of France : as alfo the Diverfity of 
 computed Miles in the Nor//? and Sout/j oi England. 
 
 • 
 
 Def. 1 5 . Longitude is the true Dijlance from the frjl Meridian, 
 mnd meufurcd upon the Equator. 
 
 In reckoning the various Degrees of Longitude, which are 360 
 in all, you are to begin at the firft Meridian wherever it is, and 
 proceed upon the Equator quite round the Globe. Correijpondent 
 to each of thofe Degrees in the Equator as to thofe of Latitude 
 on the Meridian are fixty Miles or twenty Liegues, according to 
 vulgar Calculation : But this is to be underftood only of Places e;^- 
 adly under the Equator ; for the true Diftance between two Places 
 lying due Eoji and Wefi in any confiderable Latitude, is far lefs in 
 Miles, than between other tv/o Places lying exaAly under the Equa- 
 tor, and likewife under the fame Meridians. The Reafon of this is 
 mod evident, namely the approaching of the Meridians nearer and 
 nearer to one another, till at lad they all unite in the Pole. But 
 that you may readily find the true Diftance in Miles from Eaft to 
 fVtftt between any two Places in any Parallel of Latitude, we ihali 
 here infert the following Table; wherein is fet down, for every 
 Degree of Latitude, the exa£l Number of Miles, and Seconds or 
 60 parts of a Mile, that are anfwerable to one Degree in theE^ua* 
 tor of Sixty Miles. 
 
 w. 
 
 I 
 
 'mi 
 
 )k 
 
 lax. Miles. 
 
 I 
 
 % 
 3 
 4 
 
 I 
 
 7 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 59.8 
 59'6 
 
 59.4 
 59.2 
 
 59. 
 
 58,8 
 
 58,6 
 
 58,4 
 
 9 58,2 
 10 58, 
 fi 
 
 57 
 
 ,8 
 
 57*6 
 »3 57.4 
 H 57.a 
 «S 57. 
 
 Lat. Miles. 
 16 56,6 
 
 26 
 
 28 
 
 56,3 
 
 55«6 
 55.3 
 
 54.6 
 54'3 
 
 »7 
 18 
 
 »9 
 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 
 24 54. 
 
 25 53,6 
 
 53»3 
 
 27 53. 
 
 52.5 
 
 29 52, 
 
 30 'iU^ 
 
 Lat. Miles. 
 3> 5»» 
 
 32 
 33 
 34 
 
 36 
 
 32 
 38 
 
 59.5 
 50, 
 
 49»S 
 
 49» 
 
 48.S 
 
 4«. 
 
 47.5 
 
 39 47. 
 
 40 46,5 
 
 41 46, 
 
 42 45.S 
 
 43 45. 
 
 44 44.S 
 
 45 44. 
 
 Xatr! 
 
■i 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 PiVRT |. Geographical Definitionsl 
 
 Lat. Miles. I Lat. Miles. | Lat. MileiJ 
 
 9 
 
 46 
 
 43.S 
 
 47 
 
 43 
 
 48 
 
 4* 
 
 49 
 
 4» 
 
 50 
 
 40 
 
 S» 
 
 39 
 
 52 
 
 38 
 
 53 
 
 37 
 
 54 
 
 36 
 
 H 
 
 35 
 
 56 
 
 34 
 
 57 
 
 33 
 
 58 
 
 3* 
 
 59 
 
 3« 
 
 60 
 
 30 
 
 61 
 
 62 
 
 63 
 
 65 
 
 66 
 67 
 68 
 69 
 70 
 
 7i 
 72 
 
 73 
 74 
 I 75 
 
 29 
 28 
 27 
 26 
 
 25 
 24 
 
 23 
 
 22 
 
 21 
 
 20 
 
 «9 
 It 
 
 16 
 
 76 
 77 
 7» 
 
 79 
 
 80 
 
 81 
 It 
 •1 
 •4 
 
 H 
 
 86 
 8 
 
 { 
 
 I 89 
 I 90 
 
 »4 
 
 IS 
 
 II 
 10 
 
 9 
 8 
 
 ■I 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 s 
 
 I 
 
 o 
 
 Def. 16, Zones are larpt trmSs of land m the Surface of the 
 G/oie, lying parallel to the E^tor, and JUfiinguiJhed by the four Itfer 
 Circles of the Globe, • 
 
 ^Perate^a^< 
 id, J-S-oJ, 
 
 Two Frigid 'J'g g 
 Two Temperate 
 One Torrid, 
 
 The Polar Circles and Poles, 
 The Polar Circles and the Tropics. 
 The two Tropics, divided by the £<t 
 quator. 
 
 Of thefe the Antients imagined only the two Temperate to be 
 habitable, efteeming the fcorching Heat of the Torrid, and pinch- 
 ing Cold of the two Frigid, to be equally intolerllble •» according 
 to that of the Poet: 
 
 ^arum quit media eft, mn ef bahitabilit lejlu: 
 Nix tegit alta duat. ■' ■■ ■ ■■ ■■ •— • 
 
 Ovid. Metam. I. 
 
 Xatr! 
 
 Def. 1 7. Climates are thofe Trails on tht Surface of the Earth, 
 bounded by imaginary Circles ^ running parallel to the Equator^ and of 
 fuch a Breadth from South to North, that the Length of the Artifcial 
 Day in one furpajfeth that in the next, by half an Hour, 
 
 They are termed Climates from xXtw, decline, becaufe in num« 
 bering them they decline from the Equator ; or rather from ntXtftc, 
 fegmentum, becaufe the Climates divide the whole Globe into par- 
 allel Segments. Geographers in former times computed onljr 
 fourteen, that is feven on each fide the Equator to 50 Degrees and 
 half; but we now include the Poles and divide each Hemifphero 
 nto 30 Climates. The following Scheme in a plain View iKewt 
 tkB 
 
 \ 
 
' , 1 !(■ 
 
 4 " 
 
 10 Qeograpbical Definitions, Part T. 
 
 the longeft Day in each Clhnate ; and the Latitude fet againft it in 
 the Second Columu, fliews that the 8th Degree finifhes the firft 
 Climate. The fecond Climate bejgins at 8 and ends at 1 6, and fo 
 of the red ; the end of one being the beginning of the next. 
 Therefore by infpefting thb Table, the longeft Day in every Lati- 
 tode may be inftantly found in any City or Part of the World. 
 
 Climate. 
 
 o 
 I 
 
 s 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 I 
 
 Latitude. 
 d4. Min. 
 op oo 
 
 % 
 
 36 
 
 4:« 
 
 25 
 
 as 
 
 50 
 20 
 
 28 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 45 
 
 29 
 
 8 
 
 49 
 
 01 
 
 9 
 
 5» 
 
 58 
 
 10 
 
 54 
 
 27 
 
 11 
 
 56 
 
 37 
 
 12 
 
 58 
 
 29 
 
 »3 
 
 P 
 
 58 
 
 H. 
 
 61 
 
 18 
 
 >S 
 
 62 
 
 25 
 
 16 
 
 63 
 
 22 
 
 «7 
 
 64 
 
 06 
 
 18 
 
 ^+ 
 
 49 
 
 «9 
 
 ^ 
 
 21 
 
 20 
 
 65 
 
 47 
 
 21 
 
 66 
 
 06 
 
 22 
 
 66 
 
 20 
 
 23 . - 
 
 66 
 
 28 
 
 «4 
 
 66 
 
 3» 
 
 25 
 
 67 
 
 >5 
 
 26 
 
 69 
 
 30 
 
 27 
 
 73 
 
 20 
 
 28 
 
 78 
 
 20 
 
 29 
 
 84 
 
 10 
 
 30 
 
 90 
 
 CO 
 
 Longeft Day, 
 Hcurs. Min, 
 12 
 12 30 
 
 >3 
 
 »3 3» 
 
 H 3» 
 »5 
 
 ;i '• 
 
 16 3« 
 17 
 
 17 3« 
 18 
 
 18 30 
 
 19 
 
 19 3» 
 
 20 
 
 « 
 4 
 
 20 30 
 
 21 
 
 21 30 
 
 22 
 
 22 30 
 23 
 
 23 30 
 
 24 
 
 1 Month. 
 
 2 Months. 
 
 3 Months. 
 
 4 Months. 
 
 5 Months. 
 
 6 Months. 
 
 4 
 
 
 Having thus taken a View of the chief Circles belongine to the 
 Terreftrial Globe, as alfo the manner how Latitude and Longitude 
 with Zones and Climates 2tXG formed; we proceed next to the various 
 Pofitions of the Globe, commonly termed Sf&erest which are three 
 pa oumber. Parallel, Right and Qbliaue* 
 
 D«f. 
 
 
 ,»-;« 
 
r. 
 
 : to the 
 
 ■4 
 
 Dcf. 
 
 Part I. Gdogra^bical Definitions, ii 
 
 Dcf. 1 8. -^Parallel Sphere is that Pofition of the Gloht which 
 lath thefe thrn Properties^ I . The Poles in the Zenith and Nadir, 
 2. The Equator ill the Horizon, 3. The parallel Circles parallel to 
 the Horizon. 
 
 The Inhabitants of this Sphere are thofe who live at the Poles* 
 if we Suppofcany fuch. 
 
 Dcf. ig- A Right Sphere, is that Pofition of the GJohe nvhicb hath 
 thefe three Properties^ 1 . Both the Polts in the Horizon. 2. The Equa^ 
 tor pajfing through the Zenith and Nadir. 3, The parallel Grcles 
 perpendicular to the Horizon. 
 
 The Inhabitants of this Sphere are they who live under the £qui» 
 nodtial Line. 
 
 Def. 20 An Oblique Sphere, is that Portion of the Globe which 
 hath thefc three Properties^ i. One of the Poles above ^ and one under 
 the Horizon. 2. The Equator partly abo<ve and partly under the Horizon, 
 ^. The parallel Circles cutting the Horizon obliquely, ,•-_ . ., 
 
 The Inhabitants of this Sphere are they who live lA all Parts cf 
 the Earth ; except thofe at the Poles, and the Equator. 
 
 But without regard to thefe Pojitions of the Globe, the various 
 Inhabitants of the £arth are likewife confidered with refpe£t to thC' 
 fevcral Meridians and ParalUlsy peculiar to their Habitations, uM 
 der thefe three Titles, Antiaci^ Perieeci, and Antipodes, 
 
 Def. 21. The Antiaeci, are thofe People of the Ean», ^'ho live 
 under the fame Meridian, but oppojite Parallels, 
 
 Peculiar to fuch People are thefe following Particula'^j, i . They 
 have both the fame Elevation of the Pole, but not ^Iie fame Pole. 
 
 2. They are equally diftant from the Equator, but on different Sides. 
 
 3. They have both Noon and Midnight at the fame time. 4. The 
 Days of one are equal to the Nights of the other, 5. Their Seafons 
 of the Year are contrary j it being Winter to the one, whea Sum- 
 jner to the other. 
 
 Def. 22. The Peria^ci, are thofe People of the Earth who live under 
 the fame Parallels, but oppojite Meridians, 
 
 Peculiar to fuch People are thefe following Particulars, i. One 
 of the Poles is equally elevated to both, and the other equally de- 
 prefled. 2. They are equally diftant from the Equator, and both 
 on the fame iide^ 3. When it is Noon with one, it is Midnight 
 
 witii 
 
 ■/ 
 
\J 
 
 ml 
 
 1% Getgraphical DefinittMsl Part f, 
 
 with tlie other; 4. The Length of the Day to one is the Comple- 
 ment of the other*s Night; 5. But they both agree ^n the four Sea- 
 foni of the Year. 
 
 Def. 23. Tlfe Antipodes, ere thofe People of the Earth nvto /ivi 
 wader ofpojite Parallels undoffefite Mcridijvs. 
 
 Peculiar to fuch People are thefe following Particulars, i . They 
 %ftve both the fame Elevation of the Pole. 2. They are both equally 
 iliftant from the Equator ; but on different Sides, and in oppofite 
 Hemifpheres. 3. When it is Noon with one, it is Midnight witl| 
 the other ; 4. The longeft Day or Night to the one, is the ftiortell to 
 the other. 5. Their Feet are direftly oppofite, and confequently 
 dieir Nights and Days, Winter and Summer. 
 
 The Inhabitants of the Earth were likewife confidered by the An* 
 dents with refpefl to the Diversity of their Shadoijos, and accordingly 
 reduced to three Claifes, jimphi/cii, Peri/dit and Hetero/cii, 
 
 "Dtf. 24. Amphifcii, ere thofe People of the Eart^ wht live in tkt 
 Terrid Zone, or between the two Tropics, 
 
 They are fo termed from a/^^i utrin^ue and o-xU umhraf becaufip 
 diey call their Noonday Shadows on either Side of them, that is 
 North or Souths according as the Sun declines either to the South 
 Tropic or North Tropic, 
 
 Def. 25. Perifcii, ere thofe People nvho Hvt in the Frigid Zones, 
 •r between the Polar Grcles and the Poles, 
 
 Tbey are fo called from tpt^i circa and c»\a umhrot becaufe they 
 •aft their Shadows rpund about them to all Points of the Compafsa 
 in 24 Hours. 
 
 Def. 26. Heterofcii, tre thofe People who live in the temperate 
 Zones, or between the Tropics and the Polar Circles, 
 
 They are fo called from inpot alter and ocxU umhra^ becaufe they 
 caft their Noon Shadows only one way : Norths if in the North 
 ;emperate, or Soutby if in the South temperate Zone. 
 
 Note, that ji/cH, from « and ctkim, are they in the 1*orrid Zone 
 who have no noon Shadow at all, the Sun palling juft over their 
 Heads twice in the Year. 
 
 The Earth, in refpe£l of its Inhabitants, hath alfo formerly been 
 divided into the Righthand and Leftt and that by feveral Sorts 
 of Perfons; i. Poets , who accounted the North the Righthand^zxA, 
 South the Left, 2. AfironotntrSf who accounte4 tha wlfi the ^ght* 
 
 '4 
 
lRT I, 
 
 Tomple- 
 ur Sea- 
 
 wb0 iinti 
 
 I. Thejr 
 
 equally 
 oppofite 
 ght wit]| 
 lortdlto 
 equently 
 
 the An* 
 ordingly 
 
 ive in tke 
 
 becauftp 
 that it 
 the South 
 
 *id Zona, 
 
 aufe they 
 Compafs. 
 
 temperati 
 
 aufe they 
 he North 
 
 rid Zone 
 ^vcr their 
 
 erly been 
 ral Sorts 
 'lantit an4 
 )e Rightm 
 
 m 
 
 Faut I. Geographical Definitions. ig 
 
 hand, and Eaf the Ltp. 3. Gtograpbtrs, who always make £4^ 
 the Rightbani, and Ir^ the ^r//. 
 
 fiut leaving the various Inhabitants of the Earth, and to come 
 clofer to 9ur main Defign* let us return to the Globt of the Earth 
 itfelfi confidered fimply as a fpherical Body, whofe Surface we are 
 to view as compofed of Land and IVattr, and thofe two Parts thus 
 fabdividcd as foUoweth { 
 
 land into 
 
 Continent St IJlhmus's, 
 yiandsy Promontories, 
 Penin/u/ast Mountains, 
 
 Water into 
 
 OceanSy Straits, 
 
 Sfas, Lakes, 
 
 Gulfs or Bays, Rivertl 
 
 Def. 37. A Continent, Lat. Continens a Continue, /V a large and 
 txt ended Space of dry Land, comprehending dtfvcrs Countries, Kingdoms, 
 Mnd States joining all together, *without any intire Separation of its 
 Parts hy Water. 
 
 Def. 28. Jn Ifland, Lat. Tnfula, quafi in Sale, is a Part of dry 
 Land, intirely furrounded nuith Water. 
 
 Def. 29, A Peninfula, quafi pene Infula, othcrnulfe Cherfonefus 
 \from y^i^tjQ^, Terra, andrnao^, Infula) is a part of dry Land every 
 nuhere inclofed tjuith Water, except one narronx) Space joining the fame 
 to the Continent. 
 
 Def. 30. An Iflhmus ab lo-O/xS?, a Neck, is that narrow Neck of 
 Land joining the Peninfula to the Continent ; by nvhich People maf 
 go from one to the other, 
 
 Def. 3 1 . -^ Promontory, quafi m, ns in mare pronnincns, is a 
 high Part of Land ftr etching iff If into the Sea ; the Extremity <where- 
 tfis commonly termed a Cape, Headland, or Point. 
 
 Def. 32. ^Mountain, ab emineo, ennnendo, is a rifng Part of 
 the Land, eter topping the adja^.nt Country, and appearing the frjt 
 at a great Dijiance. 
 
 Def. 33. The Ocean, uxiavti ab unum citd, Sc tdu fluo, is a *very 
 extenji've and large ColleHion <jf Waters furrounding a conJiderabU 
 Part of the main Continent. 
 
 Def. 34. The Sea, Salum a fa!e, quia falfum, is a fmaller Collec- 
 tion of Waters intermingled nuith 'IJlands, and intirely or mofly en- 
 fuirontd luitb Land* 
 
14 Geographical Definitions, Part t. 
 
 Def. 3^. A Gulf 0r Bay, 9inu«, quafi in fmu fuo mare compleftens, 
 is a fart of the Sea every ijohere environed nvith Land except one Paf. 
 /age, voberehy it communicates nvith the neighbouring Seat o*' main 
 Ocean, 
 
 Def. 36. A Strait, Stri£lus a ftrigendo, is a narrow TaJfagCt 
 either joining a Gulf to the neighbouring Sea or Ocean, or one Part tf 
 the Sea or Ocean to another. 
 
 37. ^Lake, Lacus, a^a««oj Fofla vcl Fovea, is a ftnall Collect 
 tion of deep Jlanding Waters entirely furrounded ivith Land, and having 
 90 vifible or immediate Communication *with the Sea» 
 
 Def. 3S. A River, Flumen vel Fluvius ^ fluo, is a conjiderahle 
 Stream of frefl? Water arifing from one or fever al Springs., vchich 
 tontinually flovoing on and growing voider t falls at laji into the 
 Ocean, 
 
 ..'j.t.l-'.l,: 
 
 Thefe are all the neceflTary and capital ^Terms commonly ufed in 
 Modern Geography ; and particularly thofct that either need or cait 
 fvcU admit of a Defnitien, Defcription, or Derivation, 
 
 1 
 
 ■f 
 A 
 
 
 SECT, 
 
iRT I. 
 
 >le£tens, 
 me Pa/' 
 Qt- main 
 
 Tajfage, 
 Part^ 
 
 ' hawng 
 
 Iderahle 
 
 luhich 
 
 nto the 
 
 ufed in 
 or can 
 
 Part I. 
 
 (geographical ProhUmsl 
 SECT. II. 
 
 *» 
 
 Containing fome pkafant Geographical Problems: 
 
 Prob. l/ \'^HE Diameter of an Artificial Globe being gi'ven, tojlni 
 J^ its Surface in Square^ and its Solidity in Cubic Meafure^ 
 
 Multiply the Diametre by the Circumference, v?hich is a great 
 Circle dividing the Globe into two equal Parts, and the Produft 
 will give the firft : Then multiply the faid Produft by one Sixth of 
 the Diametre and the Produft of that will give the fecond. After' 
 the fame manner we may find the Surface and Solidity of the Natu- 
 ral Globe, as alfo the whole Body of the Atmofphere furrounding 
 the fame, provided it be always and every where of the fame Hight ; 
 for having found the perpendicular Hight thereof by that common 
 Experiment of the Afcent of Mercury at the Foot and Top of a Moun- 
 tain, double the faid Hight, and add the fame to the Diametre of 
 the Earth; then multiply the whole, as a new Diametre by its pro- 
 per Circumference, and from the Produdl fubtraft the Solidity of 
 the Earth, it will leave that of the Atmofphere. 
 
 Prob. 2. To reaify the Globe. 
 
 The Globe being fet upon a true Plane, raife the Pole according 
 (o the given Latitude ; then fix the Quadrant of Altitude in the Ze- 
 nith, and if there be any Mariner's Compafs upon the Pedeflal let 
 the Globe be fo iituate, as that the brazen Meridian may ftand due 
 South and Norths according to the two Extremities of the Needle* 
 allowing the Variation. 
 
 Prob. 3. To find the Longitude and Latitude of any Place, 
 
 By Longitude we do not here underftand that Sailors Term of Easing 
 tnd Wejiingt but the true Diftance between the given Place and the 
 firft Meridian infcribed on the Surface of the Globe. For the 
 finding of which, bring the given Place to the Eaji Side of the 
 brazen Meridian, and obferve what Degree of the Equator is juft 
 under the fame Meridian, for that is the Degree of Longitude be- 
 longing to the given Place : And the Degree of the Meridian exactly 
 above that Place is its proper Latitude, which is either Southern ox 
 Northern^ according as the Place lyes South or North of the Equi- 
 Aoflial Line. 
 
 T. 
 
 Prob. 4. The Longitude and Latitude of any Plact being givent t9 
 fnd that Place on the Qlobe, Bring 
 
'jk6 deegraphical Problems, Part I; 
 
 Bring the Degtee of Longitude to the Brazen Meridian ; reckon 
 upon the fame IVleridian the Degree of Latitude, whether South or 
 if or thy and make a Mark with Chalk where the Reckoning endsj 
 the Point exadlly under that Chalk is the Place defired. 
 
 Prob. 5. Ihe Latitude of any Place being given ^ to find all thofe 
 f laces that have the fame Latitude. 
 
 The Globe being redlified {a) according to the La- 
 fa) Prob. 2. titude of the given Place, and that Place being brought 
 to the brazen Meridian, make a Mark exa£lly above the 
 lame, and turning the Globe round, all thoie Places paifing under 
 the {^d Mark have the fame Latitude with the given Place. 
 
 Prob. 6. To find the Sun^t Place in the Ecliptic at any Time. 
 
 The Month and Day being given, look for the fame upon the 
 tvooden Horizon ; and over-againfl the Day you will find the parti- 
 cular Sisn and Degree in which the Sun is at that Time, which 
 Sign andDegree bemg noted in the Ecliptic, the fame is the Sun'd 
 flace, or nearly, at.ue time defired. 
 
 Prob. 7. The Month and Day heing given, as alfo the particular 
 Time of that Day, it find thofe Places of the Globe y to nuhich the Sun 
 is in the Meridian at that particalar time. 
 
 The Pole beins; elevated according to the Latitude of the given 
 Place, bring the (aid Place to the brazen Meridian, and fetting the 
 Index of the Horary Circle at the Hour of the Day, in the given. 
 Place, turn the Globe till the Index points at the upper Figure of 
 XIL which done, fix theOlobe in that Situation, and obfzive 
 what Places are exadly under the upper Hemifphere of the brazen 
 Meridian, for thofe are the PUoes defired. 
 
 Prob. 8, To knoiv the length 9/ the Day and Night in any Place of 
 the Earth at any time. 
 
 Elevate the Pole {a) according to the Latitude of 
 (a) Prob. 2. the given Hlact , h) ' the Sun^s Place in the Ecliptic 
 {b) Prob. 6. (A) at that Time, who 'ving brought to the £"<?/? Side 
 of the Horizon, let the h.ucxof the Horary Circle at 
 Noon, or the upper Figure XII tmil tunnnj^ Uif Globe about till the 
 aforefaid Place of che Ecliptic lo^^d, the wtii(iru He of the Horizon, 
 look upon the Horary Ciic e. and whcrcloever the index pointeth^ 
 reckon the Number of iiuurs Ittweeu the lb me and ihe upper 
 4 Figure 
 
 m 
 
RT t 
 
 reckon 
 ^outh or 
 igendsj 
 
 Jl tho/e 
 
 the La- 
 brought 
 bove the 
 ig under 
 
 upon the 
 the parti- 
 e, which 
 the Sun'^ 
 
 iarticttlar 
 h the Sun 
 
 the given 
 ietting the 
 the given. 
 Figure of 
 d obfcive 
 he brazen 
 
 ny Plate of 
 
 atitude of 
 \t Ecliptic 
 Eaji Side 
 V Circle at 
 out till the 
 c Horizon, 
 pointeth^ 
 DC upper 
 Figure 
 
 
 Part t. Geographic at Pnhiemsl ^f-^ 
 
 Figure of lai, for that is the Length of the Day, the Complement 
 whereof to 24 Hours is the Length of the Night. ,,•.,, ;./„ 
 
 . Prob. 9. To find by the Globe the AxAxztzx, Periaeci> a»^AntipodeSy 
 of any given Place. 
 
 Bring the given Place to the brazen Meridian, and 
 finding {a) its true Latitude, count upon the Meridian {a) Prob. 3. 
 the fame number of Degrees towards the oppofite 
 Pole, and obferve where the Reckoning ends, for that is the Place 
 of the Antiaci. The given Place continuing under.the brazen Me- 
 ritiian, fet the Index of the Horary Circle at Noon, and turning 
 the Globe about till the fame point at Midnight, (or the lower 1 2) 
 the Place which then comes to the Meridian, having the fame 
 Latitude with the former, is that of the Periaci. As for the ^nti- 
 podesy reckon from the given Place upon the brazen Meridian 1 80 
 Degrees cither South or Northy or as many Degrees beyond the 
 fartheft Pole as you are to the neareft, and obferve exaftly .where 
 the reckoning ends, for that is the Place defired. 
 
 Prob.. 10. To knonv fwhat a Clock it is by the Globe tn any Part of 
 the Worldy and at any time, provided you knonu the Hour of the Day 
 luhereyou are at the fame time. 
 
 Bring the Place in which ydtf are to the brazen 
 Meridian, the Pole being raifed {b) according to the (i) Proh. j* 
 Latitude thereof, and fet the Index of the Horary Cir- 
 cle to the Hour of the Day at that time. Th^n bring the defired 
 Place to the brazen Meridian^ and the Index will point out the 
 prefent Hour at that Place wherever it is. 
 
 Prob. \\. To know by the Globe nvhen the Great Mogul of Indla^ 
 and the Emperor ofRu&a, Jit down to Dinner. ^ ^ 
 
 This being only to know when it is Noon at Dehli zni Peterjburg, 
 thofe two Imperial Seats, which we may eafily do, at whatever 
 time it be. or whatever place we are at : For finding, by the fore- 
 going Problem, the prefent Hour of the Day in the laid Cities, and 
 Tuppofing that Noon is their Dinner Time, we may readily deter- 
 mine how near it is to the time defired. 
 
 Prob. 1 2. To find the Hour of the Day by the Globe at any time 
 
 twhen the Sun /hines, ,,, ■ 
 
 Divide your Ecliptic into 24 equal parts, and in fmall Figures 
 fet down the Hours of the natural Day after the following manner. 
 
 » A? 
 
 r*"'J 
 

 tt Gedgraphkal Problems, Part L 
 
 At the Iitterleftions of the Ecliptic and Equator place the Figure 6 ; 
 tnd bring both thefe Figures to the brazen Meridian, one being in 
 the upper, and the other in the lower Hemil'phere. Which done 
 f l»ce the 1 2 Figures in the Weft Hemifphere in this order 6, 7, 8, 
 9, 10, II, 12. I, I, 3, 4, 5, 6. beginning then at the fame Fi- 
 gure 6, and going Eaft, fet down the other twelve Figures thus, 
 "» 5» 4» 3» 2, I. 12, II, 10, 9, 8, 7. 6. The Equinoftial 
 
 being thus divided and marked, elevate the Glober 
 {a) Prob. 3. (a) according to the Latitude of the Place where you 
 
 are, and bring the Interi'eftion of the vernal Equinox 
 {h) Proh. 2. to the upper part of the brazen Meridian; and Atuat- 
 
 ing the Globe [b) duly South and North, obferve well 
 that half of the Globe on which the Sun doth actually (bine 1 for 
 the laft Part or Limit of the enlightened Hemifphere always ihews 
 the Hour of the Day upon the Equator. 
 
 Prob. 13. The Latitude of the Plaee, the High rf the Sun hting 
 given at any timet to find thereby the Hour of the Day, 
 
 The Globe being rcftified {a) according to the Latitude of the 
 ( \ P b t given Place, and the Sun's Altitude at that time being 
 {b\ P b 6 ^""^ ''y *>" exaft Quadrant ; mark his Place in th» 
 Ecliptic \b) for the given Day, and bring the fame to 
 the brazen Meridian. After this fix the Quadrant of Altitude in 
 the Zenith, and mark in the faid Quadrant the particular Degree 
 ef the Snn% Altitude at that time, and placing the index of the 
 Horary Circle at Noon, move the Globe together with the Qua- 
 drant of Altitude, till the Sun% Place marked in the Ecliptick, and 
 his Degree of Alt itude marked upon the faid Quadrant do come 
 both in one. Which done, obferve what Hour the Index doth 
 point at, for that is the Hour defired. 
 
 Prob. 14. The Latitude of the Place being gi'ven, as afo the true 
 hearing of the Sun in the faid Place at any time, to find thereby the 
 Hcur of the Day. 
 
 :■. ...• -1 The Globe being (<7) re(Sified, and the Sun\ Place 
 (a) Prob. 1. \b) marked in the Ecliptic, brought to the brazen 
 (^) Proh. 6. Meriuian, and the Index of the Hour Circle put to 
 12 at Noon, fix the Qiiadrant of Altitude in the Ze- 
 nith, and by the Mariner's Compafs obferve the true bearing of the 
 Zun ; then bring the Quadrant of Altitude to the obferved Point of 
 the Compafs upon the Wooden Horizon, and move the Globe till 
 the Sun\ Place in the Ecliptic coincide with the faid Quadrant. 
 Which done, and (he Globe continuing in that pofition, the Index 
 
 • • • of 
 
RT T. 
 
 gure 6 ; 
 eing ift 
 :h done 
 
 >, 7» 2' 
 ime Fi- 
 es thus, 
 linoftial 
 e Globe 
 lerc yoa 
 Equinox 
 id fituat- 
 rrve well 
 ioe; for 
 lys fhews 
 
 ;un l*i«i 
 
 ie of the 
 ime being 
 ice in thtt 
 \e fame to 
 iltitude in 
 ar Degree 
 iex of the 
 theQua- 
 ptick, and 
 It do come 
 ndex doth 
 
 Ifo the true 
 
 thereby the 
 
 Sun's ?lace 
 the brazen 
 rcle put to 
 i in the Ze- 
 aring of the 
 red Point of 
 le Globe till 
 1 Quadrant. 
 1. the Index 
 
 its 
 
 Part I. Gecgraphical Problems, ig 
 
 of the Horary Circle will point out the Hour of the Day at the 
 Timedefired. 
 
 Prob. I ^. The Latitude rf the Place^ and Sun'j Place hf the Eclip- 
 tic being given^ to find thereby the Hour of the Day. 
 
 2. 
 
 Elevate the Pole according to the given Latitude, i \ p t 
 and fituate the Globe duly South and ^iorth («) by the ^'^^ ^''''°' 
 Mariner's Compafs ; then fix a fmall Needle perpepdicuiarly in rhe 
 Sun\ Place in the Ecliptic, and bringing the fame to the brazen 
 Meridian, fet the Index of the Horary Circle at Noon ; which done, 
 turn the Globe till the Needle cafl no Shadow at ail, and then ob« 
 ferve the Index, for it will poiat at the true Hour of the Day. 
 
 Prob. 1 6. Any Place being given ^ to move the Globe fo at that tht 
 Wooden Horizon Jhall be the Horinon of the fame. 
 
 firing the given Place to the brazen Mendian, and reckon from; 
 it upon the faid Meridian rhe Number of 90 Degrees towards either 
 of the Poles, and where rhe Reckoning ends, place that part of the 
 Meridian to the Notch of the Wooden Horizon, and it will prove 
 the Horizon of the Place. In (hort it is to rediiy the Globe. 
 
 Prob. 17. Tt find the Meridian Line by the Globe in any Place, and 
 at any time ef the Day. . 
 
 The Latitude of the Place being known, and the Globe elevated 
 accordingly ; obferve the Hight of the Sun above the Horizon at 
 that time ; and draw upon a true Plane a ftrait Line in, or parallel to, 
 the Shadow of a perpendicularStile ereded thereon. In which dcfcribe 
 a Circle at an opening of the CompafTes, and find («) the -; . • 
 
 Sun''% Place in the Ecliptic, and mark his obferved [a) Prob. Zi 
 Hight in the Quadrant of Altitude. Then move the 
 Globe together with the faid Quadrant, till that Mark in the Qua- 
 drant and the 5««'s Place in the Ecliptic come both in one ; '.vhich 
 done, count upon the Wooden Horizon the Nuutber of Degrees 
 between the Quadrant of Altitude and the brazen Meridian, and 
 fet off the faid Number of Degrees upon the aforelaid Circle drawn 
 upon the Plane, by making a vifible Point in the Circumference 
 where the Reckoning ends, beginning ilill at the Side towards the 
 Sun, and proceeding £a/? or fFefi, according to the Time of the 
 Day. Then draw a Line from that Point in the Circumference 
 through the Centre of the faid Circle, and the fame will prove the 
 true Meridian Line of that Place, at what time foever the Obfep> 
 vation is made. 
 
 D 2 
 
 Prob. 
 
m 
 
 M 'i.V 
 
 20 Geographical Problems. Part I. 
 
 Prob. 1 8. y^ Place being git'cn in the Torrid Zone, tofndthofe Days 
 in ivhich the S)\XTiJhall be <vertical to the fame. 
 
 Bring the giv«n Place to the brazen Meridian, and mark what 
 Degree of Latitude is exadlly above it. Move the Globe round, 
 and obferve the two Points of the Ecliptic that pafs through the faid 
 Degree of Latitude. Search upon the Wooden Horizon (or by pro- 
 per Tables of the Sun\ annual Motion) on what Days he paiTeth 
 through the aforefaid Points of the Ecliptic, for thofe are the Day» 
 required in which the Sun is vertical to the given Place. 
 
 Prob. 1 9. The Month and Day being given* to find by the Globe 
 thofe Places of the North Frigid Zone, ixhere the Sun bcginneth then 
 tofkine confiantly nvithout f citing ; as alfo thofe Places of the South 
 Frigid Zone, luhere he then begins to be totally abfent. 
 
 The Day givn, (which muft always be one of thofe either be- 
 tween the vernal Equinox and the Summer Solflice, or between 
 
 the Autumnal Equinox and Winter Snlllice) Find {a) 
 {a) Prob. 6. the Sun s Place in the Ecliptic, and marking the 
 
 fame bring it to the brazen Meridian, and reckon 
 the like number of Degrees from the North Pole towards the Equa- 
 tor, as there is between the Equator and the Sun's Place in the 
 Ecliptic, fetting a Mark with Chalk where the Reckoning ends. 
 This done turn the Globe round, and all the Places paiTing under 
 the faid Chalk are thofe in which the Sun begins to fhine confiantly 
 without fetting upon the given Day. For Solution of the latter 
 p?rt of the Problem, fet off the fame Diftance from the South Pole 
 upon the brazen Meridian towards, the Eqeator, as was formerly 
 fist oft" from the North; then marking with Chalk, and turning the 
 Globe round, all Places paiTing under the Mark are thofe where 
 the ^»n begins his total Difappearance from the given Day. 
 
 Prob. 20. ji Place being given in the North Frigid Zont, to find 
 hy the Globe imhat Number of Days the Sun doth confiantly Jhine upon 
 the faid Place, and iwhat Days he is abfent, as alfo the firfi and lafi 
 Day of his Appearance. 
 
 Bring the given Place to the brazen Meridian, and 
 (i) Prth. 2. obferving its Latitude (^)- elevate the Globe according- 
 ly ; count the fame number of Degrees upon the Me- 
 ridian from each fide of the Equator as the Place is dillant from the 
 Pole J and making Marks where the Reckonings end, turn the Globe, 
 and <:arefully obferve what two Degrees, of the Ecliptic pafs ex- 
 aftly under the two Points marked in the Meridian ; firfi for the 
 Northern Arch of the Circle, namely that comprehended between 
 ' • " I : i the 
 
 tl 
 en 
 
Geographical Problems, 
 
 Part I. Geographical Problems, at 
 
 the two Degrees remarked, being reduced to Time, will give the 
 Number of Days that the Sun doth conftanrly fhine above the Ho- 
 rizon of the given Place ; and the oppofite Arch of the faid Circle 
 will in like manner give the Number of Days in which he is tc 
 tally abfent, and alfo will point out wh ch Days thofe are. And 
 in the Interval he will rife and fet. 
 
 Prob. 2 1 . The Month and Day being gi'i'en, to fini" thofe Places on 
 the Globe, to 'which the Sun, ixhen at the Meridian^ Jhall be 'vertical 
 on that Day. 
 
 < . ' ; .1.1 ;: .. : . . 
 
 The Sun's Place in the iEcliptic being (a) found, 
 bring the fame to the brazen Meridian, in which make («) Prob. 6. 
 a fmall Mark with Chalk, exadly above the 5««'s 
 Place. Which done turn the Globe, and thofe Places which have 
 the Sua vertical in the Meridian, will fucceflively pafs under the 
 faid Mark. 
 
 Prob. 22. The Month and Dny being piven^ to find upon nuhat 
 Point of the Compnfs the Sun rifeth and fettcth in any Place, at the 
 Time given. 
 
 Elevate the Pole according to the Latitude of the defired Place, 
 and finding the Sunh Place in the Ecliptic at the given Time, 
 bring the fame to the Eajicrn Side of the Horizon, and you may 
 there clearly fee the Point of the Coinpafs upon which he then 
 rifeth. By turning the Globe about till his Place coincide with 
 the Weflcrn Side of the Horizon, you may alfo fee upon the faid 
 Circle the exaft Point of his fetting. 
 
 Prob. 23. To knonv by the Globe the Length of the longeji and fhorteft 
 Day sand Nights in any Part of the World. 
 
 Elevate the Pole according to the Latitude of the given Place, 
 and bring the firft Degree of Cancer if in the Northern, or Capri- 
 corn if in the Southern Hemifphere to the E'i(l Side of the Horizon ; 
 and fetting the Index of the Horary Circle at Noon, turn the Globe 
 about till the Sign of Cancer touch the IFiJf cm Side of the Horizon, 
 and then obferve upon the Horary Circle the Number of Hours be- 
 tween the Index and the upper Figure of XII. reckoning them 
 according to the Motion of the Index, for that is the length of the 
 longelt Day, the Compliment whereof is the Extent of the fhorteft 
 Night. As for the fhorteft Day and longeft Night, they are only 
 |he revcrfe of the former. 
 
 Prob. 24. Te knonu the Climate of any gii-en Placs^ 
 
 D q 
 
 Find 
 
22 Geographical Problems. Part I. 
 
 Find {a) the Length of the longeft Day in the given 
 {a) ^roh. 1^. Place, and whatever be the Number of Hours where- 
 by it furpafleth twelve, double that Number, and the 
 Produ<5^ will give the true Climate of the Place defired. But here 
 nofe. That this is to be undcrftood of Places within the Latitude 
 of(;6| Degr. As for thofeof a greater Latitude, where the Cli- 
 mates increal'e by intire Months, enter the fecond Divifion in the 
 Table of Climates, p. lo. with the latitude of the given Place, 
 and oppofite thereto you will find the proper Climate of a Place in 
 the faid Latitude. The Clima.es may alfo be difcovered from the 
 Latitude of any Place under tb\ Degrees, by the Table. 
 
 Prcb, 2!?. Tie length of the lonrrrft Day in any Place being knoivn, 
 to f lid thereby the Latitude of that Plact. 
 
 Having the Length of the longeft Day.you may know 
 (i.) Piob. 24. thereby [a] the proper Climate in that Place, comput- 
 ing the Half hours above 12; or by the Table of Cli- 
 mate? you may lee what Drgree of Latitude belongs to that Climate, 
 which Degree is the Latitude of the Place defired. 
 
 Prob. 26. The Latitude of the PInre l-fin^^gi'ven, as alfo the Sun*/ 
 Place i7i the Ecliptic, to find thereby the beginning of the Morning and 
 end of the Ei>emiig Tnvi/ight. 
 
 The Globe being reflified, and the Sun^s Place brought to the 
 brazen Meridian, fet the Horary Index at Noon ; then bring that 
 Degree of the Ecliptic, which is oppofite the Suns Place to the weft- 
 ern Quarter, which is found by turning the Globe till the Index of 
 the Hour Circle points 1 2 at Night : and fo move the Globe with the 
 Quadrant of Alritude, till the Degree oppofite the Suns Place and 
 the iH.h Degree of the Quadrant come both in one ; which done, 
 «bferve to what Hour the Index then points, for at that Hour doth 
 the Morning 'I'willght begin. As for the pjvening Twilight, bring 
 the Degree of the Ecliptic, oppofite the Su?/'s Place at that time, to 
 the E'l/hm Quarter; and fo move the Globe till the fame and the 
 1 8th Degree of the Quadrant come both to one, and the Index 
 will point the Hour when the Evening I'wilight doth end. 
 
 Prob. 27. The Le>?gth efthe /ongef Dt^y bein^^i'ven, to find thereby 
 ihofe Placii in nuhich the longeft Day is of that Extent. 
 
 fci|# 
 
 By the given Length of the longeft Day [a] find the 
 [a] Prob. 25. true Degree of Latitude, where the Day is of that Ex- 
 tent, and making a Mark upon that Degree in the 
 
 brazea 
 
r. 
 
 Part I. Geographical Problems, 23 
 
 brazen Meridian, turn the Globe round, and obferve what Places 
 pal's exaftly under the faid Marie, for they are tlu; Places defired. 
 
 Prob. 2%. A cotain Number of Days^ not furfajftvg 182, beiftggiv 
 en, to Jind tha-ciy ihat Parallel of Lutitude on the iilobet luhtrt tbg 
 iiunftttet/; not during thofe Days. 
 
 
 
 Take half of the given Number of Days, , .3 whatever it is, 
 CQunt fo many Degrees upon the Ecliptic, beginning at the firft of 
 Camtrt and make a mark where the Reckoning ends; only ob- 
 ferve, that if your Number of Days furjjafs Thirty, then your 
 Number of Degrees ought to be lefs than it by one. Bring then 
 the nmiked Point of the Ecliptic to the brazen Meridian, and ob- 
 ferve exadly how many Degrees are intercepted between the afor(- 
 faid Point and the Pole, for the fame is equal to the defired Parallel 
 of Latitude. If the defired Parallel of Latitude be South of the 
 Line, the Operation is the fame, bringing only the firft Degree of 
 Ciii'ricorn to the Meridian inftead of Cancer. : 
 
 Prob. 2< ,. The Hour of the Day being gi<ven, to find thereby the 
 Babylofiic Hour at any time. 
 
 The Balyhnic Hour is the Number of Hours from the Sun rifing j 
 it being the Manner of the Babylonians to commence their Hours 
 from tne Appearance of the Sun in the Eafl Horizon. To find thiA 
 Hour at any Time, and in any Place, firft elevate 
 the Pole {u) according to the Latitude of the given [a) Prob. 2. 
 Place, and [b) noting the Sun$ Place in the Ecli;jtic ih) Prob. 6. 
 at that time, bring the fame to the brazen Meridian, 
 and fet the Index of the Horary Circle at Noon ; after this roll 
 the Globe either Ea/I or I'f^ejl, according to the Time of Day, till 
 the Index point at the given Hour. Then fix the Globe in that 
 Poficion, and bring back the Index again to Noon, and move the 
 Globe from Eujl to f^f^ejl, till the Suns Place marked in the Ecliptic 
 coincides with the Eajlern Horizon i which done reckon upon the 
 Horary Circle the Number of Hours between the Index and Noon, 
 which is the upper Figure of 1 2, for that is the Number of Hours 
 from Sunrife for that Day in the given Place, or the true Babylonic 
 Hour defired. 
 
 ■I 
 
 1 
 
 At 
 
 -i 
 
 Prob. 30. 7he Babylonic Hour being given, to find the Hour ^ 
 Day at any time'i according to our nuay of reckoning in Engl/aiud. 
 
 Elevate the Pole, according to the given Latitude of the Place, 
 ;ind marking the Sun% Place in the Ecliptic, bring the fame to the 
 brazen MeridiajB, and (et the Index of the Horary Circle to Noon. 
 
 D 4 Then 
 
%4 Geographual Problems. Part I, 
 
 Then roll the Globe JVeJi<ward, till the Index points at the given 
 Hour from Sunri/e ; and fixing the Globe in that Situation, bring 
 the Index back again to Noon, and turn the Globe backward till 
 the Sun'i Place, marked in the Ecliptic, return to the fame Semi- 
 circle of the brazen Meridian from whence it came ; which done, 
 pbferve what Hour the Index of the Horary Circle pointeth at, for 
 the fame is the Hour defired. 
 
 Prob. 31. The flour of Day being given as tue reckon in England, 
 to find thereby the Italick Hour at any time. 
 
 The Italick Hour is the Number of Hours from Sunri/e at all 
 ■•' • times of the Year, to Sunfit the next following Day'. 
 {a) Prob. 2. For the ready finding of fuch Hours (a), elevate the 
 (b) Prob. 6. Pole according to the Latitude of the Places, and (b) 
 noting the ^//»'s Place in the Ecliptic upon the given 
 Day, bring the fame to the brazen Meridian, and fet the Index of 
 the Horary Circle at Noon. Then turn the Globe either Eafi or 
 irefi, according to the time of the Day, till the Index point at the 
 given Hour, and fixing the Globe in that Situation, bring the In- 
 dex back to Noon. Which done, turn the Globe about Eajiiuard^ 
 till the Mark of the Sun\ Place in the Ecliptic coincide with the 
 Weftern Horizon, and obferve how many Hours are between the 
 the upper Figure 12 and the Index, reckoning them Eafi<vjard, as 
 Globe moved, for thefe are the Hours from Sunfift, or the //«- 
 /id Hour defired. , 
 
 Prob. 32. The Italick Hour being given ^ to find thereby the Hour 
 cf Day at any timet according as ive reckon in England. 
 
 {a) Prob. 2. This being the Reverfe of the former Problem (a), 
 
 elevate the Pole according to the Latitude of the given 
 
 Place, and noting the Suns Place in the Ecliptic, bring the fame to 
 
 the Wijlcrn Horizon; and fetting the Horary Index at Noon, turn 
 
 the Globe Weftmcard till the Index point at {a) the Italick Hour 
 
 given ; then fixing the Globe in thatPofition, bring the 
 
 \a) Prob. 31 . Index back :o Noon, and move the Globe back till the 
 
 Mark of the Sunh Place return to the fame Semicircle of 
 
 the brazen Meridian from whence it came. Then obferve how 
 
 many Hours are between Noon and the Index, reckoning them 
 
 from Wcji to Eaji^ for thofe are the Hours defired, according to ouc 
 
 reckoning in England. 
 
 Prob. 33. The Hour of the Day being precifely given, according to 
 eur ^vry of reckoning in England, to find thereby the Judaical Hour at 
 any time. 
 
 zon. 
 
 Ho 
 
I. 
 
 Hour 
 
 Part I. Geographical Prohkms, 45 
 
 By the Judacial Hour wc underftand the exaft time of the Day 
 according to the Jiios, who in reckoning thfir Time divided their 
 AriificialDay into twelve Hours, and thti Night into as many { 
 which Hours proved every Day unequal in Extent, they rtill decrcaf- 
 fingor increafing according to the Seafons of the Year, or the various 
 Declination of the i'««, except only in Places under the Equator. 
 For the finding of which Hours, obferve the following 
 Method [a) Elevate the Pole according to the Lati- {a] Proh. a. 
 tude of the given Place, and [b] marking the Suit's Place * {b) ProL 6. 
 in the Ecliptic at that time, bring it to the Enjicni Hori- 
 zon, and let the Index of the Horary Circle at Noon ; then turn 
 the (ilobe about till that Place marked in the Ecliptic come to the 
 Wejlctn Horizon, and obferve the Number of Hours between Noon 
 and th(?Index,thefe being the Hours of which the given Day doth con- 
 fift J which Number you are to note down, and {:) to find 
 what Hour from Sun rifing correfponds with the given [c] Proh, 
 Hour, or from Sun fetting, if the given Hour be after 2g, 31. 
 Sunfet. Which done then work by the following Pro- 
 portion. As the Number of Hours whereof the given Day confift- 
 eth, namely thofe noted down is to twelve, fo is the Number cf 
 Hours from Sun rifing, if it be an Hour of the Day, or from Sun fet- 
 ting, if an Hour of the Night, to a fourth Proportional, which is the 
 Number defired, namely the Judaical Hour at the Time given. 
 
 Prob. 34. The Judaical Four being given^ to find thereby the 
 Hour of the Day at any time, as <ive reckon in England. 
 
 Elevate the Pole according to the Latitude of the given Place, 
 and finding the Suns Place in the Ecliptic at the time given, bring 
 the fame to the Eaflern HoriKon, and fet the Index of the Horary 
 Circle at Noon j then roll the Globe Weftnuard, till the 5«»'s Place 
 coincide with the lf\ji Horizon, and the Index will point at the 
 Number of equal Hours whereof that Day confifteth This Num- 
 ber you are to note down ; and bring the Sun's Place to the brazen 
 Meridian, and fetting the Index again at Noon, turn the Globe a- 
 bout till the Siinh Place meet with the Eaji Horizon, and the Index 
 will point at the Hour when the Sun rifeth in the given Place. 
 Which done you are to work by the following Proportion. As 
 12 is to the given Number oi "Jtidaical Houn, fo is the Length of 
 the Day in equal Hours formerly found out to a fourth Proportional, 
 which is the Number defired, or the Hour of the Day according to 
 pur way of reckoning in Englund. Only note, that if the fourth 
 Proportional be lefsti.an 12, you are to add the fame to the Hour 
 pf the 5«« rifing, and the Produdl will give the Number of Hours 
 l>efpre Noon for that Day; but if it be more than 12, then fub. 
 
 trafil 
 
•' tr 
 
 III 
 
 m 
 
 I ,::, 
 
 :iiill 
 
 m 
 
 t€ Geographical Prohkms. Part I. 
 
 UraA U Trom t z, shd the Remainder will give the Hour of the Dd^y 
 for the Afternoon. 
 
 Prob. 35. TV /nJ the true Area of the ffve Zones in fquari Mea- 
 fure^ etlUnjcing 60 Miles to one Digrce in the Equator, 
 
 The Breadth of the Torrid Zone being 47 Degrees, which re- 
 duced to Miles make 2820; eacli of the temperate 43 Degrees, 
 which make 2580; and each of the Frigid 23 Degrees -|, which 
 make 1410 Miles; the true Area of each of thofe Zones may be 
 found in fquare Meafure by the following Proportion : i . For the 
 Torrid, the ^r^/i of the whole Globe being found /^r /*^-o^. 1. fay, 
 as Radius to the Sine of 47 Degr. fo is the \ of the Area of the 
 Globe to the Area of the Torrid Zone. 2 For each of the tempe- 
 rate Zones, fay, as Radius to the Difference of the Sines of z \\ and 
 66\, fo is f the Arch of the Globe to the Area of one of the Tem- 
 perate Zones. LaJIly^ for the Frigid Zones, add | Area of the Tor- 
 rid to the whole Area of one of the Temperate, and fubtra^ the 
 Produfl from { Area of the Globe, and the Remainder will give 
 the true Area of either of the Frigid Zones. 
 
 Prob. 36. A Place being given en the Globe^ to Jind thofe nuhich 
 ha've the fame Hour of the Day luith that in the gi-vin Place ; as al/a 
 that ha've the contrary Hour^ that is Midnight in the onc^ ivhcn it is 
 Noonday in the other. 
 
 Bring the given Place to the brazen Meridian, and obferve what 
 Places are then exa£lly under the Semicircle of the faid Meridian, 
 for the People in them have the fame Hour with that they have in the 
 given Place. The Globe continuing in this Pofition, let the Index 
 of the Horary Circle at Noon, and turn the Globe till the Index 
 point at Midnight, and obferve what Places are then in the Semi- 
 circle of the Meridian ; for the Inhabitants of thofe Places do reckon 
 their Hours contrary to thofe in the given Place. 
 
 Prob. 37. The Hour of the Day being given in any Place, to find 
 thofe Places of the Earth ivhcre it is either Noon ur Midnight ^ or any 
 tther particular Hour at the fame time. 
 
 Bring the given Place to the brazen Meridian, and ftt the Index 
 of the Horary Circle at the Hour of the Day in that Place. Then 
 turn about the Globe till the Index point at the upper Figure of XII. 
 and obferve what Places are exaftly under the upper Semicircle of the 
 brazen Meridian, for in them it is Midday at the time given. Which 
 lione. turn the Globe about till the Index point at the lower Figure 
 #f XII. and what Places are then in the lower Semicircle of the 
 3 Meridian, 
 
 4 
 
 Par 
 
 Merid 
 
 fame 
 
 ticular 
 
 point 
 
 under 
 
 Pro! 
 that 
 
 that v 
 
 The 
 ; and br 
 above 
 of the 
 Inl^ant 
 ftrve n 
 under 1 
 particu 
 
 i^ij^ Prol 
 Places 
 he thin 
 Thofe F 
 
 Find 
 is vcrti» 
 to the 
 ing to 
 ;? being f 
 Semicii 
 time, I: 
 Zdly, 1 
 for the 
 Meridi 
 upper I 
 and tb 
 prived 
 
 Prol 
 Moon 
 Hour ', 
 ing to i 
 
 Th< 
 any tii 
 PiiUn 
 
Part I. 
 of the Day 
 
 'luari Mea- 
 
 which re- 
 J Degrees, 
 s -f , which 
 es may be 
 I • For the 
 ob. I. fay, 
 frea of the 
 the tempe- 
 )f z j| and 
 
 theTm- 
 f the Tor- 
 ibtra(fl the 
 
 will give 
 
 ofe iwhich 
 e i as alfa 
 'Uihtn it is 
 
 ;rve what 
 Meridian, 
 ave in the 
 the Index 
 the Index 
 :he Semi- 
 lo reckon 
 
 e* to Jind 
 V, or any 
 
 he Index 
 . Then 
 J of XII. 
 cle of the 
 . Which 
 'T Figure 
 e of the 
 ^eridiajn. 
 
 WVakt I. Geographical Problems* 27 
 
 'v' Meridian, in them it is Midnight at the given tinoe. After the 
 f fame Manner we mny find thofe Places that have any other par- 
 * ticular Hour at the time eiven, by moving the Globe till the Index 
 
 point at the Hour defired, and obferving the Places that are then 
 
 under the brazen Meridian. 
 
 Prob. 3R. T/'y- Day and H»ur being give»f to find by the G/obt 
 that paiiicular Pluu oj the Earth to which the Sun it vertical at 
 tbut very time. 
 
 The Sun\ Place in the Ecliptic [a) being found (a) Prob. 6, 
 ' and brought to the brazen Meridian, make a Mark 
 above the lame with Chalk ; then (-*) find thofe Places (1) Prob.f^, 
 of the Earth, in whofe Meridian the Sun is at that 
 luflant, and bring them to the brazen Meridian ; which done, ob- 
 ferve narrowly that individual part of the Earth which falls exifWy 
 under the forefaid Mark in the brazen Meridian ; for tliat is the 
 particular PLce to which the Sun is vertical at that very time. 
 
 Prob. 39. The Day and Hour of the Day being given, to find thofe 
 Places on the Globe luhere th$ Sun then riftth, 2dly, Thofe nuhere 
 he thtn ftteth. 3dly, Thoje to ivhom it is Noonday. And Laftly* 
 Thofe Places that are enlightened, and thofe that are not. 
 
 Find that Place of the [a] Globe, to which the Sun [a) Prob, 38. 
 is vertical at the given time, and bringing the fame 
 to the brazen Meridian (A), elevate the Pole accord- («) Prob. 6. 
 ing to the Latitude of the faid Place. The Globe 
 being fixed in that Pofition, obferve what Places are in the Wejltrti 
 Semicircle, or the Horizon; for in them the Sun rifeth at that 
 time, he being in the Zenith and 90 Degrees diilant from them. 
 zdly, Thofe in the Eajitrn Semicircle, for in them the Sun fetteth 
 for the fame Reafon. 3^^, Thofe that areexaftly under the brazen 
 Meridian, for in them it is Midday. And Lafly, All thofe upon the 
 upper Hemifphere of the Globe, for they are aAually enlightened, 
 and thofe upon the lower Hemifphere then in Darknefs, are de> 
 prived of the Sun at that very time. 
 
 Prob. 40. The Month and Day being given, nvith the Place of the 
 Moon in the "Zodiack and her true Latitude, to find thereby the exa{t 
 Hour twhen Jhejhall rife andfet, together nuith her Southing, or com- 
 ing to the Meridian of the Place. 
 
 TheW(7o«'s Place in the Zodiac may be found readily enougli at 
 any time by an ordinary Almanack ; and her Latitude, which is her 
 Pillance from the Ecliptic, by applying the Semicircle of Pofition 
 
IWftl 
 
 m'% 
 
 28 Geographical Problems » Part I. 
 
 to her Place in the Zodiac. For the Solution of the 
 (fl) Proh. 2. Problem (a), elevate the Pole according to the La- 
 lh\ P b 6 *'^"^® ^^ '^* given Place, and the Sutii Place in the 
 ^ ' '^^ * ' Ecliptic at that time being [b) found and marked 
 with Chalk, as alfo the M(jon\ Place at the fame time, bring the 
 Sun's Place to the brazen Meridian, and fet the Index of the Horary 
 Circle at Noon, then turn the Globe till the Moo«'s Place fucceflive- 
 ly meet with the Eajlem and Wcftern fide of the Horizon, as alfo 
 the brazen Meridian, and Index will point at thofe various times the 
 particular Hours of her Riiing, Setting and Southing. 
 
 Prob. , 41 . The Day and Hour of either a Solar or Lunar Eclipfe 
 Being knoiun^ to find by the Globe all thoje Places in fwhich the fume 
 nvillbe 'vifible, 
 
 {a) Proh. 6. Mark the Sun% Place in the [a) Ecliptic for the 
 
 given Day, as alfo the oppofite Point thereto, which 
 (^) Prob. 38. is the Place of the Moon at that time. Then find (^) 
 
 that Place of the Globe to which the Sun is vertical 
 at the given Hour, and bring the fame to the Pole, or vertical Point 
 of the Wooden Horizon, and fixing the Globe in that Situation, ob- 
 ferve what Places are in the upper Hemifphere ; for in moft of 
 
 them will the Sun be vifible during the Eclipfe. As for 
 {c\ Prob. 9. the Lunar Eclipfe you are to find (r) the Antipodes of 
 
 that Place which hath the Sun vertical at the given 
 Hour, and bringing the fame to the Pole of the Wooden Horizon, 
 obferve as before what Places are in the upper Hemifphere of the 
 Globe, for in fuch will the Moon be vifible during her Eclipfe, ex- 
 cept thofe that are very near or aftually in the Horizon 
 
 Prob. 42. A Place being gi'ven on the Globe ^ to find the true Situ- 
 ction th, reoffrom all other Places defiredy or honv it bearitb in refpeSi 
 to fuch Places. 
 
 The various Places defired being agreed on, which are fuppofed 
 to be fome of thofe that lye under thf? intermediate Points of 
 the Compafs, bring the given Place to the brazen Meridian, and 
 elevate the Pole according to the Latitude, and fixing the Quadrant 
 of Altitude in the Zenith, 'applying the fame fucceflively to the Place 
 defiled, and the lower Part of the faid Quadrant will interfeft the 
 Wooden Horizon at thofe various Points of the Compafs infcribed 
 on the faid Circle, according to the true bearing of the given PlacCj 
 in refpecl of the Places defircd. 
 
 Prob. 43 . A Place being given on the Globc^ to find all other 
 Tlaces I'hat are fituate from the fame^ upon any defired Point of tfjs 
 Compafs, Elevate 
 
ART I. 
 
 >n of t)ie 
 
 the La- 
 
 ce in the 
 
 marked 
 )ring the 
 
 Horary 
 iicceffive- 
 \, as alfo 
 times the 
 
 ar Eclipfe 
 the fume 
 
 : for the 
 :o, which 
 n find [b) 
 s vertical 
 ical Point 
 ation, ob- 
 1 moft of 
 fe. As for 
 tipodes of 
 the given 
 Horizon, 
 ere of the 
 ;lipfe, ex- 
 
 true SitU" 
 'f in refpeSi 
 
 J fuppofed 
 Points of 
 :dian» and 
 Quadrant 
 > the Place 
 terfedl the 
 infcribed 
 ren Place, 
 
 all other 
 ifit of tf}e 
 
 Ckvat9 
 
 J 
 
 Part I. Geographical Frolkms, 29 
 
 Elevate the Pole according to the Latitude of the giveh Place, 
 and bring the faid Place to the brazen Meridian, and fixing the 
 Quadrant of Altitude in the Zenith, apply the lower part thereof to 
 the defired Point of the Compafs upon the Wooden Horizon ; and 
 ojjfervewhat Places are exadlly undpr the Edge of the faid Qua- 
 drant ; for thofe are the Places that are fituate or bear from the. 
 given Place, according to the defired Point of the Compafs. 
 
 Prob. 44. Tiuo Places being given on the Glohe, to find the true 
 Difianci ietiveen them. 
 
 The two Places given muft of Neceffity lye under either the fame 
 Meridian, the fame Parallel of Latitude, or elfe differ both in Lon- 
 
 fitude and Latitude, i . If they lye under the fame Meridian, then 
 ring them both to the brazen Meridian, and obferve how many 
 Degrees of Latitude are between them, which, being reduced into 
 Miles, will give the Dillance required. 2. If they Lye under the 
 fame Parallel of Latitude, then bring them feparately to the brazen 
 Meridian, and obferve the Number of Degrees between them up- 
 on the Equator; which done, enter the Table [^. 9] with the 
 Latitude of the given Places, and feeing thereby how many Miles . 
 in that Parallel are anfwerable to one Degree in the Equator, mul- . 
 tiply thofe Miles by the aforefaid Number of Degrees upon the E- 
 quacor, and the Produft will give the Diilance required. But Lafily, 
 if the two Places given di^er both in Longitude and Latitude,, 
 then bring one of them to the vertical Point of the brazen Meridian,, 
 and extending the Quadrant of Altitude to the other, obferve 
 upon the faid Quadrant the Number of Degrees between them, 
 which being reduced into Miles will give the Diibnce required. 
 The third Cafe of the Problem being mod confvderable, and occur- 
 ring more frequently than the other two, we fhall udd another way • 
 of performing it, and that by refolving a fpherical Triangle, two 
 Sides whereof, being the Complements of the dilferent Latitudes, 
 or the Diftance of the given Places from the Poles are not only 
 given, but alfo the Angle comprehended between them being! 
 equal to the Difference of their Longitude, by which Sides and 
 Angles given, we may very eafily find the third Side by the- 
 known Rules of Trigonometry, which third Side is the Diftance 
 required. 
 
 Prob. 45. yf Place being given on the Globe, and it^ true Dljlance 
 from afecond Place, to find thereby all other Places of the Earth that 
 are of the fame Difiancc from the given Place. 
 
 Bring the given Place to the brazen Meridian, and elevate the 
 Pole according to the Latitude of the faid Place ; then fix the Qua- 
 drant of Altitude in the Zenith, and reckon, upon the faid Qua-. 
 
 drant. 
 
 1 
 

 l'.;li 
 
 30 Geographical Problems. Part T. 
 
 drant, the given Diftance between the fai\ and fecond Place, pro- 
 vided the fame be under 90 Degrees, otherwife you mufl; ufe 
 the Semicircle of Pofition, and making a Mark where the Reckon- 
 ing ends, and moving the faid Quadrant or Semicircle quite round 
 upon the Surface of the Globe, all Places pafiing under that Mark, 
 are thofe defired. 
 
 Prob. 46. 'The Latitude of two Places being givent and honu one of 
 them hearetb from the other ^ to find thereby the true Dijianct be- 
 tnueen them. 
 
 For the Solution of this Problem fuppofe the firft Meridian to 
 be the true Meridian of one of the given Places, particularly that 
 whofe bearing is unknown. Upon the upper Semicircle of that 
 Meridian mark the Latitude of the faid Place; then elevate the 
 Pole according to the Latitude of the other Place, and fixing the 
 Quadrant of Altitude in the Zenirh, extend the fame to the given 
 Point of the Compafs upon the Wooden Horizon, and turn the 
 Globe about till the Point marked in the aforefaid Meridian meet 
 with the faid Quadrant. Which done, reckon upon that Quadrant 
 the Number of Degrees between that Point marked in the firft Meri- 
 dian and the vertical Point ; which Degrees, being converted into 
 Miles, will give the Diftance required. 
 
 Prob. 47. The Longitude of two Placet bein^ given, at alfo the La- 
 iitude of one of them ^ and its hearing from the oiUr, io find thereby 
 the true Difiance betiveen them. . . 
 
 For the Solution of this Problem, fuppofe the firft Meridian to 
 be the true Meridian of the Place, whofe Latitude is unknown ; 
 reckon from that Meridian upon the Equator the Number of De- 
 grees equal to the Difference of Longitude of the two places, and 
 make a Mark where the Reckoning ends, and bring the fame to 
 the brazen Meridian, which reprefents the Meridian of the fecond 
 Place ; reckon upon it the Degrees of the given Latitude, and fix- 
 ing the Globe in that Situation, raife the Pole according to that 
 Latitude, and fix the Quadrant of Altitude in the Zenith, extending 
 the other Extremity thereof to the given Point of the Compafs upon 
 the wooden Horizon. The Globe continuing in this Pofition, ob- 
 ierve that Point of the Surface where the Quadrant of Altitude in- 
 terfeds the firft Meridian ; for the fame reprefenteth the fecond 
 Place, and that Arch of the Quadrant between the faid Point and 
 Zenith, being turned into Miles, will give the Diftance required. 
 
 Prob. 48. The Diftance between tnvo Places lying under the fame 
 Meridian being gi'ven, nuith their rtfipeftive hearing from a third Place, 
 to find thereby thai Place ivith its due Difiance from the other tivo. 
 
 The 
 
 Pa 
 
 nmj 
 
Part I 
 
 ind Place, pro- 
 yoa muft ufe 
 B the Reckon- 
 e quite round 
 er that Mark, 
 
 in J honv one of 
 Dijianct be- 
 
 Meridian to 
 ticularly that 
 :ircle of that 
 n elevate the 
 id fixing the 
 to the given 
 nd torn the 
 feridian meet 
 lat Quadrant 
 tie firft Merf- 
 n verted into 
 
 Part I. Geograpbicdl Problems. Jir 
 
 The given Didance being reckoned any where upon the brazen 
 Meridian, and thofe Places of the Globe exaCtly under the begin- 
 ning and end of that reckoning being marked, raife the Pole ac- 
 cording to the Latitude of one of them, which, for Diftindlion 
 iake, we will term the firft Place ; and fixing the Quadrant of Al- 
 titude in the Zenith, extend the other Extremity thereof to the 
 given Point of the Compafs upon the wooden Horizon, according 
 as the faid firft P'?ice beareth of the third unknown, and make a 
 fmall Track with Chalk upon the Globe, where the Edge of the 
 Quadrant pafTeth along. Which done, elevate the Pole according 
 to the Latitude of the fecond Place, and fixing the Qiiadrant of 
 Altitude in the Zenith, extend the fame as before to the givea 
 Point of the Compafs upon the wooden Horizon, and obferve 
 where the Quadrant interfeds the Track of Chalk, for that is the 
 third Place defired, whofe Diftance from the other two may be 
 found by the foregoing Problem. 
 
 Thefe are the chief Prohlenu performed on the Globe, with the. 
 Manner of their Performance : But if the Reader aefire more, let 
 him confult Vareniusy his Geographia Gtneralu^ from whom we 
 kave borrowed feveral of the foregoing Propofitions. 
 
 alfo the La' 
 Jind they thy 
 
 Iferidian to 
 unknown ; 
 ber of De- 
 places, and 
 the fame to 
 the fecond 
 le, and fix- 
 ng to chat 
 extending 
 npafs upon 
 >rition, ob- 
 Lhitude in- 
 the fecond 
 Point and 
 equired. 
 
 r the fame 
 bird Place, 
 )er tivo. 
 The 
 
 . I ■ . - - » 
 
 SECT. 
 
J 
 
 
 m 
 w 
 
 .1 i 
 
 }.'. 
 
 SECT 111. • 
 
 Containing fome plain Geographical theorems. •' 
 
 Theor. i / ■ ^HE Latitude of any Place is alnuays equal to the Ele*' 
 m. vat ion of the Pole in the fame Place, 
 
 Theor. 2. The Ek'vation of the Equu. jr in any Place is always 
 equal to the Cotnpkment of Latitude in the fame Place, 
 
 Theor. 3. Places lying under the Equator ha<ve no Latitude^ becauft 
 there the Calculation of Latitude begins. 
 
 Theor. 4. Places lying under the tino Polts ha^ve the greateft Lati' 
 tudey becauft there the Calculation of Latitude doth end, 
 
 Theor. 5 . Places lying under the firji Meridian have nothing of 
 Longitude i lecaufe there the Calculation of Longitude begins. 
 
 Theor. 6 All Plates lying oppojlte to each other y on any part of 
 the Globe y have the great eji Longitude » becaufe there the Calculation 
 of Longitude doth end. 
 
 Theor. 7. Ml Places on either fide of the Equator have greater or 
 left Latitude y according to their Dijhince therefrom. 
 
 Theor. 8. All Places lying on either fide of ^he Equator t or exaSilf 
 under the fame^ have g'-eaier or lefs Longitude^ according to their 
 Difiancefrom the fir ft Meridian. 
 
 Theor. 9. That particular Place of the Earthy lying exaSlly under 
 the Interfehion of the firft Meridian and EquindSiial Line^ hath neither 
 Longitude nor Latitude, 
 
 Theor. 1 o. No Place can be dfiantfrom another above 1 80 Degrees, 
 being half the Circuit of the Globe. 
 
 Theor. 1 1 . All Antipodes being diametrically oppofite are diftant 
 from each other 7,000 Miles, at to to a Degree} [the Circumference 
 being more than thrice the Diamttre.'\ 
 
 Theor. 1 2. Thefenfible Horizon of every Place doth as often change, 
 as nve happen to change the Place itfelf. 
 
 Theor. 1 3. The apparent Semidiametre of the fenfible Horizon, doth 
 frequently vary according to the RefraSiion of the SunV Rays. 
 
 Th; or. 1 4. All Countries upon the Face of the vuhole Earth in re^ 
 J^eSi oj Time do equally injoy the Light of the Sun, and are equally 
 deprived of the Benefit thereof 
 
 Theor. 15. In all Places of the Earth, fave exaSily under the Poles, 
 the Days and Nights are of an equal Length, tnuelve Hours each, vahen 
 the Sun comet h to the Equinoctial Line. 
 
 Theor. 16. In all Places under the Equator and the two Poles, the 
 Days and Nights are never equal, except thofe tivo Times of the Year, 
 nvhcn the Sun entreth the Signs of Aries and Libra. 
 
 Theor. 1 7. The nearer any Plice is to the Line, the lefs is the Dif- 
 ference bctiueen the Length of Days and Nights in the /aid Place j 
 and the farther removed the greater, 
 
 Theor. 
 
I 
 
 Part 1, Geographical theorems. ^'i 
 
 Theor. iB. In all Places lying under the fame ParMd of Latitude, tLi 
 Days undtiights are of the fame Extent allTimes of the Tear. 
 
 Theor, 1 9 . Three or four Places being gi'ven on the Globe that lye 
 betvjcen the Equator and either of the Poles, and equidijlant from one 
 another t the Extent of the longefi Day in thofe Places doth not increafe 
 proportionally to the Di fiance of the Places t he mf elves. 
 
 Theor. 20. Three or more Places being given on the Globe that lye 
 hetnueen the Equator and the Poles, in vshich the Length of the longefi 
 Day doth equally incrcafe ; the Difiancc bettueen the Parallels of thcfe 
 Places is not equal one to the other, 
 
 Theor. 21. Three or more Places being given, ivhofc Difiance frotn 
 the Equator to either Pole exceeds one another in Arithmetical Propor- 
 tion: The Length of the Longefi Day in one doth not keep the fame An- 
 alogy to the other, according to the Proportion of their Difiance. 
 
 Theor. 22. In all Places of the Torrid Zone, the Morning and 
 Evening Tvji light is leaf ; in the Frigid greatefi ; and in the Temperate 
 it is a Medium betvoeen the tvjo. 
 
 Theor. 23 To all Plaas lying vjithin the Torrid Zone, the Sun is 
 duly vertical tuoia a Tear ; to thofe under the Tropicks mce \ but to 
 them in the Temperate and Frigid, never. 
 
 Theor. 24 In all Places of the Frigid Zones, the Sun appeareth 
 :very Year vuithout fet ting for a certain "Number of Days, and dif ap- 
 peareth for the fame Space of Time, And the nearer unto, or the far- 
 ther from, the Pole thefe Places are, the longer orfhorter is his continued 
 Prefence in, or Abfencefrom the fame. 
 
 Theor. 25. In all Places exaHly under the Ar Slick and Ant ar Slick 
 Grcles, the Sun appears every Tear at his greatefi Decline, for one 
 nuhole Day ixiithout fetting, and intirely difappears another \ but daily 
 rifes and Jets in thofe Places at all other Times as elfevohere. 
 
 Theor. 26. In all Places befween the Equator vnd the North Pole^ 
 the longefi Day , andjhortefi Night is alnvays nvhen the Sun hath the 
 greatefi Northern Declination; and the fijortefi Day and longefi Night 
 nvhen be hath the greatefi Southern. 
 
 Theor. 27. In all Places betiveen the Equator and the South Poleg 
 the lo/fgefi Day and fijortefi Night is alviays vohen the Sun hath the 
 greatefi So\it]\ern Declination } and the fijortefi Day and longefi Night 
 •vjhen he hath the greatefi Northern. 
 
 Theor. 28. In all Places under the Equator, the Meridian Shadcw 
 §f a Style ereSled perpendicular, doth cafi it felf North for one half of 
 the Tear, ajid South during the other, 
 
 Theor. 29. In all Places under the EquinoSiial Lifie, there is nit 
 Meridian Shadow on thofe tiuo Days of the Tear, vohen the Sun doth 
 enter the Signs of Aries and Libra. 
 
 Theor. 30. The nearer that Place are to, or the farther from the 
 Equator, thefioorter or longer accordingly is the Meridian Shadoiv of a 
 perpendicular ^tyle infuch Places. 
 
 £ Theor. 
 
 ^wll- 
 
Fi 
 
 11 ■'..!, 
 
 
 I" ''I 
 
 $4 
 
 Geographical 'itheorems. 
 
 Part 1. 
 
 Theor. 31. The farther P/a 
 
 rtnfved from the Equator y not 
 
 laces 
 Jurfajjing bb Uegrees of Latitude, the greater is the Sun's AmpUtudet 
 #r that Are of the Horizon hetiueen the Points of due Eaft and Weft. 
 and the great eji thofe on nuhich the Sun rifeth andfetttth on the Days 
 of the Summer andH^niter Soljiice. 
 
 Theor. 32. In all Places lying under the fame Semicircle of tht 
 Meridian, the Hours both fDay and Night are alivays the fame in one 
 as in the other. 
 
 Theor, 33. /« all Places loth of the Northern <7»// Southern W^- 
 mifphereSf that lye under the oppojite Parallels of Latitude, the Seafont 
 of the Tear are not the fame in one as in the other. 
 
 Theor. 34. In all Places ftuate in a parallel Sphere, the Circle of 
 the Sun*j diurnal Motion runs ahways parallel, or very near it to the 
 ref^eSlive Horizon offuch Places. 
 
 Theor. 35. In all Places fituate in a right Sphere, the Circle of 
 the Sun'j diurnal Motion is jiill perpendicular, or near it to the refpeSii've 
 Horizon offuch Places, 
 
 Theor. 36. /a all Places fituate in an oblique Sphere, the Circle 
 of the Sun'j diurnal Motion is alnvays oblique unto, or cuttetb the Hori- 
 zen offuch Places at unequal Angles, 
 
 Theor. 17. If the Difference of Longitude in tixo Places be jufi 15 
 Degrees, the People refiding in the Eafi ivill reckon the time of Day 
 fooner by one Hour than thofe in the Wef, If the Difference be ^O De- 
 greet, they luill reckon fwo Hours fooner ; if 45 Degrees, three Hours, 
 and if 60, then four Hours. 
 
 Theor. 38. If aShipfet out from any Port, and fleering Eaftwari 
 doth entirely furround the Globe of the Earth, the People of the f aid 
 Ship in reckoning their ^ime ivill gain one Day completely at their re-' 
 turn, or count one more than thofe rejiding at thefaid Port. If Wefi- 
 *ward, they nvill left one, or reckon one left, 
 
 Theor. 39. Iftiuo Ships fet out from the fame Port, at the fame 
 Time, and both furround the Globe of the Earth, one fleering Eaft and 
 the other Weft, they ivill differ in reckoning their Time, two complete 
 Days at their Return, fuppofing they arrive the fame Day, 
 
 Theor. 40. If federal Ships fet out from the fame Port, either at 
 the fame or different Times, and do all furround the Globe of the Earth, 
 fame fleering due South, and others due North, and arrive again at 
 the fame Port, the refpeilinje People of thofe federal Ships, at their 
 Return nuill not differ from one another in reckoning their Time, nor 
 from thofe avho refide at the faid Port, 
 
 Thefc are the chief Theorems, or Truths clearly drawn from the 
 foregoing Problems. Now follow fome other Truths, which tho* 
 not fo apparent, yet may be more diverting. 
 
 I 
 
 P.: 
 
 tbr 
 
 SECT. 
 
Part I. Geographical Paradoxes, 35 
 
 S E C T. IV. 
 
 Containing fome ftrange GeoCraphical 
 Paradoxes. 
 
 P,:r. I . '"1"^ HE R E are two remarkable Places on the Globe of the 
 X Earthy in nvbicb there it only one Day and one Night 
 throughout the nvhole fear. 
 
 Par. 2. There are alfofome Plates on the Earthy in nnhich it is net' 
 ther Day nor Night at a certain Time of the Year, for the Space of 
 twenty four Hours. 
 
 Par. 3. There is a certain Place of the Earth, at which if twit 
 Men fl>ould chance to meet, on ^would Jland upright upon the Soles of the 
 other's Feet, and neither of them would feel the others Weight, and yet 
 they bothjhould retain their natural Pojlure, 
 
 Par. 4. There is a certain Place of the Earth, where a Tire being 
 made, neither flame uor Smoke wruld afcend, but move circularly about 
 the Fire. Mar cover, if in that Place one Jhould fix a fmooth plain 
 Table, nvithout any Ledge tuhat ever, and pour thereon a large ^an- 
 tity of Water, not one Drop thereof could run over thefaid Table, but 
 aiiouldraije itfelfup in a Heap, 
 
 Par. 5. There is a certain Plate on the Globe, of a confderable 
 Southern Latitude, that hath both the great eft and leaft Degree of 
 Longitude. 
 
 Par 6. There are three remarkable Places on the Globe, that differ 
 both in Longitude and Latitude, and yet all lye under one and the fame 
 Meridian, 
 
 Par. 7. There are three remarkable Places on the Continent of Eu- 
 rope, that lye under three different Meridians, and yet all agree both 
 in Lo7igitudc and Latitude, 
 
 Par. 8. There is a certain JJland in the .^gean Sea, upon vuhich, 
 
 if tvio ChiUren were brought forth at the fame inftant of Time^ and 
 
 living together for fever al Years, Jhould both expire on the fame Day, 
 
 yea at the fame Hour and Minute of that Day, yet the Life of one 
 
 would furpafs the Life of the other by divers Months, 
 
 B 2 
 
 Par. 
 
V. w- 
 
 fi. 
 
 2$ Geographical Parodoxes, Part I, 
 
 Par. 9. There are tnuo obfewable places belonging to A.iia, that lye 
 under the fame Meridian^ and at a fmall Dijlance from one another ; 
 and yet the refpeili've Inhabitants of thenty in reckoning their Timet ^9 
 differ an intire natural Day every IVeek, 
 
 Par. 10. There is a particular place of the Earth, nuhere the Winds ^ 
 though frequently ^veering round the Compafs, do always blonx) from the 
 North Point. 
 
 Par. 1 1 . There is a certain Hill in the South of Bohemia, om 
 luhofe Topy ij an Equino^ial Sundial be duly ereSledy a Man Stone- 
 blind may know the Hour of the Day by the fame, if the Sunjhines. 
 
 Par. 1 2. There are a conjidcrable Number of places 'within the Torrid 
 Zone, in any of nuhichy if a certain kind of Sundial be duly ereSied, 
 the Shadoiu 'will go back feveral Degrees upon the fame, at a certain 
 Time of the Year, and tin ice every Day for the Space of divers Weeks: 
 Yet no ivays derogating from that miraculous nturfiitig of ' he Shadoma 
 upon the Dial of Ahaz, in the Days of King Hezekiah. 
 
 Par. 13. There are divers places in the Continent of Africa, and 
 the IJlands of Sumatra and Borneo, vohere a certain kind of Sundial 
 being duly fixed, the Gnomon thereof voillcaji no Shadavj at all dur- 
 ing feveral Seafons of the Tear; and ytt the exa^Titne of the Day be 
 inoimn thereby. 
 
 Par. 14. There is a certain Ifland in the Atlantic Ocean, vuhich 
 being defcried by a Ship tvielve Leagues dijlant by EJiimation and 
 bearing due Eaft of the faid Ship, the true Courfefnr hitting thefuid 
 yiandy is to fteer fix Leagues due Eaft, and as many due Weft. 
 
 Par. 15. There is a remarkable place in the Globe of the Earth, of 
 a very pure and voholefom Mr to breathe in, yet offuch afirange and 
 detefiable ^ality, that it is abfolutely impojjible for tivo of the Jincerefi 
 Friends that ever breathed, to continue in the fame in mutual Love and 
 Friend/hip, for the Space oftnKo Minutes of Time. 
 
 Par. 16. There is a noted place in the great Atlantic Ocean, vohere 
 a hrijk Levant is abfolutely the befl Wind for a Ship that it to fhape a 
 due Eaft Courfe j and yet fhe Jhail fill go before it. 
 
 Par. 1 7. There are divers noted places on the Globe, ivhofe fenfihle 
 Horizon is commonly fair and ferene, and yet it is impojjible therein to 
 difiinguijh prcperly any one of the intermediate Points of ihe Compa/s i or 
 /o much as tvio of the four Cardinal Points, 
 
 
\ 
 
 v 
 
 ■■It. 
 
 or 
 
 Part I. Geographical Paradoxes. ^y 
 
 Par. 18. There is a certain IJland in the Baltick 5rtf, i9 nuhoft 
 Inhabitants the Body of the Sun is clearly 'vifihle in the Morning befort 
 be rifeth, andliketxife in the Evening after he fets. 
 
 Par. 19. There is a certain Village in the Kingdom of^zy^t^^fitu- 
 ate in a very low Valley t and yet the Sun is nearer to the Inhabitants 
 thereof every Noon by 3000 Miles and upvfards^ than vuhen he either 
 rjfeth or fetteth to th'ofe of the faid Village. , • 
 
 Par. 20. There is a certain Village in the South of Great-Britain, 
 ta vtho/e Inhabitants the Body of the Sun is lefs vifible about the Win- 
 ter Solfticet than to thofe who live upon the Ifland o/'Iceland. 
 
 Par. 21. There is a large Country in upper Etliiopia to whofe In- 
 habitans the Body of the Moon doth always appear to be moft enlight'^ 
 (tied whenjhe is leaji enlightened i and to be leajl when moji. 
 
 Par. 22. There is a certain 1/land whereof mention is made hyfeve^ 
 ral of our latejl Geographers nuhofe Inhabitants cannot properly be reck* 
 ened either Male or Female, nor altogether Hermaphrodites ; yetfuch it 
 their peculiar polity , that they are feldom liable to either Hunger or 
 Thirjl, Cold or Heat, Joy or Sorrow, Hopes or Fears^ or any fucb of 
 the common Attendants of human Life. 
 
 Par. 23. There is a remarkable Place on the Earth of a confiderable 
 Southern Latitude, from whofe Meridian the Sun removetb not for fe- 
 ver al Days at a certain Time of the Tear. 
 
 Par. 24. •' ' ' a- certain Place of the Earth of a confiderable 
 Northern Lrt/...c.v 5 nvhere, though the Days and Nights, evenvuheti 
 Jliortejl, do confijt offeveral Hours $ yet in that place it is Noonday 
 every garter of an Hour. 
 
 Par. 25. There are divers Places on the Earth, nuhere the Sun,' 
 Moon, and all the Planets, do aSiually rife and fet according to their 
 various Motions, but never any of the fixed Stars, 
 
 Par. 26. There is a very remarkable Place on the Globe ^ nuhere ell 
 the Planets, notwithftanding their different Motions and jifpe^s, dt 
 always bear upon one and the fame Point of the Compafs, 
 
 Par. 27. There is a certain noted part of the Earth, vohere the Sun 
 and Moon at Full may both happen ts rife at the fame Titpt, and upon 
 the fame point of the Compafs. 
 
 Ej 
 
 Par. 
 
f 
 
 si Geographical Paradoxes, Part I. 
 
 Par. 28. T&ere is a certain place on the Continent of Europe, nvhere 
 ifffveral of the ablefi Jflronomers that the Wot Id nam/ aj'ordt, Jhould 
 nicely obfer'ue the Celeftial Lndies^ andal at the very fame time, yet 
 /^<ir Planetary Phn/ei^ aad their various Afye&i, luould he really dij'c- 
 rent to each. of them. 
 
 Par. ag. there is a large and famous Country in the Ctntinent of 
 Africa, many of ixhofe Inhabitants are horn f erf eSlly deaf ^ and others 
 quite hlindf and continue fo their nxihole Lives : And yet futh is the 
 am^,zing Faculty ofthofe Perfons, that the deaf are as capable to judge 
 of Sounds as ikoje that hear, and the blind of Colours as they tuho 
 fie. 
 
 Par. 30. There are certain People z« South America, vuhocrefur- 
 l/i//.td pnperlv nuith only one of the five Senfes, that o/" Touching and 
 yet they can both hear andfee^ tafe andfmclU and that as nicely as tvt 
 Europeans, ijuho have all the five. 
 
 • -J 
 
 Par. 31. There is a certain Country in South America, many of 
 nvhofe Sa-vcige Inhabitants are fuch unheard of Canibalsy that they not 
 only feed upon human Flejh, but alfo fame of them do a£lually tat them"' 
 f elves, arid yet they commonly fur<vive that jhange Repajl, 
 
 Par. 32. There is a remarkable River on the Continent of Europe, 
 over ixihich there is a Bridge of fuch a Breadth, that above three thou- 
 fand Men a hrecft may pafs along upon the fame, and that ivithout 
 crowding one another in the leaf. 
 
 :?. There is a large andfpacious Plain in a certain Country of 
 lie to ' 
 
 Par. 
 Afia, able to contain fix hundred thoufand Men draivn up into Battel 
 array, ivhich Number of Men being ailually brought thither, and there 
 dranun up, it were abfolutely impojflble for any more than onefingle 
 Perfon to fiand upright upon tbefaid Plain, 
 
 Par. 34. There is a certain European City, vohofe Buildings being 
 generally of firm Stone, are for the mafi part of a prodigious Might, 
 and excedingfireng i and yet it is mofi certain, that the Walls ofthofe 
 Buildings «>•* not parallel to one another, nor perpendicular to the Plain 
 on which they are built. 
 
 Par. 35. There is a certain City on the Southern part of QMvaz, 
 vohofe Inhabitants, both Male and Female, do obferve almofl the fame 
 Pofture and Gait in ivaWng as lue Europeans ; and yet they frequently 
 appear to Strangers as if they vsalked gn their Heads, 
 
 .xi 
 
 Par. 
 

 Part I. Geographical Paradoxes, 39 
 
 Par. 36. There are ten places of the Earth diftant from one another 
 three hundred Mile$ and upwards ^ and yet none of them hath either 
 Latitude or longitude. 
 
 Par. 37. There are tnuo diJiinS places of the Earthy lying under the 
 fane Meridian^ ijchofe difference of Latitude is fixty Degrees complete 
 and the true Di fiance betiueen thofe two places doth not really furpafs 
 fixty Geographical Miles. 
 
 Par. 38. There are alfo tnuo difinSl places of the Earth t lying under 
 the EquinoSlial Litie^ nuhofe difference of Longitude is completely 86 
 Degrees and |, yet the true Diflance betiueen thofe two places is not 
 full 86 Geographical Miles. 
 
 Par. 39. There are three diflinSl places of the Earthy all differing 
 hoth in Longitude and Latitude^ and diftant from each other 20OO 
 Miles compute^ and yet they do all bear upon one and the fame point of 
 the Compafs. 
 
 Par. 40. There are three diftinli places on the Continent ^Europe, 
 equidiftant from cne another (they making a true Equilateral Triangle^ 
 each of thofe Sides doth confift of a thoufand Miles,) and yet there is 
 a fourth place fo fetuate in refpeil of the other three, that a Man may 
 travel on foot from it to any of the other three in the fpace of one arti- 
 ficial Day at certain time of the Tear ; and that without the leajt 
 /lurry or Fatigue whatfoever, . 
 
 !»,■ 
 
 Par. 41. There are three diftinB places on the Continent o/'Earope» 
 lying under the fame Meridian, and at fuch a Diftance, that the La- 
 titude of the third furpaffeth that of the fecond by fo many Degrees 
 and Minutes exaSlly, as the fecond furpaffeth the firft ', and yet the true 
 Hiftance of the firft and third from the fecond^ or intermediate plact, 
 it not the fame by a great many Miles. 
 
 Par. 42. There are two diftinB places on the Continent of Europe, 
 fo fituate in refpeS of one another, that though the firft lyes Ea^from 
 the fecond, yet the fecond, is not WcA from the firft. 
 
 Par. 43. There is a certain European I/land, the Nortbmoft part 
 whereof doth frequently alter its Latitude and Longitude. 
 
 Par. 44. There is a certain place in the I/land of Great Britain, 
 where the Stars are always vifible at any time of the Day, if the 
 Horizon be hot ovtrcafi luith Clouds. 
 
 E4 
 
 Par. 
 
40 Geographical Paradoxes, Part I. 
 
 Par. 4;. // f;tay be clearly demonflrated by the Ttrrtftrial Globe ^ 
 That it is not above tiventy /our Hours failing from the Ri'vir of 
 Thames i>t England, to the City if Mcflina in Sicily, at a certain 
 ""im: of the Ycay\ presided there be a brifk North Wind, a light Fri' 
 ate^ andau hAm\xl\\Cofnpi'fs, "',.-• .-:'. 
 
 gate. 
 
 Pa 
 
 Tiiefe are the chief Paradoxicnl Pofitions in Geography, which 
 depend on the Science of the Globe for an Explication. And tho* 
 they may appear to fome as mt cr Fables, yet there is no mathema- 
 tical Dcmonllration more infallibly true than every one of them, 
 the E.xplaining whereof may prove both ufeful and pleafant tptho 
 ingenious Reader. 
 
 . '-• . %•> ''''■ 
 
 i-^iii 
 
 • • • 
 
 
 ■ -.A ■ 
 
 ^.^n 
 
 I 
 
 » 4-x ^ •« - 
 
 
 
 k Ui'. » 4 
 
 
 ' ^'\ ' 
 
 u IV - * 
 
 ,.'.-,^V. 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 Y^..-. • 
 
 _ ^ 
 
 :»vr ©ft 
 
 
 > . I.». ^ . .J-.^M 
 
 ,-)-?rM '■ \ ■.■■,,0 ti'A V 
 
 ■>• ,• ■» I'i •. V> tin,. 
 
 '\»>.'l , -tv*. 
 
 
 v>n ^. 
 
 v>\ 
 
 7 • > . 
 
 
 :>\ 
 
 -<» 
 
 1 \ 
 
 
 
 
 W . V 
 
 .ir'( 
 
 
 . 'f 
 
 
 SECT. 
 
 Jj. 
 
 'ta 
 
Part I. 
 
 -♦ < ( 
 
 ■'<-..'. 
 
 f*^ 
 
 4» 
 
 • SECT. III. 
 Concernifig Land and Water, 
 
 • ft:;'' . \ 
 
 TH E Surface of the Globe, to which we intirely confine our- 
 felves in xK\iTreati/ey being always con Hdered' by Geogra- 
 phers as compofed of Land and fl^arcr, for its two conftituenc 
 parts, is fubdivided as foUowetb, 
 
 Continents, 
 
 Iflands, 
 
 Peninfulas, 
 
 Land into 
 
 A — 
 
 IftmufcB 
 
 Proinontories, 
 
 Mountains. 
 
 Water into 
 
 Oceans Straits, 
 
 Seas, Lakes, 
 
 Gulfs or Bays Rivers. 
 
 Of all thefe feparately, and in Order. 
 
 §. I. CONTINENTS, 
 
 Ci'tit-i "' "Which are Four. 
 
 .^-*. 
 
 T. 
 
 Europe, < * 
 
 i-i 
 
 1 jf/rica, 
 ■ Jmerica, 
 
 Surope 
 
 jffia 
 
 Scandinavia [Snueden, Denmark and Norway.'\ 
 "North — Ruffia in Europe — from W. to B» 
 
 i Germany 
 Holland and 
 Poland 
 France 
 Hungary.--- j _ ^.,, _, | 
 
 r Spain with Portugal | 
 
 Sou* - { t;t £f^4<-«'» W. .0 E. 
 
 trope — from W. to B» 
 
 1 ) i 
 
 Flanders I 
 
 >firom W. to E. 
 
 1^ Tranjyl'vania 
 
 'North J Rh!P^» Empire including Siberia. 
 I Tartary in general. 
 
 '^ China » i-. ■■ ■ 
 
 South -i '^M >«■"» E- •» w- 
 
 1 
 
 Turkey in y^« 
 
 I 
 
 4fri£* 
 
'■tf,'l 
 
 i 
 
 i, i/'*i 
 
 ■m 
 
 4t 
 
 I 
 
 Land and Water, 
 
 Barbary- 
 Morocco - 
 
 :l 
 
 Part I, 
 
 
 rNorth — -^ Mejfkia or upper Ethiopia — v found from N, 
 "^1* Coaft of Abejh, NubiotFungi. f tO S. 
 .-.„ V I '2'aara or Great Dcfert — — I , .. . 
 
 .F ;,. \^igritia or Negroland — — ! ] \ 
 
 . y-Guinej upper ■ ■ •* 
 
 South —I 
 
 ' Co»g-ff or Lower Guitiey 
 vLonuer Ethiopia - 
 |^^(f/ with ^V?;/ — — — 
 vZanguebar ■■ . ' " i ■ 
 fCaffreria ■ " ■' •—— 
 Hotentoti ■ » ■ 
 
 »from S. to N. 
 
 ^ArQic Land 
 Greetilnnd » 
 Canada — 
 
 »T »!. V Ltuifania 
 
 r North — < 7^^ A ^ ^ 
 
 JViO*? Albion and California 
 Ne'w Mexico - 
 
 
 Mexico or iVifiw 5^/2;« 
 Florida 
 
 - >-froin N. to S. 
 
 Briti/j America, from iW*:!; 
 England &nd Nenv Scotland 
 North, down to Georgia 
 
 • South indufive. 
 
 'Terra Ftrma — 
 Guiana — — 
 iV/w Granada 
 Amazonia •— 
 
 -Br*// . 
 
 tSouth — < Pern — : 
 
 Chili 
 
 >from S. to Nh 
 
 Paraguay ■ — — — , 
 
 Patagonia, named fo by Ma\ 
 
 gellan l\\mit\i, and noi 
 
 7trra Magellanica. . ,. 
 
 
 4\\. \ 
 
 §. ai 
 
 Par 
 
 !■■{ 
 
 St t 
 
 h4 
 
 
 
Paet I. 
 
 Land and Wattr* 
 
 43 
 
 Europe, • 
 
 'Nfu) Greenland ■ < 
 The Ifland of Iceland — 
 The Scandinavian Iflands 
 f.jThe5r;V/>*Iflands. 
 
 J. 2. ISLANDS. 
 
 Belonging either to 
 
 Amtrica, 
 N.Z. of Ice/and. 
 
 Scandinavia. 
 and ^«//iVi S, 
 
 •I TN.E. of. 
 W.of^a 
 I ^ I in the N. 
 
 ^a i N. of France. 
 , .^ . *^ I N. of Scot/and. 
 
 Weftern Iflands 
 
 The Jxores 
 
 The Mediterranean Iflands 
 
 J I W. of5«//«»^. 
 IW. of Spain. 
 LS. of £«ro/^. 
 
 Which are Ivi/a, Majorca, Minorca, Cornea, Sardinia, Sicily, 
 Malta, Candy, Rhodes, Cyprus, 
 
 'Andaman Ifles ■ ■- 
 
 Haynan Ifland — — ^- 
 The Japan Iflands — 
 The Philippin and Carolin 
 Marian or Ladron • 
 
 
 The Molucca Ifles, (including the 
 Spice Iflands) between Java and 
 iVifov Guiney. Cumbava, Timor, 
 Celehet, Gilolo, Ceram, &c. 
 
 Iflands of Sonda, Sumatra, Java, 
 
 Ceilan and the Maldivas - 
 
 mzxA of Jffo — ^ ^ 
 
 I 
 
 bo 
 
 f Socotera 
 
 ' I More re- 1 ^'«'''«^«A'* 
 
 , I More '« Jc«/^^tr^jflands 
 
 I Ctinary Iflands — 
 {^Madeira Iflands •« 
 
 markable. 
 
 .2 > 
 
 
 re- 
 
 Lefs 
 markable 
 
 'Ifles of Comora i . — 
 kSt. Thomas ■ i ■ ■> - 
 iThe Princes Ifland — 
 ^St. Helena - 
 'Annahtn and Afcenfion 
 .Ifland of Bourbon — . 
 
 Bengal Bay. 
 S. of China. 
 £. of China, 
 S. W. of 7a^<7». 
 K. of the Philippine 
 
 S. of (he Philippin. 
 
 W. of the Mtf/ac; 
 
 W. of Sonda. 
 ys) N. of >/«». 
 
 E. Coaftof^/Vrf, 
 W. of Negroland. 
 W. of Morocco. 
 
 N. W. of Jl^^i^^^. 
 W. of Eth. L.oo. 
 W.of^/A.L.j. 
 S. W.of5/. TAff«. 
 N. E. ofSt.Helena. 
 ,E. of Madagafcar. 
 
 Jmericit 
 
m 
 
 ^^ 
 
 '< 
 
 Land and IVatcr. 
 
 f Cape Brifrn 
 
 \_Long Ifland - 
 Cuba — — ■ 
 
 A 
 
 Middle 
 are the 
 Antilles. 
 
 rt 
 
 lU 
 
 yrnaicn — — 
 Difpan'i'ila — — 
 Porto- Rico ■ 
 Bahama Ifland s 
 Bsrpiuda • 
 ' Aruba- 
 Curofo .— — — 
 Boncir « I ■■■ 
 
 I 
 
 
 tj <( T6;-/«^« 
 
 Margarita ■ 
 
 ^abagc • 
 
 TrifiicL4d — 
 
 c 
 
 South are Fogo, Falkland oi A/a/p lin 
 
 and States Iflands. " , 
 
 ^Caribbv Iflands — — — , 
 
 St. John -.^-. 
 
 Zanta Cruz • • - 
 
 Eujiatia ■ — 
 
 Virgin Iflands 
 
 -I I T , • Tor tola ■ I I ■ 
 
 ^< Leeward < «. nL -n ^i 
 
 ^ ; ^ 0/. Lhrtjlopher.. . 
 
 Part I. 
 
 N. E. Coaft of 
 Auk erica. 
 
 E. of NeiAj Spain, 
 
 E. of Florida. 
 
 All Eaftward of 
 Flirt da. 
 
 > 
 
 
 H< 
 
 Ant ego, Anguilla 
 Nt'vis, Mont fer rat 
 Marigalant n 
 Guadalupe ' 
 Dominica- ■ 
 
 Martinique. \ 
 
 St. Lucy, 
 
 St Vincent, 
 
 Barbados, ♦ 
 
 Grenada. '• f 
 
 Bequia. 
 
 The Grinadils, 
 
 Jutland — — — 
 Moren i m 
 
 C/-//W Tartary — 
 All Arabia — 
 Peninfula of India 
 Malaya ■ ■ 
 
 §.3. PENINSULAS. -■'-■■* 
 
 'Germany, N. 
 Greece, 
 Little Tartary., 
 
 Bengal. ' 
 
 In >^r/V<? is none but Africa itfelf— —- 
 
 All North America — — — — 
 
 •^ ^ All South America — — - 
 iikewife Zr^y/y and Spain in Europe. 
 
 ->¥■ 
 
 il 
 
 
 E. of Bengal. . 
 
 The W. of Afia. 
 
 South "% i I 
 
 > America. 
 North 3 
 
 i4- 
 
 Par 
 
 In Em 
 
 §• 
 
 
 
 
Part I. 
 
 Land and Jt^aSer. 
 
 45 
 
 §. 4. 1ST MUSES. 
 
 ■ C Chinedo 
 
 In Europe hiht} Jutland — - 
 
 I Corinth 
 
 ^ Crim lartary 
 
 Ijlmus of 
 
 ^Ne'w Scot, to Newevg, 
 Denmark to Gertnanj. 
 Morea to Greece. 
 to Little lartary. 
 
 bO 
 
 0*J 
 
 In /^« is the iy?/»aj of Malacca \,-^ l Malacca to Pcninf. of 
 
 ■ ^ • India, 
 
 Georgian Ijimus 
 
 In /^/-/V« is the IJlmus of S«fz —— 
 In America is the i^»;ttj oi Panama 
 
 the Coaft of the Euxin 
 
 and Cafpian Seas* 
 Africa to AJia^ 
 
 -Mexico to Peru, 
 
 §.5. PROMONTORIES or CAPES. 
 
 'North Cape Illand 
 
 C«/>f Barjleur • 
 
 The land's End ) 
 
 The Lizard — J 
 
 I j Cape Clare and 7 
 
 »*1 ? Mifen Head ] 
 
 ,5 1 Dunjhay Head- 
 
 «> 
 ^ 
 
 Cape Ninpo - 
 
 Cape Coniorln < 
 Cape Razalgat — 
 Cape Shelegirjki 1 
 ,Cape Demetrius 3 
 
 "The Northmen Point of Norixjaj. 
 Normandy in France. 
 
 The S. W. oi England. 
 
 South Part of Ireland. 
 
 N. E. Point of Scotland. ' 
 
 The W. of Spain. 
 
 o 
 
 c 
 
 u 
 
 The Eall of China. 
 Peninfula of India. 
 E. Point of Arabia. 
 
 rCape 
 
 I Cape 
 Cape 
 
 ? "^ C^P^ 
 Cape 
 
 Spartel 
 Verd - 
 
 ^ 
 
 Cape 
 Gape 
 Cape 
 Cape 
 
 Good Hope — 
 Gardafui — 
 Cantin — " 
 Bojador — 
 Blanco 
 Palmas 
 Formnfa 
 Lopo 
 Negro- 
 
 
 u 1 in Siberia Eafl. 
 
 Weft of Barhary, entering the Straits. 
 
 TJie Weft ofNegroland. 
 _ The South Point of Africa. 
 I Eaftmoft Point of Africa. 
 
 the Northweft of ^^/vV^r. 
 
 the Southwell of Africa. 
 
 Ap!9r!ca 
 
!• 
 
 'm 
 
 *''":Si 
 
 ' ' m 
 
 WM 
 
 46 
 
 'Cape Florida 
 Cape Corientes- 
 ^ Cape Lucas 
 
 JLand and Water, 
 
 Part I. 
 
 % 
 
 'a T 
 
 fTheS. oi Florida. 
 The W. of iV>w Spain, 
 
 I California. 
 V Mi' South Point of z\\ America, 
 f° '^ E. Land of 5r«//. 
 
 >3 
 
 c 
 
 
 s 
 
 U3 
 
 •I 
 
 a 
 
 Cape St. Augufiin ^ ^ . 
 
 Cape St. Antony — I S Brajil at River Plate* 
 
 Cape Blanco L§ S. of Bra/il. 
 
 Cape Virgin ' ^Magellan Strait. 
 
 §. 6. MOUNTAINS, 
 
 "The Do/rin Hills, between Siveden and Norway, 
 Stolpiy in the North part ofM.t/cvy. 
 The ai..««.., 7 j^ ^j^^ s^ of France 
 
 Awvergne, 3 * 
 
 The FaguCf in Lorrain. 
 Fitjhielberg, incircling Bohemia. 
 Snuartz/waldeny in Suabia^ the S. of Germany. 
 The Carpathian Moantain, in the S. part of Poland, 
 The Pyreenean Hills, between 5^dz» and France, 
 
 The Alps, between //^^ and i^'^'^J^i 
 
 The Apennine Hills, dividing 7/fl/>» into J ^^ 
 
 Vefwvitts, a Vulcano, in the Kingdom of Naples. 
 
 Balcan, in the N. of Macedon. 
 
 The HoAi M(?««/, in the E. of Macedon, 
 
 Lacha^ between 7hejfaly and Macedon, 
 
 The Grampian Hills, in 5f«//. S. of the River D^^. 
 
 The Cheviot Hills, between Scotland znd England, 
 
 Malvern Hills, in England, Worcejierjhire. 
 
 The P^flif, in England, Derhyjhire. 
 
 Snvwden^ in Wales, Carnarvanfifire, \ if, 
 
 Plinlimmon^ in Wales, Cardiganjhire. 
 
 Knock Patrick, in Ireland, in the County of Limeric, 
 
 Stromboli, a Vulcano, in a little Ifland Weft of Naples, 
 
 jEtna, a Vulcano, in the Ifland of ^/a^. 
 
 M^B^H't 
 
 • 
 
 c 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 • 
 
 ~^ll 
 
 1 
 
 ^^ 
 
 f -i 
 
 \ - * 
 
 •s c 
 
 
 f' 
 
 U3 •»< 
 
 
 1: 
 
 
 
 (4 f« 
 
 itu'nHJ 
 
 6 - 
 
 u 
 
 ll 
 
 ia< 
 
 ii 
 
 r 
 
 
 flmaus in Tartary. 
 I Caucafust between 
 
 C Tartary: 
 
 ( Mogul's Einpire« 
 
 J Sardot^x, on the North of Peninfula intra Gangem, 
 • Guaco, in Peninfula Weft of Ganges, 
 
 I Taurus, reaching from Eaft to W'eft of all if/f«. 
 Adam's Pike, in the Ifland of Ceylan. 
 Ahos, Ararat in Armenia, 
 
 Par 
 
 e 
 
 to 
 
 5 
 
 « * 
 
 & 
 
 Th« 
 on the 
 
 The 
 Polar ( 
 part of 
 
 The 
 Cape Ci 
 
 
 U 
 Ei 
 
 Remarkable 
 
Part I. 
 
 Part L 
 
 Land and Water ^ 
 
 47 
 
 .s 
 
 .5 
 
 %A 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 f Monies Libici, between Zara and Egypt, 
 Atlas t from W. to E. of Barbary, 
 Bafilit in the North of Abejftnia. 
 Jmara, under the Eq. in the fame. 
 
 
 
 I ^"'*" ^««''' between I ^^^^'afa. 
 {jTeneriffy in the Ifland ot Teneriff. 
 
 I f The Apalachin Hills, between | ^^^^^^ . . 
 
 I J The Andes or Cordileery in S. Amer. runn. from S. tO N. 
 ,^ ^^^ Martha, in TVrra Firma. 
 
 §. 7. OCEANS. 
 
 The Ofr^« is a Word that comprehends the whole Mafs of Watei 
 on the Face of the Globe ; and is divided into three great Parts» 
 The Atlantic Ocean, 
 The Indian Ocean, 
 The Pacific Ocean. 
 
 The Ailantic Ocean extends from the North Polar to the South 
 Polar Circle, between the Continents of America and Africa with 
 part of Europe. 
 
 The Indian Ocean, is that great Body of Water extending from 
 Cape Goodhope Eaftward to the South Sea. ,1 
 
 The Pacijic Ocean, called alfo the Great Pacific Ocean, becaufe 
 the wideft, extends from the North Polar Circle to the South Polar, 
 between the two Continents of America and AJia ; the lowefi part 
 •f which Ocean is fometimes called the South Sea, 
 
 irkabte 
 
 I-. 
 
 Baltick Sea 
 
 German Sea 
 
 Irijh Sea 
 
 §.8. SEAS. 
 
 f Siveden- 
 
 I 
 
 T3 
 f y » 
 
 with < Poland in part Von 
 
 £ Germanyinpzrt 3 
 
 Scandinavia — 1 
 
 >on 
 
 with 
 
 Mediterranean Sea 
 Euxitt ox Black ScA 
 
 with 
 with 
 
 with 
 
 ( Britain 
 V Britain 
 \ Inlami- 
 i Europe • 
 I Barb, 
 
 dry 
 
 on the 
 on the 
 
 fW. 
 
 the-jE. 
 (S. 
 
 the|E^^ 
 
 {w. 
 
 {I- 
 
 5 part of Europe on theN.andW, 
 ( pate of Afia on the S. and E. 
 
 The 
 
4« 
 
 Ijand and Water, 
 
 Part L 
 
 m 
 
 The Seas in tlie othc Quarters of the World are difFerent Part* 
 of the Ocean, varioufly named according as they lye adjacent to dif- 
 ferent Countries, or Kingdoms, as the Caribean Sea ; the Sea of 
 Arabia ; Sea of Japan i Sta of Ciina ; rhe fVhite Sea ; Arabian Gulf 
 or Red Sea ; the Cafpiany Eaft of the Black Sea ; the YcUoim Sea ; the 
 Sea of Guiney or Ethiopian Sea. The Waters beyond the two Polar 
 Circles are moll properly called the North Polar Sea and South 
 Polar Sea. The Mapmakers thro' Ignorance often confound Seas 
 with Oceans, and miflcad tudents in Geography. Sometimes the 
 Atlantic is named the Weftern Ocean, tho' with refpeft to America 
 *tis certainly the Eailern. The North Polar Sea is ftiled Hyperborean^ 
 a needlefs Latin Word meaning much the fame thing : And what 
 is very flrange, the North Sea ii fottietJmes put between Jamaictt 
 and the Mainland, tho' they lye within the Torrid Zone. 
 
 
 rBothmc Gulf 1 
 
 Finlami Gulf- 
 Bay of Wife ay ^-. 
 
 Gulf of Venice — 
 
 Gulf of Lions — 
 Gulf of ^arento 
 Bay of Genoa — 
 
 Gulf of LepsntQ 
 
 {Perjtan Gulf 
 
 ! GxxU of Tonkin 
 
 §.9. GULFS, 
 
 " - . ~ > into Snvedtn. 
 
 C Italy. 
 
 a, 
 
 Eaftward 
 to Spain. 
 
 N. W. betv.eeni fT -, - v ^ 
 ( Turky in Europe, 
 
 N. into the S. oi France. 
 
 S W. into the S. of Laly. 
 
 to Genoa. 
 
 Perjia. 
 'ia. 
 
 N. W. between I ^^-^. 
 
 fcjo ! S. o( China. 
 
 ^ j Gulf of Corea — r.S "S N. of Japan. 
 
 ^IGulfof5.«^./- I between K'«-/ 1^-/"^ W. 
 I i pp ^ Feninj. \ Ganges, 
 
 j Bay or Gulf of } 
 ^ Siam •»..„»■, ) 
 
 In A/i lea is the Arahi- 
 tin Gulf 
 'Gulf of iWwro— 
 
 Hudfotih Bay— <— . 
 
 Baff,n% Bay — — 
 "Gulf of California^ 
 
 of 
 
 E. of Bengal. 
 
 N.W. between J ^'': 
 
 { Africa. 
 
 W. between- H^^^^^A. 
 
 ( 1 erra ttrma, 
 
 S.W. between I S''"^'''^-,. 
 
 i ' crra ArSIica. 
 
 N. W. into Terra Arnica* 
 
 , W. of Mexico. 
 
 '■Oi 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 »%) 
 
 
 $ 10. 
 
rent Parts 
 nt to dif. 
 le Sea of 
 h:an Gulf 
 Sea ; the 
 ;wo Polar 
 nd South 
 >und Seas 
 times the 
 ) America 
 beriorean, 
 ind what 
 'Jamaica 
 
 «. 
 
 UfOpt, 
 
 W. of 
 
 les. 
 
 lea. 
 
 k. 10. 
 
 i 
 
 Part I. Land and fVater, 
 
 10. S r RA 1 ^ 3. 
 
 4^ 
 
 »\ ! « 
 
 I '■• 
 
 >. 
 
 r Straits of Dovrr — — — ' 
 The Sound in Denmark— 
 Straits of Gibraltar — — 
 
 Straits of Caff a '■ ■ - ' •■ ■ 
 
 H 
 
 Itmrdaneh or Hellefpont — 
 
 Str.A't of Conjlantinople— 
 istrii ' of Mifftna — - — 
 i'tiii'and Ftith • 
 
 f Strait of Ormus ■> 
 
 ^^ Strait of 5o«<Ai ■■'■ '■ 
 ^ C •'^traii of Malacca n . 
 
 «s C Straits of Babel Mandeb — 
 [i < Chanel or Straits of ) 
 ^ C Moxamblc — } 
 
 'France and Sn^l^na. 
 Zealand tnA Sconen, ' 
 
 Spain and Barbery. 
 the Sea of -<^zc/and the Euxin. 
 the Sea oiMarmra and ^/-c/^/- 
 
 pelago. 
 Euxin and S. of Marmora* 
 Sicily and //a/j'. 
 icotland &nd Orknty, 
 
 
 ^Da'vis Straits 
 r Hudfon Straits 
 
 "2 J Chanel or S. of Bahama 
 I J Strait of Magellan join- 1 
 > / ing the pacific Ocean > 
 *• to the Atlantic — — j - 
 
 Javff ajid Sumatra Iflands. 
 Perf.an Gulf and the Of can. 
 Malaya atid Sumatra, 
 
 Arabia and Africa, 
 Madagafcar and Africa, 
 
 Greenlnndzni. thiNorthMain. 
 Neiu Britain and the N.Main, 
 Florida and Bahama. 
 
 Fogoland and Patagonia. 
 
 <« 
 
 at 
 5*^ 
 
 o 
 
 6 
 
 I 
 
 Enare *■ *i 
 Korzan — 
 Baykul — ■ 
 
 Lmdoga 
 Jend _ 
 £//a 
 
 II. LAKES, 
 
 'Lapland. . 
 
 I 
 
 Peipus — 
 IVenner -« 
 r<f//?r — 
 A/f/or •- 
 Onega — 
 Ilment — 
 Conftance ■ 
 Geneva • 
 
 I 
 
 Tartary. 
 
 Eafierrl Part of Swcdtland, 
 
 Weftern Part of Stxedtland. 
 
 CWeftcm Part of Mufco'vy, 
 
 ^Southern Pan of Germany, 
 F 
 
 Mod 
 
Il 
 
 5» 
 
 Land and IVater, 
 
 Part I. 
 
 s 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 'Lucsm — '■ 
 IVinander-mere— 
 fVittleS'tnere — 
 Aixjylay^ Ranact 
 Ettif, Abler, Tt II, 
 Lefwen, Stoinard, 
 Morer, Ne/it Eu, 
 
 5jw, W 
 
 ^ ^««, Tar bat i Lo- 
 mond, LuftgfFyn, 
 Aw •.—»...-.» 
 
 'Southern Part of G^r«/i«y. 
 North of England, IVeftmorland. 
 Middle of England, Huntingtonjbirt* 
 
 'r 
 
 Majk, Broad — 
 Neagh m . ii ■ 
 Earn < ■ 
 Dirg alfo Strang' 
 ford . 
 
 North Part of Scotland, 
 
 South Part of Scotland* 
 
 > Northern Part of Ireland. 
 
 fAral . 
 Corus « 
 Kithay 
 Tontin , 
 ^ J Tayhu 
 V* 1 Ti>rkiri 
 
 n 
 
 ^ 
 
 Terkirt' 
 Wan^ 
 Urmia > 
 Zare-^ 
 
 
 
 Afphahii — — 
 fGuergela ' 
 
 Maberia, Cano-— 
 Bournou " •» 
 
 Gaoga ' » ■■ 
 
 Dambea — 
 
 ^ 
 
 Zambre or 
 raf/ — 
 'Chapala — 
 Mexico — 
 Maraeaybo 
 Paria — - 
 
 iWi 
 
 great >1 
 
 o 
 
 Nicaragua 
 ^ The five 
 
 Lakes, Ontario, 
 Erie, Huron, Mi' 
 chigan^ Superior— 
 
 Miftajin 
 
 i:\i^ mod Luke-} 
 
 rEaft of the Cajpian. 
 
 Eaftern Part of Ci&/«tf. 
 
 Northern Part of India, 
 
 I Northern Part of Per/la. 
 
 Eaft Part of Perjia. 
 South of Palejine. 
 fBiledgerid. 
 Nfgroland. 
 
 J Eaftern Part of Negrtland. 
 
 J.S I AbeJJtnia. 
 I IsouthPartof^m 
 
 > Mexico, 
 
 > TVrra Firma, 
 Netv Spain, 
 
 
 r«<rtf. 
 
 < 
 
 } 
 
 Canada. 
 
 North Canada. 
 .Weft Canada. 
 I 
 
 12. RISERS 
 
Part I. Land and fFaUf, 51 
 
 \ RIVERS in EUROPE. ^ V 
 
 I 
 
 Svuden J Kimi — 
 are J Tomo — 
 
 iE//e 
 
 C Nip/a in 
 
 1 ) Denmark^ H"""! 
 2 f J Eyder in 
 
 Norway Glanier'-^ 
 
 rhena 
 
 'Unknown — " 
 Unknown «« 
 Unknown — 
 Unknown — 
 
 I Jjnifia 
 
 Irtis 
 ^}Oby 
 
 ^ \d 
 
 J 
 
 fan 
 
 I Dnuina 
 
 'Dordin in Guiett' 
 
 ^Sein 
 
 fLoir 
 
 Jlhont — 
 fGarone 
 
 Unknown — 
 
 Unknown — 
 
 
 , Dotts in Burgundy — 
 
 r Danube 
 Scheld 
 SK, I Maes — 
 S J Rhint ' 
 ^]E/m - 
 
 £/^^ - 
 ■Oder - 
 
 G PFeJ 
 
 ' Neiper i 
 
 Neijier ■ 
 
 ^ Vijiule ov Wijfel ' 
 ,Duna I ^ .1. 
 
 J 
 
 Tanais 
 Unknown — 
 Unknown — 
 
 Dordona — — 
 Sequana — — 
 Ligeris 
 Rhodanus 
 Garumna 
 Dulcis — 
 
 Dauotu or Z?/T 
 5w/^// _ 
 
 Mff/J, 
 
 Rhenus • 
 Amafius 
 Vifurgis 
 Albi$ 
 
 k 2- 
 
 is.w. 
 
 lB.toW. 
 
 N. to 9. 
 
 S.toN. 
 
 E. toS. 
 E. to W. 
 N. W, 
 
 N. to S. • 
 
 c S J E. to W. 
 '^ I ^ N. W. 
 W. 
 
 S. ' '' 
 N.W. 
 N. B. to 9i 
 
 N.toW. 
 
 .9 
 
 0</(f r or Viadrus 
 
 Borifibenes-—'-' 
 
 Tyrus 
 
 Hy pants > 
 
 Unknown — . 
 V Unknown — J 
 
 Sug^ Wartat Niemeny running chiefly Weft. 
 F 7. 
 
 
 S.pa!/i 
 
Land and fVaier. 
 
 
 111 
 
 'l^i^M 
 
 M 
 
 *^ jBlackivattr 
 ■^ \Barn 
 
 rmv 
 
 Boj'n'e 
 
 [^Bj'vindaf Boina 
 
 
 IT'S 
 
 fc2 
 
 i. 
 
 *« 
 
 
 -o 
 
 7art 
 
 art 
 
Part L 
 
 Lnnd and IVater, 
 
 Si 
 
 Thofe of Afia. 
 
 •■. I ■ 
 
 f 
 
 «3 
 
 Amu — 
 Si>t — 
 'TaKgus 
 S aha //en 
 
 ^ ^ 0/jy 
 
 , Tat^rar — — . 
 ^- Puti/atig/t t. 
 
 ,» 5 ffontJ.'o, theYellow R. 
 ?J I A7»//7Ai«», the Blue R. 
 
 fO 
 
 'jfttj 
 
 'JaxarUs 
 
 unknown — 
 Mnrgus — - 
 unknown — 
 unknown — 
 unknown — • 
 
 unknown 
 unknown 
 
 >l< 
 
 r7E. to 
 SN.W. 
 
 E.toW. 
 W.toE. 
 W.toN. 
 
 !-■ 
 
 N.E. 
 W.toE. 
 
 CavYri, Ganga, ^nd 
 
 Krifiia ' . 
 
 Kur . , m 
 
 
 Euphrates 
 
 bO I 
 t J idem * i .£ ^ S. ' 
 
 not remarkable — ; g j E, 
 idem i.^ |(^ IS.W. 
 
 o 
 
 Cormandel' 
 
 Choafpe:, Hyda/pis 
 Araxes '• < .. ■ 
 e/im Cyrui • 
 
 E. 
 S. 
 
 Is.w. 
 
 B. 
 
 Jsw. 
 
 Ti&<?/^ 0/ Africa. 
 
 In Sigyptis the Ki/e 
 
 ^ f Guadilharbar 
 "5 ^ Magrida — 
 
 Origin. lGaadil6ar. 
 
 of I Major, "^ 
 
 Branches of G/^/> 
 
 • 
 
 liiZaara is the Body oiGhir 
 Jn Negroland is the A7f<T. 
 
 Bagradas ■■ 
 not remarkable 
 
 not remarkable 
 not remarkable 
 Giras •— — 
 GiV^i — — 
 
 rN. 
 
 60 
 
 c 
 
 I- 
 
 W.toE, 
 
 idem — — 
 not known 
 
 F3 
 
 
 J 
 
 i< IN. 
 
 * IS. E. 
 |S.E, 
 E.toW. 
 
 W. 
 E.toW. 
 
 Morecct 
 
5f Land and ff^ater. 
 
 Morocto} Q^^/" J.from S. to Northweft. 
 
 Part I. 
 
 fSerraLeoni 
 Guinty \ ?.""" "" ^'"'*^> 
 
 In Nuiia ii the River Mfiitf 
 
 iZair ■ ■ 
 Caannet — — 
 5/. 5/iViV — 
 AVZr, it« main Body 
 
 I 
 
 formerly 
 not remarktble 
 
 J E. to W. 
 
 not remarkable 
 
 unknown 
 
 unknown 
 
 unknown 
 
 unknown 
 
 Nitui 
 
 %. 
 
 v'm^ 
 
 \H 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 Ti&tf/i ^/ America. 
 
 Mexico 
 
 f North R. from North to South. 
 X Pedmat, from Weft to Eaft. 
 
 { r^irg. from Weft to Eaft. 
 
 FloriJa \Flhi f from North to South. 
 
 r Moiiie 
 
 \ Flint 
 
 I St. Jobht from South to North. 
 
 'Ojo River, from North to South. 
 
 St. Laurence Great R. from Weft to Eaft. 
 
 Micbi, from Weft to Eaft. 
 
 Smdnjuicht St. John, New Scotltmd, from Weft to Eaft. 
 Canada Fenobfcut^ Ve^' England, from Weft to Eaft. 
 and the I Kentbtc^ Ne^v England, from North to Sooth. { > 
 ^ Cemetticut, New England, from North to South. . \ . 
 JPlanta- Hudfon R. Nenu York, from North to South. 
 tionf, , Delatuar, in New Jerfey, from N. to South. 
 
 Sefquihana in Penfilvania and Maryland, from N. to S. 
 
 Fatomae ^ 
 
 ^ST^xvtr f ^'^'•"''' fro» Northweft to E»ft. 
 L>«« River J :r | .,.vv ..:< .. .....vi:-^ -■' ^ 
 
 't , 
 
 rv vl 
 
 Canada 
 
Part I. Land and fFatin 
 
 'Hoanoke 1 
 
 Santte \Carolimi, from Weft to Eaft. 
 
 Savanna j 
 
 ss 
 
 Giorgia 
 
 3 laft < North to South. 
 
 In Ltuifania, Mijfajipi — 
 
 q « COrintquQ — — — 
 
 § .! ^ MaM'ne. 
 
 y>^ is. Marthammmm — 
 
 E/quibi in Guiana 
 C River Grand 
 
 ':^\Real 
 
 § < «S. Francis ^ 
 
 (^ f Parana — 
 
 \,Parayba •-» 
 
 In jfmazonia is the i^;flira- I 
 xon with its Branchei ] 
 
 o 
 
 U4 
 
 unknown 
 
 unknown 
 unknown 
 unknown 
 
 ^ unknown < 
 unknown • 
 unknown ' 
 unknown ' 
 unknown 
 
 unknown 
 
 60 
 
 a 
 
 N. toS. 
 
 h 
 
 Vg ^ S. to N. 
 
 S 
 
 E. 
 E. 
 E. 
 
 S. W. 
 E. 
 
 W.toE. 
 
 XingUt Tocantin, Madeira^ Tefaya, Ucayla, trc large Rivers, that 
 fall into the Amazon on the South Side. 
 
 Upura^ NatOf and the lllack Rive% that fall into the Amazon oa 
 ihe North Side. 
 
 F4 
 
 Theft 
 
5^ 
 
 Land and PFater. 
 
 Part I. 
 
 Thefeare the moft remarkable Rivers in the World, as alfo their 
 old Names, and how they run; which Rivers will be found very 
 JicCcfi'ary for the better underftandingof they^fo«/Par/ of this Trfa- 
 tij'e, wherein we defign to view all remarkable Countries in their 
 Situation t Extent, Di'vijion, and Suhdivijiens^ and more efpecially 
 thofe of Europe. But (ince moft of thole Rivers abovementioned , 
 belonging to the Continent of Europe^ do confift of feveral confide- 
 rable branches very neceflary to ye known, we ihall rehearfe fuch 
 Rivers, and annex to each their principal Branches, all which nnay 
 be readily found by travelling with the Eye from the Mouth of the 
 Rivers towards their Heads. 
 
 Pa 
 
 -i'li 
 
 
 CQ 
 4> 
 
 D'winazre^ i^"^"" 
 
 'f«ga 
 
 Woiga are . 
 
 Sche are 
 
 ^< 
 
 Si 
 
 t 
 
 6 
 
 Loire are 
 
 Rhont are 
 
 \ Garcn iare > 
 
 1 
 
 So/otuaia 
 Occareca 
 
 — — < Marn 
 \ {_ Tonne 
 
 fMayen — ■ 
 Le Sart 
 UUir 
 
 ^ Vicnne — ^- 
 Indre • ■■ 
 
 iJ/Jier 
 
 f Durance 
 ^ Saotte — 
 
 r-N. 
 — w. 
 
 — s. 
 
 -N.E. 
 
 a 
 
 
 €Do, 
 4 Lot 
 
 ^oriott 
 U — 
 I am I 
 
 — N. W. ' 
 — S. 
 
 [s. w. 
 In. w. 
 
 Is. w. 
 
 — s. 
 
 ^i > 
 
 [Y 
 
 h 
 
 Remsrkabls 
 
Part II. 
 f 
 
 Land and Water. 
 
 Danube arc 
 
 
 S 
 
 Mijono - 
 
 Alanta 
 
 Morana 
 
 Savs - 
 i«« «-• 
 Ifer 
 Lech 
 lllitr - 
 
 Scbeldztt 
 
 Ems are - | ^^^ 
 
 ^Rupple (return- ^ So««* 
 
 iingW.) aug- > Dyle 
 merited by yDetker 
 ■^ Dender ■■ ■■ ■■ — — 
 
 Lis 
 Searp 
 Haine 
 
 So/ 
 
 Rhint are — « 
 
 JLahn — 
 Hfcktr 
 
 ' fDommei 
 j M>r/ 
 
 ISambrt 
 Semoy - 
 
 I 
 
 rs. 
 
 s. E. 
 
 s. 
 
 N. 
 S. 
 
 I- 
 
 I" 
 
 w. 
 
 N. 
 IN. 
 
 |1e. 
 
 iw. 
 
 N.E. 
 S.W. 
 
 Wefer arp 
 
 H 
 
 ^/^ (W.) aug. T L 
 mented by \0 
 Fuid —i — 
 
 eitie 
 Ocker 
 
 € Ilmenanx) 
 , \,Muldanu 
 
 N. 
 W. 
 
 N. 
 
 N.E. 
 
 U L 
 
 57 
 
 t 
 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 t 
 
 5N. I 
 
 Remarkable 
 
'Li 
 
 4? 
 
 Land and Water* 
 
 Oder are 
 
 CJVarta 
 
 < Saber — 
 Imjiritx 
 
 «*"«" {f^^.. 
 
 VifiuU is the Bu^ 
 NienuH Is the Vilaa 
 
 inca 
 Gallega 
 
 Ehro are 
 
 
 1 
 
 •S 
 
 v/r. \ Guadamentt 
 
 GuaJiaHu are none remarkable 
 
 Tagut are 
 
 MS 
 
 IS 
 
 -g / Douro are 
 
 s 
 
 \ 2>ezer •— — 
 j Guadaran — 
 ^ Xaruma — 
 
 f tonroes ^ 
 < Ttrmes •— 
 ^ Arlanza 
 
 \ 
 
 ro^lio 
 
 I Ttjino 1 1 . 11 
 
 ^tf are 
 
 'S ingN. aug- i. 
 
 Imented by j <S'/«r<i 
 
 Jdigt h iaebigUdH > - 
 
 C ^^« .^ 
 
 ^/'wtf are 
 
 I 
 
 Tther are 
 
 [tfortiih 
 •ra 
 
 feiturwt }t6 chief Branch is ^«^0jf9 
 
 Part I. 
 
 rw. 
 
 N. 
 N.E. 
 
 S. W. 
 N.E. 
 
 N. turning W. 
 
 W. 
 
 S. W. 
 
 S. E. 
 
 S. w. : 
 
 N. E. 
 
 W. 
 
 s. w. 
 
 w. 
 
 9 
 
 In.w. 
 
 s. w. 
 
 1 
 
 S. E. 
 
 N.E. • : 
 
 |S.E. I 
 
 S. ] 
 
 N.W. 
 
 E. turning i. 
 
 W. 
 
 S.W. , 
 
 S, E. I, 
 
 IkW. 
 
 Moclen^ 
 
 % 
 
 I 
 
.«»Mpa 
 
 Modern Geography. 
 
 PART II. 
 
 b ^ i w 
 
 I I f ■ II * f 
 
 CONTAININOtA 
 
 PARTICULAR VIEW 
 
 OF THE . , .,, , 
 
 Terraqueous GLtO BE, 
 
 I Y z particular Vieiu of the Terraqueous Globe, we un- 
 deriland a diftin£t ProTpefl of all remarkable Countries 
 on, the Face of the Earth, according as they are repre- 
 fented by particular Geographical Maps : As alio a 
 compendious Narrative of the chief Obfervables rela- 
 ting either to them or their Inhabitants : All which may be chiefly 
 reduced to thefe following Heads ; 
 
 Extent, 
 
 Airt 
 
 * Univerfities, 
 
 Situation, 
 
 Soil, 
 
 Manners, 
 
 Divijions, 
 
 Commodities, 
 
 Languages, 
 
 Subdivijiont, 
 
 Rarities, 
 
 Go<vernmtnt, 
 
 Chief ToivnSf 
 
 Archbijhofs, 
 
 Arms, 
 
 Names, 
 
 Bijhops, 
 
 Religion. 
 
 tn taking fuch a ProfpeA of all remarkable Countries, we (hall 
 begin with Europe, and travel through the various Divifions thereof 
 in the fame Order they are fet down at fa% 
 
 m 
 
 
 ir '^ 
 
 iiili 
 
 CHAP. 
 
u 
 
 
 ';■ i.% 
 
 'Wk'- 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 C H A P. I 
 
 ' Of EU RO P E. 
 
 The Continent of Europe is divided into Eiglit 
 . _. J_ great Parts, 
 
 t Norway 
 ^iVfHa or iSt^ofeol)^ 
 afrance -— — - 
 
 ^crmanp — • — 
 
 Roland — — 
 
 •■ .^i..«. . . . . , , . <- _(■ ■ 
 
 £>ptiiu — ? 
 
 'Stockholm, 
 Copenhagen^ 
 Bergen, 
 
 Mo/cow, 
 
 Paris, 
 
 .\ 
 
 V < Vienna, 
 
 6 
 
 Warfaw, 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 Curfep in Europe j \Conjiantinople, 
 
 To thefe add the two Principal Iflands : 
 Great-Britain j.^' T j^^^^ ^^ J W.^.^ 
 
 Ireland J ^2 [that of Bublin, 
 
 SECT. 
 
 ■I 
 
 '■t 
 % 
 
 In 
 
 \4o\ 
 
 3o1 
 
J^\r^^ 
 
 Cu£imfiAu& jrvin ,.,£cruLn\ 
 
 60 
 
 
 fi'i 
 
 
 
 ym 
 
 IK.- V 3 
 
jJ),,^A> ff/'lt7,/t jC^n^ihidt 
 
.<' 
 

 11: V 
 
 Kilffi||i -:-i 
 
 IS 
 
 'M 
 
 
 t J 
 
 »* w*.« 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 *<•«•. 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 *- 
 
 
 
 -' 
 
 ■ •-.- 
 
 "•• 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 •■" 
 
 * 
 
 - ■ 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 
 
 IV >■-•• 
 
 '* 
 
 
 » 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 T-k* 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 'r 
 
 -• .^1, 1 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 :"' 
 
 'A 
 
 
 
 ■' 
 
 w 
 
 A... ^ \ 
 
 ' k\ 
 
 n 
 
 4 «l 
 
 5 •;. 
 
 -' ■> 
 
 I 
 
 «« 
 
 
k 
 

 
 
 
 
 ^o o 
 
 
 ••."».. 
 
 
 
 d^ti^'3 
 
 
 i" 50VTK j^ I 
 
 
 
 ri 
 
 V 
 
 
 \ 
 -1 
 
 L/i^J* 
 
 
 
 
 I Koiuiig-flierg- 
 or Pn ir s S I A 
 
 \$CANDmAVJA\ 
 j Cpnhttniitti 
 
 j^wexsKsX 
 
•^ 
 
 %.>. 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^. 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 11.25 
 
 |50 '^^~ ■■■ 
 
 I: ISA "" 
 ^ 1^ 
 
 i 
 
 2.0 
 
 m 
 
 U il.6 
 
 "♦V^ 
 
 ';' 
 
 Fliotographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. M5S0 
 
 (716) 872-4S03 
 
 \ 
 
 iV 
 
 '^ 
 
 <> 
 
 
 
 o^ 
 
 ■*»a 
 
!!,iH I 
 
 fll 
 
 i| 
 
 II 
 
 ill 
 
 H 
 
 wM 
 
 11 
 
 mt 
 
 fm 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 k 
 
 M^ 
 
 0X3 
 
 \fJL 
 
 W^ 
 
 IT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■MiHvii 
 
 V 
 
 \ 
 
 /^ 
 
 4 
 
 '-- nig-fbery — 
 
 L r f S I A • 
 
 >■<— JDrXnunJBoHCii 
 
Part II. 
 
 £i 
 
 % 
 
 r— 
 
 S E C T. I. 
 Of )&canoma\)ia. 
 
 Excent and Situation. 
 
 •>Vi 
 
 
 Miles Degree* 
 
 Length 1080 r . J 54 and yz N. Latitude 
 
 Breadth 900 J '»«^«'"" \ 6 and 44 E. Longitude. 
 
 Divided into f Swedeu < ■ ■■ 1 f Stockholm. 
 
 the King-X Denmark • > Chief Town< Copenhagen. 
 
 ■« domsof— C'^*'"'"'^J' ' I i^Bifrgen, 
 
 C Scania ' "^ fLuna'en—- 
 
 * , \ Gothland ' ■ I g I Calmer— 
 
 comprehends^ L^^/«W^- $.[;; < r.r«« - 
 
 l^FinUttd 
 
 from Si, 
 toN. 
 
 -I 
 
 Juteland 
 
 
 I Shf'wick 
 L Copenhagen 
 
 )fromW. 
 S toE. 
 
 Norway contains four Dani/h Governments ; Jggtrus, Bergen, 
 Dronthem^ Wardus. S. to N. E. and Bahut which belongs to 
 Stveden, lying South. 
 
 v;' 
 
 S fV ED E N. 
 
 Gothland 
 
 contain! the^ 
 Provinces of 
 
 CHalland 
 
 I' BUking 
 Sconen - 
 
 E. 
 
 IVermland 
 Dalia 
 
 Sweden 
 
 pro- 
 per con-, 
 tains the 
 Provinces 
 of 
 
 mji Gothland^ I 
 Eaji Gothland - J 
 
 ^Smaland J 
 
 fSudtrman 
 
 I Nericia — 
 Wefierjnan 
 
 Uplandi 
 
 J Chnjttanjtat— J 
 I Lunden^ Southward 
 
 "JN. toS.in 
 
 -I 
 
 . Carljlat - 
 K Daleburg" 
 
 IGottefthurg 
 Norkopii 
 \_Calmar 
 'Niknpin 
 Orebro- 
 
 tttt 
 
 \ 
 
 the Weft 
 
 Part. 
 N. to S. in 
 the £. Pare. 
 
 Arofon 
 
 Gejirlcia 
 
 Dalcarlia 
 
 Heljing 
 
 j^jand 
 
 J -S C Stockhahi \ 
 
 9 ■ _«d*a ^« # 
 
 ' Medelpadia 
 \ Jemptia — 
 ^ Anger man 
 
 I Geval ■ 
 
 I Hedmorm — — 
 Hudfaoickiuai 
 Sunfwal — — 
 Rejfund 
 
 ^Hernofand-—'^ 
 
 « . from S. to 
 
 Lepland 
 
62 
 
 tains the. 
 
 Provinces 
 
 of 
 
 4 
 
 Finland con-' 
 tains the 
 Provinces 
 of 
 
 Scandinavia, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 ' Uma*-Lapmark —" 
 iPitha-lMfmark" 
 vLula-Lapmark — 
 'TorneO'Lapmark 
 wKimi'Lapmark — 
 Cajanid > 
 ^N. Finland — — 
 fTava^ia 
 ^an/uax • 
 fNyland* 
 
 'Uma 
 Pitha 
 Lttla 
 
 I 
 
 the Uia. 
 
 S, Fin/and 
 
 from S. to 
 
 Torneo ' 
 
 Kimi ■ 
 ^ ^ Cejanburg on i 
 .J AVr«.^^^-l^ ^^ 
 
 lamafius V « 
 
 Borgo ' ' 1 from E. to 
 
 The Province of Carelia contuning Kexholm and Kymengard^ the 
 Capital whereof is Wiburg, was yielded to l{»^a by the Treaty of 
 
 4bo, 1743. 
 
 DENMARK. , U 
 
 Kvidcd i»»| The A™^.A, rf >./Wor >W. 
 
 r North >//«»i 1 {Wiburg. 
 
 Jutland di-J 5/c/wiV>f, or iChief Town< 
 videdinto | South 7a//«»^ 3 Isie/tvid. 
 
 (.D. ofHelftein, of which in lower Saxohy, 
 
 North con- f Jlburg 
 tuns the j Wiburg 
 Diocefes J Arhufen 
 of L-'?)/^* - 
 
 ^HederJUve 
 
 South conlinZf 
 tains the J ^'^^^^f ^ 
 Prefcauxes] y-J^J^ 
 
 '«»!< 
 
 fidem 
 
 (idem 
 Aarbus 
 idem - 
 
 . f. ^ idem 
 fuj I idem 
 idem 
 Slefvuick 
 idem 
 idem 
 jToningen 
 
 d 
 
 
 } 
 
 from N. tc 
 S. 
 
 i 
 
 [^Eyderfled _ ^ ^ . ^ 
 
 The chief D«ff^ Iflands are Zealand, Funen, &c. of 
 after when we come to treat of ISLANDS. 
 
 N. to S. 
 
 upon the 
 
 Ger. Sea. 
 
 " ich hercr 
 
 N RW AT, 
 
 Bivided into \^£'2'^ 
 the Govern -J ^^^^^^^^ 
 nentsof (^^^^ , 
 
 Bergen — 
 Drenthem 
 idem •«• 
 
 eF 
 
 to N. E. 
 
 jD/7Ki/l' 
 
Scandinavia, 
 
 6i 
 
 to- 
 
 to 
 )on 
 al- 
 >ea. 
 
 S. 
 the 
 Sea. 
 crCf 
 
 f 
 
 tnijh 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Danifo Lapland is in the Government of WarJbm* ScdnMnavia 
 comprehending as aforefaid three dillinfl Kinsdoms, Sweden, Den* 
 mark, and Norway, each of thefe will follow leparate. 
 
 ■"r 
 
 ■ I. SPFEDEN. ^ . 
 
 Nantes- QWEDE N formerly Sueeia, part of old Scandinanna, is 
 i3 bounded on the Eaft by Ruffiai on the Weft and North 
 by Norway ; on the South by the Sounds and part oF the Baltick, is 
 termed by the Italians, Siuexia ; by the Spaniards, Suedia ; by the 
 French, Suede; by the Germans , Schtveden; and by the Englijb, 
 Stvedea or Stuedelattd; fo called from its former Inhabitants the 
 €uenones, Suevi, or Suethidi, with the Addition of land for Termi- 
 nation. ),■.... !■■ '»■ -J.- ■', 
 
 Air,'\ The Air of this Country is generally very cold, but if not 
 too near fome Lake or Marfh very pure and wholefom ; and fo heal- 
 thy to breathe in, that many of l^e Inhabitants do frequently live to 
 an hundred Years, efpecially they who abftain from exceifive drink- 
 ing, a thing too much praflifed formerly by many of them. The 
 Antipodes to this People, or the oppofite Place on the Globe to Siue- 
 den, is that Part of the Paciiick Ocean about i6o Degrees Weft 
 Longitude from London, and 60 Degrees of South Latitude, Sfweden 
 at the medium lying about 20 Eaft from London* 
 
 Soil.} The Soil of this Country, it lying in the 9th, loth, i ith, 
 and lath Northern Climates, is not very fruitful, but yet where 
 lefs fertile in Corn, that Difadvantage is recompenfed with tolierabic 
 Pafturage : However, it produceth as much Gram as fufficiently ferv- 
 eth its Inhabitants. Its numerous Lakes are very well ftored with 
 various kinds of Fiih. Its Mountains are generally covered over 
 with Trees, and feveral of them lined with confiderable Mines of 
 Tin, Brafs, Iron, and Copper, efpecially the two laft, and that 
 beyond any other Country in Europe ; befides, in Wejlmania is a 
 Mine of Silver. The longeft Diy in the Northmoft Part of this 
 Country is about two Months, the Sun being fo long without fetting 
 when near the Summer Solftice j but the longeft Day at Stockholm 
 is 1 8 hours and half. 
 
 Commodities. "] The c^ief Commodities of this Country are Me- 
 tals, Oxhides, Goatikins, Buckfkins, and coHly Furs; Pinetrees, 
 Fircrees, Oaks, Tallow, Tar, Honey, and fuch like. 
 
 .» , Rarities."] 
 
*4 
 
 Scandinavia, 
 
 pAkT L 
 
 Rarities. "] The chief Rarities mav be reckoned (htfe following, 
 {i .) Two publtck Clocks of admirable Workmanlhip ; one belongs 
 ingto the Cathedral Church of Up/ali the other to that of St. Lau* 
 tenee in Lundent efpecially the latter, fuppofed to be the Work of 
 Cafltr BartMinis, Which fhews not only the Dav» Hour, an? 
 IMmute, but alfo the remarkable Motions of the Celeflial Bodies* 
 with all Feftivals, both fixed and moVeatble, and feveral other plea- 
 lant Curiosities. (2). A few Liegues from Gottenberg is a dreadful 
 CataraSif with a confiderable Current, which runs a long way and 
 coming at laft to a hideous Precipice,, ruiheth down frdm thence 
 into a low Pit, with a terrible Noife. And whereas the Natives 
 ttfoally bring down their Floats of Timber by that Current, fuch is 
 the hight of the Precipice, and fo deep the Pit into which the Water 
 falls, that large Mails, when harried down by the impetuous Streatii 
 do frequently dive fo far under Water, that tis a confiderable time 
 before they rife again, fome of them being 20 Minutes, others 40, 
 and fome upwards of an Hour under Water. If it be alleged that 
 the Mafis may probably ftick fall in the Mud for fome time ; to 
 take off that Obje£lion the Pit where they fall has been often found, 
 ed with a Line of many hundred Fathom, but they never couM 
 reach the bottom. (3.) Towards the Southern Pare oi Gothland ti 
 a remarkable flimy Lake which finges fuch Things as arc put into 
 it. (4.y In feveral Parts of Sweden is found a certain Stone, which 
 being of a yellow Colour, intermixt with feveral Streaks of white, 
 as if compofed of Gold and Silver, affords both Sulphur, Vitriol, 
 Alum, and Minium. (5.) Some write of a Lake in £^/i/<7i74, which 
 hath as many iilands in it as there are Days in the Year. 
 
 Jlrd'bijf-ops.'] Archbifhopfee belonging to SiveJen is Cnly that of 
 
 UpfaL 
 
 Sipopt.] Bilhcpfees in this kingdom are 
 
 jIvOf 
 
 Strcn^ncfiy 
 
 ' S.iaf'£n, 
 
 Lundrn, 
 IJ'exio. 
 
 Um-vfrjiiie.<.'\ Univerfities eftabliflied here arc 
 
 fW, 
 
 jiho. 
 
 Mafnirrs.l The Swedes, fi&r the moft part, are Men of large and 
 ftrong Bodies j Men, whofe very Conftitution doth fit them to bfe 
 Soldiers. This Nation has beea noted in the World for feveral 
 warlike Atchievements, and is ftill able to endure the Fatigues of 
 a military Life; yet their military Affairs in former Times were 
 3 but 
 
 Pa] 
 
 but^ 
 
 feafi 
 
 Scotc. 
 
 comn 
 
 very 
 
 Adera 
 
 aregi 
 
 ing til 
 
 and t 
 
 Hu/ba 
 
 them. 
 
 Lan^ 
 
 is fom' 
 
 Perfon 
 
 in its r 
 
 their o 
 
 fubjoin 
 
 the fair. 
 
 Pater n 
 
 tittt na\ 
 
 ockpan 
 
 ickeifrtj 
 
 Gotue. 
 turns of 
 at laft g 
 itfelfovi 
 Sovereii 
 *vus Eri 
 in Grat 
 Crown 
 fion die 
 which : 
 ttoufly 
 feign ty 
 only can 
 difpofe 
 are invef 
 dent, v/h 
 monweal 
 State ant 
 and Sean 
 ficers, foj 
 whofe R« 
 
 .^'f 
 
of 
 
 ^eand 
 
 to be 
 
 teveral 
 
 tues of 
 
 were 
 
 but 
 
 Part II. Scandinavia, $$ 
 
 but very indifFerently ordered, their chiefeft Force confiding in the 
 Peafants, till G^y^AO/trj and his SuccefTors, with the Afliftanceoffome 
 Scotch and German Officers, introduced good Difcipline among the 
 common Soldiers. Their Gentry are much given to Hofpitality, 
 very affable and civil to Strangers, and many of them become con- 
 fiderable Proficients in feveral Arts and Sciences. The Commons 
 are generally eileemed good Mechanicks, but negligent in improv- 
 ing their Country, by not cutting down many unneceflary Porefts, 
 ana turning their Land to better Advantage ; tho' of iate Vears, 
 HuAandry, Arts, and Manufadtures are much advanced among 
 them. 
 
 Langunge!] The Sivedes fpeak a Dia1e£l of the Teutonick^ which 
 is fomewhat diifcrent from that uied in Denmark and Upper Germany* 
 Perfons of Quality underltand and fpeak the High Get man Language 
 in its native Purity, The Finlanders have a peculiar Cibberiih of 
 their own. For a Specimen of the S'wedtjh Tongue we (hall here 
 fubjoin the Lord's Prayer in that Language, intending to obfsrve 
 the fame method of treating all other Languages in Europe. Their 
 Pater no^er runs thus, fadher luar fom eft thimlin\ helghat twarde 
 tittt namyn, till comme titt ricke^ Jkee tin nvilie fa comi himmelen^ fa 
 ock pajordcnne. War dagligha brodiffoz. i dagh ; ochfor-lat ofz ivara 
 Jkuldf fa fom ock nxii forlate them ofxfk^ldige aro\ Ocb in leedb ^oftc 
 ickei frefielfe uthamfrds ofxifa ondo. Amen* ♦ 
 
 Government.'] The Kingdom of Siuedcn having fuffered various 
 turns of Fortune, being frequently difturbed by the adjacent Nations, 
 at lafl: got rid of them all, and becoming terrible to others, fpread 
 itfelf over a confiderable Part of its Neighbours Territories. The 
 Sovereignty was eledive for many Ages except in the Cafe ofGufta* 
 *vus Erikfon Qa]led Fafa, who having expelled the Danes^ the People 
 in Gratitude not only elected him for their King, but made the 
 Crown heretable in his Family ; and from the Vear 1560 the Succef- 
 fton did continue fo till the Death of Charles XIL in 1718. On 
 which Eveni the People being fick of an arbitrary Monarch, unani* 
 moufly reflored their former Government, and transferd the Sove« 
 reignty to themfelves, and in fuch an unlimited manner, that they- 
 only can raife Money, enaA new Laws, make War and Peace, and 
 difpofe of all the Revenue whatever. They chufe 14 Senators who 
 are invefted with the Executive Power, the King being their Prefi.> 
 dent, .who has the calling Vote : So that Sweden is really a Com- 
 monwealth, with a Prince Tor its Head who is dignifyed with the 
 State and Title of King, but nothing more. The common Soldi jn 
 and Seamen are maintained by the Farmers and Peafants : The Of- 
 ficers, for the moil part, are put in Poifeilion of Ibme Crown Lands, 
 whofe Revenues ferve for their Pay ; his Guards oslv. are the great- 
 
 a eft 
 
 I 
 
^ 
 
 Scandinavia. 
 
 f ART IL 
 
 eft Charge to him, they being paid out of his Treafury. He is filled 
 K\n2of the SiveJfj, Goths, and Vandals. The different Orders in 
 this Realm are four, namely, the Nobility and Gentry j 2. the Clergy ; 
 3. the MagiJIracy of every Town; 4. the Pea/ants. Thefe oy 
 their Reprefentatives being aflembled in Parliament, make four dif- 
 ferent Houfes, I. That of the Nobility, where the ^rand Marflial 
 prefides. 2. That ot the Clergy » where the Archbilhop of Upfcd 
 prefides. 3. That of the Burgtjjts, Where one of the Confuls of 
 ^/<K-i(^9//n prefides. And laftly, That oftheCommoffi, where one of 
 their own Number prefides. Chief Courts are thefe five, i . The 
 Kin£% Chamber, where are decided all Caufes happening be- 
 tween the Nobility, Senators, or any of the publick Officers ; and 
 here the King is Prefident. 2. The Court Martial, in which all 
 Matters relatmg to War are determined ; and here the Grand Mar- 
 .^a/ of the Army is Prefident. 3. The Covirt of Chancery, in which 
 Mandates, Commifltons, and fuch like, are made out in the King's 
 Name 1 and here the High Chancellor is Prefident. 4. The Court 
 of Admiralty, in which all Bufinefs relating to Maritime Affairs is 
 tranfafled; and here the High Admiral \% Prefident. Laftly, The 
 Court of Exchequer for managing the Publick Revenue, where the 
 ^reafurer prefides. 
 
 Arms.'] The King of Siveden heiits quarterly, in the firft and 
 fourth, Azure, three Crowns Or, two in Chief and one in Bafe* 
 for Sivedeland. In the fecond and third, Barry Argent and Azure, 
 a Lion Or, crowned Gules, for Finland, Overall quarterly, in the 
 firft and fourth Sable, a Lion Or, crowned, armed, and tongued 
 Gules, for the Palatinate of the Rhine. In the fecond and third, 
 Lozenges, fiendwife of twentyone Pieces, Argent and Azure, for 
 Bavariciik For the Creft a Crown adorned with eight Flowers, and 
 dofed by as many Demicircles, terminating in a Mund^ Or. The 
 Supporters are two Lions, Or, crowned of the fame. And his 
 Motto in thefe Words, Dominus FroteSlor meus. 
 
 Religion.'] Zi///&^r^ff//»i is the efiablifhed Religion of this Country^ 
 being profefled by People of all Orders and Degrees ever fince the 
 Reformation, which was happily efFcfled in this Kingdom by Gu/- 
 tan/us the Firft, upon his Acceffion to the Crown : Since which time 
 their Religion hath not been difturbed from abroad but once, and 
 never diftraded at home by Nonconformity ; for Perfons of all 
 Ranks, adhering to the Tenets of Luther, conftantly attend Divine 
 Service, and join in the fame Manner of Worfhip. This Unifor- 
 mity in Religion fome are pleafed to impute to that effeflual Me^- 
 thod, commonly believed to be there taken, and once propofed in 
 England, that is to fay Caftration, to deter all Romifh rriefts from 
 totering Sivedtn, and fowing the Seeds of Difiention among them. 
 
 Chrijiianity 
 
 I 
 
 C 
 
 Jn 
 
 Th 
 Thi 
 
 AU( 
 
 7 
 
 Han 
 
 chan 
 
 Nunie, 
 
 of the 
 -Vorrh, 
 termed 
 
 fft»ch, 
 
 tin- /f,y^ 
 
 '•s In/wi 
 
 and Srf.\ 
 
 ct fs of 
 
 rn 
 
 Air.] 
 foiitlifrr 
 wholefo 
 part of 
 l-onJon, 
 
 Soil.] 
 Pailurc. 
 niiich will 
 Jn the noi 
 cm is S il 
 
 Cotnmo^ 
 ^or Shipsj 
 
 ^fihtieX 
 Remains 
 
ich 
 
 )urt 
 
 rsis 
 
 The 
 
 the 
 
 and 
 Bale, 
 zuret 
 nthe 
 
 gued 
 
 » 
 
 lird, 
 for 
 and 
 
 The 
 id hit 
 
 Part II. SCiVj-dinavln, o'f 
 
 Chri{lianity was firft planted in this Country, in Rzg: and that by 
 
 ' the Care and Diligence of Jiif^nrvs, :i Monk of C'lriuy, 
 
 afterwards Archbilhon of Bn»u/i, lent thither for that End by 
 
 the Emperor L^;tvii the Piom. "• 
 
 lit. 
 
 ;i .r o I rn. 
 
 M O 
 
 In S'zvft/m the Gold Ducat is 
 The Eight Mark Piece 
 The four Mark in Proportion 
 ^Ifo a two Mark Piece 
 
 N R Y 
 
 •A 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 
 9 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 J. 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 Their Copper IHeccs nre various ; and fomc as hroad as a Man's 
 Hand. They often pa\ Sums of Monty in Copper, and the Mer- 
 chant is obliged to fend WhccIbarruWii inftead oi liai^b to receive it. 
 
 2. D Ebl MARK, ' ■ ■ 
 
 Num(.]'jn\E N M J R K, formerly Ciwhiic.i Cher font fus^ a part of 
 JLx Sci!ii<u>i(i-via, and now bounded on the Kail by part 
 of the BiiUick; on the Weil by part of the Ct.rmon Ocean ; orj the 
 North, by the Sound-, and on the South, by part of Gtrntnhy, is 
 termed by the Italians, D.inin } by the Sjxoiiurih, Oimarca, by the 
 French, Dammarqiu: ; by the ///(;/' Uirminis^ D.in'.mnk ; and by 
 \\\i: ENg<lijhy Dinmark; fo called froni the Bounds and Manhc;; of 
 its Inliabitants the Z)«//tj ; whofe Country, Iwrdering on D t.iiu 
 and Saxony, was thereupon called Dn.iiiiunch, which iNauie in pro- 
 ctfb of Time was turned to that of Dcnnuuk. 
 
 Jlr-I The Jif of this Country is much the fame with that in thr 
 fouthern Part of S-urdun, it being very cold, but in moll Places very 
 wholefom. The oppohte Part of the Globe to Dnmntl;, is that 
 part of the Pacifick Ocean lying 1 70 Degrees Welt LougitaJe from 
 London, and 56 South Latitude. 
 
 Soil,'] The So// of this Country is very good for Grain and 
 Pallure. Here is abundance of Filh, efpecia'iy Herriii<vs; alio 
 much wild Fowl, andaioll kinds of wild IJealls. The lon<;ell Day 
 in the northmoll Part is 17 Hours and half; the ihortell in the South- 
 ern is S Hours at\d half, and the Nights proportionable. ., 
 
 CoMModitics."] The chief Co;//»/o,'//V/// are Fifh, Tallow, Furniture 
 for Ships, Armour, Oxhides, Bucklkins, Deals, and W.infcoi. 
 
 Rfitities.] Near to Sk/mirk, Southward, are yet to be ften the 
 Remains of that famous //W/and 'Tnm-h, made above 900 Vears 
 
 • 'I 
 
68 
 
 Scandinavia, 
 
 Part IL 
 
 Wm 
 W 
 
 •go by Gotnctis, the firft King of Dmmark, to hinder the fncurfions 
 of the Saxom, refcmbling foniewhat the Piiis fVall'xn Britain. Be- 
 tween Tlttijburg and SLji^ifk is the Village of Anghn^ remarkable 
 that from the (aid Village, and Country adjacent, came our Anceftors 
 the Jnglrs Into Gnat Biituin. In Gottorp is an admirable Globeof 
 Copper, lO Foot f Diametre fo contrived by one of the Dukes of 
 Holjith, that by certain Wheels turned about by Water, itreprefents 
 exactly the Motions of the Heavenly Bodies. Alfo another of fix 
 Foot Diametre framed by Tiiho Bmle, the celebrated DaniJ/f Ailro- 
 nomer, (hewing t\\eTic/jol>riii>i(i Syl\tmt with feveral curious Allro- 
 nomical Jndruments in the Round Toiver at Copenhagen ; which 
 Tower is likewife obiervable for its Manner of Afcent, being fo con- 
 trived that a Coach may drive up to th(* Top. But whereas the 
 chief Curiofitics oi Denmark may be reckoned thofe treafured up in 
 the Roy til Muf^um at Cop ubagtn \ and having lately viewed the fame, 
 J prefume it will not be difagreeable to the Reader to have fome Ac- 
 count thereof. 
 
 This Repofitory conftfts of eight Apartments, well (locked with 
 What m«:rit^ the Obfervaiion of an inquifuive Traveller. To run 
 over the Contents of each Apartment would require a Volume ; I 
 (hall therefore reilrain my felf to fuch Curiojitiet as are mod obferva- 
 ble ; and thofe 1 Ihall reduce to two Clafles, Natural and Artifeial. 
 Of Natural Curiojities, here is as good a Collection of all Sorts, as 
 in mod Repofitories in Eufopei Containing all remarkable Animals, 
 Birds, Fijhts, Plants, Minerals, broueht from moft Parts of the 
 World. But as 1 (hall take Notice only of the Artificial Rarities of 
 this Muf<eumt the moH remarkable are thefe following, i. The 
 Kins and Arteries of the human Body, curioufly repre('ented by 
 Iron Wiret all appearing in their natural Situation, Bignefs, and 
 Colour. 2. An artificial human Skeleton of /t/cr)', admirably well 
 done by a Danijh Mechanick ; its Righthand grafps a Scythe, the 
 left holds a Sandglafs, and upon the outfide of the Lafe, containing 
 this Curiofity, is a commendatory Copy of Verfes compofed by the 
 celebrated Anatomift 7boims BarthoUnus. 3. A lively Hiftory of 
 our Saviour's 9zS\on cut in hwry. 4. An 1-vory Model of a Ship 
 with her Malls and Sails, all of Ivory. 5. An Ivory Clock adlualiy 
 a going. 6. A Cabinet of Injory and Ebony^ very beautiful to 
 look upon, and admirably well contrived within ; and remarkable 
 for being the Work of a Danijh Mechaaick (lone blind. 7. A well 
 peliihed Tablr of Marble, in which is a natural Reprefentation of 
 a Cuci/x. 8. Several other large Marble Tables curioufly adorned 
 with inlaid precious (lones, well reprefenting Birds of divers Sorts. 
 
 2. A pretty turned Wooden Cup, which conlids of no fewer than a 
 undred Cups put into one another; each of which isfo thin, that 
 they hardly admit of a Touch from the Hand without Harm. 10. 
 Several Tankards, Cups, Boxes, and other VeAels of Beachtree, 
 
 neatly 
 
of 
 
 orts. 
 an a 
 that 
 to. 
 tree, 
 eaily 
 
 h 
 
 Part II. Scandinnvia. 69 
 
 neatly made and adorned with Variety r T curious Figures '^y a Pea- 
 (ant of Noriuay with no other Tool than an ordinary Knife. 1 1 . 
 Two curious drinkinffVeflels, one of Gold, the other of Silver, in 
 Form of a founding Horn : That of Gold is z Foot 9 inches lon^i 
 weighs 102 Ounces, and contains about two E^glijh Pints and half. 
 This Horn was found in the Diocefe of f^ypin, i6<(9 ; has in raifed 
 Work on its outfide fuch a Number of Animals, with Men in 
 llrange Poftures, and Hieroglyphic Figures, that fufiiciently prove it 
 to be of a Fagan ExtraAion, and perhaps ufed by the Heathens in 
 their Religious Performances. The other of Silver weighs almofl: 
 four Pounds, and is termed Cornu Oltiinhurgictim, which they,{a}r 
 was prefentcd to Otho I. Duke of OMw^wr^, by a GhoJ}; but in 
 the opinion of others was made by King Chnftian I. of Denmark, 
 
 12. Many Roman Urns, and a brafs Rotnem Style four or five Inches 
 long, about the bignefs of a Goofe Quill ; it is (harp at one end, 
 and the other is made to fcratch out what has been faiily written. 
 
 13. Machina Planetarum, an exdlent modern Engine, by turning 
 the Handle of which, one may readily fee at any time, either paft, 
 prefent, or to come, the true State of the CtleJUal Motions accor- 
 ding to the Copernick Syftem ; the Longitude and Latitude of each 
 Planet, and their true Place in the Heavens ; with feveral other 
 pleafant Curiofltics. 14. Machina Eclipjium, another Engine fo 
 contrived, that by turning it round one may fee both the Tear^ and 
 Day^ and ^antity of a Solar or Lunar Eclipfe^ for any time defired, 
 either pad or to come. Both thefe curious Engines were projefled 
 and completed by Olaus Roner the ProfefTor of Mathematicks at 
 Copenhagen. 15. Machina Ingens Copcrnicaua, being a lively Re- 
 prefentation of the Copernic Syftem, moved by Clockwork, which 
 having the Sun immoveable in the Centre (hews the true Motion of 
 the Earth, both diurnal and annual ; as alfo the Moon's Motion 
 about the Earth with their various Pbafes^ and the refpedive Moiion 
 of all the other Planets. 1 6. Many Pri/ms^ MtcrofcopcSf Barcme' 
 ierSf and Burning GlnJJis^ particularly one of 32 Inches Diametre. 
 
 1 7. A curious Cylinder of well poliihed Metal, by which fome Cc> 
 lours on a Table, that appear monftroufly confufed to the naked Eye, 
 do dearly reprefent the Effigies of Fretlcrick I. with bis Queen Sophia. 
 
 18. Venous Sorts oi Arms and Ha^V/ of feveral Nations, with 9 
 6ne curious Colle£\ion of Pictures done by fome of the btll Maftirs. 
 
 19. Some /W/V?» zii^, Egyptian \doh of Wood, Stone, and Ivory, 
 with a few of Pprcelif^e Earth, and one of Brafs from Egypt^ in 
 Form of a Hog. 20. Some Pages of Writing on Palmtrec Leaves 
 from the Coaftef Malaiar, being done by the Nativesof that Coun- 
 try with an Iron Style. Lajlly^ in this Mujaum is a greai Number 
 of Medals both modern and antient. The modern are all Danijh^ 
 beginning with Chrijlian I. and defcending to the prefent Times. 
 7h^ antient are all Romtn, except five Qreek, and thofe either of 
 
 G 3 Gold 
 
aim: ;•! 
 Hiil 
 
 7^ 
 
 Sc^fitl'fiavij. Part I. 
 
 Gold, Silver, or V.nd. Of C^U arc fome of jm.'.'us Cf/to; /fu- 
 giij^uu 'Tihiiiu.\ (l,.:li^iilf>, Xn'j, J'l /j^nf.'ftn, Ph/nitian, \,ri<*f, 
 *ly(ifii», Atirion^ Antuninui PUn^ Si'l>titiiiiis S.vrrvs, find fome others. 
 0\ SilnrK are divers ot tr.e fort-goin^ F.inperors, with thoib of Gnt- 
 hn^ Otic. f'iti/Jiuu Titus Vjp.^lian, Jntcnltius Phil^f plus, Jurrlliit 
 Vcni!^ AuhHiis C.mwr/dus, Sipfitnius Sti'fno, and mod of the fo! 
 lowii^g Emperors down to /Lt',J,'/o J'i.'loyinus. Of Brafs there are 
 Medah of all the faid Km^crors and icveral others. .,' ' 
 
 jirci'Njltpi.'] As for /Irchl'ljhp; in this Kingdom, there is only 
 one, who hath the Authority, tho' not the Title, namely. 
 
 .♦J 31.0 
 
 ■ .. • Lopcnhogni. f 
 
 S,y/.ojr.] BJJJ.opftes in this Kingdom arc thof* of 
 
 . ' '/ ■ 
 
 Allurg, AA'Uj, 0,,V«/,*v, /^vpi'f, RoJkiUy fl'ihurg in Jutland. 
 
 Uni-Vii 
 
 ^■/itiif.'j la this Kingdom is only one Vnii'trftty, 
 
 
 !>.1.<, 
 
 ■'I' 
 
 0^'fihhngcti. 
 
 ■•.i: 
 
 '•/.r,: 
 
 •^vJ/'/j^''*"'-] Th^'PTr', a very uMilikc People of old, having con- 
 i1r ined fever.:] of tiic northern Nations to lubmit to the Force of 
 rLf.'ir AriT'**, 'it fome Time cr other, arc now much of the fame 
 iLmpef with tli-.;ir Nt'iglihoiirs tlic Savv/j and C,nmans\ but ge- 
 nerally ip,ore given to Pride .".nd Cunning, than cither of the former, 
 iio e.vtfavagauily vaiii v.de tlipy of their own Performances, and fo 
 much addittco to l]ji:u*r thcii; Princes, that upon almod every Un- 
 4crt kiiigof their King and Country, ihey iifcd to llrike Medals \ 
 and fiich as expri?/- the A(.'lion done in the moft Hyperbolical ^zn- 
 ncr, tho' lonictimes the Event is of fo fmall Importance, that no 
 Niition o/ Europe^ but the t>^"{/'-\ would think it wortbv of a place 
 ii>, their Week's (i^:xctt,\ myuMi lef^ tbe honour of a Medal. The 
 Dc:nfs are inJf ei induflri/nis and frv.gal enough, but the Trade ot 
 tTitir Country is inconfidcrablc, excc^'t their Commerce to the JVrJt 
 li!i{isi, and Cu>>/t)\ witK a few good Settlements in Fafi India, 
 Thei)- arealfo conirdcrablt-' Lovers' of Li'r»rning, but generally grea- 
 ter I^overs of Excefs, wMher in Dri.nking or Eating, efpeci^JlVy 
 ilie former ; and that evijr lir.ce the Juice of the Grape was recom- 
 mended to thom. by the High Germnut whQnvthey novV eaual ill 
 all mamicr of caroufing. . ," "*' V "7 .'"". . '•; ' T V "^ * 
 
 /.<T,7g-7rt;j'.] The modern A'"^^''^^'^ of- Drum-trl: isa.Dialefl 6f the 
 Teufinicit- The Court, Qtjnrry, and chitff Burghers commonly uf© 
 th& High GenKun'm ordinary Diicourfe, and /V^//;^ whpn t|iey tal}; 
 
 :. :j -'■/■■ ^. ' •:- ■'.. ^jj}^ 
 
 ing to I 
 the Elk 
 
( 
 
 Scandinavia, 
 
 Part II. Scandinavia, 71 
 
 with Strangers. How x\it Dani/h Tongue differs from the Higk 
 Girman, and the modern Language in SnueJen, will bell appear 
 from their Pater mjitr^ Vthich rum thus : fadtr vor ffu fom rjl him- 
 fntltn \ htlligt vorde dit naffa tilkommt Mt rige rvordt rdlu iville faa 
 faa/ordtn. Jam bander i himmtlin. Gift o/z i agh vort dagligt brtd% 
 otforladojk I'orjlyldt fomnui Jorladi vorejiylathtr j oc Ittd ojficickudi 
 frijielfs ; Minfrtli ofx ojv/ra on/. Amtn. 
 
 Gvvtrnmtnt.'X This Kingdom like Swedi-n, was originally e'ici5Uve» 
 tho* they ufualty advanced the next Heir to the Crown if he had . 
 the proper Qualifications, till the Year 1649; that Fndtrici III. 
 having bravely repulfed the Sivfdts, who beficgcd Copenhagen^ it- 
 was foon after made Hereditary to his Family. For in the Year 
 1666 the Commons thinking themfeh'es too much opprcft by the 
 Nobility, took a Refolution, with the Clergy alfo, to make a for- 
 mal Surrender of their Liberties to the King ; which being com- 
 plied with, the Nobility were conftrained to join in the fame Com- 
 pliment, and the King hereupon became as abfqlute a Prince as 
 any in Europe. This is exaaly the Reverfe of what the Sivedes 
 did 1 71 8. The King of Denmark now aflumes to himfelf the 
 Power to difpofe of all Heirs and HeireiTet of any Note, as it is 
 pra^ifed in Frantt. The Danijh Law is highly to be prized, in 
 that it is fhort and perfpicuous, furpafling the Law of all other 
 Nations in that reipeft. It is wholly founded upon Equity, and 
 comprifed in one S^arto Volume in Danijhy and lo plain, that any 
 Man may underftand and plead his own Caufe without the help of 
 Council or Attorny ; and no fuit is to hang in fufpenfe beyond one 
 Year and a Month. This is indeed a finsular Advantage and Prov 
 perty of the Danijh Law, but is attended with a vaft Inconveni*- 
 cnce, for the firft and principal Article thereof runs thus : That 
 tk4 King hath Pri'vilegt to txplain^ nay /» aiter and change the faOkt 
 ashejhall think good. Chief Courts for Adminiftration of JuIUcd; 
 both in Civil and Criminal Affairs, are four, viz. Byefoghts, Her 
 redtfoghtSt handjlagy and Highright. The firft is peculiar for di^ 
 ciding Matters which happen in Cities and Towns. The fircond 
 for thofe in the Country. The third is the High Court of the Prc^ 
 vincc, to which Appeals are made from the two former. And the 
 fourth is the fupreme of all the reft, held commonly at Cefenhage^, 
 and confifting of the principal Nobility, in which Court the Kin|; 
 himfelf fometimes fits in Perfon. Befides thefe there is the Court 
 of Admiralty for Maritime Affaifs; is aUb Rent-Chamber, re- 
 fcmbling our Court of Exchequer, for manifging all Matters relat- 
 ing to the publick Revenue. Here are tvvo Orders of Knieluhoo<j, 
 the Elephant y and that of Danebrog^ -'■ • \.,:.^V " * 
 
 
 
 C54 
 
 1* 
 
 
 Jrffii, 
 
 Pi 
 
 ■v,i ^ 'U 
 
y* 
 
 Scandinavia. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 i':i 
 
 
 
 ^r/»i.] The Kirg q^ Denmark bears Party of Three, and Coupee 
 of two, which makes twelve Quarters. In the firtt, Or, Scmce 
 of Hearts GW«, three Lions Pafl'ant-gardant A:ture^ Crowned, 
 tongued, and Armed of the firft, in his Faws a Battle Ax Argent^ 
 hiked of the fecond. for Norwuay. 3. Guhs, a Lion Pailant gar- 
 dant Or, on nine Hearts of the fame in F^, iot Gothland. 4. 
 Gulest a Dragon crowned Or, for Schemn. 5. Azure, three 
 Crowns Or, for SiUideu. 6. Gales, a Pafchal Lamb ^r^f»/, fup- 
 porting a Flag of the fame, marked with a Crofs Gules, for y»/f- 
 /a«</. 7. Or, two Lions Pafl'ant-gardant Azure, for Slefivick. 8. 
 Ga/«, a Fifh crowned Argent, for Iceland, Over thefe eight 
 Quarters, a great Crofs Argtnt on the Centre of which are placed 
 the Arms of Ditmarjh, Gules, a Cavalier Armed Argent. 9. 
 Gules, a Nettltleaf open and charged in the middle with a little. 
 Scutcheon, the v/htAt Argent, for Holjlein. 10. G«/r/, a Cygnet 
 Argent, jjorged with a (frown Or, for Stormafi). 1 1 . Gw/a, two 
 Feffes Or, for Dtlmenhorji. \z. Gules, a Crofs Pattefitchee ^r- 
 gent, for Oldenburg. The Shield furrounded with a Co'lar of the 
 Order of the Elephant. The Chreft is a Crown Or, flowered* 
 raifed with eight Diadems, terminating in a Mund of the fame. 
 For the Motto, Pietat iS' Juptia toronant. , , . , ; 
 
 Heligion.'] The Errors and Praftices of the Roman Church being 
 grown at lengiiii fo intolerable, that an univerfal Reformation became 
 expedient ; and this Kingdom, artiong the other Northern Crowns, 
 threw off that infupportable Yoke, and cordially imbraced the 
 DoArine of Luther, which being allowed of by Frederick I. was.fo 
 lirmly eftablifhed in Denmark^ that in all the Danijh Dominions 
 there is no oth.r Religion but Luthranifm profeiTed, except fome 
 freneb Refugees, who are allowed a Church at Copenhagen ; and a 
 few Pbpitli Families, who have leave to perform their Wbrftiip in 
 a Chapel at Glukfiat. The Dunijo Clergy flill retain the PraAice of 
 ConfrJ/ton, which all PerfOns are obliged to before they partake of 
 the Sacrament of the Lord^s Supper : They likewife retain feveral 
 Geiiemohies of the Roman Church. Chriftianity was edabliihed in 
 this Country about the middle of the twelfth Century, by the 
 .Meahs of Pope Adrian IV. an Englifl.man, who before his Elevation 
 to the Popedom was termed Nicolas Break/pear. 
 
 . .'ir. ^^ N R IV A r. = ' 
 
 _......._ ' , ■ , » • 
 
 Nante.]'^^ O R W A Y, formerly Norvegia, a pari of Scandi- 
 
 J^l nanfia, and now bounded on the Eaft Tby Siueden, on 
 
 the Welt, North, and South, by Part of the main Ocean, is termed 
 
 by the Italians. Nervegia ; by the Spaniards Noruegia ; by the 
 
 Frenchi 
 
pARt II. Scandinavia. 73' 
 
 Frenebt Kor<Wfgf i by the Germans Norwigen ; and by the Engttjb 
 Norway ; fo called from its Northern Situation, as it is the Way to 
 and from the North of Europe, 
 
 jth-.l The Air of this Country is fo extremely cold, efpecially 
 towards the North Parts of the Kingdom, that it is but thinly inha- 
 bited, and that by the meaneft of the People. The oppofite Place 
 of the Globe to Norway being Part of the Pacifick Ocean, is 170 
 Degrees Weil from London, and about 60 Degrees of South Lati- 
 tude ; Norway at the Medium lying ten Degrees Eafl of London, 
 
 Soil.'] By Reafon of the excelTive Coldnefs of the Country, it 
 lying about the Polar Circle , the Soil is very barren, not having 
 Force enough to produce the very Neceflaries of Life, the common 
 People being forced to ufe dried Fi(h inftead of Bread. In fhort, 
 this Land is overipread with great Forefts, barren Mountains, or 
 formidable Rocks. In the Northmoft Parts of it the longeft Day is. 
 above two Months, the Stm not fetting for that Time. 
 
 Comaodi/ies.yTlte chkl Commodities of this Country are Stock* 
 iifh, rich Furs, Train Oil, Pitch, Mails,' Cables. Deal Boards," 
 and the like; which the Inhabitants exchange for Corn, Wiacr/ 
 Fruits, Beer, and other Neceflaries of Life. .... ^ 
 
 Rarities,'] Near Drontheim is a remarkable Lake, whofe Watert- 
 never freeze, even in Winter ; notwithllanding the exceifive Cold[' 
 at that Seafon. z On the Coaft of Norway, Lat. 67, is that noted 
 Whirlpool called Maljircm^ and by Navigators the Navel of the 
 Sea ; which in all ^'robability is^X)ccafioned oy fome great fubterra* 
 nean Co'viy, and proves fatal to Ships that approach too nigh , ef- 
 pecially in time of Flood ; for then the ' Sea, upwards of two 
 Liegues round, makes Aich a terrible ror/«;r, that the Force and 
 Indraught of the Water, together with the Noife and Tumbling 
 of the Waves, is rather to be aimired than expreiTed. But, as da« 
 ring Flood the Water is drawn in with a mighty Force, fo during 
 the Tide of Ebb it throws out the Sea with mch Violence, that the 
 heaviefl Bodies call into it cannot fink, but art toiled back by the 
 impetuous Stream, rufhingout with incredible Force ; during whicl^ 
 Time abundance of Fiih are caught by Filhermen who watch the 
 Opportunity ; for being forced up to the Surface of the Water, 
 they cannot dive again, fo violent is the rifing Current. 3. In fome 
 part of Norway were difcovered two Silver Mines, whereof one 
 was termed BenediSa divina, and the other Bona Spes, but both of 
 them were quickly exhauHed ; however, in the former of thefe, 
 1630, was found a Mafs of Silver valued at 800 /. Sterling ; and 
 the other yielded a Mafs worth 1200/: Both which Mafles, and 
 
 fome 
 
74- Scandinavia, Part II. 
 
 fome others of pure Silver from thefe Nornuay Mines, are now to 
 be feen in the Royal Mufteum at Copenhagen, - . *' " - 
 
 Jrchhijhopfet.l In this Kingdom is only that oiDronthim. " '' 
 
 Bifiopfces.'\ Arc ihoCe of Ch-ifiiaKHf Hammarj Bergen^ Staff angei\ 
 , „ .. Skalholt zxid Hola'm Iceland, 
 
 Univerjities J^ None. 
 
 Manners."] The Norwegians, who being notorious Pirates of old, 
 became vejy formidable to feveral of the Northern Nations, are 
 now looked upon as a very mean, and ignorant Sort of People ; 
 but very hardy, much given to Toil and Labour, very juft in their 
 X)ealing, and abundantly civil in their manner to the few Strangers 
 who come among them. In the North Parts of the Kingdom they 
 have no Towns, out generally live in Tents, and travel in great 
 Companies from one Place to another in hunting, 
 
 Langmage.J The LangKogt now fpoken in this Country, efpecir 
 ally in «U the civilized Parts thereof, is little different from that of 
 Dunmark, a Specimen of which is already given. 
 
 Government. 1 This Kingdom was formerly a diftinft Sovereignty, 
 b,ut being incorporated with Denmark in I3S7» is now fubjedl to 
 lus Dfiiftjb Majefty, who befide particular Governors in Places of 
 Iinportai^ce, generally keeps a Viceroy there for the better man- 
 aging the whole. His Place of Refidence is commonly at B^rgcn^ 
 formerly at lironthem, and his Power e;ttraordi nary great. 
 
 Arms.y Se9i Denmark. .*>... ....«,;. 
 
 •* * •,,,■.•.■.■,,.., .,,., s, , 
 
 SI 
 
 ^elfghnJ] The eftablifhed Religion in Norway is the fame as in 
 Denmark, only that in the Northmoft Farts the Knowlege of 
 Chrillianity, which was planted in this Country about the fame 
 Time with the two other Northern Crowns, is fo decayed, that in 
 the feveral Divifions of Tt^^/AiW they differ but little from mere 
 Heathens. 
 
 1 __,_^_ .;.''.. 'M O N E Y. ' -•— ■.< 
 
 . • >■ *"' ■• '- >' .■■•■.■■•' . . . •;■• /. /. 
 
 The Danijh Gold Dncat ' . 09 
 
 The fpur Mark Piece ,, ' ./ 02 
 
 TheRixmark ., .. o o 
 
 The Sletmark "'"" "'[' ' ' 00^ 
 
 ; The (Jopper Coins are numerous, from very Small to vtry Lar^, 
 
 ip the fam« Manner as Sw/Jen, , . , 
 
 _ • •■ .. ..1 / '•-.-. r .^ SECT. 
 
 Paj> 
 
 if. 
 3 
 
 8 
 II 
 
 9 
 
 from . 
 
 Capei 
 
 Bound 
 
 D,rgo, 
 
 from I 
 
 Empiri 
 
 makinj 
 
 The 
 
 42t>ef 
 
 Sea, to 
 
 192c A 
 
 Length 
 Breadth 
 
 Chief 
 
 Duchies 
 CLi. 
 
 g 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 I. 
 
Part II. 
 
 73 
 
 •.^^•,M 
 
 it 
 
 SECT. II. 
 
 Concerning Ru/^i'a or Mu/covy, 
 
 
 THE Rujian Dominion cxti s through all Siieria to Cape Dt* 
 tnetriust which lyes undor the Polar Circle loo Degrees Eail 
 fcom London ; or more properly 1 70 Weft, the Landsend at the fatd 
 Cape running ten Degrees into th& other Hemifphere. The Ibtffim 
 Boundary on the Weft is Li'vonia^ including the Iflands of Q/^/ and 
 DagOy which Boundary lyes about 23 Eaft Longitude ; therefore 2}. 
 from 190 leaves i670eg. clear, which is the Length' of the Ruffian 
 Empire ; and in the medium of 60 Degrees of Latitude, 30 Miles 
 making one Degree, the whole extent is above 5000 miles. 
 
 The Breadth may be taken from Derbend about the Latitiidf of 
 42 Degrees in the Province oiShirvan on the Weft of the Ca/ji$an 
 Sea, to 74 of North Latitude on the Coaft of the PolgrSck, bqing 
 1^20 Miles. 
 
 Extent and Situation. ■ . *, ! '^~ 
 
 Miles ' Degrees 1 r' 
 
 Ai 
 
 Length coco ?, . .. -1 23 and ino E. Longitude. 
 Breadth 1920 }''^''^«"{ 42 and 74 N. Latitude. , 
 
 Chief Cities, Mo/co, Pater/bur^t Caxan, Tthoijki. . 
 
 ..(f. 
 
 I •' ->. 
 
 s 
 
 DUchie!) or Provinces. '^^ 
 'Livonia 
 
 Efienia 
 
 Jngria ^ ^ t „ 
 
 Care/ia in Fintdhit ' 
 
 PJeJkoD. 
 
 Weft Novegrod '"" *" ' - 
 
 Tmoere Duchy 
 
 Rzeva or Rejko D, 
 
 BieljkiPx. ■ ^~ ' 
 
 £ 'l Smokn/ko D. 
 
 SiiverfaTi, -•'-■» 
 ^ Zerniko Pr. 
 ^ New Servia in Vkrdin 
 
 Worottn Pr. 
 
 Rex^n D. i 
 
 Bielgrod Pr. 
 
 Don Co^h, »r Donjki Vt, 
 
 Czrremis with Morditm 
 iEaft Netogrod'D. 
 
 ?.i.vV..i .... 
 
 ilniii.) t »,.> . . 
 
 ; Chief Towns; 
 
 Rigat Pirnau, 
 PBTaKsBV&c. 
 
 ' \ Smleu/ioi 
 «... ..;. : -:....' ■ Siwirfil, 
 
 Rjof, Archtuigtlgreit Tulttmm, 
 Wordti% Botkef. 
 Rtxatt, WhrHiit. 
 Bit^rod. 
 MjoK t4rnfiftttf. 
 , SudQU A^tma. 
 Ntwgro^m 
 
 •{■ 
 
 W ■. IKJ *-' 
 
 ■v.- 
 
 
 i 
 
 ;■ 
 
 
 ^1 
 
 liifl^^ 
 
 w '*< 
 
 Bf^^K 
 
 SI ' 
 
 i n 
 
 EH 
 
 
 <: I 
 
 M^V 
 
 
 91 
 ^■1 
 
 1 
 
 bI 
 
• 
 
 ffFolodimer D. 
 SufdaiD. 
 Mo/cow D. 
 RoJfowD. 
 
 « Beiozero D. 
 
 <g 1 KargKtol P. 
 ^ 1 7^4^ P. 
 
 Scandinavia* 
 
 - ♦ •■ 
 
 1. V . •»■■> 
 
 "'" ''e\''^*" 
 
 1. (. 
 
 •• ni.'(:M;v-\ 
 
 "•■it , 
 
 J -.J 
 
 44 .f«<i ^i' 
 
 - •'■>!>■; 
 
 Jill ''' 
 
 i^'il/. 
 
 J 
 
 s 
 
 e 
 i8 
 
 ^Jugoria 
 
 Zir^aia 
 
 Petiora 
 
 Wogulitfi, 
 
 Permeki 
 
 Vftiug or Ofiiug 
 Wiatka 
 
 «.. 11.' tt'^'j I 'V i'- ,. 
 
 • ■ r-c ix. ': ^ 
 
 "i^ i. '^i\ no ;.:, 
 
 Ki ■ i') 
 
 Part If. 
 
 tf^oloditntr, 
 
 Sufdal. 
 
 Moscow* 
 
 RoJIoWf Ftrrjlau* 
 
 Belozert, 
 miogda., 
 Kurgapol, 
 
 ,,,;;. Wagn, mid. 
 Koreljki, 
 
 Archangel, Kalmogrodt 
 
 JAetniett, Candtnis Ifland. 
 
 . . Jup,9ra^ Gondijki, 
 
 Ztriko, U/win, 
 
 Petzortf, Botanjku 
 
 iCertJin, chiefly Hutt Vil*ages. 
 
 Permia, Solikamjki, 
 
 Vftiug. 
 
 . , r Wia{ka, Koteinits. 
 
 -i 2:Kt, 
 
 InT AKlT A RY. 
 
 are 
 et9 
 
 Cazan, formerly a Kingdomf .rx _. >r Caza)!. U^a, 
 
 BciJkiriP,' '' ' ' * '^' SatnaraySifran. 
 
 ^rfikttn, formerly a Kingdom of the Nagay *Jfarteirs, 
 ,' - AsT^AKAN, Saratoft Ztaritzen, Orenburg. ^ , ,' , 
 
 ' 'y^t'Q^lmvcks and other Tartars Northeaft of the Capia^^ i 
 <;Pf|E^prehenidediarthe Ruffian Dominion, having fubmittedtneri 
 
 y StierU Kingdom, extending 8o Degrees Eaft as far as the C^oubtry 
 
 ,'C^f 'Places, ToBOtSKi, Tara^ Japanzin, Narimt7omJl^t>je'> 
 nhj^a^'jelimflii, Surgut, Krafnogart Irkufii, all which are Wge 
 i^ni^JProvinces* ■ . 
 
 ^^fif^tda Province with the Ifland of new Zembla, Mangidfci, 
 
 ^* . r 
 
 JR^fi^ka Pro. divided into upper and lower Anadrify, tUiri- 
 Jdt\a^ kekji. This reacheth to the Landsend making two great 
 Capesr 'Zheliginjki and Demetrius, "-■ T 
 
 .Rfiffian^ Lapland, divided into Maritime and Inland, ^ordering 
 f(ndiePolar5^, fVarJtga Sowth, Kola North. _ " 
 
 *fUi Bay ovArchangel called the White S^ea, and the lake Bnar, 
 aiyiafed;italmoft in two. ^ ' . ! : • 
 
 „^V^♦ ■^''■'■■'' '"''£u^^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
are 
 ret« 
 
 «M 
 
 fe. 
 
Part ] 
 
 V . ) 
 
 Nam.] 
 
 ]^ 
 
 Weft by 
 by the 61: 
 via i by i 
 RuJ/la; b 
 fo called i 
 
 ebi, a P^c 
 ofRuJpu\ 
 
 Sar//uitia, 
 
 Air,] 1 
 the North 
 Yearj bu 
 Summer i 
 Globe to 
 Ocean, \y 
 of South '. 
 
 Soil.-] r 
 the difFer 
 generally 
 and even 
 Jjart very 
 feldom c 
 Poland^ tl 
 ducing fe^ 
 ported by 
 Months ai 
 this Coun 
 Sun not fe 
 any other 
 
 Variety, 
 vicre, H« 
 
 Raritie 
 reckon th 
 Cazan, ai 
 the Uttie . 
 The firft ' 
 bles a Lai 
 
45 
 
 Part II. 
 
 n 
 
 .1 •■ .« 
 
 RttBin, or M O S C OFT. 
 
 
 Name-I 
 
 Ws 
 
 : O V Y or Rujpa, containing much of old 
 
 armiJia, is bounded on the Eaft by Tartaty, on the 
 
 Weft by ^wedea, on the North by the Polar Seat and on the South 
 by the Black Sea and the Ca/pian^ is termed by the Italiansy Mofco- 
 via ; by tlie Sp'^niardt, Mufco'via ; by the Frrnch, Mufcovie or U'kitt 
 Ruffia i bv the Germans, Mufcaw ; and by the Englijh^ Mo/c'o'vy i 
 fo caJed from its chief Province of that Name, derived from Mc/,. 
 ebit a People firft inhabiting that Part of the Coui^try. The Name; 
 of Rufflu IS generally fuppofed to come from another People of 
 Sarmatia, called /fa/^, AtidBoru/^. ' ' V 
 
 jUr."] The Air of this Country is very cold, particularly towards 
 the North, where Snow and Ice are ufual fof three Quarters of the 
 Year j but in the South Provinces they have fcorching Heats in the 
 Summer for the Space of fix Weeks. The oppofite Place of the. 
 Globe to Mcfcovy at the Medium, is that Part of the Pacificic 
 Ocean, lying 140 Degrees Weft| Longitude from London, and 60 
 of South Latitude. ... «. ,,4 
 
 So//.] The Stil of this Country is very different, according to 
 the different Situation of its Parts. Here ai-e many Plains, but 
 generally i\x\\ of Marihes. Towards the North are vaft Forcils ; 
 and even where the Ground is cleared of Wood it is for the moli 
 part very barren, and fo extremely cold, that what they fow doth 
 feldom come to due Perfection. In the Southv^efl Parts toward) 
 Poland, the Soil is very good and fruitful, the Ground there pro- 
 ducing feveral Sorts of Grain in great Abundance ; and it is re- 
 ported by many, that their Corn is ready for reaping about two 
 Months after it is Town. The longeft Day in the Northmoft. part of 
 this Country being Lapland znd Samoyed is above two Months, the 
 Sun not fetting for that Time, when near the Summer Sulllice. For 
 any other Latitude, fee the Table of Climates. ' " ' ' -^ "- 
 
 Commodities'] The chief Commodities of this Country are Furs in 
 Variety, Sables, Martins, Wax, Honey, TaJloW, Train-Oil, Ca- 
 viere. Hemp, Flax, Siad, Iron, Leather, Linen, (si'c. .^ 
 
 ' Rarities'] As one of the chief Rarities of this Country, we may 
 reckon that ftrange Sort of Melon found in or near to AJirakan, 
 Ca»an, and Samara. Some of the Natives term it Boranetz^ or 
 the little Lamb ; others Zoophyton, which figniBes the Animal Plant. 
 The firft Title would feem moH, proper, becaufe in Figure it refem- 
 blesa Lamb, and fuch is i(s vegetable Heat, that according to the 
 
 vulgar 
 
 H 
 
 
if . ■ 
 
 I k i 
 
 jrl Rufta, Part II. 
 
 Vulgar manntr of Esprefllon itconfumes and eati np all the Grafs, 
 or Herbs within its reach. ~As the Fruit doth ripen, the Stalk de- 
 cays, and is covered with a Subftance exadUy the fame with Wool 
 that is (hort and curling. A part of the Skin of this remarkable 
 f/ant is to be feen in the Kin^ of Dinmmrk^i Repofitory of natural 
 Karitiet at Cotenbagtn ; the infide of which Skin being dreHcd as 
 Tanners ufualiy do the fititiy Side of Lambfkins without taking off' 
 the Wool, no Man can diftinguifti between the Skin of the Biru- 
 netz, and that of an ordinary Lamb. Whereupon many of the 
 J^u/covittt ufe the Skin of this rare Vegetable inltead of Furs for 
 lining of their Vefts. As another remarkable Thing of this Couu- 
 tty, we mav here add that famous Church in Mofconu^ called Jtru- 
 falem, which feemed to the Czar John Bafilidei I. fuch a (lately 
 Pile of Building, that he ordered the Eyes of the Architect to be 
 put out, that he might never contrive or behold its fellow. 
 
 Ecdefiafticks in Mo/covv are five Metropolitans* befide Arch* 
 bifhops and Bifliops, as follow. 
 
 The Patriarch was he of Mo/cotv, refiding in the fame City, but 
 iboliihed by the Czar Ptter. 
 
 Metropolites. 
 J/hfco, Rezattf JCto/, Jiofiow, ^Toboljki. 
 
 Archbifliopfees. 
 lSii!grodt CKtrnikoy Ntwgrod, Kijigrod, Peterjburgf Plfjkof Su/daU 
 Twere, UJfiugt Wiatka. 
 
 Biftiopfees. 
 Afirakatty Ptrejlaw, Smoletijkot Terjkoi \ Other Names and Number 
 ^tiy doubtful. , . 
 
 In Livctiint Archbilhop of Riga* 
 
 Bifhops, thofe of Revtl, HaffaU Ofil, and Wiburg in Finlaad, 
 
 Univerfities and Academies for Polite Learning, Mofcoy Ptterjbwgt 
 and Pernau in Livonia, 
 
 Manners,'] The Mu/covites, Men of a vigorous and healthy Con- 
 ftitution, are generally reckoned a rude, deceitful and ignorant fort 
 of People, and much addi£led to exceflive Drinking, as alfo unlaw- 
 ful and fenfual Pleafures. And fo fond of Ignorance have they for- 
 merly been, that it was looked upon as a Vanity for any of them to 
 apply himfelf to fearch after Knowlege. But Things are now 
 mightily altered in this Point, and that by the Encouragement of 
 his Czarilh Majefty Peters who prompted and obliged his Nobility 
 
 to 
 
Part II. /?#». 7^ 
 
 CO acquire the liberal Arts and Sciences, partlc]&rl)- the Mathema- 
 tics ; and to acquaint themfelves with foreign Countries and Lan- 
 guages. And that the learned Languages Gmi and Latin might be 
 no longer Strangers in this Country, he eredkd pubiick Schools in 
 MofccM for the teaching of them : By which Means, the brutilH 
 Temper and Stupidity of thefe People is much reformed. And, 
 whereas the faid Emperor vifited fome of the bell Nations of Eurepeg 
 purpofely to improve himfelf in warlke Affairs, both by Sea and 
 Land, fmce this Undertaking is ft) uncommon, the Rujjtan Story 
 cannot afford a Parallel. Tis alfo to pe hoped, that the effects 
 thereof will be equally glorious in humbling the Turks, Fnnch and 
 Some others who llrive to raii'e Troubles in the North. 
 
 Langitif'^e.'] The Language ufed in this Country is a Diale^l of 
 the Scla^onian, but ib blended with other Languages, that it u 
 hardly underllood by thofe who fpeak the pure Sclai'onian, which 
 neverthelefs is ufed by the RuJJumt in their divine Service. The 
 Pater Nojicr (which I find only in a corrupt Dialed of their Tongue) 
 ruusthus: Aifumtidhen joko oUdh tainahi£a : Pyhcttaolkonjiun ivaie- 
 iuta i Ji olkobon /tun thufoji kiucm tainahijja ayn man pal la. Mi iJhtH 
 johpaiwen leipa anna mehillen tanapa'fwuHa^ ja anna tntiditn fpidia : 
 Kivin mac annama meidem I'ajiacban rickoilltn, ja a a fata imita kin 
 fauxoi mutta paa^a mcita paojla. 
 
 Goi'ernmcnt.'] This great Body is under its own Prince, who af- 
 fumeth the Title of Czar, which in the Rufs Language fignifies 
 Ernpiror', and the next Heir to the Crown is called the (inat Duke 
 of RuJJia. The Emperor is Hereditary and his Government truly 
 Defpotical. The Lives and I'ortunes of his Gubjefts are wholly at 
 hisDifpofal; and the greatc:ft A'//<s:, or Lord within his Dominions, 
 doth acknowlege himfelf his Vaffal and ^lu've. As he is a Prince of 
 uncontrolabie Power, fo he is pofTcfled of vaft Dominions, from 
 whence he draws a prodigious Revenue ; not only arifing from 
 pubiick Taxes, but likewile from his Monopoly of Sables, and 
 farming out of pubiick Inns, Taverns and Alehoufcs, which rile to 
 a very high Sum, efpecially in a Country where the People are ad- 
 didled to drinking. The C^ar not only exercifeth an abfolute 
 Power over his Subjefts, but alfo pretends to a kind of Omnifcience 
 among them, and the main Body of the People do really believe 
 that their Sovereign knoweth all things. None of the Nobles here 
 muft retire from Court or vifit foreign Countries without PermifTion. 
 The pubiick Affairs are chiefly managed by a Great Council con- 
 fiiling of the prindpal Noblemen of the Empire. Here alfo are 
 divers oiCatx Councils, or rather C^i^w^w and Ccwr/j of Judicature, 
 to which belong their refpedlive BuAneG, and eacit of tht:l'e hatrh its 
 peculiar Prefident; They are in Number fix, whereof the firil \i 
 
 appoiated 
 
 m 
 
mi 
 M 
 
 id RuJ^a. Part IL 
 
 appointed for Ambaflfadori and foreign Negotiations ; the fecond for 
 managing military Affairs; the third for thepublick Revenues of 
 the Empire ; the fourth for the encouragine of Trade and Merchan* 
 dize ; and the two others for hearing and determining of ail Caufet, 
 both civil and criminal. One laudaole Cuftom obtains in Mu/covy, 
 which is, that the Emperors never make foreign Matches ; but 
 chufe for themfelves a Confort from among the Daughters of their 
 own Nobility. 
 
 ^rmj."] The Arms of Ru^a are, Or, an Eagle difplayed Sai/e, 
 bearing on its Breaft a Shield Gu/es, charged with a Cavalier Argent 
 fighting a Dragon. On and between the Heads of the Ea^Ie are 
 three Crowns for Mo/eo, Caxaii, and Aftrakan. According to 
 other Authors the Armsi are, Salltt a Portal open of two Leaves, 
 and as many Degrees, Or. 
 
 Religion.'] The /?«^<ifw pretend they profefsChrillianity, accord, 
 ing to the Doctrine of the Greek Church in its original Purity, but 
 indeed they have mixed with the fame a great many vain Ceremonies 
 and Superftitions of their own. They render divine Worfliip to the 
 Virgin Mary and other Saints, as affo to CrolTes ; and never com- 
 mence any Thing of Moment, without Signing themfelves with the 
 Crofs. ]n Baptifm they ufe Exorcifm, and always Confefs to the 
 Prieft before they receive the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper. All 
 above feven Years receive that Sacrament in both Kinds, and they 
 give it in one Kind to Children under that Age. They ufually admi' 
 nifter the fame to Perfons paft all Hopes of Recovery ; but they nei- 
 ther adore the Sacrament, nor believe the abfurd DoArine of Tran- 
 fubftantiation. They obferve fifteen great Feftivals, and many Days 
 dedicated to particular Saints. Sermons they never ufe, but read 
 only fome Portion of Holv Scripture, with St. BafiPi Liturgy, and 
 divers Homilies of St. ChryfuJIom, The Chriftian Faith was firil 
 planted in this Country towards the End of the tenth Century, by 
 the preaching of fome Greeks fent thither by the then Patriarch of 
 Coufiantinepie, 
 
 According to Mr Hamuayt the Inhabitants of R'eterfiurg are 
 2CO,ooo. 
 
 MONEY l. s, d. 
 
 The Gold Ducat or Czernowitz ■ — 096 
 
 The Silver Ruble — — —042 
 
 The Piece called a Greeven — — — 005 
 
 The Copek is a Halfjpeny, One Hundred of which make the Ruble. 
 The Copper Piece of two Copeks ; alfo 
 The Deniika which is half a Copek. 
 
 Ruble is the Principal Coin, and is divided into Halfs, Quarters, 
 and Tenths, which M they call a Greeven, 
 
 SEC T- 
 
V. 
 
 ^2^ t s J^cn^j ihtde 
 
 » ■ 
 
 r 
 
^CO tfi 
 
 
 ail 
 
Part II. 
 
 9^ 
 
 
 
 Miles 
 
 SECT III. 
 V jfrancc. 
 
 I.. 
 
 Degrees 
 
 Length 520 ?i,pf«rp«in 5 4^ ^^^ 5* North Latitude 
 
 Breadth the fame j °"^""} 5 Weft, and 8 Eaft Longitude. 
 
 From Dutikird to Colliour in Latitude, and from the Headland at 
 Breji to the Rhine in Longitude, being the two widell Parts. 
 
 This Kingdom may be f N "Hi, 
 divided into three Claffes, < Middle, 
 or chief Governments, ^ South. 
 fjrtw — 
 
 * j Picardy 
 
 }^orth coiiipre. J ^''""Ti^ " 
 hends < [fl^ofFm^fe-. 
 
 MiMe com- 
 prehends 
 
 ' Bretngne ■ 
 
 yOrlefAtiois ■ ■ ■ 
 
 Burgundf • 
 
 'French County — — 
 , Ljonois • 
 
 'Arras — 
 Ami ens ' — 
 Rouen —— . 
 Paris 
 
 Troves — — 
 Nancy — — 
 Strdjhurg 
 
 Rennes 
 
 from W. 
 ttf E. 
 
 lenne 
 
 South compre- 
 hends 
 
 'Gu 
 
 JLanguedoc 
 }Dauphiny 
 
 JPro^uence - 
 
 'Ga/cony — 
 
 Roujillon — 
 
 Befanfoi 
 Lyons 
 
 J 
 
 o Rennes — — ^ \. ' ; .-.n 
 ^ ^Orleans ^-.X * 
 
 .^ <£);>« IW. toE. 
 
 9» — y 
 
 'UX''\ ,'~ 
 
 ^' ">W. to E. 
 
 ■ Ac^jy^ 
 
 ian--j 
 
 Bourdeaux 
 Toloufc 
 Grenoble — 
 Aix 
 
 Dax or 
 Perpignan 
 
 I. A RTO I S, in the Government of Picardy ^ of 
 
 which it is Part. ' ' 
 
 Chief Cities 
 and Places 
 
 'Arras 
 .St. Omer 
 Wethune 
 
 kSt. ycnan( 
 'Terouen 
 He/Mn 
 
 H 
 
 St. Pa'ul ... In: ^Q 
 
 Bapaume 
 
 Lens 
 
 Air 
 
 Ai'cnes , ■ 
 
 Auligny, 
 
 U. P ICARHr, 
 
tit 
 
 Part 1L 
 
 IL PIC ARDT. 
 
 Pivided into 
 
 t AbicviUt. 
 
 ' .1 VertnanJots - 
 VpfiT contain* < ^anterre 
 
 ^Amienois — 
 
 CC;^/^''. toward the E. J ^Guifi, 
 
 \ Middle, toward the W. VCh. Town -J Amitns 
 I Lower, toward thcW. J 
 
 Subdivifidns. 
 ffiefaeke — "» rGui/e 
 
 $ I Pirome 
 I • Amiens 
 
 " lE.toW. 
 
 N. to S. 
 
 t Guinea | !| ! Calais T 
 
 iow/rcontains} ^£~ | ^ 1 Botgne "- ' \ 
 
 {^PotUitu J \^Abbt'ville -J 
 
 MX, NO RM AN BT, 
 
 rs! 'j^ K^^i^PP^f* towards the Ea/I, ? pi,:rf €itv i. ?""' 
 
 Suibdivifions. 
 f Pais Caux - 
 
 C Rouetty 
 
 Ti^/r contains< c,/,„ . 
 
 € CoutatUin 
 Z$iuertfititlAfa\Caen > 
 £ Alenfon • 
 
 •1 r£''«^^*'^-7N.to 
 
 g U««^« Js.E. 
 
 I ^ ; £i<rfwr S. of Heuen, 
 
 U Car;» JW.toE. 
 
 lAlen/mS. E.of Caefi. 
 
 IV. ISLE of FRANtE. 
 
 ^. .. J . .1 North of die 5rt«<f ) p..^ p; < pA^in. 
 Divided into J ^^^^^ ^^ j^c Seine \ ^^^ ^"^ 1 Melun. 
 
 Subdivifiont^ 
 
Pah* It. 
 
 Laomt 
 'toijffonm 
 Ntrtb contains^ Beauvai/tu 
 
 SuUiyifions. 
 
 — — -1 
 
 »t 
 
 
 £tf)Mr 
 
 tntmje — J 
 
 'vRtoW. 
 
 rA^jtfofi' ■■■■, f w J i(i;»ii/— — 1 
 
 South contains^ ^7^7 ^ I y^^"* • — (n. toS. 
 
 t »r«/ or JnrV J \^U^ J 
 
 I JJ&f^, «. C?m«7/, St.*C&ai/, fOnum, Qo^flanu 
 
 V. C H JM p jt GN E. 
 
 Divided intoj ^-5^ 
 
 •SubdivifioBt. 
 
 'D. Bouillon 
 jy. Rettloit 
 
 J8r/> 
 
 ^«// j^«<^«l >T. to 
 Reims. ^.^^C S. W. 
 ^ S. Z)/«»V— 1 
 \ ^ I CImUoh on the Man* 
 ^h J I^aux on the itfonr. 
 
 ^0<tv/r contains 
 
 into iDtttc^ofl^Wcftw.l^^^^^y {sl/H! Dmc. 
 
 H 
 
 'StttKlivii^>2U. 
 
u 
 
 Loraint in the middle *-' 
 
 » 
 Duchy of Bar -' ' '' ' ■ 
 
 'Lax^Kxf oi Pbaljlurg — 
 
 France,. 
 
 Subdivifions. 
 
 Pail7..II. 
 
 'Nancy, Luttevil/e, Mirecourt Epi- 
 nal. 
 BarUduc, Weftward, 
 
 H 
 
 Haljburg, 
 
 The Terntof-l Metz, 
 
 
 Sn't^J •>'<-, ■•♦( 
 
 it.of 5 
 
 iFerJuu . 
 
 M^/« VS-toN. 
 rerJun } 
 
 I n.' 
 
 Alfo Clermont, Biche^ Saverden, Sarburg, Vaudmont, Salm. 
 
 VII. A L S A C E, on the Rhine Yf. ' 
 
 rColmar, . 
 , - A Uunjler. - 
 
 Upper ^/A:« I Chief Places < £«/i/&m. 
 
 South r ^ j5-&.;./^f. 
 
 X^Kaiferburg: 
 
 !<Q ^ 
 
 SStrafburg. 
 Wei/enkurg- 
 Landau. ' 
 Haguenau.- ^ 
 Ftrt Louis. 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 r 
 
 <^:; » 
 
 "* "' « »^>*-^«' 
 
 
 • ri '»«i,-( '* ■■ '" v; ■ . .X 
 
 T; ■ . VIII. 5/2 E 3- AGNlS. 
 
 Subdivifions. ' | 
 
 ,/^ i . 1 
 
 .Jlfe/o— jE.toW. 
 rzVa;r — j 
 
 3;lN.tos. 
 
 ' ;S Ur^y? 7W. to 
 
 3 ! rr^^ajVr — JN. E. 
 
 i !9"'"'""'''""tw.toE. 
 IX. ORLEjiNOIS. 
 
 ^*" j-x),/; — : -^ 
 
 1st. Wtf/fl* 
 
 contains^ J?««y*- ■ 
 
 I Rennes *' ' ■ 
 
 C///f ^ contains 
 
 rSt. PW- 
 
 iflw^rcontainsi c^^";^?." 
 
 ^Vanntt •« 
 
 St. 
 
 Brieux 
 j Rennes — 
 .o J Nantes 
 
Part H. France,- 
 
 35 
 
 IX. RLE A N I S. 
 
 f North } t Chartres, 
 
 Divided into-{ and J. the River Loir, Cliief City < Orleans, 
 I South 3 I Poitiers. 
 
 Subdivifions. 
 
 CMain^ 
 Nonth contains J ^^'"^^ , 
 
 I Vendomois . 
 
 ... , ,, -^ our tan mmmmm 
 
 M^Me, or np-^SI^.j.^. 
 on the Lo:re, Jorkanoh' -^ 
 
 Nivtrnois- 
 
 \ ^ 
 
 C Aunis 
 
 'Mans "——'7 "' 
 
 Nogent >W. to E, 
 
 Chartres — j 
 Vendonu S, of Perch. 
 Angers • 
 Tours 
 
 Blois ^W.toE. 
 
 Orleans — ' 
 Ne'vcn 
 
 J5 J IS ever i' ■ , 
 
 J.»,* conuin.] ^r"_= I I ^lUTl Y-^^ 
 
 
 \^Berry 
 
 J L^. 
 
 ourges. 
 
 
 Divided i„.o i ^«:- '3°[t«S' }™«f TownJ f^- 
 
 
 Subdiviiions. 
 ^ Auxerre ■— 
 
 .KVi^"-..Vi *i 
 
 Upper 5«r^««^ Proper . ^I'j'^" 
 
 rnnHlinQ . » . 
 
 contains 
 
 on •- 
 I Ma/con 
 
 I Autun om 
 \^Charoles •- 
 
 f Bourg 
 y Belly 
 
 
 W. to S. E, 
 . to S. 
 
 —Y^ ' 
 
 l^ower, jailed Brefe, ^ ^^^^^^^ ^^ the Princip. of Dombes. 
 » - i-^r.- L^^-*", Southeaft. 
 
 l-- ; :^ H3 XI. FRAN CHE, 
 
 > %. 
 
 
 m 
 
 I 
 
XT: franc he, or French County. 
 
 iUpptr, Northward, 7 ^ CMwiie/iard. 
 
 Vlvlitd iua< mddU Part .-.-^ ( CUef Pkce { Befanfon. 
 
 /Zflw/r, Southward.! IZcdim. 
 
 . I , 
 
 t * Subdivifionau 
 
 Vfptr, chfefTowwtre J ^IJ^^'ZLZIl \^' ^ ^• 
 
 iCfi^^ chief Towns C Be/a)^m> 
 are { ^'^^ 
 
 tower t chief Towns ( W/«i 
 
 •ra _ XS. Claude 
 
 %\ to W. OfOB ihft 
 rN. to S. 
 
 xu. X ro NO 1$. 
 
 Divided imo|E;2l} Chief City J ^^^ 
 
 ^4/f con- 
 taining 
 
 ir^/? con- 
 taining 
 
 ■-^ 
 
 Divided in- 
 to eight 
 frovinccs 
 
 Subdivifiont. 
 
 T:,i,li..-j 
 
 L}'enois proper 
 BemujMs — ■ 
 FortK — — 
 
 { 
 
 I Awvergne > 
 I Bourlonns 
 
 '^jwir, E. on the "Rhtnt 
 Viil/raneht, Eaft. 
 (3 I Montbri/on < < 
 
 ^ 
 
 lower 
 upper 
 
 d St, SteviH, W. . 
 *« f C/ertitont, Jiiom* 
 
 ^ Marcbe 
 
 St. Flour, Aurillac ■ 
 Moulinst Bourbon, N. •— 
 G«^r^/ ' Wcftward. 
 
 XIII. G UI E N. 
 
 f GkiVm proper 
 Southi 5*^"-^' -• ' 
 
 fenot i " ■ 
 
 ' SaittttMg 
 ^North^fr^f'' 
 \,flutrcy 
 
 fBourJeauX"^ < 
 
 SaMi 
 Ptn'gi 
 Li mi 
 Cabors 
 
 
 rigueiiM — ( * 
 *wi J w 
 
 XIV. GJSCONK 
 
Part IL 
 
 France* 
 
 XIV. GAS CO N r. 
 
 «; 
 
 Divided in 
 three Par 
 
 Tht Laifdts 
 Aibtrt - 
 Coudomais- 
 ArmagnOfC 
 Gaure t-r- 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 „ ^labour \ tS j ^fyo^* -^1 ? 
 
 t&e 
 
 8 
 
 64 
 
 t7.",v;d 
 
 If 
 
 \ South of\s. of 5(»»/# I lMtt/«» -/' .^ 
 
 the^-«<^f««» —I IJ** r5 
 
 */««r y^/g*/-/ i \V^V?'. \Bi 
 
 \^ Cc«?^'r^' -J LSt.Ii«/r-J- 
 
 XV. Z. ^ iN^ G (7 JE P O C» 
 
 S r7//>rr, toward xbe E»a I chief City ^ y*?^* 
 ^"^ -o^o i iiii^/r, toward the Weft $ ^"•' ''^^ t ^^"ift- 
 
 SubdivifioM i 
 
 'Rut 
 
 Upper contains the J-T^i^iij^ 
 Governrnentt of \^lbf 
 
 rldcmlS. toN. on 
 Idem \ rMf. 
 
 I^StP/i^W? 
 
 (Gpvem- 
 mentsof 
 Loiuer con- J 
 turn the j 
 
 JGniaudan \ I J^'«f -^ , 
 
 Country 3 rrr^J™- { 1 1'>'*> J W. to£* 
 
 / — 
 
 «:'■ '■;. 
 
 illf 
 
 1 
 P 
 
t^jr 
 
 C^ountjfof 
 JUufilkn- 
 Sduth; ' 
 
 '• 
 
 France. Part U. 
 
 XVI. ROU 9 IL L O N. 
 
 t - 
 I ^ . 
 
 »Chief Towns 
 
 Pcrpignan 
 Etna 
 
 Vilfranche 
 
 Colioure \ 
 
 1 .•} i /Montlouis, and 
 
 I 
 
 -fr-; XyJL DAU P H I NT. 
 
 Bj-l^^l »'» 1 i'^:;^^ui'' } Chief CUy { ^5^'' 
 
 ^ ^^_-» J..^T ♦ * Subdivifions. ( 
 
 
 ■i 
 9: 
 
 ■* . - > 
 
 iGrenobUt on the ^r. 
 Vieney near the iJ^cw^. 
 5«r^./« : N. E. of Viene. 
 Brian/on 
 RomaMSy oxiiYit Ifer. 
 
 f Fa /ens » i 
 I 5/. P^«/ 
 
 -Eaft. 
 
 I Monte/i'mar, 
 
 i5««^,p,.t,!p fever J J s orirrr." 
 
 ;| 
 
 On the ^/^0«^. 
 
 *«it 10 J 
 
 .»\ 
 
 / V,M |/*VS.E. of r«/«rx. 
 
 LCr^ifi between ^«//«j and Die, 
 
 ^XVIII; P R V E N C E. 
 
 ^ » t///^>roj:diward } f 5/)?«-^«. 
 
 Divided into« M/<i?'/« Partj — t Chief City \ Mx, 
 •1 ♦i. . ' f Z;fiai;^,Southward J £ Marjeille. 
 
 \ Subdivifions; 
 
 «. . f i 
 
 f 
 
 * &•' f- 
 
 \Digne 
 
 ■ji.i 
 
 t^/r*-, whofe cliief jj5tfrrr/c«f?/<j 
 Towns are S-^' ] 
 
 ^"r^. o ; ; 
 
 wForealguir 
 ,Sifi»rett •— 
 
 ^W. to E. North of the 
 River Durance. 
 
 Part 
 
 Soverei^ 
 
 Middle, y 
 
 Tow 
 
 ■••i( ,<»».•> 
 
 Loiwer, V 
 Tow 
 
 ». 
 
 'i ft . 
 
 T t 
 
 ' ' ■ 
 
 ll 
 
 ■ r< 
 
 
 " V ',■ 
 
 * , 
 
 »"''!■ !■ 4' 
 
 
 ■ -"r.:^.. 
 
 
 'I»mM 
 
 
 • Ji.C=<J 
 
 
 .•;4.i ,-j 
 
 » 
 
 
 the 
 
 'XL^yi % 
 
 / 
 
 k: c? i* 
 
 
 ■jliV^-sSi.'c 
 
 
 to ^-w: 
 
 m» 
 
 /- w.'.1 
 
Part II. France,' gp 
 
 Avignon and Vai/on with their Diftri£li belong to the Pope in 
 Sovereignty. ^ 
 
 Aix I ^ j^ g g^^^j^ ^^ ^^ 
 
 Durance, * ! 
 
 .'i*. aft: V'i '" "'J .•"vttv 
 
 M/^^/r, whrfe chief J -l'.-^ " 
 ^ Towns arc \ e"« >• 
 
 * « ., 
 
 Efi/revaus 
 Gtandcve 
 
 ——J *>/".". 
 
 r; 
 
 Lowert whofe chief 
 
 'Marftille 
 Toulon 
 Hiers - 
 
 .i *;■, 1 V. 
 
 ;.*•,.» 1 
 
 :1 
 
 W. toE. nigh or up- 
 on the Sea CoalL 
 
 Towns arc i ^'•^>' " 
 
 I (jrace • ■ ■ - 
 
 {^Antibe — —J .• • y fa r ; nr 1 5 
 
 ' ' -f • ^- ■i''iMWi'A 
 
 •ft".;:,; i'», T.' V.,.-: , L^v^ui hs -lif^'-ti', .?rt;n Ho. • t /il.: .»'-' .i. 
 
 'i It. ' r ...>,i. «/,'* ■-''■'. .?■ 1 1 'j , '/. »■-/'» > » ,■> " ■ fc ■'. 
 
 •rf " ■ _ ^ • * 
 
 m 
 
 
 . f ' ' ' 
 
 "•sit^ 
 
 
 , I • « I 
 
 f'-'^L-ia 
 
 \-&::':- ' .\ :cw;j \y.::\ 
 
 
 ■ . . ^ .• '. 
 
 Tit- 
 
 .;;'-iJ' 
 
 ,.t,' 
 
 ..^ . ...r\ 
 y 
 
 
 ./r > •.■•!_;• > 
 
 .6 f•^^ j./v 
 
 - .^.n^.rtr 
 
 .iw^ , t; 
 
 
 
 
 
 - *t^ ' •> 
 
 i' • 
 
 ,1:11,1 
 
9<k 
 
 Nam.] 
 
 Frame, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 I TTRANCE, 
 Jn the Gau/j, 
 Eiil by Germany i 
 
 o\m Qatlia, fcom iu old Inlutbitaoti 
 otherwtfe the Olttt ; and ro«Y bpundcd 
 on the Eaft by Gtrmcny \ on the Weft by the B^y of F ''cay ; on the 
 North by the Enilijh Cb(|i)el } on the South b]f Spuin and Part of 
 the MtifiterrcHtanj is l«in)ed by the Itaiiamt ap4 SfqniarJtt Fran.' 
 ^hia \ by its Nf rive*, Franee ; by the Gtrmantt FratuirtiJk ; and 
 by the Englijh^ Franrt ; fo called from the Franhy a Gtrman Na< 
 tion, inhabiting that Part of Girmanyt ftiU called Franeeny, or 
 Franeonia ; who invading (rW, and by degrees fubduing a great 
 Part of it, ^ave it a new Name from its new Mailers, who in the 
 opinion ofiomejudicioqs Writers had theirs frpm certain Franchifex 
 sranted them by the Roti^ Emperors beyond vyhat the neighbouring; 
 N*0«V injpyed. ••, - -• • , 
 
 >fr>.] The Air of th^ Country is very temperate, pleafant, and 
 healthful, being in a flood Medium betweea the great Excefs of 
 Heat and Cold, which ordtmirily attends thofe Countries of a more 
 Northern and Southern Situation ; and fo healthful it is, that this 
 Kingdom is generally obferved to be lefs fubjeA to Plagues and 
 Sicknefs, than moft other Nations of Emcfe, and the Air about 
 Mjittteilicr, in particular, is univerfally efteeroed medicinal for 
 Confumptions. The oppofite Place of the Globe to France^ at the 
 xnediuiT), is Part of the Hacifick Ocean 178 Degrees Weft Longi- 
 tude from LonJon, with 47 Degrees of South Latitude. 
 
 Soil.'] The Soil of this Country is extraordinary fruitful, parti- 
 cularly in Corn, Wine, Fruits, Hemp, ^e. The Fields, oeing 
 both large and open, are generally intermingled with V'iaes and 
 Corn : as alfo bordered and interlined with variety of Fruits : Here 
 are many large Forefts, and well (lored with moil Sorts of wild 
 iicalh fit for hunting ; feveral Mountains, and thefe covered with 
 numerous Flocks, and fome of them lined with rich and valuable 
 Mines. Here alfo are divers excellent Pits of Coal, and Quarries 
 of Stone. I'he longeil Day in the Northmoft Part of this Country 
 is about 1 6 Hours ; and the (horteft in the Southermod about 9 
 liour^ and the Nights proportionable. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief C$mmoiities of this Country are Salt, 
 Fifh, Corn, Wine, Almonds, Coral, Canvas, Oade, Linen, Paper, 
 Wood, Skins, Luteftring, and rich flowered Silks, '''^erdigris, 
 Creroor Tartaris, (S'f. 
 
 Rarities.'] Among the chief Raritifs of France we may reckon 
 
 Tome remarkable Remains of the Re/nan Antiquities as yet to be 
 
 feen in that Country. And they are reducible to thefe following 
 
 Heads, (1.) triumphal Artha^ particularly that ui the City of 
 
 3 Rbtimsf 
 
 Part 
 
 RktinUt X 
 with mar 
 There %xi 
 one at S 
 Orange^ i 
 \ iftory o 
 the Ruins 
 Bridge, tv 
 One above 
 pbitbeatre 
 atKKher at 
 another at 
 the chief < 
 at yet ado 
 the Fable < 
 Remains < 
 Jani^ novi 
 Goddcfs t 
 Nimet in L 
 thofe near 
 Atitun in 
 markahle / 
 near Autun 
 Obeliik of 
 admired b 
 Dlametre a 
 numents o 
 the middle 
 fhiay, whi 
 to various 
 and others 
 and round 
 Avignon I 
 twenty-oM 
 with Scipii 
 Officers att 
 the fame 
 fiorine a 
 had eipottf 
 
 Thefe 
 fervable in 
 fome Rari 
 lowing: 1 
 to it Acqs 
 fmwuttm 
 
Part II. 
 
 Frsjut. 
 
 9> 
 
 Hktinut u y«t iniirfi conpofcd of three Arches, and tdarned 
 with mm/ Figures and Trophiei, but uncertain for whovi erefUid. 
 Tkere art alfo the Raini of feveral othert aear Autun in Surrumfy ; 
 one at Stintts in Gumne i another atmoft iotirc in the City of 
 Oratfge^ ereAed by Cuius Mafiuj and Lu/latiut Catuinst upon tha 
 Vi£lory obtained over the Cimhri zn^Ttuianc:; where are likewi(^ 
 tlie Ruins of a Roman Qrcm. I'o theie we may add that ftately 
 Bridge, twelve Milea off /Vm/jt, confining ofchree Stories of Arches 
 one above another, thelaftof which was an A(|;uadu^. («.} Am* 
 f&ithfatns, as the Ruins of a (lately otte at Chahm in Burguttdj i 
 another at Ptn'gutux in Guienne : another at Toiouft in LangutJoc ; 
 another at Jrltt in Provence ; another at Fitnne in Dauthifiy ; but 
 the chief of all is that at iWrnri, of an extraoidinary Bi^efs, and 
 as yat adorned with feveral PHUrt and divers Ramon Eagle;, as alfo 
 the Fable of RemMlms and Rtmut fucking the She Wolf. (3.) The 
 Remains of f<»me Htatben Timpin ; particularly thofe of Tem^um 
 yani, now called the Jemtyt, at Autun in Bttrgundji ; thofe of the 
 Gaddcfs yetiut at Pen'gutmM in Guiemn ; and that of pian^i near 
 Nimf* in Languedoc. (4.) Tho Ruins of Come antieat AquaduUst a« 
 thofe near Coutance in Burgimdy \ thoCi; at D(di in Bntany \ fomte at 
 Autun in liurgumJyi and thofe at 7(i«i«(/< in i^4ii;^W«f . (^.) Re* 
 markable Pillars^ particularly thofe antique Columns and Pyramids 
 near Autun in Btirguntfy: But more efpectally is that famous Roman 
 Obeliflc; of Oriental Granaie at Aria in Provnt** which is much 
 admired by the Curious, beii^ fifty. two Feet high, feven Feet 
 Diametre at the Bafe, ind yet «ilTbut one $t»ne. Among the Mo-, 
 numents of Antiquity we may mention the Ifrgt Paflage eyt throogh 
 the middle of a Rock, about two Leagues from Bn«i\fon in Dau~ 
 fhinyt which, being a ftujpendous jriece of Work, gives Qcoafion 
 to various ConjeAufes, fomd Perfons impoting it to JuUtn Cafttr, 
 and others rather to Hannibal. To thefe we may add that large 
 and round Buckler of mafly Silver taken out of the Rhone near 
 Avignon 1665, being twenty Inches in ju iamctre, and weighing 
 twenty-ontt Pounds. *Tis above 1 900 Years old, and if charged 
 with Scipio Africanui half mantled, grafping his Pike, and Rkmin 
 Officers attending with the Spaniardt fupplicating for a fair Virgin ; 
 the fame being confeerated to fhac virtuous General upon his le- 
 fioring a beautiful Captive to AUudut Prince of Celtiberia, wh« 
 had elpottfed her. , 
 
 Thefe being the principal Remains of reverend Antiquity ob- 
 fervable in this Conhtry, next to fneh Curiofities we may fubjoin 
 fome Rarities of Nnturet the moft noted of which are thefe fol- 
 lowing: 1. Waters »f remarkable polities i particalarly thofe nigh 
 tod Acqs or Dax in Ga/cony{o reputed of old for Bathing, that 
 fntpi tbcfli dM whole Province of Ai^uitaitt did derive its Name. 
 
 A$ 
 
 ii i 
 
 Elf;' 
 
 fBJili 
 
 i S'"'! 
 
92 
 
 Francf. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 As alfo the Mineral Waters of Bourhon much reforted unto, even 
 in Time of the RomnnSf together with the famous Fountain near 
 Grenoble^ which appeareth as if covered with Flames, and boileth 
 up in great Bubbles, and yet is never hot. Likewife another boil- 
 ing Fountain about a League from MontpelUevy much obferved by 
 Travellers ; and finally, that oily Spring near Gabian, in the Road 
 to Orleanois, and that at Clermont in Awvergney whofe Waters are 
 of a petrifying Nature ; and likewife another nigh to the City of 
 Mans which maketh Silver look exaftly like Gold. 2. Obfervable 
 Mountains^ particularly thofe nigh to Rodez in Gutennct called the 
 Mountains of Canfac^ which burn whenever it rains. 3. Some hi- 
 deoui Subterranean Holes or Pajfages^ as that in the Foreft of S. Aubin 
 in Bretagne, through which flows a mighty Torrent of Water ; and 
 another near JSVo«/ in Dauphiny^ from which procedeth a violent 
 Wind. Thefe are the chief Rarities in France^ both Natural and 
 Artificial, efpecially the latter. As for artificial ones of a modern 
 Date, this Country afFordeth feveral, particularly that famous Ca- 
 nal of Langtieelocy the Waterworks at Marlyy and fplendid Palace 
 of Verfaillest with divers magnificent Buildings, efpecially Churches, 
 but thefe are too well known to need, or too numerous to admit of 
 any particular Defcription here. 
 
 Archbipops.1 The Archbifhopfees of frj«i^^ are thefe following, 
 
 Lyon, *) rCountand Primate of Fr^ipf^. „ ^^^ ^ 
 
 Trru r • ^ x. \ Primate of France and Germany. 
 
 ^^^ • S Duke and Peer of the Realm."^ 
 bimop IS 1 p ^^^ pggj.^ j^j ^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^ j^^jy gg^ 
 
 (.Primate of Normandy. 
 
 SenSf 
 
 Pan's, 
 
 Reims 
 
 Rouen, _ , ^ — ,, . . ,., . 
 
 ■'■ •-■'^A »k- '"^n V- As alio thefe, .;;: "^Xu . '■' \''''\ \';\ 
 Tours, ha,. Bourdeaux, ^, : ,Narbene^ Viene, 
 
 Bourges, Auch, r.^.f ..v 'Aries, ....,- Be/anfon, ,,,^ 
 
 1^ Alby, Tou/oufe, .in ,.. ^ Aix, :^^n,■, Ambrun. .,.. 
 
 Bi^ofs,"] The refpe£live Suffragans to thefe Archbifliops are aft 
 
 XQiiOW, < k.1 it j.fti.t'i .. i,n,n..t% , 
 
 ^■» y • K 
 
 l..|«.^ iiit 
 
 ^iV' 
 
 LYON 
 
 -VO v*ie^' Autun ,:.j; 
 f-^^iUi hangres 
 '. X /l-s.' MafcoH 
 r* .2 \.\:.\Challon 
 
 *;X f» .4, J V4j».» H- 
 
 SENS 
 
 ?")': Ir Troyes .. fr 
 ;oiui' Aux'rre 
 
 ^ ■ V. -,:.■. ,'\ --'J 
 
 PARTS 
 
 ■:^'-~-,Ci>artres 
 
 'V 
 
 3 ;/«.; 
 
 Orleans 
 Meaux 
 ^y. JSlois ki 
 
 . '.1 
 
 (vC'.%*A ', 
 
 J.; 
 
 ..ivu.'iv/ RHEIM&<^ 
 
 Part 
 
 R] 
 
 Soijfou 
 
 Laon 
 
 Chalons 
 
 Noyon 
 
 Beawva 
 
 Amiens 
 
 Senlis 
 
 BouUgm 
 
 R 
 Bayeux 
 Eureux 
 Auranck 
 Seex 
 Li/eux 
 Coutttnct 
 
 Mans 
 ' Angers 
 Rennes 
 Nantes 
 Cornouai 
 Vannes 
 S. Malo 
 S. Brieu 
 Treguier 
 St. Paul 
 Dale 
 
 BOU 
 
 Clermom 
 Limoges 
 St. Flout 
 LePuy 
 lulle 
 
 Carres 
 Mendey 
 
 ' Tot) 
 fragans 
 
Part II. 
 
 France. 
 
 'S 
 
 RHEIMS 
 
 Rodez 
 
 Agdi 
 
 Soijott 
 
 Cahors ' '^•■. j. 
 
 Lodtve ' *'•,.. '1 
 
 Laon . „ . / 
 
 ra6res 
 
 Montpellier . , ■ 
 
 Chalons ^• 
 
 
 ■KT- ' 
 
 JStmes ■: 
 
 Noyon ''^ ^''- 
 
 BORDEAUX 
 
 Vjlz . 
 
 Beawvais 
 
 Poitiers 
 
 S. Pons 
 
 Amiens 
 
 Saintes 
 
 Perpignan 
 
 Senlis 
 
 Angoulcmt 
 
 * O " 
 
 Boulogne ■ 
 
 Perigueux 
 
 ARLES 
 
 
 Agen 
 
 Marfeille ' 
 
 ROUEN 
 
 Condom 
 
 Orange 
 
 Bayeux 
 
 Sarlat ' .-S ' 
 
 S. Paul in Dauphiry 
 
 Eureux ' ■'"■■-'* 
 
 Rocbel '. •. . 
 
 Toulon 
 
 jiuranches I 
 
 Lu/on 
 
 <'. . '' ''. - 
 
 Seez ■• -''--^ 
 
 *• ■' ' ■ «■ 
 
 AIX 
 
 Li/eux V 
 
 AUSCH .' 
 
 Apt - 
 
 Coutances 
 
 Dax ■ I- 
 
 Riez ■ ' 
 
 '"■' 
 
 Aire ' .•■-,■•! 
 
 Fnjus 
 
 TOURS 
 
 Bazas 
 
 Gap , 
 
 Mans 
 
 Bnyone 
 
 Sijieron 
 
 Angers 
 
 Cominges ~ "•' 
 
 ' ' r" ' 
 
 Rennes • . * 
 
 Confer ans ■ '» ' ' 
 
 VIENE 
 
 Nantes ' '^ 
 
 Leliour w;.J. J. 
 
 VaLnce 
 
 Cornouail 
 
 Lrfcar 
 
 Die 
 
 Vannes 
 
 Oleron 
 
 Annecy in Sa'vo^ 
 
 S. Mala 
 
 Tarbes . ' 
 
 Grenoble 
 
 S. Brieu 
 
 
 Vi'viers 
 
 Treguier 
 
 TOULOUSE 
 
 Mauriets 
 
 St. Paul dc Leon 
 
 Pamieti's 
 
 . 
 
 Dole 
 
 Mirepoix 
 
 BESANSON 
 
 
 MontAuban , '" 
 
 Bclley 
 
 BOURGES 
 
 Lataur 
 
 Bazil in SnuiCs 
 
 Clermont 
 
 St. PapQul 
 
 Laiifan in Sivi/s 
 
 Limoges 
 
 Lombez 
 
 
 St. Flour 
 
 Rieux 
 
 A M B R U N 
 
 LePuy 
 
 
 Digne 
 
 Tulle 
 
 NARBONE 
 
 Glandtve 
 
 
 Carcajjon ,• 
 
 Fence 
 
 ALBY 
 
 Alet 
 
 Sencz 
 
 Capes 
 
 Btxiers " i ''' 
 
 Grace 
 
 Mendey 
 
 
 Nice in Savoy. 
 
 Tothefemuft be added, MetXf Toul, and Verdun in Lorain, Suf- 
 fragans to the Archbilhop of Trews. 
 
 •"• Uni've^Jititi, 
 
 w-^ 
 
 i;9' 
 
34 
 
 Bwtct, 
 
 Paat l\. 
 
 VnivtrfMet.l Umverfities and Public Colleges. 
 
 Jix^ Caen, Nantj, Riehlieu, 
 
 Avgtr$t Cabers, Orange, Rheims, 
 
 Jrtest jyoh, Orleaw, Soijfon, 
 
 Avigttoat Dauayt Paris, Strfljbmrg 
 
 Brfan/oH, Fleehe Per^igH4m, Teu/ou/e, 
 
 BiurJeaux, Montauhan. Ptitiers, Tcurnon, 
 
 Bourges, Mantpellicr, P-ofU Jl/Uu/on, Fa/enet, 
 
 
 m 
 
 liannets.'] The Fueneb are generally « tivil, qoick, and .»Ba^t 
 fort of People ; but extremely given to Tailking, efpecially thoiexti 
 the Female Sex, who neverthelefs are not only pleafmg in Dif- 
 courfe, but alfo of a graceful and winning Deportment. This 
 People is thus chara£lerized by fMne ; that they are airy, amoKoms, 
 full of jt^ion, complete Mafters of Diffmulativn, and .above «11 
 things contentious^ being fo given to Lawiiiits, even among neareft 
 Relations, that Lawyers, Judges, and other OfHcert of juftice, are 
 obi'erved to be the richeil Body of the Kingdom, except -tlie 
 Churchmen. Many of this Country, In Matters of Learning, arc 
 bleffed with a clear Conception, and ready ExpreiTion, and have 
 highly advanced the Republick of Letter* by their ingenious and 
 learned Produdions. 
 
 Languagt."] The Freneb Language, compofed chiefly of the La- 
 tin, together with feveral Girman and Getbick Words intermixt, be- 
 ing much refined by the Royal Academy at Parist is fo much ad- 
 mired for its Elegance and Sweetnefs, that it hath fpread itfelf 
 greatly in theWorld,and is commonly ufed in mod Coyirti of Evrpfe. 
 Puternojitr in the lame runs thus : Hotre Pire qm ts aux Cieux : 
 'Ion Nom foit fanSlifie : Ton Rigne wmne : Ta Val^ti frit fait en 
 la Tirre, comme au del. Donne nous Mujcurd'bui nctre Pain qu9ti' 
 Men ; et nous parionne nos Offenfes, fmrne nous farionnons a ctux fui 
 nous ont offtnjis : Et ne nous inJui point en Tentmtion ; mats dtlivrt 
 ficus Ju Matin : Amen. 
 
 Governmnt.'] This Kingdom, being formerly a Part of the Roman 
 Empire, wasinprocefs of Time overrun by Franks, Goths, diiA Bur- 
 gt:ndians, efpecially the firlt, by whom was raifed a Monarchy, which 
 continuing in the SncceiEon of Kings of three feveral Races, namelj 
 the M rcvifiian, the Caroline, and Capetine, is now as great at 
 any in Chrifiendom \ and at prefent ftibjed to one Sovereign, ftiled 
 the Me^i Chrijiian King, and eldefi Son »f the Church, whole Go- 
 vernment is Monarchical, and Crown Hereditary to his Male Heirs, 
 ali Females being excluded by the Salijne Law, There were for- 
 mer 
 
Part II. Frana, ^^ 
 
 merly in this Kingdom many potent Dtikts^ Earlty and LorJs^ w^o 
 generally claimed, and currently exercifed, gr^tt Autfeority iu 
 ^ance ; but, by the Endeavours and Policy f tomt £k:clefi«ftic 
 Minifters of State, the Power -and JuriTdi^n of Che NobiUty is 
 fo ftrangely impaired, that now chey appear as fo many Cyphers la 
 the Nation. The A^embly of the three Elates, Clt'rgy, Nohiiity 
 and Citizen ft was lilcewlfe in great Veneration of old, «nd the Re- 
 gal Autliority itfelf was thereby much limited ; bvit that AiTembly not 
 having been convened fince the Year 1614, the Defign was to'fiapprcfs 
 their Authority. Finally, the E^arliament of Paris was Hkwife a Con- 
 vention of mighty Power and many Privileges^ and often ul'ed to 
 pppofe the Deligns of die Court ; but that AAembly wa^ltk^wife in. 
 ti.iiidated and much hiinlibled in the Reign of Louis XIV ; ^uc in 
 the Reign of his Succeflbr, are now boldly indeRvourrag to re- 
 claim their antient Rights, and in their turn would wiliingly h^im- 
 ble the Clergy. The whole Kingdom is divided according to Fa- 
 ther Bujffier, into thirty diftind Governments >; Ind over each of 
 them is fet a Governor, ftyled the King's LieuteHant-Generait -or 
 Sufer'Iatentiant, having die like Power as the Lords Lieutt^nams 
 of £ff^/a?/</ formerly liad in their feveral Counties. For the better 
 Management of the publick AiFairs and Adminillration of Juftice 
 in all Parts of this Kingdom, there are e(labli(htd a gt^at many 
 Courts of Judicature, particularly Parliaments ; Chambers of Ac- 
 counts ; Court* of Aid \ Prejtdial Courts •; G, neralities ; Bl(£iimSf 
 Sec. \. Parliaments ^ the higheft and fupfeme Courts of the Nation, 
 were fifteen in Number, reckoning the late Conquel^s. and b^ld 
 at the Cities of Parist Touloufe, Rouen, GrtnobUj BourdeauXf Dijon, 
 Aixy Re/ines, Paut Mets, Be/an/on, Douay, Perpignan, Colmar 
 and Arras. Thefe Parliaments, according to their refpeflive Bu- 
 finefs, are divided into feveral Chambers, cfpecially ihalt of Paris^ 
 which hath no Icfs than ten, viz. {i ) The grand Chamber y where 
 the Peers of the Realm, being accufed of any Crime, are ufually 
 cried, (z.) The Tournelle Civile which rakes Cognizance of all 
 civil Caufes -exceeding a thoufand Li<vres in Value. (3.) The Tnur- 
 mllt Crimincl, where Appeals from inferior Courts in criminal 
 Matters are d<itermined. There are alfo five Chambers of Inquejis, 
 where Depoficions of WitnefTes are fet down and Caufes thereupon 
 determined : like our Bill and Anfwer in Chancery and Exchequer. 
 Laftly there ate two Chambers of Requcfit for trying Caufes of 
 privileged Pertb.->s. I[. Chambers of Accounts^', where the Troafary 
 Accounts are examined ; Homage and VaiTalage due from the Royal 
 Fiefs are received ; Treaties of Peace and Grants made by the 
 King, and fuch like, are recorded. Thefe Chambers being 1 z in 
 Nuitiber, are held in the Citie. of Paris^ Rouen, Pijon, Namtett 
 Montftllier, Grenoble, Aix, Pau, Bhis, Lijle, Aire^ and Dole. III. 
 £ight CQurtt of Aid, where all Caufes relating to the King's Re- 
 venue, 
 
 
 H 
 
 1 
 
 «Pi 
 
 lEi 
 
 ''i 
 
 WkiM 
 
 
 tn 
 
 III 
 
96 France, Part II. 
 
 venue, JiJs, Talliest Gahelles, are determined, and that without 
 any Appeal. IV. Ptrjidial Courts compofed of feveral Judges, 
 whtre inferior Civil Caufes and Appeals from Subaltern Juflices in 
 Villages arc heard and determined. V. Generalities^ whofe Of- 
 fice, being the Treafurers General of France^ is to allefs the Taxes 
 proportionabfy in their Diftrifts, according to the Sum appointed 
 by the King and Council to be levied. Thefe Courts are 23, each 
 corfifting of 23 Perfons, and thefe conveniently fituate in feveral 
 Parts of the Kingdom. 1 hey alfo judge Matters relating to the 
 Crown Lands, the King's Revenue, and fuch like. 1 r.ftly. Elec- 
 tions; which are fmall Courts fubordinatc to the Gencrnlities, and 
 their Office is to fettle how much every Parifh in their Divifion 
 muft raife of the Sum propofed by the Generality ; whereupon 
 they ilfue out Orders to every Pariih and one of the Inhabitants 
 being chofen CoUedlor, he proportions every one's :^ota ; and 
 coUefling the fame, returns it to the Generalities, and they to the 
 Exchequer. Befide thefe there is a Multitude of inferior Courts for 
 fmaller Matters, whether Civil or Criminal ; and a great many 
 publick Officers or Provojls, Setii/calsf Bailiffs j as alfo Intendanti 
 of Ju/ticct Police aad Finance. 
 
 jirms.'] The French King for Jrms bears j^zure three Flowers de 
 Li Or, two in chief and one in bafe ; the Scutcheon is furrounded 
 V ith ♦be Collars of the Orders of St. Michael and the Holy Ghoji. 
 For V. Tfft, an Helmet Or^ intirely open ; thereupon a Crown clo^d 
 af er the manner of an Imperial Crown, with eight inarched Rays, 
 topt with a double Flower de Lis. The Supporters are two Jngels 
 habited as Levi/es; the whole under a Pavilion Royal, femee of 
 Flowers de Lis and lined Ermin, with thefe words. Ex omnibus 
 
 Floribus elegi mihi Lilium. Lilia neque lahorant neque nent. 
 
 ■■>• » 
 
 Religion.'] The eftabliflied Religion in France is that of the Church 
 of Rome ; for all the Decifions of the Council of Trent in Matters 
 of Faith are there received j but thofe that relate to Points of Dif- 
 cipline, and infringe the Rights of the Crown, with the Liberties 
 of the Galilean Church, are rejefted. The Proteftants, at firft called 
 Huguenots i were allowed the publick Profeffion of their Religion by 
 feveral Edifts granted by the French Kings, particularly that of 
 Nantes 1598, by Henry IV. and confirmed by all his Succeflors, 
 till f^etwis XIV. in 168; abolifhed the faid Edidl, and fupprefTed 
 the Exercife of the Reformer Religion under the fevereft Penalties. 
 Whereupon followed rhe Deftrudlion of their Churches, and a 
 violent Perfecution which forced great Numbers to leave the King- 
 dom, and feek for Shelter in foreign Countries. As to the Roma- 
 nijis themfelves there are great Divifions among them at prefent, 
 notwithllanding their boalled Unity : For befides the hot Difputes 
 4 betv^een 
 
Part Hi France, ^7 
 
 between the Molimjis and Janfmifis about Predeftination and Grace, 
 i I in which the pretended infallible Judge at Rome dares not interpofe 
 his decifive Authority for fear of difobligtng one or the other Party, 
 we find that the Seft of ^ietifm has got Root among them , and 
 a Pjri<%ic6 oi retding the Bible, as appears from the Book of the 
 Archbifhop of Cambray conterning the Internal Life^ which was 
 cenfured by two or three Bifhops, and complained of by the French 
 King in his Letter to the Pope, and at lai. condemned, though 
 the Author propofcd to maintain his Doflrine before the Papal Q\m.x 
 if permitted to go to Rome. The Chriftian Faith was* firft planted 
 in this Country by fome of St. Peters Difciples, as is moft probably 
 thought, fent thither iat his firll coming to Ro;ne. 
 
 Paris is a (lately large City, and one of the firft Rate in Europe, 
 but not populous in prbportion to its Grandeur i for having many 
 noble Houfes with large Inclbfures, and only an inland Trade, 
 it is inferior to Peterjburg and Amjlerdam. Its Houfes never ex- 
 ceded 24000, which at the high reckoning of eight to a Houfe 
 makes but 192,000 Souls. 
 
 MONEY. 
 
 New Loaidor or French Guinea 
 Half Louidor in Proportion 
 The Old Pijlole 
 
 /. s. a. 
 
 I o o 
 
 o 10 o 
 
 o 16 9 
 
 r Sil'ver Coin. 
 
 All Accounts are kept by Liires, and So/s called Sou ; which 
 Livres arc imaginary and ideal : For as our Pound means 20 Shil- 
 littgst fo their Livre means 20 Sou ; and ""y an Order of Louis 
 XV, their Money is wifely brought to the Englijh Standard called 
 Sterling, for the Public Benefit of Trade. 
 The Sol is our Halfpenny. 
 
 Twenty Sol make the Livre 0010 
 
 Six Livrei the Ecu^ or Crown Sterling 050 
 
 Twcntyfour Li^vres inake the Pound Sterling, or French Guinea, 
 Twentyfour iVlillions, one Million Sterling. 
 
 SECT.' 
 
 ' J 
 
Part IL 
 
 SECT. IV. 
 
 Of the Netherlands^ and the Seven United Province* 
 commonly called Holland, 
 
 At ihc longed about ioq mile from Weji to EaJ}. At the broadeft 
 from North to South too at moft. 
 
 The Seven Provinces. 
 
 ^ Holland properly fo 
 Four to- ^ called « 
 
 wards the^Zee/ntid ■ 
 
 SaaL \Utrecbt > • 
 
 Geldreland 
 
 Three to- \ OvcryJJel 
 wards the j Trijdand • 
 Norti>m ^ Grouingen - 
 
 {Amfterdam, 
 g j Middleburg,, 
 - . o I Utrtht 
 • YL, J Zutphen. 
 
 "Q I Deven/er 
 ■ \ Lenuardeu, 
 \Groningen, 
 
 I. GELDRELJNDy Southeaft j 
 
 Being firft in Rank. 
 Subdivifions. 
 
 I. Jrnhem Quarter, called the Velaw 
 
 SjSmhem 
 Harderwick 
 Elburg 
 Dieren and Loo 
 Palaces. 
 
 'Nimeguen 
 Batenburg 
 Tolhuys 
 2. Ni'iicguen Qjuartcr, containing Setanv,'^ Skenkenfort 
 
 fl 
 
 QU 3ii!aviu 
 
 3. Z.v'/^t/i Qurter, or Qoanty o{ Zufphea 
 
 Bomel 
 riel 
 \Buren. 
 
 Zutphen 
 ^Borkeloe 
 \Lockem 
 fGro// 
 
 Doejburg. 
 
 4. CtUre 
 
 :\ 
 

 J<'V ,1 
 
 I* 
 
 ' *■: ; '■ - ' 
 
 .^1 .V *\ 
 
 . • ♦ «,.' • 
 
 \' ,■•• 
 
 
 • » * Myl 
 
 ',-' '' 
 
 ■ 
 
 y 
 
 
 . ' • 
 
 • « » 
 
 ^' • 
 
 ■ * ■»''•'''•<»-,■»' ' 
 
 
 » 
 
 < 1 
 
 ^» w 
 
 
 - ..«ir ■ .. • 
 
 • , 4 
 
 t . '■» .1 1 ■'•.♦. 
 
 
 ,^:^ 
 
 
 J^;» ' ' 
 
 
 » .■(. . 
 
 O 
 
 
 — * . 
 
 •'^•. 
 
 * 
 
 ■ . ■ , 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■ ' i» ' 
 
 H « 
 
 
 .J 
 
 T /. 
 
 I, 
 
 
 
 
 ... ♦ 
 
 
 ; 
 
 
 
 
 
 • ' ►/ 
 
 —• '• r 
 
 ;■ J A 
 
 
 \_ ■ \ ■•■ 
 
 !; :i 
 
 clueJlin-g^l 
 
 "79 
 
 =C0 
 
 riielandl-^ ^ 
 
 JEwM«r, 
 
 7(Mfi»r3 
 
 Texelt i^Mui^M^*M, 
 
 ycrcam. 
 
 tttut^rai 
 
 wS^dem. 
 
 
 
 i&mryt. 
 
 7a? I 
 
 ,/iii' 
 
 
 :V 
 
 i; 
 
 5/*;/W 
 
 ^M?; 
 
 
 ""^ 
 
 ^««r/»M 
 
 *JUU.ett 
 
 «J^. 
 
 ■SA- 
 
 M3 
 
 t^Uc 
 
 A jt^WZ 
 
 lAJf«. 
 
 iire 
 
 I 
 
 V r-i 
 
 
 'i 
 
 ut 
 
 
 mtertdi- 
 
 ^\.*2''-S 
 
 
 SI 
 JIft 
 
 •/Jlv 
 
 ^ 
 
StchelliiLg- 
 
 li«Cl 
 
 
 3nc 
 
 F4 A $ T l*lU5DIiAIU} 
 
 ■7««»T; 
 
 3Unk 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 
 &d^^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 jsr Y^ 
 
 
 
 ■^ '^'^'/'ij^ehojActg 
 
 O.Ar. 
 
 '^7( 
 
 ^^-3^-* 
 
 '^ 
 
 
 
 
 Theuntik£ott 
 
 Jiettuy^*' 
 
 ►r**^ 
 
98 
 
 Am* and 
 
 or 
 
 At 
 
 KA^TTHISfiliAMI) 
 ibdeu 
 
 JUn*j 
 
 r- BUI J 
 
 7pe.^erflci 
 
 lutfkca 
 
 
 .'<aE^ 
 
 ^t^titA, Iguftcldorp 
 
 o Oldtnd^rf 
 
 
 
 2. y--^^^^'" ]s^ 
 
 a1 
 San 
 
 iv^ :r 
 
 
 XrmfiUiM*'' 
 iterc I _ o. 
 
 \4ueU't 
 
 jteitut^r 
 
 .rn^" 
 
 
 ^ :Srui0A Sauutt JKiU* 
 
 J " 
 
Part I. 
 
 Germar^, 
 
 4. Gtldre Quarter, fubjcft partly to P; 
 
 Subjeift to Jujiria - 
 Subjeft to the States 
 
 <tn^. 99 
 
 r Ge/Jre, belongs to 
 ~ ' \ the K. of PruJ/fa 
 B -r J with 20 mile 
 PruJ^a,^ South of it -^ 
 
 jKcfc/, JVakcttJonk 
 Cana Straltn* 
 
 — — RoermonJ 
 
 5 f^tnhy Montfort 
 \ Ste'ven/n»ert» 
 
 2. HOLLAND, Weft. 
 
 Subdivififoni. 
 
 South Holland^ chief Cities and Towns 
 
 North Holland^ Principal Places 
 
 f Amfierdam 
 Harlem 
 Dtlft 
 Rotterdam 
 DordreSl 
 ^ Brill 
 Gertrudenbur^ 
 Gorcum 
 Vianen 
 Harden 
 Scoonbo'ven 
 ^Gouda 
 
 'Monkdam 
 
 Sardam 
 
 Edam 
 
 Purmeren 
 ^ Alkmaer 
 
 Hoorn 
 
 Encuyfen 
 
 Medenblick 
 \^Scagen 
 
 Voni '■■ 
 Goree — 
 
 O-verffacky 
 Ijfclmund • 
 l^ael 
 
 Iflands in the Province of Holland, 
 
 1 « ^ Brill, Hehoet 
 
 ■ ■ I % I Goree 
 
 ■ - ■ ' V fS -^ Somerdyke 
 
 — — — — — — ^ • • 10 mi lis long 
 
 I .J I Icxel^ and 6 Villages 
 I a 
 
 .:.<i 
 
 Tlitland 
 
 i 
 
 hi .. 
 
 7i| (1 
 
 !|»,1 
 
 ii 
 
h » 
 
 roo 
 
 tlitland ■ 
 ^killing , I 
 WitrtngtH Ijlis. 
 
 ptfmany. Part II, 
 
 2 Villages 
 
 t Villn^eiivith ChurchcSf and 
 3 otherSy 
 Jjood Landy and Sheep. 
 
 3 Z E ELAN D, Southweft. 
 Contains the following Iflands. 
 
 ■.•v-'.. 
 
 Ifalcheren 
 
 Sco^ven 
 Duve/and 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 {Middleburg 
 Atmudm ' 
 
 Flufljing 
 Ramekin 
 Vere, gave name to the Earls oi Oxford, 
 
 C Zirikfee 
 
 Bomince. 
 
 C O'verieri, gives name to Earl of dan- 
 
 \ tham. 
 
 7olen — — •« 
 N. Be'Viland ' 
 S. Beveland - 
 Wolf erf dyk - 
 
 Tole»f Stai'enis 
 • Kats, Wefkerk 
 Goes, and many good Villages.^ 
 Three Villages. 
 
 4. UTR ECHT, in the middle. 
 
 On the old Chanel of Rhine- 
 On the preient Rhine — — . 
 
 On the If el 
 
 On the Rhine .m — 
 
 On the jimi ■ ■ — 
 
 I r Utrecht 
 
 — - J Rhcncn 
 
 — — -^ Mont fort 
 I Duerjled 
 
 •— — \,Amersfort 
 
 5. FRISELAND, North 
 
 /r^>?^r^« P//r;5 
 
 Seveitwaldcn DlfriS 
 
 C Leeiuarden 
 \ Docktim 
 Harling 
 nker 
 twveren 
 Sneck 
 olfiuert 
 
 C 5/00/ 
 
 < Kytidcr Tort 
 
 l_ Ameland Ifle 
 
 OVER- 
 
 Par' 
 
 Holland 
 
 Tiwnt I 
 
 Pr<'/f/ Di 
 
 G>oningcn 
 
 Omeland \ 
 
 The i\ 
 three Sove 
 
 A 
 
 Pro\ 
 
 1 Antnuei 
 
 2 Braban 
 
 3 Cambre^ 
 
 4 Plunder, 
 
Part IL , Germany, 
 
 6. OVERISSEL, Eaft. 
 
 Sub4ivirion3. 
 
 • * ■ 
 
 SallanJf or Ijfilani 
 
 'T'weut Divirion 
 
 Ij V 
 
 
 CDenttnttr 
 
 \ Campem 
 *> Uaftit 
 J Block/yl 
 
 tOUenJil 
 < 6tmarftn 
 
 (^ jl/me/o. 
 
 ■ i 
 
 •* t' 
 
 Pren/ Divifion 
 
 v>. 
 
 y, GRONINGEN, Northeaft. 
 
 G>'j»ingcn Divifion, three DiflriAs 
 
 'GroningcH 
 fp in/cot 
 
 Dfifsyl 
 < Tl>e fevera! Fortsbf 
 
 IBottiifger, Langa- 
 ker^ Billiniuolder, 
 I, Sooner. 
 
 I)«w in Flvlingo. 
 The Weft Quarftr 
 and Hun/iHgo confift 
 of many Villages. 
 The Netherlands^ Part of 0/*/ Btlgiunt are now divided into 
 three Sovereignties. 
 
 ") '! ■ 
 
 Omeland Divifion, three Diftridls 
 
 1^ 
 
 Aujlrian^ French, and Dutch Netherlands, 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 1 Antnuirpy North — ~ 
 
 2 Brabant^ North 
 
 3 Cambrefe, South — — 
 
 4 Flanderst Northweft — 
 
 13 
 
 Chief City. 
 Jntnxtrp 
 Brujfds 
 Camhray 
 Ghent 
 
 5 Hainaut, 
 
5 Hainauf, South ■ 
 i Limburgy Eaft -• 
 7 Luxemburg, Southoaft 
 $ Machlin, North •—— 
 9 NamuKf .South 
 
 Germany, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Limburg 
 Luxevtkurg 
 Machlin 
 Namur. 
 
 Some continue ftilJ, though ignorantly, to infert the County of 
 Jrteis as a Province of the Nttherlunds, notwithftanding it hath 
 been united to the Ki'igdom of France for fome Ages. 
 
 Antnuerp and Machlin are Lordfhips within the Circle of Bra- 
 hanty but are Provinces independent thereof. 
 
 3. Duehy of BRA BANT, 
 
 Subdivifions. 
 
 ' 1 
 
 ii 
 
 Aujirian Brahcnt 
 
 BrufTels 
 
 L:«vain 
 
 Ni*velle 
 
 \Gcmhlour 
 
 'Tillemont 
 
 ' Leenv. 
 
 Arfcot and Hevsrie belong to the Duke of Artmhrg, 
 
 ^Boleduc 
 
 "richt 
 '.Put^h /Brabant ■ ^ ^Bergol%om 
 
 4. Camlr^fe^ or fmall Province of Camlray, 
 
 Yielded to France at the Treaty oft Cambray 
 
 NimegUtrty \ CatuucamLreJi. 
 
 j' ■'. •■ J , 
 
 Ojf.". 
 
 5. County or Earldom of Flanders. 
 
 Subdivifions. 
 
 Aufrian Flaitdert 
 
 f Ghent 
 
 Bruges 
 C"urtra\' 
 _.- s( Vpns 
 
 Oimui^f 
 
 Tourhaj 
 
 OudtuarJ 
 
 ^Itiiht 
 
 Pah 
 
 French 
 
 Dutch I 
 
 Aujirian 
 Anguiet 
 
 Frenth H 
 
 To Au^rtm 
 T9 thcZJ 
 
 To AuJlrX 
 
Part II. 
 
 Aujlrian Flanden 
 
 Germanf. 
 
 French Flanders 
 
 Dutch Flanderst North 
 
 103 
 
 Menin 
 Dendermond 
 4. Aloji, St. IJicnlas 
 1 Oftend . « 
 
 [^Nenvport, 
 Lille 
 Douay 
 
 uiikirk 
 
 Grwvelinf^ 
 ^Sluys* 
 
 I/endyk 
 
 Oefihirg 
 
 Middh'hvrg 
 
 Aidenburg 
 
 Sas Ghent 
 
 Huljl 
 
 AxcK and the Ifle of 
 l_ Cat/and, 
 
 6. County of Hainaut. 
 
 Attfirian Haimtut 
 
 fMons 
 \ Atb, Zolgny 
 ) Hall 
 (. Binch 
 
 Anguitn and Brain belong to the Duke of Aremherg, 
 
 \ ^ Vale net rnes 
 
 • j Bouchain 
 
 French Hainaut "* J ^""'f'-' 
 
 ... .. ' I L/wdreiy 
 
 {^Avcms, 
 
 7. Duchy of Linkurg, 
 
 ToAufiriaX Limburg J^achy in tire — ■ 
 
 f in Part, Daler 
 
 < the Lord- Falkenhurg 
 
 7 Limburg 
 
 3 AV«a or Eupin 
 
 T9 the Dutch 
 
 fliips of RoJeduc. 
 
 To Auftria 
 
 8 Duchy of Luxemburg, 
 
 f 
 
 \ 
 
 Luxemburg 
 St. Hubert 
 
 st.nji 
 
 Durhiy 
 
 I'F 
 
 to 
 
 bi-.i 
 
 
 BUPi y 
 
 [',-'! ■ii 
 
 
 F'i^ 
 
 4h , 
 
m 
 
 104 
 
 Germany. 
 
 PA.RT n. 
 
 To Auftria 
 
 Ncufchatel 
 
 rtrton ■■'■ 
 
 Viandtn 
 Chiny 
 Alton. 
 With the whole Duchy except a fmall Part in the ^outh belong- 
 ing to Trance^ the chief Towns whereof are Thioni'ille and Muntnudy, 
 
 9. County of Namur, 
 
 I 
 
 To Aujlria intirely^^ 
 
 L 
 
 Namur 
 
 Charlcroy 
 
 Charhmont 
 
 Bo'vines 
 
 Walcourt 
 
 Flerus. 
 
 HOLLAND^ or United Provinces. 
 
 • i i . J - -/ 1. 
 
 Na}nc.'\ TT O L L A N D formerly Butc^i-ia or Part of old Belgi- 
 J] X "'^j is bounded on the Eaft by Gfrmatiy^ on the Weft 
 and North by the German Sea, and on the South by Flandersy is 
 termed by the Italians and Spavianh, Hollaiuiu ; fo called from Hoi 
 and Laaciy two Teutonic Word?, figaifying a low 01 hollow Part of 
 Land : But others chuie to derive the Name from Oeland, an 
 Ifland in the Baltic^ whofe inhabitants being great Pirates, and 
 frequently ranging thefe Seas, did at laft i'etile themfelves in this 
 Part of the Continent. 
 
 Air.'\ The Jir is here generally thick and moift, by reafon of 
 the frequent Fogs which arife from the many Lakes and Canals 
 with which this Country abounds. And to this Moillnefs of the 
 Air we may impute the general Caufe of Agues, with which the 
 Inhabitants of thefe Provinces are fo often aHiided. 
 
 Soil.'] This CoL'ntry lying very low, is naturally wet and fenny j 
 but the induftriouD inhabitants do (0 drain it by a multitude of arti- 
 ficial Canals, thnt the Ground is made very fit both for Pafture and 
 Tillage, efpecialiy the former, they imploying the greateft Part of 
 their Land in grazing numerous Herds of Kine. 'I'he Length of 
 Days and Nights is the fame as in the North of England. 
 
 Ccmtnodities.'] Although the Commodities cA this Country of its 
 natural Growth, may itridtly fpeaking be reckoned only Butter 
 
 and 
 
 a 
 
 upon 13 
 fame de 
 The bra; 
 dam is 
 that emi 
 Diltic 
 Among 
 Piece of 
 ties in th 
 are thefe 
 Head ani 
 ppotHgio 
 
Part II. Holland . 105 
 
 and Cheefe ; yet by reaibn of the many ufeful MatufaAures which 
 this People incourage at Home, the Materials ok whieh are all 
 brought from other Nations, and that wonderful Trade which 
 they manage abroad in moil Parts of the known World, we 
 may reckon it as a public Warehoufe of the richeft and beft 
 Merchandife of all Nations. 
 
 Rarities.'] The chief repiarkables in /?o//««<!/ are thefe following, 
 namely, i. The Multitude of artificial 5/a/Vfj and C««rt//, being a 
 Work of prodigious Expence and great Convenience both for Traf- 
 £ck and Travelling. 2. The firft Book that ever was p'rinted in Eu- 
 rcpet being a Copy of Cicero's Offices carefully preferved, and now 
 to be feen at Harlem^ where that ufeful Art of Printing was at firft 
 invented, or at leaft improved. 3. The Curious Fountains^ efpc- 
 cially that called the Bafon of Femis and the two great Cafcades^ or 
 Waterfalls, in the pleafant Gardens belonging to Loo. ' 4. The bra- 
 zen Font in St. Peter\ Church in Zufphe»y remarkable for its admi- 
 rable Workmanihip. 5. The two brazen Dijhes in the Village of 
 Lofdutty in which were baptized, 1 276. by WilUam Suffragan Bi (hop 
 of Treves, 365 Children, whereof 182 were faid to be Males, and 
 as many Females, and the odd one an Hermaphrodite, all born at 
 one Birth of the Countefs of Henneierg, Daughter to Ftorent IV, 
 f)arl of Holland : One of which Children, at lead an Abortive 
 given out for one of them, the whole Matter of Faft being called 
 in Queftion, is to be feen in the Mu/ieum at Copenhagen. 6. The 
 remarkable Stone ^ >•' y near Maeftricht, which looks like a fub- 
 terraneous Palace, :hing under a large Hill, fupported by 
 
 fome thoufands of : > ; Fillars, commonly 20 Feet high, between 
 which are fpacious Walks, and many private Retirements of great 
 Ufe in Time of War, they ferving as a fure Refuge to the neighr 
 bouring Country People, who commonly refort thither with their 
 Goods when alarmed by an approaching Enemy. 7. The Room 
 where the Synod oi Don was held 1619, with the Seats as they then 
 Hood, is {hewn to Strangers as another Curiofity of this Country, 
 8. The State.houfe of Anifierdam is fuch a grand Edifice, founded 
 upon 136 thoufand large Piles drove into the Ground, that the 
 fame dd'crves the particular View of every curious Traveller. 9. 
 The brazen Statue of the famous Erafinus in the City of Reter- 
 dam is likewife obfervable, with the little obfcure Houfe where 
 that eminent Man was born ; which is fignified to Strangers by 
 a DilHch over its Door, in Latin, Dutch and Spanijh. Laftly,, 
 Among the principal Rarities of Holland we may reckon that noted 
 Piece of Antiquity the Burg in Leyden, with the many rare Curioil-* 
 tics in the famous Univerfity there ; the moR remarkable of which 
 are thefc following : i . The Horn and Skin of a Rhinoc ros. 2 The 
 Head and Back of another, with the Bones of its Neck. 3. The 
 Oiikrihell weighing one hundred and thirty Pounds. 
 
 4. i WO 
 
 ' ' > ' 
 
 r 
 
 pfOtHgioDs 
 
ii 
 
 106 Hollands Part 'I, 
 
 4. Two human Skins, one of a Man, the other of a Woman, 
 tanned and prepared like Leather, with a pair of Shoes made of 
 fuch Leather. 5. Another human Skin drefllsd as Parchment. 
 6. The Effigies of a Peafant of Pruffia^ who fwallowed a Knife of 
 ten Inches Length, and is faid to have lived eight Years after the 
 fame was cut out of his Stomach. 7. A Shirt ma^e of the Entrails 
 of a Man. 8. A curious Shield made of a Tortoife-ihell. g. A 
 Stomach and Bladder of a wonderful Shape, taken out of a mon- 
 firous Fifh brought from Scheveling. 10 Two £^///a« Muipmies 
 being the Bodies of two Princes, of great Antiquity. 1 1 . Two 
 fubterransous Roman Lamps, with divers Roman and Egyptian Urns 
 of great Antiquity. 12. The Limbs of feveral Sea Monfters. 13. 
 All the Mufdes and Tendons of the human Body curidufly fet up 
 by Profc Tor Fonder Wei/. 1 4. A Wooden £ffi|ies of the celebrated 
 Egyptian GodOJtij, now almoft confumed with Age. 15. Ano- 
 ther of Brafs, with three Egyptian Idols of Stone. 16. An Image 
 of Jjfs giving fuck to her Son Or. 17. Another Effigies of Jjis 
 upon a 1 ;ttle Egyptian ColFer, containing the Heart of an Ezyptiatt 
 Prince inibalmed. 18. A Piece of Rhubarb thai grew in Form of 
 a Dog's Head. 19. A Cup made of a Double Brainpan. 20. A 
 Loaf of Bread petreflcd. zi. The deformed Skeleton of a Man 
 with crooked Hands and Legs. . 
 
 Jnhbijhots.'] Here is but one Archbiftiopfcc in thefc Provinces^^ 
 
 namely t//r<?£:/6/, and that only titular. ... . ^ , . c 
 
 BipBps.\ Under the Archbifljop of Utrecht were formerly five 
 
 Suftragans, thofe of - • ■^ 
 
 ■ \:i , "■; 
 
 Dcventer^ 
 
 Groningen, 
 
 Harlem^ 
 Leiuardm^ 
 
 Middlehurg. 
 
 Univerfities.'] Univcrfuies in this Country are thofe of 
 
 o.Jl 
 
 Ltydeny 
 
 Utrecht, 
 
 (.,,. Groningen^ ~, 
 
 Harderixiickf !. , , 
 ., Franker. 
 
 Manners."] The Natives of this CcKintry are reckoned none of the 
 politeft Sort of People either in Thought or Behaviour, efpecially 
 the latter ; in which they fo little endeavour to follow tiic va- 
 rious Modes and Punflilio's of Ceremony in ufe among their Neigh- 
 bours the French, that they chufe rather to run into the other 
 Extreme. The chief Quality of this People, bcfide the fmgular 
 Neatnefs of their Houfcis, is that wonderful Genius to a laudable 
 Induftry, wherewith they fecm to be univerfally infpired ; Perfons 
 
 af 
 
 I 
 
Part II. 
 
 of all Ages, 
 
 Holland. 
 
 Stations, being fome 
 
 107 
 Sexes, and Stations, being fome way or other 
 ufefully employed. So induilrious are the Dutch both at home and 
 abroad, that Holland fitly refembles a large Beebi've^ whereof the 
 City of Amjlerdam is the Entry ; where the Multitude of Ships 
 daily goineout and in, doth reprefent the Swarm of Bees throng- 
 ing out and in at the Door of the Hive, when bufy at work in a 
 hot Summer's , Day. By which diligent Hands, in carrying on 
 feveral profitable Manufadures at home, and managing a prodigious 
 Trade abroad, the States have advanced themfelves to fuch Power 
 and Riches, as to be ftiled High and Mighty. . 
 
 Language."] The Language here fpoken is the Lon» Dutch, a DI. 
 aleft of the Germattt having feveral corrected Fre.:ch and LuttK 
 Words intermix! ; a Language that hath nothing to recommend 
 it to Strangers. How it dif^rs from the High German will bell ap- 
 pear by their Paternofter which runs thus : Onfe Vadtr die in de 
 hemelen (Ztit) Uiuen Naem luorde geheylight ; TJiu'komnckriiche komei 
 U'wen nuillt gc/chiede geleick in den hemel [^al/oo"] oock op d^n aerdcn ; 
 Om dagtlii ks broot geef ous hiden, Ende njirgceft onfe fchuldcn gcluck 
 cock tvy <vergeven onfe fchuldenaren. Ende en let ons nidt in verfoel- 
 kinge maer vertyoji en van den boojheyt. Amen. 
 
 Government.'] The feven Provinces of Holland being under a De- 
 mocratical Government, are in reality fven Commonwealths ; 
 each Province being a diftinft State ; and every City having an inde- 
 pendent Power within itfelf to judge alfoall Caulies, whether civil 
 or criminal, and to inHidl even capital Punifhments ; but all joined 
 together headed by the Statholder make up one Republic the mofl: 
 confiderable now in the World. This Republic is governed by the 
 Ajfembly of the States General confiding of feven Voices, each Pro- 
 vince having one which meets at the Hague. To this Alfembly be- 
 longeth the Power of making War or Peace ; receiving 
 and difpatching of Ambafifadors ; infpefling the Condition of 
 Frontier Towns, and affigning what Sums of Money muft be 
 levied for the public Service. Matters are not determined in this 
 Aflembly by plurality of Voices, but all the Provinces muft be 
 unanimous; and each Reprefentative returning to his Province, 
 muft propofe the Matter in a Provincial Affembly, coniiftitig of 
 Deputies from all the feveral Cities of that Province ; which De- 
 puties muft alfo retarn and receive the Confent of their Principals, 
 otherwife nothing can be concluded. In this Afftmbiy of the States 
 General, the feven Provinces give their Voices in Order following j 
 Firft Geldreland, becaufe the eldeft, and whofe Plenipotentiaries did 
 firft propofe the Union : Then Hollc7id, Zetland, Utrecht, Frije- 
 land, OveriJ/'el, and Groningen. Affiftant ti> the Aft'embly is the 
 Council of State, compofed of 12 Perfons, whereof GV/dZ/Wft;.-.'/ fends 
 ^i Holland 3 ; Zealand 2 i Utrecht 2 ; Frill lava i ; QvtriJJli i j 
 
 and 
 
io8 
 
 Netherlands, 
 
 thKT II. 
 
 ri 
 
 and Groningen i j whofe Bufinefs is to deliberate previoufly upon 
 thofe Matters which are brought before the States General ; as 
 alfo to ftate the Expence for the next Year ; and to propoie Ways 
 and Means how to levy the fame. Subfervient to this Council is 
 the Chcmb''r rf Accounts, compofed of two Deputies from each 
 Province, .^hofe Office it is to examine the public Accounts, and 
 difpofe of the Finances. And whenever the States order the fitting 
 out a Fleet, the Care of the fame and the ordering of all marine 
 AfFairs doth rely upon the Council of the Admiralty ; to which are 
 iubordinate five Colleges in the three Maritime Provinces of Hoi- 
 landy Zeeland, and Frifeland, who take care to execute all Orders 
 of that Council, according as they are tranfmitted to them from 
 time to time. In April 1747, the Statholderihip was made here- 
 table to Male and Female in the Family of the Prince of Orange. 
 
 Arms.'] The Enfigns Armorial of the feven United Provinces or 
 the States of Holland zte. Or, a Lion Gules, holding with one Paw 
 la Cutlas, and with the other a Bundle of feven Arrows clofe 
 bound together, in Allufion to the feven cor*"?!derate Provinces, 
 with the following Motto, Concordia res par*vee crefcunt. 
 
 Religion.'] No Country in Europe can boafl of more Religions 
 than Holland, and ytt perhaps no Part of Chrifiendom is lefs religi- 
 ous. Here we may fee all Sedls and Parties in the open Profeifion 
 of their refpeftive Tenets, and yet that which the Apoftlc calls the 
 pure and undefiled Religion before God and the Fatter, is as little 
 known here as in any other Chriftian Country. That publickly 
 profeflld and generally received is the Ri formed Religion according 
 to the Tenets of the judicious Calmn. ChriiHanity was firlt planted 
 here about the fame Time with the Upper Germany. Mr. Hannuay 
 computes the People in Amjlerdam at 240,000. 
 
 ■:■. ■;: ' :':\^ M O 'N E'V.Y;' 
 
 The three Guilder Piece or Ducatoon ' '-^ 
 The Ducatoon of Zetland - ' 
 
 .The Guilder, called a Dutch Florin 
 The Lion Dollar of Holland " — 
 
 Twenty Sty vers make one Guilder. 
 
 l5chelling is a bafe Coin, but goes for fixpcnce. 
 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 d. 
 o 
 
 2 
 « 
 
 7 
 
 ;}• c 
 
 -'4tv. 
 
 
 ..... -J ,,;f, -, , 
 
 • ..Mj . . . .\ 1 
 
 .1 
 
 •i y : »;u *, ,n. *<i ■ . , ■• . 
 
 FLJNDERS, 
 
 Pari 
 
 FLa 
 
 Name.] 
 
 North 1 
 
 Italians 
 
 dr. , b> 
 
 called. 
 
 King oi 
 
 Century 
 
 Flandrin 
 
 Flanders 
 
 Great. 
 
 Air.] 
 indifferei 
 occafion 
 to the In 
 occafion 
 colder, i 
 
 Soil] 
 Climate, 
 better thi 
 Roots, a 
 Spot of < 
 the Prov 
 with Qua 
 Length o 
 England, 
 
 Commoi 
 Produft 
 linen Clo 
 
 Raritic 
 vers float 
 Ropes ty< 
 them is a 
 jon^res ^ 
 Temples, 
 (lately Cat 
 4- At Gki 
 which wei 
 
Part IL 
 
 109 
 
 S. 
 
 FL AND ERSf and the other Low Countries called 
 
 Netherlands. 
 
 Name.'] INLANDERS is bounded on the Eaft by part of Germa- 
 J/ vy i on the Well by part of the German Sea ; on the 
 North by Holland; and on the South by France ; is termed by the 
 Italians, Flandra ; by the Spaniards, Flandre ; by the French, Flan- 
 dr^ ; by the Germans^ Flandern \ and by the EngUJb, . Flanders ; fo 
 called, as fome think, from Flandcberty Nephew to Clodian the 2d 
 King of France, who flouri(hed about the Beginning of the fifth 
 Century. But others, particularly Dr. Heylin, derive it from 
 Flandrina, Wife of Liderick the fecond who was grand Forefter of 
 Flanders, and governed it according to the Orders of Charles the 
 Great. 
 
 Air."] The Air of thefe various Provinces is generally efteemed 
 indifferently healthy, yet the Moidnefs of the Soil doth frequently 
 occafion thick Fogs in the Winter, which would prove dangerous 
 to the Inhabitants, did not dry F.afterly Winds purify the Air, and 
 occafion hard Frofts for feverai Months. As their Winters are 
 colder, fo their Summers are hotter than ours in England. 
 
 Soil.} The Soil of this Country lying in the ninth Northern 
 Climate, is not the fame in all Parts, being in fome coniiderably 
 better than in others, yet good in all : So fertile is it in Grain, 
 Root8, and many Sorts of Fruit, that it is hardly equalled by any 
 Spot of Ground in the fame Climate. In Hainaut, Namur, and 
 the Province of Liege, are found fome Mines of Iron and Lead, 
 with Quarries of Marble, and feveral Pits of excellent coal. The 
 Length of Days and Nights is the fame as in the'South Parts of 
 England. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Commodities of this Country, being the 
 Produft of their Manufaftures, are Tapeftries, worlled StuiFs, 
 linen Cloth, wrought Silks, Camblcts and Lace. 
 
 Rarities.] Near St. Of}ier'*% is a large Lake, in which are di- 
 vers floating Iflands, moft of them inhabited, and moveable by 
 Ropes tyed to ftrong Poles fixt faft in the Ground ; and in one of 
 them is a Church with a Monaftery of Saint Bernard, z. At 
 Tongres Northweft from Liige, are to be feen fome Monuments of 
 Temples, and other Buildings, erefted by the Romans. 3. In the 
 (lately Cathedral of Antnuerp are no lefs than 66 different Chapels. 
 4. At Gkent is a Tower, in which hangs a Bell named RclarJ^ 
 which weighs 1 1000 Pound, 9. Remarkable is the founding Gal- 
 I Icry 
 
 ! -^ 
 
 \ :•■ 
 
 I ■: J 
 
 • I! 
 
h 
 
 1x6 Netherlands, Part II. 
 
 Urv at Brujftls, which repeats an Echo twelve ti/nes ; and Upa, a 
 Village near Limhurgt univerfally famous for its curious Springs of 
 Medicinal Water. 
 
 Jrcbbijheps.'] Archbifhopfees in this Country are thofe of 
 
 Machlin, 
 
 Sijhopi.'] Bifhopfees are thofe of 
 
 Suffragans to Machlin, 
 
 Tpnsy 
 
 Bruges^ 
 
 Ghent, 
 
 jSntaverp, 
 
 RoermonJ, 
 
 Cambrmy. 
 
 Suffragans to Camiray, 
 
 Namur, 
 Tournajf 
 jirras, 
 St. Omer. 
 
 Univerjtties.'] Univerfities in thefe Provinces are thofe of 
 
 Lovain, 
 
 Doway, 
 
 Manner J."] The Inhabitants of thefe Provinces being, for the 
 moft part, a Mixture ofSpaniJh, French and Dutch, their Chara£iers 
 in general will bed be learned by confidering the refpeftive Cha- 
 racters of thefe three Nations, which may be feen in their proper 
 Places, and comparing them with each other. 
 
 Language."] The Language ufed in the Netherlands is that called 
 the Walloon^ being a corrupt French, with an Intermixture of fe- 
 verai Dutch and many Spanijh Words. How it difFereth from the 
 pure French^ will bell appear by their Paternofter, which runs thus : 
 Nos pear qui it au deux, Sanfiijie foi te Norn ; Adiseen ton Rejam ; 
 Ta 'volontt je fait en Ttrre comme es deux ; Donne noy ajorhuy no pain 
 quotidien ; Et pardonne no det (otnme no pardonnon a nos dttteux : Et 
 n no indu en tentation, mais delivre nos des meaux i Anfe Joit il. 
 Amen. 
 
 Go'vernment.'} Thefe Provinces are governed by the Emperor's 
 Lieutenant, lliled Governor General of the Netherlands : For whofe 
 AfiiHance are allowed four Councils : i. A Council ef State, where 
 the (aid Governor prefides, in which are tranfaCled the chief pub- 
 lic Airairs ; fuch as thofe relating to Peace and War, Leagues and 
 Alliances. 2. A Privy Council which determine the Limits of Pro- 
 vinctrii, make Laws and EdiAs, and decide matters brought thither by 
 Appeal from other Courts of Judicature, 3, A Council of Finances to 
 
 Z which 
 
Part II. 
 
 Netherlands, 
 
 lit 
 
 W 
 
 which belongs the Management of the public Revenue and Taxes, 
 fuperviiing the Accounts of Receivers, and proportioning all military 
 Expenfes. 4. A Chamber of Accounts^ confifting of a Prcfident^ 
 Matter of Accounts, and feveral Auditors. As for levying of 
 Money and ena£ling of new Laws, that belongs to the Convention 
 of ERates, confifting of the Nobility, principal Perfons of the 
 Clergy, and Deputies of the chief Cities, who aiTcmble at Brufeis, 
 when called by the Governor General. For the better maintain- 
 ing of Peace through all (he Provinces, and taking due Care of 
 the (landing Forces, each Province hath its particular Governor in 
 Subordination to the Governor General ; and for the univerfal Ad- 
 miniftration of Juftice, every Province hath its peculiar Provpll, 
 whoCe Bower in criminal Matters is reckoned very great. 
 
 Arms.l Se0 Gfrmary, France, and Holland, 
 
 Religion.'] The Religion prevailing in all thefe Provinces of the 
 Netherlands, before the Days of Reformation, was intirely the Doc- 
 trine of the Roman Church ; but the Errors and Abfurdities of that 
 Religion being openly expoicd to the World by our wife Reform- 
 ers, the King of Spain, to Hop that Reformation, fet up a mofl 
 cruel and barbarous Court of Inquilition, which occafioned great 
 Terror, and at lad a bloody War, which ended in a total Aliena- 
 tion of the feven United Provinces ; the other ten, including jir- 
 tois, remaining in the old Profeflicfn of the Romijb Religion. Cbrijli' 
 anity was planted in this Country about the fame Time with the 
 United Provinces. , , - 
 
 SECT. 
 
 1 • 
 
112 
 
 Part II. 
 
 
 SECT. V. 
 
 :t:vi 
 
 • » «>«.#* 
 
 ■■■QV'r^i- K- 
 
 ■'■'•- '•''. Miles 
 LeAeth 560 ? 
 Brewth the fame ) 
 
 Extent and Situation. 
 
 Degrees, 
 between 
 
 ->! c 
 
 C 4; and 5; N. Latitude. 
 (5 
 
 .>. / 
 
 ; and 19 E. Longitude. 
 From Pomerania Nortli to the Borders of Ijiria South j and from 
 tlie Weft Bounds of Liege to the Eall of Silejia. 
 
 General Divifion. 
 Germany is divided into nine Circles; and Bohemia make* ft 
 tenth Part, being firft of the fecular Eledors. Three of the faid 
 Circles lye North, three in the Middle, and three South.— —This 
 Divifion was made by the Emperor Maxmilian 1512. 
 
 v;j rWeftphaly, - 
 
 i • . North < Lowtr Saxony, i .:;•': 
 
 ^ Upper Saxony. 1 
 
 f Lower Rhine, > .' . - 
 
 vV Middle 4 Upper Rhine, 
 C Francony. 
 
 f Suabia, • , 
 
 South < Bavaria, 
 - ^:,; ' CAuflria. ." 
 
 I. Circle of Weftphalia, 
 
 ! Coupty 
 of 
 
 North 
 contains 
 
 Subdivifions. 
 
 Oldenburg ' 
 
 \Hoye 7 
 
 [Diepholt — J 
 
 Spigelberg 
 
 Schomberg - 
 
 Principality of Minden 
 
 J r> , C Emdin or — 7 i H 
 < County \ ^ p^.^^i^^j J >^ 
 
 ° L^'^ge ' — 
 
 Bifliop. of Ofnaburg 
 
 r Tecklenhurg 
 Counties 3 Raven/burg 
 of J Bentheitit 
 
 L Ungen 
 
 
 pidem— 
 
 «* ( idem 1 
 idem — 
 idem — 
 idem — — ' 
 
 Emden on the Em:. 
 
 idem! nigh or upon 
 idem ( the Ems 
 idem f" from N. to 
 
 Iidcm I S. 
 idem 'W. 
 Lidem on the Ems. 
 
 Marquifate 
 
 ij 
 
CIRCLES 
 
 Z/^nMne 
 
 RC] 
 
 'Auttioritie«.' 
 
 
 w/tuAf. 
 
 TH 
 
 ^ErA ^ 
 
 \ 
 
 jggJ^SB 
 
 
 
 
 
 'jrpzj'^ 
 
 Vllmm\ 
 
 cw^A 
 
 "Jistf^l 
 
 .*. t 
 
 .* t 
 
 JJ? 
 
 ^*»i 
 
 ciaiiw 
 
 <?<ir /'^<' 
 
 
 «^^£I^ 
 
 K 
 
 S^ 
 
 ?*r*^ 
 
 
 
 ^«ia3( Iw 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 i^i 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 ;g 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^S 
 
 .'^"^ 
 
 3s"" 
 
 :o£ B 
 
XOZS.i 
 
 xltarim^ 
 
 
 tOiHt 
 
 , VUmmi 
 
 ?y^ 
 
 ■^- flkirm 
 
 '^K. 
 
 '«*^^r 
 
 JiMMSre' 
 
 L 1 
 
 PO 
 
 \!fwmdi* 
 
 M.J 
 
 .*• t 
 
 .i I 
 
 ■n 
 
 Jf'^S. 
 
 IteTd 
 
 :iiiȣ B 
 
 \ 
 
 tTt. 
 
 11- • i 
 
 \*^. 
 
 }tmitm-\ 
 
 JnJUtteMl 
 
 \jTJtJ^ 
 
 .jua-i 
 
 
 
 fCt. 
 
 •ftnidi: 
 
 
 rrAtzAX 
 
 t m vt ' 
 
 ^«terc. 
 
 tirxazA.. 
 
 JX4it 
 
 J cjiJt r^^jrxJL 
 
 Tex 
 
 A>' 
 
 icir xj 
 
>'.*^,^ 
 
 \ { 
 
 •r.-. 
 
 ■y.n 
 
 i->4-> 
 
 
 • .^ 
 
 ■*FiA*^*<^ 
 
 -H "k. IS 
 
 
 ■^^r.:..it,\ 5»- ■ 
 
 \/. %.' 
 
 v.yf 
 
 %- « 
 
 ■■f^-Z^' 
 
 .,&■■■ 
 
 ';.«»■ 
 
 -t**.*. 
 
 >»«' 
 
 
 .".J." 
 
 V:. U 
 
 • 'x f. 
 
 >«•' 
 
 »■; i xi 
 
 Ai*^^'*J>^t^%J:^' 
 
 
 ;4%/r- 
 
 
 
 '■( ^ i '« • 
 
 ■«'' "^f 
 
 ■ 'fit 
 
 y. 
 
 /'. f- 
 
 n 
 
 j^rtr'ssr^ 
 
 '.^TKs 
 
 t 
 
i^ART II. Germany, iig 
 
 Marquifate o? Frajichimontt E. oi Licgc, South of Li mhurg. 
 Chief Totvns.'] Franchimont, P'erviers, Mal/r.cdjy Stanjclot Spa, 
 
 •idem"! . 
 
 Middle 
 contains 
 
 'County of Ritberg 
 County 
 Bifhopr 
 ^ County of Libp 
 
 or Kttoerg I ■■ ■-% 
 
 of Recklinhaufeu J 
 
 ick of Munfter — | 
 
 Bidiop. of Padcrhorn — I & 
 Duchy of Wejlphalia \^ 
 County of Mark 
 
 idem I 
 idem J 
 Ar^tiJburg'XUo'ai E. 
 
 South 
 contains 
 
 Duchies of \^'''^ 
 
 \jiilier — 
 
 Principality of Liege 
 
 ^^siSfl^/ "J toW. 
 
 Cleve. 
 Duffsldorp. 
 Julier and 
 Aixi< Chnpell. 
 y^Uege W. of Julier, 
 
 2. Circle of Lower Saxony. 
 
 f North — 7 C 
 
 Divided into-? Middle — V Chief City 4 
 
 ^ South 
 
 f Hamhurg. 
 Lunenburg, 
 Hanover, 
 
 Subdivifions. 
 
 North 
 
 'Holpin "J Ditmarjh ' 
 con tai n- f Holftein pro. 
 
 , ing the [Stormar 
 
 the •^ D. of J fTagria 
 D.of I Lnnvenhurg ' n n ■ 
 ] Mecklenburg ■ 
 
 [^Daneburg C. ^ ' •> 
 
 Mid. f Bremen ■ ■ - 
 
 the < Verden •■' ■ - 
 
 D. of t Lunenburg — — - 
 
 SHano'ver, Duchy 
 Hildejheimy Biftiop. 
 Brunfnvicky Duchy 
 Magdeburg, Duchy 
 Zellt Duchy 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 'Meldorp — 1 p^j 
 
 /^/ /a ^ \ Hamburg 
 
 Lubeck "— ' 
 are thofe 7 J^tf wt'B^wrg" I g 
 of iWi/mar-^J^ 
 Daneburg 
 
 \ r M uf erricn — J W 
 
 1 Bremen — T W 
 ' J Lunenburg j ^' 
 
 Hanover 
 
 that of Htldfjheim 
 
 Brunfiuick and Wolfenb. 
 that of Magdeburg ■ 
 .that of ZJ/ II ■ 
 
 Principality of Halherftat, fub. to PruJJtat including Hohenjiatn, 
 Blankenburg and RUnJiein. 
 
 K 3. C/rf/* 
 
"4 
 
 Germany, 
 
 Part U. 
 
 3. Circle of Upper Saxony. 
 Divided into | ^^l^^ | Chief C 
 
 j< < SubdiviHons. a 
 
 « South J Chief City I ^''"'"^"'"-S^- 
 
 Stctiu. 
 
 S9uth con- 
 tains the 
 
 D. of Saxony, pro- 
 perly fo called. 
 [Marquif. of Mijnia 
 ' Langr. oiThuring. 
 
 Marq. of Luface 
 
 Wittenburg 
 MiJJcn 
 
 efdcn 
 Erford, Weftward. 
 'orlits, Southcaft 
 
 iMar. of f Altmark, Weft. 
 Branaen- <* Middlemark. 
 burp. t Neivmark, Eaft. 
 
 D.ofi>.-CZ)«r«/, Eaft. 
 tnerania. \ Royal, Weft. 
 
 There arc likewife feveral Duchies and Principalities Weft of 
 the Elb. 
 
 The Princip. of Anhalt, Ch. T. Dcfau, Beinburg. 
 
 f Weimar • 
 The D. of ^ <?fl//6/i 
 
 ^ Eifenach — 
 
 Counties ) S^'artjhurg — 
 
 of / Mansjidd — — 
 
 Principality o(Sax Merjlurg 
 
 Idem, 1 5 Miles E. 
 Idem, 1 4 Miles W 
 idem, 26 Miles W 
 Idem, 24 Miles S. 
 Idem, 5 5 Miles S, 
 Idem. 
 
 of Er- 
 ford. 
 
 \ 
 
 f tenburg. 
 
 4. Circle of the Lower Rhine. 
 
 Divided into 
 
 1 
 
 Lift }/Ni-f /■>-,• \ Heidelberg. 
 Weft J^^"^^^"^«icW.j„./ 
 
 Subdivifior.s. 
 
 
Part II. 
 
 Arclib. of Cologn. 
 
 The Pal. of the ^-6/ w. 
 Archbilhop. ( Treves 
 of ( Mentz. 
 
 D. oi Simmeren — — 
 Rhingra'vcjiin ■ 
 Counties C Sponheim 
 of \ Veld$ntK 
 Duchy of Deuponts 
 
 Germany. iij 
 
 Subdivifions. 
 
 .' -., ■ ■ ■ " :.r 
 
 rC./.,» between {^^^Z"^'^^^ 
 
 Heidelberg upon the Ntiker, 
 Idem upon the Mo/elle. 
 . j_, . Idem upon the Rhine. 
 
 .' "oJ ■ ^''c* 33 "*• W. of Msfttz. ■"''•' 
 Kirn 2 m. S. of Simmeren. 
 Creutxnac 20 m. S.W. of Mentx, 
 Idem 17 Bi. N. E. of 7revet, 
 Idem W. of IVorms. 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 J3 
 
 £/^/, from jfu/ier 
 he Mij/f'/ contains 
 
 ■i 
 
 the Counties of S/eiden, Refferjhied, Vir' 
 neburg, Blankenheinty Manderjhed^ $a/m, 
 and Duchy of Jremburg, 
 
 5. Circle of the Upper Rhine. 
 Divided into J ^^^^^ ~ } ^^»«*' 
 
 Subdivifions. 
 
 City i?^^'^- 
 
 Landgr. J Hep Cajfel 
 of \ Darmftat — 
 
 <•] 
 
 Coun- 
 
 Territ. of Frankfort — 
 ^Waldeck — 
 
 Ifenburg 
 
 ties of < ^'i^^'"' — 
 Ccitznciboge 
 
 Hana<w 
 
 ^ Leningen 
 
 WotTftS 
 
 Spire 
 
 Bifh. of 
 
 r Cajfel farther North. 
 
 Ild. between the Rhine and Majifte. 
 Idem upon the Maine. 
 Idem upon the Majne. 
 Idem ^ from N. to S. on the W. of 
 — '. H ; Ideral the Landgr. of Hejfe CaJiL 
 ^ < Idem ) 
 
 Idem Vfiom W* to S. E. on th^ N. 
 Idem 3 of the Rhint. 
 
 Idem W. c£ the ^<&*fl^. - : ;f 
 
 Idem on the Rhine, - '--. . -' 
 ^Idem on the Rbine*^ \ j-i' 
 
 
 ill 
 
 t 
 
 6. Circle of Franconia. 
 
 T\- "J 1 • * ? South 7 oi.' ro-. ^ Nuremi 
 Divided into J ^^^^^ J Chief City J ;^.^,^„,^. , 
 
 K 2 * Subdivifions. 
 
 ^ur ember 2, 
 
 
 l« 
 
 liii; 
 
Ii6 
 
 Germany, 
 
 Part U. 
 
 SubdiviHons. 
 The Tcrrit. tif Nuremberg ^ « (" id. on a Branch of the Maine. 
 m>f- »r $ Anfpach——^/ |\idem 23 in. W. oi Nuremberz. 
 Marq. of J CuLbach X h Idem > * 
 
 . f Bamberg — /^)S \idem Vfrom E. to W, 
 Bilhop. of < fTirtzburg V g yidem } 
 
 ^ Stchftat — ^ C ideiii 34 m. S. o£ Nuremberg. 
 State of the great Mafter of the Ttutonic Order, chief Town Mer- 
 gent&eim, 60 Miles W. of Nuremberg. 
 
 As alfo feveral Counties, but chiefly thofe of 
 ' Reineck 
 iWertheim 
 
 Papenheim -- 
 StAjartscenberg 
 
 Hohnlo in two Branches, Nenuenjidn and Waltenburg, W. 
 ErpaCf Southwell, Erpae. 
 ^amV<& Marquifate Eaft, Bareith^ Erlang. 
 
 ''^^ 7. C/W/<? fl/" Suabia. 
 Divided into {|«4chiefCl.x I f47;. 
 
 "D. of Iflrtenburgi 
 
 Subdiviilons. 
 
 ^ 
 
 •I 
 o ^ 
 
 Marq. of < Burgaw — 
 ^ Ortfianv 
 
 .ofi 
 
 Count 
 
 Ottittg 
 Lotfjenjiein 
 Rcckberg — 
 l_ Ktnifeck - 
 tj r ^ Walburg - 
 
 Baron, of | ^;^^^^| . 
 
 yufihigin •" 
 Fugers — 
 
 V 
 
 Territ of -{ f 
 
 6 
 
 o 
 
 
 are 
 
 Abbacy cf Kemp en —- 
 ^.County of Bregentt — , 
 
 C Stutgard 7 nigh oc upon 
 J Tubingen J the Neckar, 
 
 idem upon the Lake Conftauce, 
 
 idem upon the £a-i&. 
 
 idem 38 m. W. from Stutgard, 
 
 idem 10 m. W. from Aujburg. 
 
 Offenlurg 20 m. S.from Baden. 
 
 idem 36 m, N. W. it.Conftance, 
 
 idem 2 m. S. from Tubingen. 
 L^ ydem 38 m. N. W. ofAufiurg. 
 
 idem between Hall & Hailbron, 
 
 Gemund^l m.W. from Otting. 
 
 idem 1 8 m. N. from Conflance. 
 
 id. on Wald.io m.l^.E.t. Conjl, 
 
 idem 37 m. W. from Otting. 
 
 idem 28 m. S. E. of Stutgard. 
 
 Babenhaufen 33 m.S.W.f..<^«/. 
 
 idem 38 m. W. from Aujburg. 
 
 idem 50 m.S.W.from Aujburg. 
 
 idem South of Kempten. 
 
 Aljace 
 
 \ \ 
 
Part II. Cetjnafo\ 
 
 Al/ace is divide! \ti\o Eafl and Wtji of the Rhine, 
 
 Eafit the chief Towns, Friburg, Brijac. 
 
 Weji of the Rhine belongs to Trance, 
 
 8. Circle of Bavaria. . 
 
 Subdivifions. 
 North of Danube the Palatinate of Baiaia. 
 
 iiy 
 
 rLang. of Luchtenherg "\ > T idem 1 
 
 \ Terrii. C Suhzbach f o \idem J. N.to S.Wj 
 
 Comprehending. < of J Amberg L ^ ^idem 3 
 
 ' Abbacy of lVaUhaufen\^ Jiiem Jj^ ^q o 
 
 (.County of Chamb 
 
 
 .idem 
 
 South t ^' **^ ^^' I ^i^""' Southw. Munich^ IngolJIat 
 contains) 7'i'' |W.Nonhw. Ratijbon, 
 C Arlhp. of Saljiurg. Idem. 
 
 Duchy Qx Nenuburg^ chjef Town idem on the Danube, 
 
 Bilhops of J ^jf'^?'^ ^^^* fj"*}^'" ""l '^"^ ^''''"*'' 
 '^ £ Frejtngen N. of Munich on the ^r. 
 
 9. C/rrfe <?/ Auftria. 
 
 Divided into ^^,7^'-'J^»S'^^''^ 
 ( Ufper^ Weltvvard 
 
 — 7 /^» • f r«-* . ^'Vienna, 
 __ J Chief City ^/^^^,„,^. 
 
 Subdiviilons. 
 
 f Archd. of ^a- C Eaft. "| 
 ftria. \ Weft, i 
 
 ^Vienna — 7 Vienna, chief of 
 
 Liiifx 
 
 \ 
 
 the whole. 
 
 5 high N. I ^ 1 L/7^.5tc, — ^ 
 (lowS. J VMetling-^^ 
 
 Gi/ritz 
 
 K3 
 
 1 o 
 
 
 ■4 
 
 a J 
 
 m 
 
1 
 
 f 
 
 ii8 
 
 Germany, 
 
 Part IL 
 
 ___ \ from N. to S. 
 
 Bo/zano. 
 
 *-:- ^. _ < Bilh. of ^r/jf^» > . •< Idem 
 *""' ^^'^ ( Bifli. ofTrent Su I "Trent, 
 
 \Kii\Gorttici y 
 I alley J u 
 
 In this Circle is comprifed the Kingdom of Bohemia, 
 
 TheC. 
 
 ' :- r- • / C Gractifca 
 
 in Larntola i ^ ., 
 
 united to S/Zna ^ C;7/.?y. 
 
 They who defcribe Bohemia as a Part of Grrmany place it very 
 properly in the Circle of Aufiria: And as it is berctable in the 
 Au'ftrian Family, and being firft of the J^ecular Elf .^lors hath an 
 in^ifpenfible Vote, 1 think Bohemia is now very juilly a Part of 
 Cermam. 
 
 Its Brer.dth fr< m Pouth to North, 1 50 Miles. 
 Its Length frcm Eali to Weft is 270 Miles. 
 
 Namely, from the Bounds of Egra Weft, to the Bounds oiTef- 
 kin Duchy Eaft, which wivS the Duchy of Troppntu were left to the 
 Houfe of Aujir'ta^ hy a Treaty wit!) the King of PruJJia 1 742. 
 
 This Kingdom had formerly a much greater Extent than at pre- 
 fent ; for all Luface being mortgaged to the Eledlor of Saxony, was 
 yielded to him in 1635 • ^^ ^^^ Silejia hath been feized by the 
 King of Pruffia, v/hich if it fliould be finally yielded and guaran- 
 tied muft hereafter be dcfcribed in the Circle of Upper Saxovy. 
 Bohemia is divi4ed into Bohemia Proper, Silejia, and Moravia. 
 Tiierefore, 
 
 1. Bohemia is fubdivided into F.aft and Weft by the River Mul- 
 datM, each cont^ning nine Diftricls called Circles. 
 
 Eaft. Prague^ Bechin, .3oleJlaiu, Chajlaio, Cruciim,'Glatz, Konin- 
 grats, Korjim, Litomeriti. 
 
 Weft. Blnhogen, Egra, Pilfen, Podehrook, Prachen, Raccnick, 
 Slany, Satz, Ultaiv. 
 
 Chief Towns. i 
 
 Province L^^'J^^"^'* Grojfen, Gloga*w, Brieg, Ratihor, SiJcidtiitz, 
 Northeaft J Opjie/en, Sagan, Jagcndorf, L'gnitz, Olfe, WdaiK, 
 
 Middle 
 
 Eaft, c^ 
 
 The ch 
 federati 
 
 Sivitze 
 
 The d 
 fefturt 
 
 S'witzl 
 
 I 
 
 3. Mcrnvia, 
 
Part II. 
 
 3. Moraivia 
 
 Province 
 
 Southeaft 
 
 Germany, 1 1^ 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 0/mutz, IglanUf Brin, Znaim, &-cmfir, EiueindtK. 
 
 Switzerland, comprehending thirteen Cantons, with feveral 
 Confederate Cities and t'refeflures. 
 
 Bafth 
 Ber.:, 
 
 Frilfurg, 
 
 I . The thirteen Cantons. 
 
 Claris, Solothurtit "Zug, 
 
 Luccrn, Snuitz, 'Lurich, 
 
 S chaff haufeti, Vndemualdy Uri. 
 
 Each of thefe Cantons hath a Capital City of its own Name, ex- 
 cept Urif chief Town Altorfit and Underpaid t chief Town Stanx., 
 and are reduced to three CiafTes. 
 
 WeJ}, comprehehcnding — — 
 
 { 
 
 Baftl 
 Solothurn 
 Bern 
 Friburg 
 
 " ^ >FromN.toS. 
 
 Middle^ comprehending 
 
 f^ehaffhaufen — ") 
 Zurich 
 Zug - 
 ^ Lucem 
 I Sivitz 
 
 I Underwa/d 
 [Uri 
 
 EJ 
 
 >From N. to S. 
 
 E<cip, comprehending 
 
 C jlppenzel 
 \ Glaris 
 
 \ From N. to S. 
 
 The chief Con- 1 Grifons, ch. T. Coir f^ ^^ f County of Tiro/, 
 
 lerates^of the > 
 ■i/Xfnarethej 
 
 federates 
 
 City of Geneva 
 
 '> I ^^ 
 
 — 3 C i^ake of Geneva, 
 
 I KW.]"^^'"''''- 
 
 fJMi 
 
 
 t-m 
 
 i 
 
 K4 
 
 Name."] 
 
I 
 
 { 
 
 I'i' I] 
 
 120 Germany ^ Part II 
 
 • 
 
 Nc.mr ] Tkc prefent Empire oi Germany t containing Part of old 
 Gennnvy, as atfo a little oiGaul ^nd Illyriay with (bmc of old Ita- 
 ly, bounded on the Eall by Poland; on the Weft by Frawc^ ; on 
 the North by Denmark j on the South by Italy ; is termed by the 
 Itallum, Allimtigtta; by the Spa at a rJs, Jihmoviai by the Frtttch, 
 Allemtgne \ by the Germans^ Teutjland i and by the Englijh^ Gcrvia- 
 iiy. Why fo called is much controverted, the Germin Authors 
 deriving its Etymology from Words in their own Language, as 
 Gaer menncfty 'very much Mm ; or G^r and Mati, to denote that 
 they were a ivarlike People : But it is not improbable, that the 
 Inhabitants of this Country were called Gcrtnani by the Romans^ 
 cither becaufe they were a fincere honell People, or that they were 
 Brethren to iheir Neighbours the Gauls, 
 
 j^ir."} The A'r of this Country difFereth confiderably according 
 to the Largenefs of its Continent. In the North it is generally 
 very cold, but in the South Provinces it is of the fame Temper as 
 thole in France under the fame Parallels. The oppofite Place of 
 the Globe to the Centre of Germany is that Part of the Pacific 
 Ocean lying i68 Degrees Weft of LondoN, and 51 Degrees of 
 South Latitude, 
 
 Soil.l The Setlh very different according to the different Pofi- 
 tlon of its Parts. In the Southern and middle Circles, particular- 
 ly the Uj^per and Lonver Rhine, there is no Country in the World 
 can excel them for Plenty of Fruit, Corn and Wine : But towards 
 the North, in the Saxonies and IVeJiphalia, the Soil is not near fo 
 ftrtile, eCpecially in Wine. However, as for Cattle, Corn and 
 Pafturage they are abundantly fupplied with them, and efpecially 
 the Eledorate of Hano'ver for its Multitude of Sheep. So that this 
 Country in general is pleafant, healthy, and profitable ; abound • 
 ing with all 1 hings necefTary for the Comforts of Life. The long- 
 eft D.ny in the Norihmoft Part is about 1 7 Hours. See the Table 
 of Climates. 
 
 Ccmmodities ] The chief Commodities of Germany arc Corn and 
 Cattle, Metals, Wine, Linen, Quickfilver, Armour, Swordblades, 
 Mufkets. Tinplates, and Ironwork of all Sorts. Here are like- 
 tv'ife good Mines of Copper, Iron and Silver. > . .. 
 
 Rarities'] What things merit moftly the Epithet of Rare and Cu- 
 rious are reducible to thefe Heads, i . Some remarkable Springs, as 
 that near Gijbach in Alface, whofe Top is covered with a foul oily 
 Subftance, uled by the Peafants as common Whcelgreafe . Another 
 near Paderbortt, called Mcthorn, which bath three Streams very dif- 
 ferent from one another, both in Colour, Tafte> and Qualities ; 
 
 and 
 
 partict 
 fpruckf 
 Empe 
 that a 
 is a C 
 ofPai 
 with 
 Pen, 
 
 ■} \ 
 
Part II. 
 
 Germany, 
 
 221 
 
 and a third in the Diocefe of P^t/ttierH, that loftith itfelf twice 
 in 24 Hours, .cturning always back at the Interval of fix Hours, 
 and with fuch Violence as to drive three Mills not far from its 
 Head. Here are alfo many Salt Springs, particularly that near Lm- 
 nenburg ; another at Hall in Upper Saxony, and a third at Salzfwedel 
 in Branfienhurg. To thcle we might add a Multitude of Springs 
 whofe Waters are highly prized both for Purging and Bathing, 
 efpecially the latter ; as particularly thofe at Stutgard in IVirtem- 
 berg ; thofe at Aix la Chapelle, and thofe in the Marquifate of £a' 
 den, from whence the Country takes its Name. 2. Some ftrange 
 Kind of Luhs, particularly that in Cartiiola called the Zirknits, about 
 nine Miles long, obfervable for its many fubterraneous Holes and 
 PafTages. into which both the Water and Fifh of the Lake do yearly re- 
 tire in June, and return about Septtmb r. As alfo another in Sunkia^ th^ 
 Nature of whofe Waters is fuch, that they a61:ually finge Fifhingnett 
 when fank to the Bottom. 3. Rcmurkuble Caves } particularly that 
 near Blackaiburg in Harts:. Foreft, called Buman\ Hole; of which 
 none have yet found the End, tho' the Miners have fearched it for 
 twenty Miles : And that near Hanielu:, 30 Miles from Hanover, at 
 whofe Mouth Hands a Monument expreffing the Lofs of 1 30 Chil- 
 drcn, who were fwallowed up alive in that very Place in 1 284, a Faft 
 related by all Hiftorians. 4. Stately Edifices, efpecially famous 
 Cathedrals, as thofe of Liege, Bawberg, Augjburg, Nuremburg, 
 Strajburg and Magdeburg, in the latter of which are 49 Altars ; as 
 alfo that of Vim, remarkable for its curious Organ, being 93 Foot 
 high, and z8 broad j and having Pipes of fuch a Bignefs, that the 
 largeft of them is 13 Inches Diameter. 5. 'iomt obfervable Rocks 
 zn<i Stones, particularly thofe two Rocks nigh Bldcienburg zfote- 
 faid, which reprefent two Monks in their proper Habits, exaflly as 
 if defigned for fuch : And near Blackenburg are feveral Stones dug 
 out of the Ground, having on them the Reprefentation of divers Ani- 
 mals, efpecially Fifties on a neighbouring Lake, and fometimcs the 
 Refcmblance of a Man. In another Lake, near Mansfield, are Stones 
 exactly (haped like Frogs and Fiihes. Add to thefe the remarkable 
 Stones commonly found upon Mount Calenburg, near Fienna, hav- 
 ing the lively Impreffion of Trees and Leaves upon them : As alfo 
 a Quarry in thofe Parts, yielding fome Stones equally tranfparenc 
 with rehned Sugarcandy. 6. Many choice Cabinets of Rarities, 
 particularly at jiix la Chapelle, Bamberg, and the Palace of /«- 
 fpruck, and another at Drefden : But the chief of all is that in the 
 Emperor's Palace at Vienna, whofe Curiofities are fo numerous, 
 that a Catalogue of them makes a Volume in Folio. 7. At Mentz 
 is a Curiofity, carefully kept and (hewn to Strangers, being a Leaf 
 of Parchment, on which are fairly written twelve different Hands, 
 with Variety of Miniatures and Draughts curioufly done with a 
 Pen, by Thomas Shui'ikcr, who being born without Hands, per- 
 formed 
 
 !'''■■ »!>'• '■' "(I 
 
 
 £*; in 
 
124 
 
 Germattf, 
 
 Part IL 
 
 formed the fame with his Feet. The Wine Caik at Heidelburg \% 
 well known, which holds above zoo Ton, Englijh Meafure. Lad- 
 Xjt to thefe Remarkablcs in Germany we may add the Dominicans 
 Chapel in the City of Bern^ though in Stjoi/zer/anj, where is dill 
 to be feen an artificial Ho/e between that Chapel and one of the 
 Cells in the Convent, through which a Voice was tranfpired by a 
 Pipe to a Statue of the Virgin M^ry, in order to convince the 
 People that flie fpoke to them. At length the Cheat being detect, 
 ed, the principal Adlors were condemned and burnt. This Hole 
 is now ihewn to Strangers as a Monument of one of the greated 
 Frauds ever yet difcovered in the Church of Romt : I mean that 
 notorious pretended Miracle which the Dominicans impofed upon 
 the World at the Beginning of the 1 5th Century, to confirm their 
 Fart of that Controverly between them and the Francifcans concern* 
 log the Immaculate Conception of the Virgin. 
 
 hbijhops.'] Archbiihopfees in 
 
 Germany are feven. 
 
 Mentx, 
 
 
 Prague, 
 
 Treves, 
 
 ,, 
 
 Vienna, 
 
 Cologn, 
 Saljhurg^ 
 
 
 • Gradi/ca, 
 
 
 
 Mfnts. 
 
 
 Brijfen, 
 
 Jichjiat, 
 
 ( 
 
 Chiem^, 
 
 Jugsiurg, 
 
 
 Freijingen, 
 
 Bambergt exempt. 
 
 Gurk, 
 
 Coir, 
 
 
 Lavant, 
 
 Conftance, 
 
 
 Newjiat, 
 
 Hilde/heim, 
 
 
 Pajfau, 
 
 Paderbern, 
 
 .. 
 
 Ratijhon, exempt. 
 
 Spire, 
 
 ^ 
 
 Stchuw. 
 
 Strajburgt 
 
 ' _ ■ 
 
 
 Wirtjhurgy 
 
 
 Prague. 
 
 Worms. 
 
 
 KoningratZt 
 Litomeritz, 
 
 Treves. 
 
 
 Olmutx, 
 
 JW-f/z, ") 
 
 
 
 Toul, i in 
 
 Lorain. 
 
 Vienna, 
 
 Verdun, j 
 
 
 Whofe Archbifhop de- 
 pends immediately on the 
 
 Coi-OCN. 
 
 
 Pope. 
 
 Liege, 
 
 ■■^ ,. 
 
 
 Munfter, 
 
 - ■ ., . 
 
 Gradisca, 
 
 Ofnaburg, 
 
 t 
 
 Erefted 1751; 
 
 
 • 
 
 Trieji, 
 
 Salsburg; 
 
 
 Labac* 
 
 Trent, 
 
 
 There 
 
Part II. 
 
 Germany, 
 
 123 
 
 There was formerly a greater Number, which after the Refor- 
 mation were fecularized ; the Archbiftiopfees being turned int9 
 Duchies, and the Bifhopfees into Principalities. 
 
 Univerfities in Germany are thefe following. 
 
 Cologft, 
 
 DiUingeti, 
 
 Dortmund, 
 
 Erfordf 
 
 Erlangf 
 
 Friburg in Brif- 
 
 gatu, 
 Frankfort^ on 
 
 Oder, 
 
 Gottingen, 
 Grafs, 
 Gripfwald, 
 Hall in Saxo- 
 Heidelberg, 
 Helmjiai, 
 Jena, 
 Ingoljlat, 
 
 Kiel in Holjiein, 
 
 Koten, 
 
 Laivingen, 
 
 Lcipfick, 
 
 Liege, 
 
 Marpurg^ 
 
 Mcntz, 
 
 Niiremburg, 
 
 Oimutz Bohcfn, 
 
 Paderhorn, , - 
 Prague Bo/jem, 
 Rojhck, 
 Sicgcn, y 
 
 Treves, 
 Tubingen, 
 Vienna, 
 Wittenburg. 
 
 Manners*'] The Germans are reputed a very folid People, and of 
 great Probity. The trading Part of them are found to be extreme- 
 ly fair in their Dealings, and ambitious to keep up the renowned 
 Sincerity of their Forefathers. Thofe who betake themfelves either 
 to Mars or Mincr'va commonly prove very worthy Difciples. This 
 People have likewife a mighty genius for mechanic Learning ; and 
 feveral of them are famous for fingular Inventions, particularly 
 that fatal Inllrument the Gun, accidentally difcovered by Bartbold 
 Swart, a Frier, when making a Chemical Experiment with a 
 Crucible fet over the Fire, having Saltpetre, Sulphur, and other 
 Ingredients intermixt. They are alfo faid to have found out the 
 Art of Printing ; but the Hollanders deny them the Honour of that 
 Invention, afcribing the fame to Laurence Cojier of Harlem ; and if 
 the Germans had indded the firft Hint of this Art frtm Holland^ 
 they improved and perfe^ed the fame at Mentz. Amoi.g the ma- 
 ny Performances of this People is that curious Watch of the Em- 
 peror Charles the Fifth, fet as a Jewel in his Ring ; as alfo that 
 Clock of the Eledor of Saxony, fixt in the Pommel of his Saddle. 
 As for the Iron Fly and Wooden Eagle of Rcgicmontanus, they are 
 generally known. 
 
 LnnguagcJ] The Language here ufed is that called High Dutch, 
 which is very antient, and generally efteemed both noble and 
 manly in the Pronunciation, more becoming a General than a 
 Courtier. None of the Well European Tongues hath lei's Affinity 
 with the iaiin than this. The maternal Languages of feveral 
 Kingdoms and States in Europe are originally from Germany. It is 
 now divided into many Dialefts, the pureft of which is faid to be 
 that ufed in the Elei'torate of Saxovy. The Patcmofier in High 
 German runs thus; Unfcr Vater der du bijl in Himmel : Geheiliget 
 ;.v I tverde 
 
 i| ^M % 
 
 Im I 
 
 hr\ i 
 
 i.i'i 
 
 
 mm'i 
 
 \L[^- 
 
Hi 
 
 
 124 
 
 Certnatrf. 
 
 Part IF. 
 
 nuerde dtin Nabme : Zukotnm um dtin Reich : Dein Wille grfchene 
 uf Erdcn, iJttie in Himmel : Un/er taglich Brod gib un$ htut : UnH^ 
 vfrgib ujts unfer Schuld, alt ivir ivergancn un/en Schu/digern, und 
 fuckr um nicbt in Vtrfuchung \ Jonitr erlteje tins vom Ulel. Amen. 
 
 Government.'} This great Body comprehends near three hundred 
 difFerciit Sovereignties, 200 whereol have their Vote? in the gene- 
 ral Dyer : Biif ail, or mod of them, are Homnger* to the Empe- 
 ror as their Head. The ftanrliiig Law of the Empire, which 
 bindeth all the feveral States as the Members of one Body, is the 
 Jioman or Civil mixed with the Cnnon ; together with the antient 
 Cufloms of the Germans, and the various Statutes of the Dyets 
 made from time to time; befide which the feveral States have 
 their peculiar Laws obligatory within themfelves. I'he whole Em- 
 pire being divided into nine Circles, each of them hath a Direfl- 
 qr, who prefides at their AHemblies. For Wejiphetly, the Bifhop 
 of Munjicty or Duke of Ncwburg, For Lcnxer Seixotiy, the Eleftor 
 of Hanovrr, or Brandenburg. For Upper Saxony, the EleAor of 
 Setxofiy. For the ioitvr Rhine., the Archbi(hop of Mentz. For the 
 V^iper Rhine, the Elector Palntine, or Bifhop of Worms. For 
 trancony, the Bifliop of Bambwg, or Marquis of Culmbach. For 
 Svualu:, the Duke of Wirtetnberg, or Bifhop of Conjlance. For 
 Baruaria, the Elcftor of Bavaria, or Archbifhop o( Sahburg: 
 And iox Auflria, the Archduke oi Aufiria, his Imperial Majefty. 
 The general Dycts confift of three Bodies, E lepras Princes, other 
 Princes, and Imperial Cities ; but wc may reduce all Sovereignties 
 to thefe five ; 
 
 The Emperor t 
 The EleilorSf 
 
 The Ecchjiajiical Princes, 
 The Secular Princes, 
 
 The Free Cities, 
 
 m 
 
 1. The Emperor doth claim three Dominions at hereditary, 
 namely Auflria, Hungary, and Bohemia. In his Lifetime he cauf- 
 cth his own Son or Brother to be ele£led King of the Romans, 
 whereby of Confequence he is Succeflbr to the Imperial Crown. 
 The Power of the Emperor is much impaired by feveral Capitula- 
 tions between him and the Princes of the Empire. It u true, that 
 he only can create Titles of Honour, infranchife Towns or Cities, 
 and fuch like : Yet as to the Legiflative Power, and levying Taxes 
 upon the £m|»re, that is wholly lodged in the general Dyet con- 
 juQ<fUy with him ; ntither can he make Alliance or War with any 
 foreign Prince, as Emperor of Germany, without Confent of the 
 Eleftors. However, if we confider only his hereditary Domini- 
 onsj he is a very powerful Prince ; and to fupport the Grandeur 
 
 of 
 
 ■!^ 
 
Part II. 
 
 Germany, 
 
 t2S 
 
 of the Imperial Disnity, he is ferved by the greateft Pi inccs of tht 
 Empire ; <s uddrefled by the Augud Title of C/r/itr } and the Am- 
 bafladeri of all crowned Heads and free States of Europe give place 
 to thofe fent by him, at whatever foreign Court they refide. 
 
 II. E/e^ort, who are nine in Number, i. The Archbifhop of 
 M'.ntXf who is High Chancellor of the Empire in Germany, and 
 fits on the £mperor*8 Righthand in the Dyct. 2, The Archbifliop 
 of Trews, who is Chancellor of the Empire in France, claims the 
 fit'ft Vote in eleding the Emperor, and iits oppolitc to him in the 
 Dyet. 3. The Archbifhop of Cologn, who is Chancellor of the 
 Empire in Italy, claims the firft Vote in chufing a King of the 
 Romans, fcts the Crown upon his Head, and fits next the Emperor 
 on the left. 4. The King of Bohtmia is Cupbearer, and in the 
 publick Proceifion walks next to the Emperor. 5. The Elaflorof 
 Bavaria, who is Great Sewer, and in the Proceifion carries the 
 Globe before the Entperor. 6. The Ele£lor of Saxony, who is 
 Great Marlhal of the Empire, and in the public Proceifion carries 
 the naked Sword before the Emperor. 7 . The Eleflor of Braa- 
 dtnburg, now King of PruJJia^ who is Great Chamberlain, and 
 carries the Sceptre. 8. The Elcftor Palatine, who is Great Stew- 
 ard, and carries the Crown. 9. The Elet^or of Hanover, King of 
 Great Britain, who is Archtreafurer, as it ilands on his Money ; 
 He bears the Standard, and was added to the Ele£loral College in 
 1692. Thefe Eledors have much greater Authority and Privile- 
 ges, than the other Princes of the Empire. To them belongs not 
 only a Right of eledUng the Emperor or King of the Romans^ 
 but alfo a depofing Power. When the Emperor calls a Dyet, he 
 is obliged to aik their Advice ; and during an Interreign, the £• 
 le£lors of Saxony and Bavaria have Power to govern the Empire^ 
 the Jurifdiflion of the former extending over the Northern, and 
 the other over the Southern Circles. 
 
 III. Ecclefiajlic Princes, who, befides the firil three Ele£lors, are 
 chiefly thefe ; the Archbiihop of Salzburg, the Biihops of Liege, 
 Munjier, Spire, Worms, Wirtjburg^ Strajburg, Ofnaburg, Bamberg, 
 Paderborn, &c. and many Abbots and Abbeiles who are abfolu'te 
 over the Temporality of their Benefices. The EledHon to their 
 Dignities belongs wholly to their feveral Chapters, arid they go- 
 vern the People in Subje^ion to them, as Sovereign Princes, with- 
 out any Cognizance of a higher Power. 
 
 IV. Secular Princes, who are chiefly the Dukes of Lunenburg, 
 
 Wirtemburg, Mecklemburg, Sax Got ha. Marquis of Baden, Culem- 
 
 bacht &c The Landgrave of Hejfe, Princes of Najfau, Anhalt, 
 
 Furjlenburg, and many other Dukes, MarquiflTes, Counts, and 
 
 . . '* Landgraves; 
 
 
 
 ^^:* m 
 
 
 :'i, 
 
 new, 
 
42^ 
 
 German'^, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Landgraves; as alfo Counts and Barons who have a fovereign 
 Power in their own Dominions. • • • :^ 
 
 V. Free Cities^ being fovereign States, which are either Imperial, 
 or Hans Toivfis. Imperial Cities are thofe which bear the Eagle of 
 the Empire in their Arms, and have Right to fend their Deputies 
 to the Dyet of the Empire. Hans Towns are thofe which, about 
 the End of the 1 3th Century* entred into a League mutually to af. 
 lift one another in Time of JDillrefs ; and to carry on fuch a regular 
 Commerce as might tend to the Advantage, and public Good of 
 the Empire. This Society increafed to the Number of eighty Ci- 
 ties, who injoyed great Privileges, and had a peculiar Jurifdidlion 
 among themfelves. For the better Adroiniftration of which they 
 were divided in four Circles, diftinguifhed by the Names of four 
 principal Cities, in whi^ were eftabiifhed their Courts of Judica- 
 ture, namely Lubcck, Gologtiy Brunfivicky and Danizick. But this 
 Society, afcer florifhing above 200 Years, gradually declined and 
 was difTolved. . 
 
 Chief Courts for determining great Caufes of the Empire are 
 two, the Imperial Chamber , and Chamber of Vienna, I . The Im- 
 perial Chamber^ confifting of fifty Judges, called Affejfors, where- 
 of the Emperor appointeth the Prefident and four of the principal 
 Officers, each of the Electors chuiing one ; the reft being nomi- 
 nated by other Princes and States of the Empire, whofe Bufinefs is 
 to determine all Difputes which may arife between the Princes ; as 
 alfo other Caufes brought thither by Appeal. This Court is held 
 at Wetjlar in He£e. 2. The Chamber of Vienna^ called alfo the 
 Aulic Council, which likewife decides all Caufes and Appeals 
 with the fame Authority as the other Chamber : The Seat of this 
 Court is in the Emperor's Palace, where himfelf prefides, being 
 affifted by a competent Number of Judges, whereof feveral pro- 
 fefs the Protejlant Religion. In both thefe Courts the Emperor 
 pronounceth Sentence when there in Perfon ; or elfe thofe deputed 
 by him, who carry the Imperial Sceptre as a Mark of their Dig- 
 nity. In particular Courts they follow the old Laws of the Em- 
 pire, the Golden Bull, the Pacification of Pnjfunu ; as alfo the Trea- 
 ties of Wtftphaht the Saxon Law eftablilhed by Charlemain^ and the 
 Roman by the Etmperor yujiinian. 
 
 Hamburg, an Imperial City on the Elb, has the moft People and 
 greateft Trade of any Place in Germany. Mr. Han^wa^ computes the 
 Inhabitants 1 70,000 at leaft. 
 
 Imperial 
 
PiMlT II. 
 
 Germany, 
 
 127 
 
 Imperial Cities in Suahia, 
 
 Aufburg 
 
 Anulen 
 
 Biberac 
 
 Boffingen 
 
 Buckatju 
 
 Buckorn 
 
 Dtttikelspul 
 
 EJlingen 
 
 Gegenbac 
 
 Gemund 
 
 Gingen 
 
 HailbroH 
 
 Hall 
 
 Ifny 
 
 Kaufhurett 
 
 Kempten 
 
 Leukirk 
 
 Lindau 
 
 Memingen 
 
 Norlingen 
 
 Nuretnburgy Fr. 
 
 Offenburg 
 
 Phulendorf 
 
 Ratijbofti Bav, 
 
 Ravensburg 
 
 Reutling 
 
 "Rotenburgt Fra. 
 
 Rotnueil 
 
 Sivtnfurt, Franc 
 
 Uberling 
 
 Wattgen \ 
 
 Weil ■■■' 
 
 Weijfenburg 
 
 Wimfett 
 
 Wiii/heim 
 
 Zell 
 
 -< '. J i> . . 
 
 Imperial Cities 
 on the Rhine. 
 
 Aix la Chapelle 
 Cologn 
 Dortmund 
 . Frankfort 
 Friburg 
 
 Gelnhaufen 
 Gojlar . 
 Luieck ' ' , 
 Mulbaufen 
 Nordhaufen 
 Spire 
 
 Wetflar , 
 Worms, \ . 
 
 About a Do- 
 zen more in Al- 
 face were free, 
 till they became 
 fubje£l toFreace, 
 
 After the Government of Germany^ we fhall adjoin 
 ' \- Switzerland 2in6. Geneva, 
 
 I. Siuitxerlandf a large Commonwealth confifting of Thirteen 
 Cantons, every one of them being abfolute in their own Jurifdic- 
 tion, is under a Popular Government in the main, yet not ftriftly fo 
 in refpefl to every particular Canton, thofe of Bernt Zurich, and 
 Lucerny being more properly under an Ariftocracy than the other, 
 fince the Authority of the Gentry doth moft prevail in them. 
 However, th& whole State, coniidered as one Republic^, confill- 
 eth of three diflinA Farts, namely The Switxers themfelves. 
 Secondly, The States confederate with them for their common Liber- 
 ty and Proteftion. Thirdly, the Prefedlures which are fubjeft to 
 them, by Gift, Purchafe, or Chance, i. Each Canton hath its 
 particular Magillrate of its own Flledion, by whom, with a (land- 
 ing Council eledlcd oat of the People, all Contraverfies of the 
 Canton are heard and determined. But when any publick 
 Caufe arifes relating to all the Cantons, then each of them fends a 
 Commiflioner to the general Dyet, at Baden, where every Can- 
 ton having one Vote .he Bafinefs is determined by a Majority. 
 2. Covjederate States ; the Chief of which are the Gn'/bns, and 
 Geneva, iwo^'adjacent Commonwealths governed in like manner as 
 the Snvitzers. Of all the Swi/i Allies none are more potent than 
 the Gn/ons, They entered firft into a League one with another 
 1471, and afterwards with the Szvitzers 1491. Their Country 
 lyes among inacccffable Mo'.in*ain2 and hideous Precipices. They 
 
 divide 
 
 
 
 .1; ! %:\ 
 
 .<* * 
 
 ^ .1 
 
 I'ft' 
 
128 
 
 Gertnaf^\ 
 
 Part M. 
 
 t 
 
 |K 
 
 divide thcmfelves into fix Parts, The Grey League ; the 1 eague of 
 the Hou/e of God % the League of ten Jun/duncns ; the Valteline ; 
 and laftly, ihe Countries of Chia'ven and Bormio. Some think 
 they derived the Name oiGrifom from the Cuftom of wearing ^*-fj» 
 Scarf St when firft they entered into the League. 3 . PrefeSiures of 
 the Siviizerjf particularly thofe Countries and Cities of Baden^ 
 and Sargatt, with many other Towns and Villages fituate nigh 
 or among the J/ps, 
 
 II. Genev/tf being a free Republick, is governed by its own 
 Magiftrates, and is in Confederacy with the Cantons of SiAjitzcr- 
 land, having much the fame Cpnfticution and Government. The 
 Sovereignty is lodged in a Council of two hundred, out of which a 
 le^er Council of twentyfive is chofen, both which being for Life 
 ferve for Checks to each other. Out Of thefe twenty-five are 
 ele£led four principal Officers, whom they call Syndicks, and have 
 the fole Management of the Commonwealth, except in making 
 Peace or War ; olFenfive or defenfive Leagues ; hearing Appeals 
 and fuch iike, which is the Great CounciPs Province to deter- 
 "line. , .. 
 
 ' Arms,'] The Emperor of G<'r»M«y bears Quarterly, i. Barwife, 
 Argent and Gules of eight Pieces, for Hungary. 2. Argent^ a 
 Lion Gules, the Tail noued and pafled in Saltier, crowned, 
 tongued, and armed Or^ for Bohemia. 3. Gules, a FefTe Argent , 
 for Jujlrict. Party and Bendwife Argent and Azure, a Border Gules, 
 for Burgundy. 4. Quarterly in the firll and lafl Gules, a Caftle triple 
 towered Or, purfled Sable for Cajiilc, In the fecond and third 
 Argent, a Lion purple for Leon. The Shield crefted with an Im- 
 perial Crown raifed in Shape of a Mitre, having between the Points 
 a Diadem furmounted with a Globe and Crofs, Or. This Shield, 
 environed with a Collar of the Golden Fleece, is placed on the 
 Breaft of an Eagle difplay'd Sable, in the Field Or Diadem, mem- 
 bered and beaked Gules, holding a naked Sword in the right Ta- 
 lon, and a Sceptre in the left ; the two Heads fignifying the Eujl 
 and Wejl Empire. The Motto is, Uuo a'vuljo non deficit Alter. But 
 the Emperor's own Device is. Pax & Salus Europee. 
 
 Religion."] The Laws of the Empire allow the public Exercife of 
 three Religions, Lutheran, Cahiniji, and Roman ; and in fome 
 Places all three celebrate Divine Worfhip in the fame Church, at 
 different Times of tlie Day. The Reformation in Religion was 
 begun here by Martin Luther aho\xt 1517, and imbraced by the 
 Eleftor of Saxony, the Duke of Brunfnvick, the Marquis of Bran- 
 denburg, Prince Palatine of the Rhine, Prince of Anhalt, Landgrave 
 of Uc£'e, and moft of the free Cities. Whereupon followed many 
 
 Wars 
 
 *^AK^: ,u 
 
PkKT 11. Germany. tig 
 
 Wars and Troubles about Religion and Church Lands, till the 
 Year 1525, when a Peace was concluded at Paffunjo^ where the 
 Protfjlatit Religion was fecured, till Matters could be better fettled . 
 at the next Dyet. But in 1529 a pretended Decree being made 
 at Spire to flop the Reformation, the faid Princes made and figncd 
 a ftrong Proteft againft it, which occafioncd all their Party to be 
 called Prottjlants. At length a Religious Peace in Germany was 
 made at Augjhurg T555 ; where it was provided that neither Party 
 fhould annoy the ot!i:'r upon Account of Religion ;' and that fuch . 
 of the Church Lands and Revenues, as; the Proteftants pofleffed,, 
 before the Peace at Pn/Jhrnj, flvonid froni thenceforth remain in' 
 their PofTefiion. The Proteftant Religion was after this finally efta- 
 bliflied by the Wejiphnlian Tfeaty in 1648. The Gofpel was 
 
 {)lanted here at various Tjntes by feveral of the Apdftles, particu- 
 dkA'j ^\.. Thomas. '-.•:.'■ . 
 
 " • U O N E y. 
 
 Gold Diicatj fomc 9s. 2d. but generally 
 
 Double Ducat of Ilancvcr ■ 
 
 Rixdollar of Nuremberg and Lubeck 
 
 RixdoUar of Hanover 
 
 Gulden of Hnno'vcr 
 
 Ducatoon of C<?/(?^« ^ ' ' ' ■ ' ■ 
 
 Current Dollar of LW//'7/;-jr ■ - ■■ ■ 
 
 453. make 100 Pounds Stirling. 
 Common Rixdollar .. , ^. , m — 
 
 Brattdcr.hurg Dollar, 6 to the Guinea, <*— 
 Giimr:n Florin, 6 to the Pound Sterl. 
 Gold Ducat of Hungary [Double in Proportion.) 
 Gold 'D\xz:!Lt oi Tranfyl'jania <■-* 
 
 German Gro(h, 7 Fartliings ^ngl'tjh. 
 
 I. 
 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 6 
 o 
 o 
 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 9 
 
 18 
 
 4, 
 4 
 4 
 5 
 4 
 
 4 
 3 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 S 
 
 k 
 
 6 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 1 1 
 
 For the Ufe of Traders between Jlmjierdam ahd London. 
 
 Sixteen Penigens make one Styver, 20 of which make the Guilder, 
 
 and 1 1 Guilders one Pound Sterling. 
 Eleven Sty vers make one Shilling Engtijh. 
 Five Styvers eight Penigens are Sixpence. 
 Two Styvers 1 2 Penigens are Threepence. 
 Eleven Penigens make three Farthings. 
 All which make the Guilder, or 1 h. 9d. -1. 
 Therefore 11 Guilders with 11 Penigens make one Pound Sterling, 
 
 Ij sec t# 
 
 
 
 :'t:i|i i 
 
h 
 
 
 UP' 
 
 V.t I 
 
 ' 
 
 i 
 
 130 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Miles. 
 
 § E C T VI. 
 
 Extent and Situation. 
 Degrees 
 
 Length 630 7 l..™-.„ $ 16 and 33 E. Long, at 37 to a Degree. 
 Brea^tli 540 J ^*'^*''" { 48 and 57 North Latitude. 
 
 Divided into three Clafles 
 
 - - ^ C liithuania 
 
 M/'Me com- 
 hends 
 
 ILucko - 
 Kaminiek 
 
 //?/? compre- 
 hends 
 
 — f N. to S. 
 ^N. to S. 
 
 Danzig . 
 Warfanu 
 Cracono - 
 
 I . Lithuania^ called the Gr^^/ Duchy ^ was united to tho 
 Kingdom of Poland in the Year 1501. 
 
 Divided into eight Palatinates, with their Subdivifions or lefler 
 
 Duchies. 
 
 1 Wilna P. Wilna, Wilkomer, Brajlau. 
 
 2 Troki P. Trokiy Grodno^ Koum^ Lida, 
 
 3 Minfii P. Mitfjli, Borijb. .■ ■ . 
 
 4 Noi'OgroJtk P. No<vogrtideky Slonitiu 
 
 5 PoAy?tf P. Brez7jki, Pinjko. 
 
 6 Micijlau P. Midjiau, Mohilo, 
 
 7 ^/VV/'/.A/ P. Witepjki, Orjha^ 
 S /'o/oyi/ P. -Po/o///, Drie/m. 
 
 Territories of Roka,xc%v and Bf/uzika, S. E. 
 
 2. F(^/- 
 
ii 
 
 
 ">•; 
 
 
 f'i^''ii| 
 
 
 '111 
 
 >)'**' Iff 
 
 "^■1, 
 
 
 ',,''', *' 
 
 
 ? ^ ' ;v'i, 
 
 .m|| 
 
 
 Ii 
 
^ 
 
 " Poland, / 
 
 . .IDASIAfrLlTHUANlA'i^ 
 
 
 3 ^ 
 
 20^- 
 
 > 
 
 (t.of 
 Suud 
 
 n 
 
 m^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 '^ 
 
 
 
 Sss^^w li yi:^'^^^J«^ 
 
 fiW&ffl».M#;!:.'^^•|..i.i^••.•^^<i-.o 
 
 ^/" 
 
 Jo 
 
 •••^My-«^ of 4^4y wofi ?o 
 
 4?1 
 
 *«i 
 
 ^^ 
 

 o£ 
 iiwni 
 
 XdlT^&NXutd. \ ^^'« V^'^^'^M''^ frcin r-l,cnaaii 
 
 -yrr---"^ 
 
 '^ OTj) R li a55?P^^L? 
 
 R 1 
 
 riy] 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 VarvuuX V 
 
 o 
 JSieia. 
 
 
 frtf^^fe 
 
 A.rr! 
 
 eaffv* 
 
 'of 
 
 •i^* 
 
 i*^J 
 
 J'MfU/ 
 
 11 
 
 \ala£ 
 
 L; ■< icgn^Z:-* 
 
 J :■■ 
 
 
 7r«4 
 
 Jdl ,f>luczk\jTer. 
 
 xer o£}^olia|tiaow;'/ 
 
 il 
 l) 
 
 m 
 
 V^ttutt 
 
 "^^"^ 
 
 1 * 
 
 ■5fc # •••. '" Jttr?^! "... 
 
 ^fuL^iw /^ VijSrat ^ i/ 
 
 ol 
 
 ^ftryti*'! 
 
 
 
 VL 
 
 
 
 
 yum 
 
 Pkl. 
 v./ Belz 
 
 ./Falatiu^t 6£Bzao 
 
 lIjO V\r\B Rrary 
 
 I WHITTLE 
 
 ^Jitunfuri 
 
 Zfrinrka 
 
 litm'^iia 
 
 ^ 
 
 TakTA 
 
 
 50 
 
 3\/ 
 
 a- 
 
 
 3T3 
 

 t 
 
 U ! 
 
 If i-i 
 
 ''/ 
 
 ?• 1 I \ ^ 
 
 T\a. IiT\ O 
 
 imu- 
 
 \R%*va 
 
 Boloopdcieii V* 
 
 iato£ 
 
 
 e 
 
 
 ^•pjjkic 
 
 Lcn 
 
 
 
 
 liHA-wei 
 
 
 ^» 
 
 ICkD 
 
 
 
 mnun^rt^.l^ \ 
 
 i(-^ 
 
 /■JP,J?JS 
 
 o-jy 
 
 
 
 
 
 1^" 
 
 iuue« 
 
 
 jStereusa. ^ 
 
 
 
 46 
 
 Ljj O 
 
 ai£fiaioidaw>c. \» \ J, 
 
 r,<fA.E^ ^H^jl 1 J^ X T T Ij *^ 
 
 cMa 
 
jpAUT ir. 
 
 Poland, 
 
 »3» 
 
 Upper Palatinate of luch, W. 1 
 
 Lower Palatinate of Kionv, B. Cchief Town \ ^"'^'"^Xvf tofi 
 belongs to ^»^. J \Ktow ^"^'^oc, 
 
 3. PcJoIia, - - 
 
 Contains the Pala- C Kavihiri I ^. . - ,^ r Tdem 1 
 
 tinate of { Bra^/,^ } Gh*ef town | }°«JJ | W. to E. 
 
 4. Courlami Buchy is Patt o^ Livonia, and as fuch is 
 under the Power of Ruffia, 
 
 Ccnr^ns .h.T«.cf |J|^^ |c;,f.f Tow„| J,^™ Js. to N. 
 
 ' ' " 6. Pokkia, ' ' 
 
 Contians the Palatinate of ^«v^;v/, Chief Town By/.,- S. to N, 
 
 7. i^^i i?#j, 
 
 Contains the I .ff^/rs / ^ / i>\A;; I 
 
 Palat. of J Lcmhtrcr^ r]^ [Lrv:hrg \^' 
 
 to S. 
 
 8. Prujlch 
 
 Divided 
 into 
 
 HA Wefluard / V A/.r/.wW 
 >Ch. Tovvn^f/'^:^ -^ 
 yal Eaflw.rd V JUbnick 
 
 
 ■it'^i^ 
 
 
 'I ". 
 
 ifcf'lf ■A .-'"■ 
 
 Q. /F^r* 
 
! 
 
 . ! 
 
 
 i;z: 
 
 Poland, 
 9. fFarfevia Duchy. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 f War/aiu J WarfanUt Capital of all Ftf. 
 
 The two Falaiinates oU \ /'"'/. <>« *»!« f i^'^' 
 
 t Czerjko — 3 Cxerjko, on the lame. 
 
 10. Poland ?roi^tr. 
 
 Divided into 1 1;^^^^^ Scutheaft. 
 
 (Pe/en — " 
 
 > Palat 
 
 - j Doberzin 
 Of< 
 
 Lower con- 
 tains the 
 
 ly>/, 
 
 I Siradia — 
 I Lancifta 
 X^Rava 
 Prov. of Cujavia 
 
 CFofna 
 j Idem 
 I Gnefna 
 I Idem 
 
 c |P/o> 
 
 rii 
 
 o I Idem 
 ^ ^ Idem 
 
 W.toE. 
 
 , C Luhlin - 
 Palat. of ^ ^.^^^^ . 
 
 I Idem ' J 
 Uladijlau N. oiLancifia^ 
 
 Lublin ON. toS. 
 
 Sendomir — > on the 
 ^Cracoiv —J ^{^f/. 
 
 Name.} 
 
Part II. 
 
 Poland, 
 
 '33 
 
 lie 1 
 
 H from the 
 mdinj; 
 he Au- 
 la of the 
 
 Wi>w/.]T30 L AN D, a confid<rable Part of old Eurapenn Snrmn- 
 X f'^ " bounded on the Eaft by Litt/c Tarfary, and VviVZ 
 oi Mo/iO'vv ; on the Weft by Upper Germany ; on the North by Fart 
 of Ma/covy, Li'voniot and the Baltick Sea ; and on the South by 
 Iluftgaryt Tranjil'vaniay and Mo/iiafvin, is termed by the Itniia>:s 
 and Spaniards^ Polania ; by the French, Pologne ; by the Ccrmf:ns, 
 Poiettf and hy iY^t Englijh Poland : fo called, according to the bell 
 conjefture, from Polu or Po/f, which in the Zclu'vonian Toiigiie 
 fignifies a plain open Country fit for Hunting, <hcre being ncns 
 more fit for it than this. 
 
 Air^ The Air of this Country is of a different Nature, accoic!- 
 in^ to the Situation of the feveral Parts of the Kingdom ; for in 
 the Provinces Northweft it is very cold, yet withal ver pure and 
 wholefom ; but towards the Northeaft, particularh ' uttiia^ it is 
 not only cold, but alfo grofs and unhealthy, chieil 
 great Number of Lakes in that Part of the Counti 
 Waters fend up noxious Vapours, which intermi 
 do cafily oorrupt the whole Mafs thereof. The opj: 
 Globe to Poland^ which at a Medium lyes 24 Degree-, Enft of /.;m'w, 
 is chat Part of the Pacifick Ocean 156 Degrees Well of Louden^ and 
 5 3 Degrees of South Latitude. 
 
 5e/7.] The Nature of the Air having fllll a greater Influence on 
 the Soil, the Northweft Provinces of this Kingdom arc abundantly 
 fertile in many Sorts of Grain and Fruit, not only enough for the 
 Inhabitants, but alfo to fupply the Wants of their Nci^hliourd. la 
 the Middle Parts are Tome Mountains, and thofe well lloreci'v.it'i 
 Mines of Silver, Copper, Iron, and Lead. Ihe Provinces in onh 
 and Northeaft are full of Woods, Lakes, and Rivers. 
 
 Commodities^ The chief Commodities of this Country are Wax, 
 Linen, Boards, Mafts for Ships, Pitch, Furs, Sak, Amber, Poc- 
 alhes. Corn, Soap, Butter, Checfc, Rofin, Cordage, Ijiiiultone. 
 
 Rarities.'\ In the Cathedral of Gnrfna is kept an inLllin'.ablc 
 Treafure of Gold, Silver, and enamelled VelVels, given by .iivci s 
 Kings of Poland, and Prelates of that See. Under the Mouiiuitis 
 in the Palatinate of KioiA} are divers Grottos, wherein are preltrved 
 many human Bodies intire, though buried fome hundred years, 
 being neither fo black nor hard as the Egyptian mumniies. Anion;; 
 thefe are two Princes, in the fame habit they wore when alive, wl»(> 
 are fhewn to Travellers by the RuffianMonks. In the Southcia 
 Parts of /*(?/««</ arc divers mountains, out of which is du?j Gale ii» 
 large MafTes, like Stones from a Quarry ; and out of u'.ueri> liv-Y 
 
 L 3 (ii- 
 
 hm 
 
 n 
 
 r 
 
 "^r-m I 
 
 \ '- 
 
 I " 
 
 i'^'i! 
 
 I I 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 k 
 
 A 
 
 ^/ 
 
 ^j.\ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 /. 
 
 J 
 
 /. 
 
 %° 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 ■ 50 "^" ■■■■ 
 
 1 2.0 
 
 L8 
 
 1^ 1^ 
 
 fr 140 
 
 \M iU 11.6 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 VIST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 
 
 (716) 872-4S03 
 
 
1 
 
 i 
 
 11 
 
 h 
 
 I 
 
 '* I 
 
 
 "^34 Poland. Part 11, 
 
 dig natural Earthen Cups, which, being expofed in the open Air, 
 become as hard as a Stone. In the Dcii&rts of Podolia is a Lake, 
 whofe Waters condcnfe into folid Salt, purely by the Heat of the 
 Sun. Near Cracow are the Mines of Sal Cemmey which being 200 
 Fathoms deep, do confiantly imploy 1000 men, and yield a good 
 revenue to the King. Near Culm in PolifoPruffia is a Fountain.which 
 conftantly fends up fteams of Sulphur, though its Waters a^e 
 never hot. .....».-.. .,.'.-,....../... . ,- , , .... 
 
 > i 
 
 '."J r 
 
 Jrcbhi/jops.'] Archbifhopfe^s in this Kingdom are, • i:. 
 
 Cue/nay Lemhurg. 
 
 Bijhops.1 Bifhopfees in this Kingdom are thefc following ; 
 
 rCracaiv, 
 
 I Cujaviot ' 
 
 I Culnty ■ ■ 
 
 fs r J ^ucko. > 
 
 ^"'^^^ < Med.:ick, 
 
 \ Plojko, ' " 
 
 fjcmburgK Kaminiik, 
 ^PremyzU, 
 
 ■r^:::- 
 
 - i t 
 
 \Jm'verJities.'\ Univcrfities are thofe of 
 CracoWi ■■ t Pofnat 
 
 Wiha, 
 
 Manners^ The Polanders are generally handfom, tall, and well 
 proportioned Men ; of a good and durable Complexion, zrsc fo 
 ilrong Conftitutions, that many of them prove the beft of Sokiers, 
 being able to fuftain all the fatigues of a Military Life. The No- 
 bility and Gentry migh'ily affetl Pomp and Grandeur; whether in 
 Diet, Apparel, or Ecjuipuge ; many of whom are of fo generous 3 
 Temper, that we may reckon them rather profulc than liberal. 
 The Art of DifTimuIation is in no great Vogue among them, moft 
 of the better Sort being oi a fair and downright Converfation. 
 They exp^*!^ a great deal of Refpeft, and where that is given they 
 never fail to make a fuiable Return. They are generally courteous 
 and affable to Strangers, extremely jealous of their Liberties and 
 Privileges, but moft tyrannical towards the meaner Sort of their 
 own People, treating the Peafants as mere Slaves ; and in fome 
 Places they exercife a Power of Life and Death 6pon their domeftip 
 Servants : Which abfolute Power, and fevere Ufage of the Com-> 
 jnonalty by the Nobles, together with the many Feuds betweei^ 
 pne another, have pro4uced not only many grievous Diforders in 
 
Part II. Poland. 1^5 
 
 this Kingdom, but alfo occafioned the final Revolt of the Cojfach* 
 One remarkable Qaality is their fingular Care to inftra£l Youth in 
 the Latin Tongue, which moft perfons do fpeak very fluently 1; iind 
 in which many of the Female Sex are alfo good Proficients. 
 
 Language^ The FoUt being defcended from the Sclaw, fpeak a 
 Diale£t of the Sclavonian Tongue ; but the Poverty of their Lan- 
 guage makes them borrow many Words from the Germans, efpe- 
 dally Terms of Art. It is hard for Strangers to learn it, the Pro- 
 nunciation being extremely harfh from the Multitude of Confonants 
 they ufe. The Lithuanians have a particular Language of their 
 own, which abounds with corrupt Latin Words ; and in Livonia 
 they ufe a Dialed of the Lithuanian ; However, the German Tongue 
 doth moflly prevail in feveral Cities, and the Kufian in others. 
 Paternofter in the Polijh Tongue runs thus : Oycza nafz kt ry teftes 
 iMniehiJJich fweitzfzie imie tenuie : Pryzdx krol ftov) fwoie^ bad» 
 nvola tivajake moon bie, taky fwaziemi. Chleba nafzego poius reduie 
 day nam dz fxiay. Vedpafc nam nafzijoiehy, jackoymoy odpo/zozamy 
 nafzym luinonuayzam. Ynie tuwonz nas nai na fokufzeuie .; a le nai 
 zab-iv ode zlego. Amen. 
 
 Government."] Poland is fubjefl to and governed by its own King 
 who is intirely elefted by the Nobility and Clergy,theComtrions hav- 
 ing no hand in it. The Poles in elcfting their King, have commonly 
 obferved this Maxim, not to chufe a King from among their own 
 Nobility, but rather out of fome foreign Princely Family thereby 
 to preferve an Equality among the Nobles, and preve;. faftions. 
 However, of all foreign princes, they induitrioufly avoid the Houfe 
 of Auftria, left a King from thence ftiould find out ^Vays to treat 
 them in the fame manner as tiiat Houfe hath done t!a; Hungariayis 
 and Bohemians, The Polijh Go'vernnurt is termed n. I- 'onarchy, but 
 if rightly confidered is a real Ariftocracy ; the No'niity in their 
 elet^ions having fo limited the King's Power, thar w. uout confent 
 of the States he cannot make War or Peace, or do nv/ thing of 
 Importance that concerns the Public. Th'jrefore confidering the 
 true Nature of this Government, we may imagine that it is fre- 
 quently liable to Intprreigns, whether by Ocud', Dcprfttion, or Re 
 Agnation ; as alfo intefline Broils and Commjtions when the Parties 
 elefting differ in their Choice. When the King is abfent from,' 
 Poland the Archbilhop of Gnefnn officiates as King ; but if no Arcii- 
 bifhop of Gnefnu, then the Bifiiop of Tiojlio^ or Ptjnr. undertakes 
 the fame. The whole State is commonly confidered as divided 
 into two principal Parts, the Kingdom oi Poland, and Great Dtichy 
 pf Lithuania, with one Dyet for the whole, which is held at irar- 
 fanv. The Senate is compofed of ArchbifliopF, Bifliops, Palatines, 
 Callellftns, and chief Officers of the Kingom. Ti\t Gjnerul Diet 
 
 ^ 4 COftftil? 
 
 ^mi^\ 
 
 I ii 
 
' 
 
 i^6 Poland, .Part 11. 
 
 confills of the fame Members, with Delegates from each. Pro- 
 vince and City of the Kingdom ; which Diet is either ordinary, 
 as when fummoned according to Law, once every two Vearii; 
 or extraordharyt as when called by the King upon fome enier^ 
 gent OccaHon. Summoning the Dyet is always performed by 
 the Chancellor's Letters to the Palatines, acquainfin;^ them with 
 what the King defigns to propofe to them, and the time he. would 
 have them come to Court. Having received the King's Propofal, 
 they have all full Liberty to examine the fume as to its Nature 
 and Confequence, and to return their Opinions with all Freedom. 
 The King's Letters are likewife fcnt to the Gentry of each Palati- 
 nate, to chufe a Nuncio for their .Reprefentative in the Dyet ; in 
 which Eledion the Candidate muft be voted unanimoufly, for if 
 the Suffrage of only one private Gentleman be wanting, the Elec- 
 tion is void, and the Province is deprived of its Vote in the ap-^ 
 preaching Dyet. The Elections being over, and all the Senators 
 and Nuncios come to Court, the King attired in his Royal Robes, 
 and attended by the Chancellor, renews the Propofal in their pub- 
 lick Aflembly. The Propofal having already been duly weighed, 
 they come to a fpeedy Refoiution in the Matter either /re or con. 
 As the aforefaid Election of Nuncios requires an unanimous Af- 
 fent in all Perfons electing, even fo the Demand from the King in 
 the General Dyet, muft be aflented to by all, oihcrwifc the De- 
 mand is made in vain ; for if they difver, which frequently happens, 
 then the Dyet breaks up without dcing any thing, and each Mem- 
 ber returns Home. Subordinate to the Senate and Dyet are many 
 Courts of Judicature, whether Ecclefiaftical, Civil, or Military, 
 for determining all Caufes in the various I^arts of tiie Kingdom ; 
 which Courts are much the fame with other civilized Nations, 
 particularly thofe in EngUind. 
 
 jfrms."] The Arms of Poland arc quarterly, firft and fourth GuUst 
 an Eagle Argent, crowned and armed Or, for Poland, The fe- 
 cond and third Gules^ a Cavalier armed Capapee Jrgent ; in the 
 Dexter a naked Sword of the fame ; in the Sinifter a Shield Jzure 
 charged with a bearded Crofs " , mounted on a Courfer of the 
 iecond, barbed of the third an led of the fourth, for Lithuania. 
 For the Creft of Po/flW, :. Crcvn witn eight flurets, and clofed 
 with four Demicircles ei.ding in a Mund Or, For the Motto, 
 Hahentfua Sydcra Rcges. 
 
 Religion.'] The Inhabitants of this Country, for the moft Part, 
 are of the Rcmijb Church ; yet all Religions being tolerated, here 
 are many of the Greek Church, as alfo Jhmcniam, Lutherans, CaU 
 'i'iiiijh, j'eviii and ^akcn. The Papifts are difpcrfed over all 
 
)ft Part, 
 d, here 
 
 ver all 
 
 of^r 
 
 Part II. Poland, 
 
 Parts of the Kingdom, but mod numerous in the Ptovinces 
 fa<w and Cujavia. The Lutherans are moftly to be found in PruJJia 
 the Armenians in Kuffia ; and all the reft appear ia great Numbers 
 through the various Parts of Lithuania, In Samogitia is a Sort of 
 People who diflfer little from Heathens. The Reformation of Re- 
 ligion began in this Country 153^* but did not meet with due En- 
 couragement. The Chriftian Faith was planted in the various 
 Parts of Poland at feveral Times, it being eftabliihed in Poland, 
 properly fo called, in the Time of their Prince Micijlaus 963. Ia 
 Livonia 1 200, by the preaching of one Minardus. In Litbuanim 
 1386, at the Admiilioaof Jagello to the Crown of Poland i and, 
 as fome affirm, by Thomas Waldenfis an Englijhman, In Samogitia 
 and Folhinia, at the fame Time with Livonia. ^ .- 
 
 MONEY. 
 
 The Gold Ducat 
 The Rixdollar 
 
 Dantzig Dollar the fame 
 Ourt, worth about 
 
 /. 
 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 
 9 
 4 
 4 
 o 
 
 Gros, 1 8 of which make the Ourt. 
 
 d, 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 lilM 
 
 f.f 
 
 , Gules, 
 ^he fe- 
 in the 
 J%ure 
 of the 
 huania. 
 clofed 
 Motto, 
 
 SECT. 
 
 'f-*' 
 
i 
 
 nj 
 
 f 
 
 I 
 
 
 ^- 
 
 138 
 
 Part II. 
 
 ^ . .^ ^^ ..■ 
 
 SECT. VII. 
 ^paiiT with porttioral. 
 
 Extent and Situation. 
 
 .i..^':. i 
 
 -•■r; 
 
 Degrees. 
 
 Miles, 
 
 X^ength 580 } 
 
 Breadth 450 5 "^••♦*«^«^" "^ -5 ^nd 44 North Latitude. 
 
 From Cape Ftnijlcr Weft to Cape Creus Eaft, and 
 From Gil.' alt ur South to theCoaltbf ^/ar/n North. 
 
 between i 2' Weft and 3 . Kaft Lonfiitude. 
 I 36 ai 
 
 A late Author Kiakes the Longitude iibove 100 Miles more; 
 which is done by a Traverfc Line from Southweft to Nor .l.eaft ; 
 and the like Method lit- takc5 in many other Countries, net cor.fi- 
 dering that by this Abfurdity ..is Meafuie is neither Longitude nor 
 Latitude^ Length or Urcadth, but an irrational Jumble of bo;h. 
 
 The Provinces we divide 
 into three Clafles 
 
 jpirA contal|iS' 
 
 ' Bifcay • 
 
 Gallicia • 
 
 Portugal — 
 ,AndaluJta -rr- 
 
 r Eflramadnra 
 
 I Granada — 
 Second con-J;|^^^^,^ 
 
 tains j Valentia — 
 
 ^Bilhoa 
 Oi'ieda — 
 
 Comfojiclla 
 
 Sei'ille •>— 
 
 "In.ioW. 
 
 to S. 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 Third con- 
 tains 
 
 %,Catalonia 
 
 Arancn 
 
 \Na-Vfire 
 
 the E. Part, A''a-idu 
 
 . Idem ; 
 
 y^ -i Idem 
 
 Idem 
 
 Barcelona — 
 
 [QldCajUle - 
 Wtw CdjHle 
 , Lion ■ 
 
 .Si 
 U 
 
 I 
 
 >W.toE. 
 
 Sarngo/a 
 PaKpclcna 
 BurgGS — 
 
 Mad) id — 
 
 to 
 W. 
 
 ■ |N.toS 
 
 Contains 
 
 ^iJem S. of Ajhria. 
 I. B'lfcay, 
 
 <{ 5. Avvj., proper V^ \ Bilbou p* ^° ^^• 
 
 l^Jlaia "—^ yu (^ ritorui, Southward. 
 
 2, 4?U' 
 
.i.:-:- > 
 
 
 
 fi'-' 1 
 
 ji 
 
 I'l'. 
 
 i* 
 
 ■:l: 
 
 '■'^ 
 
 'I 
 
 Mm 
 I 
 
 tiff 
 
^ ' 
 
 ' 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 t , f 
 
 Ip f 
 
 \7 
 
 s 
 
 J 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 ;• 
 
 1' 
 
,,..,4 
 
 .-■St' &^. 
 
 «M{ 
 
 !-1 
 
 I*- . 
 
 .1 ' :i 
 
 -. /. -.5' 
 
 ,'i■^^'l■' 
 
 "'I -.'i.i J i«; 
 
 W,v I • 
 
 
 .»«. .■ *■<'-!. 
 
 .'(^.M. 
 
 :> . > / ; 
 
 'S;' . I. 
 
 
 
 
 > .<•»! ►V , 
 
 l-.t! 
 
 ■i'VT 
 
 \' 
 
 
 Vr- 
 
 y 
 
 / ;■■ 
 
 ' , / » i 
 
 V 
 
 B 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 U 
 
 f >■>,■■■ 
 
 :* i'* 
 
 ■i I 
 
 Vv 
 
 .•V,, ". ji- 
 
 ^ »«H> 
 
 >»HA. (14»«. ,;-V 
 
 < I fn ■ > . < • ,• ^ . 
 
 > '^f. 
 
 
 JaiWr 
 
 +• -■»« .^^1 
 
 ife!!^' .'ttStJCJi": J,- 
 
Paet II. 
 
 Spain with Portugal, 
 2. 4fiurU, 
 
 n9 
 
 p^ . C 4/htria it Ovhda -, I Chief J Oviedo, Wdlwaid. 
 vvniuns I Jfiurin tit SwtiiUmu iTovflklSmtiJ/a/iat EaftvfaM. 
 
 3. GallUia, 
 
 ^ Arclihii^p of Compojltl/a'y g ridem ^1 S. W. (0 
 X tMondoneJo "" / r? I Wcm — 
 
 Contains ^fiifliop of ^r Z'A^a — — %J]|^Idem 
 ' y \Ortnfa *-— .1 J lldem 
 
 ^Territory of SHuy 'J j (.Idem 
 
 4. Portugal^ a Kingdom. 
 
 i ' 
 
 lift :, fEntre MMa Duro 
 Tralos Monies — — 
 Contains the jBeira - „., i-,., 
 
 Provinces oi^Ejiramadura the W. Partj 
 'i • frt • . • ^Etitre Hugo Quadiana — 
 
 ^Algamte •• • * 
 
 •^ 
 
 5r/i^a — } W, to 
 Braganza ) E. 
 Coimbra "1 
 Z;i>3o» — I N. to 
 Evora — C S. 
 
 5« Andalufia, 
 
 •S < Archbilhopof^fu///* 
 c i Biihojp of Ca^/z ^— — 
 (J I.D. Qt Medina Sidonia 
 
 ..,,.r,. 
 
 
 Idem 
 
 Idem 
 ^ -Idem 
 ^ \ Idem 
 c3 J Idem, Soathward. 
 
 Granada, 
 
 1 E. to S. W. upon the 
 > Guada/jui'virf or aigh 
 I toit 
 
 •J J 
 
 .... ^ 
 
 
 J, Mur^ 
 
■ f. 
 
 [140 Spain with Portugal . . Paut I[. 
 
 • 7. Murcia, 
 
 •J T Mureia, properly fo called 1 hi f Mutcia — \ „ „, 
 
 g ^Territory C Lorc^ -, - — J . ^ Idem J *•• *» W. 
 
 O J of ( Carthgene — - J S I Wem S. on the Seacoaft. 
 
 * 8. Valentia, 
 
 Contains the f Mil/ares < 
 
 Diftrifts-J Xucar 
 ' '^ of ISegura 
 
 ■'Mir . < ; •'• * \ : 
 
 o T Tuicerds. 
 
 Chief T. -J VnUn*iai, Segorh 
 J Oriuciay yilUant, 
 
 
 :: ] Tertofa 
 .S J Girotta 
 
 c .• Barcelona 
 Q J Taragona 
 
 9. Catalonia. 
 r Idem "I 
 
 :.> .•"c;:: 
 
 .,;\ 
 
 X'^TZ; g S In. to f . to S.W. upon the 
 Lerida ^ • A } Idem \ ^*'''- . 
 
 G.w .Hi Idem 1 .^^ / • > -- '-'^ •'•- . ; 
 
 |g|Idem7 
 
 Idem VE. toW. nigh or upon the 
 t Idem J Seacoaft. • 
 
 10. Aragon^ 
 
 f Idem 7 
 
 I jldemSN. W. to S. E. 
 p I Idem 3 
 
 „ f Biihops of< Hutfca 
 
 c J Archbifliop of Saragoffa — "^ [^ -^ Idem, upon the Ebro> 
 *S ! C Taragona — — | .« j Idem ") 
 
 § I Bilhop of \ ■ 
 
 ^ Tervel 
 
 § IdemiN. toS. 
 j LWemi 
 
 II. Navarre, 
 
 Contains the Didridls 
 
 12. Old 
 
Part II. 
 
 .\ ,7/ V ' 
 
 Spain with Portugal, 
 12. OldCflftile, • 
 
 t4« 
 
 Contain! 
 the Ter 
 
 ^Burgts — "^ f Idem — J 
 Rioja — jj I Logronno >W. to S. Et 
 Caiahera > | Idem — ) 
 
 '< 
 
 Titories 
 
 
 .» ,'*:■.. 
 
 -VESjIdem-l 
 
 - I *t} • ^'^e'" — >■ E. to W. on the Doun: 
 
 Soria — 
 Ofma - , 4^ 
 Valladolid 3 Idem - } 
 %7« ^ Wcm, c6 m. S. E. \^f y^^^j^^-j^ 
 
 \,Avi/a —J LIdem, 63 m. S. y 
 
 ', .: j^. New Caftile, I: ' 
 
 . • f ATflr/it, the Togo, 
 
 Being divided into< Middlt, between the 7ag9 and Guadiana, 
 (^ South, of Guadiana, 
 
 CCoii 
 
 otra 
 
 i PUtentia 
 Narth contain;, the J Toledo «■ 
 Towns of S Madrid 
 
 •W. to E. 
 
 I Alcala dt Henares ^AU three N. E. ofToUdf^ 
 \JjMadalajara — 
 
 f Alcantara iipon the TW^*. 
 Middle contains thej Merida upon the Guadiana, 
 , Towns of I Truxilh 36 m. N. E. of Meridti. 
 ^ Cvrff/Si upon the Xucar* 
 
 C Badajos 
 South contains the I Ellenera 
 
 Towns of I Ciudad Real 
 L Alcarex — 
 
 -1 
 
 VFromW. toE. 
 
 14. Le§n^ a Kingdom.' 
 
 3I 
 
 E. to S. W. o» 
 
 the Douro. 
 
 iPalencia — ' 
 Tora - 
 Zatnora 
 Leon — — ) «T »» c iv- 
 Aprga jN.toS.W, 
 
 } Chief Towns f Salamanca ? xr ^^ e p 
 • Lin South are ^P«fr/o>/« _JiN.to&.n. 
 / Ciudad Rodrigo 
 L ■*" ' SPAIN 
 
 
 * ■<■ 
 
 'IM 
 
 ■is 
 
 . Ml? 
 
t4^ Spain. Part ll 
 
 SPAIN is the largeft Peninfula in Europe ; being joined to th6 
 Continent by the Pyrenean Mountains, which run from the 
 Mediterranean Sea to the Bay of Bi/cay, That Part on the Weft, 
 belonging to the King of Portugai, extends 300 Miles, including 
 jf/garve on the South up to the River Minho North» and its 
 Breadth 100 Miles more or lefs at a Medium. It confifts moiUy 
 of that old Province of Spain, called by the Rotaans Lujitania, 
 
 SPAIN. 
 
 i\^««^]Q PAIN, formerly Iberia, Hefperia ultima i by tom6 
 %^ Spaniai bounded on the Eaft and South by part of 
 the Mediterranean Sea ; on the Weji by Portugal and part of the 
 Atlantick Ocean ; on the North by the Bay of Eifcay ; is termed 
 by the Italians, Spagna ; by the Natives,. EJpania ; by the Frenchi 
 E/pagnei by the Germans, Spanien ; and by the Englifi, Spain ; 
 fo called, as feme fay, from a certain King named htfpanus : But 
 the moft received Opinion is, that it came from HifpeUis, now Se- 
 'uilU, the Chief City in former Times. 
 
 Air^ The Air of this Country is generally very pme and calm^ 
 being feldom infe£led with Mifts and Vapors ; but in the Summer 
 fo extremely hot, efpedally in the South Provinces, that it is trou- 
 blefome and dangerous for the Inhabitants to fiir abroad about 
 Noon, from the Middle of May to the End of Auguft. The op- 
 pofite Place of the Globe to Madrid 'u that Part of the Pacific O- 
 cean 1 77 Degrees Eaft of London ; Madrid being three Deg. Weft 
 of London by the beft Account, The South Latitude is 40, 26. 
 
 Soil."] The Soil of this Country is in many Places very dry and 
 barren, feveral of the inland Provinces being covered with Sand* 
 rocky Mountains or Woods ; and others naturally fertile for the 
 moft Part neglefled, lying wafte and uncultivated for many Years* 
 and that by reafon of the Scarcity, or rather the idle Negligence 
 of its Inhabitants. But this Defeat of Corn, and other Grain« 
 is fuSiciently fupplied by many Sorts of excellent Fruits and 
 Wines, which with little Art and Labour are here produced in 
 great Plenty. The longeft Day at Madrid h near 15 Hours. 
 
 Commodities."] The chief Commodities here are Wines, Oil, Su- 
 gar, Metals, Rice, Silk, Liquorifti, Honey, Flax, Saffron, Ani- 
 feed, Raiiins, Almonds, Oranges, Lemons, Cork, Sope, Ancho- 
 vies, Sumach, Wool, Lambfkins, Tobacco : Alfo Gold and Silver 
 from Ameri<a» 
 
 Z ■ . 
 
 BariiitsJi 
 
Part II. Spain. 143 
 
 Rarities.] Near the City Catiiz is an old ruinous Watchtowcr, 
 which the common People call the Pillar of Hercules ; but the higk 
 Land at Gibraltar called Calpe, and the other near Ceuta m Barbary 
 called iibylay are the old Pillars of Hercules, z. In the City of 
 Granada is the large iumptuous Palace of the Mporifb Kings^ 
 whofe Infide is beautified with Jafper end Porphyry, and adorned 
 with divers Arabic and Mofaic Infcriptions. •^. PiXTantganam. 
 Catalonia are the Ruins of a Roman Circus \ and at 'Segjvia in Old 
 CaJiiU are the Remains of a noble Aquadudl, built ^oy thq Emperor 
 Trajan, and fupported by 177 Arches in double Rows, reaching 
 from one Hill to another. 4. Without the Walls of To/r^^ was 
 a large Theatre, fome Part whereof is yet {landing. Here alfo 
 is an admirable modern Aquaduft, contrived according to the 
 Order of Philip 11, 5. At Onn/a in Gallicia are feveral Springs 
 of medicinal hot Waters, wonderfully efteem«d,by the ableft Phy» 
 ficians. 6. At the City of Toledo is a Fountain, whofe Waters 
 near the Bottom are of an acid Tafte, but towards the Surfoce 
 extremely fweet. 7. Near Guaduhjara in Nenu Qajiile is a Lake 
 which never fails to make a rumbling Noife before a Storm. 8. The 
 Cathedral Church o£ Murcia, containing 400 Chapels, is remark- 
 able for its curious Steeple, fo built, that a Chariot may eafily af- 
 cend to the Top. 9. Many talk, of a Shipi of Stone, with Malls, 
 Sails, and Tackle, to be feen at Mjngia in Gallicia. As to the 
 River Guadiana^ its diving under Ground, from whence it was 
 formerly called Anas or the Duck, the fame is known fufiiciently. 
 
 Archbifhops in this Kingdom 
 Calahorat 
 
 B 
 
 ur 
 
 ,-gcs 
 
 Compos - 
 tdla 
 
 ■A-vili, 
 
 Allnrga^ 
 Badi"jcs, 
 
 Citidad RoaWigOf 
 C'.ria^ 
 Leo?:, 
 Lir/os, 
 Mo^idoncdof 
 Orcpfny 
 O -vie do, 
 P laze tit! a, 
 Sniamancay 
 Tits, 
 JZiumora, 
 
 with their Suffragans. 
 
 f CadiZf 
 Sei/ille < Canary fs, 
 
 (^ Guadis. 
 
 ^ Barcelonat 
 
 IGirona^ 
 Lerida^ 
 Tarctgona -^ Solfona^ 
 I Tortofa, 
 I Vich, 
 \JJrgeL 
 
 7ohd0 
 
 CCartagene^ 
 I Cordova, 
 I Cuenxa, 
 
 ] 0/ma, 
 KVallcdolid. 
 
 
 i:;v'- 
 
 W^ 
 
 » ? 
 
 iim- 
 
 ■ill 
 
 ij 
 
 Gra\ 
 
 ■M. 
 
144 
 
 ^ , C Almeria, 
 ( Malaga, 
 
 Spain, 
 
 Part II; 
 
 ^^-^ I fe? 
 
 Saragofa 
 
 * Alharacin^ 
 ^alhajiro, 
 }Hue/ca, 
 dacca, 
 Uarafona, 
 TerueL 
 
 Uni^erjititei.1 Univerfities in this Kingdom ire thofe of 
 
 Seville, 
 
 Granada, 
 
 Compofiellay 
 
 Toledo, 
 
 ValladoUdy 
 
 Salamanca^ 
 
 Alcala, 
 
 Siguenxa, 
 
 Valencia^ 
 
 Lerida, 
 
 Huefca, 
 
 Saragofaf 
 
 Tortofa, 
 
 Ofuna, 
 
 Onata, 
 
 Gandia, 
 
 Barcelona, 
 
 Murcia, 
 
 Taragofta, 
 
 Baexa, 
 
 Avila, 
 Oriuela, 
 Oviedo, 
 Palencia, 
 
 Manners."] The trueft Chara£ler of the Spaniards^ t any where 
 find, is that by Dr. Heylin, which in the main runs thus. The 
 Spaniards are People of a fwarthy Complexion, black Hair, and 
 whofe Perfons have a good Proportion : Of a majeilic Gait and 
 Deportment, grave and ferious in their Carriage, in Offices of Pie- 
 ty very devout, not to fay fuperflitious ; obedient and faithful to 
 their King ; in War too flow and deliberate ; patient in Adverfl. 
 ty ; very temperate in Eating and Drinking, and not prone to al- 
 ter their Refolutions or Apparel. Arts they efteem diflionorable ; 
 are too much given to Lazinefs; much addi£led to Women; un- 
 reafonablyjealous of their Wives, and by Nature extremely proud. 
 Farther he fays, that being a mixt People defcended from the Gothi, 
 Moors, Jenvs and Spaniards ; from the Jefws they borrow Supei - 
 ilition, from the Moors Melancholy, Pride from the Goths ^ and 
 from the old Spaniards a Defire of Liberty. 
 
 Language."] Of all the living Tongues derived from the Latin, 
 the Spanijh comes nearefl the Original, except a few Words de- 
 rived from the Moors, tho' no Kingdom has been more harafTed 
 by the Irruption of barbarous Nations than Spain. The beil Spa- 
 r.iji: is generally fpoken in iV>«u; Cafiile : InValentia and Catalonia 
 ir. is moft corrupt. Their Paterncfter runs thus : Padre nuejiro, 
 qiip il^ms en los Citlos, SanSlifcade fea tu Nombre ; Vengata nos tti 
 Regno ; hcgnfe tu Voluntad, cjjien la tierra, ccmo en le cielo ; El pan 
 nucfiro dc cndadia da nes looji ; y per donna nos nuejlras deudas, ojfi 
 CD7M r.os ct^os perdonamos a' neufiros deudores, y no dot dexes caer in 
 t£7itaiic:i ; mas libra nos de mal. Amen. 
 
 Government.'} 
 
lRT II; 
 
 Oriueht 
 
 Oviedo, 
 
 Palencia. 
 
 any where 
 bus. The 
 Hair, and 
 cGait and 
 [ices of Pie- 
 faithful to 
 in Adverfi. 
 prone to al- 
 fhonorable ; 
 omen ; un- 
 nely proud, 
 n the Goths, 
 rrow Supei- 
 Goths, and 
 
 the Latittt 
 Words de- 
 lore haraffed 
 yt beft Spa- 
 id Catalonia 
 dre nuejirot 
 ngata nos tu 
 ieio; Ei pan 
 (ieudas, ojji 
 fexes caer in 
 
 Government. 1 
 
 Part Ii. Spaiit, 14$ 
 
 Government.'} Spain Was formerly divided Into fourteen King- 
 doms, which being at length reduced to three, /itvgon, Ca/Ji/e, and 
 Portugal^ the two former were united in 1474, by the Marriage; 
 of Ferdinaiid of Aragon with Ifabel, Heirefs of Cajiih : Portugal 
 was add ^ by Conqueil 1578; but revoiting in.1640, the whole 
 of 5/ r excluding Portugal, is at prefent fubjeil to one Sove- 
 reign, \ rined his Cathclick Majefty, King of Spain-and the L:dies, 
 The numerous Provinces of this great Monarchy are ruled by par- 
 ticular Governors, and the various Parts of his Dominions in the 
 £a/l and IVe^ Indies are governed by their refpeftive l^ici.roys of 
 Manilla, Mexico and Peru, who are generally very fevere in exa£l- 
 ing of the Subjctt what poflibly they can during their fhort Re- 
 gency, which is commonly limited to three Years ; the King ap- 
 pointing others in their Room, that he may gratify as many of his 
 Grandees as may be with all Gonveniency, there being ftill a 
 great Number of them at Court, as Candidates for a Government. 
 I'or the better Management of public Affairs, there are many 
 Councils and Audiences eftablifhed in this Kingdom, namely the 
 Council of State t the Council Royal of Cajiile^ the Council cf War, 
 Council of Aragon^ Ccmcil of the Indies, that of the Order st and the 
 ^reafury, that of the Chamber and.Di/cbargeSf the Council of hiqui' 
 fttion. Council of Confcichcc, and Council of Policy. Audiences aire 
 Courts fcir determining civil Caufes about ten Miles Diftri£t, but 
 the Audiences in Amerieahave a far wider Extent. 
 
 Arm.] The King of Spain bears Quarterly J the firft countier- 
 quartered j in the firft and fourth Gules, a Caftle triple towered 
 Azure, each with three Battlemehts Or, purfled Sable', fOr Cafiile, 
 In the fecond and third Argent, a Lion paffant Gules, crowned, 
 armed and tOngited Or^ for Leon. In the fecond greater Quarter 
 Or, four Pellets Gules, for Aragon. Party Or, four Pellets alfo 
 Gules, between two Flanchcs Argeuf, charged with as many Eagles 
 Sable, membcfed, beaked, and crowned Azure, for Sicily. Thefe 
 two great Quarters grafted in Bafe Argent, a Pomegranate Vert, 
 ftalked and leafed of the fame, open and fceded Gules, for Granw 
 f.a. In the third Quarter Guhs, a Ftfle Argent, for AjTuria, Cou- 
 ple and fupported by old Burgundy, which is Bendy of fix Pieces 
 Or, and Azure bordertd Gltlct. In the FoUtth great Qiiarter Azure 
 Semee of Flowers de Lis Or, with a Border Compcny Argtnt and 
 Gules, for modem Burgundy \ Coupie Or, fupported Sahlc, a Lion 
 Or, for Brabant. Thefe two great Quarters charged with a Scut- 
 cheon Or, a Lion Sable, tongucd Gules, for Flaiders. Party Or, 
 an Eagle Sable, for A.itwerp. For Crejl, a Crown Or, raifed with 
 eight Semicircles terminating in a Mund Or. The Collar of the 
 Golden Fleece furrounds the Shield, on the Sides of which ftand 
 the two Kliars oi tienults, with this Motto, Pius ultra. 
 
 M Peligiati.J 
 
 II 
 
 ill in 
 
 !■ 
 
 mi 
 
 ii 
 
 •iP 
 
 iy\ 
 
 m ", 
 
 ')•::■■:■■" 
 
 m 
 
 n 
 
 m 
 
 w 
 
 . 9 » 
 
 ,$m 
 
 
 <=,': 
 
 m 
 
 
1 4^ 
 
 Spain. 
 
 I*ART If, 
 
 Religion. 1. The Spaniards are flrift Adherers to the Church of 
 Horne^ in all her grofs Errors an^ Corruptions, taking their Reli- 
 gion intireiy on the Pope's Authority ; and are fo bigotted, that 
 the King fufFers none to live in his Deminionst who profefs not the 
 DoSlrine of the Roman Church ; for which extraordinary Zeal the 
 Pope hath conferred upon him the Title of Catholick Majejiy. AH 
 other Profefllons, tending to Liberty, are expelled by that Anti- 
 chrijiian Tynnny of the bloody Inquiiition, at firft advifed and fet 
 up by Pedro MenJoza Archbilhop of Toledo, againft fach converted 
 Jews and Moors as returned back to their Superjiition ; but was af- 
 terwards applied chiefly to thofe of the Protejiant Communion, So 
 induftrious are the Ecclefiafticks in this Country to keep the whole 
 People in the thickeft Mift of Ignorance, and fo little are they in* 
 dined of themfelves to inquire after Knowlege, that confidering 
 thefe Things upon one hand, and the Terror of the Inquifition 
 upon the other, in cafe of the leafl Tendency to Innovsttion in 
 Points of Faith, we cannot reafonably expe£t a Reformation of Re- 
 ligion in this Kingdom, except the Hand of Providence fhall inter- 
 pofe in a wonderful manner. Chrillianity was planted here, ac- 
 cording to the Spanijh Tradition, by St. James the Apoftle, within 
 four Years after the Death of CLrift. 
 
 MONEY. 
 
 Old Spanijh Doubloon ■ — _»_« j y , 
 >The ^/(^we^ Piftole ■ . i ,3 5 
 
 The Half and Quarter in Proportion. 
 
 The Silver Coins are called Piaftres, Dollars or Pieces 1 
 
 of Eight, all meaning the fame, and very near the V o 46 
 fame Value ■ ' - ■ . ^ 
 
 A Real is SiApence three Farthings j fo that a Piece of Eight or 
 eight Reals is 4 s. 6 d. 
 
 PORTUGAL, 
 
 Kume.] PORTUGAL is bounded on the Eaft by Spain; 
 S^ on the North by Galliciai on the Weft and South by 
 the Aliuntick Ocean : Tis called by the Italians, Portogailo ; b/ 
 th» Spaniards, French, Germans, and Engiijh, Portugal. The 
 Name is derived from Partus Galhrum, that Haven, called Porto, bcir.g 
 the Place where the Gauls ufually landed, when moll of the Sea- 
 ports in Spain were in the Hands of the Moors, 
 
 Air.} 
 
RT 11. 
 
 'hurch of 
 •ir Reli- 
 ed, that 
 s not the 
 Zeal the 
 tjiy. AH 
 :hat Anti- 
 ed and fet 
 converted 
 ut was af- 
 inion. So 
 the whole 
 re they in* 
 ronfidering 
 Inquifition 
 iovsiltion in 
 tion of Re- 
 fhall inter- 
 d here, ac- 
 )ftle, within 
 
 L 
 
 3 1 ' 
 — 1 13 6 
 
 (046 
 of Eight or 
 
 iafl by Spain; 
 and South by 
 Portogallo ; b/ 
 rtugal. The 
 ed/V/fj, being 
 Dft of the Scii- 
 
 PARt It. 
 
 Spain X9kh Portttgai, 
 
 »4f 
 
 Jh:] The Air of this Country is much more temperate, efpe- 
 cially in the Maritime Places, than in thofe Provinces of Spaiti 
 which lyc under the fame Parallel, it being frequently qualified 
 by Wefterly Winds and ctrol Breezes from the Sea. The oppo- 
 fite Place of the Globe to Lijlon is Part of Netv ZeeUndf lying 171 
 Degsees Eaft of Londoh^ and about 39 South Latitude. 
 
 Soil.] The Soil of this Country is none of the beft for Grain, it . 
 being very dry and mountainous, but yet viery plentiful of Gr<7/fi, 
 Oranges, Citrons, Almonds^ Pomigranates, Oli'ueSy and fuch like. • 
 For the longeft Day at Lijbstit See the Table qi Climates, Lat. 39. 
 
 Commodifiesi] The chief Commodities of this Country are Hidesi 
 Dyers IVood, Sugar, Wine, Honey, Oil, Allum,^ mhite Marble, Salt \ 
 with Variety of Fruits, Oranges, Almonds, Ciirohs, PoTiugranatet : ^ 
 Alfo Diamonds, Gold, and Sil-ver from Brajtl. 
 
 Rarities.] In a Lake On the Hill Stella in Portugal, are found 
 Pieces of Ships, though diflant from the Sea 36 Miles. Near to 
 Roja is a Lake obfiirvable for its great rumbling Noife, heard before 
 a Storm, at the Diftance of 1 5 Miles. About ei^t Liegues from- 
 Ceim/'ra is a renarkabld Foantain, which draws in whatever only 
 touches the Surface of its Water; an Experiment of which is fre-, 
 qiiently made with the Trunks of Trees. The Town of Bethlem^ 
 near UJiion, is noted for the fuoiptuous Tombs of the KingB of 
 Portugal. , ,,.,,.; 
 
 Archbifljops in this Kingdom, with their SufFraganSv ." 
 
 Guarda, p Angola in Congo^ 
 
 Angra in the Aforeil 
 CoiffibrOf 
 
 Elvas, '* ■ 
 
 . j.p j Funchal in Madeirai 
 •^ •' > Lttria^ 
 
 Pcrtalegre, 
 St, JagG, Cape Verd\ 
 Salvador in Congo. ' 
 St. Thome inGuiney, 
 
 f Guarda, 
 
 \ homego; 
 t . Biaga < Mirc::,djf 
 I Porto, 
 K.l'iJtO. 
 
 2. Ez'Orr. \ J, ■ A' ' 
 
 I I'lito in Aignr've. 
 
 Vni-'jcrjities,] Univcrfities in this Kihgdom are thofe of 
 Llflon^ E-vora, Cjirnbra, 
 
 M 
 
 Mavners.\ 
 
 ')|.W 
 
 *;p:" 
 
 mi ^ 
 
148 Spain mth Portugal. Part IL 
 
 Manners. "] The Portuguefe^ formerly much noted for their Skill 
 in Navigation and great Difcoveries which the World owes to 
 theiti, are now unlike their Forefathers, and by fome People have 
 this Chara£ler : Take one of their Neighbours, a Native Spaniard^ 
 and ftrip him of all his good Qualities, that Perfon then remaining 
 will make a complete Portugue/e. They are generally treacherous 
 to one another, but more efpecially to Strangers ; cunning in their 
 Dealings ; addiAed to Covetoufnefs and Ufury ; barbaroufly cruel 
 where they have Power; and the meaner Sort are univerfally 
 given to Thieving. 
 
 La/tguage,"] The Language ufed in Portugal U a Compound of 
 French and Spani/h, efpecially the latter. The Difference between 
 it and true Spani/h will beft appear by their Paternofter^ which 
 rurts thus : Padre nojfo que efias nos Ceos^ SanStlficadofeia a tiu notne ; 
 Vevha a nos teu Reyno : Seiafeita a tua 'vontadey affi nos ceosy como 
 na terruy O paonojfo de cadatia dano lo oie t^efiodia. E perdoa nos 
 fcnhor as nojfas dividas, a£i como nos perdoamos a os nojfos de^vedores. 
 £ nao nos dexes cahir em tentatiot mas libra uos do mal. Amen. 
 
 Government.'] This Kingdom after many Revolutions of For- 
 tune, was unjullly feized from the Duke of Braganza^ by Pli^ 
 lip II. of Spain, and detained by him and his two Succeffors from 
 the lawful Heir, till the Year 1640, that the Portuguefey being un- 
 able to bear any longer the Tyranny of the Spaniards, threw off 
 that intolerable Yoke, and fet the Crown upon the Head of John 
 Duke of Braganzat afterwards John IV. furnamed The FortunctCi 
 notwithftanding all the Force and Power of the Spaniards ; which 
 Enterprize of theirs was brought about by the Affiftance of fome 
 French Troops fent into this Country. And 'tis remarkable how 
 clofethis Defign of Revolting was carried on, though known to 
 above three hundred Perfons at once, and in Agitation for the 
 Space of a whole Year. Ever fince this Event Portugal hath con • 
 tinued an independent Monarchy, whofe King the Pope hath liig- 
 niiied with the Title of His Faithful Majefty. 
 
 Jlrt/is.'] He bears Argent, five Scutcheons Azure, placed in 
 Crofs, each charged with as manyBefants of the full placed in 
 Saltier, and pointed Sable, for Portugal. The Shield bordered 
 GhLs, charged with feven Towers Or, three in cl if, and two in 
 each Flanch ; the Creft is a Crown Or. Under the Bafe of tha 
 SluelJ, at the ends of two Croffes, appears the Fieur dc Lis /' ', 
 for the OrJcr of ^^jis ; and the fecond P^rty Gules, for the Oiiicr 
 of Chriji. The Motto is chan^eablcf bul jVt;«ji:£r.tly thefe Wordi, 
 
 ProR.'itlsf Cn 
 
 PuliOt'}i> ^ 
 
ir Skill 
 )wes to 
 lie have 
 
 nnaining 
 cherous 
 in their 
 fly cruel 
 iverfally 
 
 )Ound of 
 between 
 r, which 
 tiu tiome ; 
 ceosy como 
 ferdoa not 
 de'vcdorei. 
 men. 
 
 s of For- 
 , by Phi- 
 effors from 
 being un- 
 threw off 
 ad of John 
 Fortunctei 
 ■ifj; which 
 ceof fome 
 ^able how 
 known to 
 ion for the 
 / hath con • 
 e hath i!ig- 
 
 placed in 
 \ placed in 
 d bordertd 
 and two in 
 Bafe cf the 
 do Lis/':.;', 
 or the Oii-'.cr 
 thefe Wordi, 
 
 Rilkkf!'} 
 
 Part II. Spain with PortugaP, tj^c^ 
 
 Relighn.'\ What was fa|d of Religion in Spain, where the Inqui- 
 fition prevails, the fame may be affirmed in ttiis Kingdom ; the Te. 
 nets of Popery being here univerfally received, only with this 
 Difference, that Jeius are tolerated, and feveral Strangers are aU 
 lowed the publick Exercife of their Religion, particularly the 
 Englijh Faflory at Lijhon, This Country reQeived the Gofpel about 
 the fame Time with Spain. , . 
 
 MONEY. 
 
 The Portugal Doubleon — — -i-^<^ 
 
 The Half and Quarter in Proportion. 
 
 The common Value of the Moida, ufually fo > 
 
 called, tho' current at Twopence more, is \ 
 The Half and Quarter in Proportion. 
 The Silver Crufado, by Newton's Table, 
 
 480 Res II ■ ' ■ 
 
 The Patagon 600 Res ■■ ■ ■ o 
 
 3, »2. 
 
 d. 
 
 \ 
 
 6 10 
 
 2 lO 
 
 6| 
 
 All Accounts are kept here by Res, 1 c of which make a Peny 
 Sterling, or 60 more nearly Fourpence Farthing. 
 
 M3 
 
 SEQT. 
 
 11 ',; "i 
 
 !5-1 
 
 i,. 
 
 t!i 
 
 
i^a 
 
 .'^ 
 
 Part II. 
 
 
 SECT. VIIL . . :-.,: 
 
 Extent and Situation. ' ' 
 
 Length 500 ? between i ^8 and 47 North Latitude. 
 Breadth 300 J { 7 and 19 Ealt Longitude. 
 
 Miles. 
 
 In the North Part about 7 Degrees where broadcft, ?it 43 Miles 
 ff^ch, makes 300 Miles. . . .-^ 
 
 The Length from Northweft to Soutl^eaft, bein«; a Compound of 
 Bradth and Length, Is about :;oo Miles ; for Want of knowing 
 ivhich fome have made it 600 Miles, and fomc 700. 
 
 Divided into three Clafl'es 
 
 Uppfr to Lom- 
 ^^^«/> contains •«( 
 the 
 
 'Duchy of ^/z-z^oy 
 Princip, oi Pic7nont 
 
 ! Men ft err, it 
 Milan - 
 Parma — 
 Modena — 
 Mantua — 
 ( Venice — 
 Rep. of I 
 
 ^ Genoa 
 .Bifhop. of 'Trent 
 
 , I hJuidle, 
 ^ Loiucr. 
 
 ' Chambery 
 
 
 Jjambery "^ 
 urin — y 
 ]i'fal — s^ 
 
 W. to E. 
 
 Ci'fa 
 Idem 
 Idem 
 
 Idem — _ 
 Itiem, N. of Modena. 
 Idem, at the bottom of 
 the Adriatic Gulf. 
 y^ \ Idem, S. oi Milan. 
 Idem, S. oi Tirol. 
 
 Jiiiddle con- 
 tains the 
 
 t-onver con- 
 (^qs the 
 
 1 
 
 LandoftheChuirch 
 Duchy of Tufcany 
 n r^ Luca 
 
 ^*=P- «^i Murino 
 
 < King, oi Ni'phs 
 
 
 Pome • ? e ^ TVT 
 
 jT, > S. to N. 
 
 r/onnce — J 
 
 Idem, S. of Modena. 
 
 idem, N. of Urbino. 
 
 Idem, South Italy. 
 
 M3 
 
 Upf?r 
 
U^miM&mSV 
 
 ITALY , 
 
 , Aitthuritieii ,^^ 
 Br Lilian B«wen 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 ftTuvM 
 
 
 
 
 MEDi 
 
 
 
 Zfafut ^ 
 UXMum 
 
 \45 
 
 \4 4 
 
 S 
 
 I. X 
 
 % 
 
 D' 
 
 111 
 
 H 
 
 
 !i 
 
 1 i!: lil'':* 
 
 ill ■;'";;' 
 
 II 
 
 li.,. 
 
 lisiSir''' 
 
 I'H 
 
 I 
 
 
 t:'fi'; 
 
 ill* 
 
 
 iiil I 
 
 ••iii.i.' 
 
 m 
 #1 
 
Upper Part. 
 
 S A vo r. 
 
 Contains feveral remarkable Towns near or upon four fniall Rivers 
 
 that water this Country. 
 
 The l/er - 
 The Jrk - 
 The Seran 
 The Arnie 
 
 I 
 
 fWcftward chiefly. 
 
 . ^ JW. turning N.W. 
 running ^ j^ ^ ^^f^^^ 
 
 (.N.W. 
 
 'I/evt arc thofe of 
 
 5 
 I 
 
 ,S/. Maurice 
 Monfiier •■— 
 
 )Btaufort — 
 
 \CotiflaMS ""^ 
 Montmelian 
 
 'Cmmberry •■ 
 
 ►from W. to E. 
 
 Arky are thofe of 
 
 ^1 
 
 KSt. 
 I St. 
 
 Michael — — 
 Join Maurien 
 
 \ 
 
 from W. to E. 
 
 "•""f'o^l^r^, 
 
 
 vfrom S. 
 
 toN. 
 
 r Salanci 
 
 .^r^., are thofe of ysotilU 
 
 ^La Roche 
 
 he -J 
 
 from E. to W. 
 
 Sanjoy Duchy, the' not in Italyt is defcribed here, as being con- 
 tiguous to the K. of Sardinian other Domains. 
 
 8 Diftrias. 
 
 Sawcy^ 
 
 Geneva County, Southpart, 
 
 Chablais, 
 
 Aoujla, 
 
 Tarantais, 
 
 Morienet 
 
 Fi^igny, 
 
 J^ugex^ Eaft of the Jihone, 
 
 M4 
 
 Chief Places. 
 
 Ckamhcry^ Aix. 
 Anjtecyt Cbatnont, 
 lonouy Evian. 
 Aatijioi Cormajor. 
 Monjiiefy Aimy. 
 St. John Mii-icn, 
 BoffviUc, Chife. 
 Tttif Loijy, 
 
 PIEMONT. 
 
 m" 
 
 ' I'm.'' 
 

 
 [J 
 
 IM 
 
 M 
 
 P I E M O NT. 
 
 Parth II. 
 
 Valley o? Sejia, ■ . ■ 
 Small Princip. of il^Av^^- 
 rrtwo, fub. to its Prince, 
 Duchy of Joujla 
 
 Marquifateof \sufa — 
 
 County of Ajii • 
 
 Seignory of Vercelli • 
 County of Nict: 
 
 f Varallo% 
 Crevacor 
 
 •h 
 
 y 
 
 Principality of Piemont 
 C. ef leniU — — ■ 
 C. of Boglio — — 
 Prin. Oncglia inclofed by 
 the Lands of Guioa 
 
 o 
 
 H 
 
 u 
 
 .a 
 U 
 
 of Lake Magiort, 
 
 Jcujla, 44 m. N. 
 Ivrea, 2 2 m. N. 
 SuPt, 23 nji. N.W. r 
 Jfii, 26 m. E. J 
 S Idem, I z m. N. of Caf^il. 
 Idem, on the Scapoaft. 
 Turh, on the River Po, 
 
 Ten£ ) s^^^j^^ 
 
 Haglia — 3 
 
 Oncglia, 
 
 cf Turin, 
 
 PIEMONT Proper. 
 
 cTurin 
 Chieri 
 
 Ctirignan — — — 
 Carmagnola — 
 
 Cv J Salwzzi — — — 
 omprehends ^ . ,. 
 
 theTcrritoV , * 
 
 ri€S of rL r 
 
 Mondoiji • 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 
 Tojj'ana 
 ^Coni — . 
 
 'Idem") 
 Idem j 
 
 Idem In. to S. upon the 
 Idem j Ptf. 
 Idem ! 
 JdemJ 
 Idem, 5 m. S. oi Pignerol. 
 
 Memi^'^°^-"P°"*^® 
 Tj C 1 attar 0. 
 Ide'Ti 3 
 
 Idem i N. to S. upon the 
 Idem ^ Bttira. 
 
 pon:prehcnd 
 jhe Territo 
 jies of 
 
 Duchy q{ MO NT F ERR AT, 
 
 C Trim 
 nds \ Cafai 
 itO--{ Alha 
 
 Acqui 
 
 Idem^ 
 
 r, >N. tOS. 
 
 Idem f 
 Idem J 
 Idem, SMilesS.W.ofji'f*/. 
 
 Puchy 
 
Part II. 
 
 Comprehends 
 theTerrito- 
 ries of 
 
 Ifaly. 
 Duchy o^ M I L A N. 
 
 ' Milanefe 
 
 iLodifan 
 
 J^emonefe 
 
 fBobiefe 
 
 ,Como 
 
 Milan 
 Lodi — 
 
 Cremona — 
 Bobio — — 
 Como N. 
 
 i 
 
 Hi 
 
 N. to S. 
 
 Thefe following Cities and their Diftri£ls belong to the King of 
 Sardinia, granted to the Houfe ofSavey at fcveral Times by the 
 Houfe of Aujiria : Namely, Novarat Vigcvano, the Pai'iefe, Tor^ 
 tonefe, LomelUfe, Ahjfandria, and the County of Angieruy near 
 Lake Magiori : ^11 \yhich are now properly in Piemont, the Da^ 
 chy of Milan remaining intire to the Houfe of Aujlria* 
 
 D of 5 ^^*'^''* P^'PP* ^^ called "1 | 
 
 \ Placentia 
 
 TTer 
 
 . of I 
 
 Bufeto — 
 Val di Taro 
 
 PARMA, 
 
 Idem 7 
 
 Idem ) 
 
 Burgo S. Domino - 1 ^ 
 
 Burgo di Valdi Taro — J o 
 
 
 ' E. to W. 
 
 (Ji 
 
 MO D E N A. 
 
 f Modenoy prop. fo called "^^C Idem Eaftward. 
 n f ) ^"V" _— — A o \ldem Weftward. 
 ^•^'1 Mirandula — -^^ -^Idem Northward, 
 
 y^Corregio . \ .a Jlditm n m. 7 ., „ - _ . 
 
 Principality of C^^^z •— JdCldem 14m J^. E.of i?.^/^. 
 
 ili yf iV r 17" vf . 
 
 f M<2«/a/2, prop, fo called "^ | C Mantua, Northward. 
 D. of-< S«i!i/o«^///i /S I Idem 8 m. S. W, 1 f., 
 
 ( Guajlalla yy < Idem 1 8 m. S. f.of M^«- 
 
 Principality of Bozxolo -r — V-^ /Idem 18 m. S. W. * '"''• 
 
 Marquifate of Cajliglion 
 
 '3 LCeJiigli^n N. W. of Mantua, 
 
 VEN IC E, more properly V E N I S E. 
 
 rDcgado or Ducky-^ ^Veiiife 
 
 I Paduano 
 I Vicentin 
 
 the Ter-X ^^^J^^, 
 riesof n. _....> 
 
 Contains 
 
 ritones 1 
 
 d 
 o - 
 
 u 
 
 • From E. to W", 
 
 Bergamefco — — 
 Cremafca — — 
 \^PoleJln de Rovigo 
 
 I g I ^"^" 
 • I j Lrcma 
 
 Padua — — 
 Vicenza — I 
 Verona - 
 Brejcia — 
 
 rwa 24 m. S. of Brrgnmo, 
 S:o 22 ra. S. oi Pudua. 
 
 I 
 
 /J '. 
 
 'Trevi/an 
 
?54 
 
 Italy, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 fTrevi/ano prop. "| fTrei'f/o 
 Feltrin ■ ■ *- | g | Feltri 
 Bellunefe 
 contains J Cadorin - 
 the Dif- I i^«a/' 
 
 , , BeUuno 
 >t: < Cacfar - 
 Vdin 
 
 trids of Cafe IJiria in 
 I Part 
 
 (U 
 
 U 
 
 •S. toN. 
 
 Parenzo, and the Southcoaft. 
 
 J,7>/-?/? and St. Vita to the Houfc <ii Jujiria, 
 
 In Dalmatia the Vettetlavi have A'lsw^, Z«rff, Scardon, St. Nice- 
 iasj Trau, SpalatOt Clijjfd^ Ciclut^ Cataro, Cajleho-vo, Budou. 
 
 f/ 
 
 GENOA. 
 
 Includes 
 the 
 
 'Principality of iWtf«<jfo " 
 Territory of Ventimiglia 
 Principality oiOneglia 
 -l Marquifate of Final .- 
 
 AW; 
 
 Sa<vona — 
 
 l.Diftri£l of ^Genoa — 
 
 Brunetto - 
 
 Albinga — 
 
 
 U 
 
 fldem to its own P.' 
 
 Idem 
 
 Idem toK.of5<ir 
 
 Idem 
 >C { Idem 
 
 Idem 
 
 Idem 
 
 Idem 
 ibidem 
 
 
 Middle Part, 
 The Papacy, or Land of the Church. 
 
 D 
 
 .of I 
 
 Terrarefe — " 
 Bohgtufe — 
 Prov. of Romania — 
 D. of Urbino « 
 Maiq. of yffico}:a — 
 
 Terr. of 5 ^^'"f^^ 
 
 D. of C<iPro - ■ ■ ' ■ 
 St, Petir's Patrimony 
 C'Vpania di Roma 
 Suhina • 
 
 D. of Spokto 
 
 gttadiOpila —J 
 
 'Terrara • 
 
 Bolonia • 
 Ra'venna 
 Vrbino < 
 Anccr.a . 
 Perugia . 
 >^ \ Or<vieto 
 Caftro 
 
 c 
 
 N.W. toS.E. 
 
 N. toS. 
 
 .Si 
 U 
 
 Vittrb) S. E. of Orvieto. 
 
 Rtj/ne. 
 
 Magliana N. of Rome. 
 
 Spelt to. 
 
 Q^jhl/a S.\V. of Uilii!0. 
 
 ^i 
 
 rus. 
 
thcoaft. 
 
 , 5/. Nice- 
 udofy. 
 
 wn P."! 
 
 r 
 
 y- . 
 
 >5 
 
 /f^. 
 
 to S. E. 
 
 >S. 
 
 Part IL 
 
 f Florence 
 Terr, of \ Pifa 
 
 Italy. 
 TUS C ANT. 
 
 ^SS 
 
 •—'] fidem 
 
 } 
 
 ^a I g Idem J 
 
 nna — — i o | Idem J 
 
 'omit no — VC! ^ Idem > 
 
 and Majfa I u Mafa, 24. m 
 
 N.E. toS.W. 
 
 N.E. toS.W. 
 
 ^ Sienna 
 Princip. of Piombino 
 UeotE/ifa ' ■ , , ^ . 
 
 i). of Carara and ilii;^ I cj I Mafa, 24 m. N. W. of Pi/a. 
 Sia.t^ of Prejfdii —J, [,Orbitello, ^^m,E. of Cofmofoli, 
 
 The Republics of {^;^^^ 
 
 Contain only the f Luca ^ 8 m. N. E. of Pifa. 
 Territories of< and V 
 thefe two Cities ^ Marino j Near the Seacoaft of Urhino, 
 
 Lower Part. 
 
 Kingdom oi N A P L E S, 
 
 North Ahruzzo 
 South AbruKZo 
 Molife ■■ — 
 
 Qapitinate a: i Puglia 
 Itrra di Bari — 
 Terra di Otranto 
 Terra di Lavora 
 North Principate 
 South Principate 
 Bajilicate — 
 
 North Calabria 
 South Calabria 
 
 „ . / rrom N 
 
 — Bofano — — — t 
 
 '?//« - Manfredonia f ^ . , 
 
 i_ I Ba4 — S ^^ 
 
 — — ' ^ .' OtrantOyLecce'^ 
 
 ■'FromN.W. toS.E. 
 the Adriatick 
 
 «4-l 
 
 Aquila 
 Chieti 
 Bojano 
 Mant 
 Ban 
 OtrantOi 
 Naples 
 
 Bene'vento — a 
 Salerno — V. From N. to S. on the 
 Qrenza —f Napo-litan Sea. 
 Cofenza —* 
 , Regio 
 
 r%-:'1 i 
 
 c 
 
 I 
 
 
 ■ \ 
 
 
 TVS, 
 
 ITALY, 
 
 
 
15^ 
 
 Italy. 
 
 Part \h 
 
 I 
 
 Name."] T T A L Y, known of old by the Name of Kr/pa-ia, Sa- 
 X. tur'nia, Lntium, Aufc7iiay and Oeiictrin, bounded on all 
 Sides by the Mediterranean Sea, except Northwefl:, where it joins 
 France and Germany, is termed by the Natives and Spanintc^s, 
 Italia i hy K\ie French^ ltalie\ by the Girmans, ht/itfi ; SlU^ by 
 the Englijhy Italy ; fo called, as n^oll Authors think, from hchu 
 King of the Siculi, who inhabited Latium, - 
 
 Air.'] The Air of this Country is generally pure and tenipcrat?, 
 except fome of the Pope's J?oniit)ions, Vvhich are grnfs and un- 
 wholfome ; as alfo the Souih Part of Naples, where for fcveral 
 Months of Summt-r it is fcorching hot, being of the like Quality 
 with the Air of thofc Provinces in Spain, which lye under the fame 
 Latitude. Italy being at a Medium i z Degrees Eafl of Lomkn, the 
 oppofite Place of the Globe is that Part of the Paci/ick Ormn^ 
 lying 1 68 Degrees Well from Lo/nhv, and about 43 of South 
 Latitude. 
 
 Soil.l The Soil of Italy is very fertile, yielding; in ^rent Abun- 
 dance the bed of Corn, Wine, and Fruit. Its Woods are, for the 
 mofl Part, continually green, and \\r\\ flccd with ths bcU of wild 
 and tame Beads. Its Mountains afford ftveral Kinds of Metal, 
 particularly ihofe in Tullai:^ and Nrplcs, •'vhich arc faii to yield 
 Silver and Gold, Here is alfo a great Quantity of true Ahbaflcr, 
 and the purell of Marble. In fhort, this Country is ^'eneraUy 
 efteemed the Garden of Europe ; and fo curious and sya;r,nificent are 
 its numerous Cities, that I cannot omit the following Epithets be- 
 llowed on divers of them ; as Rome the Sacred ; KdpUs the Noble ; 
 Florence the Fair ; yer:ife the Rich ; Gcncn the Stately ; Milan the 
 Great ; Ra-jennn the Antient ; Fadun the Learned ; Dolonla the 
 Fat ; Leghorn the Trading ; Luca the Induflrious ; Sitvna and Ve- 
 rona the Charming, and Cafal the Strong, The Inhabitants of 
 Haples and Milan are fuppofed each to be 200,000 i and Veuife 
 150,000. 
 
 Commoditsps ] The chief Commodities oi this Country are Wine, 
 Velvets, Taffaties, Sattins, Grograms, and the bell of Silk in abun- 
 dance ; Goldvvire, Allum, Armour, Glafs, and fuch like. 
 
 Rarities."] To reckon up mod Things in Italy that are *ru!y 
 Fare and Curious^ would far furpafs our defigned Brevity. I fhall 
 therefore confine myfelf to one Sort, namely, ^fhc niojl 7iotcd Menu- 
 ments of rrnjererd Ant'qtiit-) which merit our Regard, they being 
 y^xy uftful in giving Light to feveral Parts of the Ranan Hillory. 
 Thefe I fhall reduce to three Claffes, Thofe in the City of Rome 
 
 itfelf; 
 
Part II. Italy, - 157 
 
 itfelf ; zdiy, fn the Kingdpm of Naples, and laftly, ihofe in other 
 I'arts of hulj. > . . ■^ 
 
 The mod remarkable Monuments in Rome zxq: i. Amphithe- 
 atrt's, particularly that called the Old Amphitheatre, now the 
 CjLfo, becaafe of the Colajfean Statue that flood therein, began 
 by VefpuJiaHi and finifhed by Domitian. 2. Triumphal Arches, 
 as that of Conjlantlne the Great, ereded in Memory of his Vidlory 
 obtairKjd over the Tyrant Maxrvtius, with this Infcription, Liii' 
 ralori Vr'hh, FundcUori Pacts. That of T, Vefpnjian^ the oldeft tri- 
 umphal Arch in Rome, erefted to him on his taking the City of 
 Jerufulem. That of Siptimius Severus, nigh the Church of St. 
 Martin. Add to thefethe triumphal Bridge, whofe Ruins are flill 
 vifiblc near Port Angela, fo much reputed of old, that by a Decree 
 of the Senate, none of the meaner Sort were fuffered to go over 
 it. 3. Tbernhf, or Baths; as thofo of the Emperor ^«/o«/aai /*/«/, 
 which were of a prodigious Bignefs, according to that of Marcel- 
 lihus, who called them Lwvacra in niodurn Provinciarum exflruSia. 
 Thofe of AL.x. Se-vcrus, the Ruins whereof remain ; And the Ruins 
 of C9w/?it;7^/;/.''s Baths, ftill vifible in Mw/i- Cfli;«//<7. 4. Several re- 
 markable Pillars, particularly that erei^ed by Antonius the Empe- 
 ror, in Honour of his Father Antoniuu: Pius, and ftiil to be feen in 
 the C5/yo, being 1 7 5 Foot high. That called 7>^*v«'s Pillar, co- 
 vered with Figures in high Relief near Monte Cwvallo. That call- 
 ed Ro^rata Columna, now Handing at Ro77ie, anderefted in Honour 
 of Duillius, and decked with Stems of Ships upon his Vii5lory over 
 the durtbaginidns, being the firfl Naval Viilitory obtained hy the 
 Romans. I'o thefe wc may add the two great Obelifks formerly 
 belonging to the famous Circus Mixiwiu, which wai begun by 
 Tarqoin the eUler, augmented by J. Cfcjar and Augujlus, and at 
 laft adorned with Pillars and Statues by 'Trajan and Hcliogahalus* 
 We may alio aild tiiree PiU'r-s of adiuirabl;; Strufture, which be- 
 longed to the Tcniplc of Jupiter Statir, built by Romulus on his 
 Vitu)ry over the Sa.''.'nts ; to][rether with fix oihers on the Side of 
 the Hill near tac Capitol, three of v»alch belonged to the Temple 
 oi Co/:cQrJ, built by Can:Ui,s ; ;'nl the other three to the Temple 
 oi Jupiter I c/uin<, built by Au^uji.is upon a narrow Efcapc from 
 Lightening. Ana {;na!iy in the Rank of Pillars we may place the 
 famo'i!; MliUr.riurn, Hill relcrvcd iii the Capitol, being a little Pil- 
 l.ir of Stone with a brafs Ball on its Top, eredcd by AuguJIus C^- 
 fur in the Forum, from v.'hencc the Rom.ins reckoned their Miles 
 to all Parts of Italy. Other noted I'iices of Antiquity in Rome 
 iire chiefly thiTc : i. The {lately Ruins of the Paluce of the Roman 
 Fraperort, once extended over the greatelt P.irt of thv" Palatine 
 liiil. 2. Th- Ruins of Templum FaJs, built by Titus V(j'ii.-jian, 
 
 who 
 
 i; 
 
 ■ •• 1 I 
 
 fc: 
 
 illf ^ 
 
 
 !,v 
 
 'I'l 
 
 Si 
 
 II: 
 
 \^ :i ■: ! 
 
15^ tf^ly* Part It 
 
 who adorned the fame with fomc Spoils of the Temple of J^eru. 
 faletn, 3. The Rotunda^ or Pantheon built by Jgrippa, and dedi- 
 cated to s^ll the Gods, many of whofe Statues are Hill extant in 
 the Palace of Juftlnianiy referved there as a Palladium of that Fa- 
 mily. 4. The Maufoleum Augufiiy now extremely decayed. And 
 laftly, The very Plate of Brafs containing the Laws of the ten 
 Tables, ilill to be feen in the Capitol. 
 
 Remarkable Monuments of Antiquity in the Kingdom of Naples^ 
 are thefe following : i . The Cave of Paufilip ; being a large Road 
 40 Foot high and 30 broad, about a Mile long, cut under Ground 
 quite through a Mountain, between Naples and Puzzoliy but by 
 whom or when is uncertain. 2. Some Remains of an Amphithe- 
 atre, and Cicero\ Academy, nigh Puzzoli ; as alfo the Arches and 
 Ruins of that prodigious Bridge, three Miles long, built by Ca- 
 ligula between Puzzoli and Bat'tef to which Building Suetonius al- 
 ludes when he blames that Emperor for his Subjiruaiones infancs. 
 
 3. The Foundations of Baite itfelf and fome Arches with the very 
 Pavement of the Streets, all vifible under Water in a Sunfliine Day. 
 
 4, The Elyjian Fieldst fo famous among the Poets, and extremely 
 beholden to them for their Fame; being only an ordinary Plot of 
 Ground ftill to be feen near where the City of Baiee flood. 5. The 
 Pifcina Mirahilis^ a vaft fubterraneous Building nigh the Elyfian 
 Fields, defigncd to keep frefli Water for the "Roman Gallies. 6. 
 The Ruins oi Nero^ Palace, with the Tomb of Agripyina his Mo- 
 ther near the fame Place j as alfo the Baths of Nero and Ctcero ; 
 and the Lacus A^vernus, fo noted of old for its infedlious Air. 7. 
 The Grotto of the famous Cumcan Sybil defcribed by Virgil. 8. 
 The late curious Difcoveries of Herculaneum City, dellroyed by 
 Earthquake 1 700 Years, where now Hands the Town of Portici be- 
 tween Naples and Fefti'vius. 9. The obfcure Tomb of the Poet 
 Virgil near the Entrance of the aforefaid Cave of Pauf.lip. To all 
 
 ' thefe we may add that noted and moft remarkable Prodigy of Na- 
 ture, the terrible Volcano Ve/wvius, eight Miles Southeaft oi Naples. 
 
 Monuments cf Antiquity in other Parts of Italy, are cljiefiy 
 thefe •. I . The Via Jppia, being a Caiifway of 200 Miles from 
 Rome to Brundijium, made at the fole Charge of the Conful Jp. 
 pius. 2. Via FlaKiiaia, renching from Rome to Rimino i 30 Miles, 
 and made by the Conful Flaminius. 3, Via j^mlia 50 Miles 
 from Rimino to Bologna. 4. The old Temple and I;^oufe of Si- 
 hylla, to be feen at Tiwli, about 15 Miles from Rome. 5. A 
 Triumphal r-rc'n yet ftanding near Fano, in the Duchy of Urh'no. 
 6. The very Stone upon which Julius Cn/a;- flood when he made 
 an Oration to his Men, perfuading them to pafs the Rtihico??, and 
 advance to Rcmc^ now fixt upon u Pcdtftal in the Marketplace of 
 a Rimno, 
 
of Naples, 
 arge Road 
 :r Ground 
 //, but by 
 f^mphithe- 
 \rches and 
 ilt by Cfl- 
 uetonius al- 
 \nes infanes. 
 h the very 
 tiftiine Day. 
 1 extremely 
 laryPlot of 
 )od. 5. The 
 
 the Elyfiari 
 Gallies. 6. 
 ina his Mo- 
 
 and Cicero ; 
 JUS Air. 7. 
 r Virgil' 8. 
 Icftroyed by 
 )f Fortid be- 
 
 of the Poet 
 ;//>. To all 
 
 odigy of Na- 
 
 ^oi Naples. 
 
 are cViiefiy 
 Miles from 
 e Conful Jp- 
 1 30 Miles, 
 ia 50 Miles 
 ;^oufe of Si- 
 Rome. 5. A 
 of Vrkivo. 
 len he made 
 Ruhicor;, and^ 
 arketplacf of 
 RifiiifiO, 
 
 10 
 
 Part IT. Ita^, i$g 
 
 Rimino. 7. A rare Amphitheatre in Vtroua, erefled at firft by the 
 Conful fliimintus, and r<npaiftd by the Citizens, being the moll 
 intire of any in Europe ; alfo one at Pola in Jjiria, having two 
 Orders of Tufcan Pillars One above another. 8. The Ruins of an 
 Amphitheatre in Padan. 9. Many Tombs of famous Men ; par- 
 ticularly that of Antcnor in Padua ; St. Peter's in Aome ; that of 
 St. Amhrofe in Mi^n ; together with a Multitude, of Statu«», botlt 
 of Brafs and Marble, in mofl Parts of Italy. 
 
 Tlvefe are the moft noted Remains oi Roman Antiquity, nowvifi- 
 ble in this Country. As for modern Curioftties^ and Rarities which 
 are obvious to the Eye of every Traveller, a bare Catalogue of 
 them woald maik^ 4 confiderable Volunoe. Tie endlefs to dif-* 
 courfe of magnificent Buildings, Churches, Waterworks, and 
 many noble Pic^^esof Faint^ing ^nd Statuaiy, tobefeen almoft in. 
 all Corners of If^ibh Every one is apt to talk of the curious Ca- 
 thedral and bending Tower at Pi/a ; the whifpsriftg Chamber of 
 Cr.parola ; the renowned and coftly Houfe of Loretto ; the famous 
 Ftiticnn PalaM s^uAU^f^Ky* with the glorious a^d fplend id Furni- 
 ture of the Roman Churches. To thefe we may add the feveral 
 Magazine*, or lar^gp Colieitions of all Sorts of Rarities, Coins and 
 Medals, kept in feveral Farts of Italy, particularly thofe at 
 Florence. 
 
 Romeh the proper See of the Sovereign Pontiff, on whom alone 
 (depend the following Cifliops : . 
 
 In the Kingdom of jW//i<Vrf. j^quila, Cittadueale, Marji, SuIko* 
 na, Tcr^f::o. 
 
 In Ci-Tsipnnia. Alhano, ALitri, Anogni, TcrevtiuOy Frefcatiy Mag' 
 liafio, Ojiiiif Paicftrittay Sr^ni, Terraaria, Ti'voli, VcroU. 
 
 In the Pt'trimony Prcjince. Aquapendente, Bagnarea, CornetOj, 
 Nipiy Orti, Or'viito, Porto, Viterbo, 
 
 In the Provinces of Ancona and Omhria. Amelia, Ancona, 
 
 Ai-1-xz.v, Aj'.tlly Aj^h/, Ctmurinr;, Cittacajletla, CiitapicuC, Fano, 
 Fdigniy Jiji, Lon'to, Ncwm, Nectra, Ojimo, Paugia, Rccanatiy 
 Riiti, Sjiukto, lettii, 'TiJi. 
 
 Note, The Eiihop of OJiia is always Dean in the College of 
 Cardinals. 
 
 In this and the following Catalogue feveral Names are omitted, 
 
 being titucr c;^:tini!;t en- uniicd to others. 
 
 A ch* 
 
 
 Ill 
 
 I 
 
 ^:m:i % 
 
 :\ I , a 
 
 iMi 
 
i^^ 
 
 Italy. 
 
 Part ll. 
 
 ■ • Archbifliops in Italy 40, with their Suffragans. 
 
 'jicerenxa, Anglona, Gravina^ Melfi, Montefelqfof Potenzm 
 
 Tricarico, Vtmfa, 
 
 Jmalf, ,.;, CapH, Lettere, Minurty RafeiU, Scalai 
 
 Ban, BitettOf Bitonto, Catarot CotfverfanOt Giovettazzoi 
 
 Lavello, Minervino, Moifetta; Monopoli, Polignanot 
 Rwvok 
 
 iSarUttay Monteverd united, ih the Province of Bari, 
 
 Benevent9, St. J^gata, Alifiy jSriano, Afcoliy A<vellinOy Boian»i 
 Bovino, Guardia, hucera, Mdntemafano, Teie/ei 
 ' Termo/i, 7revic0y Volturara. • 
 
 Bolonia. BorgOy Qrema, Modena^ Parma, Pldcenxa, Rlegio.^ 
 
 Brindiji. OJluni, in the Province of Liect or Otranto, 
 
 Ceigliafi. Iglejias, in Sardinia. 
 
 Capua. Aquinoy Caiaxzo, Ca/i'ii Carinolot Caferta, Fondii 
 
 Gaefa, J^rnia, Sera, Suejfuy Tiam, Venafro. 
 
 Clieti, Atri, Campli, Ortona, Penna, 
 
 Ccttza. Lacedogna, Muro, St. Angela, Satriano. 
 
 Cofettza. Cajfano, Marturano, Mileto, St. Marco, 
 
 Fermo. Macerata, Montalto^ Ripa, Se'Oerini. 
 
 Florence, BorgofepulcrOy Colla, Cortona, Fie/ola, Miniato, moK' 
 
 tepulciano, Pijloia, Volterra. 
 
 Ccnoa. Alhinga, Bohio, Brunefo, Mariana, Nelio, Nclit 
 
 Lanciant. Trivento, in the Molife, 
 
 Mafifrcdonia. Sez'iero, Vifjia, Troia, in the Capitlnate. 
 
 M^.na. 
 
 Cefaluy tipariy Pattii 
 
 Milan, 
 
iRt it 
 
 Part II. 
 
 
 Mihn. 
 
 Potenzm 
 
 Monjlier. 
 
 
 Montreal. 
 
 iovetiaxzOf 
 Polignano, 
 
 N:!pLs. 
 
 OrfJIagtti. 
 Otranto. 
 
 f. 
 
 Palermo. 
 
 Wy Boian»i 
 no, Teie/ei 
 
 Pi/a. 
 
 
 kavennn. 
 
 «, Rtgio. 
 
 
 to. 
 
 tiegio. 
 
 'rta, Fondii 
 nofro» 
 
 "Rojfano. 
 SaUrnoi 
 
 
 Zajfari. 
 
 
 St, Se'vcrina 
 
 
 ISien»a. 
 
 
 Sort n to. 
 
 iniatOy iion- 
 
 
 
 Tar cut 0. 
 
 'oy Noli* 
 
 Tram. 
 
 
 Turin. 
 
 Milan'., 
 
 Ital^, 
 
 liSl 
 
 VaAfe. 
 
 Alia, Aleffatuh-ioy Aquiy JJii, Bergamo y Bre/ciat 
 Cafitl, CoKjo, Cremona^ LoJiy Novoki, Scvona, Tor- 
 tonay Vercelliy Vigcvanoy VeKtimiglia. 
 
 Annecyy Aoujloy Sjon. 
 
 Catania, Siracu/cy in Sicily. ' 
 
 Acerray Avcrfay IfchiUy Noluy Puzzo/i, 
 
 Alls, in Sardinia. 
 
 AlrJJ'uno, Cajiroy Gallipoliy Lccce, Nardoy Ugentoi 
 
 Girgentiy Malta, Mazara, 
 
 Ai^zzoy Aleria, Luca, SarzanOy Vico in Corjica, 
 
 Ailria, Ber/inoro, Cer-viay Cejina, Comachio, Faenza^ 
 Perraray Forliy Imolay RiminOy Sarjina. 
 
 Bovdy CatanzarOy Crotona, Oieraci, Nica^ro^ Ni" 
 cotera, Oppido, Squillaci, Tropea, 
 
 Bifignanoy in the North Calabria. 
 
 Acerno, Canipagna, Capacioy Cava, Marjtco, Nocera^ 
 NufcOy PollciiJiiOy Sarno, 
 
 Algeriy Bofa^ Cajlelaragofiy in Sardinia. 
 
 BclcaJirOy Cariati, I/olay Strongoloy Umhriatico* 
 
 Chiufiy GroJptOy Majfuy Montahino^ Fienzay Searidl 
 
 MaJJliy Vicoy in the Bay-qf Naples »^^.. . 
 
 CaplanettOy MotoUy Oria. 
 
 Andiia, Biftglia, in the Province of Barri, 
 
 Fojfanoy Ivrea, Mondoviy Saluzzi. 
 
 Caorliy Chiozza, Tor cello. 
 
 N 
 
 Jjuin ' 
 
 'ii'Mlllf 
 
 l.-k 
 
 m 
 
 t, 
 
 1 ■, 
 
 «-!; 
 
 'M,'\ 
 
 \l'. 
 
 Ill I 
 
1 62 
 
 Italy, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Milant 
 
 Perugiat 
 
 Venife, 
 
 Naples, 
 
 Pi/a, 
 
 Verona, 
 
 Padua, 
 
 Rome, 
 
 Turin. 
 
 Parmttf 
 
 Salerno, 
 
 
 Pavia, 
 
 Sienna, 
 
 
 VtHn, ^re£led indead of jiquilea t7;i. Belluno, Cape Iftritt, 
 Ceneda, Cittano'va, Concordia, Feltri, Mantua, Padua, 
 Parenzo, Pedtna, Pola, Treviji, Trieji, Verona, 
 Victnxa, 
 
 Vrbino, Cagli, Fofemhrona, Cubio, Montejeltro, Pefaro, Sii, 
 
 Migallia, Urbanea, 
 
 Univerjtties.'] UniverTities are thefe following : 
 
 folopila, 
 
 ferrarOf 
 
 Florence, 
 
 Macermta, 
 
 Mantua, 
 
 Manners."] The Natives of Italy, once the triumphant Lords and 
 Conquerors of the World, are now lefs given to tho Art of War 
 and military Exploits, than mod other Nations of Europe. How- 
 ever, the modern Italians are generally a grave, refpe£lful, and 
 ingenious People, efpecially in the Arts of Statuary, Building, 
 Mufic, and Painting, to which they chieh/ apply themfelves. 
 They are alfo obedient to their Superiors, courteous to Inferiors, 
 civil to Equals, and affable to Strangers ; likewife in Apparel very 
 jnodeft ; in their Houfes and Furniture fumptuous : at their Tables 
 Extraordinary neat and decent. But thefe good Qualities are ilained 
 by many Vices which reign airrong them, particularly thofe of 
 Revenge and Luft, Jealoufy and S./cnring ; in all which they are 
 fuch Praftitioners, that evea a moded Narrative would fccm incre- 
 dible. As to the Women, tis faid they are Magpies at the Door, 
 Saints in the Church, Goats in the Garden, Devils in the Houfe, 
 Angels in the Street, and Syrens at the Window. 
 
 Language^] The prefent Language of Italy is a Dialed of Latin, 
 the old Language of this Country. Almoft every Province and 
 City hath iis peculiar Idiom, but that of Tufcany is reckoned th« 
 beft polilhed of all others, and is what Perfons of Quality and 
 Learning ufually fpeak. Patemojler in Italian runs thus : PaMt 
 Ksftro, che fei in Gelo, Jia fanSlijicato il tuo name : Vetiga il tuo rrgno \ 
 fiafatta la tua 'volunta, ft come in cielo, ccji encora in terra. Dacci 
 hogi it nofiro pane cctidiano ; e remeticii r.ojiri debiti, Ji come encor ni 
 i'^li rerr.ettiano ai nojiri debitori i E nen ci iudurre in tentationi, m^ 
 ificraci da I mah\ Amen. 
 
 Gotern* 
 
RT 11. 
 
 e IJlritt, 
 
 Verona, 
 
 efarot Si?* 
 
 ma, 
 in. 
 
 Lords and 
 \rt of War 
 )pe. How- 
 )caful, and 
 r, Building, 
 themfelves. 
 o Inferiors, 
 Apparel very 
 Itheir Tables 
 s are ftained 
 
 ! thofe of 
 ch they are 
 
 ccm incre- 
 a: the Door, 
 n the Houfe, 
 
 eft of Latin, 
 rovince and 
 ■eckoned th« 
 Quality and 
 thus: PaJii 
 il tuo rtgno \ 
 'crra. Dacci 
 come encor nt 
 entationi, m^ 
 
 Part IL Italy, 'fj 
 
 Goverument,'] Tlie Government of Italy can ovc .■ beconfid ?d 
 according to the chief Divifions of this Country, nere bein fo 
 many tlifferent Sovereignties ther«in. The whole is therefore iliv aed 
 into tipper. Middle, and Lower, according to the Analyfis before 
 given. 
 
 t. The Upper, or Lombard)^, is fubdivided iftto one Principality, 
 five Duchies, and two Republicks. The Principality of Piemortt 
 and the Duchy of Montftrrat are fubjeft to the Duke of Saijoy 
 King of Sardinia. Duchy of Mi/an to the Hoiifc of Aujlria. Du- 
 chy of Pantta and Guajialla to Don Philip of Spaiv. Duchy of 
 Mantua to the Emperor. Duchy of Motlena to its own Duke. 
 The two Rcpublicks oi Gti:oa and Vtni/e are governed by thfcir Se- 
 nate and Magiltrates. 
 
 ir. The middle Partis fjbdiviJeJ into the Land of the Church, 
 the Dukedom of Tuftyiny, and the Republicks of Luca and St, 
 Marino. The firft is for the moll Part in the Hands of the Pope, 
 and ruled by feveral Govcrnoir: under him. The Duchy of Tuf. 
 cany is fubjeil to the Emperor, who exchanging Lorain for this, 
 it WA'i fo confirmed at the Peace of Aix In Chapsll 1748. The 
 Republicks of Luca and St. Marino are governed by their own 
 Magillratca. 
 
 IIL The lower Part of If^i/y being the Kins;dom of Nap/er, is 
 fuhjeft to its own Soverei<',n, who is likewile King of Sici/y | 
 railed King of the two Sicily s, or King oi Naples and Sicily, 
 
 Here vvc may add the four Republicks : 
 
 Vinicff 
 Genoa, 
 
 LuCOy 
 
 St. Marino, 
 
 I. P^enice. The Sovereignty of this Republick is in the ^Tobl- 
 lity, being a certain Number of Families regiftrcd in the goldeit 
 Book. Their chief Officer 13 the Duke or DogCt whofe Authori- 
 ty is nothing more than his preceding all the other Magiftrates. 
 Here are five principal Councils, i. The Grand Couf/cil, compre- 
 hending the wliole Nobility, by whom are elefted all Magiftrates, 
 and enabled all Lawi, which they judge convenient for the publick 
 Good. 2. The Prrgrdi, Or SfvatCy confifting of about one hun- 
 dred Perfons, who determine Matters of the higheft Importance, 
 relating to Peace or War, and Alliances. 3. The College, confift- 
 >ng of twenty four Nobles, who receive Embafiaddrs, and report 
 their Demands to the Senate, which alone hath Pov/er to return 
 Anfwers. 4. Tlie Council of Tot Nobles, whofe OiRce is to hear 
 
 N i and 
 
 '■*', 
 
 t Ml 
 
1^4 lialy. Part II. 
 
 and decide all criminal Maacrs. This Court is yearly renewed ; 
 and tiirce of thofe Nobles, called the Jnquifitors ofStatt^ are chofen 
 Monthly ; to which Triumvirate is afligned fuch a Power in 
 judging of Criminals, that their definitive Sentence reacheth any 
 great Man of the State as well as the meanell Artificer, if they 
 are unanimous in their Voices ; but otherwife all the ten are 
 confulted. 
 
 III 
 
 Tf. Genoa Is under an Aridocratical Government, very like that 
 of Voiice i for its principal Magiftrale hath the Name or Title of 
 Duke^ but continueih only for two Years; to whom there are afTill- 
 ant eight principal Officers, who with the Duke are called i\itSig- 
 viory, which in Matters of great Importance is alfo fubordinate to 
 the Grand Council, confifting of 400 Perfons, all Gentlemen of 
 the City ; which Council, with the Signiory, conflitute the whole 
 Commonwealth. This State is much more famous for what it 
 hath been, than for what it is, being now rather on the Decline. 
 
 III. Luca a fmall free Commonwealth, inclofed by the Terri- 
 tories of the Duke of Tufcatiy^ is under the Government of one 
 principal Magiftrate, called the Go»/«/(!/«/Vr, changeable every fe- 
 cond Month, afTiited by nine Council, whom they alfo change 
 every fix Months, during which time they live in the Palace or 
 common Hall ; and fuperior to them is the Grand Council^ which 
 confills of about 240. who being equally divided take their 
 Turns ^Mtxy half Year, This State is under the Proteftion of the 
 Emperor, and payeth him yearly Homage accordingly. 
 
 IV. St. MnriiiOy a little florifliing Republick in the Duchy of 
 Urbino, eight Miles from the Seacoaft, is governed by its own Ma- 
 gillrates, who are under the Proteftion of the Pope. The whole 
 Territory is but one Mountain whereon the Town ftands, about 
 three Miles long and ten round, confiding of about 6coo Inha- 
 bitants, who have been a irce Siate ever fince the fevcnth Century. 
 
 Jrf>!s.'\ It being too tedious to defcribe the Enfigns Armorial of 
 all the Sovereign Princes and States in this Country, and too fuper- 
 fii.i:il to mention thofe of oric only ; we fhall therefore, as a Me- 
 dimn, nominate thofe of the Pope, the Duke of T'^/ylvw)', and the 
 Rtpublicks of P'lnice and Gettoa. 1. The Pcpc, as Sovereign 
 Prince ever the Land of the Church, bears for his Scutcheon Cul.s, 
 confiiling of a long Headcape Or, furmounted with a Crofs pearled 
 and garniraed with three Royal Crowns, together with the two 
 Keys of St. Piter placed in Saliitr. 2. The Anw^ oi Tvl^ui)- Or, 
 five Roundles Gules, two, two, and one, and one in chief, Jzar.-, 
 cliargcd with three Flov/erdeluces, Or. 3. Thofe of ^tv.vir .^rw, 
 
 a I.icii 
 
Part II. liafy, 165 
 
 a Lion winged, fejant Or^ holding under one of his Taws a Rook 
 covered Argent. Laftly, thofe of Gtnoa Argmt, a C'roft GwA/, 
 with a Crown clofed for the Ifland of Cotftca ; and fur Supportcrii^ 
 two Griffins Or. 
 
 Religion.'] The Italians, as to their Religion, are' zealous Pio- 
 feflbrs of the Do£\rine of the Romijh Church in her groffcll Errprj 
 and Superllitions, both out of Fear of the barbarous Inquifuion, 
 and in Reverence to their holy Father the Pope. The jcvcs are 
 here tolerated the publick Exercife of their Religion, and <it R^me 
 there's a weekly Sermon for their Converfion, at which one of 
 each Family is bound to be prefent. The Chridian. Faith ^yas nrll 
 preached here by St. Pettr, in the Reign of the Emperor Clundlus, 
 as is generally fuppofed. But whereas Italy is the Seat of the pre- 
 tended infallible Head of the Church, *tis proper here to mention 
 the Romijh Principles. And fmce the Romans differ from all othcF 
 Chriftian Churches, efpecially thofe called Protcllants, and have 
 impofed on the Chriftian World many new Articles of Faith, the 
 belt Summary of their Doftrine, being a true Body of Popery, is 
 the noted Creed of Pope Pius IV, 1560. The Articles whereof are 
 as follow. 
 
 1 . / beliei'e in one God, the Father Almighty, Maker of lUa'Vtn 
 and Earth f and of all Things 'vijihtc and in-vifibk. 
 
 2. And in one Lord Jefus Chriji, the only begotten Son of God, Irgnt. 
 ten of his Father before all Worlds, God of God, Light of Light, 
 ijery God of 'very God, begotten, not made, being of one Suhf.asiee 
 nvith the Father, by lohom all Things nvere made. 
 
 3. Who for us Men and for our Salvation came do<wn from Hca'vrn, 
 andnxias incarnate by the Holy GhoJ} of the Virgin Mary, and 'vjas 
 made Man. 
 
 4. And 1VUS aucifed alfo for us under Pontius Pilate, fuffered and 
 ivas buried. 
 
 5. And the third Day rofe again according to the Scriptures. 
 
 6. And a [ended into Heaven, and no'w f.tteth on the Righthand cf the 
 Father. 
 
 1. And he fhall come again ivith Glory to judge both the ^uick and the 
 Dead ; ixhofe Kingdom Jhall ha-ve no End. 
 
 8. And I bclie-je in the Holy GhoJ}, theLordandGit'erofLiCc, luho 
 picocedeth from the Father and the Son, ivho nxith the Father and 
 the Son together is nuorfiped and glorifiid, and ivho /pake by the 
 Prophets. 
 
 9. And I beliei'e one Catholick and Apojlolick Church. 
 
 10. I acknoivlege one Baptlfm for the Reniijjion ofStns^, 
 IJ. IlookfortheRifurrtiiionofthcDead. 
 
 }fZ. And the Lije of the World to come. Amen. 
 
 N 3 ' 13. 
 
 
 §' 
 
 11: 
 
 :|j 
 
 \0 " 
 
 M 
 
'tse My. t>ART ir. 
 
 13. 7 moji Jirm'y adml't and imhracc the Jpoftclical and Ecclefiajlicai 
 Traditions, and all other Conjiitutions 0/ the fame Church. 
 
 14. I do admit the Holy Scriptures in the fame Ssnfe that holy Mother 
 Church dothy ivho/e Bujinefs it is tojrtdjre of the true Senfe and In- 
 terpretation of them ; and I luill inter pret than according to the 
 unanimous Covftnt ofthr Tat her i. 
 
 '15. I do prof efs and believe that there are f even Sacraments pf the 
 Lanv, truly and properly fo called, Ivftituted by Jefus Chrifi our 
 Lord, and necejfury to the Sal'vaiion of Mfinkind, though not all of 
 them to e'very cne^ namely, Buptifn, dnfnnation, ^ucharifi, P«- 
 tiance. Extreme Unction, Orders and Marriage, and that they do 
 confer Grace ; and that of thrfe, Baptifm, Coi:frmaticn and Ordets^ 
 may not be repeated ivithout Sacrilege ^ 1 do olfo recti've and admit 
 the reccifved and approt'cd Rites of ihe Cat!xJ:ck Church in hex fo- 
 lemn Adnnnifiraticn of the ahoi^rfa:dSacran:;nts. 
 
 1 6. 1 do imbrace and receive all a7:d e-very Thing that hath keen -de- 
 fined and declared by ihe holy C:uncil rf Trent, concerning Original 
 Sin and "Jujlif cation. 
 
 \j. I do alfo prof efs that in the Mafs there is offered unto God a true, 
 proper and propitiatory Sacrifice for the ^lick and the Deady and 
 that in the mofl holy Sacrament of the Euchuriji there is truly, real- 
 ly, and fubfiantially the Body and Blood, together ivith the Soul a fid 
 Divinity of our Lord Jefus Chrifl ; and that there is a CoH'verfion 
 made of the njchole Subflance of the Bread into the Body, and tf the 
 ijuhole Subflance of the Wine into the Blood', 'which Converfion the 
 CathoHck Church calls Tranfubftantiation. 
 
 1 8. I confejs that under one Kind ojily, nuhole and intirc^ Chrifl and a, 
 true Sacrament is taken and received. 
 
 19. / do frmly believe that there is a Purgatory ; and that the 
 Souls kept Prifoners there do receive ilelp by the Suffrages of the 
 Faithful. 
 
 20. I do likcvcife believe that the Saints reigning together nvith Chrifl 
 are to he voorfhipped and prayed unto \ and that they do offer Pray-^ 
 ers unto God for us, and that their ^clicks are to be had in Vene^^ 
 fation. 
 
 21. I do mofl frmly affert, that the Images of Chrifl, of the Bleffcd 
 Virgin the Mother of God, and of other Saints, ought to be had and 
 retained, and that due Honour and Veneration ought to be given. 
 ^Kto them. 
 
 12. I do likfivife affrm that the Pc^^vrr pf Indulgence n.tjas left by 
 Chrifl to the Church, and that the Vfe if them is very beneficial to 
 Chriflian People, 
 
 5(3. / do ackvovulege the Holy, CathcUch, and Apoflolick Rpmai^ 
 phurch, to be the Mother and Mi lire fs rf all Churches ', and I do 
 promfe and f wear true Obedience to the B'fhop o/"Rome, the Sue- 
 
 .''''■ fcf^r 
 
Part IL 
 
 My, 
 
 iSf 
 
 n;, 
 
 cefor of Saint Petcr, the Prinee of the jSpoJiles, and Vicar ofjefus 
 Chrift. 
 24. 1 dQ undoubtedly receive and profefs all other Things luhich ha<ve 
 been delivered^ defined^ and declared by the facred Canons and Oe- 
 cumenical Councils, and efpecially by the holy Synod of Trent. And 
 all other Things contrary theretOy and all Herefies condemned^ re- 
 jelled^ and anathematized by the Chttrch^ I do likevjife condemn, 
 rejeSi and anathematize. 
 
 M O N E % 
 
 gouble Ducats oiVenife and Florence 
 ouble Ducat of Genoa ■ 
 Italian Pilloles in general 
 Double Pilloles in general — -^ — — 
 New Carlin of Naples, being fix Ducats, — 
 The Piilole of four Ducats « — - 
 
 The Cequin of two Ducats 
 The Venetian Cequin or Sequin 
 
 Silver Ducat of Leghorn or Florence 
 Romijh Crown of ten Julios ■ ■ 
 Telloon of three Julios 
 
 /. 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 The Roman ]\i\i6h worth Sixpence Farthing. 
 The Current Ducat, inTufcany, Naples^ Venife, \ 
 the fame as the German Florin* ■■ J 
 
 The half Ducat being in Proportion 1 o 
 
 There is alfo a fifth Part 8 d. called a Tarin ; 
 and the half Tarin /^d. 
 
 s. 
 
 18 
 18 
 16 
 
 13 
 o 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 I 
 
 d. 
 
 7 
 6 
 
 7 
 6 
 
 4 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 8 
 
 ■■ai •■ ii 
 
 ! 1 'v; 
 
 W ,! 
 
 N4 
 
 SECT.. 
 
li 
 
 I 
 
 x68 Part IL 
 
 ...» 
 
 . S E C T. IX. 
 
 SClirlit? i" Europe. 
 Extent and Sitiiation. 
 Miles. Degrees. - • ,. ■ 
 
 Breadth 560 ) between 5 ^7 and 30 Eaft Longitude. 
 XiCngth 900 ) { 3 v; and 50 Nonh Latitude 
 
 The Breadth is ^rom Brfnla and Part of Croatia )^eft, \o Aktr. 
 man in Budjiak Eaft, 13 Deprees at 3,3 Miles each in that Laiitiidc, 
 560 Miles ; for Little ^artaty an4 the Crim arc not Subjcdu but 
 Allies to the !r«ri. .^ ' v .. 
 
 The Length is from Kofzifn in Mddt.'via Npvth, to the Jile of 
 Candj South, 900 Miles or 15 Degites. . , ^ c 
 
 Divided into two General Parts, North and-Soiith of the Danuhe^ 
 
 }\orth com- 
 prel}ends 
 
 wt-w/*^ com. 
 preheiids 
 
 ^ I - -u 
 
 r Hungary .— ' 
 I Truiijilvania 
 <.Wa!ciJda — — 
 / hhluanna *— 
 I, Zr/V/Zc' 'I'artarv ' 
 
 ' Rof?:elia • — 
 Bulgaria • — 
 Scrfia ' — 
 
 B^fnia 
 
 •<J Sd.i'vcnia — 
 doitia • — 
 Mor/i-.h'a - — 
 
 o 
 
 >t<^'> 
 
 Hcrfnanjlat — j 
 Targoivitz 
 
 .r'# — ^ — 
 
 Oifakanu. — — 
 ConJluKtliioj;!'- • — ■ 
 
 ■e 
 
 Dahnatia ■ — 
 LGVitt^ «- J 
 
 B,/<r,ad 
 B.u 
 
 U7UUIUC 
 
 Z.-z^ ab 
 
 o 
 
 Curijlat 
 
 K. 
 
 Si'r'.ra — 
 ^i.loiuki 
 
 W. to E. 
 
 W. to E. 
 
 V/.toS.E. 
 
 ///y^/- 
 
w 
 
 ii i 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 i 
 
 I mf ill 
 
 '■':' 
 
 
 ; I 
 
 .is* 
 
 
 ll 
 
«.; 
 
 *« 
 
 •*.. 
 
 - ■■ Iff 
 
 : 
 
 '"■4 
 
 
 V4 
 
 ■■V 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 '*-■ 
 
 ^ 
 
 . 
 
 !'' 
 
 
 - .... M 1 , 
 
 * ' 
 
 li-Ik.'.".' 
 
 -■>.■ } »-.•♦ 
 
 
 
I Part II. ^urky in Europe, 
 
 ■ Hungary^ {u\i^t&, to Aufiria, 
 
 169 
 
 From North to South 260 Miles broad : And from Weft to Eaft, 
 including Tranfylvaniat 400 Milps long. 
 
 Xlpper^ including 
 all North and 
 Eafl of the 
 Danube. 
 
 PRESBURG 
 
 NeiJuhafel • 
 Ncvlgrad — — 
 Peji 
 
 Ca/ocza »'■ ' " 
 
 Efperies ■■ — 
 
 Cajhaiv ■ I I 
 
 Tokay ■ 
 'jigria • ' 
 Zoineck • 
 
 >S. E. on theDumh. 
 
 >>N. to S. ontheTm. 
 
 Segedin •— — 
 
 "Ziatmar 
 
 Waradin 
 
 Temijhvar 
 
 Vipalanka 
 
 J 
 
 >N. toS. 
 
 on E. of Teh, 
 
 Loiver^ all Weft, 
 inclofed by the 
 Drave and 
 Danube, 
 
 fBUD J, on the Damhc, Middle. 
 
 Comerra, in the Ifle of Scute. 
 
 Altenburg, Weft of Scute. 
 
 Odenhurs, Weft of Stdler Lake. 
 
 Kanifca, South w ell of Pla tai%.ee, 
 
 Vefpriitt North of /'/«/^« Sea. 
 ^ Raab, Eaft of Si diet zee. 
 
 Gran, on the Danube North of Paia. 
 
 Mba, or Stulivifenburg, Weft of Buda, 
 
 Zigetf South towards the Draze. 
 
 Tolna, on the Danube Eaft of Si get. 
 
 Finki 'ken, Southeaft of Zigct. 
 \^Mohatic, South oa the Zinnvis, 
 
 
 Traft' 
 
 ' iw'f i| 
 
 
 •m 
 
 
 •tit 
 
 
 
 ■4 ■• 
 
 l\.tK 
 
 w 
 
 IP 
 
 ij ^« 
 
 « 
 
17© 
 
 ^urky in Europe. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 TratJ/thama^ fubjed to j^tffiria^ being now Part of 
 
 Hungary, 
 
 ^Herman fiat 
 
 IClaufenhurg 
 Zamoft'var 
 \ Lranjlat — 
 Sep/fcurg 
 
 are 
 
 (s. toN. 
 Eaft 
 
 upon the Zamos, 
 
 I Weiffenburg J N' *« S. upon the il/«r;/.. 
 
 \,EaczFg < Sooth. 
 
 Walakia. 
 
 The chief Towns 5 nT*^''' 
 (^Brahilo ^ 
 
 are 
 
 SFrom N. to S. 
 
 By the Treaty oi Pafato^.-ltz 1718, All Weft of the R. Alt be- 
 longs to the German Emperor : Xermck, Ribnik, &c. 
 
 Moldavia. 
 f J'^'J the Capital on the Pruth. 
 
 The chief Towns are< 
 
 S0C01V. 
 Romaniva:zary South. 
 
 ^Koizimt North. 
 
 ./ 
 
 Budziaky the lower Divifion of Moldavia. 
 The chief Towns are i ^'''^''''' 
 
 Little 'tartary^ 
 
 The chief Towns are< Seek, 
 
 (^ Kazikerman, 
 
 In Crim Tartary are 
 
 Qq^a, Bericop, Bajbaftry. 
 
 Romelu 
 
 ta^ 
 
Part 11. 
 
 ^ur/y in Europe* 
 Rotneija, 
 
 fj^ 
 
 r Conftantinoph, Capital 
 \ Adrianople ■ 
 
 The chief Towns arc < Malgara 
 
 \ Redefti 
 
 llipoli . 
 
 FromE. toWw 
 
 [^Gallipoli 
 
 Bulgaria. 
 
 CSofity Capital 
 
 \Widitt 
 
 The chief Towns arc< Silifiria — 
 
 I Terntrvo 
 
 ] 
 
 From S, to N. 
 
 i^CoJova on the Weft Border. ,. 
 
 Servia, • f 
 
 *Belgrady Capital on the Danube, 
 ^emandria ■ \ prom 8. to N. 
 
 ThcchiefTownsare<{^^^^E^,-— — -J .^ .. 
 
 'Pajarmvitz, N. near the Danuhe, .-, 
 i»(^r/»<i, Southeaft. 
 
 Ciiicf Towns are 
 
 Bofnia, 
 
 tlianialukf Southwell. 
 ySaraio •• 
 I Jaicxa • • 
 l^Oraci .. 
 
 eu. 
 (prom^toW. 
 
 Chief Towns are 
 
 Sciavoniay intire to Aujlria, 
 
 Zagrabf the Cap. 
 
 Pojfega 
 
 Gradijki . 5- From W. to E. 
 
 -A 't'^' 
 
 =1 
 
 \PeterfMaradin 
 Ejfeck upon the Drave. 
 Car/awitz, in the Eail Corner. 
 
 Croatia, fubjeft to Auflria^ except what lies Eaft of 
 
 the Unna. 
 
 'Car/Jiat,V/e^wzr&$ 
 
 "IpromS.toN. *- 
 
 Chief Towns are* 
 
 irowitz ' 
 
 to the Turi, E. 
 
 Mor/a.iia* 
 
 r'P 
 
 mm- 1 1 
 
 I 'fl 
 
 
 V; 
 
 I !■' 
 
 m 
 
 u 
 
 i 
 
 IP 
 
i7« 
 
 Turky in Europe, 
 
 Part IL 
 
 Morlakia, chiefly to Aujlria. 
 
 Segniaj Veza, Jablomtx. The Iflands belong to l^a!ifc.\ 
 
 Dalmatian moftly to Venice, 
 
 Kartiita .- 
 
 C.Town. belong-. ^^^^ 
 ingtoTuriy }^„,£,.i 
 
 From W. to S. E. 
 
 i 
 
 R(igufa RepubUc. 
 
 Ragufat SfagKOt under ProteiSlioii of the Tutl. 
 
 In Dalmatia are three Archbifliops, Zara, Spalato^ and Rogufa, 
 
 '"■-•■■'••) 
 Zarat fubjeft to ^^^r/S-. . >.'/ 
 
 Suffragans are Veglia,Ofcro, Arhr. \ " V .^ , . -^ • . . 
 
 Spalato^{\x\i]t&.ioVemfe: * ^. 
 
 Suffragans are iVb;;/?, Lejitiat Trau^ Sc^trtfona, Sehtnicoi and 5;;^. 
 tiia in Morlakia fubjedt to Aujlria. 
 
 Ragufa, fubjeft to its Republic. * '^ > 
 
 Suffragans are Stagno, Narettta, Bra(/a, Ri/ano, Curzola, 
 
 . ' • ' . ' ' I 
 
 Corfui fubjeft to Venifet on the Coaft of EpfhtSt hath an Arch-, 
 
 bifhop with one Suffragan, Zaf:t and Cefahn united. 
 
 Greece includes the following Diyifions. 
 
 Macedonia 
 Albania — 
 Thejaly - 
 Epirus 
 
 Aetolia and Phocis 
 Pilopoiiefe ^ . 
 
 • I C j Janna ^-- 
 
 ■ I ^ I Li^vadia — — 
 
 •J \_MQreai Southward of all. 
 
 ( In .he Middle. 
 
 V ./J 
 
 Chief Places. 
 f Salonrr.bif Capital — — 
 
 I, Pel/a, Phllippi 
 
 Albanhi 
 
 I 
 
Part II. 
 
 M, 
 
 am a 
 
 \ 
 
 Turkj In Europe, 
 
 Scutariy Dulcigno — 
 AlcJJio^ Croia — — 
 Durazzot Valona — 
 
 173 
 
 <rhcjfal:s 
 
 Jlarijfa 
 Tricala 
 
 anna 
 
 \ Jam 
 
 Eph-us 
 
 CChimcray Butrinto — — < 
 J Jlrtaf Prenjifa - 
 I Bufiia^ Dil^itto ■' ' 
 [^ Pcrgcit to the (Venetians 
 
 . VN. toS. 
 
 I >N. to s: 
 
 J * 
 
 .OJ 
 
 Etoli 
 
 la. 
 
 ' f CaLnfa, Lepanto. 
 
 l>ocns, and Phci J jSu/ona, De/p&os now Cafri. - • 
 
 Jttica - -- "I j^fbefis now Aiheni, Marathottt EkufiSf Megarttl 
 
 Beotia "■• . - \jlhehes now The'va^ Orcomenef LeuSira, Livadta, 
 
 All which Provinces are caDed Livadea by the TurhL 
 
 Note, Achilla lay intirely in the Peloponefe North, and confided 
 of Twelve Confederate Cities ; but fince the Grecian Times th« 
 forefaid Provinces are rometiiues all confounded under the Name 
 of JJ:aia. 
 
 ' Corinth f BehUcre — — "* 
 Patrast Modon —— — 
 
 AU 
 
 yea 
 
 Ci lamata^ Lc ontari ■ 
 
 ■^ Mifitra, Zarnat ■ 
 
 ICcron, Na-Zfarino — — 
 Coicchi>ta, Ma ''uajia — 
 \^ArgO^ Naplia • • • »^ 
 
 Nigh the Coaft, 
 >■ sound the Pen-i 
 infuint 
 
 A 
 
 H U N G A R r, 
 
 Ju/fii.'] Xjr^ N G A R Y, which we continue under the general 
 J7j[ I lead of European Turky^ though intirely fubjeft to 
 the Emptioi of Germany^ contains a Part of Pannonia and Dacfa; 
 is now bounded on the Eall by Tra?ijyhania ; on the Weft by 
 Aujlria ; on the North by Polund ; on the South by Slanjonia ; and 
 termed by the Italians Ungharia ; by the Spaniards Hungaria ; 
 by the French Ihfjgric; by the (hu-fiuois U?igern ; and by the Eng- 
 ii/fj Hungary ; fo called from t"he Hum who pofl'eft it on the De- 
 cline of the Roman Empire, 
 
 ii^N, 
 
 ii 
 
 « 
 
 
 itr. 
 
i.l 
 
 174 7 utfy in Europe, Part If. 
 
 Jif^] The Air of thfs Country is generally good ; but in the 
 Eall Divifion is unwholfom, becaufe of the moorilh Ground, and 
 ;giany Lakes wherewith that Part abounds. 
 
 Set/.] The Soil being all Plain Land, is very fruitful in Com and 
 Hoots, and variety of pleafiint Fruit, affording alfo excellent Paf- 
 turage ; andthe Crapadt Mountains, which divide it from Poland^ 
 
 Sroduce valuable Mines of Gold, Silver, Copper, Iron, Quick- 
 Iver, Antimony and Salt; particularly at Cnmnits NorthwefU 
 Their Mineral Waters are generally reckoned the bell. 
 
 Commodities.'] The Hungarians fupply Germary with Abundance 
 of Cattel anii excellent Wine ; their Manufadlures are moflly Brafs 
 and Iron. The Emperor's Revenue is computed at more than one 
 Million Sterling. 
 
 Rarities.] Here are many natural Baths, efpecially thofe at Buda^ 
 formerly the nobleft in Europe, not only for Variety of hot Springs, 
 but Magnificence of Building. There are likewife hot Bagnios 
 near Tranjhin and ScbemnitZt in Upper Hungary.. Alfo Waters in 
 feveral Parts of a petri^ring Nature ; and fome that corrode Iron 
 fo as to confume a Horfefhoe in 24 Hours. EJJik is noted for its 
 Bridge five Miles in length, with Imall Towers upon it at Quarter^ 
 mile Intervals. 
 
 Archbifhops with their Suffragans. 
 
 * Agra, CfTaradin, 
 
 Neitra, Cohcxa < Conad, 
 
 QrM» "^ Finkirken, ^ Zagrab in Slavonian 
 
 Vejprin, 
 ,Raa6. 
 
 Formerly here were many more Bifhops, and two in Tran/ytvania. 
 
 Univerjtties.] Tyrna, Deirexin : And Weijenburg in Tranfyhania, 
 
 Manners.] The Hungarians^ more addiftcd to Mars than Mi- 
 Ttcwa, are generally good Soldiers, being Men, for the moft Part, 
 of a ftrong Body and good Proportion ; valiant and daring in 
 their Undertakings, but reputed cruel when vidorious. 
 
 Language.] The Hungarians have a Language of their own, bof- 
 rovvcd a little from the Sla'uonic ; but in Lcwer Hungary they fpeak 
 German. Their Patermjier runs thus, My atyanc ki vagyaz menni - 
 ekbtn^ Jxenteltejfac fnega te nei'ed jojon el ax te or fzagod ', ltgn)vn 
 megate akaratody mint aa menyben, u^y it( izfoldonoii ; Az mitiindtn' 
 
 napi 
 
?ART H. 
 
 Turkj in Europe, 
 
 »?5 
 
 napi kenyirunket ad meg nekunc ma ; Es bocxafd. mr^ mini cunc a% 
 mi vet kinket. mikcppem miis megbogzatunc azocknaCt <i» k'lc mi el' 
 ienunc vet kezlenec : Es fie vigi minkct a% kifirtetbe^ de fxabaditz* 
 meg /ninket ax gono/xtol. Amen. 
 
 Government.'] The Aflembly of Slates ia this Kingdom confifti 
 of the Clergy, Barons, N^oblemen, and Free Citizens, who ufu- 
 ally meet once in three Years at Prejlurg ; whkh AiTembly hath 
 Power to eledl a Palatine with the Emperor's Approbation, who 
 by the Conftitution ought to be a Native of Hungary j and to him 
 belongs the Management of all military Affairs and the Admini- 
 firation of Juflice. 
 
 Arms and Coin.] See Germany. 
 
 Religion."] The prevailing Religion here is Popery, tho thePro- 
 tedant Religion is tolerated ; for the Doctrine of Luther and CaJ- 
 Kfin is zcnlouHy maintained by great Multitudes of People, and 
 many of confidcrable Note. Here are alfo Jevus^ and Mahometans 
 not a fnw. This Kingdom received Chriftianity in the eleventh 
 Century by the Preaching of Albert Archbifhop of Prague. 
 
 GREECE. 
 
 Ni:mc "] ^'^RV.tCE, formerly Hellas and Graciut is bounded on 
 Vjr the Eaft by the Egcan Sea or Archipelago ; on the 
 North by the Danubian Provinces ; on the Weft and South by the 
 Mi:diterranean ; is termed by the lialians and Spaniards, Gracia ; 
 by the French^ la Crcce ; by the Germans, Grcikerland ; and by the 
 Englijh, Greece : Why fo called is vavioufly conjedured ; bur the 
 moil received Opinion is that of Pliny, who derives it from a 
 Prince of that Country named Gracus. 
 
 Air and Soil.] The Air of thefe Provinces is fufficiently known 
 to be pure and temperate : And the Soil is not only very fit for 
 Pafturc, there being much f-Ttile champain Ground, but alfo af- 
 fords good Store of Grain, when duly manured ; and abounds 
 with excellent Grapes, and other delicious Fruits. The Diamc- 
 tre to A'.hnis is that Part of the Pacific Ocean 156 Degrees Wei^ 
 from London, and 38 South Latitude. 
 
 Ccfr.?n')ditics.] The Grecian Produce is chiefly Leather, Silk, Oi^^ 
 Turpentine, Honey, Wax, Raiilns, Currants and Figs. 
 
 R.iritics] At Cajlri on the Soathfidc of Mount Parnajfus, are 
 
 feme L';fcrip:.o;i5 relating to tht; Temple of Dclphos, univcrfall/ 
 
 - z famoi* 
 
 
 
 ^i 
 
 i :: 
 
 
 
 
1^6 Turky in Europe, Part IL 
 
 famous for the Oracle of ^o//o. 2. On the faid Mountain is a 
 pleafant running Water, which having feveral Marble Steps de- 
 scending to it, with Niches made in the Rock for Statues, gives 
 Occafion to think this was the renowned Cajlalian Spring that in- 
 fpired the antient Poets. 3. In Li'vadia, the old Beotia, is a 
 liideous Cavern in a Hill, which was famous of old for the Oracle 
 of Tryphonlus. 4. Near the Lake of Livadiat Sail, are maiiy fub- 
 terranean PafTages hewn through a Rock under a great Mountain 
 to give the Water Vent ; otherwife the Lake, being furrounded 
 with tiills, and conftantly fupplied by Rivulets from thefe Hillsy 
 ivouid overflow the adjacent Country. 5. On the Mmus oi Co- 
 rinth, are fome Ruins of Nepiuni^ Temple, and the Theatre where 
 the Iflmian Games were celebrated. 6. Through moil Parts of 
 Greece are many Ruins of Heathen Temples, efpecially that of 
 Ceres at Eleujis near Athens, whofte noble Remains are yet to be 
 feen. And at ^^/om'/^/ are feveral flately Chriftian Churches how 
 converted into Mahometan Molkees : That of the Virgin Mary is 
 a noble Stru£lure> having on each Side twelve Pillars of Jafper, 
 topt with Croiies, yet undefaced by the ^urks. But the chief Ra- 
 rities of Greece are thofe Monuments of Antiquity to be feen at 
 Athens, namely the Acropolis or Citadel, being the mod eminent 
 Part of the City. The Foundation of the old City Walls, fup- 
 pofed to be thofe erefted by Thejeus. The Temple of Minerva, 
 now a Turkijh Mofkee, intire as the Rotunda at Ro/ne, and is one 
 of the mod beautiful Pieces of Antiquity extant this Day in the 
 World. Some magnificent Pillars of Adrian''^ Palace, of which 
 there were fix Rows of twenty in each, but now only 1 7 ftand up- 
 right, which are 52 Foot high, and five Foot fquare at the ^afe ; 
 alTo a Gate and Aquadud cf the faid Emperor. The Stadium, or 
 Place where the Citizens ufed to run Races, encounter wild Beads, 
 and celebrate their Games, called Panathenea. Some of the Areo- 
 pagus, and Odeum or Theatre of Mufick. The Temple of Auguf- 
 tus, whofe Front remains intire, confiding of four Ddrick Pillars ; 
 alfo thofe of Thefeus, Hercules, and Jupiter Olympius in Part. The 
 Tower of Andronicus, or Temple of the eight Winds, yet intire. 
 The Phanari, or Lanthorn of Demojlhenes, being a little Edifice oF 
 white Marble, which is alfo intire. For a particular Defcription 
 of Athens, Corinth, and other Parts of Greece, confult Wheeler and 
 Perry. 
 
 Greek Archbifhops are thefe j 
 
 I'm 
 
 m 
 
 Amphipoli, 
 LariJJa, 
 Athens, 
 Malijafia, 
 
 Patras, 
 
 N.'ipiia^ 
 Corinth, 
 
 Saloniki, 
 
 Adrianople, 
 
 Janna. 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 Likcwife 
 
\RT II; 
 
 ntain is a 
 Steps de- 
 les, gives 
 ig that in- 
 otia, is a 
 the Oracle 
 many Tub- 
 Mountain 
 furrounded 
 thefe Hills, 
 :mus of Co- 
 eatre where 
 )ft Parts of 
 Uy that of 
 5 yet to be 
 urches how 
 ^in Mary is 
 rs of Jafper, 
 le chief Ra- 
 3 be feen at 
 noft eminent 
 'Walls, fup- 
 j of Minerva f 
 , and is one 
 is Day in the 
 ^ce, of which 
 17 ftandup- 
 at the Safe ; 
 ic Stadium, oir 
 X wild Beads, 
 of the Jreo- 
 l^le of Jugu/' 
 lorick Pillars ; 
 in Part. The 
 ids, yet intire.^ 
 ittle Edifice oF 
 at Defcription 
 lit ff heeler and 
 
 tikewife 
 
 Part II. Turky in Europe^ 177 
 
 Likewife Jrta in Epirtft, whofe Suffragans are Achekut Aftos, 
 Ragoust Venza. 
 
 Bifhops are chiefly thefe. 
 
 Androiy 
 
 M'ljitrat 
 
 Otena, 
 
 Dau/ia, 
 
 Modon 
 
 Ozei\ 
 
 Salonat 
 
 Scotu/a, 
 
 Argo, 
 
 ButrintOt 
 
 Li'vadiOt 
 
 GraKtcia, 
 
 Aulon^ 
 
 Chimera, 
 
 Coronea, 
 
 Corott. 
 
 Um<verjities.'\ No Univerfities in this Country, though once the 
 Parent and Seat of the Mufes, but in Lieu of them are 24 Mo« 
 nafleries oi Greek Monks, of the Order of St. Bafil^ who live in a 
 Collegiate Manner about ^oixntAthos^ called Monte Santo^ and in- 
 flru£l their Pupils in nothing but the holy Scriptuees, and the vari- 
 ous Rites of the Greek Church. Out of thefe Colleges are chofen 
 thofe Bifhops who are fubjeft to the Patriarch of Conjlantinople, 
 Athos is on a Peninfule Eaft of Salmiki in Macedonia, between the 
 Bays of Rondin and Mcnte/anto. 
 
 Manners.'] The Greeks ^ mofl famous of old both for Arms and 
 Arts, and all that's truly valuable, are fo wonderfully transformed, 
 that there is nothing now to be feen among them, but the fad Re- 
 verfe of noble Arts, Learning and Eloquence. Such is the Pref- 
 fure of the Ottoman Yoke, that their Spirits are funk within them, 
 and their very Afpeft declares a poor dejefted Mind. However 
 the common People do fo little confider their prefent Subjection, 
 that none are more jovial and merrily difpofed, from which came 
 that proverbial Saying, As merry as a Greek. The trading Part 
 of them is generally \ety cunning, and fo fliarp in their Dealings, 
 that Strangers not only meet with more Candor among the Turks, 
 but if one Turk feems in the leaft to difcredit another's W©rd, his 
 Reply is, / hope you don't takj me for a Chrijlian. Such is the Re- 
 flexion thefe worldly minded ProfeiTors bring upon the Doctrine of 
 Chrillianity. 
 
 Language.'] The Languages here in Ufe are the Turkijh and 
 Vulgar Greek ; the firrt being peculiar to the Turks, and the other to 
 the Chrijiians. A Specimen of the former fhall be given in the Danu- 
 bian Provinces following. As for the other, tis remarkable what 
 Difference there is between it and the old Greek ; not only by the 
 many Turkijh Words now intermixt, but alfo in pronouncing of 
 thofe which remain unaltered, as I obferved by converfing with 
 feveral of the Greek Clergy in Cyprus^ and dfevvhere, and being 
 prefent at fome of their publick Prayers. Patemojler in the beft 
 DiaUit of the modern (j'/'<'ti runs thus; Pater bcmas, opios ife ees 
 
 O M 
 
 i! 
 
 ! if 
 
 ! i;:!^': 
 
 t^^!' 
 
17$ 
 
 7urky in Europe, 
 
 Part IL 
 
 tps OuranouSt HagiaJ}hito to Onoma fou j l^a erti he hajilta fou ; To 
 thelema fou na ginete% itzon en te Gcy cs is ton Ouranon : To pfomi 
 hemas doxe hcmai femeron ; K^ ft chorafe bemos ta crimata bemon 
 itzon, htt hemas Jichornfomen rklnous opou ; 71/-:?^ adikounk/p men t ernes 
 hemas is to fir a/mo. Alia f.fon hemas opo to kaxo. Amen. 
 
 Govfrnmcnt.'] This Country divided into various Provinces, and 
 being wholly under the Tttrh Dominion, is governed by OPicers 
 called Sangiaksy refiding each at fomc particular Town or City. 
 
 Religion.'] The eftablifhcd Religion in Greece is that of Malmnet ; 
 but Chriftian'ty, for its number of Profeflbrs, doth far more pre- 
 vail. The Mahotnetan Religion is explained hereafter. As for 
 Chriftianity, it is profefled according to the Doftrine of the 
 Greek Church. 1. The Greeks deny the Proceflion of the Holy 
 Ghoft from the Son j afl'crting that it is only from the Father 
 through the Son. 2. They deny the Doftrine of Purgatory , but 
 ufually pray for the Dead. 3. They believe that the Souls of the 
 Faithful departed this Life are not admitted to the beatifick Vifion 
 till after the Refurredlion. 4. They celebrate the Sacrament in 
 both Kinds, but make the Communicant take three Morfels of 
 leavened Bread, and three Sips of Wine, as a Token of the Tri- 
 nity. 5. They admit Children to partake of the Sacrament when 
 only feven Years of Age, becaufe then they begin to fm. 6. They 
 allow not of Extreme VnBion and Confirmation, and difapprove of 
 fourth Marriages. 7. They admit none into Holy Orders but 
 fuch as are married, and forbid all fecond Marriages, being once 
 in Orders. 8. Theyreje^ all carved Images, but admit of Piftures, 
 wherewith they adorn their Churches. 9. They always perform 
 Baptifm by Immerfion. Laftly, they obferve four Lents in the 
 Year, and efteem it unlawful to faft upon Saturdays. In their 
 public Worihip they ufe four Liturgies, Thofe of St. James^ St. 
 Chryfofiomy St. Ba/il, and St. Gregory the Great; together with 
 Leflbns from the Lives of their Saints ; which makes their Ser- 
 vice of fuch a tedious Length, that it often continues five Hours, 
 The Fafts and Feftivals of the Greek Church are very numerous ; 
 and were it not for them, it is probable that Chriftianity had been 
 quite excluded this Country long ago : for by Means of thefe So- 
 lemnities they ftill preferve a Face of Rejigion under a Patriarch, 
 who refides at ConJlantimpU, ard feveral Archbifliops and Bifliops, 
 particularly tho(e mentioned before. This Country was fo happy 
 as to receive Chriftianity by the powerful Preaching of St. ?««/, 
 the great Apoftle of tlie Gentiki^ 
 
 
 lit tie 
 
IT II. 
 
 fou\ To 
 To pfotni 
 a benton 
 ten ternes 
 
 ices, and 
 |r OPicers 
 City. 
 
 MaJjomet ; 
 nore pre- 
 As for 
 le of the 
 the Holy 
 the Father 
 atory, but 
 als of the 
 ack Vifion 
 crament in 
 \^orfels of 
 f the Tri- 
 ment when 
 6. They 
 ipprove of 
 Drders but 
 being once 
 of Pictures, 
 ys perform 
 \entj in the 
 Y. In their 
 y antes, St. 
 rether with 
 their Ser- 
 five Hours, 
 numerous ; 
 had been 
 )f thefe So- 
 a Patriarch, 
 and Bifliops, 
 ^as fo happy 
 of St. Paul, 
 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Turky in Europe 
 Little Tartary, 
 
 n 
 
 Name."] T I T T L E T A R T A R Y, the European Sarmatia, is 
 I ^ bounded P^orth by Moj-fttiyy and Soith by the Bhck 
 Se/i ; is termed by the Spaniards and Italians ^ tart aria Minor 4 by 
 the French^ La Pttite Tartaric ; by the Germans, Kleint Tarta^j ; 
 ail4 the Englijh, Little Tartary^ to diftinguifh it from Grrat Tartary 
 in Afia j called alfo Crim Tartary^ from Crim tie old Capital of 
 t\it Cher foncfe. But to he more diftinifl; in what no Aithors hav^ 
 yet explained — Little Tartary is divided inco Eaft and V/tft by the 
 Nieper ; the CoJJaks arc chiefly Weft, and the ^agay Tartars Eaft. 
 TYieRuJJianUkrain bounds them on the North, which is a fortified 
 Barrier made to ftop their Incurfions : for Vkrain only means 
 Frontier, 
 
 Crim TartAry is that Peninfule on the South which runs into the 
 Black Sea ; formerly called the Taurian Chcrfone/et from the Tauri 
 its old Inhabitants : Not Taurican^ as is too commonly miflaken. 
 
 Air and Soil.'] The Air of this Country is generally agreed to 
 be of a \^ry temperate Nature, being in a fine Latitude between 
 the Extremes of Heat and Cold. But the Soil in various Parts 
 differs accordingly ; fome Places abounding with Grain and P'ruit, 
 and others being peftered with undrainable Marfhes, and barren 
 Mountains. 
 
 Commodities."] Their Commodities are Slaves, Leather, and Furs 
 of feveral Sorts, which they exchange with the adjacent Turks for 
 Coffee, Rice, and Clothing. 
 
 Manners 1 The Crim Tartars are generally flrong and vigorous, 
 proving the beft of Soldiers, able to fuilain all the Hardfhips of a 
 military Life. They are reputed very juil in their Dealings with 
 one another, but far otherwife with Strangers. Many of them 
 are much addided to Pillage, and can feed upon Horfefleih. 
 
 Language."} The Language of thefe Tartars is the Scythian, being 
 like the Turkijh as the Spanijh to the Italian ; thefe Tartars and 
 Turks underflanding one another, as thofe of Italy and i^pain. The 
 Arahick is here learned at School, as in moll Parts of Turky, Pw 
 ternojier in the Tarturejk runs thus : Atfcha av^zom Cbyhokta fen 
 algufchyludor fenug adoukel fuomy cbauluchong bel fun fennung arkchneg, 
 altigier da ukarhtatver fvijum gundalucb «/ mak chumnjlin I'ougou kai 
 
 1 'vifum 
 
 I 
 
 I' 
 
 I i -iv 
 
 I ' '. 
 
 ;V ». 
 
 ,' !■« 
 
 
 ^« 
 
 i! M' 
 
 ill.''- 1 
 
 5- !ti 
 
i8o furky m Europe. Part IL 
 
 vi/um jafuihcn^ den hifdacha hajelberin bijum jafoch namajitit datcha 
 koima'vifu jumanachay ilia garta 'vifenu^ gimandum. Amen. 
 
 Go'vemment.'] This Country is governed by its own Prince, called 
 the Han or Khan of Tortary, who is in ftridl Alliance and Union 
 with the Grand Signor, by reafon of an ancient Compadl ; where- 
 by the Turki/h Empire (hall defcend to the Critn lartarsy whenever 
 the Male Heirs of the Ottoman Line fhall fail. 
 
 Arms^ The Han of Tartary bears for his Enfigns Armorial, Or, 
 three Griffins Sabk^ armed Gules. 
 
 Damhian Provinces. 
 
 Name.y I ^'HE remaining Part of Turky in Europe, bounded Eaft 
 X by the Euxin or Black Sea ; Weft by Hungary ; 
 North by Poland', and South by Greece, is here confidered under 
 the Title of Danubian Provinces, from their Situation near the 
 Courfe of the Danube, i . Tranfyhunia, the old Dacia, fo called 
 by the Romans, quafi traits fyhas, it being formerly incompaffed 
 with great Fc>refts. 2 li^alakia. Part of Dacin, fo called for 
 Flaccia, from Flaccut a General, who made that Part of the Coun- 
 try a Romcn Colony. 3. Molda<uia, the old Seat of the Gctay 
 fo called from the River Molda, 4. Rovielia or Romeli, as the 
 Turks call it, the chief Part of !r/6r«<r^. The Name iscompofed of 
 Roma and Ellen, meaning Grecian Rome, Conjlanticople being in 
 this Province. 5. Bulgaria, or rather IVolgaria, the old M<tjia 
 Inferior, fo called from PVolga, it being formerly fubdued by a 
 People from the Banks of that River. 6. Servia, or Mtefia Su- 
 ferior, fo called from the Serbi, a People of AJiatic Sarmatia, 
 
 7. Bofnia, Part of Pannoniay fo called from a River of that Name. 
 
 8. Selavonia, another Part of Pannonia, fo called from its old In- 
 habitants the Sclanji. g. Croatia, heretofore Liburnia, fo called 
 from its People the Croats. Lailly, Dalmatia, being its old Name, 
 containing Part of Illyria. 
 
 Air and 5<?//.] The Air of thefe Provinces doth greatly vary, 
 according to their Situation ; and the Soil cannot be expeded alike 
 in all. Croatia is cold and mountainous, yet producing all Nccef- 
 faries for the Life of Man. Servia much more pleafant and fer- 
 tile. Bulgaria unpleafant and barren, with many Deferts, and ill 
 inhabited. Molda'via more temperate and fertile, but the great- 
 eft Part uncultivated. Rcmelia aftbrds great Quantities of Corn 
 and Fruit ; and feveral of its Mountains produce Mines' of Silver, 
 Lead, and Alum. 
 
 Commodities.^ 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
Part II. furky in Europe, x8i 
 
 Commodities,'] Mofl of thefe Provinces being inland barren Coun- 
 tries, and little frequented by Strangers, tisir Merchandife can- 
 not be great, except what is exported from Conjimitinople, being 
 chiefly Raw Silk, Coffee, Rubarb, Drugs of all Sorts, Turpentine, 
 Opium, Saffren, Carpets, Cotton, Shagreen, -Dimity, Mohair, 
 Wine, Oil, Figs and Raifins. 
 
 Rarities] In one of the Mines of Tranfyhania are fometimes 
 found Lumps of Gold, fit for the Mint without purifying. 
 2. Other Parts afford fuch Quantities of Stone Salt, as to fupply 
 all the neighbouring Provinces, v Near Enyed^ the antient An- 
 nium^ are feveral Monuments of Antiquity, efpecially a Military 
 Way made by one Annius^ Captain of a Roman Cohort. 4. At 
 Spalato in Dalmatian are the Ruins of DiocleJiati% Palace, where 
 he fometimes retired from the Empire. 5. Here is alfo a Tem- 
 ple of Jupiter t of an ottogonal Form, with feveral flitely Pillars 
 of Porphiry. 6. At Zara in the fame Province are many Ruins 
 of Roman Architcdure, and feveral heafhen Altars, Hill to be feen. 
 But what moftly deferves our Regard, are thofe Monuments of An- 
 tiquity in or near Co,//Ia>itinop/e, the chief of which are thefe fol- 
 lowing. The Hippodrome or Horfecourfe, now called Atmidan, a 
 Word of like Signification, in which remain fome ftately Hiero- 
 glyphic Pillars, particularly one intire Stone of Egyptian Granate, 
 Tihy Foot high, and another of Brafs 14 Foot high, in Form of 
 three Serpents wreathed together up to the Top, where their 
 Heads divide looking different Ways. Mr. lVheeler\ Opinion is, 
 that this ftood on Top of the other. South of the Hippodrome is 
 the Hiftorical Pillar, adorned with curious Work, expreffmg Va- 
 riety of warlike Adiops. Well of the Hippodrome is another Co- 
 lumn of Porphiry, brought from Rome by Conjlantine the Great, 
 which having fuffered much Damage by Fire, is now called the 
 Burnt Pillar. From the Black Sea to Conjiantincple are feveral 
 noble Aquadufts made by ths Roman Emperors, and repaired by So- 
 lyman the Great. To thefe we may add that grand Pile of Building 
 St. Sophiay formerly a Chriftian, but now a Mahometan Temple ; 
 for a Delcription of wiiich, and many other Curiofities, fee Wheeler, 
 Sandys and Shaiv. 
 
 The oppofite Place on the Globe to Cctiflantinople is that Part of 
 the Pacific Ocean 1 5 1 Degrees Well from London ^ and 41 South Lat. 
 
 Over the Greek Church are four Patriarchs, who in their rcfpcdive 
 Provinces have equal Authority. 
 
 The Patriarch of Jerufalem governs the Churches of PaUjiine^ 
 j^nd the Confines of Arabia. 
 
 That of Antioch, who rcfides at DnmafniSy governs the Churc'ncs 
 oi Me/opotaniia, Syria, and Caramania. 
 
 
 mM i, : |;i 
 
 O 
 
 H« 
 
 li ''i 
 
i8z 
 
 Turky in Europe, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 f') 
 
 ^ 1- 
 
 ni 
 
 ■' 1 
 
 Hi 
 
 1 s 
 
 r 1 
 
 Hi 
 
 '' 1 
 
 1 
 
 K KM 
 
 n 
 
 He of jilexandrta living at Grand Cairo, governs the Churches 
 tA Jfricay and within Arabia. 
 
 The Patriarch of ConJic.ntinopU hath all the other Greek Churches 
 depending on him in the Ottoman Empire : v^hich Patriarchs are 
 confirmed in their Dignity by the Grand Signior, and are (tiled 
 Your Holinefs. 
 
 Next to thcfc are Archbifhops ; Biftiops ; Protopapast or Arch* 
 priefls ; Papi.Sy or Priefts and Curates ; and laftly Ca/oyers or 
 Monks, from whom all their Prelates are elected. 
 
 Hizmters.'] Thefe Provinces are inhabited by a Variety of People, 
 parricularly Sclwvonians, who are Men of a robull Conftitution* 
 and very fit to be Soldiers. Nexc the Croats, who are efteemed 
 fo valiant and faithful, that they are entertained by many German 
 Princes as their Guards. Alfo the Serbians and Bulgarians, who 
 are reckoned cruel, and given to Robbery. But the natural Turkt 
 are Men of a fwarthy Complexiom, of a good Stature, and ftrong 
 in Proportion : Men, who though addilled to fome enormous 
 Vices, are yet Perfons of great Integrity in their Dealings, ftridt 
 Obfervers of their Word ; abundantly civil to Strangers ; charita* 
 ble after their own Way ; and fo zealous Obfervers of the various 
 Duties in their Religion, efpccially that of Prayer, that their Fre- 
 quency in the fame may juftly reproach the general Negleft of 
 Chriflians. In their ordinary Salutations they lay their Hand on 
 their fiofoms, and a httle incline their Bodies ; but accofting a 
 Ferfon of Quality, they bow almofl to the Ground, and kifs the 
 Hem of his Garment, but count it an opprobrious Thing to unco- 
 ver their Heads. Walking up and down they never ufe, and much 
 %vonder at that Cuflom of Chriflians. Their chief Recreations aire 
 ihooting with a Bow, and throwing of Lapces, at both which they 
 are w&ry dexterous. 
 
 Language."] The Sc/avonian Language, being of a great Extent, 
 is ufed not only in all thefe Provinces, though with fome Variations 
 of Dialeft, but alfo in a great Part of Europe. I'hat peculiar to 
 Dalmatia is efteemed the beft. As for the Turkijh, which is origi- 
 nally Sclanjonian, Paternojler in the fame runs thus : Dabamuz. 
 hanghe guigiejfon, Chudufs olfiim Jfenung adun \ Gelfon Jfenung mem- 
 lechctun, Olfum Jfenung ifiegunh ni effc gugthaule gyrde, Echame 
 gumozi hergunon vere hize bugun, hem bajfa bize borjlygomozi, Nie/e 
 lizde bajiaruz borftiiglere mo/i : Hem yedma bize j^ehenemef l)e chur- 
 tuU bizyjaram^dfttf. Amen, 
 
 Cover' 
 
Hir 
 
 Part if. Turky m Europe. 18^ 
 
 Government.'] *rhefe various Countries, called the Dambian 
 Provinces, are fubjeft to different Sovereigns. Iranjyhania is fub- 
 jedl to the Houfe of Aujlrin^ being incorporated with and united to 
 Hungary in 1688. IValukiu is fubjed partly to 'Turky and partly to 
 Anftria, Moldavia is governed by a Way wode, or Prince appointed 
 by the 7urkip Court. Romdht^ Buharia, Servia and Bofnia are 
 wholly under the T^urh. ScIa-voKia is under the German Empcrori 
 Dalmatia, is partly under the Venetiam, and partly under the 
 ^Turht 
 
 ■\ 
 
 Arms.] The Granii Signior, as Supreme Lord of all the Ottoman 
 Dominions, bears Feyt, a Crei'cent /Urgent, crcfted with a Turbaftt 
 charged with three black Plumes of Herons Quills, and this Motto, 
 Donee totum impleut Oibem. TJje Arms of the Eaftern Emperors* 
 before the Rife of the Ottoman Family, were Mcr/, a Crofs Sol 
 between four Greek Bitas, of the fecond : The four Bdtas figni- 
 fying BatJiXsv; lit(iffi>.im, yia!rth,iiui/ B.%criX{Dj-t. Rex Regurn, Regnant 
 Regibus. 
 
 Religion,'] The Religion of thefe Provinces is of three Sorts, 
 Chrijiiany Jetvijib^ and Mahometan. The Chrijiiansy for the moft 
 Part, adhere to the Tenets of the Greek Church ; fome to the 
 Church of Rcmcy and others to the Ociti ine of Luther and Cc:lvin. 
 The Jenvs arc zealous Maintainc?rs of the Mo/aick Law, and the 
 Mahometans ftick as clofe to their Law, wherein they are taught 
 the Belief of one God, aud that M.thomct is his great Prophet. It 
 alfo commandeth Children to be obedient to their Parents, and 
 teacheth Love to our Neighbour. It requires Abilinence from Pork 
 and Blood, and fuch Animals as die of thcmfelves. It promifeth to 
 Muflelmen, or true Believer?, all Manner of fenfual PJeafures in 
 a future State, though in a lupernatural Way. It allows an un- 
 avoidable Fatality to every Thing, and favours the Opinion of 
 Tutelar Angels. The Followers ol Mahomet do readily grant, that 
 the Writings both of Prophets snd Apoftles were divinely infpired, 
 but are fo corrupted by Jenvs and Chi ytians, that they cannot be 
 admitted for the Rule of Faith j wherefore they believe that thofe 
 in the Alkoran only, are divine and perfect. That God is both 
 Eflentially and Perfonally one j and that Chrift was a mere Creature, 
 but without Sin That he was a great Prophet, who having ended 
 his Oilice upon E irth, acquainted iiis Followers of the coming of 
 Mahonfcf. That Chrijf afcendcd into Heaven without fufFcting 
 Death, another being lubllituted in his Place. That Man is not 
 juftified by Faith in Chrijf, but by truly praftifing the Works of 
 the Law. That Poligamy and Divorces are legal, according to 
 the Example of the Patriarchs. In fliort, MabomL'i/m is a Com- 
 
 O 4 pound 
 
 ■'.'ii&il'i 4 
 
 l,.i^!i"i (■ 
 
 i1 
 
 11': 1 
 
iH 
 
 Tt.rJy in Europe. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 pound 'of Paganifmt yudai/mt and Chrijiianityt in order to gain 
 Profelytes of all Frofeflions. But as the Alkoran is the Turkifi 
 Rule of Faith and Pradlice, let us confider its Precepts, chiefly as 
 they relate to Circumcifion, Fafting, Prayer, Alms, Pilgrimage, 
 and Abilinence from Wine, i . Circumcifion, though not men> 
 tioned in the Koran, they reckon, abfolutely n&ceilary to t\ety 
 true Muflulman ; whereupon they are very careful to perform, and 
 celebrate the fame with great Solemuity : ^nd this they do between 
 the Age of Six and Ten, or near it. 2. Fading, particularly the 
 extraordinary Lent, called Rarnazattt obferved every ninth Month, 
 and of a whole Month^s Continuance ; during which Time, 
 they neither eat nor drink till the Sun goes down : They abftain 
 from all worldly Bufinefs ; fr^m fmoking their beloved Tobacco 
 and other innocent Recreations, and fpend moft of their Time in 
 the Mofkees, frequenting them Day and Night. 3. Prayer. This 
 Duty is of the higheft Importance, their Prophet having called it 
 the Pillar of Keligion ar<^ the Key of Paradife ; whereupon they 
 are frequent and fervent at their Devotions. They conftantly pray 
 five Times every Day, let their worldly Bufinefs be ever fo urgent. 
 4. Alms. Every Turk is bound to contribute at leafl the hundredth 
 Fart of his Wealth to relieve the Poor : Befide which they make 
 large voluntary Contributions for any Public Good according to 
 their Income ; and their Charity doth not only extend itfelf to 
 their Fellow Creatures, but even to the Bruits, as Dogs, Horfes, 
 Camels, Cats and the like, whom they carefully maintain, when 
 through Age they become ufelefs to their Mailers, and often leave 
 Legacies for that Purpofe. $. Pilgrimage, namely that to iV 
 which every MuAulman ought to perform once in his Life, u 
 Thither they refort in Multitudes, being commonly 40 or 5c. 
 in Number, over whom the Sultan appoints a Commander In 
 Chief to redrefs Diforders that may happen on the Road. This 
 Officer is followed by a Camel carrying the Alkoran covered with 
 a Cloth of Gold ; which fandified Animal, upon his Return, is 
 fidorned with Garlands of Flowers, and exempt from any farther 
 Labour during its Life. Laftly, Abflinence from Wine and 
 flrong Liquors is likewife a Precept of the Alkoran ; but this 
 they obferve lefs than any of the former : However, it mufl be 
 confeft that immoderate Drinking is not a Pra£lice among 
 Mahometans, 
 
 '"fr-n. 
 
 .-.> 
 
 MONEY. 
 
Part II. 
 
 Tarky m Europe, 
 MONEY. 
 
 i«5 
 
 The Coin in TurJiy is only Gold and Silver. The Gold Sultani 
 or Sequin is Ten Shillings, coined always at Grand Cairo i but all 
 European Ducats and Dollars are current. 
 
 The Afper, by which they keep their Accounts, was formerly 
 worth Three Farthings, but fince the yews have made a great 
 Number of bafe ones, the Afper is reckoned as a Halfpeny, 
 1 20 of which are taken for a Crown. The Zelot is worth 3 d. 
 and the Parri Twopence. 
 
 A Purfe is i;oo Crowns, or 12; I. But a Golden Purfe, which 
 the Sultan bellows on his Favourites, is worth 15,000 Scquihs^ 
 Ci- 7,500 1. 
 
 A Kizey is a Bag of 1 500 Ducats. 
 
 f 
 
 li 
 
 I 
 
 H 
 
 li 
 
 :< 
 
 § 
 
 
 SECT. 
 
 ,» . • 1 .• i 
 
 . t 
 
 iii'.i' I'l 
 
 I? 
 
Part II. 
 
 ii^ European J/ianis. 
 
 
 
 SECT. X. 
 ■ * . ENGLAND. 
 
 Extent and Situation. 
 
 j^rom Birnuick North to the Coaft of Dorfet South, 5 Degrees 10 
 Minutes, make 310 Miles: And from the C09A of Pembrokefifin 
 to the Coall of Ejjex^ 2^0 Miles ; being 6 Degrees and half, at 3S 
 
 td a Degree in that Latitude. The rofition of London is 17,35 
 
 Baft from Ferro the Hrft Meridian. 
 
 England \s be/l divided into Six Judicial Circuits. 
 
 U^efiern, Oxford, Home^ Nerfolk^ Midland, North* 
 
 Counties. 
 'Cornwal — 
 ^DevdnjXfire 
 Weprn jDorfet/hire 
 Circuit ^^outhamton 
 ^^omerfetjhire 
 .Wiltjhirt .- 
 
 rBerkJhire '*" 
 I Oxfordjhir^ - 
 I Glocefitrjhirt 
 Oxford J Monmcuthjhire 
 Circuit \ Hereford/hire 
 Worcejierjhire 
 Steiffordjhire 
 Shropjhire — 
 
 
 CMf* 
 
 Home Yk^T'jI^ 
 
 ex 
 
 Norfolk 
 Circuit 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 ^Suffolk -^ — 
 }CambridgeJhire 
 Jfluntingtorr/hire - 
 'BedforJJLire — 
 , Buckingham/hire 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 Bodmin, 
 
 - Exeter. 
 
 - Dorchefier* 
 «• Winchefier. 
 
 - Briftol. 
 
 - Balifbury, 
 
 Reading, 
 Oxford. 
 
 Glocejier, 
 Monmouth, 
 
 — Hereford. 
 
 — Worcejier, 
 — - Stafford. 
 
 — Shrew/bury. 
 
 — CoUhefer. 
 -— Hartford. 
 — — Canterbury. 
 — — Southnuark, 
 
 — Chichejitr, 
 
 — Nortvich, 
 — Ipfnvich. 
 
 — Cambridge. 
 
 — Huntington. 
 
 — Buckingham. v 
 
 Midland 
 
Part II. 
 
 European IJlands, 
 
 Midland 
 Circuit. 
 
 C Littcolnjhtrt «■ 
 
 I Nottinghamjhin 
 
 I Deriyfijire — 
 
 -^ RutlandjUre — 
 
 Leiceficrjhlre 
 
 North 
 Circuit. 
 
 IVamuick/hire — . 
 (^ Northamptonjiire 
 
 'Ydrhjhire — — 
 .Durham - 
 
 I Ncrthumhorland 
 jLancafijire — — 
 m^eJJmorland — 
 CuTuberimnd w- 1 
 
 Lincoln, 
 
 Nottingham, 
 
 Derby, 
 
 Okeham* 
 
 Lricefler, 
 
 IVarnjoick, . 
 
 Northampton, 
 
 Tori. 
 
 Durham, 
 
 Nenn'caftle, 
 
 Lanca/ler, 
 
 Jpfleby, 
 
 Carlile, 
 
 187 
 
 i 
 
 !\ 
 
 Wales in Four Circuits, 3 Counties in each. 
 
 C Denhijhire 
 \F/intyhire 
 
 -^ . . jMonttromeryJlAre 
 ^<^thn^a!es<f.jfj.^y 
 
 JCarnar'vonJhire 
 V, Merionethjbire — 
 
 South^valesi 
 
 Cardiganjbire — 
 vCarmarden/hire 
 tPcmbrok^ire — 
 vRadnorJhirc — 
 ' Brecnockjhire — 
 , Glamorgan/hire 
 
 Denbigh, 
 
 St. Afapb, 
 
 Montgomery, 
 
 Beaumaris, 
 
 Carnarvon, 
 
 Harlcgh, 
 
 Cardigan. 
 
 Carmarden, 
 
 Pembroke, 
 
 Radnor. 
 
 Brecnoci. 
 
 Cardiff, 
 
 Befide the Circuits of Englandy containing thirtyeight Counties, 
 and the four in IVales, containing twelve ; there remain the 
 two Counties Middle/ex and Chefter which are not reduced to aay 
 Circuit. The firll becaufe of its Vicinity to L«ndon, £nd the 
 other as being a County Palatine, having their own JudgeSi Thefe 
 two Counties, with the 38 abovementiOned in England, and 12 in 
 //Va, make in all 5 2. 
 
 
 y. '1 
 
 ENGLAND, 
 
 if.!: 
 
i8S 
 
 European IJlanis, 
 E N G L A N D: 
 
 Part IL 
 
 Name."] TJ Ngland, which with Scotland is the renowned Brtlannia 
 y^^ or Albion^ having France tnd Germany on the South* 
 €aft, and Ireland on the WeA, is called by theJtalianj, Inghilterra ; 
 by the Spaniards, Inglatierra \ by the French ^ Jngleterre ; by the 
 Germans t EngclUnd i and by the Natives, England i which Name 
 is derived from the Angles^ a People of Lotcer Saxonyt who con- 
 quered the grcatell Part of this Countrv, and divided the fame 
 into feven different Kingdoms. But Ecbert, defcended from the 
 jinglest having united this divided Nation in 828,'and beine the 
 firfl Monarch of England after the Saxon ileptarchy, ordered the 
 Whole ihould bear the Name of Anglelfind, now England. 
 
 Air."] The Air of this Country is far milder, fweeter, and 
 more temperate, than in any Part of the Continent under the 
 fame Parallel. The Cold during IVinter is not fo piercing, nor 
 the Heat in Summer fo fcorching, as to recommend the Ufe of 
 Stoves in the one, or Grottos in the other. The oppofite Place of 
 the Globe to London is 1 80 Degrees Weft or Eaft in the Pacific 
 Ocean, and South Lat. 51, 32. o • ^ 
 
 Soil.'] This Country is generally fo fertile, and produces fuch 
 Flentv of Grain, Fruit, Herbage, and Pafture, that its excellent 
 Soil IS beft declared by thofe Elogies defervedly bellowed on it 
 both by antient and modern Writers, who call England the Gra- 
 nary of the Wefiern Worlds and the Habitation o/Ctres i that her 
 Vallies are like Eden, her Hills as Lebanon, her Springs like Pi/gah, 
 and her Rivers as Jqrdan, The longeft Day in the North Part 
 is 17 Hours and half, and the fliorteft in the South about eight. 
 
 Commodities.} The chief Commodities here are Corn, Cattle, 
 Tin, Copper, Lead, Iron, Timber, Coals, Hops, Wool, Cloth, 
 Stuffs, Flanel, Butter, Cheefe, Stockings, Hats, wrought Plate, 
 Clocks, Watches, Glafs, Leather, Gold and Silver Lace, Cutlers 
 Ware, Pewter, and Variety of Hardware. . 
 
 Rarities."} In many Counties of this Kingdom are dill extant 
 fomc noted Circular Stone Monuments , particularly 77 Stones at 
 Salkeld in Cumberland, called Long Meg and her Daughters : 
 Thofe called Rollrich Stones in Oxfordjhire\ thofe near Enijham 
 in 'Northumberland ; thofe on the River l^der in Wrfimorland ; 
 thofe near Buroughbrigg in Yorhjhire ; thofe near Exmore in 
 De*uonJliire ; thofe at Stanton Drenv in Somerfetjhire ; the Hurkrs, 
 and thofe ac Bijewwen in Con.vselU But jnoft obfervable of 
 
 all 
 
 
^RT 11. 
 
 Britannia 
 
 he South' 
 
 ghilterra ; 
 
 I by the 
 
 ch Name 
 
 who cot\- 
 
 the fame 
 
 from the 
 
 beine the 
 
 rdered the 
 
 eeter, and 
 under the 
 rcine, nor 
 ic Ufe of 
 te Place of 
 the Pactfc 
 
 3uces fuch 
 ts excellent 
 owed on it 
 nd the Gra- 
 i that her 
 like Pifgah, 
 North Part 
 >out eight. 
 
 rn, Cattle, 
 'ool, Cloth, 
 ought Plate, 
 ice, Cutlers 
 
 e (lill extant 
 7 Stones at 
 
 Daughters : 
 ear Enijkam 
 ^''rjlniorland ; 
 
 Exmore in 
 
 the Hurkrs, 
 
 bfervable of 
 
 all 
 
 I I 
 
 tl 
 
 if % 
 
 n 
 
 "1! 
 
 LI .■ 
 
 r- 
 !' 
 i J 
 
 ni*f Jl^nf^n ^ftitff. 
 
ii*»j 
 
 
 tteni 
 
 ."^^s^mm 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 gg 
 
 v^ 
 
 
 Stt^l 
 
 k^' 
 
 .» 
 
 ^^*-^^ 
 
 g:; 
 
 6**' 
 
 •*^/««^ 
 
 
 Citd 
 
 Atli 
 
 ♦*s 
 
 ^ 
 
 *«*»« 
 
 •inr . 
 
 ^^mm 
 
 Tif*y*A 
 
 iissi, 
 
 4Z. .1 
 
 XiMdip! 
 
 as 
 
 
 'rtTf 
 
 ^ 
 
 rhn t. ,,£inuitft' 
 
 OuejfnA Y 
 
 IS^ 
 
 JarA 
 
 I'W'sr*^ 
 
 "nrl. 
 
TIU* Jl0nf*» ^n«^ 
 
«.|4«V'««-r» . -■Itvii*' 
 
 i^ 
 
 \ ^ 
 
 t 
 
 » ^ 
 
 i ■> (■ 
 
 <m. 
 
 J 'J>. ** 
 
 At .\ 
 
 '«- .>' 
 
 "■•ii>-r::.T*. ■-- 
 
 i",... i...>''^ 
 
 \\ 
 
Part II. European IJlands, 189 
 
 all is Stone Henge on Salijlury PiMni which Monuments are 
 thought by fome to confift of natural Stones, by others of Stones 
 artificially compounded of Sand, Lime, Vitriol, and other unftu- 
 OU9 Matter. But if the Reader defire to fee the various Conjec- 
 tures of the Curious, concerning the Nature and Deiign of all 
 fuch Monuments, together with the Draught of Sfone Henge itt 
 particular, let him confult CamJtni Britamiia, and Dr. Stukely 
 who proves it a Druid's Temple. 2. In many Parts of England zse 
 yet to be feen the Fcjiigia^ and Remains of divers Roman Military 
 tVajs : the principal is that mentioned by Lelandy beginning at 
 Dover, and pading through Krt/t to London, from thence to St. 
 Albans, Dunjiablet Stratford, Toucejiir, LittUburn, St. Gilberfs Hill 
 near Shrew/bury, then by Si rat ton, and fo through the Middle of 
 JVules to Cardigan. 3. In this Country are fome Medicinal IVatersi 
 whether for Bathing, as thofe efpecially in Somerfetjhire, or Purg' 
 ing\ particularly thofe of the Spaivi in Yorkjhire; Tunbridge in 
 Kent ; Ebjhatn and Duhvich in Surrty ; AQon, and IJlington in Middle- 
 Jex. Here alfo arc many remarkable Springs ; whereof fome are 
 impregnated either with Salt, as that at Droifwich in Worcefttr- 
 Jhire j or Sulphur, as the famous Well at Wigan in Lanca/hire, or 
 Bituminous Matter, as that at Pitchford in Shrapjhire. Others have 
 a Petrifying ^ality, as that near Lutteriuorth in Leicefier/hire, and 
 the Dropping fVell in the fVr/i Riding of Yorklhire. And finally, fome 
 cbh and flow, as thofe of the Peak in Dtrbyjhiret and Leywell 
 near Torbay, whofe Waters rife and fall feveral Times in an Hour. 
 To thefe we may add that remarkable Fountain near Richard's 
 CaJIle in Herefordshire, commonly called Bone IVell, which is ge- 
 nerally full of fmall Bones like thofe of Frogs or Fi(h, tho* often 
 cleared out. 4. Many are the Roman Altars dug up in this Kingdom, 
 efpecially in the Northern Parts ; for their Infcriptions and Figure, 
 confult Camden\ Britannia. 5. In feveral Places between Carlile and 
 NeiJucaJlle are fome Ruins of the Piffs Wall^ which went through 
 Northumberland and Cumberland, beginning at Tinmouth and ending 
 at Solivay Frith. 6. Croffing the Middle of Wiltjhire from Eaft to 
 Weft, is a large Ditch, called Wanfdyke, or Wodenfdyke, defigned as 
 a Boundary to dillinguifh Territories, or a Fence to guard againil 
 an Enemy. There are alfo in Cimbridgejhirt plain Trafts of thofe 
 Ditches, thrown up by the Bafi Anghs, to keep out the Mercians^ 
 who frequently plundered their Neighbours. And near Cambridge 
 are the Marks of two fpacious Canits, one Roman at Arbury, a<id 
 the other at Baljham Hills. 7. Near PVignn in Lancijhirc is the fore- 
 faid Well, which l^eing empty there breaks out a fulphurous Va- 
 pour, making the Water bubble up as if it boiled, and a Candle 
 being put thereto inilantly takes Fire and burns like Brandy. 
 During a Calm the Flame will continue a whole Day, and by it» 
 Heat they can boil Egg* or Meat, and yet the Water iti'clf is cold. 
 
 I 8. A 
 
 '% 
 
 
ipo European IJlands. Part IL 
 
 S. At Broftlyy Btntly and Pitchford^ with other Places adjacent in 
 Shrcpfljirey is found, over moil of the Coalpits, a Stratum of po- 
 Tous brown Stone, much impregnated with bituminous Matter; 
 which being pulverized and boiled in Water, the black Subllance 
 rifeth to the Top, and being gathered oiF, it comes to the Conflft- 
 ence of Pitch, and is ufed for fuch with good £fFe£l. 9. In Derby* 
 Jhire are fome hideous Cavities^ as thofe called Poots Ho/e, Elden 
 HoUt and another vulgarly called the Devil's jir/e. In the firft of 
 thefe, which runs far under Ground, is a dropping Water of a petre- 
 fying Nature. Elden Hole is perpendicular, the Bottom yet un- 
 difcovered. For a full Account of the Peak^ and the many Won- 
 ders iaereof, fee the Authors who have treated on that Subjedl, as 
 Cott m, Hobbs and Leigh. 10. Near JVhitby in Yorhjhire^ are found 
 ce . lin otones refembling the Folds and Wreaths of a Serpent ; 
 alfo other Stones of feveral Sizes, and fo exaAly round, as if ar- 
 tificially made for Cannon Balls, which being broke, do commonly 
 contain the Form and Likenefs of Serpents, wreathed in Circles, 
 but generally without Heads. 11. At Alderly and LaJJinton ip. 
 Glocefterjhiret and feveral other Parts of Englandy are Stones refem- 
 bling Cockles, Oifters, and other Water Animals. 1 2. In Mendip 
 Hills in Somerfetjhire is a Cave, called Okey Holey which being 
 •f a confiderable Length, in it are difcovered fome Wells and 
 Rivulets. »3. At Glajenbury in Somerfetjhire are feveral Pyramids 
 mentioned by M'illiam of Malmjbwy, with impcrfe£l Infcriptions ; 
 but why or when ereded, is uncertain. 14. In Dover Caftte is an 
 old ^ahle hung up, which imports that Julius Cafar landed upon 
 that Part of the Englijh Coaft. 15. Near Fenierjham in Kent, and 
 Tilbury in EJJex^ are wide artificial Pits, fome of them narrow at 
 the Top, but very large within ; and thought to be fome of thofe 
 from whence the Britons ufed to dig Chalk to mix with their 
 Grounds. 16. About Whitby in Yorkflnrcy and in Lincoln/hire and 
 Wariuirkpire are found the JJiroits or Stur Stones refembling little 
 Stars with five Rays. 17. luSbropfiiire is the large Hill called 
 Caradock, famous for being the Scene of that memorable A^ion 
 between OJiorius the Roman and CaraSiacus the Briton^ whereof 
 Tacitus gives a particular Account. 18. Nezr WineheJIery as alfo 
 in the North of Wejmorland, is a round Intrenchment with a 
 plain Piece of Ground in the Middle, named King jJrthur's round 
 Table; for which Original and Deiign we mud tliink of thofe Ages 
 when Tilting was praftifed in England. Laftly, in the County of 
 Surrey is the River Mole, -which iofeth itfelf under Ground, and 
 rifeth again at a confiderable Diftance ; as doth alfo Reca/l in the 
 Ifcrth Riding of Yorkshire. To thefe Rarities I might add fome fine 
 Churches, noble Fabricks and Bridges, particularly that at Wefimin- 
 fter, which may be fitly termed a M^erpiece : But many Particu- 
 tgri would iwell this Volume too much. 
 
 I Anhhipo^s- 
 
Part II< European IJlands, 
 
 Archbiflfops in this Kingdom are only two« 
 Canterbury and TorL 
 
 m 
 
 Sf, J/apb, 
 
 Bangor, 
 
 Bath, 
 
 BriJIol, 
 
 Carliie, 
 
 Chrfter, 
 
 The Bi/hops are, 
 Chichefier, Hereford, 
 
 Oxford, 
 
 Peterbnrcw, 
 
 Rochefter, 
 
 SaUjhury, 
 
 Winchefter, 
 
 IVorceJler. 
 
 St, David, Landaff, 
 
 • Durham, Lichfield, 
 
 Exeter, Lincoln, 
 
 Ely, London, 
 
 Glocefler, Norwich, 
 
 Carli/e, Chefier, Durham, are Suffragans to York ; as alfo the 
 Bifhop of Man, though no Lord of Parliament. 
 
 After the Archbiihops thofe of London, Durham, and Winchefter^ 
 take Place : The Reft go by Senioritv of Election. 
 
 Univerfities.'] Unii^erfitin in ;his Kingdom are thofe two famous 
 Luminaries of EnyJ^^rJ, Oxford acd Cambridge ; which for mag* 
 niftcent Buildings, rich Endowments, nmp'e Privileges, Number 
 of Students, Libraries and learned Men, are Inferior to none, or 
 rather Superior to any in the World. The feveral Colleges, moft 
 of which do furpafs many foreign Univerfities, follow in Order 
 as they were founded* 
 
 In Oxford, 
 
 Univerfi/y, 
 
 Baliol, 
 
 Merten, 
 
 Exeter, 
 
 Oriel, 
 
 Siueen^i, 
 
 NeiJO College, 
 
 Lincoln, 
 
 Allfouls, 
 
 Magdalen, 
 
 Braxenofe, 
 
 Corpuschrifti, 
 Chriftchurch, 
 Trinity, 
 St. John, 
 
 Wadham, 
 Pembroke, 
 Hartford, 
 Worctfier, 
 
 Five Halls. 
 
 5/. Alban, 
 Edmund, 
 St. Mary, 
 
 Nenv Inn, 
 Magdalen. 
 
 In Cambridge. 
 
 Peterhou/e, 
 
 Clare Hall, 
 
 Bennet, or Corpus Chrifti, 
 
 Pembroke Hall, 
 
 Trinity Hall, 
 
 Gonv'l and Casus, 
 
 Ktnis, 
 
 Slueet^s, 
 
 Katharine Hail, 
 
 Jefus College,. 
 
 Chriji College, 
 
 St, John, 
 
 Magdalen, 
 
 Trinity. 
 
 Emanuel, 
 
 Sidney. 
 
 t'hhif:opi 
 
 All the fixtccn in Cambridge are Colleges; but the Halls in Ojr- 
 
 ford are not endowed. 
 
 Man* 
 
 U ■.! 
 
 1 
 
 !pi 
 
 m 
 
 •fi' 
 
 i 
 
 :\l 
 
 i^i 
 
 f 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 ni 
 
 ^^ 
 
 %. 
 
 ■ 'If 
 
 1 
 
 -1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 i^i 
 
 
 I 
 
 M;ii I 
 
19* European IJlands; Part IL 
 
 fSatmen^ The EngUJhy being a Mixture of North and South 
 Nations/ do ftill retain their Humour, a juft Mean between the 
 two Extremes; for the indolent flow Genius of the one, and the 
 hot mercurial Temper of the other meeting in their Cotijiitutionst 
 render them ingenious and aaive^ yttfoTid and lafting^ which, 
 nourifhed under Libertyt infpires a Courage both generous and 
 invincible. This happy Temperament of Spirit in thefe People 
 doth eminewtly appear by that mighty Inclination they always had, 
 and ftill have, both to Arms and Arts, and th.it wonderful Progrefs 
 they liTive made in each. For the inatchlefs t'aiour and Bra'very, 
 the fingular Ptudence and ConduSi of iLi Engli/h Niuion, both by 
 ^em and Land^ is fo unirerffilly known, and hath bee a Vj, frequently 
 exerted in moft Parts of the World, that inary pott^ut States and 
 Kingdoms have felttbe Weight of theu* Stuord^ and been conflrr insd 
 to yield to the Fom of their Jrms. They have alfo fo effectually 
 applied themfelves to ail Sorts of Literature^ fmce the happy Days 
 of Reformation* and are advanced to fuch a P:.'ch c f true and 
 folid Learning, that they may julliy claim a 7"/V/^ to the Empire of 
 KnotAilege. Finally, their Manner of Vf^rlting, vhethur for Solidity of 
 Matter, Force of Argument, or Eleg^.nce oJ Stile, is indeed fo 
 excellent, that no Nauon hath yet furpaiTed the EngUJhy and none 
 can juilly pretend to equal them. 
 
 Language.l The Englijh Language being a Con^pound of the old 
 i^ax'in and Norman^ one a Dialed of the Teutonic^, and the other 
 of the French j having alfo a Mixture of the Briti/h and Roman, 
 is now defervedly reckoned more copious and exprej/ive than any 
 in Europe. Harangues in this Language are capable of all the 
 Flowers of RLetorick, and lively Strains of the trueft Eloquence ; 
 nothing inferior to the moft fluent Orations pronounced of old by 
 the beft Roman Orators. This fully appears by Middleton'% whole 
 Life of Cicero^ efpecially in that high celebrated Speech to Ca/ar 
 in behalf of Matcellus. In a Word, tis a Language rightly calcu- 
 lated for the Mafculine Genius of thofe who own it. 
 
 Government,'] The Kingdom of England is a famous, antient, 
 and hereditary Monarchy ; a Kingdom which very rarely can have 
 an Interregnum, and is therefore free from many Misfortunes to 
 which elective Crowns are fnbje£t : For with the Concurrence of 
 Lords and Commons, in making and repealing of Laws, it hath the 
 main Advantages of both Arifiocracy and Democracy, and yet free from 
 the Evil and Defefls of either. Tis a Monarchy that affords very 
 much to the Induftry, Liberty, Dignity, and Happinefs of the 
 Subjeft, and referves enough for the Majefty and Prerogative of 
 any King, who will own his People for Subjefls, not Slaves. 
 Chief Statefmen of this Realm after the King and Princes of the 
 
 Blood, 
 
Part II. European (flands. 193 
 
 61ood« are thefe great Officers, i. The Lord High Chancellor, 
 whofe Office is to keep the King's Great Seal, to moderate the 
 Rigor of the Law in judging according to Equity, not the Com< 
 mon Law. He difpofetn of all Church Livings in the King's 
 Gift, if valued under 20 1. a Year in the King's Book. In cafe 
 there be no Chancellor, then the Lord Keeper is the fame in 
 Authority and Precedency ; but the Cliancellor' muil be a Peer. 
 1. The Lord High Treafurer, whofe Office is to take Charge of 
 all the King's Revenue kept in the Exchequer, as alfo to appoint 
 and check all Officers in colIe£ting the fame. This Office is fre> 
 quently executed by feveral Perfons joined in Comntiffion, 3. 
 The Lord Prejident of the Coumilt ivhofe Office is to fummon the 
 Coun''!!, to propofe Bufmefs, and report the feveral Tranfa^lions 
 of th- Board. 4. The Lord Privy Seal, whofe Office is to pafs 
 all Charters and Grants of the King, and Pardons figncd by the 
 Kine, before they come to the Great Seal ; as alfo other^ Matters 
 of (mailer Moment, which do not pafs the Great Seal. But this 
 Seal is never put to any Grant without Warrant under the King's 
 Privy Signet ; nor even then if the Thing granted be againll Law 
 orCuftom, till the King be firfl: acquainted therewith. ^. The 
 Lord Great Chamberlain of England, whofe Office is to bring the 
 King's Shirt and nuearing Clothes, on the Coronation Day ; to put 
 on the King's Apparel that Morning ; to carry the Snvordy the 
 Royal Robe and Croivn, as alfo the Gold to be ciTered by the 
 King.. ' He hath likewife the lnfpe£lion of the whole Palace of 
 Wtfiminfter, the Houfe of Lords, and Weftminfter Hall for Furni- 
 ture and Things necefl'ary. 6. The Earl Marjhal of England, 
 whofe Office is to take Cognizances of all Matters of War and 
 bearing of Arms ; to determine ContraAs concerning Deeds of 
 Arms out of the Realm, or within the Realm, which the Common 
 Laiu cannot determine. 7. The Lord High Admiral of England, 
 whofe Trufi is fo great, that this Office hath been ufually given to 
 fome of the King's younger Sons, near Kinfmen, or one of the 
 chief Peers of the Realm. To him is committed the Mangement 
 of all Maritime Affifiirs i the Government of the King's Navy ; a 
 decifive Power in all Maritime Caufes, as well Qvil as Criminal, 
 Vice Admirals, Rear Admirals and Captains receive their Orders from 
 this Board, which Office is commonly executed by iipveral Perfons 
 in Commiffion, termed Lords of the Admiralty. There are two 
 Secretaries of State, whofe Provinces are large, and their Office ge- 
 nerall}' well known. As for the Lord High Steiuard and Lord High 
 Cenfiable, the latter is only appointed at a Coronation ; and the for* 
 mer at the folemn Trial of a Peer, or other Perfon, before the 
 Houfe of Lords in Weftminlhr Hall. 
 
 r After 
 
 \\\vk 
 
 m 
 
 \*\ 
 
 
 Ik 
 t 1 il 
 
 ft'. 
 
 .,), 
 
194 European I/lands, Part II, 
 
 After the Officers of the Croion, we might here fubjoin the va- 
 rious Courts of Judicature in this Kingdom, efpecially the High 
 Court of Parliament, which is fuprcme to all others, and {o whom 
 all lafl Appeals are made. I might here likcwife mention all the 
 Subordinate Courts of this Realm, particularly that of the King's 
 Bench, Court oi Common Pleas, the High Court oi Chancery, the Ex- 
 zhequer, and Duchy oii Lancafter : As alfo the EccU/iaJIical Courts of 
 the Archbifliop of Canterbury, as the Cmrt oi yJrchts ; the Courts of 
 Audience ; the Prercgati<ve C^rt ; the Cacrt of Fccultirs, and that 
 ©f Peculiars. Moreover the Kinj^% confuitinr^ the Eafe and Wei- 
 fare of his People adminifters Judice by his itinerant Judges, in 
 their yearly Circuits through th<r Kingdom ; and for the better go- 
 verning of, and keeping the King'? Peace in particular Counties, 
 Hundreds, Cities, Buroughs, and Villages of this Realm. Counties 
 liave their Lord Lieutenants, Sheriffs and Jufticcs of the Peace; 
 Jfundreds, their BailiiFs and ConHaWes; Citiu, their Mayors and 
 Aldermen; ToKvns incorporate, having either a Mayor or two Bai- 
 JifFs, who in Power are the fame with Mayor and Sheriffs, and 
 .during their Office are Juflices of the Peace within their own Liber- 
 ties. Laftly, Villages are in Subjcftion to the Zw»'^/of the Manor, 
 under whom is the Conjiable or Uexdhu^ough to appreherid Offend- 
 ers, and bring them before the Jufticc of Peace. Of fuch an ad- 
 mirable Conftitution is the Englijlj Govtrnment, that no Nation 
 whatever can pretend to fuch a Model, and no People in the World 
 inay live more happy, if they pleafe. , . , :^ 
 
 •4 ' .C * Imperial Arms of Gre^/ j5nV^/«. 
 
 ■ Quarterly four grand v^artcTS : i . Mars, three Lions ffljjantgar- 
 ' iant in Pale Sol, fpr the Arms of England impaled withthofe of 
 
 Scotland, vj\i\c\i Me Sol, a Lion ratnpant within a double Treffure 
 .cpunter'flory Mars. 2d Qu.lrter, three Lillits or Flcnicrs de Lis Sol, 
 
 for the Arms 0? France. 3d Quartrr, Jupiter, a Harp Sol, ftringed 
 ' Vunq. for Ireland:'. i(.th Qu.-'.rtt.r, \\\^ Majd>y's own Enfigfts, M^;v, 
 'iav« Lions fnjjfani gar dant in PuU Sol, {ot Brurrf^dck, impaled with 
 
 Lunenhufg, being Sol,S(?f!ee of H tar is prcpir and a IJcn rampant 
 ^j^/j(//1rt'r," having 5^/A;<7;/)».gt'a;f ted in Eafc, nirrely l^^/irs, n Hcr/e cur- 
 
 rent Llmu. Laftly in'a S'nield {urtcut MaVs, the Disjoin or Crown 
 ~pi dhfar/is the Great Ji the whole hi^iiig furroflndcc! With a Garter, 
 
 fr the Sovereign of that moil antic-nt ar.d ilaiArious Qrdcr of 
 nijglithObd. The'Mdtto, Ditu et men Droit. Cod a7 J try Right. 
 
 B.ciigion.'] The Tnhabirants hrc, fqr'thc ttoflTart, of the true 
 ..J^Lormd kiiigicn, pubi:ckjy pio;tiietJj and carefully taught in its 
 
 fuiity, 
 
Part II. European Iflands, 195 
 
 i'urity. In reforming of which they were not hurried by popular 
 Fury and Faction, but proceded in a regular andChrillian Method i 
 refolving to feparjite no farther from the Church of Romet than (he 
 had feparated from the Truths according to that Ad^vlce of the Pro- 
 phet Jeremiah: Stand ye in the IVnyst and fee : j^jkfor theoldPathi 
 11' here is the good JVay, and ivalk therein. So that the Reformed 
 Church of England is a right Medium between the two Extremes 
 of Superfition and Entbtftafm^ both equally to be avoided. The 
 DoSlrine of this Church is contained in the Thirtynine Articles, 
 and Book of Homilies ; the Difcipline and WorJlAp are to be feen in 
 the L>/«rg> and Book of C«ff^»j. All which being ferioqfly con- 
 fidered by a judicious and impartial Mind, it will be found that 
 this national Church is the moil perfeft among the Reformed, and 
 comes neareft to the primitive Pattern of any in Cbrijlendam. Ac- 
 cording to the Explication of the Fathers, its Government is truly 
 ApoRohcal\ its Liturgy is an Extraft of the beft primitive Forms : 
 and the Ceremonies are few in Number, but fuch as tend to De- 
 cency and true Devotion. In England all Diil'cnters are tolerated, 
 every Seft having Liberty to make open Profefllon of their Religi- 
 on, except the Papifts. The Chriilian Faith was firil planted hero 
 in the Reign of Tiberius, according to Gildas ; but more proba- 
 Iply about the End of the firft Century, in the Opinion of others. 
 
 I •"' Jjrst. 
 
 In the Reign of Charles II. Sir William Petty computed tho 
 Houfes in London at above 105,000, and tbe Inhabitants neai'ly 
 700,000. Since which Time the Increafe is fo very great, thut 
 1 20,000 Houfes in the Bills of Mortality is but a reafotiable Efti- 
 mate ; and this multiplied by feven makes 840,000 : Which is 
 more than Ptterjhurgy Paris^ and Amferdam put together. • 
 
 ■,■'-'. 
 
 ■rvi 
 
 WAL E 5. ' 
 
 "r-f 
 
 .fc- «*'■ ,.-i -».. 
 
 Nam.ytXTJLES, the Seat of the pld Britains, being a Sort of 
 VV Peninfula in the Weft Part of England, b termed by 
 the Italians^ Wallia\ by the Spaniards^ Gales ; by the French:, Gal' 
 les J by the Germans, Walks ; and by thi Efti'ijhy Wales', fo callgd, 
 as fome imagine, {torn Idwallo Son oi Cadwal/i^der, wuo retired 
 here with the remaining Britains. Biit others rather thiuk, that zt 
 the Britains derive their Origin from the Gauls, fo they alio re- 
 tain the Name, this Country beipg ftill' termed Gf<lies by the 
 fr(n(h i and the Ufe of /F for G, according to llie Saxoff Cui^ora, 
 
 feems to confirjn it. ,„ .. , .a i'...' «,' / 
 
 P 2 Jir, 
 
 . 'Is' 
 
 It 
 
 l.JJ 
 
 "K|| 
 
 I 
 
 m 
 
 a 1 1 ii 
 
 i] 111 
 
 
 i' I 
 
 ii' 
 
196 European IJlands, Part II. 
 
 Jir and Seil."] The Air of this Country is much the fame with 
 thofe Counties of England^ lying in the fame Latitude. The Soil 
 is generally very mountainous, yet fome of its Vallies are abun. 
 dantly fertile, producing great Plenty of Corn, and others are very 
 ^t for Failure. It is likewife well ftored with Quarries of Free- 
 fone, feveral Mines of Lead, aud Plenty of Coals. 
 
 Commodities. '\ The chief Commodities here are Cattel, Butter, 
 Chcefe, Cottons, Bays, Hides, Calveikins, Honey, Wax i and 
 Herrings, with which their Seas abound. 
 
 Rari/iij.] In feveral Parts of this Principality, efpecially Dm- 
 iighj&irtt are ftill to be feen the Remains of that famous IVa/i com- . 
 snonly called King OJa*s Dykey made as a Boundary between the 
 Saxons and Bri tains* 2. At a fmall Village, called Nenuton in 
 Glamorganjhirey is a remarkable Spring nigh the Sea, which ebbs 
 and flows contrary to the Sea. 3. In the fame Country, as alfo 
 Caermarthenjhiret zre {evera\ old Sepu/hra/ Morruments, and divers 
 noted Stone Pil/ars, with Infcriptions. (..In Biecnockjfjire are fome 
 other remarkable Pillars, particularly that called the Maiden Stone, 
 near Brecnock, Ax Foot high, whereon are the Figures of a Man 
 and Woman : And another in Form of a Crofs, in Vaenor Parilh. 
 
 5. In Glamorgar^ 'hire re the Remains of Carfilly Caftle, near as big 
 as Windfor'y being reckoned the nobleft Ruins of anticnt Architec- 
 ture of any in Britain. Alfo on Kenbryn Hill in Gonver/and is a 
 huge Stone of 20 Tun, fupportcd by feveral others in a Circle. 
 
 6. In Merionethjhire is Kinder Idiis^ a Mountain remarkable for its 
 Hight, which affords Variety of Alpine Plants. 7. . In Carnar- 
 nxtnjhire is the high Mountain of Penmcnmatcr, crofs which the 
 
 {)ublick Road lies, and occafions no fmall Terror to many Travel- 
 ers; for on one hand the impending Rock feems ready every 
 Minute to crufh them to Pieces, and the great Precipice below is 
 fo hideous and full of danger, that one falfe Hep is of difmal Con- 
 fequence. 8. Near Bdfing'wcrk in Flintjkiret is that remarkable 
 Fountain comnnonly called Holy Will., which fends forth fo confider- 
 able a Stream, as to be able foon to turn a Mill ; but more noted of 
 old for its pretended SanAity derived from the fabulous Story of 
 St. Wine/rid, as alfo the wonderful Virtue of its Waters, chiefly owing 
 to the Forgery of the Monks of Bajingnuerk. 9. In Pembroke/hire 
 is Milford Haven, which for Largenefs and Safety can, perhaps, be 
 outdone by none in Europe^ it having fo many Creeks, Bays, and 
 lloads, that a thoufand Ships may ride there fecurely. Laji/y, In 
 Monmouthjhire are many Roman Altars dug up with Variety of In-^ 
 fcriptions. For which, and many others, fee Cumdtn^ Britamiia 
 hy BifhopG/i^n; and Buck'^ Fplio Prints of the ruinous Buildings, 
 
Part IL European fflands, 197 
 
 Cailles and Antiquities in Walts. Snowdon in Carnarvon/hire is the 
 higheft Mountain, and by triangular Meafurement is 1240 Yards 
 perpendicular, '^r three Quarters of a Mile. Plinlymmon Moun- 
 tain, one of the three higheft, is Part in Montgomery and Part ia 
 CardigatipArt, 
 
 Manners.'} The Jf^e/Jh are a Natiort gerteratly reputed very faith- 
 ful and loving to one another in a ilrange Country, as alfo to 
 Strangers in their own. The Common People, for the mod Part, 
 are rnnple and illiterate, but their Gentry are elleemed polite, 
 brave and hofpitable. They are generally inclined to a cholerick 
 Temper, and value themfelves on their Pedigrees and Families. 
 
 Language."] The IVelJh being the Of spring of the old Britains, do 
 ftill retain their primitive Language, which remains more free front 
 a MiXiUre of forcin ff^ords, than any modern Tongue in Europe ; 
 a Language which hath nothing to recommend it to Strangers, being 
 both hard to pronounce, and unpleafant to the Ear, by reafon of 
 its Multitude of Confonants. Their Patcmojler runs thus : Ein 
 Tad yr lywn 'uoyt yny nefoedd, fanSlieditt dy ennv : Deutd dy dery- 
 mas ; bid dy enuylls aryddaiar megisy mac yn nefoedddyre i ni heddyw 
 ein bar a beunyddiot : A maddeu i ni ein dylcdionf/ely maddeivn ny i^n 
 dylednury ; Ac nar aravain mi brofe diageth, cither giaared in rhag 
 drivg. Amen. 
 
 Government."] Wales was antiently governed by its own King or 
 Kings, there being one for South and another for North Wales, and 
 fometimes no lefs than five did claim a regal Power, but was 
 fully conquered by King Ediuard I, 1 282 ; who having then a Son 
 brought forth by his (^&en at Carnarvon Cajile, and finding the 
 Weljl? extremely averfe to a foreign Governor, offered them the 
 young Child, a Native of their own, to be their Prince ; to which 
 they readily yielded, and fwore Obedience to him ; fmce which 
 Time, the King of England*^ eldefl Son is lUled Prince of Wales. 
 
 Arms.] The Arms of the Prince of Wales differ from thofe of 
 England^ only by the Addition of a Label of three Points. But 
 the proper and peculiar Device, commcnly called the Prince" s Arms, 
 is a Coronet beautified with three OJlrich Fmthers, with this Motto, 
 Icb Dicn. Iferve ; alluding to thac of the Apoflle, The Heir, while 
 he is a Child, differ eth not from a Servant, 
 
 Religion.] The Inhabitants of this Country are of the Reformed 
 Religion, according to the Eilablifhment of the Church of England-, 
 but many of the meaner Sort are ignorant in religious Matters. 
 
 P 3 For 
 
 111 
 
 i 
 
 (!!\ 
 
 1 
 
 V, 
 
 
 ■i' i 
 
 'J 
 
 
 i' 
 
 
 
 ■''^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 \. 
 
 •1 
 
 I 
 
 * 
 
 i' 
 
 'I 
 
 i . 
 
 V ■ 
 
 
 1- 
 
 i 
 
193 European IJlands. Part II, 
 
 For the Remedy of which the incomparabV *fr. <^uuge was at no 
 fmall Pains and Charee in preaching thr <>>fpel to them, and dif. 
 tributing a confiderame Number ofBibic arl Books of Devotion 
 among them, in their own Language : Which generoui and good 
 Defign was improved by the Honorable Robert lioy/e, and feveral 
 other well difpofed Chriilians, particularly that pious Divine Dr. 
 Hontcck. And we are willing to hope, that the iame will continue 
 and be fupported bv the Favor and AfTidance of other feriOus Per- 
 fons among us. The Chriftian Faith is faid to be planted in this 
 Country at the Beginning of the third Century. 
 
 SCOTLAND. 
 
 Extent and Situation. 
 
 From the Cbaft of Galloway South, to the North of Sutherland^ 
 three Degrees ;o Minutes, or 230 Miles long. The Breadth it 
 ao where above 100 Miles, and in manv Places not half that. The 
 whole Country is fo interlefted by Inlets of the Sea, that every 
 Houfe in Scotland is within 50 Miles of fait Water. 
 
 Edinburgh that is Edwirfs Be g, is placed three Degrees WcH of 
 London, or 5,25 Weft of Paris: And in Latitude 55, 56. 
 
 Divided into North and South of the River Forth, 
 
 South 
 contains 
 
 Subdividons. 
 
 CCalloivay mt 
 Nithfdale 
 Anandale 
 EJkdale — 
 Lidjdale — 
 'Ti'viotdale 
 The Men 
 Lauderdale 
 ^ IX e dale — 
 
 ^ Clydfdale . 
 
 Kyle 
 
 Carrtck 
 Lothian — 
 Stirling •— 
 Kenfreiu " 
 Coningham 
 
 Ifles of 
 
 \ 
 
 Boot m, 
 
 Arran 
 
 ^Peniv/ule oi Kin tyre 
 
 Chief Town. 
 
 — Kirkubright 
 
 — Dumfries — , 
 
 — Annan 
 
 — Dalletb 
 — — Hermitage — ' 
 
 Jedburgh — 
 Duns ——-J 
 Lauder 
 Pebils 
 
 W.toE. 
 
 — Glajgow 
 — Ayr 
 
 Bargenny 
 Edinburgh 
 Idem — - 
 Idem 
 
 Irwin — — 
 Roth/ay - 
 Lamlajh — 
 Kilxtratt - 
 
 zj 
 
 V 
 
 toW. 
 
 .E. toW. 
 
 l^otth 
 
ART n. 
 
 -as at no 
 , and dif. 
 Devotion 
 and good 
 nd feveral 
 ivine Dr. 
 11 continue 
 sribus Per- 
 ed in this 
 
 Sutherlaitdt 
 
 Breadth is 
 
 that. The 
 
 that every 
 
 ees WcH of 
 
 •W.toE. 
 
 >E.toW. 
 
 I 
 
 ► E. toW. 
 
 North 
 
 *» 
 
 1 
 
 Ik' 
 
 
 

 Stiuiu*^ 
 
 (^E. Uteris- 
 
 I**- 
 
' .T*?'' 
 
 , *; nvv 
 
 — ■■^•(^ .-tiHH* r 
 
 tr;v 
 
 (.•» 
 
 ■t t I* 
 
 f » , ) 
 
 = AV*^">^*^' ',s^ 
 
 uv .i«a»M-«» '.I -^ 
 
 ^.f^-a~t'^"^^\• • •" 
 
 V •»i.V'»-»«i»- l^. '«*r ' t" 
 
 .» .r 
 
 fi* 
 
 .fc . > 
 
 I I 
 
 x 
 
 ^( i-Mrl«r. 
 
 .,-, <*«»-■ .•'• 
 
 AVll'« u 
 
 
 *'« 
 
 \ -^^ 
 
 "^r*^ *'.*'5'*r'' 
 
 ■"'■ruT'Ssw*^ faffs jl«£: 
 
 « -^' ak «« v., 
 
Part II. 
 
 rFife 
 
 hearth 
 contains 
 
 Menteith - 
 Lennox — 
 Argyle •« 
 Perth — 
 Strathern - 
 Bradalbin 
 Lorn — 
 Mcrnis - 
 Angus — 
 Goury -— — 
 Jthol — . 
 
 Mar 
 
 Badevoch — 
 Lockc.bhcr 
 Glenfpcan • — 
 Buchitn — — 
 
 Bamff 
 
 Murray —— 
 Ro/s 
 
 Europsitn IJknds. 
 
 . ■ I. ■■ St. Andrews 
 
 ■ ■ ■-■ — — . Dumbl, 
 
 ' " ' " ■ Dunbar, 
 
 'm m . ■ In<vcrary 
 
 ■ . A';-//& 
 
 drehus *! 
 
 '"« -U.toW. 
 
 (ry —J I 
 
 }E.to 
 ;! >E. to 
 
 -I 
 ? 
 
 Abernetty — 
 Finlarig — 
 Dunfiafage 
 Kincardin 
 Dundee - 
 Scoon^ Fouli 
 Blair 
 Aberdeen 
 Ruthvjen 
 hi-verlochy^ or ^ 
 ^oxt.JVillia7n \ 
 Peterhead — 
 Bamf < 
 
 W. 
 
 w. 
 
 iiutherland — 
 Strathnavcrn 
 
 ^ Cathnefs 
 
 \ 
 
 val'h 
 
 E. toW. 
 
 Nairn, Elgin 
 
 Tain^Ding'wal 
 
 Dornack 
 
 Tung—^ 
 
 Wick^ Northeast of all. 
 
 toN. 
 
 SherifFries in North Britain, 
 
 r Marvi South. 
 Aberdeen containing < Buchan, Northeall. 
 
 ^ Strathbogiey Weft. . 
 
 Perth containing 
 
 'Perth - 
 
 Mol ~ 
 
 f^oivry — 
 ^Bradalbin 
 fMc'fiteith -. 
 ^Strathern 
 
 GleiiJIne. 
 
 Strathardii, 
 
 Ranvch. 
 
 Balwdder, 
 
 Glenurky, 
 
 Stormontt 
 
 il 
 
 i It 
 
 1 
 
 ■10- i 
 
 in'uerary containing 
 
 '!l%(e« 
 
 I Kinfyri. 
 
 tlfles W. of Ai'»Or^; 
 
 1'4 
 
 Bamf, 
 
200 
 
 European JJIands, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Bam/ containing 
 
 Bam/ the North Part. 
 North Part. 
 E. Corner, 
 middle. 
 
 Weft. 
 
 f Badenoch. 
 Itfverm/s containing < Lockabber. 
 
 ^ South Part of Uaimjh. and Rojs» 
 
 Tayne containing 
 
 f Sutherland. 
 
 I Strathnaiertit N. 
 
 f Tiviotdale. 
 Roxburgh containing < Lid/dale. 
 
 I EJkdale. 
 
 Ayr containing 
 
 Dumfries 7 ^ . • 
 
 Cromr^y {contaimng 
 
 r Coninghamt North. 
 <Kyle, in the Middle. 
 (^ Carrickt South. 
 
 ( all Ntthfdale. 
 \ Pa: t of 
 
 Stewarties are 
 
 Ro/st S. of Cromerty, 
 
 Ctrathera. 
 Menteith, 
 Anandale. 
 Southeaft Part of Gallonjuay* 
 
 As alfo 
 
 CKyle^ 
 
 «».,.. I Carrick 
 
 Barlianes are < ^ 
 
 f St. Ant/renus f € Fife. 
 < Killemure J >" < Angus, 
 i Abernetty J ( P'rth* 
 
 le —Jut 
 
 omngham 
 t Lauder daU 
 
 Kyle. 
 Carrick, 
 Coningbam. 
 Lauderdale. 
 
 One Conflabulary of Hadington or Eajl Lothian. 
 
 Scon 
 
Part IL . European Ifiands. 201 
 
 Soon after the Rebellion was fupprell, an A£l of Parliament 
 paiTed in 1747 ^^ abolifli all Heretable Jurifdiflions, and fatisf/ the 
 Proprietors for the fame. The County Sheriffs have now yearly 
 Sahuics, which are fettled as follow, 
 
 ■JrgyUi Bute, Cromerty, Invtrnt/s, Perth, Ro/s, 250 1. each. 
 
 Aberdeen, Ayr, Cathnefs, Dumfrees, Edinburgh, Fife, Kinro/tf 
 Lanerk, Orkney, Sutherland, 200I. each,, 
 
 AH the reft feverally at 150 L each. 
 
 The Claimants for the faid Regalities, Judiciaries, Foreftries, and 
 the County Office of Sheriffs, Bailiffs, &c. made their Demand for 
 more than Half a Million Sterline; ; but the Lords of Seffion, who 
 had Orders to fettle it, determined the whole Sum at 152,000!. 
 
 Since the Union 1707, Scotland U divided into 33 Countieff» 
 which with the Parliament Burrows are fettled in this Order. 
 
 Members $f Parliament ho^ eleiied, .' 
 
 The Number of Peers in the ^^0^/ Parliament before the Union 
 was 160, at prefent not half fo many, and theCommons 157; 
 but now the Conftitution is thus : The Peers of Scotland are to meet 
 and ele£l Sixteen from their own Number, by a Plurality of Votes 
 of thofe who are prefent, and the Proxies for fuch as are abfent ; 
 which abfent Lords may alfo fend a Lift of Peers whom they think 
 iitteft to be chofen ; and in cafe of Death, or legal Incapacity in 
 any of the faid Sixteen, the Peers fhall ele^ another as before. 
 
 The Commoners are in all Fortyfive : One for each Cpunty, 
 being Thirty, and for the Burrows Fifteen* 
 
 'Aberdeen, 
 Argyle. 
 Ayr. 
 oatnff. 
 
 Berfwick, ' 
 rr^ n ^ eJ Bute and Cathnefs by Turn. 
 The County of'j Qacmanan and I^nrofs by Turn» 
 Dumfries, 
 Dunbriton, 
 Edinburgh, 
 Elgin. 
 '.Fife, 
 
 The 
 
 ^1 
 
 It:: :'i 
 
 if H\ 
 
 it 
 
i02 
 
 ' . in- 
 
 European IJktnds, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 ■i ■ 
 -) 
 
 X < 
 
 I' 
 
 -Forfar. 
 
 Hadington. • ' • 
 
 Invernefs. 
 Kincardin. 
 Kirkubright* 
 Lanerh. 
 Lithgow. 
 Nairn and Cromerty by Turn. 
 
 The Cou-y of< °;*^- 
 
 Perth, ' 
 
 Renfrenn, 
 
 Rofs. 
 
 Roxburgh. 
 
 Selkirk. 
 
 Siirling. 
 
 Sutherland, 
 
 Wlgton, 
 
 Fifteen Members for the Barrows are in this Order, fifteen 
 Diftrifts. 
 
 Edinburgh, 
 
 Kirk'wal, Weik, Domeckt Dingnvalt T^^yn, / . ■ 
 
 Fortrofs, Invernefsy Nairn^ Forre/s. 
 
 Elnn, Cullen, Bamff^ Inverugy^ Kintore. 
 
 Aberdeen, Bervy, montro/s, Aberbrothic, Brechin, 
 
 Forfar, Perth, Dundee, Qmper, St. Andrew, 
 
 Crail, Kihenny, Anftruthers^ Pitten'weetn. 
 
 Dyfart, Kirkaldy, Kingborn, Brunt IJland. 
 
 Innerkeithin, Dumferlin, ^eensferry, Culrofs, StirltMg. 
 
 Glafgow, Renfrew, Ruglen, Dunbarton. 
 
 Haditjgton, Dunbar, Northbernuick, Lauder, fedburgh. 
 
 Selkirk, Pebles, Lithgonu, Lanerk. 
 
 Dumfries, Sanquar, Annan, Lochmaben, Kirkubrigbt. 
 
 Wigton, Nenv Gailonvay, Stranranvr, Whitehern, 
 
 Ayr, Irwin, Rothfay, Cambelton, Inverary. 
 
 The lileft^oo for BurgefTes is thus: Each of the Burrows is ts 
 chufe a Commiffi aer in the fame Manner as formerly, except 
 Edinburgh which is allowed one Member for itfelfj and the faid 
 Coramifiioners are to meet at the prefiding Burgh, and eleft one 
 Member for each of the faid fourteen Diftrifts. If the Commif- 
 fioners Votes are equal, the Prefident is to hava a calling Vote, be- 
 fide his Vote for the Burow from which he is feat. The Commif- 
 
 fioncr 
 
Part 11. 
 
 European Ifiands, 
 
 ioji 
 
 fjoner from the cldefl Burgh is to preGde in the firH: Meeting, and 
 the Commiflloners from the other D'jrg'is to prefide afterwards by 
 Turn, 'n the fame Order as the Burghs are called over in the Par- 
 liament Rolls oi Scotland. And in cafe; any of the fiid fifteen Com- 
 miflloners die, or bc-ome otherwife incapable, then the Town of 
 Edinburgh, or the DiHria which rhoie the faid-Member, fhall elefl 
 another in his Place. None are capable to ekil or be eleftcd for 
 any of the three States, that is to fay Peers, County Members, and 
 Burgefles, but fuch as are Proteliants, of twenty one Years of Age» 
 and (hall take and fubfcribe the Oaths appointed by Law. 
 
 And for elefting the Scots Lords and Commons it was enadlcd. 
 That when her Majefty, her Heirs and SuccclTors, {hall be pleafed 
 to fummon the firft, or any after Parliament .of Gr^a/ Britain, and 
 when for that Eiiefl a Writ under the Great Seal fhall be direfted 
 to the Privy Council of Scotland, to iffue a Proclamation requiring 
 the Peers oi Scotland to meet at a certain Time and Place to ele« 
 the faid Sixteen Peers; and requiring the Lord Regifter, or two 
 Clerks of Seflion, to attend all fuch Meetings, adminifter the 
 Oaths, and take the Votes i and having made up the Lifts in Pre- 
 fence of the Meeting, to return the Names of the Sixteen ele£led 
 ?eers to the Clerk of the Council of Scotland, certified under the 
 Hand of the Lord Regifter, or Clerks of SclTion attending. And 
 in like Manner requiring the Freeholders in the feveral Counties ta 
 convene at the principal Burgh or County Town, to eleft their 
 thirty Commilfioners, whofe Names (hall be returned in the fame 
 Manner. And laftly, ordains Eiliiiburgh to cledl their Commiftlonery 
 and the other Burows as aforefaid, fiftieen in all. Tke Clerk of 
 each Burow is to attend, and under his Hand return the Member'* 
 Name to the proper Office, that the Names of the Sixteen Peers, 
 Thirty Knights or CommiiSoners for Shires, and fifteen Burgefles 
 or Commillioners for Burows, may be fent to that Court from 
 whence the Writ was illhed under the Great Seal of the Unite<l 
 Kingdom. ,. . . 
 
 If 
 
 i\ 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 i 
 
 ■1 
 
 Name.'} ^CotL'nd or North Britaitr, being old Caledonia, is a Pcn- 
 i3 infuia divided from England by a Neck of Land not 
 above 50 iVlile broad, called the CLe-viot HiUst between ^\\cx7'wcdf 
 and Solnxay Frith, It is termed by the Italians, Scotia ; by the Sj^a- 
 niards, Efcocia i by the French-, Ekojfi: j by the Scots, Germans and 
 Englijl^fy Scotland. This Name it had f^-om the Scots, a People from 
 Irela.ui, v/ho firft entrcd the Highlands of T^orth Britain about the 
 Year 300. By f jveral Degrees after the Decay of the Roman Em- 
 pire they made ^'"^'If a Kingdcn. About 850 the/ fubdued ai! 
 
 the 
 
 if 
 
 *ii ■ *■ 
 
204 European IJlands* Part 11. 
 
 the Land North of Gramis Dyh, and in the ninth Century got the 
 reft of the Country, which foon after toolc the Name of Scotland. 
 For tis univerfally known that the Word Scotia is appropriated to 
 Ireiandhy all antienc Writers ; and that no Author in the firll ten 
 Centuries ever mentions Ireland b/ any other Name ; For which fee 
 the Article of Ireland. 
 
 Jir.2 The jflr of Nort/j Britain is generally very pure, being 
 windy withal, and fo extraordinary wholfom, that, many Perfons 
 there arrive to greater Ages than is ufual in feme Other Nations 
 ef Europe, 
 
 Soil.'] Though this Country is of a Situation confiderably North, 
 jet it produces all Ncceffaries for the Comforts of Life. Jts Seas 
 are wonderfully ftored with moll Kinds of excellent Filh, and its 
 Rivers abound with the beft of Salmon ; its Plains do fufHciently 
 product; moil Kinds of Grain, Herbs and Fruit ; and many of its 
 Mountains not only contain Tome valuable Mines and the bell of 
 Coals, but alfo feveral are fo covered with numerous Flocks, that 
 great Droves of Cattle do yearly pafs into the North of England. 
 The longeft Day in the North of Scotland is eighteen Heurs. 
 
 Commodities,'] The chief Commodities of this Country, are moft 
 Sorts of Fiih in great Abundance, much Linencloth and Cambric ; 
 Cattel and Hides ; as alfo excellent Honey, Salt, Trainoil, Coarfe 
 Cloths, Stockins, Yarn, Worded, &c. 
 
 Rarities.] In Clyif/'dale are yet to be feen, for feveral Miles, the 
 Remains ofa large Rtman Cau/hvay, which commonly goes now by 
 the Name of IVatlingfireet. And in Jiwtdale arc feveral Marks 
 cf Roman Camps, and another Military Way called the Rugged 
 Caujhvay. 2. In Stratbern are vifible Marks of feveral Roman 
 Camps, efpecially that at Ardock. 3. In Stirling/hire are divers 
 Marks of the Reman Wall called GrahamU Dykcy which extended 
 over the IJlmus 30 Miles between the Rivers Forth and Clydi its 
 Form and Building will beft appear by a Draught thereof in Cam- 
 den's Britannia. 4. In Stirlingjhire were likewife found fome In- 
 fcriptions upon Stones relatinj^ to the Roman Wall ; one whereof 
 is now at Calder and inforn^.s us, that the Legiofecunda Jugujia 
 built the faid Wall upwards of three Miles ; and another at Dunno- 
 ter in Kincardinjhire^ which hints that a Party of the Legio vicefima 
 Vidrix continued it for three Miles more. As for the Infcripti- 
 ons themfelves fee Gibfon\ Camden. 5, Hard by the Traft of the 
 forefaid Wall are yet to be feen two pretty Mounts, called Duni 
 Fatisi and the Remains of an old Building in Form of a Pyramid. 
 I called 
 
Part II. European IJlands. 205 
 
 called Artkurh Oven. 6. Near PaiJIy and Renfrew u the Appear- 
 ance of a large Roman Camp ; the FofTes and Dykes being ftill 
 vifible. Here is alfo a remarkable Spring, which regularly ebbt 
 and flows with the Sea. 7. Near Edinburgh is a Fountain com- 
 monly called the Oily Wtlli the Surface Jjf its Waters being co- 
 vered with an Oil or Bitumen, which is frequently ufed, with good 
 Succefs, in curing fcorbutic Humors; alfo another which goes \xf 
 the Name of the Routing //W/, bccaufe it ufually makes a Noiie 
 before a Storm. 8. Near Brechin in Jngus, where the Danes re- 
 ceived a great Overthrow, is a high Stone ere^ed over their Ge-* 
 neral's Grave, called Camus' Qo/st with another about ten Miles 
 Diftance, both of them having old Letters and Figures upon them. 
 cf. At S/ains in Aberdienlhire is a remarkable petrefying Cave, call- 
 ed the Dropping Cai'e, where Water ouzing through a fpungy po- 
 rous Rock on the Top, doth quickly confolidate after it drops to 
 the Bottom. 10. Near Kinrofs in Murray ^ is to be feen an Oielijk 
 of one Stone, fet up as a Monument of a Fight between King Mat- 
 colmt Son of Kenetb, and Sueno the Dane, 1 1 . On the Frafers 
 Land in Stratberick is a Lake which never freezeth all over titt 
 February ; but after that Time, one Night's Froft will do it. 
 There's alfo another called Loch Monar^ of the fame Nature witk 
 the former ; and a third at Glencanny in Strathgias^ which never 
 wants Ice on the middle Part of it in the hotteft Day of Summer, 
 12. In the Shire of hmerpe/s is the famous Loch or Laie Neji, 
 which never freezeth, but retaineth its natural Heat in the ex- 
 tremeil Cold of Winter ; and in many Places this Lake hath ijcea 
 founded with a Line of 500 Fathoms, but no Bottom found. 13. 
 Near Lake Ne/s is a large round Mountain, called Malefuor Vouny, 
 faid to be two Miles high ; on the Top whereof is a Lake of cold 
 frefh Water, often founded with Lines of many Fathom, but with- 
 out finding the Bottom. This Lake having no viAble Current, is 
 equally full all Seafons of the Year, and never freezeth. 14. On 
 the Top of a Mountain in Rofst called Skorna Lappich^ is a vaft 
 Heap of white Stones, moll of them clear like Cryftal ; alfo great 
 Plenty of Oifterfhells and other Seaihells, though twenty Miles from 
 any Sea. 15. In Lenox is Lake Lomond^ which is famous among 
 the Vulgar, not only for its floating Ifland, but for having Fifli 
 without Fins, and being frequently tempeftuous in a Calm. 16. 
 In divers Parts of Scotland are fome noted mineral Springs, par- 
 ticularly tbofe at Kinghorn and Balgrigy in Fife; as alfo Aberdeen 
 and Peterhead \n Abtrdecnjhire \ feveral of which are equal to the 
 famous 5^flay Water in Germany. 17. In moft Counties of this 
 Kingdom are many circular Monuments, being a Company of 
 long mafly Stones fet on end in the Ground, commonly in form of 
 a Circle, which are fuppofed to have been either Funeral Monu- 
 ments, or Places of publick Worfhip, in the antient Times of the 
 
 Druids* 
 
 i 
 I 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 !.l 
 
 11 
 
2o6 European f/IanJs, I*art 11. 
 
 Druidf. Lnjllyf Southwtfl of iiwiw^/.y one of the CmJcs, in 
 Ttttthnd frith y are two Whirlpools in the Sea, conimonly termed 
 the Welti of Swi/ti a ; and anotiu r between 27« and 'Jur/j, two of 
 the Weftcrn I.'^ards, during the fiill three Hours of flood, all of 
 them are vcty terrible to PafTen^cr*, and occafioncd vaobably by 
 fomc deep fubterr;:iican Holes aud Cavities. 
 
 Uxl'verfitics \t\ Sca/L):d arc VouTt 
 
 Si. Jliidrcwy three Col'e^es. Edhihurgh^ one College. 
 '., J^erdectr, two Ccllcgei. G7<7,^eav, one College. 
 
 Maffucn.li The Sa'', (or the mod part, are an aftivr prudent 
 and rcliglouv fort of Ptt.'pic. corr.f abominable Vicis, too common 
 in other Countries, ate not fa much as known or thought of among 
 them. They generally aroid all Exccfs in Drinking, and Deli- 
 cacy in Diet, thufing rathtr to im| rove the Mind than pamper 
 the Body. Many of them make as great Advances in all Parts of 
 ingenious aud foliu Learning, ns any Nation in Europe: And fmce 
 the Union they have Ihcwn remarkable Diligence in improving 
 their Fortunes as well as their Country. As for their fingular Fi- 
 delity, it is abundantly well known and teftified iil)road ; for a 
 Pemonftration there i" is publickly given to the World, in that a 
 neighboring Prince, and his Predeceflbrs, for almoft 300 Years, 
 did commit the immediate Care of their Royal Pcrfons to them, 
 ,. without having the krifc Caufc to repent, or real Ground to change. 
 
 Largiifige.'] The Language of the Highlands, being all the North- 
 wcrt of this Country, is a Dialtfl of the LiJ/j commonly called 
 Jjjr/e, a Specimen whereof will be given when wc come to Ireland. 
 Jn all otlier Parts of Scctland they ufe the Engiljo Tongue; but 
 '.\yith confidcrable Difference of Pronunciation in different Coun- 
 , ties, and all uiTagreeing with that in England, except the Town of 
 Jri'vs.rncfs, whofe Inhabitants are the only People who come nearcll 
 .to ithe true Erglijh : However, the Gentry and Perfons of good 
 ' Education ufually fpeak EngliJ/j, though not with the fame Accent 
 ,.*s in England, yet according to its. true Propriety ; and their Man- 
 ner of writing is much the fame. The vulgar Language called 
 %:.oad Scotch, is indeed a very corrupt fort of ^//^/j/!?', and hath a 
 . great) Titu'jure of the High Germany Lew Dutch and Fnnch. For a 
 ' Sps<:imen of which Tongue, Patcrr.ojier in it luns thus; Ure Fader 
 *v:hi/k crt in He'vin ; hullued he thy Nemc, thy Kivgdoom ctiinm, thy 
 yVuH.he dcoti in Earth az its doon in ih'oen. Gee vjs this Day ure 
 4iiily Breed,, andforgee ufi ure Sins, as ive/orgee them that Jinn againjt 
 vis ; t\^td Led lifs nat intoo temtatidriy batt dclyver u/s frae emit. 
 
 .., . ,'\ 4 ' > . ^ '. Govern- 
 
Part IL Enr^ean Jfiands, 20 j 
 
 Govem/MMt.'} Scotland is a Monarchy which began with Kmtth 
 II. who fubducd the ?h£it in 839. The Princes before this J>jM 
 raled in the Weft, making ArgyU a Kingdom, which began with 
 Fergus^ whom the ^Mts and FiSlt chpfe for their King, when the 
 Romans quitted their Sovereignty in this Ifland 410. As for the 
 38 pretended Kings before this Ftrgut, they are univerfally re- 
 jected as fabulous. 
 
 Since the Union of Scotlatnf with En^ltittei, the Stile of both is 
 alfo united in the Name of Great Britain ; but the Government of 
 Scotland or North Britain is managed by a fort of Council, confift- 
 ing of thofe called Officers of State^ and others of the Nobility 
 and Gentry, whom - the King pleafes tcf appoint. Thefe are the 
 Chancellor, who keeps a Seal for Scotland inftead of the Great 
 Alfo. a Keeper of th Signet; ^e Lord Juftice General; 
 
 Jent of S^ion ; the ViCeadmiral of 
 ^ration x)f Jjuftice in Civil Affairs is 
 ' Seflion, whofe Number is fifteen. 
 Genenal are called Extraordinary 
 ui .ere. when Occafion (erves, but as 
 fuch have no Salary. All criminal Matters are heard and deter, 
 mined in the Court of JuiUciary, wbi^h is compofed of the Lord 
 Juftice General, the Lord Juftice Dep6ty, and five or iix other 
 Judges of Seftion, who with a certain Number of Advocates per- 
 form the ftated Ciccuits. The Couct of Exchequer confifts o^ a 
 Chief Baron and four othtr Judges. The CommifOoners of Cuf- 
 toms are five, and the Commiflloners of Excife are four. * 
 
 Seal. 
 
 Lord Regifter ; Lord 
 Scotland^ &c. The /^ 
 lodged in the Lords oi 
 The Lord Regifter a 
 Lords of Seflion^ ami 
 
 -) 
 
 eneral is of the Reformed Re. 
 ering to the ChurcK of Rorne^ 
 
 Rc/igion.'] The Scots Nation in 
 ligion, except a ftnall Part ftilla< 
 
 Their Eftabliihment is very different fibni that in England, but the 
 People are efteemed to be very flncere in their Principles, and 
 their Pra£lice agreeable to their Profeftlon. No Chriftian Society 
 in the World excels them in their ftrid -Regard for the Sabbath, and 
 their impartial Method in puriifhing of Scandal. The Government 
 of tht;ir Church is denominated PreibyteriaYi, becaufe they allow of 
 no higher Office than a preaching Pre|byter, who with the Elders 
 of the People perform the whble Gove^ment. The Scots Authors 
 declare this to be their primitive FOfml when the Nation "firft turn- 
 ed Chriftian in the fecond Century; »hd was never altered by the 
 popifh Prelates till the 1 4th Cent y.ry: And that the Church of 
 Scotland was refor^ied from Popery-by('Prefbytcrs, without fettling 
 any Prelacy inftead thereof, is evident uoni the AQ.9 cifT Parliament 
 and general AfTemblies. - 
 
 * ■ ' Accordirg 
 
 I 
 
 I 1 
 
 ^i 
 
 * 
 
 til 
 
 SI 
 ! 
 
 ! ! 
 
 i 
 
 ',1 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 ifl^ 1^ 
 
 ^^= 1^ 1^ |2.2 
 
 II t'^U& 
 
 m 
 
 1.6 
 
 IL25 i 1.4 
 
 
 c? 
 
 / 
 
 Hiotographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 L1>^ 
 
 \ 
 
 <^\ 
 
 N> 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. MSSO 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 
 ^ 1A 
 %^V 
 
 6\ 
 
 ■^ 
 
2o8 European fflands. Part tl. 
 
 According to this Plan the Nation is divided into 1 5 Provincial 
 Synods, and each of thcfe into feveral Prefbyteries. 
 
 Synods. 
 
 ■■•"f. 
 Abtrdten 
 
 Jngut 
 
 -i - ;) 
 
 3- 
 ArgyU 
 
 Vumfreet 
 
 - :^; ■ 
 Fife 
 
 6. 
 
 Ga/Zoway 
 
 :', G/k^ow 
 
 
 8. 
 
 GUnelg 
 
 ,; vr;-ii' 
 
 Ldthian 
 
 i 'i i .T'/^:," 
 
 10. 
 
 yurch 
 
 Prefbyteries. 
 
 r KinearJin, Dttr, 
 
 1 Aberdeen, 
 
 X^Garieckf 
 
 < JGntyrtf 
 
 £ Leekmabtn, 
 
 { Dumferlin, 
 \ Kirkaldj/t 
 
 5 Kirkuhright, 
 \ Wigton, 
 
 Turreft 
 Fordiee, 
 Ellen, 
 
 Brechittt 
 Jlrbretb, 
 Fordon, 
 
 Inverary, 
 MuU. 
 
 Dumfrtts. 
 
 Ceufer, 
 
 St. Andrew, 
 
 Stranranvtr, 
 
 Lanerk, 
 
 Gla/gowt 
 
 Dunbarton, 
 
 1 Irvjtn, 
 
 ^Hamilton. 
 
 C Long IJlandt being Herris and ZfwiV. 
 £ Abertarf, Gairhckt Sfye, 
 
 Dalkeith, 
 
 Hadtngton, 
 Dunbar. 
 
 Erfiltont 
 
 Jedburgh^ 
 
 Selkirk. 
 
 
Part II. 
 
 II. 
 
 Murray 
 
 European JJlands* 
 
 \ 
 
 Strathbogy^ 
 Elgin, 
 
 Forr 
 
 es. 
 
 12. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 »3- 
 P^rth 
 
 Rofs 
 
 Sutherland 
 
 C Cairjion^ 
 \ KirJewalf 
 
 f Dunhld, 
 •c Dumblanet 
 (_ Au£lerarder» 
 
 C Camnryt 
 
 Inverffe/r, 
 ^htrvettyy 
 Aberlour, 
 
 Shetland IJles, 
 
 Perth, 
 Stirling, 
 
 J^ingiual, 
 
 209 
 
 \ 
 
 Dornock, 
 
 Tuug, 
 
 Thurfo. 
 
 The Parifhes belonging Co thefe Prefbytcries are about looo. 
 
 f . The loweft Ecclefiaftical Court is t!»c Kirk SeJJion or Parochial 
 Confiflory, being the Minifter or Minifters, if more than one in a 
 Parifh, the Elders and Deacons, with a Clerk and Beadle. The 
 Elder's Bufinefs is to aflift the Miniller in vifjting the Congrega- 
 tion ; to obferve the Morals cf the People in his Dillrtfl, and re- 
 prove them privately, if Need be t But if the Scandal be grofe, or 
 the Perfon oo'Hnate, the Elder is to acquaint the SefTion, who cite 
 the Perfon by their Beadle to appear. When they have heard his 
 Defenfe, he is either cenfured or acquitted, according as the Faft 
 appears. If a Cenfure follow, they proportion it to the Nature of 
 the OfFenfe, or Scandal given by it ; and if it is of a public Nature, 
 then public Acknowlegement is requited. The Elders are chofen 
 from the fubilantial, knowisg, and molt worthy People ; the Dea- 
 cons alfo in the fame Manner, whofe Office is to tatce Care of the 
 Poor, and that the Charity of the Congregation be difcreetly ma- 
 naged and applied. This Kirk Seflion alio judges of admitting to 
 the Holy CommuniQn, or debarring from it in 'heir own Parillies. 
 The Communicants are examined as to their Knowlege and Con- 
 vcriation, and their Refolutions to perform their baptifmal Cove- 
 rant by coming to the Lord's Supper. From this Corrt there lies 
 an Appeal to the PreJbytery, if any Perfons think themfelvcs in- 
 jured by their Cenfures ; and fometimes the Minifter and Elders do 
 of themfelves bring the Cafe of obilinate Offienders before the Pref- 
 bytery ; or of fuch as by Reafon of their Qiiality either will no^ 
 iubmitj or are improper to be cenfured by tbk Court. In Count 
 
 i ! 
 
 if! 
 
 \m 
 
210 
 
 European Iflands, 
 
 PartI!, 
 
 try Pariflies the Kirk SeiTion is generally on the Sabbathday after 
 Sermon, but otherwife in Towns, as is moil convenient. 
 
 2. The Prejbytery is compofed of fuch a Number of Minifters 
 and Elders of neighboring Pariflies as can well meet together ; 
 and in ordinary Cafes one ruling Elder from each Congrega- 
 tion is enough. When met they chufe one of the Minifters to be 
 Chairman, who is called Moderator^ and his Bufinefs is to regulate 
 their Procedings according to the Rules of Scripture, and Ccnfti- 
 tutions of the Church ; to preferve Order in their Debates, and col- 
 left their Opinions when any Thing comes to a Vote ; which 
 Procedings are carefully writ down, and regiflered by their Clerk. 
 Before this Court are tried Appeals from Parifli Confiftories ; and 
 they infpeft the Behaviour of the Minifters and Elders in their fe- 
 veral Bounds, whom they vifit by Turns, and hear Complaints of 
 either Minifters or People. They alfo fupply the vacant Churches 
 in their Diftrifts ; fur whom they ordain Pallors, or admit fuch as 
 have been ordained elfewhere. They alfo try and licenfe young 
 Men for the Miniftry. They examine* them as to their Knowlege 
 vciLatin^ Greeky Hehre^t Divinity, Philofophy, Chronology, &c. 
 and after prefcribing them futable Exercifes for Trial, they approve 
 or rejeft them as they fee Caufe ; the Perfon always coming to re- 
 ceive his Anfwer from the Moderator. This Court judges alfo of 
 Caufes for the greater Excommunication, before it be inflifled on 
 any Perfon within their Bounds, in order to bring them to Repent' 
 ance and a Senfe of their Sin. This Sentence is ne<.'er pronounced 
 but for weighty Caufes, and then with great Awe and Solemnity, 
 according to the Rules of Scripture, which makes it very much re- 
 fpefted and dreaded. The Minifters preach by Turns at the Meet- 
 ing of each Prelbytery, which is once a Month at leaft ; and this 
 is found to be of great Ufe to oblige Minifters to keep a conftant 
 Exercife of their Learning, and other Minifterial Abilities, wherein 
 any Decay or Negleft would ■ foon be obferved and cenfured by 
 fuch an Auditory. When they ordain a Minifter he undergoes 
 a ftrift Examination i and if there be ' Objeflion from the Pref- 
 bytery, or the People who gave h he Cj\11, they procede to 
 Ordiration with Prayer and In pofttiviit of Hands, after proper 
 Queftions concerning his Belief, and Exhortations with rcfpeft to 
 his Office. 
 
 3. The Provincial Syuod conMs of all the Minifters of the Pro- 
 vince with a ruling Elder from eaeh Parifti. They meet twice a 
 Year, and chufe their Moderator. Their Bufinefs is to determine 
 Appeals from the Prefbyteries of their Diftjrift, to inquire the ^eha* 
 viour of the fcveral Preft»ytcrie«, aad for that End infpeft their 
 
 Books. 
 
Part N* European Ijlandu 2il 
 
 Books. They cenfure fucli Scandals as particular Pt-elbyters may 
 not think proper to meddle with, becaufe of the Quality of the 
 OiFender ; and they determine about the Removal of Mintfters from 
 one Place to another within their Province, for the greater Good 
 of the Church. From this Court, which holds about a Week* 
 there lies an Appeal to the General Aflembly. . 
 
 4. This General AJfemlJy is compofed of Minifters and Elders de- 
 puted from every Preft)ytery in the Nation. The ruling Elders 
 are Gentlemen, fome Members of Parliament, and others of the 
 greatcft Quality. This Court determines all Appeals from inferior 
 Church Judicatories, and makes A£ts and Codilitutions for thd 
 whole Church. They chufe their Moderator or Prefident, and the 
 Sovereign generally fends a Lord Commiffioner, who propofes 
 what is proper on Part of the Crown, and takes Care to prevent 
 any Thing that may difpleafe the Government ; but he has no 
 Vole in the Aflembly, nor is his Prefence neceflary by the Confti- 
 tution. They are impowered by A£l of Parliament to meet at lealt 
 once a Year, and from them lies no Appeal. 
 
 In all thefe Ecclefiaflical Courts they begin and end with Prayer. 
 They can inilidl no temporal Punifhment, but con6ne themfelves to 
 Cenfures. They are a great Barrier to the eftabliiht Religion \ 
 and all the Members being eleflive, and the People reprefented as 
 well as the Clergy, if thefe Cottrts be left to chufe their awn Mem* 
 hers, and ad with Freedom according to the Conftitution, it is 
 difficult to make any Change in the Dodrine, Wor(hip, Discipline, 
 or Government of the Church of Scotland. Therefore fuch Princes 
 as refolved anything;; of that Nature, found it always neceflary to 
 invade or lay afide this Conftitution ; but che People immediately 
 leilored it, whenever they recovered their Liberty. 
 
 The Gofpel was planted ia this Country at the End of the third 
 Century in the Reign of Dipcle/ian, according to the beft Accounts; 
 for the violent Perfecution he raifed againft the Chriftians forced 
 many of them into that Part of Britain where the Roman Power did 
 not extend. Thefe Refugees were the firft kind of Monks who af- 
 ter, by the Favor of the Kings oi Argylny came into the Seats and 
 Poffeffions of the Pagan Druids. About the Year 565 the Ifle of 
 Jotia war given to the Scots Monks by the Pids^ who had received 
 Chriftianity by their Preaching ; for the Scots, that is the Irijh and 
 the Pii^s were now intermixt. This Ifland, which lies off the 
 Southwell Part of MuU^ had a famous Monaftery dedicated to St. 
 Columb the firft Apoftle of the Piiis, from whom it got the Name 
 ef Cdumcill, or Qell, being the Seat or Mother Church of all the 
 
 0^2 Scott 
 
 "■n 
 
 'M 
 
2 i 2 European JJlands, Part I I^ 
 
 Scots and Picls. And from hence came the Word CuUeest accord- 
 ing to Bifhop Loyd, Dee which is a Houfe meaning a Houfe of 
 Cells; but it being ufual to form old Words into Latin Derivations, 
 Culdee was made Cuidei, that is C(7//V«,orWorftiippers of God. But 
 what is moft remarkable, although the Abbats of St. Caiumb were 
 only Prefbyters, yet all the Biftiops and Clergy of Scotland were 
 fubjeft to them, according to the Example of St. Columb their 
 Founder, who himfelf was no Bilhop. . 
 
 Since the Union of the two Kingdoms all Money, Weights, and 
 Meafures are alike in both. Church of England Meetings are alfo 
 tolerated in Scotland^ but the Preachers mull be Kcenfed by Englijh 
 Bifhops. 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 2f, . 
 
 »> ■■ j" 
 
 
 I 1, '■ . 
 
ART 11^ 
 
 . accord- 
 Houfe of 
 irivations, 
 God. But 
 (umb were 
 iatiii were 
 'umt> their 
 
 ights, and 
 ;s are alfo 
 by Englijh 
 
 AND. 
 
 # 
 
 ,. A>**'-«>- —■l^w-- 
 
 ■ f -y-'.fr 
 
 J_ - 'V*^i* 
 
 i--? 
 
 Vj"*- 
 
 ^ 
 
 /•Aiiit.' 
 
 «.-i 
 
 -r *< I 
 
 Vy 
 
 r 1, \N« ' 
 
 i ^1 < J 
 
 ■^■«Mf '-" 
 
 IS 
 
 ■t 
 
 f\<^ 'l '■ I 
 
 li 
 
 •tfs^w. f' ■'*t< 
 
 5-,jr 
 
 »i(. 
 
 ■Me- 
 
 «ji.v)!jLi ««<«">«•£. 
 
 
 ..-I 
 
 •*!» " 
 
 ^-s 
 
 S 
 
 ■:#^-^ 
 
Par 
 
 L( 
 Bi 
 
 Its u 
 
 the Coa 
 Hotb Hi 
 grees i( 
 makes i 
 Northea 
 
 Divic 
 
 'b .>:.it,,l 
 
 Ltinjler 
 iz Count 
 
 ft: m: i\. 
 
 V li. . HV. 
 
 • ••'••„ - 
 
 IJlfter 
 9 Conntie 
 
 
 l i-^AW 
 
Part IL 
 
 European Iflands, 
 
 213 
 
 • ' IRELAND. ,'" »: 
 
 Extent and Situation. . f'- 
 
 Miles. - Degrees. ••'>•' 
 
 Length 210). C c 1 and ; 6 North Latitude. 
 
 Breadth 160 J ^"Wecn ^ ^ g^j „ ^ell Longitude. 
 
 Its utmoll Length N. and S. is from the Coaft of 2}«i»^a// to 
 the Coaft of Cork, three Degrees and half, 210 Miles. And from 
 Hoth Heud by Dublin to Dogsbtod in Galway E. and W. is 4 De- 
 grees 16 Minutes, which in that Latitude being 36 to a Decree 
 makes i to Miles. But the crofs Line from Mizenhead to Farebead 
 Noriheaft is 270. .,.;,;,' 
 
 Divided into Four Provinces, ^^ /, ft 
 
 iT ' ■.» 
 
 
 Leinjier^ Uljler^ Connaglt, Miinfier, ,*,.*/'.' ', 
 
 ,.1 ... 
 
 LerttJ}i 
 
 Counties. ', . ; ... ,»„ 
 
 f Dublin, 
 Louth, „.i'^, ,: ,, 
 mckloiu,.:-'^ or:; 7, ".i. ' 
 Wtxfordf .;,;, >;, - , ; 
 Longford,, „,;\f,,< .,,; 
 Eajimeath, .':.'•- < i ^ ' 
 
 Jvl(-.J 
 
 Chief Town. 
 
 Dublin. ' 
 
 Dr9gbeda, ., r : -^A. 
 
 fVicklanu, , /,Js .,^-5^;^ 
 Wexford. , v\ " ^t 
 
 hongfqrd, : ,.- j^.^^ 
 
 ^'■''»« ■ ■ .•'...'dJifi!.'! 
 
 , 12 Counties, "\ Weftmatk, ',^,\ 'a L\ '; ,. MuUingar. y. ; ■ ',.o,'U.i .1 
 King's, . .t[4 ..•'.. frt- Philipjlon, n "^.^kJ. ^-1 
 
 11 , . 7i«^ .1..; 
 
 Pi 
 
 
 Maryburoav. >.,,•; Hii ,; 
 Kilkenny, na l- ,vu...,c..\ 
 Kildare. 
 
 Kilkenny, 
 Kildare, 
 
 Ulfter '«^'«"^'' 
 
 'Down, -.in^J ■•-'rvr'y. 
 Armagh, j. j<;,„ t;,' , 
 Monaban,r,l, ,y., |,-,., .a, 
 
 :'t 
 
 ^•L ^' \ Antrim, 
 9 Counties, ^ , , j 
 ^ ' Londonderry, 
 
 Tyrone 
 ,':'3r:)5. Fermanagh, 
 
 
 ■ ■ . „ V . 
 .. « *■»■ 
 
 CL3 
 
 Dciy». ,.,, :;pi;, ,3j.,. 
 
 Cbarleptvit, _\{ ir* li^ 
 
 Monahan. ,j ii'ii'Y' 
 
 Cavan. (f -; Ij'^ir <«*: 
 
 Carrikfergus. u\^f, ^-f^-vO 
 
 Omagh. 
 
 Enntjkillen, . . •- >,,.,.> 
 
 DungalL ■ ]^; 
 
 •A' 
 ... ■ V 
 
 Connaght 
 
 M 
 
 I 
 
 
I . 
 
 ti4 
 
 European ffiarrds, Part II. 
 
 L Irinit Letrim. 
 
 J^ fcommoHt ' . '^ \ ' Rnf common, 
 1V.V;>v>, BallinrultC* 
 
 Copinaght 
 
 6 Countier. \Sl',i!,o, .., '.,, -,.,.. S/tf;o, 
 
 
 Culuay, 
 Mftnis. 
 
 .. 1 
 
 ^ .^'rf Ctri. 
 
 : 1 
 
 -' ' ITrpper^try, .Uontnel. 
 
 t 
 
 # 
 
 «»kI 
 
 In all 32 Counties. 
 
 I I 
 
 ^««*.]TRELAND is namrd by the Latini Hibernia, Juverna, and 
 J. lerna. Ptolemy calls it Britannia Minor ; but by Authors 
 in general tis named Scotia, from a Colony of European Scythians. 
 The Natives call it Erin : The PP^eZ/Hf IverJon : The Ita/ians Irian- 
 do : The Spaniards Irlandia^ and pthcr Nations Irland or Ireland \ 
 derived probably from Erin which means Weft. 
 
 Air."] The Air of this Country is almoft of the fame Nature as 
 thofe Parts of Britain that lie under the fame Parallel ) only differ, 
 ent in this, that in feveral Parts of this Kingdom, tis of a more 
 grofs and impure Teitlipcr 1 by reafon of the many Lakes and 
 Marflies, which fend up fuch a.,Quantity of noxious Vapors, as to 
 occafion Fluxes^ Rheum», and fuch like Diftempers, to which the 
 Inhabitants are fiibjef^. The oppofite Place of the Globe to Uuhliu 
 is that Part of the Pacific Ocean lying 173 Degrees 40 m. Eaft from 
 London ^ and in 53 >.i 2 doath Latitude. .- , 
 
 Soili\ The ^0/7 of this ffland is abundantly fertile, and naturally 
 iit for Grafs, Pafture or Tillage. Much of this Kingdom is ftiil 
 cumbered with Woodii and Handing Waters, yielding neither Pro- 
 fit or Pleafure to the Inhabitants, but not near fo many qs formerly : 
 There being a great deal of Wood cut down, and many Marihes 
 drained in this Age, and the Ground manured for various Sorts of 
 Grain, which- it produces in great Plenty. The longeft Day about 
 Dublin is 17 Hours. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief C?««o<A'//« of tKi« Country, are Cattel, 
 Hides, Tallow, Buttec, Honey, Wax, Salt, Hemp, linen Cloth, 
 Wool, Cambric and Lawn. 
 
 Rarities,"] 
 
Part II. 
 
 European Jftands. 
 
 ai5 
 
 ' Rarities."] On the North Coall of Inland^ about eight Miles from 
 Odiraitty in the County of Antrim^ is that Miracle of Naturt, 
 commonly called the Giant* j Cau/tway, which runs from the Bot- 
 tom of a high Hill into the Sea, none cnn tell how far. Its Length 
 at low Water is about fix hundred Foot ; the Breadth about eiehty. 
 Tis very unequal in Hight, being in feme Places thirty FootTrom 
 the Level of the Strand, and in others only fifteen. . It confifts of 
 many thoufand Pillars ftanding perpendicular, and all of different 
 Shapes and Sizes ; but mod of them having five or fix Sides, ex- 
 tremely clofe, yet all placed irregular. A particular Draught and 
 Defcription thereof, with an EfTay provine tne fame to be the Work 
 of Nature, is in the Philoftpbical TranfaSltont. z. In the Province 
 of Vljlir is the famous Lough Neaht hitherto noted for its rare petre- 
 • fyine Quality ; but upon due Examination tis found, that the faid 
 Quality ought to be afcribed to the Soil of the Ground adjacent 
 to the Lake, rather than to the Water of the Lake itfelf. ). In 
 feveral Parts of this Kingdom are fometimes dug up Horns of a 
 prodigious fiignefs, one Pair being found near eleven Foot from 
 the Tip of the right Horn to the Tip of the Left, which gives oc- 
 cafion to think, that the great American Deer called the Moo/e was 
 formerly common in this Ifland. 
 
 jircbbi/hops in this Kingdom are Four.r 
 
 Armagh f Cajhel^ Duiiin, Tuam* 
 
 Leighlin^ 
 
 Limerick, 
 
 Meath, 
 
 Oforv, 
 
 Rapho^ *. 
 
 Waterftrd, 
 
 One Univerjttyt that of Dublin, by the Name of Trinity College, 
 founded by Queen Elizabeth. 
 
 Manners. "] The Charafter of the Irijh by Dr. Heylin is this. They 
 are a People generally ftrong and nimble of Body, generous of 
 Heart, carelefs of their Lives, patient in Cold and Hunger, impla- 
 cable in Enmity, conftant in Love, light of Bc^^ief, greedy of Glory. 
 In a Word if they are bad, you (hall no where find worfe : if the/ 
 be good, you can hardly meet with better. 
 
 Language."] The Language here ufed by the native IriJh feems t« 
 be of a Briti^ Extract, by comparing the fame with the IVelfif. 
 
 0^4 The 
 
 Sijhops, 
 
 Eighteen. 
 
 Clogber, 
 
 Dromore, 
 
 Clonfert^ 
 
 Elphiu, 
 
 Cleyne, 
 
 KiUare, 
 
 Cork, 
 
 Kilalla, 
 
 Derry, 
 
 Kilalow, 
 
 Down, 
 
 Kilmore, 
 
 ii 
 
 /,b 
 
 ^ 
 
.1x6 European IJlands. Pa'rt II. 
 
 The Nobility, Gentry, and beucr fort fpeak EtigVtJh. Pattrncffcr 
 in the Lljh Tongue runs thus l ylir nathir at.-irj.'' air nif:^ nahz /er 
 hamhifi; tigiuh du riatiatche : deantur da h'j'ilonhkoil air tdrnb agii 
 (Hr thalcmbi. Air naran laidthuil talhair akinn a* niomh ; agis 
 math df.h.in dair Jhiaea ammil agis mathum liddar fentchunnim \ agis 
 na trilaic ofoch fay anaufcn ; ac j'arjlno ole. Amen. 
 
 Gcverttment -I The Gcvermiinf of Ireland is by one Supreme Of. 
 fcer, who is common+y termed the Lord Lieutenant , or Lord Deputy. 
 No Viceroy in Europe is invefted with, or comes nearer the Ma- 
 jclty of a King in his Train and State. For his Affftance he's al- 
 lowed a Privy Council to advife with upon all Occafions. As for 
 the Laws of the Kingdom, which an the Handing Rules of all Ci- 
 vil Government, they owe their Beginning and Original to the 
 ^ngUJh Privy Council, and mufl- all pafs the Royal Affent. In Ab- 
 fence of the Lieutenant, the Supreme Power is lodged in Lordsjuf- 
 /lies, who have the fame Authority with a Lieiuenant. The various 
 Courts of Judicature, both for civil and criminal Affairs, and their 
 manner of procecing, are much the fame as in Et/g/. nd. The 
 Hoafe of Commons is 300* and the Peers near 130 without Bifhops. 
 
 ylrms.'] See EngLnd. 
 
 Rf/ifio?!.] The Inliabitants of the Country arc partly Profejf^nts, 
 partly P.ip'/s- The beft civilized Parts of the Kingdom are of tlie 
 Reformed Religion, according to the Platform ot the Church of 
 England. But the greater Part of the old native In/h do ftill adhere 
 to Popijh Superftitions, and are as credulous of many ridiculous 
 Legends, as in'fftrmer Times. The Chriftian Faith was fcrft preached 
 here by St. Phtyick in 435, v/ho is generally aftirmcd to be the 
 Nepl^w of St. iV«r/«r of ioftfj. 
 
 O''' 
 
 On the 
 X^Ji are 
 
 ISLANDS i 
 
 Ilaft, Weft, North, and South of BntaiK. 
 
 irisnds. ■"" 
 
 r H'-./y J,Cii»d • 
 \ Faim [/'us — ■ 
 
 Jacht •, — — 
 
 I ^/.'efpy 
 
 {,Ihutut 
 
 Chief Places 
 
 — Old Fort 
 — Old Tower 
 
 — Near Coch 
 
 
 
 f E. of Ncri/j. 
 
 . n • C umber land, 
 et River 3 
 
 ^tenhurough — i On X^f.^Kent- 
 Ram/gate J fjo Coall. 
 
 On 
 
Part II. 
 
 - JjOHg TJland being 
 Leivis and Hcrris 
 Fiji 
 
 On the 
 
 M'{Ji are 
 
 European JJlatids. 
 
 Stornivay. 
 Soiuardil, 
 Kilfanclf, 
 
 217 
 
 . .n.\ 
 
 AV.J&'/^^thefartheftW. 
 
 Sky ' ■ Portly, 
 
 Mull — — — JJowartCafile. 
 
 \ Jura ■ Kilriddd, 'I'arbat. 
 
 Hay ■ •■ ■ Ki!coi:an, 
 
 Arran • • Lutnlajh. 
 
 ^uti ■ i I ■ Cafiletoiun. 
 
 Angle fey • ■ Beaumaris. 
 
 ^Scil/y IJlands * • < ■ CaJIle Hugh. 
 
 
 "N. and S. F^onal/ka. 
 
 \ (J-; 
 
 On the 
 ^orth are 
 
 
 <V J 
 
 The Zhtt' r Mainland Scalvoayy Lerwic and Stviaiurg, 
 
 land, of J 3^^// Burro. 
 
 which the I f/«/?a — Cluga. . ', . . , ; .. 
 
 ^chiefare [^Fetlar — Stanburg. : : ^^ 
 
 ■-■vi;i-:,i» ^;j. 
 
 On the 
 5o«/>& are 
 
 'Portland — 
 
 J/Ie of Height - 
 \Portfey I. 
 
 '^f'j ff/^-t Guerttj 
 (^ Alaen 
 
 ':rnfey 
 'trney 
 
 T, - 
 
 Portland Caftle S. of Dorfetjh. 
 
 Piterfport, 
 Alderney. 
 
 7w. ofAV. 
 f mandy. 
 
 The chief of which aforefaid Iflands are thefe. 
 
 The Orkney t 
 The Shetland, 
 ..Tiie Z/'^/? ^7*'/, 
 
 Man, 
 
 Anglefey, 
 
 W.ght, 
 
 7*rfy^ . 
 
 •', ■ .Cii'* - ' 
 
 Guernfeyt 
 
 ': ^^■'^ • 
 
 Alderney, , 
 
 
 ill 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 Orkney 
 
 ,y 
 
2tS 
 
 European IJlands. 
 
 [Part II. 
 
 n 
 
 Orkney J/Ies. 
 
 THE Number of thefe is Twentyeight according to Martin^ 
 and many of them inhabited ; the reft being called Holms, 
 are ufed only for Pafturage. Moft of them a^e bleft with a very 
 pare and healthy Air to breathe in, but their ?oil is very difTerent, 
 Deing in fome extremely dry and Tandy, in others wet and marfhy ; 
 however, they are indifferently fruitful in Oats and Barley, but de- 
 llitute of Wheat, Rye and Peafe. Many ufeful Commodities are 
 yearly exported from them to foreign Parts. In thefe Iflands are 
 feveral Footfteps of the Pi^ijh Nation, from whom Petitland or 
 TiSlland Frith feems to derive its Name. The Inhabitants do ftill 
 retain many Gothick and Teutonick Terms in their Language ; and 
 feveral German Surnames yet in Ufe do plainly evince their Extrac- 
 tion. Being great Strangers to that Effeminacy of Life which is 
 common in the Southern Vnm of Britaia, they frequently arrive 
 to very confidcrable Ages ; and feldom it is that they i/ie of the 
 Phyfidiw. I'hefe Iflands have been vifited by the Romans, poflefs'd 
 by the Pir:j^ and fubjeft to the Danes ; but thriftian IV, King of 
 Denmark^ having quitted all his Pretenfions to them in favour of 
 King James VI. of Scetlandt on the Marriage of that Prince with 
 his Sifter ^«», they have ever fince been annexed, firft to the Crown 
 of ScoilanJy and now to the Crown of Grtat Britain. 
 
 "•'.. Shetland IJles. i-" . 
 
 UNDER the Name oi Shetland zt€ comprehended no lefs than 
 46 Iflahds, with 40 Holms, and 30 Rocks. Of thefe Iflands 
 above zo are inhabited, the refl being ufed only for feeding of 
 Cattle. They injoy a very healthful Air, and the Inhabitants do 
 generally arrive to great Age. In feveral of them are fome Obe- 
 iijks yet flanding, with divers old Fabricks made by the Piffs, as is 
 commonly believed. The Gentry, who remove hither from the 
 Continent, ufually fpeak as in the North of Scotland ; but the com- 
 mon Sort of People, who are defcended from the Norvegians, do 
 ilill retain a corrupt Language, called Norn. All thefe Iflands be- 
 long to the Crown, and are included in the Government of Orkney. 
 They are famous for the Herring Fifliery, which is now carried on 
 with great Spirit both by Scots and Englt/h. 
 
 Orkney and Shetland tmke one Shire Of County of Orkney ^ 
 ienU one Member to Parliament. 
 
 and 
 
 mft 
 
mfi 
 
 P/RT II. European Tfiinds, . 219 
 
 The PFeft IJlatids. 
 
 THIS great Arciiipel or Clulter of Iflands, the antient Hebrides 
 or El-uJa^ ^ " commonly termed the Wefiern Ijlesy from their 
 Sicitation in i-^'f of Scotland^ to which Nation they belong, and 
 are. feverally inr, ;ied in the Couruies of Argyle^, ln<vernefs and 
 Kofs. In Soil they are very different, but generally are bleft with 
 a pare healthful Air, and are above three hundred in Number. 
 Their Inhabitants ufe the Irijh Tongue, yet with Difference of 
 Bialeft from that in Ireland ; and are much the fame with the 
 Highlanders in Scotland^ as to their Habit, Cufloms and Manner 
 of Living. The mofl remarkable of thefe Iflands are Jonat and 
 St. Kilda. The former now c.lbd Columcili, nigh the Ifleof Jlf«//, 
 is noted for being of old the Bitrying place of the Highland Chiefs, 
 and firfl Kings of Scotland; alfo the chief Refidence of the firft 
 Chriftians in thofe Parts, who went by the Name of Culdees. The 
 other termed Hirta, and afterwards St. Kilda or Kilder^ is the re- 
 mptefl: of all the Hebrides, and fo remarkable for fevcral Cuftoms 
 peculiar to its Inhabitants, that a Pefcription thereof was thought 
 worthy of a particular Treatife, called A Voyage to St. Kilda ; to 
 which, and a Book of the if'ejl Iflands^ both lay Mr. Martin^ I re- 
 fer the Reader. 
 
 ■ ■ J The IJle of Man. >. ^ 
 
 THIS Ifland called Mona by Cafar^ which Name is but little al- 
 tered, hath a cold and fharp Air, being expofed on every Side 
 to the piercing Winds from the Sea. Its Hoil oweth much of its Ferti- 
 lity to the Care and Induftry of the Hufbandman. The Inhabitants 
 being a Mtxture of Englijh^ Scots and Irijb, comhionly called 
 Mankfmen, have in general a very good Charadir. The ordinary 
 Sort of People retain much of the Irifli in their language and Way 
 of Living ; but thofe of better Rank ftrive to imitate the Englip, 
 Tn this they are happy that all litigious Procedings are banifhed 
 frOm among them, all DifFetences being fpeedily determined by 
 cerrain Judges called Deemjiers^ without Writings or Fees : If the 
 Cafe be found intricate, then tis referred to twenty four Men, being 
 Reprefentatives of the Ifle, whom they term Keys. This Illana 
 belonged once to the ScotSy and in it the Bifhop of the Ifles had 
 his Cathedral; but now the whole, together with the Advowfon of 
 the Biihop, belongs to the Duke of Athol^ being his Inheritance 
 from the Earls of Derby. This Proprietor is caUed Lord of Man, 
 who hath the whole civil Power and jurifdiAion, under Sovereign- 
 ty of his Britannic Majefly ; fuch as the final AfTent to new Laws, 
 the Appointment of Governor and Officers v Pardons, Forfeitures, 
 &c. I'his Ifland is 30 Miles in Length and iz in Breadth. The 
 Inhabitants are 24,000, and their Religion the Q\i\xxc\i. oi England 
 without any DifTenters. The Capital Town is Cajtletont but Dou- 
 glas hath moft Trade and moft People,, Anglefey, 
 
 
 
 
 'f<tii: 
 
220 
 
 Eurcpean IJlands. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 ! ^ 
 
 Anglesey, 
 
 THIS Ifland is called ilfona only by Tacitus and, his Copyers, 
 which is furely a iCltliake, for Man is the Ifle of Mona men- 
 tioned by Cafar in his fifth Book of the Gallic War. After Wales 
 was reduced by King Edioard I. it had the Nanne of Anglefey^ or 
 Englijh IJIand. It waa pofiefl'cd of old by the Pagan Druids ; and 
 is blefTed with a very fruitful Soil, producing mod Sorts of Grain* 
 efpecially Wheat, in fiich Abundance, that the Weljh commonly 
 term it the Mother of Wales, becaufe they are frequently fupplied 
 from thence in unfeafonable Yeari. Tis one of the Counties of 
 North Wales t in the Diocefe of Bavgor. B,4xumaris is the Capital. 
 NevbhrotA) is a fmall Corporation ; and HoUhead is a little Ifland 
 facing Dublin f being the Station for the Packet Boats. . , . :, 
 
 The Ifle of Wight. 
 
 THIS Ifland called by the Romans, VtP.a, and Quit by the Brt- 
 tains, injoys a pure healthful Air; and is generally reckoned 
 a very pleftfant, fruitnl and cheap Spot of Ground to live in as any 
 belonging to Etigldnd. Twas once honoured with the Title of 
 Kingdom ; for Henry Beauchamfj Earl of War'uuick, was crowned 
 King of Wight by Henry VI, 1444, but that Title died wirh him- 
 felf about two Years after ; and the Ifland is now in the County 
 o^ Southf.mton. Tis about 60 Miles in Compafs, and the Inhabit- 
 eants 20,coo. 
 
 ' • Jerfey, Guertifiy^ Alderneyy zndi Sark. . '•'' 
 
 THESE Iflands were Part of William the Conqueror's Domains 
 as Duke of Nortnandy, and are all that the Englijh now pof- 
 Tel's of that Duchy. Their Soil is fufiicie;itly rich, produing in 
 great Abundance both Corn and Fruit, efpecially Apples, of which 
 they make Plenty of Cyder ; and the Air is fo pure and ferene to 
 breathe in, that the Inhabitants have little or no Ufe for Phyficians. 
 They chiefly apply thcmfelves to -Agriculture^ and knitting of Stock - 
 ins ; and during War with France^ they are much given to Priva- 
 teering. Tis obfervable of Guernfey, that no venomous Creatures 
 live in it, and that the Natives generally look younger by ten 
 Years than they really are. Theie Iflands being annexed to the 
 Englijh Crown by King Henry I, have, to their great Honour, con- 
 tinued firm in their Allegiance to England ever fince that Time, 
 notwithflanding feveral Deflgns and Attacks made upon them by 
 the French. The Inhnbitants of Jer/ey are 20,000 : Guernfey not 
 i:a!f that Number : Alderney 1000 ; and Sark 3 or 400. They are 
 all in the Diocefe of J/7«f/6^tT. >..:;::, 
 
 . . . ' Other 
 
f ART II. 
 
 European JJlanJs, 
 
 221 
 
 Othei European IJlands on the North, Weft, and 
 
 South of Europe, . 
 
 North t ZTC the Scandina'vian 1/Iands, ' . » . -. 
 W,/t ^.^ \ Iceland, 9Xi^ Feroe Ijus, . ', ' , 
 
 South, are thofe in the Mediterranean, 
 
 
 I. The Scandinavian IJlands, 
 
 Belonging to Sweden^ Denmark, Norway, 
 
 To Sweden 
 are thofe of 
 
 ' Ritgen 
 ^dand 
 ^Gothland — ' 
 .0// - 
 'Dago 
 
 gj ^ Bergen f S . of Sconen, 
 
 •♦J ^sAmJberg 
 IS JDagerot 
 ^^ K^Caftleholm, North. 
 
 ». or hconen. 
 
 N.E. 
 
 , Aland Is. 
 
 Small I. of Huen, between Z^^Aiff^and Sconen, 
 Ofil and Z>Aj:0 are fubjefl to ^^. 
 
 Zeeland '•'■•^' 
 Funen — — 
 Langland — 
 Laland • 
 
 To Denmark j -p in 
 are thofe of } ■^-' ''^ 
 
 o 
 
 'Copenhagen^ Capital of all. 
 
 Odenfey 
 Rut coping , 
 ^ JV^/ow yW.toE. 
 
 MofM — — j ,« I Stego -^, 
 
 Femeren — I U I ^°*'& South of Laland, 
 
 Alfen J I Sonderhurg South of Funen, 
 
 \^Bornholm —J \_Sandwyk S. £. of Sconen, 
 
 To Noravay 
 are thofe 
 
 LoJ'eren, IVfjlrol^ Wero, Tram, tonund, W. of Lapland, 
 
 # 
 
 ■u 1. 
 
 I'll 
 « 
 
 
 iVamf.] 
 
 
222 European IJlands, Part II; 
 
 Name.\ ' I'^HESE Iflands are called Scandina'vinn, from the great 
 X Peninfule of ScanMa nigh upon whofe Coaft thole 
 Iflands do generally lie. The Pemnjule itfelf, mentioned by Pliny 
 and Soiinus under the fame Name, is probably taken from the Pro- 
 vince of Stoeden, called Scania^ now more commonly Sconen. As 
 for Zetland the principal of thefe Itlands, our modern Daniflj Geo- 
 graphers would fain derive its Name from the great Plenty of 
 Corn it produceth, alleging that Zf^/a;/</ or ^f^/r/A^ is only altered 
 from Seediand. But others, with greater Probability, will have its 
 Kame to denote a Piece of Ground, or Ifland, furroundcd with the 
 Sea ; Zeeland one of the United Provinces bein^ the fame, for Zee 
 in German we write Sea. 
 
 Air."] The Scandinavian Iflands being difperfed up and down the 
 Baltick Sea and the Norway Coaft ; and being of a very different 
 Make, fome high and rocky, others low and plain, the I'empera. 
 ture of the Air cannot be expe£led the fame in all of them, efpeci- 
 ally as to Moijiure and Drynefs : But with refpedt to Heat and Cold, 
 it is much the fame as the Air of thofe Places on the adjacent Con- 
 tinent, that lie under the fame Parallels of Latitude. 
 
 Soil^ The SoH of the Scandinavian Iflands is extremely different, 
 fome of them being very fertile, and others quite barren. The fer- 
 tile Iflands are thofe of Zeeland, Gotblandf Bomholm, Funen, Lang* 
 landf Fatjler and Laland, in all of moft of which is Plenty of Cornt 
 not only enough for their Inhabitants, but alfo a large Quantity^ 
 for Exportation. They likewife abound with good Pallurage, and 
 breed vail Numbers of Cattel. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Commodities exported from the beft of 
 thefe Iflands^ are Fifli, Hides, Bucklkins, and Corn, particularly 
 Wbeatt Barley, and Oats. 
 
 Rarities."} In the Ifland of Huen or IFeen are yet to be feen the 
 Ruins of an Obfervatory, erefted by Tycho Btahe the famous Danijh 
 Afironomer'i one Part whereof being formerly a Tonucr, was termed 
 Vraniburg ; and the other a Dungeon, Jbefet with Looking GlaJ/es, 
 was named his Stelliburg. How neat ilhis Place was when intire* 
 and how well furniflit with Mathematical InJirumentSy is now un- 
 certain ; bat this is pretty certain, that the Ifland Ween, with Sub- 
 miflion to better Judgement, was none of the fitteft for Ajirmomical 
 Objh'vtuiomy dich as taking the exadt Time of the Kifing and Set- 
 ing of Celejlial Bodies, together with their Amplitudes, becaufe tht. 
 Ifland lies low, and is landlockt on all Points of the Coiipafs but 
 three ; being hemmed in by the Sivcdijh and Danijh Coalls from S. 
 to £. quite round to S. S. W. as I particularly took Notice of in 
 
 1700* 
 
Part II. European Iftands. 223 
 
 1 700, having then Occafion to be upon the I^and. Moreover, the 
 fenfibie Land Horizon of the ff^eeti is extremely uneven and rugg- 
 ed, there being to the Nortb and Eajl Parts thereof fome rifing 
 Hiils in the Province of Sconent and the Weftern Parts moftly over- 
 fpread with Trees of Zm/anJ, from the remoteft of whofe Coafts 
 the fTeeH is not diftant above three Liegues. Near the JJIe of Hit- 
 terefif on the Nortxiay Coaft, is that dreadful Whirlpool called 
 Maljironiy which is mentioned already when treating of Norway, 
 As for the Rarities of Zeelandt particularly thofe at Co^enhagtn^ 
 fee Denmark, 
 
 :r--!^\ 
 
 Mamers."] The Scandinavian IJlands^ that are adlqally inhalnted. 
 are generally fupplied from the neareft Part of the Continent, ana 
 are therefore peopled either with Stjoedesy Danes, or Nomuaynten : 
 And what is the particular Genius of thofe Nations hath been al> 
 ready defcribed, when treating of the Kingdoms o{ Scandinavia, to 
 which I refer the Reader. , 
 
 Language.] What hath been faid laft, concerning the Inhabitants 
 of thefe I/Iands in reference to their Manners, the fame may be 
 affirmed of them in refpefl to their Language. , 
 
 Government.^ The Scandinavian I/lands belonging to Denmarfi, 
 Siveden, or Noriuay, do own Subjeftion either to his Stoedijh or 
 Dani/h Majefty ; and the moft confidcrable of them are acconUngly 
 ruled by particular Governors, either appointed in, or fern to them 
 by the two Courts of Denmark and Snueden, 
 
 Religion,'] The Scandinavian JJlands that are a£tually inhabited, 
 being peopled, as aforefaid, either from Sivtdenj Denmarkt or 
 Norway ; and Lutberanifm being the only eftabliihed Religion ia 
 thofe Kingdoms, the inhabitants of thefe IJlands may be generally 
 luppofed to profefs the fame Religion. 
 
 2. Iceland^ and the Feroe IJles* • 
 
 Wtfwr^.jnpHIS ^^zW, difcovercd by a Norvnayman in 860, is called 
 X by the Spaniards, Terra Elada; by the Englijb, and 
 Germans, Iceland; being fo named from the Abundance of Ice. 
 wherewith it is furrounded for the greateft Part of the Year. Its 
 JUngthis 400 Miles, and the greateft Breadth North and South 200. 
 
 jiir.] By reafon of the frozen Ocean furroanding this IJIand, and 
 the great Quantity of Snow wherewith it is moftly covered, the 
 Air niuft of Neceffity be very iharp and piercing, yet abandantly 
 healthful to breathe in, efpecially to thofe who are accuftomed to 
 
 ':;::, , .\\'^i that 
 
 « s 
 
'♦ 
 
 224 European IJlands, Part II. 
 
 that cold Climate. The oppofite Place of the tJIobe to Iceland, i» 
 that Part of the South Polar Sea lying in 65 Degrees South Lati- 
 tude, and 162 Eaft from Londoa } for the Centre of the Jiland \% 
 18 WeA of London, ^» '< c.v 
 
 Sai/.] Confidering only the Situation of Ice/and, we may eafily 
 imagine the Soil is none of the beft, being chiefly Sand or Clay. 
 In iome Parts where the Ground is level, there are many excellent 
 Meadows very good for Pafturc, but elfewhere the Ifland is incum- 
 bered with Deferts, barren Mountains, or formidable Rocks. They 
 have their Meal from Foreigners, and when that is deficient the 
 Inhabitants grind and make Bread of dried Filh. In the Northern 
 Parts they have the Sun for one Month without fetting, and want 
 him in another, tho not intirely ; for about the Winter Solftice he 
 appears partly above the Horifon from Ten in the Morn, till Two 
 after Noon. 
 
 Commodities. "^ From this I/Iand are yearly exporred, or rather ex- 
 changed with Foreigners, coarfe woollen Cloth, Seilfkins, Butter, 
 Trainoil, Fifh, Tallcrw, Hides> and Brimfton with which they 
 abound. 
 
 Rarities."] Notwithftanding this IJIand lies in fo cold a Climate, 
 yet here are divers hoc Springs, and fulphurous Lakes. Mount 
 Htcla is a terrible Vdcano^ which, tho covered with Snow, doth 
 frequently vomit Fire and fulphurous Matter like Water, in great 
 Abundance, with Afhes and Pumiceflones. 
 
 BiJhopsJ] Here are two Dani^ Bilhops ; thofe of 
 "-' Skalholt and Hola: 
 
 Mamers."] The Ite/anders zre of a middle Stature, and ftrong; 
 they are naturally very ignorant, and con&quently fuperftitious; 
 but Chriftianity doth much reform them. Their Breeches and 
 Hofe of one Piece are made of Sheepfkin ; but their Shoes they 
 make of SeiUkin. ;. . /;, ;v- ,;.*^ . .: .f: 
 
 lat^uage.li The Danes refidipg here fpeak as in Denmark. As 
 for the Natives, their Language is a Dialedt of the old Runick, and 
 the bed that is now fpokeany where. ^ " 
 
 ' Government.'] This Ifland being fubje£l to the Danes, is governed 
 by a Viceroy, fent thither by the Kihg of Denmark, whofe Reii- 
 dence is in the South Quarter at £ia/&o/^ ^ 
 
 Religion.] The Inhabitants of this j^and have the fame Religion 
 with the Danes. Chrijiian III, 1Kax\^ oi Denmark, eftabliflied the 
 
 Reformation 
 
• Part 11. European tjlands* 225I 
 
 Reformation here in i5;oi and Cbrijiian IV caufed the Holy Bi- 
 ble t 1 7 tranflated for the Ufe of the Icelanders into their own 
 Lang^a^e. Here are Grammar Schools that fend fome Students to 
 the Univerfity of Copenhagen, 
 
 The Feroe Tfles arc chiefly 1 7, befide Holms and Rocks. They 
 belong to Denmark^ and are fituate in 62 Degrees, midway be- 
 tween Iceland and the Ifles of Shetland. Stroma the largeft is near 
 20 Miles long ; hath a Fort and Town called Tor/haven. Mr. 
 Dehes in his Account of the.Ff/aa derives the Name from /eroyer, 
 which is from /era to carry ; becaufe of the Multitude of Skiffs 
 and Boats ufed by the People among the many Straits and Creeks 
 of thefe Iflands» 
 
 3. The Jferes, 
 
 St. Michael, ch.T. Gada - 
 
 St. Maty,xh.T.St. Mary 
 
 Terceira > «*■» 
 
 Graciofa 
 
 St. George 
 
 Pico — 
 
 Fayal — 
 
 Tlores — ^ 
 
 Cormo — — 
 
 } Thefe two are 70 Liegues 
 J niore Wett. 
 
 The Capital of all is >/«- 
 . ^rrtin'/Vrff/Vfl, theSeat 
 ' of the Governor and 
 JBifhop. 
 
 ; . ^ 
 
 • . ill 
 
 iVaw^.JnpHESB Iflands are termed by the Italians^ Afiores: By 
 X the Spaniards f French and Portugucfe^ Agorcs or A/ores ; 
 and by the Fnglijh, A/ores j fo called by th«;ir Difcoverers the Por- 
 tuguefey from the Multitude of devouring Birds they found thqre 
 like Geefe or Gofshawks : For the Latin VVord Aufer a Goofe, is 
 Apr in Spanijb ; and the Letter f called a Ctdil is by the French, 
 Spaniards and Portuguefe pronounced like J\ always preceding a 
 long Syllable ; fo that the Word is Ajons, three Syllables. Lup* 
 nia, Ivifa, Be/anfon fhould be Lufonia, iyifa^ Bcfanfan, with many 
 more. The Situation of Terceint, being the Centre of t\it{c Ijlands, 
 is 26 Degrees of Weft Longitude from London, and 39 of North 
 Latitude. 
 
 Air and Scil."] The Air of thefe Iflands inclining much to Heat, 
 is tolerably good, and Very agreeable to the Portuguefe. The Soil 
 is rich and fertile, producing Abundance of Grain, Wine, and 
 Fruit, with great Plenty of Wood. Their longeft Day is 15 Hours. 
 
 '■*'*^ R Comma. Ml s.'l 
 
 . \ 
 
i 
 
 226 European IJlands, PituT )Ie 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Things exported from thcfe IJlands are 
 Wine, Hidei, Woad for Dyers j Variety of choice Woods, and Ce- 
 dar in Abundance. 
 
 Rarities."] Here arc feveral Fountains of hot Water, and one in 
 Terceira of a ftrong petrefying Quality. Pico is noted for its high 
 Mountain or Peak, a mile perpendicular } and for the beil Wine 
 la the J/oref. 
 
 Manners."] The Inhabitants of thefe 7/IanJs being Portugfi^, are 
 much the fame in Manners with thofe on the Continent. They 
 arc very numerous, and feem to be very happy. 
 
 Government.] The jffores being inhabited and pofTeft by the Par- 
 iugue/et are ruled by a particular Governor appointed by the Court 
 wLiJbtAtt who refides at Angra. 
 
 Religion."] Thefe People are of the fame Religion with their Mo- 
 ther Country, but live under lefs Reftraint, as do all the Romanr 
 ifts in their Plantations and diftant Governments. 
 
 .,r 
 
 O 
 
 4. Mediterranean fjlands, /.-., , 
 
 N the South of Europe, are the IJlands of the MeSterrane(in 
 Sea : The chief of which are thefe following. 
 
 Iflands. 
 
 Majorca 
 Minorca < 
 hvifa — 
 Corjica - 
 Sardinia 
 Sicily — 
 Malta - 
 Candia < 
 Cyprus ■ 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 ■ ■■ Majorca 1 
 
 - — — — — Mahon — > E. of Valencia. ^ 
 
 " " C r ~ I ^y*"? ^* ®^ Genoa ^ , 
 
 ^^-f "'' Is. W. of Naples, 
 
 • — — ■ Malta — 5 : 
 
 Ci»<^ -Is.ofH'"'^'^''''^'- 
 
 ■ I — — Nicojta — J I Anatoha. 
 
 Majorca^ Minorca^ Ivifa, 
 
 THESE three IJlandt have near the fame modern Names among 
 the Spaniards, Italians, French, Germans, and Englijh : They 
 were known of old by the Name of Balleares, which is derived 
 from Ba'xXtf, Jacio, fignifying to Sling or T&ro*u', becaufe their In- 
 habitants were famous for a great Dexterity in throwing Stones and 
 
 leaden 
 
Part II. 
 
 European J/lanisl 
 
 027 
 
 :heir Mo* 
 I Roman* 
 
 Uterrane^n 
 
 IS derived 
 Ife their In- 
 Stones and 
 leaden 
 
 leaden Balli with a Sling ; for which Reafon they were very fer* 
 viceable to the Carthaginiant in their Sieges and fiattcli. 
 
 Majorca is 200 Miles in Compafs. Its Longtade from London is 
 3 Ealt, according to Danvii, and its Latitude 39,30. 
 
 • 
 
 Minorca is about 90 Miles round, and 30 Northeaft of Majorca, 
 In 1708 it was taken from Spain by Admiral LeaA and General 
 Stanhoft, and confirmed to England at the Peace of Utrecht, ht 
 Harbour of Port Mahon is one of the fined in Europe both for Ex- 
 tent and Security, the ftrong Fort of St. Philip being at the 
 Entrance. 
 
 Ivifa is about 40 Miles Southwell of Majorca, and 80 Miles in 
 Compafs. The Roman Name was Ebufus and Ebufa : The Spani' 
 ardsczW it Ivi/a and Ihi/a ; but to pronounce the lalt Syllable long, 
 they write it Ivifa with a Ced/l, caudata litera^ which c with a TtfiV 
 to it is nothing but zftrongf. And our Tranfcribers in Geographj^ 
 being ignorant of its Meaning transform it into Ivica^ which gives 
 it the Sound of hvikaf falfe and abfurd. 
 
 Air and Soil.'\ The Jlr of thefe IJlands is much more temperatif 
 to breathe in, than any where on the adjacent Continent, being 
 duly fanned by cool Breezes from the Sea : And the Land is very 
 fertil, producing Plenty of Wheat, Barley, and other Grain j 
 Fruits, Wine, Oil, Saffron, with good Failure for Cattel. 
 
 Commodities,'] From thefe IJlands are exported to feveral Parts of 
 Europe, Salt, Wine, Bjandy, Coral, with Variety of Fruits, Figs* 
 Wool, Oil, Cheefe and Saffron. 
 
 Rarities ] On the Coafl of Majorca, is found Abundance of ex- 
 cellent Coral, for which the Inhabitants frequently fi(h with good 
 Succefs. Ivi/a is faid to nourifh no venomous Animal, and yet 
 Fermenterot a fmall IJland'yx^ by, is fo infefted with Serpents, that 
 the fame is uninhabited. 
 
 Here is one Biihopfee, namely that of Majorca, under the Arch* 
 bifhop of 7aragona. 
 
 Manners and Language."] The Inhabitants of thefe IJlands being 
 Spaniards, are much the fame in their Language and Manners witii 
 thofe in the neighbouring Kingdom of Spain. 
 
 Government.] The IJlands of Majorca and hifa being annext to 
 the Crown of Spain, are ruled by a Governor called Viceroy of 
 
 R a Majorca^ 
 
K 
 
 '\! 
 
 \i 
 
 I 
 
 22S European IJlands. Part II. 
 
 Majorea^ Cent thither by the Court of Madrid. But Minorca hath 
 Englijh Governors appointed by his Brilannuk Majeftyj one at 
 Mahon who is chief Governor, and one at Fort Philip. 
 
 Religion."] The Inhabitants being Spaniards^ except a few Engli/h 
 at Minorca, are all of the Roman Church, and great Bigots in 
 Popery. 
 
 .' . CORSICA zt\d SARDINIA. 
 
 iViiw/.]»TpHE former of thefe I/lands^ by the Romans called Cyrnus, 
 X. from the Gmk k'umos, is now termed Cor/ica. And 
 the other, according to fon^e, is called Sardinia from Sardus, the 
 Son of Hercules, who firft fettled a Colony therein, and gave it this 
 Name. ,,.,., 
 
 Sardinia is 1 40 Miles long and 70 broad. Cor/ica is 90 Miles 
 long and 44 broad. Their Pofition from London is nine Degrees 
 EaK, according to /)<7«a/i7. , ^ ,.....•,, 
 
 ^/>.] The jlir of thefe I^ands is temperate and healthy, except 
 in the mountainous Parts. Their oppofite Place on the Globe is 
 tht Terra Firma o^ Nenv Zcclandf 171 Degrees Weft from London, 
 and 41 of South Latitude. 
 
 Soi/."} Thefe T/Iands differ in 50/7; the former being, for the 
 moft Part, very ftony and woody ; but produces in other Places 
 . good Corn, Wine, Figs, Olives ; and fome Pafture Land feeding 
 great Store of Cattel. Sardinia is more fertil, yielding abundance 
 of Wine and Oil, with great Variety of Fruits,- Corn and Cattel. 
 The Length of Days and Nights is the fame with the Southern 
 futs of Spain. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Mcrchandife of thefe //landi is Corn, Wine, 
 Oil, Salt, Iron, and feveral Sorts of Fruit, efpecially Figs, Almonds, 
 Chefnuts. Alfo Wool, Silk, Hides, and good Quantities of Coral. 
 
 Rarities.] In feveral Parts of Corjtca is found a Stone commonly 
 called Catochitey which being handled, llicks to the Fingers like 
 Glue. Sardinia is faid to harbour no venomous Creature, nor any 
 noxious Animal but Foxes, and a little Creature formerly named 
 Soli/uga, which refembles a Frog. Thefe Animals now called 
 Mafrones are peculiar to this IJland, 
 
 The Bijhopfees are thofe of Jjazzo, Ahia, Nehio, Mariana, 
 Vico, all in Corjica* In Sardinia are three ArchbiJhopSy Cagllari. 
 
 Orijlagni 
 
Part II. 
 
 European Iflands. 
 
 229 
 
 Oriftagni and Safari. Alfo five Bifljopi^ IgUfiat under the firlb 
 Alii under the fecond, Algarit Bo/ot Cajltlaragon, under the third. ' 
 
 In thefe IJIands is no Univuftty, 
 
 ^uanmrs.'} The Inhabitants of Cornea ha' '• been reputed a rude 
 and revengeful fort of People ; however tis plain they are high fpi- 
 rited, tor though they have Ion[>' revolted from their Mafters the 
 Genoe/e, nothing yet in 30 Yearb pad hath been fufiicient to reduce 
 them. In former Times they were (o given to Piracy, that man/ 
 think the Name of Cor/air or Crui/ir is derived from them. Ai 
 for the Inhabitants of Sardinia ^ they being moftly Spaniards^ are 
 much the fame with thofe in Spain. 
 
 Language.'] Languages here in Ufe, are the Spanijh and Italian : 
 the former in Sardinia, and the latter in Corjica, but are now greatly 
 blended one with the other. 
 
 Government.] The Ifle of Corfica being fubjeA to the Genoeftt 
 was ruled by a particular Governor, one of the Nobles of Genoa^ 
 fent thither by the Republick, and renewed once in two Years. 
 The Doge, that is Duke of Genoa, upon his Eledion. is crowned 
 King of Ccrjica, having a Golden Crown and Royal Sceptre. As 
 for Sardinia^ it was given to the Houfe of Savoy at the Treaty of 
 London 1719, by the Powers then at War, with the Royal Title of 
 King ; and the Ifland is now governed by a Viceroy. 
 
 Re/igion.] The Inhabitants of both thefe Iflands adhere to the 
 Roman Church in her grofl'ell Errors, and receive all her Do£lrines 
 with an implicit Faith. Chriftianity was planted here about the 
 fame Time with the Northern Parts of Itaiy. 
 
 s I c I L r. 
 
 Name.] »TpHIS Ifland, called of old Sicania; alfo Trinaeria, Tri- 
 X qitetr.i and Trigonia from its triangular Shape, is called 
 by the Italians and Spaniards, Sicilia ; by the Frcncht Sidle ; by the 
 Germans, Sicilicn ; and by the Englijh^ Sicily. Its Name is derived 
 from Siculit a People in Latium ; who being driven from Italy^ 
 were forced to fcek new Habitations ; and accordingly came over 
 to Sicania^ which from them acquired the new Name of Sicily. 
 
 Its Length W. and E between the two Capes Boco and Faro is 
 170 Mile i the greateil Breadth N. and S. 100 ; the Pofltion from 
 London 15 Degrees Eaft ; and 37 | N. Latitude. 
 
 '■5 
 
 k. 
 
 >h1 
 
 R 
 
 3 
 
 Air.\ 
 
» 
 
 :' 
 
 t 
 
 230 European JJlands, Part II. 
 
 Air.'l No Ifland whatever injoys a more ferene, healthy and plea- 
 fant Air, than this of Sicily, Its oppofite Place on the Globe is that 
 Part of the Pacific Ocean, 165 Degrees Weft of London, and 37 § 
 South Latitude. 
 
 Soil.'] Fullv anfwerable to the Goodnefs of the Air is the Fertility 
 of the Soil, feveral of its Mountains being incredibly fruitful, even 
 to the very Tops ; wherefore it hath ufually and defervedly been 
 called the Granary of Italy. The Length of Days and Nights is 
 the fame as in the South of Spain, they both lying under the fame 
 Parallels of L::titude. 
 
 Commodities.'] Sicily abounds in all Sorts of Grain, Wine, Fruit, 
 Honey, Sugar, Wax, Oil, Saffron, and Silk. It hath alfo good 
 Mines, Minerals, precious Stones, and Coral from the Seacoaft. 
 
 Rarities.] Near Syracu/e are fome hollow Places v/here Dionyfius 
 the Tyrant (hut up his Slaves. Over thefe Cavities was his Palace ; 
 and being anxious to overhear what his Slaves fpoke among them- 
 falves, here is ftill to be feen a Communication between the afore- 
 faid Caves and his Palace, cut out of the firm Rock, and refem- 
 bling the interior Frame of a Man^s Ear, which make fuch a cu« 
 rious Eccho, that the leaft Noife, or Words and Sentences when 
 only whifpered, are clearly to be heard. Here alfo is a large TJ^e- 
 aire of the fame King, cut out of the firm Rock. Elnown to all 
 the World is that hideous Volcano of Mount Mtna, now Mount 
 Gibel, whofe firey Streams and fulphurous Eruptions, are fometimes 
 moft terrible and deftrudtive; particularly that laft in 1693, when 
 the greateft Part of Catania was fwaliowed up, and 10,000 Peo- 
 ple perifhed in the Ruins. 
 
 'Manners?[ The Sicilians being moftly Spaniards, which Nation 
 hath been in Pofleffion of this Ifland for fome Centuries, the Read- 
 er may go back to Spain for their general Character. 
 
 Archhifl.ops with their Suffragans. 
 
 Montreal 
 
 .! 
 
 Syracu/e, 
 Catania, 
 
 Cefalu, 
 Pattis 
 
 Meffina \ 
 No Unifverjiiy^ 
 
 Palermo] ^'-'^'"''* 
 
 Mazara, 
 
 Language.] From the Spaniards long Settlement in this Country, 
 their Language is become almoft natural to it, though not with- 
 out a little Mixtue of Itc-^lian, 
 
 Go'vemmnt-'^ 
 
Part II. European IJknds, i^i 
 
 Cen)trnmeHt.'\ At the Peace of CZ/r^rj^/ 1713} this Ifland was al- 
 lotted for the Duke of San/oy, with the Royal Stile of King. In 
 1 718 Philip V of Spain fent a Fleet and Landforces to furprife it s 
 but King George I ordered out a Fleet under Admiral Byng who de- 
 feated the Spaniardtf taking and deftroying above twenty of their 
 Men of War ; whereupon Sicily was given to the Emperor Charles 
 VI, and the Duke of Savoy had Sardinia. In 1735 Spain being 
 allyed with France in a War againft the Emperor, retook Sicily ; 
 which by a Treaty next Year was united with the Kingdom of 
 Naples, and given to Prince Charles, eldeft Son of the faid King 
 Philip by his fecond Wife. 
 
 Religion. 1 The Religion here eflabliihed is that of the Roman 
 Church, in all its devout and blind Obedience, This Ifland re- 
 ceived Chriftianity in the firft Age after the Apoftles. 
 
 MALTA. 
 
 Name.Yr^Yil^ Ifland, known formerly by the fame Name, or 
 X Melita, is termed by the French, Malte ; by the Ger- 
 mans, Malthe ; by the Italians, Spaniards, and Englijh, Malta ; 
 why fo called is not fully agreed upon ; though the general Opi- 
 nion is, that its Name of Metita came from Mel, becaufe it uied 
 to afford great Plenty of Honey. In Dan^vits Map of Italy this 
 Ifland is 10 Miles long, and eight broad ; and lying Eaft Longitude 
 from London 14,27, and the North Part of it in Latitude 36. 
 
 Goze is an Tile at the Northwell about zo Miles round, and well 
 fortifyed, as is the whole Ifland of Malta. 
 
 Mr.'\ The Air of this Ifland is frequently hot and ftifling ; but' 
 on the Northweft and on the Eaftern Coafl, where are many fine 
 Harbors, Ports and Bays, the Air is wholfom, clear and refrefhing. 
 
 Soil.'] Malta can lay no Claim to an Excellence of Soil, it being 
 naturally dry and barren, becaufe incumbered with chalky Rocks. 
 But fmce the Knights have been in full Poflcfiion of it, the Land, 
 tho ftony and fandy, hath been greatly improved, yielding Corn 
 enough for the Inhabitants, Lemons, Oranges, Figs and Olives, 
 with good Pafture for their Cattel. As for Wine, what they want 
 of that, or any other Neceflary, they are fupplyed therewith from 
 Sicily. Their longell Day is 14 Hours and a Quarter. 
 
 Commodities. "] This being an Ifland no ways remarkable for 
 Trade, theTraffick is very fmall, its chief Produd being Cummin, 
 Annifecd, Indigo, Cotton, and Honey. 
 
 R 4 Rarities,\ 
 
 tk 
 
 
^3? European IJlands, Part II, 
 
 Rarities.'] Worthy of Obfervation io the City of Malta is St, 
 John't Cathedral, with its magnificent Veftry ; the Palace of th^ 
 Grand Mailer, with that of the Bifhop : the great Hofpital, and 
 Magazine of Arms, as alfo the extraordinary Fortifications of the 
 City. The Inhabitants pretend, that Malta hath entertained no 
 venomous Creature fince the Days of St. Paul^ who, they fay, 
 b!effed this Ifland, qpon the fliaking off the Viper from his Han4 
 into the Fire. 
 
 The Bifhop of Malta, being the only one here, is Suffragan to 
 the Archbifhop of Palermo in Sicily. 
 
 Manners.'] The Inhabitants of this Ifland are very civil and 
 courteous to Strangers. In their Apparel they follow the Mode 
 of Sicily i and are at Enmity with none but Barbarians and Turks, 
 
 Language.] A corrupt Arahick is here pretty common, being hi- 
 therto preferved by the Supply of Turks taken and brought in by 
 the Maltefe VefTels. But the Knights and People of any Note, un- 
 derfland and fpeak feveral European Languages, particularly the 
 Italian, which is authorifed by the Government, and ufed in pub- 
 lick Writings. 
 
 Government.] This Ifland, after many Turns of Fortune, was 
 prefented by the Emperor Charles V to the Knights of St. John of 
 Jerufalem, whofe Place of Refidence it hath hitherto been, fince 
 the Lofs of Rhodes j and is now goverened by the Patron of that 
 Order, filled Grand Mnfttr of the Hofpital of St. John of Jerufa- 
 lem, l*rince of Malta and Qo%e. The Knights did forn^erly confifl of 
 feven different Nations, whereof the Englijh was one ; but now they 
 are only fix, the Englijh being withdrawn at the Reformation. 
 
 Arms. ] For j^rms, the Great Mafler beareth a white Crofs with 
 four Points, commonly called the Crofs of Jerufalem. 
 
 Religion.] The eflablifhed Religion in Malta is the Roman, being 
 made cflential to this Order. Tjie Knights are under a Vow not to 
 marry ; but as they make no religious Vow of Abflinence, they are 
 abundantly fupplyed with young Greek Wenches from the Morea 
 and Turky Iflaiids, which they get either by Purchafe or Capture. 
 
 C A N D I A. 
 
 J\>«f.]nr*HIS Ifland, the famous Crete of old, is termed by the 
 
 X French, Candie ; by the Germans, Candien ; by the Ita-. 
 
 llansy Spaniards, ^nd Engli^j, Candia : So called from its chief 
 
 Town 
 
Part II. European IJlands. 233 
 
 Town Candle tat Candacet built by the Saracens, who from their 
 new Town gave the Ifland a new Name. 
 
 The Length Eafl: and Weft is three Degrees and a Quarter in 
 Latitude 35, which gives 49 Miles to a Degree : So that the Ex- 
 tent i^ 160 Miles. The Breadth is various from 19 to 40. Se- 
 veraiGrammar Books write the Length 200 Miles; which is done 
 ignorantly by counting 60 to a Degree of Longitude. Its middle 
 Pofition from London is 25 Eaft. 
 
 Jir."] The jfir of Candia is generally very fair and temperate, 
 but the South Winds are often dangerous and fufFocating. The 
 oppofite Place of the G'obe to this Ifland is 35 South Latitude, and 
 '55 Degrees Weft of London in the Pacific Ocean. 
 
 Soil. ] This Ifland is bleft with a very rich and fertil Soily fro- 
 ducing in great abundance Corn, Wine, Oil, and moft Sorts of 
 excellent Fruit. The longeft Day in Candia is about 14 Hours 
 and Half. 
 
 Commodities.] The chief Produft of this Ifland, is Wine, Honey, 
 and Wheat, all excellent : Wax, Gum, Olives, Wool, Silk, and 
 Laudanum. 
 
 Rarities.] At the Bottom of Mount Jda on the Southfide, is a 
 ftrange Cavity under a Hill, fmall at the Entry, but filled with a 
 MuUitude of intricate Windings, which our modern Travellers per- 
 fuade themfelves to be the Remains of King Minos his Labyrinth, fo 
 much talked of by the Antients. 
 
 Bijbops] Before the Tar^fj had this Ifland. there was one Arch- 
 biftiop \vho had nine Suffragans ; but now there is one Greek Arch- 
 hiihop of Candia, Metropolitan for the Whole, with two Suffragans, 
 Canea and Red mo. 
 
 Manners.] The People of this Ifland are famous for the Antiquity 
 of their Monarchy, and the excellent Laws and Govermeut of 
 their King Minos, who lived a hundred Years before ihf. ^rojan 
 War. But in after Times they degenerated, and were given to 
 Knavery, Debauchery, and Lying, elpecially the Inil ; for which 
 they were fo remarkable, that a notorious Lye was called a Cretan 
 Lye. And for this Vice they were reproached by Ey:mimJfs, one 
 of their own Poets, whom St. Paul quotes in liir. hrtb CiKiptcr to 
 Titus. They were noted for their Skill in maritime AiFalrs, and 
 their Dexterity in the Ufe of Slings and Bows. The prerent Inha- 
 bitants 
 
 'it 
 
 m 
 
 t 
 
i^ 
 
 2^4; European IJlatids, PaiiT VL 
 
 bltants b^ing T«^ii and Greeh, their refpefUve Cfikraaers are al« 
 ready ^ven. 
 
 fffffnrai'^.] Latigvagii \itrt in Ufe aref t&e vulgar 6rtek and 
 7urkijht efpecially the formeir ; the Number of Greeks on the Ifland 
 being far greater thafe that of theTiur^i ; Fcur a Specijneh of which 
 language, fee the Article oi Greece, 
 
 GovernmeHt.'] This Ifland, after a bloody and tedious War' of 
 twentyfour Years between the Turks and Venetians, was conftrained 
 to fubmit to the Ottoman Yoke 1669; and is now governed by a 
 Beglerbeg appointed by the Grand Signor. Hh Rcfidence is at 
 Candy^ the Capital City of the whole Ifland. 
 
 Religion."] Chriflianitj according to the Greek Church is here pro- 
 f£ft by Toleration ; but Mahomettfm is the Religion eflabliftied by 
 /lothority. This Ifland received the Light of the Gofpel fo early 
 al in the Apoftolick Age. 
 
 c r p R V s, 
 
 A'a/»^.]npHIS Ifland, lying in 4^«, at the Bottom of the Medi- 
 X terraneatiy had formerly a Variety of other Names ; 
 particularly thofe of Acamantist Amathufiay Afpeliay Crypto^ Cerajlis, 
 Macaria, jErofat and is now called by the Italians, J/ola di Cypro ; 
 by the Spaniari/s, Cbypre j by the French, Cypre ; and by the Germans 
 and Euglijh, Cyprus ; fo named, as moft imagine, from Kvw^t^ or 
 Copper, wherewith this Ifland did abound in former Times, and 
 therefore called jErofa, 
 
 The Length of Cyprus is 1 30 Miles at moft, and the Breadth 
 about 50. Its Poficion is in 35 North Latitude and 34 Eaft Lon- 
 gitude from London : Therefore the oppofite Part of the Globe is 
 3) South Latitude, and 146 Weft Longitude from London, which 
 makes 1 80 in the Great South Sea. 
 
 Air!\ There being feveral Lakes, and fome natural Saltpits in 
 Cyprus, from which abundance of noxious Vapors daily arife, thefe 
 intermixing themfelves with the Body of the Atmofphere, render 
 the jlir very grofs and unhealthful to breathe in, efpecially during 
 the fultry Heat of Summer. 
 
 Soil.] Cyprus was formerly bleft with fo rich and fruitful a Soil, 
 that from its Fertility, and feveral Mines found tiierein, the Greeks 
 
 bellowed 
 
Fart II. European Iflands, 23$ 
 
 bellowed upon this Iflaad the defirable Epithet of Macaria or 
 Bltffid. But now it is remarlcable for neither of thefe, efpecially 
 the former, being in moft Parts very barren, though commonly xt» 
 prefented otherwife ; for it is thinly peopled and the Land in ge« 
 neral neglected. The longeft Day is 14 Hours and Half. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Prodiifl of this Ifland is Cottoti» Qif« 
 Honey, Saffron, Rhubarb, Coloquintida, Scammonyi Turpentine, 
 black and White Alom, and Tome Silk. 
 
 Rarities."] On the Eaflern Part of this Ifland ftands the famous 
 Famagujia, remarkable at prefent for its modern Fortifications ; and 
 iridBaorable for the unfortunate valor of the VenetianSy againft the 
 furious Aflaults of Solyman II, who with his numerous Army re- 
 duced it in 1570, after a Siege often Months. 2. Near Famagujla 
 are the Ruins of an antient City, generally fuppofed to have been 
 that of Salamis, and afterwards Conjiantia ; which was ranfacked 
 by the yenvs, in the Time of the Emperor Trajan ; and finally dc- 
 fWoyed by the Saracens in the Reign of HeracUus. 3. Nigh that 
 Promontory on the South, commonly called TkeCapeofCatSt but 
 formerly Curias, are the Ruins of a Monaftery of Greek Calcyers, 
 which gave the Cape its Name, from a remarkable Cufldm to 
 which thefe Monks were obliged, namely. Their keeping a certain 
 Number of Cats, for the hunting and deftroying of many Serpenti 
 that infefted thofe Parts of the Ifland ; to which Exercife thofe 
 Creatures are faid to have been fo nicely bred, that at the firft' 
 Sound of the fiell they would give over their Game« and immeda^ 
 ately run t« the Convent. 4. In the Maritime Village of Salines^ 
 is a ruinous Greek Churchy where Strangers are led into a little oljl- 
 fcure Tomb, which the modern Greeks affirm to be the Place of 
 LoKarus^s fecond Interment 5. Adjacent to Salines, is a remark- 
 able Lake or natural Saltpit, of a confiderable Extent, whofe Water 
 congeals into folid white Salt, by the Power of the Sunbeanis. 
 Lajlly, In this Ifland is a high Mountain, being the antient Olympus 
 of Cyprus, called by the Franks, The Mountain of Holy Cro/s ; re- 
 markable for nothing at prefent, except a few Monafteries of Greek 
 Caloyers, of the Order of St. Bafil. 
 
 Sijiops.] Here is one Greek jlrchbijhop of Nicofia ; and four Bi- 
 fhops, whofe Places of Reiidence are Papbos, Famagujla, Lame/a^ 
 Ceranes. 
 
 Manners."] This Ifland being inhabited by Greeks and Mahomet' 
 ans, efpecially the former, who are far fuperior in Number to the 
 Turks, their refpefUve Chara^crs are already given in the Sedion 
 aiTur^, 
 
 Language.] 
 
^ 1 
 
 H 
 
 236 European I/lands. Part II. 
 
 Laftguagt-I Languages here in Ufe, are the Turkijh and ttulgar 
 Greekt efpecially the latter ; but Lingua Franca is the Tongue they 
 commonly fpeak with Strangers, it being underftood and ufed by 
 all mercantile People in thofe Parts. 
 
 Government."] This Ifland hath been fubjefl:, at different Times, 
 to many different Sovereigns, particularly the Cretans ; Egyptians ; 
 Romans ; once the Englijh, when conquered by Richard I. and laflly 
 the Venetians^ from whom it was taken by the Turksy 1570, under 
 whofe Dominion it now remains, and ruled by its particular Bajfa 
 or Beghrbegt whofe Refidence is at Nicojia. ■ • ' 
 
 Religion.'] The Inhabitants of this Ifland being Greeks and Turks t 
 as aforefaid, the former profefs Chriilianity according to the Te- 
 nets of the Gr^k Church, and the latter Mahomettjm according to 
 their Alkoran ; for the principal Articles of which fee lurky. As 
 to the franks refiding here, they make Profeffion of the re^eflive 
 Religions of the Country from whence they come. This Ifland re- 
 ceived Chriftianity from St. Paul himfelf, and Barnabas, his faith- 
 ful Companion. 
 
 Other IJlands in the Mediterranean, and Archipelago. 
 
 Negropant mm," 
 Ltmnos — — 
 Naxia — — 
 Tenedos — — 
 hUteline — 
 Cbio •' 
 
 Samos 
 Coos - 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 >Z< 
 
 Rhodes -.»— 
 
 Cerigo • 
 Zant — — 
 Cephalonia — 
 Corfu ' ■ ■■. 
 
 «> 
 U 
 
 f Idem, E. of Greece* 
 Stalitnene. 
 Idem. 
 Idem 
 Idem 
 Idem --s.. .f. 
 
 Idem >^" ^>- 
 
 Idem 
 
 Idem 
 
 Idem, lying between Candie and the Morea. 
 
 Idem — 
 
 Argofioli — V In the Adriatic Sea. 
 
 Idem — 
 
 
 I. Negropont, formerly Buhea, an Ifland go Miles long, but very 
 narrow, is generally thought to have joined the main Continent, 
 and feparated therefrom by an Earthquake. The Soil is very 
 fruitful, and M. Ciriflo is noted for excellent Marble, and the fa- 
 mous Stone Amiantos or AJhefics. The whole Ifland is fubjeft to the 
 Turks, and ruled by a Captain Bajfa, who has the Command of all 
 Livadea, and is Admiral of the Turkijh Fleet. 
 
 II. Lgmnes, 
 
Part II; European IJlands. 237 
 
 ' II. Lemnos, about 60 Miles in Circuit, fo famous among the Po- 
 ets* is likewiie fubjefl to the Turks. It is alfo called Stalimtue from 
 its chief Town, and is noted only for a kind of medicinal Earth, 
 formerly called Terra Lemnia, but now Terra SigillatOt becaufe 
 yearly gathered and put up in little Sacks, which are fealed with 
 the Grand Signior^ Signet, but otherwife not vendible to the Mer- 
 chant. Tis good againll Poifon, and for topping of Blood. 
 
 III. Naxia, olim Naxos, is about 60 Miles in Compafs in La- 
 titude 37. Here are fome Inhabitants of the Romijh Religion, but 
 the Greeks are much more numerous. The firft have an Archbilhop 
 appointed by the Pope. The Greek Archbilhop is faid to be very 
 rich, and hath a fpiritual jurifdiftion over feveral of the adjacent 
 Iflands. 
 
 IV. Tenedos, an ^/;«^/ much noted of old, as being dedicated to 
 i^polh, and the Place where the Greeks hid themfelves when they 
 feigned to have loft all Hopes of taking Troy. Tis now in Poffeffion 
 of the Turks, and remarkable for nothing at prefent, except its 
 excellent Mufcadin Wine. Tis about 20 Miles round. 
 
 V. Metelin, now fcarce rem.irkable for any thiag, but its Name 
 of Lrjbos ; for Metelin is only the chief Town ; was the Birthplace 
 of Sappho^ the Inventor of Sapphick Verfe. Twas for fome Time 
 under the Venetians, but now fubjeft to the Grand Signior j and is 
 about 100 Miles round. 
 
 VI. Chio or Chios f about 80 Miles in Circuit, is an IJland of 
 much Requeft among the Turks for its great Plenty of Majiicky 
 which is yearly gathered by the Sultan's Gardiners^ for the Ufe of 
 the Seraglio. The rertetians, for a fhort Time, were Mailers of 
 this IJland. It abounds with Corn, Wine, Honey, Oil, Fruit, Gums, 
 efpccially Majlick. The Greeks here are 100,000. The Turks and 
 Latins 1 2,000 more. 
 
 VII. Samosf about 70 Miles in Compafs. There's fcarce any 
 
 IJland \n the Archipelago more frequently mentioned by the Antients, 
 than this of Sumos. It went alfo by the Names of Farfhenia, Anthe" 
 mo/a, Mehmphilos, Cyparija, and levcral others. Tis now fubjeft 
 to the Turk, and hath reafon to boaft of nothing fo much, as having 
 been the Birthplace of the famous Philofopher Pythagoras. The In- 
 habitants are all Greeks, and have here an Archbifliop. 
 
 VIII. Cjas, about 60 Miles in Circuit, was rcma'-kable of old 
 for the Temple of jE/culnpius, and belpg the Birthplace of the re- 
 nowned HippQcrutes and Apellts. It did belong to the Knights of 
 
 1 Rhodes, 
 
! 
 
 j^38 European Viands. Fart II. 
 
 Rbodti, but now to the Turh, It abounds with Corn, Wine, Olivet, 
 and all Neceflaries of Life } Turpentine, Fruitrees, and Cyprefs. 
 
 IX. Rhodes. This IflanJ\s famous through the World, for that 
 Buee brazen Cohjfus of the Sun^ formerly here erected, and defer^ 
 vedly reckoned one of the World's Wonders. The Inhabitants were 
 likewife fo celebrated foi: their Skill in Navigation^ that for fome 
 Ages they were Lords of thofe Seas i and made fo juft and excel- 
 Ient|Law8 in Maritime Affairs^ as were afterwards efteemed worthy 
 of being incorporated with the Roman Laws. After the Lofs of 
 Jeru/at^m^ this IJland was taken from the Saracens in 1 309 by the 
 Hofpitallerst or Kniehts of St. Johnt who continued Mailers of it 
 till 1522, when Sotyman II conquered it by the Treachery of a 
 Portuguefet and the Knights had Malta given them inftead thereof 
 by the Emperor Charles V. Since which Time it hath owned the 
 Grand Siguier for Sovereign, and is now ruled by a particular Baja 
 fent thither from the Ottoman Port, Rhodes is 30 Miles long, 1 5 
 broad, and 90 in Circuit. 
 
 X. Cerigo, the antient Cytherat is inhabited by Greeks, and fub- 
 jeft to the Refnbiick of Veni/e. Tis governed by a noble Venetian, 
 in Quality of a Prvueditor, who is renewed every two Years. This 
 Ifle producerh fome excellent Wine^ but in no great Quantity. Tis 
 alfo ftockea with Plenty of good Veni/ouy likewife Corn and Oil fuf- 
 £cient for the Number of its Inhabitants. The Greeks refiding 
 here have the greater Veneradon for this Place, upon account of a 
 vulgar Opinion current among them, that St. John the Divine be. 
 gan here to write his Apocalyffe. The Circumference of this Ifland 
 iA 40 Miles. 
 
 XI. Zanti formerly Zacyntbus, is another Ifland belonging to 
 the Fettetiansj and one of the richeft in the Streights, abounding with 
 Wine s^nd 0/7, but moftly noted for Currans and Mufcadin Grapes, 
 of which there is fuch Plenty, that many Ships are yearly freight- 
 ed with them for diverfe Ports of Europe, particularly England. 
 And fuch Advantage is that Trade to the Republick of Venife, that 
 the Promts thereof, according to the Tefiimony of a late Traveller, 
 ferve to defray the Charges of the Venetian Fleet. In this Ifland 
 are feveral remarkable Fountains, out of which there bubbles a 
 pitchy Subflance in great Qiiantity. In the Monaflery of St. Mary 
 efthe Crofsy is the Tomb of Cicero and Terentia his Wife, with two 
 feveral Infcriptions, one for him and one for her, found upon a 
 Stone, dug out of the Ground near the faid Tomb. The Inhabit- 
 ants, who are moflly Greeks, are at lealt 40,000, half of which are 
 in the City of Zant. The Ifland is about 30 Miles in Circuit, and 
 governed by a Provedftor from Fenife, 
 
 XII. Cepha- 
 
Part II. 
 
 Xurapeqn Jfiflfids* 
 
 m 
 
 XIT. Ctfbalmiat antientjy Cephalftfia, is Ukeiyifir under tbe State 
 of P'eni/et and abounds with fine &i\, ^ufcadin Raifins, Curnus* 
 and excellent Wine. The Governor and Biftiop relide at Argoftwu 
 This Ifland w^s beftowed.upon tfoe Republic Q^Veni/e in 1224, b/ 
 Gaio then Lord thereof, bin maflered by the Turks in 1479, ^ "^ 
 after twenty Years were driven thence by the Vemti^nst whp repe. 
 pled it with ChriiUans ; and afterwards fortifying the fape Zf^f^x^ 
 future Invafioni, have hitherto continued Mafters thereof. Tl^e 
 Circumference of this Ifland is a^bout 100 Affiles ; ^nd tiie J^h^it- 
 ants j^hieAy Greeks ^ vvho pay a yearly Tribute to the Repuplic. 
 
 XIII. Corfut forn^er^y Cor^r^t which lyes farther Nprch, .h^ 
 a very healthful Air, and fruitful Soil for Wine, ,pil, andiC^iTi. 
 It hath alfo Plenty of $alt, Fruitrees, aiid Cedar. It |>elqi)gti to 
 the Republic of Fe»ife, and is defervedly called Th Port of the 
 Gulf, and Barrier of Italy. The Government thereof is lodged in 
 feveral noble Venetianst whofe CommifTion holds for the Space of 
 two Years : The Proveditor or Governor, the Bailiffs, and Captains 
 of the Forts. The Greeks are very numerous in this Ifland, an4 
 have a Vicar General, whom they ftile ?roto Papa. In the Time 
 ofSo/yman II, 20,000 Turks landed in Corfu, under the Command 
 of the famous BarbaroJ/a ; yet fuch was the Condufk of the Vene' 
 tians, that they forced him to make a ftiameful Retreat. Corfu u 
 in length 34 miles, but in many Places very narrow ; and 90 Miles 
 round at moil. The Inhabitants are about 60,000. 
 
 The Dimenfibns of the foregoing Iflands and other Places, are 
 compared with thofe of the accurate Mr. DanviU not only in his 
 great Maps, but thofe alfo which he made for Rollings Antient Hif- 
 tory. And though thefe Iflands are defcribed under the Name of 
 European, as lying in the Mediterranean Sea, yet fome of the laft are 
 in Jjia, as before obferved. 
 
 I fliall finifli this Chapter with defcribing the upper and lower 
 Boundary between Europe and AJia. The laft European Ifland in 
 the Mediterranean South is Candie. Ajlypalea now Stampalea, and 
 Carpathos now Scarpanto, with Cafo, are in the firll Limits of AJia, 
 The Line of Separation comes from the Dardanels or HelleJ^ont, 
 between Lemnos Weft and Tenedos Eaft ; leaving Skyros Weft and 
 Chios Eaft ; between Lebinthos and hero^ leaving Amorgos Weft and 
 Afiypalea Eaft ; between Scarpanto and Cufo Eaft, leaving Candia 
 on the Weft. 
 
 The Greek Iflands Weft of this Line are called Cydades : Thofe 
 on the Eaft %i it are called Sporades* 
 
 1 
 
 The 
 
240 European Jfflands. Pari* It. 
 
 The North Boandary is made up conjunAly by the four Rivers 
 Don, Wolgut Kama, and Oly. 
 
 Remark on the Situation of Malta. 
 
 Some Authors defcribe this Ifland as belonging to Africa., but my 
 Opinion is different ; for as it lyes within 50 Miles of Bicily, and 
 more than 1 50 from any Coaft of Africky there is no Geographer 
 would turn it out of Europe, except one who has never examined a 
 j'ood Map. Another Argument againft it is this. The Ifland Crete 
 r.o>y Candle hath ever belonged to Europe \ therefore Malta, lying 
 ill a higher Latitude, muft undoubtedly claim the fame Quarter. 
 The Parallel of 35 runs crofs the Ifle of Crete, but Malta touches 
 the Line of 36. 
 
 ) •. . 
 
 J • 
 
 t;; 
 
 ' I 
 
 ••;.l ,( i,'.'-^ 
 
 \ \.\: t: 
 
 CHAP. 
 
 o 
 
 ; I 
 

 !"'.- 
 
 ' •»<» • 
 
 » f 
 
 '-H' 
 
 
 i 
 
 » <►,>» , «|M 
 
 
 ■.IX 
 
 »' f--<^: 
 
 
 l! 
 
 r 
 
 " yj "s^ • 
 
 rj . 
 y^/. 
 
 kS'^! 
 
 .^^.fU., 
 
 k 
 
 I 
 
 
 ^I^'l 
 
 r'ce; 
 
 J' 
 
 te^ 
 
 
 I 
 
 If- 
 
 ■;...■ '-^ 
 
 J^ 
 
 >» ! 
 
 , -+<« •■»»• 
 
 ■■|.,; .■<'?* 
 
 ^^/ 
 
 ■& 
 
 rx ^K^ <K 
 
 , fc I. r ft ■• * V 
 
 'Ai 
 
 n 
 
 ■--,■• 
 
 
 
 ■ -'"v* 
 
 '..-:d? 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 •i\\ 
 
 l."s vV^' 
 
 
 
 .'V. 
 
 ^IU>^ 
 
 4 "% 
 
 
 
 
 kfL rff^ 
 
 ^^jK -«. Aiitlton'ticf « 
 
 '^r t^ 
 
 
 i 
 
 ft^t^c^A ma 
 
 
 «N) 
 
 
 
 
 
 ..*^ 
 
 *Fm 
 
 
 •"»!. 
 
 
 
 
 
If 
 
Part II. 
 
 241 
 
 CHAP, 11. 
 
 Of A s I A, 
 
 The Second grand Quarter. 
 
 General 
 Divifion 
 
 tartary 
 
 China - 
 India — 
 
 Perjia 
 
 } 
 
 " C Bokara^ Manas^ 
 l Xfitficar^ London, 
 
 Pekin. 
 
 Turky in JJia 
 [^Jrabia ■' ' 
 
 ,^ J Dehli. 
 Ifpaban, 
 Aleppo: 
 ^Mecka, 
 
 U 
 
 And the Afiatic IJIands. 
 
 Of all which in their Order. 
 
 SECT. 
 
24« 
 
 Part II. 
 
 ! I 
 
 I ,11 
 
 V I 
 
 SECT. I. 
 dBttnt SCattat^* 
 
 Extent and Situation. 
 
 Length 35207 
 Breadth 1000 J 
 
 between 
 
 C 60 and 140 Ead Longitude. 
 (35 and 52 North Latitude. 
 
 From Lake Aral near the Cafpian Sea Weft, to the great River 
 SahaHttt in the Chinefe Tartary on the Eaft, 80 Degrees, which at 
 the Medium of 44 Miles to a Degree make 3520. 
 
 The Breadth from South to North is various, containing about 
 17 Degrees, or 1000 Miles. 
 
 Subdivifions of Great Tartary as they lye from Weft to Eatt, be- 
 ing fo many different Nations or Tribes. 
 
 Nations. 
 turktfian^ about the 45th Degree North *- 
 
 Bekaria, South of Turkiflatiy inclnding the UJbeg 
 and Kurgi Tartars ■ ■■ ■ ■ • 
 
 I 
 
 Little Bokarioy Eaft of the former — — — 
 Calmuk Eleutty North of the Great Defert 
 Calkas Tartars, North of China . ■ 
 
 Bangui Tartars, between the Kalcas and China — — 
 Mancheu Tartars^ Northeaft oi China, divided into three, 
 JNimguta South, they who Conquered China ■ 
 Tahuri, North of the River Songar ■ —1 
 
 Tupi, North«ift, on the Setha/ien River 
 
 Chief City, 
 Tunkat. 
 Bokara. 
 Samarkan. 
 Kogend. 
 Hajhgar. 
 Manas. 
 Kia£la. 
 Hotunhu, 
 only. 
 Nimguta. 
 Tfttftcar. 
 Tondon* 
 
 Tibet, tho no Part of Tartary, is often defcribed with it. It lyes 
 between the Frontiers of Indofian and China, North of Bengal, and 
 South from the Cohi or Great Defert. Tis a large Nation ; fee the 
 chief Towns at the End of this Article. This Country is governed 
 by a High Brieft called the Great Lama, whofe Pagod, or fan£li'2 
 fyed Palace, is at Tonhr in the Province of La/a, Lat. 29, 35. 
 
 AtfW.] *T|^ H I S Tartary, being the old Scythia and Serica, is 
 
 X bounded on the Eaft by the Pacific Ocean ; on the 
 
 Weft by Mofcovy ; on the North by Siberia j and on the South by 
 
 fndia and China. Tis called by the Italians and Spaniards, Tartaria -, 
 
Part IL fartary. 343 
 
 by the French, 7arta ie ; by the Germans, Tar^arigen ; and by the 
 Englijh, Tartary. 1 he Original of this Name is uncertain ; but 
 the bell Account is from thofe Authors who derive it from a Turk- 
 ijlan Prince, one of the Sons of Alanza Kan, called Tatar, and 
 afterwards Tartar, which Name fpread itfelf by Degrees over all 
 the North of jijia. Tis alfo called Great Tartary, to diftinguifti it 
 from Little Tartary in Europe* 
 
 Air.'\ According to the foregoing Divifion the y^/r of thefe Coun- 
 tries in general mull be 6ne, temperate and healthy ; for between 
 the Latitudes of s; and 52 the happiell Lands and Climates of the 
 Globe are mollly included. The Antipodes to the Calkas Tartari 
 are the People o( South America between the Latitudes of 45 and 50. 
 
 Soil.'] The fame Reafon for the Goodnefs of Air prevails alfo for 
 the natural Goodnefs and Fertility of Soil. Spain, France, Italy^ 
 South Germany and Turky are comprehended in the fame Latitudes 
 as thtfe Tartar Countries ; but the Difl'crence is, the Lands here, 
 for Want of Culture and Improvement, are far Icfs profitable: The 
 Table of Climates will difcover the longed Day in any of thefe 
 Provinces, accordi»g to the Latitude of their Situation. 
 
 Commodities.'] The principal Traffick of thele Parts is in Drugs 
 and feveral Skins, particularly Sables, Martins, Ermins and Foxes : 
 Alfo Flax and Silk ; Muik, Cinnamon, great Quantities of Rhubarb,' 
 and fine Turky Stone. 
 
 Rarities,] Inllead of natural Rarities in this little frequented 
 Country, we may mention that prodigious Wall dividing Tartary 
 from Clina, eredted by the Chinefe, to hinder the frequent Incur- 
 fions of their unwelcome Neighbors the Tartars. Tis commonly 
 reckoned 1500 Miles in Length, 30 Foot high, and 15 broad; for 
 the Space at Top is wide enough for fix horfemen to ride abreaft. 
 This Wall is likewife fortifyed at proper Diftances with llrong 
 Towers, to the Number of three thoufand. I'he Time of its build- 
 ing is computed to be at lead zco Years before the Nativity of 
 Chrift. 
 
 Manners.] The Tartars in general are People of a fwarthy Com- 
 plexion, llrong Bodies, and middle Stature. The common Shape 
 of their Faces is broad, with hollow Eyes, little Beards, thick 
 Lips, flat Nofes, and a Hern vifage. In Behaviour they are very 
 free and hofpitable. Corn they have none, for they negleft all 
 Sort of Tillage ; and their Wealth confiileth chiefly in Cattel, for 
 which th^ir main imployment is to find Pafture. They eat Rice 
 and Millet for which they traflick, and their ufaal Drink is Mare's 
 
 S 2 Milk 
 
 I'-i 
 
 .S" 
 
244 Tarlary, Part II 
 
 Milk or other Milk and V/ater ; and as for animal Food they lov 
 Horfeflefli, though they have Sheep and Oxen. Their Manner o 
 living is commonly in Tents in the open Fields, which they re- 
 move from Place to Place according to the Time of Year and 
 Convenience of Grazing. Many of them make excellent Soldiers, 
 being not only willing and able to bear great Fatigues, but alfo 
 very dextrous and daring in Time of Ingagement. , 
 
 Language.'] The Language ufcd here by the ^J^aa Tartan^ is not 
 very different from the lartarcjk, fpoken by thofe of Ctim Tartary^ 
 a Specimen of which is already given in Europe ; and both are 
 greatly intermixt with the prefent Turkip : But in the Eaflern Parts 
 their Language hath more Affinity with the Chinefe. 
 
 '. Government.'] All the aforefaid Tartar Nations are independent 
 of any Empire or Monarchy ; for the whole wide extenfive Traft, 
 ufually called North Tartary^ being difcovered by tiie Mofccvites, 
 hath been long fubje£l to the RuJ/ian Empire, and under that Do- 
 minion by the Name of Siberia. For the antient Scytbia, which is 
 the modern Tartary now defcribed, never extended higher than 48 
 or 49 Degrees, and indeed the Antients knew no farther on that 
 Side the Cafpian. The different Nations and Tribes of Tartars 
 have each their particular Kan, by whom they are led, governed, 
 and difciplined. The Kan's chief Refidence is a kind of military 
 Station, which is moved and fhifted according to the Chance of 
 War and other Occafions. The Kan of the Calmuk Tartars hath 
 his principal Station at Harkas. The great Priell or Lama of the 
 C alkas hath his Refidence between the Rivers Orron and Selingt 
 Southwell of Selinginjki^ which is a Ruffian Frontier. The grand 
 Lama or prieftly Sovereign of Tibet never concerns himfelf with 
 temporal Affairs : He appoints a lay Governor in chief, called Tipa, 
 who performs that OfHce for him, and wears the Lama Habit to 
 give proper Sandion to his Authority. 
 
 Religion.] The People of thefe difFe* ^ Regions are partly Pa. 
 gan, partly Mahometan, and partly Chrifiiati. Paganifm doth chiefly 
 prevail in the Eajiern Parts. In the Southiueji Provinces they are, 
 for the moft Part, Followers of Mahomet\ Doflrine, in the two 
 S.fb or oppohte Parties oi Alt and Omar. Towards the Cafpian 
 Sea, are found a conOderable Number o( yews, thought by fome 
 to be the Ofspring of the ten Tribes, led away captive by Salvia • 
 naj[ar. Thofe of the Chridian Religion are the Armenians,' who arc 
 very numerous, and great Merchants in the Wejlern Tartary. In 
 Tibet the grand Lama fits crofsieggcd on a kind of Altar, with a 
 magnificent Cufhion under him, in which manner he receives the 
 * fubmifTive 
 
Part II. Tariaty, 445 
 
 fubmifllve Adoration of his own Subje£ls, and Multitudes of other 
 Strangers who come from Jn^iia, and the Tartar Nations, to pay 
 him Homa{<;e and receive the Felicity of his Benedi£lion. Even 
 Princes perform this religious Duty, and to whom the Lama (hews 
 no more Refpef^ than to the meanefl of his'own People. He only 
 lays his Hand on the Heads of his Worfhipers, who then believe 
 all their Sins are pardoned. This Devotion arifes from the exalted 
 idea they have of the great Lama's Power and Sanctity : That he 
 is AUknowing and Immortal ; that the real Divinity lives in him ; 
 that when he dyes in Appearance, he only changeth his Abode, 
 being born again or transfufed into a new intire Body ; and that 
 the Place of his Refidence is made known by certain Tokens, which 
 all the Kans and Princes are obliged to learn of other Lamas, Dif- 
 ciples of the Former, who are infpired for that Furpofe. The infe- 
 rior Lamas are innumerable. 
 
 The Extent oi Tibet is 1300 Miles, from the Northweft Limits 
 of Moguly to Tangut «nd China in tne Eaft. The River ^«/« runs 
 over moft Part of it to the Kingdom of Ava^ where it joins the Ava 
 at the City of than Name, and both running South fall into the 
 Ocean below Mero in Pegu. 
 
 Chief Places in Tibet beginning Weft, 
 
 EJkerdUf Lataki T/aprovgy Gitt, Kerton, AridfoHt Paridfotty Tinkia, 
 Baddoy yikfeyt Riticpo, Tpuforj Tonker^ Oitong, TJhekoy Shokty, Tar/ong, 
 Souk, Surman, Tarem/ong, Ton/ongt Sonfong, Shurton, Pat 
 
 S3 
 
 SECT. 
 
34^ 
 
 Part U 
 
 SECT. jr» 
 
 Empire of €f}im. 
 
 Miles. 
 Length 1 740 7 
 Preadth J380 J 
 
 Extent and Situation, including Corea. 
 
 Degrees, 
 
 98 and 132 Eaft Longitude. 
 
 20 and 43 North Latitude. 
 
 between 
 
 This is properly the Extent of its Dominion ; but due Nor^ 
 ar.d South, or due Eaft and Weft, Cl?/na meafures about 1 1 30 
 Miles either Way. 
 
 Tis divided into thefef Fifteen' Provinces, with their Number of 
 iirft Rank Cities, called Fu, including the Capital of each. 
 
 Provinces. 
 Pckeli, nine Fu 
 Shanton, fix Fu 
 Shanjt, five Fu 
 Shenft, eight Fu •— — 
 Honan, eight Fu — — 
 Kiannariy fourteen Fu 
 Tjekian, eleven Fu — 
 Kinnji^ thirteen Fu — 
 Fckien, nine Fu —— .. 
 Hukoan, fifteen Fu *- 
 
 KuntoHy ten Fu 
 
 Setchucn, ten Fu — — 
 Ko'tchtu, eleven Fu 
 Kctnji, twelve Fu — 
 Yunnan^ nineteen Fu 
 
 Chief City. 
 
 Pekin. 
 
 T fin tin. 
 
 'Fayuen. 
 
 Sr'gnn. 
 
 Cuyfon. 
 
 Nan kin, 
 
 Hatitche^. 
 
 Nantchan, 
 
 Futcheu. 
 
 Futchan, 
 
 Kanton. 
 
 Tchintu, 
 
 Koeyan. 
 
 Ke'tlin. 
 
 Yunnan. 
 
 Thefe are railed Imperial Provinces, being within the great 
 Wall. The other two are under the fame Dominion, but have not 
 the fame Privileges. 
 
 1 . Ltauton is a fmall Province on the Northeaft Border : The 
 chief City Shiny an. 
 
 a. Coreay formerly a Kingdom, is a great Peninfula on the Eaft, 
 feparated from China by the Yellow Sea.; Capital City Kinkitao. 
 This Country from North to South meafures full 500 Mile ; and 
 the n^ean Breadth 2co. 
 
 Name.] 
 
iViT II 
 
 ude. 
 ide. 
 
 lue Nor|h 
 }out 1 1 30 
 
 'dumber of 
 :h. 
 
 1 the great 
 mt have not 
 
 order: The 
 
 on the Eaft, 
 
 ty Kinkitao. 
 
 Mile ; and 
 
 Name.] 
 
 
 
^ 2^>Mo2<r(}o 
 
 
 — r, 
 
 iXA 
 
 IT/ 
 
 ■n 
 
 Am-, 
 
 w 
 
 2 
 
 A. '\ 1 -v>" 
 
 I 
 
 I. 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 ,.,,^.J^^-^4€Sf—-rXuaU, 
 
 
 s?;i^5f 
 
 ^7 
 
 «»«'* 
 
 r-«y 
 
 E4M/» 
 
 of 
 I tons 
 
 iCufchnf€fi 
 
 6jiK^^m^-^s£_ 
 
 'at 
 
 Juttat 
 
 ^ 
 
'I 1"' 
 
Part IT. China, 247 
 
 NameJjf^HINA being undoubtedly the Country of the antitnt 
 V^ 5/W, mentioned by Pioltmy and other old Authors, !• 
 bounded Eaft by the Pacific Ocean ; on the Weft by Tibet and Part 
 of India ; on the North by Tartary^ and on the South by Part of 
 the Indian Ocean ; is termed by the Frevch, la Chine ; and by the 
 Italians^ Spaniards, Germans, and Englijh, China ; fo called, accord- 
 ing to the beft Conjecture, from fome o'f its Monarchs, named C/W, 
 who lived before the Nativity of Chrift. Many other Names i( 
 has had fince that Time ; for when ihe Sovereignty falls from on» 
 Family to another, the firft Prince of that Line gives a new 
 Name to the whole Country ; the latcd of which modern Names 
 SLreTamin, fignifying the Kingdom of Brightnefs; and 7/inki the 
 Kingdom of the Middle; the Chinrfe imagining then that the Earth 
 was a fquare Plain, and that their Kingdom had the Advantage 
 Che middle and principal Situation. 
 
 The forefaid Provinces and Cities are taken from the Map of 
 China by Mr. Danvil, Secretary to the Duke of Orleans, who hath 
 wifely introduced the Letter K inftead of ^«, and 7/"inftead of C^, 
 which the Paris Academy of Sciences have not had the Senfe or 
 Courage to do fince their firft Inftitution. By this Reform the pro- 
 per Names in China have their true Pronunciation through the va- 
 rious Kingdoms of Europe ; for ^uanton and ^anji will never 
 found like Kanton and Kanft, to any but Frenchmen. Chi by an Ita- 
 Han is pronounced as A7, and by a Frenchmen Shi, neither of which 
 can exprefs Chinan, Chintu, Chtkian, as an Engli/kman fpeak'^ ; but 
 in Dani'iPs Method with 7" or 7/ all Nations will pronounce alike, 
 namely Tchintu, Tchekian, or TJinan, *Tjintu, Tfekian, or TJhekian. 
 Thus by introducing K and 7", fome thoufand Words in Geography 
 may be faved from Alteration and Dcftruftion. China itfelf by 
 this Rule (hould be Tfena or TJhina, but the Author lets that Word 
 (land, as being univerfally known in the old Way. 
 
 The walled Cities in China are reckoned 4400. There is a Rc- 
 gifter kept of the Families, which amounts to more than ten Mil- 
 lions J therefore at feven to a Family, the Number of Souls muft 
 beieventy Millions. 
 
 Air.'\ The Air in China is very fine and temperate, except to- 
 wards the North, where tis often extremely cold, becaufe of fe- 
 veral high Mountains whofe Tops are generally covered with Snow. 
 The Centre of C/&:«« lying 112 Degrees Eall of London and 3Z 
 North Latitude, the oppofite Part of the Globe is Paraguay, Tucu- 
 man, and Chili, in South America y 68 Degrees Weft of London ^ and 
 32 South Latitude. 
 
 \\ 
 
 m 
 
 
 S 4 
 
 Ssil.] 
 
u 
 
 < i 
 
 I ;i 
 
 248 Chim, Part II. 
 
 ^*V>;7,] This Country has the H.ippinefs of a very rich, fcrtil and 
 wcI! improvffd SJ! infomuch tliai the Inhabitants have cwo, and 
 fometinics thrfe Ha vclU in a Year. It .ibounds with Corn, Wine, 
 nnd all delirate Fruits. Its Lakes and Rivers abound with l'i;h, 
 and fome aflbrd \'?iric:y of Pearls and Bcvsoar of great Value. Its 
 Plains are cxtraortiimry fit for I'allure. and its pleafant I orclh; i»rc 
 every where rtored with all Sorts of \'cnifon. In a Word, the whole 
 Country in jM:rieral is elleemed one of the bed in the World. For 
 the longed Day in any of the Provinces, Confult the Table of 
 Climates. 
 
 Commociifies,'] The Merchandife of China is Gold Dud, precious 
 StoncG, QuicUfilver, Cl.ina Ware, Tea, Silks in grcit Variety, 
 curious Gold Staffs and Cabinets, Cottons, Rhubarb, .Sugar, Mulk, 
 Rice, Ginger, ^c, 
 
 Rriiti-sl Peculiar to this Country is a fhort Tree, with a round 
 Head and very thick, which, in refpedl of its Fruit, may bear the 
 Name of the tatloxv 'Tree ; for at a certain Seafon of the Year lis 
 full of Fruit, containing feveral Kernels about thiiBignefs of a fniall 
 Kut, which Kernels have all the Qualities of Tallow, oting the very 
 fame iis to Colour, Smell, and Confillence ; which by intermixing 
 a little Oil make as good burning Candles, as Eursp'/ms make of 
 pure Tallow itfelf. 2. Here is a large Mountain full of terrible 
 Caverns, in one of which is a Lake of fuch a Nature, that a Stone 
 being thrown therein makes a hideous Noile like a OJap of Thun- 
 der, and lometimes there rifes a grofs Mift, which immtiiiately dif- 
 folves into Water. 3. In the City of Pekin is a prodigious large 
 Bell, weighing 120,000 Pounds, or 60 Tun. The Dimenlion is 
 eleven Foot Diametre and twelve high. 4. In Nankin is another 
 of eleven Foot hi'.;h, feven in Diametre, and about forty Tun 
 Weight. 5. In China are feveral VQlc<.noi, particularly that Moun- 
 tain called Linofung, which vomits out Fire and Afhes fo furioufly, 
 as frequently to raife a Tempefl in the Air. 6. Here are fome 
 Rivers whofe Waters are cold at the Top, but warm beneath \ as 
 alfo feveral remarkable Fountains which fend forth fo hot a Steam, 
 that People ufually boil Meit over them. 7. In this Country are 
 feveral Lakes, remarkable for changing Copper into Iron, or 
 making it juil of the fame Refemblance; as alfo for caufing Storms 
 when any Thing is thrown into them. 8. In the Ifland Hainan^ on 
 the Southfjde oi China ^ there is faid to be Water of fuch a ftrange 
 Quality, that it petrefies fome Sortof Fifh, when they unfortunately 
 chance to enter it. 9. Many are thofe triumphal jlrches, to be ken 
 in mofl: of the noted Cities of the Empire, ereded in Honour of 
 fuch Perfons as have either done fome fignal Service to the State, or 
 have been confpicuous in their Times for their fingular Knowlege. 
 
 tl 
 t( 
 a 
 
Part II. China, 249 
 
 10. In thi$ Country are fcvcral remarkable Bridges, particularly 
 that over a River called Sajrany, which reaches from one Mountain 
 to ano'-her, being four hundred Cubits lone, and Bve hundred high, 
 and all but one Arch, whence tis called by Travellers the F/jing 
 BiiJgc, Here like wife is another of fix hundred and fixty Perches 
 in Length, and one and half broad, Handing upon three hundred 
 Pillars without any Arches. LalUy, in China are many obfervable 
 Plants, Animali^ and Foffilst efpecially the laft, among which is 
 the /JJbeli'is, The Gold and Silver Fijh are very curious; the Male 
 being all red fiom his Head to the Middle, and the other half a 
 bright Gold Colour, beyond the fincft Gilding : The Female is near 
 all over a delicate White, and ihines like the polilht Manufadure 
 of Silver. 
 
 II 
 
 dif- 
 
 arge 
 
 on is 
 
 other 
 
 1 un 
 
 oun- 
 
 ufly, 
 
 ome 
 
 as 
 
 cam, 
 
 are 
 
 or 
 
 orms 
 
 , on 
 
 ange 
 
 ately 
 
 feen 
 
 of 
 
 ■?-. or 
 
 ege. 
 
 Archhijhopi with Suffragans and Univrrjities are hardly to be ex- 
 pefted here ; however this Country, according to the Account of 
 Milfioiiaries, is furnilhed with fome of thcfe; Pekin^ Nankin^ and 
 A/, 'cv.(7, hiiving each a particular Bilhop, nominated by the King of 
 Portugal; and the other Provinces are under the Jurifdidlipn of 
 three Apodolical Vicars, for fuch Matters as privately concern their 
 Intercll and Religion. 
 
 Marnier s.'] The Chine/e for the moft Part are of a fair Complexion, 
 fhort Nofed, black £yed, and very thin Beards, are great Lovers 
 of Sciences, and generally efteemed a very ingenious Sort of People. 
 They had the Ufe of Printing, and Gunpowder, long before either 
 of them was known in Europe ; but that Printing was by a Variety 
 of fine wooden Blocks, in the Manner of our Calico Printers ; and 
 for Want of due Improvement, this Invention hath not turned tofo 
 good an«Account among them as in Europe. Many of them are in- 
 deed confiderable Proficients in feveral Parts of mathematic Learn- 
 ing, as Jrithnutic, Geometry, and Ajironomy ; but fo conceited are 
 they of their own Knowlege in theie Things, and fo mean are their 
 Thoughts of others, that fpeaking of themfelves they ufed to fay, 
 they hvive ttxio Eyes, the Europeans one, and the reft of the World 
 none at all. They who apply themfelves to the Study of Sciences, 
 and make fuch Progrefs as to become Doctors to others, are dif. 
 tinguifhed by their long Nails, fufFering them to grow almoft as long 
 as their Fingers ; that being el^eemed a fmgular Charafleriftick of 
 a profound Scholar, and an honorable Mark between them and Me^ 
 chanical People. 
 
 Language!] The Language of China is extremely difficult for 
 Strangers to acquire, and differs from all others, as to its Nature, 
 Pronunciation, and Way of Writing, i . Its Nature. They ufe no 
 Alphabet, as Europeans do, and at iirft were aftonifhed to hear that 
 
 by 
 
 ^;' 
 
 Hi' 
 
 ■ ^■-'-i.iJ^V."''*"* 
 
250 
 
 China, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 u 
 
 
 •i ; 
 
 li 
 
 IjMll 
 
 by twsntyfour Letters we could exprefs our Thoughts, and fill 
 whole Rooms with Books. Inftead of an Aiph^ibet, they formerly 
 ufed Hieroglyphicks, fetting down the Images of Things for the 
 Things themfelves ; but this being extremely tedious, and likewife 
 defective, there being no fuch Refemblance of pure Abftradts, they 
 then made Characters to fignify Words, numbering them according 
 to the Quantity of Words fufficient to exprefs their Meaning ; which 
 Characters arife to fuch a prodigious Multitude, that not only Stran- 
 gers, but even the Natives themfelves find it very difHcult to acquire 
 an intimate Acquaintance with them all. 2. Its Promnciat'ion. 
 Though all the original Terms of this Tongue are only three hun- 
 dred and thirtythree, yet fuch is their peculiar Way of pronouncing 
 them, that the fame Term admits of various, and even contrary Sig- 
 nifications, according to the various Accent in pronouncing it : And 
 of thefe Accents there are five applicable to every Term, which ex- 
 tremely augments the DifHculty of either fpeaking or underftand- 
 ing this Language to Perfection. The Pronunciation alfo is accom- 
 panied with fuch Variety of Motions of the Hand, that a mute Per- 
 lon can fpeak almoft intelligibly by his Fingers. 3. As to the Man- 
 ner of Writingy they differ from all other Nations ; for whereas 
 Chrillians write from the left Hand to the right, and i\iejenx>s from 
 the right to the left, the Chineje make their Lines from the Top of 
 the Page down to the Bottom. 
 
 Government.'] This great Monarchy was formerly under its own 
 particular King or Emperor, but about the Year 1645 ^^' invaded 
 and fubdued by the Kan of the Mantcheu Tartars from ISin:guta, a 
 Province Northeafl of China. There being at that Time :wo Fac- 
 tions in the Empire, occafioned by bad Government, the weaker 
 Party invited the Tartarian Prinre to their AJiftance; and he with 
 no more than 8000 Men, net only fupplanted tholie he came to 
 fuccour, but in a fhort Time, with furprifing Management, pof- 
 feft himfelf of the Throne, the prefent Emperor being the fourth or 
 fifth in Defcent from him. The Chineje Monarch is feldom fcen, 
 and never fpoke with but upon the Knees. On his Deathbed he 
 may chufe his SuccefTor out of what Family he pleafeth. For bet- 
 ter managing the great Affairs of this populous Empire, he is af- 
 fifted by two Sovereign Councils j One Extraordinary^ compofed on- 
 ly of Princes of the Royal Family, and the other Ordinary^ which 
 befide the Princes, doth confifl of feveral Miniflers of State called 
 Cclaos. But over and above thefe two Councils thert are at Pckin fix 
 Sovereign Courts, whofe Authority extends over all the Empire, 
 and to each of them belong different Affairs. 1 . The Court called 
 Lupou, which prefides over all the Mandarines, and confers upon or 
 takes from them their Offices. 2. Houpou, which looks after the 
 publick Treafury, and takes Care of raifing the Taxes. 3. Lipou^ 
 
 3 which 
 
IRT II. 
 
 and fill 
 formerly 
 s for the 
 likewife 
 fts, they 
 ccording 
 y; which 
 lyStran- 
 D acquire 
 Hnciat'ion, 
 ree hun- 
 nouncing 
 rary Sig- 
 J it : And 
 irhich ex- 
 derftand- 
 is accom* 
 nute Per- 
 the Man- 
 ' whereas 
 foyj from 
 B Top of 
 
 r Its own 
 ., invaded 
 f/:guta, a 
 :wo Fac- 
 e v/caker 
 I he with 
 
 came to 
 
 lent, pof- 
 
 fourth or 
 
 om fccn, 
 
 ithbcd he 
 
 For bet- 
 he is af- 
 pofedon- 
 ry, which 
 ue called 
 Pfiin fix 
 
 Empire, 
 urt called 
 s upon or 
 after the 
 3. Lipou^ 
 which 
 
 Part II. Qfina. 251 
 
 which infpeds and examines into old Cuftoms ; and to which is 
 committed the Care of Religion, Sciences, and forein Affairs. 4. 
 Ptmpou, which hath the Charge of the Soldiery, and other Officers. 
 5. Himfouy which inquires and paiTes Sentence in all criminal Mat- 
 ters. Laftly, Compout which looks after all publick Buildings, as 
 the Emperor's Palaces, and fuch like. I>i each of thefe Courts, the 
 Emperor hath one who may be termed a Private Cenfor ; it being 
 his Bufmefs to obferve all that paffeth, and to acquaint him faith- 
 fully therewith, which makes all Perfons very cautious in their Ac- 
 tions. Over each Province is appointed a Viceroy, and under bira 
 a great many publick Officers. To prevent Oppreffion of the Sub- 
 jet^ by thefe various Minifters, the Emperor had formerly a certain 
 Number of fecrct Spies in every Province to watch the Adions of 
 every publick Officer ; and upon any vifible A&. of Injuftice in Dif- 
 charge of his Office, they were to produce their Commiffion, and by 
 Virtue thereof did feize fuch an Officer, though of the higheft Sta- 
 tion ; but this is laid afide, thofe Perfons having mightily abufed 
 their Power. Yet in lieu thereof they ftill retain one Cuflom, which 
 is certainly very Angular, That every Viceroy and great Officer is 
 bound to take a Note of his own Mifcarriages in the Management 
 of publick Affairs, and humbly acknowleging the fame, is bound to 
 fend them in Writing to Court ; which Tafk is undoubtedly very 
 difagreeable, if duly performed, but more dangerous, if wholly neg- 
 lefted. Very remarkable are three Maxims of State, carefully ob- 
 ferved by the Chine/e Emperors, i ft. Never to give any Mandarin a 
 publick Office in his native Province, left, being of a mean Defcent» 
 it might contribute to his Difparagement, or being well defcended 
 and beloved, he ftiould thereby grow too powerful. 2d, To retain 
 at Court the Children of all great Men in publick Offices, under 
 Pretenfe of giving them good Education ; whereas the Deftgn is to 
 keep them as Hoftages, left their Fathers at any Time (hould betray 
 their Truft, and forget their Duty to the Emperor. Lafily^ Never 
 to fell any publick Office, but to confer the fame according to per- 
 fonal Merit and Capacity. 
 
 jlrms'] The Emperor of China is faid to bear for Armorial En- 
 figns, Argenty Three Blackmoors Heads placed in the Front, their 
 Bult vefted Gule \ but, according to others, two Dragons. 
 
 Religion !\ The Religion in China is Pagani/m, or grofs Idolatry ; 
 and in fome Parts the Dodrine of Mahomet is entertained, being 
 brought in by the Tartars. Of the feveral Idols to which the Chi • 
 nffe pay their Devotion, there are two of chief Note ; One in Form 
 of a Dragon, whom the Emperor and the Mandarins do reli- 
 gioufly worfhip, proftrating themfelves frequently before it, and 
 burning Incenfe to it. The other is called Fohi, fet up in favour of 
 
 one 
 
 ^'i< 
 
 ■»i 
 
 J 
 
■t 
 
 r i 
 
 1 '*a 
 
 Hi 
 
 252 China, Part IL 
 
 one of their own Nation, who is thought to hare florifhed two 
 thoufand Years before Chrift, and for his wonderful Knowlege and 
 Adions was efteemed worthy of being deified at his Death. They 
 look upon hinf> as the Saviour of the World, and that he was fent 
 to teach the Way to Salvation, and make an Atonement for the Sins 
 of Men. They highly prize fomc moral Precepts which they pre- 
 tend he left, and which the Bonxeest or Priefts, do frequently in- 
 culcate upon the Minds of the People. This Fohi moil learned 
 Men fuppofe to be Noah. To this Deity are ere£led many Temples, 
 and he is worfliipped not only under the Shape of a Man, but in the 
 Perfon of a real Man, who they fay never dies ; being upheld in that 
 vain Opinion by the Lamas, or Tartarian Priefts, who. upon the 
 natural Death of that immortal Man, take due Care, as the Egyp- 
 tian Priefts did their Jpis, to put one of their own Number in his 
 Room, of the fame Features and Proportion, or as near as poifi- 
 bly they can. The Chinefe have a prevailing Motive to be cautious 
 in all their Actions, from an Opinion univerfally received among 
 them, That the Souls of their deceafed Friends are frequently pre- 
 fent with them, and narrowly viewing their Deportment. Jf wc 
 may believe the Writings of fome French MiiHonaries, Chrtfiianity 
 had once made fome Prcgrefs in this Country, efpecially in the Pro- 
 vince of Nankin ; and that the Emperor allowed of the fsme by a 
 publick Edidl ; but of late Years it is certain that the Jefuits have 
 been expelled^ and all other MiiTionaries reftrained from propagat- 
 ing the Roman Religion : For the Pope's Supremacy, which of Ne- 
 ceility they are obliged to maintain, is a treafonable Doctrine in all 
 Sovereignties, efpecially thofe that are abfolute ; and as for Tran- 
 fubftantiation, any Dodrine of Paganifm is eafier to be defended. 
 Chriftianity was firft taught in this Part of the World by the Apoftle 
 St. ThomaSt or fom.e of his Difciples ; which Notion is grounded 
 upon an old Breviary of the Indian Churches, wherein are thefe 
 Words, Per Di'vinum Thomam qui njolavit ad Sinas, et deinde ad 
 Regnum Caelorum. 
 
 In Chinay and other Parts of the Eaft, the 
 to Gold is only as ten to one, whereas with 
 Silver are bat equivalent to one Ounce of 
 Europeans make above 33 per Cent. Profit, by 
 Silver. 
 
 Gold Pagoda in China is 
 A Tical of Gold 
 
 Proportion of Silver 
 us fifteen Ounces of 
 Gold ; therefore the 
 purchaiing Gold with 
 
 'i'he Piece called a Tael 
 
 SECT. 
 
ART If. 
 
 iflied two 
 'lege and 
 h. They 
 was fent 
 »r the Sina 
 they pre- 
 lently in- 
 H: learned 
 Temples, 
 }ut in the 
 Id in that 
 upon the 
 he E^yp- 
 er in his 
 as poffi- 
 cautious 
 i among 
 ntly pre- 
 Jf wc 
 rijiianity 
 the Pro- 
 me by a 
 its have 
 •opagat- 
 \ of Ne- 
 le in alj 
 r Tran- 
 ftnded. 
 i^poftle 
 rounded 
 re thefe 
 'dnde ad 
 
 Silver 
 nces of 
 are the 
 Id with 
 
 d. 
 6 : 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 Part IL 
 
 25J 
 
 SECT. III. 
 
 3|nOia, or the $o0nl dBmptre* 
 
 Including the great P<;ninfula Weft of Bengal and the Ganges, 
 
 Extent and Situation. 
 
 Length 1680 ? 1 . ( ^ ^^^ 3^ North Latitude. 
 
 Breadth 1490 J °"ween | ^^ ^^^ ^^ Eaft Longitude. 
 
 From the North Province of A^i^iff^** to the South oi Malabar at 
 Cape CoMorin, 28 Degrees of Latitude. 
 
 From Goadel in the Province of Sindi Weft, to Shattgan Eaft, at 
 the Bottom of Bengal Bay, about 27 Degrees of Longitude, at the 
 Medium of 55 Miles to a Degree. 
 
 The Farther India beyond Ganges^ or Eaft of Bengal Bay, is an- 
 other great Peninfula compofed of feveral different Kingdoms. 
 
 Mogul is thus divided. 
 
 Northweft ..^^ 
 
 Divifion "^ Mult an - 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 rKakaner - 
 Cajhimir > 
 Penjab or 
 
 Fi've Rivers 
 Hajacan 
 
 Chief Places. 
 
 ■ Jjhnagar, Purhota, 
 — — Serinagar. 
 
 1 j^ttoky Lahort Nagarkut, 
 •— J yemba, Jengapor, 
 — — — Nagar, 
 
 Mulfan, Pekiar, 
 
 Bando, or Hendons Land Jtjfelmer^ Azmer, 
 
 Sindi I — - ■ Tattat Goadel, Haor, 
 
 , Soret - ■ yanagar. 
 
 \_Mal<va ■■ ■ Shalaor, Serongt ^^g^*f' 
 
 Note. That Cabul with its Diftrift, and the Land of Bankijh^ 
 Weft of Indus River down to Attoh^ was yielded to the Perfians by 
 Mahomed \}sit Mogul Emperor in 1739. 
 
 mm 
 mm 
 
 I 
 
 m 
 
 E ii:-i?l 
 
 Northeaft 
 
 iCT. 
 
f ' 
 
 I : 
 
 *54 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 f Deh/i, or- 
 
 j Prov. of Beiar 
 
 Nortlieaft J ^ara/ 
 Divifion ] DoaB * 
 Je/uat 
 
 j Meuat 
 
 IWeJa 
 
 Indi^ Part II. 
 
 Cities or Towns. 
 Delli, on the Gemena. 
 
 — J Bekaner, 
 
 Agra^ JaepuTt Guakort Gehud, 
 Gor, Pitan. 
 Sambal. 
 
 Helahas, Rajapor, 
 Benarex, Narnol, 
 Jagannat, Mutgar, 
 
 Bengal Province. 
 
 Patka, Monger t Sajferan, Rotas, South of Ganges, 
 Ma/da, Daka, Shatigan, North of Ganges. 
 
 On the Heugli Branch are the following Places, 
 
 Ragimul, Mofcudahad, Cajffimbazdr, NudiOf Hugli, Calcu/tas 
 Ranga/ula, Pipli. 
 
 Coaft of Malabar, from N. to S. 
 
 Province of 
 
 'Camhayt Englijh and Dutch "FzEtory . 
 Amadahatt Efigltjh and Dutch. 
 Surat, the great Staple, and chief City for Merchan- 
 
 Cambay or -^ dize in all the MoguPs Dominions : Principal Fac- 
 
 Cuxarat, 
 
 Cancan and 
 
 Vifapor, 
 
 tory is the Englijh. 
 Daman and Bafaim, Portuguefe : Alfo Dtu Oft the 
 Weft of Cambay Gulf. 
 
 Bombay Town and Ifland, Englijh, 
 J>a7ida to the PertHgueje. 
 \Dahul to the Englijh. 
 JRajapor^ to the Dutch, 
 'Goa, the Portuguefe Cspital. 
 , Carnvar to the Englijh» 
 
 Malabar* 
 
*ART II. 
 
 t GehuJ, 
 
 laleutttti 
 
 ferchan- 
 palFac- 
 
 on the 
 
 labar. 
 
 r Coilan 
 
 XT I Anienvo 
 
 'Tru'vancor j ^/^^^^^ 
 
 atan 
 
 India, 
 
 Dutch Faftory. 
 — Dutch and Engli/h* 
 
 a55 
 
 — Portugueflu^ 
 — Dutch Fa&oiy* 
 
 — Englijh, 
 
 Calicut i theSeat ofaSamorin. 
 
 ^anor^ d^endent on the former. E. Fac* 
 
 Panartt dependent on the Samorin. Z>. Fac. 
 
 Cranganor — — — — Dutch, 
 
 Cochin, Dutch capital FaAory. 
 
 Marfan, to the Dutch, 
 
 • — — Dutch Faftoryi 
 — — — Englijh Faftory. 
 - ' Dutch Fadlory. 
 l^Coiati, at Cepe Comorin, the chief Town. 
 
 Coaft of CORMANDEL, N. tO S. 
 
 Orixa and 
 
 Golcoada, 
 
 Carnat 
 and G/»^/. 
 
 Ballafor^ where they take Pilots for Bengal, 
 Jagannat, a famous Pagod. 
 Ganjam •> • Englijh Fadory. 
 
 Bimlipatan — — — — Dutch Faftory. 
 Tizagapatan — — — Englijh Faflory. 
 Mafulipatan i?«/fi Faftory. 
 
 Palicat, chief 5«/f)& Faftory on this Coaft. 
 
 Madras, or ^/. Gfor^r, £;)ij'/(/i& capiul Settlement* 
 
 St, 7homas, to the Portuguffe, 
 
 Coblon, where the 0/?^ffi Company firft fettled. 
 
 Sadifpatan, to the Dutch, 
 
 Pondijheri, to the French 
 
 tZt, David, to the J?/?^/^; 
 o- . J Da'vaccta, to the Dutch, 
 
 ^iVip^tf/«/««, to theX)«/f^. 
 
 Madura, f 7icherapli, chief Town inland. 
 
 and Cape < Tucurin, and feveral Villages on the Cape, are D«/ci& 
 
 Comorin, ^ Faftorics. 
 
 The South Part of this Peninfula abounds with Diamond Mines, 
 of which Golconda and Ralconda are much noted. 
 
 The 
 
 mm 
 

 ^ 
 
 I 
 
 |ii 
 
 15^ 
 
 China, Part M. 
 
 The Eaft Peninfula of Indiif. 
 
 This large Traft of Land thrufteth itfelf far out in the Indian 
 Ocean like a Fork, within one Degree of the Equator, having 7Uet 
 and China on the North ; and extends not lefs than 26 Degrees of 
 Latitude, or 1560 Mile. 
 
 Kingdoms. 
 rAJham — 
 Arm:an — 
 
 Weft 
 Divifion. 
 
 Chief Places. 
 — Gbergout Tipora. 
 Aracan^ Coduafcan, 
 
 Fitai. 
 
 'rom. 
 
 Aiftty including the Bramas \ j « 
 Country ■ ■ J ^* ' 
 
 Pegu^ now fubjeil or tribu- ) Ptg»i Cofmin, Mero^ 
 
 ^ tary to Afva 
 Siam, Upper and Lower 
 
 1 JUDIA, Pi 
 — > Merghif 
 
 3 ^'^^'■• 
 
 Siriany Martahan, 
 
 Porfeluk^ Lwvo, 
 Tenajfarim, 
 
 {^Malaya, being the Tail of the Peninfula, is divided 
 into feveral fmall Kingdoms, denominated from thefe chief I'owns 
 or Cities, Pataniy ^eda^ Perak^ Pahan,Johr^ Malacca^ from which 
 laft the whole Country is fatfely called Malacca^ inftead of Malaya. 
 
 Kingdoms. Chief Town. 
 
 ' Mient R. Pegu runs thro it — Sbamat. 
 
 iLao, R. Menan runs thro it — Lanjhang. 
 Eaft JCamhoja, Menan runs thro it — Cambojof Columpi, 
 Divifion. \Tonkin ■ Kesho, Kehoa. 
 
 'Cekincbina • ■ ■ ' ■ ■ — — Sinhcot Faifoy Bauhom. 
 
 . Ciampa is a Diftridl on the Southcoaft Built Paduran. 
 
 Cokinchina or Tonkinchina was a Part of Toniin, but is now di- 
 vided from it by a Wall a little above Sinhoa. 
 
 India, or Mogul Empire, 
 
 NameJ] ^TT^HIS Country, bounded Northeaft by Tibety on the 
 X Northweft by PcrftOy and on the South by the hdwin 
 Ocean, is a great Part of the antient and modern Indiny remarlcable 
 in the Hiftory of Alexander the Great ; and termed India from the 
 River Induiy but now the Mogul Empire^ from Aurenzeb, who made 
 a complete Conqueft thereof in 1667. He was dcfcer.Utd from 
 Tamerlaney who with his Mongul Tartars, North of Chino, firft in- 
 vaded India about the Year 1400. 
 
 AirJ] In the Northern Part of this Empire, the Air is often cold 
 
 and 
 
' 
 
 Part ir. India, inf 
 
 and piercing ; but in the Southern Provinces, for the moft Part, Ic- 
 rene, temperate and pleafant. The oppofice Part of the Globe to 
 thefe Dominions is that Part of the Great South Sea, Well: of P<.ru 
 and Chi/i, 
 
 Soi/.] The 5o;7of this extenfive Country is very barren in feve- 
 ral Parts, being incumbered with formidable, dry, fandy .Mountains, 
 but elfewhere very plentiful, efpccially in Cotton, Millet, Rice, and 
 Variety of good Fruits. For the longeft Day in any of thefe Pro- 
 vinces, confult the Table of Climates. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Merchandize here confifls of Aloes, 
 Muflc, Rhubarb, Wormfeed, Civet, Indigo, Lack, Borax, Opium, 
 Amber, Salarmoniac, Silk, Cottons, Calicoes, Satt-ins, Tafleties, 
 Carpets, Metals, Porceline Earth, moil Sorts of Spices, and the bctt 
 Diamonds. ... 
 
 Rarities."] In feveral Parts of the M'lguVs Empire, particularly 
 Camhay or Guzcirat, are divcrfe noted Volcano's which ufually 
 fmoke, and fometimes break out in terrible Eruptions of Fire and 
 fulphurons Matter. In and about the City of Agra, are the fplendid 
 Sepulchres of the 'Royal Family of the Mog<uls ; particularly that grand 
 Monument of the Emprels to M:gul Qehan Guir, which is reported 
 by two French Authors to be the moft llately monumental Fabric in 
 the World : 'Fhe great Pavilions and Fronts ; the beautiful Porches, 
 the lofty Dome, lined and floored with white Marble, and inriched 
 with Jafper and precious Stones all round the Tomb; alfo the fine 
 Difpofition of the Gardens, the Whole whereof imployed fome 
 thoufand Artificers in treftiag and finifiiing for the Space of twen- 
 ty Years. What alfo deferves our Regard, is that rich and glori- 
 ous Throne in the Palace of Dehli, on which the Great Mogul ap- 
 pears during the Feftival of his Birthday, where he receives the 
 Compliments and Prefents of the Grandees, after the yearly Cere- 
 mony of weighing his Perfon is over. This magi ificent Throne 
 ftands upon Feet, and Bars overlaid with inamelled Gold, and ad- 
 orned with innumerable Diamonds, Rub! 's, and other prccioiis 
 Stones. The Canopy over the Throne is let thick with large Dia- 
 monds, and furrounded with a Fringe of Pearl. Above the Canopy 
 is the lively Effigies of a Peacock, whot'e Tail fparkles with Dia- 
 monds, blue Saphires, and other Stones of different Colours ; his 
 ; Body is of inamelled Gold fet with Jewels, and on his Breart is a 
 large Ruby, from which hangs a Pearl as big as an oiulnary Pear. 
 \ On both Sides of the Throne are two Umbrellas of curious red 
 \ Velvet, richly imbroidcred with Gold, and furru;^nded with a 
 i Fringe of Pearl, the very Sticks wiiereof are alio covered with 
 \ Pearls, Rubies and Diamonds. Over againll the Emper( ;'s Seat is 
 
 T a choice 
 
 ' '1,1 
 
 t. J 
 
 :>*!' 
 m 
 
 ■Ki 
 
 I 
 
25^ 
 
 India, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 i \ 
 
 I 
 
 a choice Jewel, with t Hole bored through it, at which hangs a 
 noble Diamond of th'.' firft Magnitude, with many Rubies and 
 Emeralds round about it. Thefe, and many others not here men- 
 tioned, are the coftly Ornaments of this Indian Throne, which can- 
 not be matched by any other Monarch upon the Face of the Earth. 
 Such a Treafure as this, with the Emperor's Bed of State, mode- 
 rately valued in Sterling Money at twenty Millions, was plundered 
 and carried ofFin 1739, by the famous or rather infamous Perjiau 
 Ufurper Kouli Kan ; befide fifty Millions more that he and his Ar- 
 my took in Jewels and Money before they returned into Perfta. 
 
 Univerjity.'] At Benares on the Northfide of the Ganges, to Mile 
 Eaft of Helaba.-y is a grand Um<vcrjifyt chiefly for the Education of 
 Indian Priells called Bramins, 
 
 Manners."] The Inhabitants of the various Parts of this Empire 
 have different Tempers and Cuftoms. The North Provinces par- 
 take of Perjiut Tartary and Tibet ; but the People of the Southern 
 or Maritime I'laces of th" Mo^ul\ Dotninions are Perfons, for the 
 moft Part, very tall of Stature, l^rong of Body, and of Complexio* 
 inclining to that of the Negres : In Behaviour decent, in their Deal- 
 ings juil ; and moll of the mechanic Sort prove wonderful ingeni- 
 ous. They are very civil to Strangers, and would not willingly of- 
 fend one another. 
 
 Language.] Both here and in the two Pminfulas hereafter men- 
 tioned are divers Languogts, and thefe again divided into various 
 Dialefts; but the Arabic is Hill ufed in their religious OfKces. 
 Among the feveral Languages fpokcn in the MoguPs DomiTii^-^ 
 the Malabar Tongue is reckoned the Chief, and is moflly uL'»- 
 Cambay and that Side of the Pcninfula ; but the Perftan Langua^^ .i 
 faid to prevail at Court. 
 
 Goniervmetit.] This great Em pi re comprehends many Kingdonns and 
 Provinces, to the Number of forty at leafl j feme few of which are 
 fubjeft to Rajas^ who are Princes tributary to the Mogul, the others 
 being governed by Kam or Nabobs, who all fend to Court a yearly 
 fixt Revenue, which tis fuppofed mufl amount to forty Millions. 
 The Emperor's Government is abfolute ; for he hath both the Pur/es 
 and Ptrfons of his Subjefts wholly at his Difpofal, and is Lord of 
 all, being Heir of eveiy MaR'ii Eflate. His imperial Seat was at 
 Agra, but now at Dthli, in a better Air one hundred Miles farther 
 North. If he allows paternal Inheritance any where, the fame is 
 revokable at his Pleafure. His bare Will is the Law, and his Word 
 a final Decifion of all Controverfies. The Indian Diadem is not in- 
 tailed by Primogeniture on the Sons, tho that is the beft Title to 
 
 inherit, 
 
Part II. India, 259 
 
 inherit, but is often obtained by Force or political Arti.lce by thole 
 who ftand in Competition for it. He generally afcends the Throne, . 
 who hath mollly gained the Favor of the Nabobs and Omrasy with 
 other Grandees at Court I and upon his Inftallmenr therein, he 
 commonly facriiiceth all his Rivals and ne.areft Relations, reckoning 
 his Throne to be but tottering, unlefs its Foundation be fecured in 
 that Manner. His Revenue is reckoned in Sterling at forty Mil- 
 lions ; but in Proportion to the fame are his neceflary Ways of im- 
 ploying it ; for to awe the prodigious Multitude of People within 
 the great Extent of his Dominions, he is obliged to keep in Pay 
 above Haifa Million of Soldiers ; his great Officers and Command- 
 ers having fuch a large Number of military Attendants, that they 
 appear to the Europeam like fo many fovereign Princes. 
 
 Arms.'] The Enfigns Armorial of the Great Mogul are faid to be 
 Jrgent, Semy with Befants, ©r. As for particular Coats of Arms be- 
 longing to private Families as in EuropCy here are none ; for no 
 Man within the Moguls Dominions is heretable either to his 
 Eilate, his Honour, or his great Poll in Government. 
 
 Religion. "] The Inhabitants of this Country are moftly Pagan ; and 
 next to Pagani/ntt the Religion of Mahomet prevails, profeft accord- 
 ing to the Followers or Sed of AH^ as are moft of the Eaftern Ma- 
 homttans ; for the lurks are of the other Seft of Omar. The Moguls 
 or Monguls are a Mixture of Arabians, Monguls and Tartars ; thefe 
 have the whole Government of the Empire. The other Part are the 
 original Pagans, the Gentos or Gentili People, and are divided into 
 rhree Tribes ; firll the Bramans or Priells, who like the Levites 
 among the Jeuus form a diftinft People, and never marry out of 
 their own Tribe. 2. The Banyans who are the Bulk of the People, 
 Traders and Merchants ; and a third Sort called Faiirs, who make 
 Vows of Challity and Poverty, whofe Lives are nothing but fevere 
 whimfical Penance and Devotion. Thefe Indians all believe the old 
 Dodrine of Tranfmigration, and for that Reafon frequently build 
 and indow Hofjpitals for Bealls, and will upon no Account deprive 
 any Creature of Life, left thereby they diflodge the Soul of fome 
 departed Friend. But of all living Creatures they have the ereatell 
 Veneration for a Cotv, to whom they pay a folemn Addrefs every 
 Morning, and at a certain Time of the Year, they drink the Urine 
 of that worlhipful Animal ; believing it hath a fingular Quality to 
 purify all their Defilements. They conftantly abftain from the Food 
 of any Animal, and frequently refrain from all Eatables till Night. 
 Of thefe Banyans there are reckoned in India many different Seffs. 
 The Per/ees defcended from the old Perjians worfhip the Element of 
 Fire ; for which Reafon they are alfo termed Gauris, that is Wor- 
 Ihippers of Fire; but this Sed is decayed and in a Manner loft, for 
 
 T 2 the 
 
 ■<\f i.'ij 
 
26o 
 
 Imi'ta. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 I i 
 
 1 
 
 the Pagans and Mahometans always have Lamps burning in their 
 Temples. The F^?,t/>j, a Kind of religious Monks, live very aufterc 
 Lives, being much given to fafting, and feveral Afts of Mortifica- 
 tion ; and fome, as a voluntary Penance, make folcmn Vows of 
 keeping their Hands clafped about their Heads ; others hold one, 
 and fome both Arms, flretched out in the Air, with many other 
 painful Afls and ridiculous Pollure.s, which Vows once made they 
 lacredly obferve, notwithftanding the Performance is attended with 
 much Trouble and Pain. Moft of tlie huiiatis believe that the River 
 Ganges hath a fanftifying Quality : Whereupon they flock thither 
 at certain Seafons to plunge themfclvcs therein. Difperfed through 
 the Mogul Dominions is a confiderabk Number oijcnxs ; and down 
 the Seacoafts are many European ChriUians, all upon the Account 
 of TrafRck. Thofe Parts of InJia which firft received Chriftianity, 
 were inftruded therein, as is generally believed, by the ApoiUe St. 
 Thomas, 
 
 The Wejl Peninfula of India. 
 
 iVrtw< .]'TpHIS large Trad of Land, comprthcnding the feveral 
 X Provinces above mentioned, is bounded on the Eaft 
 by the Gulf of Bengal ; on the North by Part of the Mogul\ Em- 
 pire ; on the Well and South by the Indian Ocean. It was termed 
 Peninfula India: intra Gangcm by the Romans, on Account of its 
 own Situation J being within, or Wed of the River Ganges^ as the 
 Other Indian Peninfula is beyond, or Ealt of Ganges. 
 
 j^ir.'] The Jir of this Country is generally very hot, yet in moft 
 of the maritime Places tis much qualifieti by cooling Breezes from 
 the Sea; and the Multitude of Europeans that are fvttled here, is a 
 good Proof that the Climate is none of the worft. 
 
 Soil.'] The Soil ©f this Peninfula is, for the moft Part, extraor- 
 dinary fertil, producing ail defirable Fruits, Roots, and Grain, be- 
 fide vaft Quantities of medicinal Herbs, Rice, and the fineft Cotton 
 in Abundance* Their Sheep are not covered with Wool, but a 
 thin fandy coloured Hair : And in the South Provinces the Natives 
 are black as Ink, with long black Hair, whereas the Negres of 
 Africa are Wool heads. 
 
 Commodities. "^ The chief Merchandize of this Country are Muf- 
 lins, fine Silks, Cottons, Pearls, Drugs, Dates, Coco, Rice, Ginger, 
 Cinnamon, Pepper, Caffia, Aloes, Jewels, Indigo, beautiful Chints 
 ao4 CallicQs. 
 
 Rarities.']. In feveral Places of the Kingdom of Decan is a noted 
 
 ^ Tree, 
 
Part II. 
 
 India, 
 
 i6i 
 
 Tree, called by Travellers the Nuretree^ whofc Nature is fuch, that 
 every Morning tih full of ilringy red Flowers which in the Heat of 
 the Day fall down in Showers to the Ground, and bloflbming again 
 in the Night, it daily appears in a new Livery. 2. In the Ifle of 
 Salfet near Goa is a wonderful Paged or Temple cut out of a vaft 
 Rock ; with Apartments one above another, fome being equal in 
 Bignefs to a Village of four hundred Houles, and adorned through- 
 out with Statues of Idols, reprcfenting Elephants, Tygers, Lions, 
 and Monfters. 3. In the Ifle of Snlfct near Bombay belonging to the 
 EngUJh is another Heathen Temple, with fuchlike Apartments, all 
 cut out of the firm Rock j which ftupendous Work is attributed by 
 fome to Alexander the Qrent, but without any Shew of Probability. 
 4. In an adjacent Ifland, belonging to the Vortuguefe^ called EU' 
 phanto, from a huge artificial Klephant of Stone^ with a young one 
 upon its Back, is another Pagan Temple of a prodigious Bignefs, 
 cut out of the firm Rock. Tis fupportcd by 42 large Corinthian 
 Pillars, and open on a'l Sides except the Eali, where Hands an 
 Image wiih three Heads, adorned with ilrange Charafilers, the 
 Walls being fet round with Giants in feveral Poflures ; one parti- 
 cularly fquatting on his Legs, with four Heads, Back to Back. 
 
 Here are no Uni-verJitieSf or BiJ/:ops. 
 
 Manners.] The Natives in moft of thefc Provinces are much the 
 fame with thofe in the South Parts of the Mogul's Dominions already 
 mentioned, as to their Cufloms and Manner of Life. 
 
 Langu^^e.] The chief India ft Language in this Penin/ulay is that 
 called Malabar y an Example of which followeth in the Patermfter, 
 Paramandalang ghellili irrukira, engel pidanxa : Ummudegia namum 
 artotjhika padwuiadaga : Unimudtgia ratjhijum nuara: XJmmudegia Jit- 
 turn paramanda lattili, Jkeja padamapoli pumigilijutn Jktja padunxjU' 
 daga. Jnannlla engel oppum engelucku innudarum, engel caden care- 
 ruku nangel poruckuma poHnirum engel cadaijtli engeluku porum : En^ 
 geld tjhodinejili piranva Jkija dejiimy analo tinmejilJ niunu engelei let" 
 Jhittu kcllum : Jdeden^al ratjinamum pelamiim magimijum umackUf 
 unennik kumunda jiruckuda. Amen. 
 
 Go'bernment.'] In this Peninfula arc a great many Princes, to which 
 the Europeans give the Title of King, which in their Language is 
 Raja, fuch as thofe of Calicut ^ Cochiuy Canara, Cranganor, Tra-vancor, 
 Golcondoy &c. ; who all depend on, and are tributary to the Moguls 
 though abfolute in their own Dillrid or Dominion ; in the fame 
 Manner as many States and Kingdoms were fubjeft and tributary 
 to the Roman Commonwealth, though governed at home by their 
 own Princes and Laws. But thele Indian Princes often difagree 
 
 T 3 among 
 
h '3 
 
 i' 
 
 261 Indta. Part II, 
 
 among tlicmfclvci upon Account of iheir Intereft with the Europeans 
 in point of Trade; whofe Policy therefore is to carry it eaually fair 
 with all the Nahohi and Rajai, in order to injoy quietly the Profits 
 cf their own Commerce. 
 
 RtUgion."] Among the Inhabitants of this Ptninfula are many 
 jfraii^Hj, Mahometans, and /irmenians, efpccially near the Sea- 
 coafts ; but People refiding in the Inland Parts are grofs Idolaters: 
 They are the original Natives, called Gentes, who worfliip not only 
 the Sun and Afoont but alfo many Idols of llrange and horrible 
 Afpcfts. In fome Parts of Dtcan they look upon tne firft Creature 
 they meet with in the Morning, as the proper Obje£l of that Day's 
 Worfhip, except it be a Crow, the very Sight of which will confine 
 them to their Houfes the whole Day. In mod of the Seaport 
 Towns and Places of Trade are Jeivs in confiderable Numbers ; 
 and many European Chrijiianst namely Englilh^ Dutchf Danes, Portu- 
 
 ui/e, and French. Chriftianity was iiril taught here, as is believed, 
 
 ty the Difciples of St. Thomas. 
 
 The Eaft Pcninfula of India. 
 
 Kame^Y'T^Hl^ laft Divifion of India, bounded on the Eaft by 
 Ji China ; on the Weft by the Bay of Bengal ; on the 
 North by *tihet ; and on the South by the Itidifin Ocean, is termed 
 Teninfula India extra Cangem, or India hiyondthe Ganges, becaufe of 
 its Pofition ; it lying beyond that River Eaft, in refped of the other 
 Pinin/ula which is Weft of Ganges. 
 
 Jir."] The j4ir of this Peniti/ula is fomewhat diflerent, according 
 to the Situation and Nature of the various Parts thereof. In the 
 Northern Kingdoms it is generally efteemed healthful, and tempe- 
 rate enough ; but in the South tis hot and fultry. The oppofite 
 Place of the Globe to this Peninfula is that Part of the Great South 
 Sea, near the Coaft of Peru. 
 
 Soi/."] The Soil of this Country is extfaordinary fertil, producing 
 in great Plenty all Sorts of defirable Fruit and Grain ; alfo well 
 llored with invaluable Mines, and great Quantity of precious 
 Stones. It is fo exceeding rich, that the South Part thereof called 
 the Ma/ay an Peninfula, and in old Times the Golden Cherfone/e, hath 
 been by fome fuppofed the Land of Ophir^ to which King Solomon 
 fent Ships for Gold. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Commodities of this Country are Gold, 
 Silver, precious Stones, Silks, Porceline Earth, Aloes, Rhubarb, 
 Benjamin, Long Pepper, Tamarins, Canes, and Sapan Wood. 
 
 , Rarities.] 
 
RT II, 
 
 Europeans 
 lually fair 
 he Profits 
 
 are many 
 the Sea. 
 
 Idolaters : 
 
 p not only 
 
 horrible 
 
 Creature 
 
 hat Dav's 
 
 ill confine 
 Seaport 
 
 t^umbers ; 
 
 neSt Portu- 
 believed. 
 
 e Eafl by 
 tii on the 
 is termed 
 becaufe of 
 f the otiicr 
 
 according 
 '• Jn the 
 id tempe- 
 e oppofite 
 reat South 
 
 producing 
 alfo well 
 precious 
 eof called 
 '9ne/ey hath 
 ig Solomon 
 
 are Gold, 
 
 Rhubarb, 
 )od. 
 
 Rarities.] 
 
 Part II. India, 263 
 
 Rarifiej.] Among the Rarities of this Country we may reckon 
 the Golden Houfe in the City of Aracan, being a large Mall in the 
 Kine's Palace, whofe Infide is intirely overlaid with Gold, having a 
 (lately Canopy of tnafiy Gold, from the Edges of which hang above 
 one hundred Wedges of Gold, in Form of Sugarloaves. Here alfo 
 are feven Idols of maiTv Gold, the common Size of a Man 1 whofe 
 Foreheads, Breads, and Arms, are adomeci with Variety of orecious 
 Stones, as Rubies, Emeralds, Saphires, and Diamonds. In this Hall 
 are lilcewife kept the famous C^n^/i, being two Rubies of prodieious 
 Value, about which the Indian Kings frequently contending, nave 
 caufed much Blood to be fpilt, and all from a vain Opinion, that 
 Che PolTefllon of thefe Jewels carry with them a juH Claim of Do- 
 minion over the neighboring Princes. Thefe Countries abound 
 with Tylers, Camels, and Elephants, the lad being a mod remark- 
 able Curiofity, and are more numerous here than in any other Part 
 of the World. Many are trained up for War ; and many kept for 
 State ; whofe Teeth being beautifully white are adorned with Rings 
 of Gold and Silver. Some few are fa white flelht:olour, ani 
 highly edeemed ; thefe are for an Indian Majedy t) ride upon, fit- 
 jing under a dately Pavilion, the royal Animal being covered with 
 rich Imbroidery, and both he and the King dred with fine Tro- 
 phies, Diamonds, and other Jewels to an immeuie Valu . Tis crck* 
 dibly reported that fome of thefe Creatures will live tv . hundred 
 Years or more ; and a certain Author, Borri by Name iliys that in 
 Cokin or Tonkinchina the Elephants are fo larg. ? that the Teet^ of 
 fome are four Yards and half long, and their £t(X eighteen Inches 
 Diametre. 
 
 Manners."] What was faid of the Natives of the other Peninfith, 
 in Point of Manners^ the fame may be aiRrmed of thofe inhabiting 
 thefe Parts. And the various Europeans here redding are much the 
 iiame in DifpoAtion and Manner of Life with the refpedtive People 
 of £«r0/^ from whence they come. 
 
 Language,] The principal Indian Language in this Ptninfitla is 
 that called the Malayan ; but befide the feveral Indian Tongues in 
 the MoguPs Empire and this Pe»<::i:1'a, the Portugutfe Language is 
 commonly underdood and fpokt ia all maritime Towns of Trade ; 
 it being the Lingua Franca^ or chief Language ufed in Commerce 
 between the Franks and Natives in this Part of the World. The 
 Pattrnofter in the Malayan Tongue runs thus, Bapa kit a jane adda 
 defurga, namamu jadt herfakti i rajatmu mender ang ; iandhatimu 
 mtfyadi de burnt Jeptrti de furga. Rati kita de rifa hari membri- 
 kan kita fa bari inila ; maka berampunla padakita doofa kita, /e» 
 ptrti kifk herampunakan Jiapa berfala kapada kita, Jangan hentar 
 
 T 4 kita 
 
 ».v 
 
264 
 
 India, 
 
 Part 11 
 
 f II 
 
 a (a kopaJajohahan tetapdi lepajken kitn dart jattg dfjakat. Karnamu 
 puftja radjut daan koajfahan^ daan berbaJJ'aran fanpey kakal : Amin. 
 
 Patcnwjler in the Language of Siam, ^ > , ' 
 
 Voo orao giofi foueti^ tluou prahai prachot toh hayn. Con tang lai 
 tcvai pra pGv mr.angy pra cob hai daiki rao ; hai Ico neung kiay pra 
 mcgcn hayn din J'opioi fouen, Harrao toub I'an coho hai due kchi prao 
 nian vijy.y coho prot boprao femoe rao frot pooutam kcirao. Ga hai 
 fruo top nai ci^aiig bap^ kai poou kiaanera otam poan. Amen. 
 
 Gczh-nu?:,- :::.'] Thefc Eaftern K-ngc^oms are all abfolute Mon- 
 archies, vshofe Government hath ever been invariably defpptic and 
 arbitiary. 'i is true they are fubjedt to great Revolutions, like other 
 Monarchies in Europe. Hither India or Indojlan was all (ubdued in 
 1667 by Jurcnzcb the Great Mogul, in whole Pofterity it now re- 
 niains, China^ about twenty Years before that, was intirely fub- 
 jcftcd by the Tartars : And in the fame Century 1650, the Kipg of 
 A~ja, with his Bramans, invaded and fubdued all the Pegu Domi- 
 nions, and killed their King. So that his Avan Majcfty is King of 
 A'vttf Brama and Pegu. 
 
 Arms.'] We have no certain Account of what Armorial Trophies 
 and EnA^ns are borne by theie Eaflern Princes ; or if any at all. 
 
 Rtligion.'] The Inhabitants of this Fcmnfula are generally great 
 Idolaters. The feveral Nations like the Hiamefe believe Trahfmi- 
 gration in its full Extent, as do moll of the Eaftern People : There- 
 fore they kill no Animal, or Vegetable ; and though they eat 
 i^ruit^ they preferve the Stone or Kernel, that being the Seed and 
 Life, thereof Here are many MaLometam, but their Religion is in- 
 £erm):^e4 with feveral Pagan Ceremonies j particularly in Camhoja 
 on the River Menan, in which City are many iftately Moflcees fur- 
 niflied with Bells and Images, contrary to the Cuftom of true Turks. 
 In Siavf ^nd the A<van Dominions they abound with Pagods, or 
 wooden Churches filled with the Hrangefl Idols and fcarecrow Fi- 
 gures their Fancies can invent ; and in the open Roads are many 
 Fyram,ids drefl up in that Manner, ^ut the moft comnaon Pagpd 
 Figure^ is a pleafant, old, fat Man, fitting croflegged witih 9,. g^eat 
 jfpreading Belly, denoting Plenty and Immprtality ; ipany o^ w^ich 
 Fi^,ure5 in fmall China Ware, are brought over by the India Company. 
 This Word Paged is from the Perfian Peutgoda, meaning aTerpplct 
 rA Idols. Their Pricfts called Talpoint are very numerous ; they 
 dweU in f^uts or Cells made with Boughs of Trees, indofed rpui^d 
 with Baipboo Cane, the Superior's Tent being in the Middle. When 
 
 they 
 
s, 
 II 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 o 
 
 d. 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 Part IL hdia. 265 
 
 they preach they fit croflegged on a high Bench, recommending aU 
 moral Duties, efpecially Charity ; after which they colleft Alms 
 from the People, according as they are willing or able to bellow. 
 
 MONEY. /. 
 
 The Gold Rupee ■ — ^ — i 
 
 The Silver Rupee ■ ■ ■' ■ , ■ ■ ■ ■ o 
 
 The Gold Pagoda ' • o 
 
 A Silver Piece called Fanum — ~. o 
 
 In common Currency a Rupee goes for a Halfcrown. A Lak is 
 100,000 Rupees, or 12,500 1, at Haifa Crown each j confequently 
 80 Laks are one M/llion Sterling. 
 Ten fuch Laks make one Elf or 1 25,000 1. 
 Ten Elfs make one Crory, 1,250,000!. 
 
 And by Mr. Hatfways Account, KouH Kan plundered the Mogul 
 of 70 fuch Crories ; which make 70 Million Sterling, if the Rupee 
 bs only reckoned as two Shillings intrinfic Value. 
 
 About Malacca the current Coin is a Silver Malhy, worth three 
 Shillings and Sixpence, of which the Coopan is a Quarter. 
 
 In Camboja the only Coin is a fmall Piece of Silver, named Gall, 
 worth Fourpence. 
 
 In Siam their Silver Money is in the Shape of a Horfefhoe, of 
 three Shillings Value called a Tical. Some fmaller Pieces alfo bent 
 in the Middle till both Ends meet, ftampt with odd Charafters. 
 
 The Cowries, commonly called Blackmoors Teeth, are taken 
 from the Shores about the Maldiiy Iflands, where they abound. 
 They ferve for fmall TrafEck, and are valued 7 or 800 for a Penny. 
 Here is no Gold or Copper Money ; for Gold is Merchandize, aad 
 fold for ten or eleven Times its Weight in Silver. 
 
 The King of Ajhaw fufFers no Gold to be exported, but orders it 
 to be workt up into fmall Ingots, for the eafier Exchange in Trade, 
 The Silver is coined into Rupees of two Shillings Value. In Aracan 
 likewife they have two Shilling Pieces of Silver ; the ordinary Mo- 
 ney being certain Shells and Stones, about feventy for a Penny. 
 
 The King of A'va fends Gold and Silk to China^ and hath Silver 
 in Return, which he coins into various Pieces, fome twenty Pence 
 and two Shillings Value ; alfo Afpers of two Sorts, four of the one 
 or twelve of the other making the European Crown. The Standard 
 Money is called Flowered Silver, which is made thus : They mix a 
 Quarter Part of Copper at leaft, and when melted they put it into 
 the Mold, blowing upon it through a fmall wooden Pipe, which 
 makes the Silver appear with Flowers and Stars ; but if the Copper 
 Allay be too much, then no Figures will appear. 
 
 ■liiMlii \{ 
 
 SECT. 
 
I: 
 
 ; ^i 
 
 ! Fl 
 
 966 
 
 Fart IL 
 
 SECT. IV. 
 
 Length 1300 
 Breadth 1100 
 
 Empire or Kingdom of ^tt^a* 
 
 Extent and Situation, 
 between 5 44 and 71 Eaft Longitude. 
 
 } 
 
 (25 and 44 North Latitude. 
 
 From the Weft Bounds of Erivan in Armeniat to the Eaft Limits 
 of Balk near the River Indusy is 26 Degrees and half in Longitude, 
 which at 49 to a Degree in the Latitude of 35, makes 1 300 Mile : 
 The greateft Breadth is from the North of Georgia down to the 
 Perjian Gulf. 
 
 Provincial Divifion of Perjta, 
 
 IVovinces Southweft of the Cafpian. 
 Georgia, fubdivided j Carduel IfejS 
 
 into I Kaket Ea^ 
 
 Daghijiatti the Lefghis Land — — 
 Hhirnjaftf near the Cafpian » ■ ■ 
 
 Armenia^ or Aram • ■ 
 
 Aderbijan^ the Northeaft of which 
 
 i« Mogan < ■■ - 
 
 Chilait^ near the Cafpian • — — 
 MaT.nnderan, Eatt of Ghilan 
 
 LariJiaTTf 
 
 Part of old Perfia 
 
 JPerJtan Irak, which with Aderhijan 
 and Ghilan compofed the aiuient 
 Media. 
 
 Cujhiflan, old Sufiana . 
 Farfiflen, the old Perfta 
 
 Chief Places. 
 Tiblis. Gorr. 
 UJarma, Lepoti, 
 Andria, Tarku. 
 Shamaki, Derbendt Baku: 
 Erivan, Nakfivan, Ganja» 
 f Tabris, Ardebil. 
 \ Urmiot Maraga. 
 Aflara, Refljt. 
 Amoli Ferabad, Aflerbad. 
 havy Congo, Tarem, Purg. 
 
 ! Is PAH AN, Julfay Sultanit 
 Cafbin, Koonty Hamadan, 
 Dainur, Kermetnjha, Confar, 
 Konim, Ca/^an, Ardijftan, 
 Babin, Hiraiad. 
 Abuaz, yondifabur, Sufier, 
 f Shiras, Nubenjan, Ragiatt, 
 < Kazeron, Ghiory Darabgird, 
 ^ Niris, Aberkot Tefi, 
 
 Chief Places. -. ' . 
 Giorjan, Afhor, Zaueh. 
 
 Provinces Southeaft of the Cafpian. 
 
 Korgrn with Debijian — — ~ 
 
 Comisy the original Parthia^ South C Damagan, SemnaUf Haliverd, 
 
 of Mazanderan and Korgan — — — \ Bifiam. 
 
 . , . . C Aoaverd, Mtfktdy Nifabur, 
 
 K^rajfany Southweft Part called j^^;.*' ^/T^^'' Maruerudy 
 
 ,/> -a < BadktSy Herat, Zufan, 
 
 hohtpan ■■■■■- ■ I ■!- — \ ■D n er /L- ir • 
 
 •' I Fujhengy Terfhtz, Katny 
 
 {jabnfkil. Balky 
 
Part II. 
 
 Balk, the antient BaSlrla 
 
 Perfta, 
 
 267 
 
 C Balk, Farial^ TaIian,Zou/, 
 \ Koji. Anderab, 
 
 Segijlatif old Drangiana, including \ Ferah, Bojij Kandahar, 
 Arokage '■■ ■ ■ ( Rokage, Vaiend, Dergas. 
 
 Sabliftan or CabuHflan, including f /-, ,-, »r 
 
 Ag'vaniftanOTi\iiAg'vansi:oJ.\^J'^''''l ^^''"^' '^''^^' 
 try. and Banki^ — ^ ^"^^'^*' 
 
 KermaTtf old Carmaniaj includ 
 Mogofian to the South Cape 
 
 Jl/Jeirafit and the Belope. 
 which are the old Gedrofia 
 
 's Land, j Ffjw^, TVfz, Efpeka, Kifh^ 
 ( Kidgeh, Kelveh. 
 
 This Analyfis of Perjia, we prefume, is more complete and re- 
 gular than anything yet publiflit. However tis proper to obferve 
 that fome late Compilers and Copiers have inferted CurdJJfan, 
 Tabrijian, Afterhad, and Kandahar., as Provinces of Perjia : But the 
 firft has nothing to do with it, as belonging to furky. Tabrijian is 
 imaginary, being a falfe Name for the Province of MaKanderan. 
 Ajierbad is no Province, but a Town in Mazanderan which extends 
 on the Southcoaft of the Cafpiatiy from the River Ifprud to Afierbad^ 
 including that Town and the River After. Kandahar likewife is no 
 Province, but the Capital City of Segiftan, and is rendred famous 
 by being feated in the Agvans Country. 
 
 Mr. Haniuay fays that Aftara is a diflinfl Province, running crofs 
 Ghilan into Aderbijan. It may very likely be fome diftinft Govern- 
 ment ; but as he hath not defcribed any particular Bounds, and Mr. 
 Dan'vil hath no fuch Province in his Map, we mull leave that Part 
 as we found it. 
 
 Name.'l'VyEB.Sl A is bounded on theEaft by Mogul and Tibet , on 
 JL the Weft by AJian Turky ; on the North by Aftrakan and 
 the Cafpian Sea ; and on the South by the Indian Ocean. Tis called 
 by the Italians and Spaniards, Perfia ; by the French, Perfe ; by the 
 Germans, Perfien ; and by the Englijh, Perfia. According to 
 Fnftathius the Name is derived from Per/eus a Greek, who was their 
 ftril King by Conqueft. Others derive it from Paras, a Horfe- 
 man ; for tis reported that before the^ Reign of Cyrus, the People 
 of this Country feldom ufed to ride, not knowing how to manage 
 a Horfe ; but fuch was their Dexterity and Improvement after- 
 wards, that they were called Parfes as the beft Riders. To ftrengthen 
 which Opinion they obferve that the Word Perfia is not found in 
 thofe Books of the Holy Scripture that were written before the 
 Time of Cyrus, Air.] 
 
 
 Uh 
 
 in J,lje 
 
 
 h 1 . m 
 
 ,1 
 
'i 
 
 268 PerJ^a. Part II. 
 
 Jh:] The j4ir of this Country in general is very temperate, and 
 remarkably clear; but in the Provinces bordering on the CoJp'tant\s 
 often piercing cold, occafioncd by the many Mountains that are 
 frequently covered with Snow ; which makes the /'^r/{a»j wear high 
 and thick Turbans to keep their Heads warm. And in the South 
 Provinces the Air is hot enough efpecially in the Summer Seafon. 
 The oppofite Place of the Globe to Perfuiy is that Part of the Great 
 South Ocean J between A'fw ZcdandzxA the Coaft of Chili, 
 
 Scil.'] The 5*0// of Pcrjia is very difFerent ; for in the Northern 
 Parts, near Tartary and the Cafpian Sea, the Ground is barren, pro- 
 ducing but \: ,le Corn and Fruit : But South of Mount Taurus the 
 Soil is {aid :o be extraordinary fertil, and the Country pleafant, 
 abounding iti Corn, Fruits, and Wine ; affording alfo fome rich 
 Mines of Gold, Silver, and Copper. Through the inner Provinces 
 there are many wafte Plains, and great empty Deferts. 
 
 Co7nmcdities.'\ The chief Merchandize and Produft are curious 
 Silks, Carpets, Tiffues ; Manufaftures of Mohair, Xjold, Silk, and 
 Silver ; Sealikins, Goatfkins, AlabaAer ; and all Sorts of Metals, 
 Lapis Lazuli, Myrrh, Manna, Fruits, and Raw Silk. 
 
 Rarities'] This Country doth yet boaft of the very Ruins of the 
 Palace of Pcrfepolist fo famous of Old, and now called by the Inha- 
 bitants 'Efokar, or Tjhilminc-ry 30 Miles Northeaft of Shiras in 
 FarftfiO.i, fignifying forty Pillars j which imports that fo many- 
 were ftanding fome Ages ago, but at prefent only nineteen remain, 
 together with the Ruins of about eight more. Thefe Pillars are 
 of excellent Marble, and about fifteen Foot high ; for a particular 
 Draught of which, and the Copy of feveral Intcriptions in unknown 
 Chaiaders, fee t\ic Philofophicnl Tranfaciions. 2. In the City of 
 Jfpaban is a large Pillar fixty Foot high, confifting purely of the 
 Sculls of Beads, erected by Ahns the Great, upon a Sedition of the 
 Nobles, vowing to make a Column of their Heads, as a Monument 
 of their Treafon to after Age;!, if they perfillcd in Difobediencev; 
 but they furrendering upon Difcretion, he ordered each of them to 
 bring the Head of fome Beaft, and lay at his Feet; which was ac- 
 cordingly done, and of them he made tlie aforefaid Pillar inftead 
 of a Column of their own Heads. 3. One of the Emperor's Gar- 
 dens at I/paban is fo fweet and delicate a Place, that it commpnly 
 goes by the Name of Hcjic BeheJ}, or Paradife upon Earth ; and the 
 jRoyal Sepulchres of the Perfian Monarchs are indeed fo itately, that 
 they deferve j^o be mentioned here, feveral of which are at Koom. 
 4. About 30 Miles Northeaft of Gomron is a moft hideous Cave, 
 which for its formidable Afpeft is termed HeWs Gate by Engiifo 
 'iravtUera who have paflied that Way, 5. At Geno, four or five 
 
 Liegues 
 
Part II. Perfta, 269 
 
 Liegues North of Gfmron^ arc fome excellent Baths, eileemed verjr 
 good againft chronical Dillempers, and much frequented for all 
 Pains and inveterate Ulcers. 6. Within five Liegues of Damoan in 
 Armenia, is a prodigious high Pike of the fame Name, being the 
 higheft Part of Mount Taurus^ from whofe Top, covered over with 
 Sulphur, which fparkles in the Night like 'Fire, one may clearly fee 
 the Cafpian Sea, tho a hnndred and eighty Miles diilant : And nigh 
 the faid fulphurous Mountain are fome famous Baths, where there's 
 a great Refort of People at certain Times of the Year. 7. In fe- 
 veral Parts of Perjia are Mountains of curious black Marble ; alfo 
 Springs of the famous Naptha, in fome Iflands lying in the South- 
 eaft Part of the Cafpian Sea. Laftly, In the North of Koraffan^ and 
 thereabout, are feveral noted Mines of the bei& ^urky Stone. 
 
 Bijhops and Univerjitiest none. 
 
 MsLtiners.'] The Perjlans are a People, both of old and as yet, 
 much given to Aftrology ; many of them making it their chief Bufi- 
 nefs to fearch after future Events by planetary Calculations, They 
 are naturally very great Diffemblers and Flatterers ; proud, paffion- 
 ate, and revengeful ; exceflive in their Luxury 4 great Lovers of 
 Tobacco, Opium, and CoiFee ; yet withal, very refpedful to their 
 Superiors, juft and honeft in their Dealings, and abundantly civil to 
 Strangers. Moil of thofe who are imployed in feveral Manufac- 
 tures, prove very ingenious in making curious Silks, Cloth of Gold^ 
 and ether fine Works. 
 
 Language ?[ The Vcrftan Lmgunge, having a great Tinftureofthe 
 Arabicy is reckoned not only more pelite than th« Turkip^ but alfo 
 efteemed the modilh Languag« of AJia. Tis divided into many 
 Dialers, of which the Charailers they ufe are moftly Arabic. As 
 for pure Arabic^ that's the School Language of the Perjians, in 
 which, not only the Myfteries of the Koratiy but all their Sciences 
 are written, and is learned by Grammar as Europeans Ao Latin. They 
 have no Printing as yet, all their Books being manufcript. The 
 Lord's Prayer is in the manner following; Eipadir ma khider Qfmoni ; 
 pabajked nam tu : Beyaid padfchai tu, Jkuad kajle tu hemjunanki der 
 ofmon nit derzemin. Beh mar a imrouz 7! an kcfafroux. mora, ^adar ■ 
 gudfar mora konahan muyjunavklma niz. mifgarim orman mar a. Vadar 
 ozmajijk minedazmara ; likin kalojkun inara ejkerir. Amen. 
 
 Government.] This large Monarchy or Empire hath always been 
 fubjeft to one Sovereign, whofe Government, according to the Man- 
 ner of the Eall, is truly abfoiute, his Will being a Law for the Peo- 
 ple and his Crown hereditary. The firlt Pcrfian Empire lalled 2c6 
 Years: It began with Cyrus and ended with Daiitu 330 Years be- 
 fore 
 
 \wm 
 
 
 IK 
 
 ^H '■.'T^^K.i^PPI 
 
 ' ^^R 
 
 If 'ilHi^ 
 
 % 
 
 til' 
 
 il 
 
 
 ii 
 
 u 
 
 ll:tj 
 
 ■W' ;!■!' 't| 
 
1 
 
 i 
 
 
 1^1 
 
 ;l!^ 
 
 \ m 
 
 
 270 Perjia, Part II. 
 
 fore Chrift. Then Arfaces founded the Parthian Empire, 250 before 
 Chrift» which foon extended itfelf, not only over all the Ptrjian 
 Dominions, but alfo Me/opotamia and Babylon^ including all the 
 Kingdoms and Provinces between the Euphrates and Ganges, This 
 Empire, the greatell that ever was in the Baft, fubfifted without any 
 Revolution 474 Years. Their lad King Artahan being defeated and 
 Jiain by Artaxerxes a Ptrftany the Parthian Empire became again 
 he Perjian Empire tzo Years after Chrift. This new Raceof Kmgs 
 continued about 410 Years ; after which Pcr/m fell under the fuc- 
 ceiilve Dominion oi Saracens, Turks, Tattass, Armenian^ i aixi then 
 the Se£ian Fan^ily of Perjia^ whofe laft Ksng H^'Jein was dethroned 
 by Mahnudt^t Agvan Ufurper, in 1722. 
 
 Jg'vanijian, Or the Country of Ag'va^is, Ik: chiefly between Kan- 
 dahar and the River Indus. Hannvny, by a great Millake through- 
 out his Book, writes the Wcid Afgans inftead of Agnjans. Thefe 
 People were unknown in Europe^ till the furious Rdbellic us which 
 have been many Years the dreadful Cahmity of Perfta. 
 
 Tn 1 708 Myrweis a noble Agvan, for Myr lij^nific^ Lord.^ being 
 in the Office of ling's Receiver General for the Parts about Kan- 
 i{ahar, was grow.!, very rich, and fo exceding popular that Geergi 
 Kati the Governor oi Kandahar had great Caofe to fufpe£l z Revolt 
 of ti it Jgvam, if headed by Myrtveis j therefore, after tending to 
 Court his Reafons of Sulpicion, he thought fit to remove him. 
 In thib Interval Myriueis refolved on a Pilgrimage to Meckot where 
 he confulted the chief Dodors, whether n was lawful for the Agn^an 
 Nation, being true Believers and Followers of Omar, to root out 
 the Seft of Hali by Force of Arms. They gave Anfwer that it was 
 not only lawful but meritorious ; which Decifion they figned '.vith 
 their Hands, and fealed it with the Seal of Mecka. Hereupon 
 Myriveis returning to Kandahar, foon found an Opportunity to af- 
 fafllnate the Governor ; and producing his religious CommifTion, his 
 Countrymen the Ag<vans all believed it their Duty to join him, and 
 clear his Way if poflible to the fupreme Authority. He began his 
 Operations with Succefs ; but after gaining feveral Battels dyed at 
 Kandebar in 1715, juft as he was mounting the Throne oi Perjia, 
 
 He wais fucceded by his Brother Ahdalla, who thought it the 
 wifer Way to dcfiil, and obtain an honorable Peace ; but the vio- 
 lent Party fetting up young Mahmud the Son of Afyrnveis, he im- 
 mediately found Means to enter his Uncle^s Chamber, and killing 
 him while afleep he cut off his Head. After feveral Excurfions and 
 bold Enterprises, Mahmud advanced with a powerful Army and be- 
 fieged Jfpahan, during which Half a Million of Inhabitants periflied 
 in the City by Famine. Whereupon the King who was at Ferabad, 
 
 being 
 
^ 
 
 Part II. Verfia. 271 
 
 baing overwhelmed with Dtfpair, and the miferable State of his 
 unfortunate People, fent Offers of his own Dethronement as the 
 Price of Peace, and that Mahmud fhould marry one of his Daugh- 
 ters i this being accepted the Ufurper was proclamed King oiPerfia^ 
 in 1722. But not fatisfyed with his own Security, he foon after in- 
 vited 300 Perjtan Lords to a 1 illival, and on that Occafion ordered 
 them all to be murdAred ; which cruel Mafl'acre was followed by 
 the vile Murder of all their Children, and 200 other young Gentle- 
 men. He alfo ordered feveral Hundred of his own. Soldiers to be 
 killed, only becaufe they had ferved in the late King's Guard. At 
 length in February 172; he finifhed his horrible Courfe of Murder 
 and Barbarity. He entred the Palace where the wretched HuJJein 
 was confir d, anddeftroyed his whole Family, except the King and 
 two of his Sons who were not there : All his Children, feveral of 
 his Brothers, three Uncles and feven Nephews, in all one Hundred, 
 their Hands being tyed behind, were brought out and maflacred ia 
 the Palaceyard by Mahmud himfelf and a few of his Intimates. The 
 Sequel of this abominable Tragedy was a furious Didraflion that 
 felled Mahmud^ attended with fome fevere uncommon Diftempers : 
 He fuffcred fuch dreadful Pains of Mind and Body, that the Ag'vans 
 fet up A/freffto be their King. He was the Son of Abdalla who was 
 murdered by Mahmud i but before he placed himfelf on the Throne 
 he ordered the Head of Mahmud to be cut off, in Revenge for the 
 Death of his Father. After this he caufed the ;oo Men of Mahmud' s 
 Guard to be flain. He began with great Conduct to eftablifh him- 
 felf; but was intangled by Wars with the Turks, and Wince Tamat 
 the Son of King Hujein. This young Prince having fome Hopes of 
 recovering his Dominions, toolc the famous Kuii Kan into his Ser- 
 vice ; to whom he gave the extraordinary Commiffion of raifmg 
 Money in all Parts to pay the Army ,• which new General went on 
 with wonderful Spirit and Succefs. In 17 29 he defeated the Ufurper 
 Jzref, who retreating to Jfpahan ordered the unfortunate Hujfein t» 
 be murdered ; and not being able to recruit his Lofs and recover his 
 Fortune, he was forced at length to abandon the Country, and in 
 his Flight, with only 200 Men, was (lain in the Defert of Segifian. 
 
 In 1732 Kuli Kan having got a choice Army of 60,000 Men, and 
 the Agvam all routed, was now at the highefl Pitch of Credit and 
 Power : But inftead of conquering for his Mailer, he was labouring 
 for himfelf; and under Pretenfe that the young King had threatned 
 his Life or his Removal, he firft confined him, and then privately 
 put him to Death. In 1733 he loft cne Battel with the Turi^i at 
 Kerkuty but in three Months being recruited he beat the fame Army, 
 and killed their General. In 1737 he caufec himfelf to be pro- 
 clamed Emperor of Perfta^ by the Name of Hhah Nadir ; after 
 
 t l:i:' 
 
272 Ferfta, ' Part II. 
 
 which he defeated the Turks in two great Battels, which produced 
 a Peace. He inarched with his vidlorious Army to Dehli^ and plun- 
 dered the Great Mogul of above feventy Millions Sterling. His Life 
 was filled with great Actions, but intermixt with fuch Rapine and 
 Barbarity, that he was grown a Terror to all his Men and Officers 
 except the Tartars : And on a fuppofed Refolution to murder all 
 the Perjtans of his Army in one Night, he was that Evening afTaf- 
 iinated and his Head cut off, in his own Tent in the Camp near 
 Mfjkedy by a bold Officer with four Men, in June 1747. TheHif- 
 tory of him is excellently well performed by Mr. Hanway, to whom 
 I refer the Reader for more Particulars. 
 
 By this defperate Blow the MafTacre was prevented ; but in the 
 dreadful Riot that followed, at lead ten thoufand Men were (lain ; 
 and all the prodigious Treafure of the Camp was pillaged and con- 
 founded in two or three Hours. 
 
 Since the Deftruftion of that Ufurper there have been many Pre- 
 tenders for the Sovereignty of Perjta ; but as none have been able 
 to force their Way, and the bloody Contefl yet continues, we mufl 
 leave this noble Empire under the fame Diftrefs and Calamity of 
 War, till it pleafe Divine Providence to fettle it in Peace. 
 
 yfrms.'} There is a Variety of Opinions concerning the King of 
 Persia's jirms ; it being affirmed by fome, that he beareth the Sun 
 Or in a Field Azure : By others, a Crefccnt, as the Turkijh Empe- 
 ror, with this Difference, that it hath a Hand added to it. By 
 others. Or, with a Dragon Gules ; and by others. Or, with a Buffa- 
 lo's Head Sable. But the mod received Opinion is, that he bear- 
 eth the rifmg Sun on the Back of a ..-.ion, with % Crefcent. 
 
 Religion.'] The People of thefe Dominions are, for the moll part, 
 cxaft Obfervers of Mahomet\ Doftrine, according to the Explication 
 and Commentaries made by Mortus AH. The/ differ in fome very 
 material Points from the *Turks^ and both Parties are fubdivided 
 into many Seds, between whom their Controverfies are maintained 
 with great Zeal on both Sides. The main Point in Debate is con- 
 cerning the immediate Succeflbrs of Muhotnet. The Turks reckon 
 them thus ; Mahomet^ Ahubekiry Omar^ Of/nan, and Alt. But the 
 Perjtans will have their Halt or AH to be the immediate SuccefTor, 
 as Son in Law and German Coufm to Mahomet ^ fome of them 
 cfleeming him equal with Mahomet himfelf. The Perjtans are called 
 by the Name of Skai, and the Turks by that of Sunni. They differ 
 alfo in tjieir Explication of the Koran, which the Perfians havegCon> 
 traded into a lefl'er Volume than the Arabian, Here are many 
 
 'Nejlorian 
 
Part II. Verfia, 375 
 
 Neftorian Chriftiani ; alfo feveral Jefuits, and many Jn-ws. The 
 Chriftian Religion was firft planted in this Country by the Apoftle 
 St. Thomas, 
 
 MONEY. 
 
 • 
 
 100 Denaers make a Crown Sterling. 
 
 i^bafll is one Shilling, or 20 Denaers. 
 
 Toman is 5'^ Shillings, or 1000 Denaers. 
 
 Mahmud is Sixpence, or ten Denaers. 
 
 100 Denaers are called Azardcnaer. 
 
 Rupee is 2 s. 3 d. reckoned fometimes at 50 Denaers. 
 
 Shahi is five Denaers, or Threepence. 
 
 Billi is two Denaers, and Kalbeki Haifa Denaer. 
 
 Toman and Denaer are imaginary. They fpeak of Tomaas a* 
 we do of Pounds, twenty Tomans being 50 Pounds. 
 
 u 
 
 SECT. 
 
 Ni 
 
'* 1^ 
 
 1. ,14 
 
 Miles. 
 
 274 Part II. 
 
 SECT. V. 4 , ,.. 
 
 jBTurllt? inJ/ui. '"' ""-"":;. 
 
 < I. ' 
 
 Fxtent and Situation. 
 
 Degrees. 
 
 Length 1260 } . . C 26 and 47 North Latitude. ■• 
 
 Breadth 870 J ^'"wecn | ^^ ^^^ ^^ ^^^ Longitude. " 
 
 From the Territory of /icuz on the Coaft of the Red Seat Lat. 26, 
 to the North Bounds of Kuban Tartary at AKoft Lat. 47. being 
 2 1 Degrees or 1 260 Mile. From the Weftern Coaft of Anadoli near 
 the Dardaneltt to the Eaft Government of Kars in Armenia^ 1 9 
 Degrees, which at 46 Mile to a Degree in that Latitude make 879 
 Miles. 
 
 Divided, firft into the Weft Provinces : Then into the 
 Eaft, from North to South, Eaft of Euphrates, 
 
 Afia Minor, or Little Afia fo called, is t \e Weftermoft Part of 
 the great Continent of Afta. Tis a Peninfula 500 Miles long and 
 300 broad, having the Black Sea on the North, and the Mediter- 
 ranean South. The ^urks call it Anadoli, or Anatoli, from a King 
 of that Name who reigned there when they firft fubdued it. Tis 
 now divided in three great Parts. . .^ 
 
 Chief Places. 
 
 {Kutaia, Smyrna, Tirea, 
 Macari, Antalia, Boli, Kafie- 
 moni, Kiankari. 
 ^ C Kotti, Erkeli, Selejh, Alania, 
 
 Weft Provinces. 
 Proper Anatoli, Weft *— - 
 
 Caraman, Middle ■ ■ ■ ■> j.^, v n v -r • 
 
 * I Akfher, Kerfier, Katjartm, 
 
 •D -. T7«/i • I J* - r 'aaI j C Adana, Maras, Malatina, 
 
 Roum.Ezn; incmdinz Little Armenia,\ ^. * a- l . a r 
 
 ?>n of C.fp.,.J..6P,... -YZlhJXU ^'^^'" 
 
 Thefe three great Provinces compofe the Afia Minor ; and are 
 governed by three Beglebergs, who have under them feven, ten^ or 
 more Deputy Governors, called Sangiacks. 
 
 Weft Provinces. 
 Syria, Eaft of the Mediterranean 
 
 Phenicia, Part of Syria ■■ 
 Paleflin, Part of Syria — — 
 
 \ 
 
 Chief Places. 
 A t E p P o, Antiak, Latakia, 
 Fania, Hama, Ems^ Balbek, 
 Tripoli. 
 
 5 Damafcus, Bozra, Saida. Acre, 
 
 I Beryt. 
 
 { Scijet, Napolis, Jerufalcm, Gaza, 
 
 Stony 
 
 i -A -J* 
 
"'tS 
 
 ,>A,--«JW. T^- 
 
 t..Il 
 
 I. 
 
 N"' 
 
 it 
 
^g/^wit^XMdfn- 
 
.1 
 
 .-:i.-. 
 
 \t:' ,. -,:■- 
 
 MM 
 
 'll 
 
 '^^■Q^ ^m 
 
 •* f 
 
 -\ 
 
 >e*; 
 
 -^ - j:^-^** 
 
 V* '• >• 
 
 1*t»- ^ t^ . 
 
 -* "''flL ' ' *'''*''tt 
 
 i-sV ?. 
 
 f.-' .y«i \.,(i.<«^^ -■ 
 
 •iiiB»<» 
 
 1» --%*<it« S*! "i i* 
 
 »»V». ■ '•» 
 
 T'«f»t.il.*». 
 
275 
 
 Part II. Tttrky in /ffia. 
 
 Stony Arabia, to the DiftrlA off Harak, Ftrt Acaha^ Midiant 
 Jiouz on the Red Sea ■ — f Fort Mohila, Fort Atuz* 
 
 Eaftcrn Provinces from North to South. 
 
 Kuban Tartary and QrcaJJia have the River Kuhan crofling them 
 from Eaft to Weft. The Northmoft Town of the former is ^«o/; 
 which belongs to RuJJia as a Frontier, yieldecl fo by Treaty in 1 739 : 
 And a Line ^om Azof to the River Terki at the Cafpian Shore, parts 
 the Ruffian from the Ottoman Dominions, leaving the Town of TVri/ 
 to Ruffia. 
 
 Provinces. 
 Kuhan tartary — — 
 Circaffia 
 
 including Kaharta, Alan* 
 AbcaSf and Ziget '— — . 
 
 Chief Places. 
 Azof, A^ar. 
 Taroan, Betzin. 
 € TatartopOy Etzeri, Shakhom, 
 \ Zupu. 
 Mingreiia 1 Antient Colchis andf Afoia/, Ruki. 
 Imiret C. LaKiga, Eaft of the< Koteti, Korapani, 
 Guria } Euxin. l,Puti, 0/urgeti. 
 
 furioman, theWeA?Krto( Great iAiaizik, Arzroum, Kars, 
 
 Armenia *— 1 Diadin, Mujh, 
 
 Algexira, the old Mefopotamiu, f Gezira, Diarbek^ Orfa, Racka^ 
 takes its Name froTnG/aa>«, an I Rafain, MofuU Sinjar, Kerkijia, 
 Ifland made by the Tigris — ^ Tecrit, Anah. 
 Curdiftan, the old AJyria, and J Argijh^ Wan, Bedlisy Amadi, 
 
 Land of the Curtis People — — | Gulamerikt Kerkut, Sberezur. 
 J i'-^ r t ^\. u D i-T if Bagdat, Hoi-wan, Sherban, 
 
 CUiZ \ ^^"^^^^' ^"'^''^"^ ^^'^^'^' 
 
 (^ Romaia, Semuat, Sura, Bafra. 
 
 Name.'] A NATO LI or Anadoli is the Name given by the Turks to 
 ./jk. Afia Minor, as before obferved ; and is no Greek Ety- 
 mon fignifying Eaft a» fome have imagined, for tis in Reality the 
 moft Weftern Part of dl AJia. In former Times it was fimply call'd 
 AJia by Way of Excellence, as being the bell Traft of I-and in this 
 Part of the World, and abounding with fine Cities, Towns, and flo- 
 riftiing States. The antient Provinces were thefe, 
 
 Myjia with Troas, Paphlagonia, Pamphylia, 
 
 Aeolis, Galatia, Cilicia, 
 
 Lydia, Phrygia, Cataonia, 
 
 lania, Lycaonia^ Cappadocia, 
 
 Caria, with Doris, Pijidia, Pont us, 
 
 Bithynia, Lycia, Liitls Armenia. 
 
 Atr and SoilJ] The Air of this Country in general is very plea- 
 fant, pure and healthy. As for the Soil, it is extraordinary fertil, 
 abounding with Oil, Wine, and V^ariety of Grain and Fruits : But 
 
 U 2 much 
 
 1 ^ ' II 
 
 m 
 
 li 
 
 
 
 m 
 
2y6 Turky in J/ia, Part 11. 
 
 much of the inland Provinces lyes negle£led and wade, which is a 
 Misfortune in moil Countries fubje£t to tlicOttomanYoke. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Produce of this Country is raw Silk, 
 Goatshair, twifled Cotton, Cordovans of feveral Colours, Calicuts 
 white and blue, Wool for Mattreff,s, Tapeftries, quilted Coverlids, 
 Soap, Rhubarb, Galls, Drugs, Gums, and Opium. 
 
 Rarities.'] Not far from Smyrna is a particular Sort of Earth, 
 commonly called Soap Earth, which boils out of the Ground, and 
 is always gathered before Sunrife. It comes in fuch great Quanti- 
 ties, that many Camels are daily imployed in carrying Loads of it 
 to the Soaphoufes at fome Diftance, where being mixt with Oil, 
 and boiled for feveral Days, it becomes at laft an excellent Kind 
 of Soap. 2. Near Smyrna are the Remains of a Roman Circus and 
 Theatre ; and in the adjacent Parts is often found a Variety of 
 ^o««<2« Medals. 3. About two eafy Days Journey Eaft from Smyrna 
 are fome Ruins of the antient Ihyatira, as appears from ten or 
 twelve remarkable Inscriptions printed in Wheeler s Traiels. 4. 
 At Milajfo in Caria are noble Pieces of Antiquity ; particularly a 
 Temple of Marble, built in Honour of Auguftus Ceefar and the 
 Goddefs of Rome, as appears from an Infcription on the Front, 
 which is yetintire. Here alfo is a llately Column, called the Pillar 
 oi Menandcr, with a little curious Temple, but uncertain for what 
 or by whom erefted. 5. At Ephe/tis are to be feen fome old 
 Chriftian Churches, particularly that of St. John, now converted 
 into a Mahometan Temple ; alfo a large Heap of ftately Ruins ge- 
 nerally reckoned thofe of )he once magnificent Temple of Diana^ 
 great Goddefs of the Ephejlans. 6. At Laodicca, which is utterly 
 forfaken of Men and now the Habitation of wild Beads, are Hill 
 extant three Theatres of white Marble, and a ftately Circus, all yet 
 fo intire, that they would feem to be only of a modern Date. 7. 
 At Sardis, now a little, beggarly Village, tho once the royal Seat 
 of King Crafus, are the Remains of fome ftately Architeifture, with 
 feveral imperfed Infcriptions. 8. At Per^amos, which ftill retains 
 the Name of Pcrgamo, and is obfervable for being the Place where 
 Parchment was firft invented, are the Ruins of the Palace of thole 
 Kings named Attalus. Here is alfo the Chriftian Church of St. 
 Sophia, now turned into a Mahometan Mofltee. As for Philadelphia, 
 the laft of the famous feven Churches of Ajia, tis remarkable for 
 nothing fo mucli a? fhe Number of Chriftians dwelling in it, being 
 above two thoufand. 
 
 ArchhiJJjops .] The State of Chriftianity being greatly reduced in 
 moft Parts of the Ottoman Dominions, and not on!/ the chief Ec- 
 cleiiaftics of the Chriftian Churches^ but choir Sees being Irequently 
 
 altered; 
 
Part II. Turky in A^a, 277 
 
 altered, according as their Mafter theTuri propofeth Advantage by 
 fuch Alteration ; and whereas many titular Bifliops, Archbifliops, 
 and fome Patriarchs are often created, it is equally vain to exped, 
 as impoiTible to give, a regular Lift of all the Church Dignitaries 
 in thofe Parts, whether real or nominal. Let it therefore fuffice to 
 fubjoin in this Place the moft remarkable Chriftian Bifhops in all 
 Parts of the JJtan and African Turky ; ftill referring the Reader to 
 the fame, as he goes over the various Parts of this wide Empire. 
 The four Greek Patriarchs are thofe of Jerufaleniy Alexandria^ An- 
 tiocht and Conjinntinopley as before obferved in European Turky. 
 The great Annenian Patriarch of Erivan reiide» at the Monaftery of 
 EJhmiazin, near Erivan in Armenia, to whom belong many Arch- 
 bifliops with their Suffragans. TheNeJiorian Patriarch refidesat A/i?/«/ 
 in Algezira. The Latins alfo of the Romijh Church have an Arch- 
 bifhop, at fome old Armenian Monafteries by Nakji'-jun in Armenia. ^ 
 
 The chief ArchhiJhofSy with fome Europeans, are thofe of 
 
 Heraclea.^ 
 
 Nicojiay 
 
 Monefnbajiat 
 
 Methymnat 
 
 Phanarion, 
 Procone/uSf 
 Tarfus, 
 Amajtay 
 
 "BiJhopSi befide Europeans, are Chefe, , 
 
 EphefuSt 
 
 Aiicyray 
 
 Cyzicus, 
 
 Nicomedia, 
 
 Nice, 
 
 Calcedony 
 
 Trehifond^ 
 
 Drama, 
 
 Stnyrna, 
 
 Melitene^ 
 
 St'rra, 
 
 Chrijiianopoli , 
 
 Scutari, 
 Tyana, 
 Tyre, 
 Berytus^ 
 
 Amajia, 
 
 Ctefarea^ 
 
 Cogni, 
 
 "Rhodes, 
 
 ChioSy 
 
 Acre.. 
 
 Univerjities.] As for Uni'ver/ities in this Conncry, the Turl-s are 
 fuch Enemies to Letters in general, that they r; '. only defpife Li- 
 terature, and all fcholaftic Knowlege, but the very Art of Printing, 
 by which Learning is chiefly diiFufpd, hath been expreily forbid by 
 their Lawj fo that the Reader cannot expeft to find any Seat of 
 the Mufes among them. Tie true the J^ jics, and fome other Or- 
 ders in the Roman Church in thefe Countries, do ul'ually inllrudl 
 the Children of Chriftian Parents in fome public Halls ereded for 
 that Purpofe; but thefe ftnall Nurferies of Learning are fo incon- 
 fiderable, that they deferve not the Name of Colleges, much lef« 
 the Title of Univerfities. 
 
 Manners.] The People of thefe various Provinces being chiefly 
 
 U 3 Turh 
 
 h r 
 
478 TWr^ in Afia. Part II. 
 
 ^urks and Greeks, a Charadler of both is already given, when treat- 
 ing of Gnecct and the Danubian Provinces of 7urky in Europe. 
 
 Language.'] The prevailing Languages in this Country are the 
 Turki/6 and vulgar Greek, a Specimen of which is already given, 
 when treating of European Turky. 
 
 * 
 
 Go'vernment.'] The many Provinces under the Turki/h Dominion 
 are managed by principal Governors called Beglebergs ; Lieutenant 
 Governors called Sangiaks ; and Bajhas who are Governors of great 
 fortifyed Places with particular Diftridts. 
 
 Armi.l See the Danubian Provinces of Europe* 
 
 Religion.'] The eftablilht Religion in thefe Countriss is that of 
 Mahomet ; but all Profeffions being tolerated through the Turkijh 
 Dominions, here are great Multitudfs of Qjrijiians, particularly 
 Greeks, Armenians, and Nefiorians ; alio a confiderable Number of 
 "Jeivs. Chriftiamty was planted very early in this Part of the 
 World, by the preaching and writing of the Apoftles, efpecially St. 
 John the Divine ; here being the feven famous Churches to which 
 he wrote his Epiftles, namely, Smyrna, Ephefus, Thyatira, Laodicea, 
 Pergamus, Philadelphia, and Sardis. 
 
 Extent and Situation. 
 
 Miles. 
 Length 146 
 Brtadth 132 
 
 l\ 
 
 between 
 
 Degrees. 
 2 and 5( 
 2 and 34 North Latitude. 
 
 5 32 and 59 Eaft Longitude. 
 
 From the Red Sea Weft and Eaft to Capf Rafalhad, 27 Degrees 
 
 at 54 Miles each, is 1460. 
 
 From the Euphrates at Kahcm North, to the Strait of Bah el 
 MarJeb South, is 22 Degrees, or 1320 Miles. 
 
 Arabia is divided into D''f>'rta, Petraa, and Felix. The Whole 
 irakes one great Peninfula, being the largeft compatl: Body of Land 
 io any Quart';r of the Globe. And though it is often defcribed in 
 the Turhi/h Empire, yc. Pcir^n only, which is not the twentieth Part, 
 belongs to the furks ; for excepang that Portion, Arabia never was 
 I fubjed 
 
Part IT. 
 
 'Turky in 4fi^. 
 
 279 
 
 iubjcil to any Monarchy, but is now fubdived in many Principali- 
 ties and Tribes, governed Gy Sherifs, and Imans or Prielts. 
 
 D E S E RT A North. 
 
 The Deferts of D^^ufia and Amerabia^ Northeaft*. 
 
 Tamud z.nA Algiuf.'——'Heijary Fadi al Kora^ Maaden, Feid^ Tema, 
 
 Tibuk, Diiumat. 
 Hfgiaz, which extends from Medina to Mekka.mmn^Hatiraf Medina^ 
 
 Tamboy Arbuk, Giofa. 
 Mekka and Medina, whofe Territories compofe the fovereign State 
 of the Great Sherif of Mtkka, defcended from Mahomet. 
 
 Medina. Mekka, Gidda^ Taief^ Seraht, Comjida, Halt. Alfo 
 
 Tcbaliy Niab, Sndumra and Gioras, inland. 
 
 Naged el Ared. Katbar or The Seven Cajiles. Kariatettj Ania. 
 
 yematnu.'—^JemuMUt Salcmia, Hauta. _ » ., ^4 
 
 ■Majkat, Fodana, Oman, yulfar^ - . - ..-•-•• 
 
 — Elkatif, Majhilat, AJJ'a. 
 —Kalat and Zor, by Cape Rafalhad. 
 
 Oman. — 
 Baharin. 
 Mahra.- 
 
 P ET R M Ay Northweft. 
 
 :,v 
 
 Antient Vetra, now Hara^. Mounts Horeb and Sinai. Edomea, 
 or Land of Edom. This Divifion is mentioned before, as be- 
 longing to 7'«a-^;', 
 
 FELIX, on the South. -- 
 
 Tehama y near the Red Sea. »Ghezan, Afab^ Lohiut Beit al Faki, 
 
 Zebid, His. 
 Yemen, containing the Antient Sheba or Sabea.——^Saadit Gionuant 
 
 Sanah, Tanfila, Damar, Mouab, Mareb or Suba, " 
 
 Naged el Temen.——-Nagerati, Upper Tafeb, Nagia. 
 
 Moka. Tahiz, Moka, Mo/a, Aden. 
 
 Tafeb.-^'—Dcffar, Loiter Tafeb, Macula, 
 Hadramut.-'-^—Terim, Sahar, KeJJem, Fartajh. 
 Seger. Dafar on the Coaft, Merbat, Ha/ek» 
 
 Note that Temen is a general Name given by the Arabs to molt 
 Part of Arabia Felix. . 
 
 Name.} /iRABIAor Arabi, always known by the fame Name, is 
 
 "^ bounded Eaft by the Perjian Gulf; on the Weft by the 
 
 Red Sea ; on the North by Syria, and South by Part of Africa and 
 
 the Indian Ocean, lis called Arabi or Arabia by the general Con- 
 
 U 4 fent 
 
 li 
 
 
 
 >■% 
 
 <s ■•.'\M 
 
 ■ fi ti% 
 
aSo 7urky in 4fia. Part II. 
 
 fent of all Nations. The Word is derived from Jreb, which in the 
 Ihlintjj is a mixt Mu/titu^Cf or a mingled People, as our Tranflators 
 have rendred it from Gene/is, EzekUU and Jeremy ; meaning the 
 Ptople of Ifrafly Midian, Amalek, and the Ethiopians of Arabia, who 
 were here mingled together in their Settlements : And from hence 
 tis plain was derived the Greek Appellative of Ambes, for the 
 Arabians or Dwellers in Arahi. As for tlie triple Divifion oi Stony, 
 Vr^ftrt, and Happy, they are fo named from the different Quality 
 of their Soil. 
 
 Air-I The Air of North Arabia is very hot during the Summer, 
 the Sky being feldom or never overcaft with Clouds ; but the South 
 is much more temperate, being, greatly qualifyed by refrefliing 
 Dews, which fall almoft every Night in great Abundance. The 
 mean Dillance of Arabia from London being 44 Degrees of Eaft 
 Longitude, the oppofite Part of the Globe is therefore 136 Degrees 
 Weft from London, in the Great South Sea, and about 23 South 
 Latitude. 
 
 Soi/.] The very Names of thefe three Arahias do fufficiently de- 
 clare the Nature of their Soil; the Northern being extremely bar- 
 ren, one incumbered with Rocks, and the other overfpread with 
 Mountains of Sand: But the Southern, truly called Felix, is of an 
 excellent Soil, and extraordinary fertil in moft Places. ■ • 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Produce, efpecially of the South, are 
 Coral, Pearl, Onyx and Agat, Balm, Myrrh, Incenfe, Gums, Caflia, 
 Manna, with feveral other Drugs and Spices, Coffee, Cinnamon, 
 Pepper, Aloes, Cardamum, Figs, Honey and Wax. 
 
 Rarities.'] In Arabia Retraa is the noted Mountain of Sinai, 
 called by the Arabians, Gibel Moufa, The Mountain o/Mo{ts j on 
 which were many Chapels and Cells poflcfTed by the Greek and 
 Li>t?» Mot:ks i fcverai of which are now remaining, with a Garden 
 adjoining to each. At the Foot of the Mountain is a pleafant Con- 
 venr, from whence there was formerly a Way up to the Top by 
 one thoufand four hundred Steps, cut out of the f: rm Rock at the 
 Charge and J3iredion of the virtuous Hdena, Mother o( Cof:ftantine 
 the Great ; the Marks of which are vifible to this Day. I'he Re- 
 ligious ht»e ref ling t rtend to Ihew Pilgrims the very Place where 
 Mjcs flayed forty Days, curinp; his Abode on the Mount ; and 
 where he received the two 'J a^.cs of the Law. 2. At Medina, 
 about 50 Milt from the Red Sen, in Defert Arabia, is a ftatdy 
 Mcfkte, fupported by four hundred Pillars, and furnifiied with 
 thrci; hundred Silvei' Lamps. Tis called by the Turks Mas a kiba. 
 Of Mojl Holy i becaufc therein flands the Tomb of their great Pro- 
 phet, 
 
Part II. Turky in yffia, 281 
 
 phet, covered over with Cloth of Gold, under a Canopy of Silver 
 Tiflue, which the Bafa of Egypt renews yearly by the Grand Sig' 
 niori Order. Over the Foot of the Coffin is a rich golden Cre- 
 fcent, fo curioufly wrought and adorned with precious Stones, that 
 it is highly efteemed a Mafterpiece of great Valur. 3. At Mekka, 
 in the lame Arabia^ the Birthplace of Mahomet^ is a Moiky fo 
 glorious, that it is generally counted the nnoft magnificent and bell 
 built of any Temple in the World. Its lofty Roof being raifed in 
 Faihion of a Dome, and covered with Gold, with two beautiful 
 Towers at the End of extraordinary Hight and Archite£lure» make 
 a delightful Show, and are all confpicuous at a great Diftance. 
 The Mofky hath a hundred Gates, with a Window over each ; 
 and the v/hole Building within is decorated with the fineft Gild- 
 ings and Tapeftry. The Number of Pilgrims, who yearly vifit this 
 Place, is almoft incredible ; every MuJJulman being obliged by his 
 Religion to come hither once in his Lifetime, or fend a Deputy for 
 him. 4. The Country ^wixZehidm Arabia felix C2!\t^Yemenf 
 is undoubtedly the old Saba, Sabea or Sheba, and is yet famous for 
 the bell Frankincenfe in the World, which grows hereabout in great 
 Quantities ; alfo Plenty of Balfam^ Myrrh, Cafftay and Mannai 
 Moka is a great City and Seaport, noted for the beft Coffee. 
 
 Manners.'] The Arabs , great Proficients of old in mathematical 
 Knowlege, are now an ignorant, treacherous, and barbarous Kind 
 of People. The better Sort live in Tents, and imploy their Time 
 in feeding their Flocks, removing from Place to Place, for the 
 Convenience of Grazing ; but the common Multitude are Vaga- 
 bonds, and fuch Thieves b> Nature that moft of the public Roads 
 are peftercd with them ; for they travel in confiderable Troops, 
 headed by one of their Number whom they own as Captain, aflault- 
 ing and plundering the Caravans as they pafs the Mountains.' 
 Thofe of Majkat near the Perfian Gulf are counted the beft of thtt 
 whole Country, being generally very civil and honeft in all their 
 Dealings. 
 
 Language.'] The common Language of Arabia is the Arabejk or 
 corrupt Arabian^ which is not only ufed here, but is fpoken over a 
 great Part of the Eaftern Countries, with fome Variation of Dia- 
 led. As for the pure, old grammatical Arabian^ tis learned at 
 School, as Europeans do Greek and Latin, and is chiefly ufed by 
 Mahometans in their Divine Service. 
 
 Go'vernment.] The various Parts of this extenfive Country, ac- 
 knowlege Subjetlion to the Turk'i/b Emperor, and are fubordinately 
 governed by Beglebtrgs and Bajhas refiding among them. But the 
 Sherifi of Arabia are abfolute independent Princes, having the two- 
 fold Office of King and Prieft. Rdigion.'] 
 
 
\ 
 
 W-\ 
 
 r 
 
 % 2 
 
 282 Turify in /Ifia. Part II. 
 
 Religion.'] Many of the wild j^raht know nothing of Religion^ al- 
 ways wandering about like Beads hunting after their Prey. But the 
 People in general profefs theDoftrine oi Mahomet, that famous Na- 
 tive of their own Country. The Majkati in the Southeaft oi Arabia^ 
 are a Tribe of a particular Seft, between Omar and Jili. They are 
 fabjeA to an Iman or fovcreign Prieft, whofe Authority i« abfo- 
 lute. Hati'waj. 
 
 MONEY. 
 
 AtMoltCt which is the chief Port of /fr/r^/'tf, all Ducats and Dollars 
 are taken by Weight, or otherwife valued according to their Finefs. 
 The Kabeer is imaginary, by which they keep their Accounts ; 
 and eighty Kabeers make the Dollar, being about three Fardings 
 ^Ijpiece. 
 
 STRIA 
 
 Name.] A CCORDING to Celiarius the Word is derived from 
 jf\ the Hebrew Zor^ the original Name oiTyre, and was 
 after called Sur, T/uvy Syr. The Greeks called it Tar, which in the 
 Roman is Tyr ; Turcs in Greei being 'Tyrus in Latin. So that the 
 Land oiTyria was the old Syria } tho in aftertimes, by Tyrians was 
 only meant the Citizens of T^r^, which Place now hears the Name 
 ofSur. 
 
 This Country called Suri by the Turks, and Syria by all other 
 Peoplfc, is bounded Eaft by the Euphrates ; Weft by the Mediter^ 
 tanean ; North by Little Armenia ; South by Arabia : And is di- 
 vided into three Governments, Zyria, Phenicia and Palejiin. 
 
 Air.] The Air of thcfe Provinces in general is highly pleafant, 
 pure and fercne, the Sky being fekiom overcaft with Clouds ; only 
 in June, July, and Auguji, the Weather is very hot, if it prove calm, 
 or a gentle Wind from the Defert ; but, by the happy Courfe of 
 Nature, thefe Months are generally attended with cool Wefterly 
 Breezes from t\iQ Mediterranean, 
 
 Soil.] The Soil of this Country is deep, rich, and very fertil, 
 when duely manured, producing Grain and Fruit in great Abun- 
 dance. H re are indeed feme barren Mountains ; yet no Province 
 in the World can boall of rr.ore pleafant, large, and fertil Plains, 
 affording all Things for the Delight and Comfort of Life : Plains 
 of fuch a fat and tender Soil, that the Peajants, in many Places till 
 the Land with wooden Culters j and that commonly by the Aflift- 
 ance of one Horfc, or two Bullocks to draw the Plough. But the 
 
 Beauty 
 
Part II. Turky in y^a, 285 
 
 Beauty and FxcelVnce of this Country is greatly edipfed, by vari- 
 ous melancholy Objefts that prefent themfelves to the Eye of a 
 Traveller ; many fine Cities, Towns, and Villages, formerly full of 
 Inhabitants and compaflly built, now quite deferted or laid in 
 Ruins : Alfo many thrijiian Churches, once 'magnificent Struc- 
 tures, but now mere Heaps of Rubbish, and the ordinary Refi- 
 dence of wild Beads. Here it may not be improper to reftify it 
 Miftake of feme Writers who have made the River of Akpfo^ as 
 they call it, fall into the Euphrates, and to be navigable up to the 
 City ; whereas it hath no Communication at all with Euphrates^ 
 but is of a quite contrary Courfe, and inftead of being a navigable 
 River, is little better than a Brook ; having its Rife from a Lake 
 a little South of Aleppo, and running near the City, lofeth itfelf 
 under Ground at fome Diftance North. From this River the City 
 b well fupplied with Water by a Number of Aquadufls. 
 
 Commodities.^ The chief Merchandize of Syria^ efpccially of 
 Aleppo, the capital City of Afian Turky ^ and the Centre of Com- 
 merce between the Mediterranean and Eafi Indies, alfo the Seat of 
 a florifhing Englilh Faftory, are Silks, Camlets, Gallnuts, Cotton, 
 Mohair, Spices, Jewels, Sope, and Drugs of all Sorts; Wine, Oyl, 
 Figs and Dates. 
 
 Rarities.] About one hundred Miles, or fix Days Journey South- 
 eaft from Aleppo, is the famous Palmyra or Tadmor, now wholly in 
 Ruins ; yet the noble Remains of many Porphyry Pillars, and re- 
 markable Infcriptions, do fufHciently evince its former State and 
 Magnificence. For a particular Draught and Defcription of it, 
 fee the Philofophic TranfaSlions. 2. Two Liegues South oiTadmor 
 is a large Valley of Salt, which is thougkt to be that mentioned, 
 2 Sam. xiii. where King Da'vid fmote the Syrians i though fome 
 think it was another of that Kind near Aleppo. 3. On the Side of 
 a Hill by Aleppo, is a Cave or Grotto, remarkable among the 
 Turks, for being the Refidence of Mortus AH for fome Days ; where 
 is alfo the rough Impreflion of a Hand in the hard Rock, which 
 they believe was made by him. 4. Under one of the Gates of 
 Alippo is a Place lor which the Turks have a great Veneration, 
 keeping Lamps continually burning in it, becaufe, according 
 to a Tradition among] them, the Prophet Elijha lived there for 
 fome Time. 5. In the Wall of a Mofkee, in the Suburbs of 
 AUppo, is a Stone of two or three Foot fquare, which is wonder- 
 fully regarded by the fuperllitious Chriftians, becaufe in it is a na- 
 tural, but obfcure Refemblance of a Calice, furrounded with fome 
 faint Rays of Light. Such a religious Opinion do the Romanijls 
 entertain of this Stone, that for the Purchafe of it, great Sums of 
 Money have been offered to the Tiaks ; but the fame Superftition 
 
 that 
 
il 
 
 284 Turky'mJfia. Part II, 
 
 that caufcd the Propofal, prodtced alfo the Refufal ; the Turij be- 
 ing immoveable when requeficd to give or fell that, which is once 
 become the facred conftitucnt Part of a Mofkee. 6. B^:loi';^ing ro 
 the Jacolitt Patriarch in Ahppo^ are two fair Manufcripti. of tb«^ 
 Gofpel' written on large Parchment in Syrian Charadk-rs, either 
 Gold or Silver, with Variety of curious Miniature. 7. Between 
 Alepio and Alexutuhetta, or Sdinderon, arc the Ruins of fevcral 
 ftatcly Chrijiian Churches, with Variety of Sioae Coffins lying 
 above Ground in diverfe Places, and many Rcpofuories for the 
 Dead hewn out of the firm Rock ; but no perfeA Infciiptiom to be 
 feen, having myfelf made a particular Search for that Purpofe. 8. 
 In the large Plain of Antioch^ being fifteen Liegues long, and three 
 broad, is a Caufway almoll the Breadth of the Plain, paffmg over 
 feveral Arches, with pleafant Rivulets underneath ; all which was 
 begun and finilhed in fix Months Time by the Grand yizir, in the 
 Reign of Achmst, for a fpeedy Paffage of the Grand Signiorh 
 Forces, to fupprefs the frequent Revolts in the Eaftern Part of his 
 Empire. 9. In fevcral Cavities of Rocks among Bylaud Mountains, 
 twenty Mile from Scanderon, is fometimes found good Store of 
 Rainwater, completely ptrefud by the exceffive Heat of the Sun, 
 iO. Nigh the Faftory Marine nt Scanderon^ is a large Building 
 called Scanderbeg'^ Caftle, fuppuied to be erefted by that valiant 
 Prince of Albania^ in the Career of his Fortune againft the Turks ; 
 but more probably is of an older Date, having thereon the Arms of 
 Godfrey of Bouillon. Lajily, In the Eaft Part oi Scanderon Bay is a ruin- 
 ous Building, known by the Name of JoHah\ Pillar, which the mo- 
 dern Gf-rb pretend was ereded in that very Place where the Whale 
 did vomit lum forth. Tis very doubtful whether the Monument 
 ^as pui there on that Occafion, but not impoffible this Part of the 
 "Bz-Y might be the Place of the Whale's Delivery, being the neareJi 
 to Ninenj^h of any in the Mediterranean. 
 
 Manneri."] The Inhabitants of this Country are moftly Turks and 
 Creeks, whofe Characters are already given in Turky of Europe : 
 Alfo many Jenus and Armenians ; with other Chriftians intermixt, 
 fuch as Jacobites^ Followers of Jacob Syriusy whereof there is more 
 Account hereafter. 
 
 Language. 1 The chief Language here \s the Turkij?:;^ a Specimen 
 ©f which is given before. The old Syriac is loll among them, 
 but the Paternojier in that Tongue runs thus : Alkoun dbajkmaia\ 
 nethhadajk Jliimoh ; titheh malcuthok^ nehu %ebgionok aikano dhajhmaio 
 tpb harbo Hab Ian lakmo tjunkonan jamono \ wajkbuk Ian kaubain 
 tiikano dophkonnn fmbakan hkajobain: Ulo taalan lenisjuno\ elo paxau 
 ir.en bijko j metcil diUk hi maUuto ukailof uthejjlukto tolam oulmin ; 
 
 Amen. 
 
 Go'vernment.'l 
 
Paut II. Turky in 4fia, 285 
 
 Government.'] This Country being fubjcft to Srliucus, and the 
 Kings after him called Sehuciilcs ; to the Ramans, the SaractnSf 
 the CbriJUiins, and Sultans of Egypt, was conquered by the Turks in 
 the Time of Sfiim I. 1517, under whofe Yoke it remains, and 
 hath a particular Beghbirg or Governor. But the whole Dominion 
 of Syriii, according to its modern Extent, is governed by three 
 BtgUhtrgsi the firft for Upper Syria refiding at Aleppo ; the fecond for 
 PJjcnicia refiding at Tripoli ; and the third at Damafcus for PaUjlin, 
 Subordinate to thefe, both here and in other Parts of the Ottoman 
 Dominions, are the Kadies or Judges who hear and determine 
 Caufes between Man and Man, both civil and criminal. The 
 Europeans often accufe them of Partiality and Bribery, but whether 
 the Charge be true and juft, \vc affirm no'^ 
 
 Religion.'] The eUabliihed Religioi Country is that of Ma- 
 
 hornet, the Articles of which are in / ky. But, fince one 
 
 Part of that Religion is the moil exc y of Prayer, I can- 
 
 not omit the laudable Practice of ii.i;> Peopie in that Particular: 
 I mean not only their Frequency in Prayer, which is five Times a 
 Day, but their inimitable Devotion in the Performance of it. They 
 addrefs themfelves to the Almighty with the utmoil Reverence ima- 
 ginable, and in the humbleft Pofture they can ; fometimes (land- 
 ing, often kneeling, and frequently proilrating themfelves on the 
 Ground, and kiffing the fame. Their very Countenance during 
 the whole Performance, declares their inward Fervor and Devotion 
 of Mind. Yea, fo pun6lual are they in obferving the Hours ap- 
 pointed for Prayer, and fo ferious in the Duty, that the Generalitjr 
 of ChrijUans may take their Examples as a home Reproof to them- 
 felves. The Muzans, being thofe who call the People to Prayers, 
 commonly ufe thefe Words : Allah ekber, Allah ekber, Allah ekberi 
 la illah illallah ; that is three Times, *' God is great, there is but 
 " one God ; Come, yield yourfelves to his Mercy, and pray hin& 
 *' to forgive your Sins. God is great ; there is no other God but 
 <* one God." Difperfed over all this Country, and intermixt with 
 the Turks, are many Jenjos, and a Variety of Chriftians ; particu- 
 larly Greeks, AntunianSy Maronites, and Jacobites, of whom the Ma- 
 ronites are a Branch. In the City of Aleppo the Gretks are about 
 1 6,000 ; the Armenians 1 2,000 j the "Jacobites 1 0,000 ; the Maronites 
 1200; each having their Cathedral. The Turks have about 1^0 
 Moikees or Temples, and the Romans havt three Churches. The 
 Kumber of Inhabitants is computed 250,000. This Province of 
 Syria firft received Chriftianity in the apoftolic Age. 
 
 PHENICIA. 
 
 I 
 
 f|. 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 /. 
 
 &c 
 
 <'^^''^> 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 
 s. 
 
 d 
 
 A 
 
 1.0 
 
 ■so 
 
 11« 
 
 1^ 1^ 
 
 Ui 12.2 
 
 lyy 
 
 ||_LL l*^ "= 
 
 IL25 iu 11.6 
 
 
 '/ 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 ^^^^ 
 
 33 WliST MAIN STRICT 
 
 WEBSTiR.N.Y. US 10 
 
 (716) «72-4S03 
 
 
2SS 
 
 Turfy in ^J!a, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 ' « i 
 
 iJl 
 
 P H E N I C 1 A, 
 
 THIS is the fecond Divifion of Syrian the Name of which is 
 only found in the Greek Verfion ; tis no where in the Heireiv 
 Text, for the Sacred Books call it Canaan, and the People Canaan- 
 ites. According to Herodotus their Original was from the Red Sea, 
 which agrees with the Account of Mo/es making them the Ofspring 
 of C^am, who with his Son Canaan firil peopled Egypt, the latter 
 giving his Name to this Province. The Word Phenicia is derived 
 from the Greek Phoinix, Phenicus, a Palmtree bearing the Fruit call'd 
 Dates, which is the natural and common Produ^ '<» this Country. 
 Phenicia lay all on the Seacoaft, from the River Eleutherus North, 
 to 130 Mile South, including P/o/^ma/V or Acre: And, though 
 fmali in Extent, hath made a great Figure in Hiilory for the Num- 
 ber of its Ports and Cities, particularly Tyre and Sidon ; as alfo the 
 Ingenuity and Activity of its Inhabitants, to whom are generally 
 attributed the Invention of Letters, the Art of Navigation, Aftro- 
 nomy, Merchandize, making of Glafs, and other ufefui Difcoveries. 
 In Navigation they were fuch expert Mailers that they carried on 
 the greateft Commerce, became exceding rich, and eftablifhed 
 Colonies in feveral Parts of Europe^ Afia and Africa^ particularly 
 that &mous Commonwealth of Geir/^A^^; Andinmollofthelflands 
 and Coafts of the Mediterranean, they have left vifible Traces of 
 the Phenician Tongue. 
 
 Thefe People were in a great Meafure difpofleft of their Coun« 
 try by the Ifraelites under Jojhua, when many of them retired into 
 Africa and other Parts. We are told by Procopius, that in Tingitania, 
 the Diftrid of Tangier, were found two marble Columns with this 
 Infcription, We are fame of thofe 'wha fled from that great Pahher, 
 Joihua the Son of Nan, 
 
 Tripoli is now the Capital Place and Seat of the Governor. Saii^, 
 old Sidon, hath a confiderable Trade, and fix or feven thoufand In- 
 habitants. Btryt alfo hath a good I'rade. 
 
 PALESTINE or J U D E A. 
 
 Name.^ I'^HIS is the third and laft Divifion of modern Syria, and 
 Jl. the South Part of Canaan, Tis called Palejhne from 
 the Philijiim, Palifiim, ox Pilifim who dwelt there. Sometimes 
 Judect, from the Royal Tribe of Juda that gave K.ime to t^ntjeiust 
 Sometimes the Land of Promife, becaufe promiied to Abraham and 
 his Pollerity. Alfo the H'Jy Land, from the Sanclum Simfiomm or 
 
 Holy 
 
 peati 
 I I fort 
 ofth 
 Part 
 Hufl 
 form 
 
z, and 
 from 
 
 Holy 
 
 Part II. Turky in 4fia. 2Sy 
 
 Holy of Holies in the Temple of Jeru/a/em, facred for the Wor- 
 (hip of the true God ; and for being afteward the holy Scene of the 
 Life and Suffering of Je/us Chriji. The Extent of this Land is from 
 the Tribe of Naphtali North, to that of Simeon in the South, that is - 
 from />^» io Berjheba 150 Miles at moll; and the Breadth 70 
 or 80. 
 
 ^ t 
 
 Jir.] The Air of this Country is fo extraordinary pleafant, fe- 
 rene, and healthy, that many of its prefent Inhabitants do arrive to 
 a great Age ; and the Temperature is fo happy, that thefe Pro- 
 vinces in general are never troubled with exceflive Cold or Heat. 
 
 Soil.'] The whole Land of Canaan was blefl with an extraordi- 
 nary rich and fertil Soil^ producing all Things in fuch Abundance, 
 that the Scripture terms it, A Landfloiuin^ luith Milk andHonty, 
 The Fertility thereof was fo wonderful, and fuch Swarms of People 
 did it maintain, that King David numbered in his Time no lefs 
 than a Million and three hundred Thoufand fighting M«n, which 
 could not be above a Quarter Part, befide the Tribes of Levi and 
 Benjamin. But fuch were the crying Sins of its Inhabitants, that 
 they were not only driven out, like thofe who dwelt there before 
 them, but the Almighty being highly offended with their many and re- 
 peated Abominations, hath turned that fruitful Land into Barrtnefs^ 
 for the Wickednefi of them nuho dwelt therein. For fuch is the State 
 of this Country at prefent under the Turkijh Yoke, that the greateft 
 Fart thereof is not only laid wafte, but even where manured the 
 Hufbandry is fo imperfect, that the Ground is not now fo fruitful as 
 formerly. 
 
 Commodities."] From thefe two Provinces the Turks export Rai- 
 fins, Rice, Figs, Cotton, Senna, Honey, Wax, fine hard Sope, 
 Oil, Aihes, Turky Leather, Blue Skins and Buffalo, Pepper, Ginger, 
 Cochineal, Caflia, Rhubarb, Cinnamon, Nutmegs, Coloquintida, 
 Dates, Olives and Tamarins. Alfo fine Tapeflry, Silks and Cam- 
 lets. All Provifions are in great Plenty cheap and good. In the 
 florifhing State of this Country under the Kings oijudah and Ifrael^ 
 the People thereof managed a very confiderable Trade abroad, 
 chiefly by the two famous Cities of Tyre and Sidony befide the Ships 
 of Tar/hijhy that Solomon fent yearly to the Land of Ophir : And 
 fo noted were thofe maritime Cities for Commerce, that the Pro- 
 phet Ifaiah denouncing the Overthrow of Tyre, calls it, The crown- 
 ing Cityt nvho/e Merchants are Princes, and nuhofe Trafickers are the 
 Honorable of the Earth', and Sidon he termeth A Mart of Nations, 
 But fo accompliflied is the Threatning againfl them, and fo low is 
 their Condition, that I wifh all florifhing Cities in Chriftendom would 
 fcrioufly rcfleft on the fame, and take timely Warning by them ; 
 
 efpecially 
 
2l8 TurKy in /ifia. Part II. 
 
 cfpecially fince moft of our populous and trading Cities are now 
 fuch Dens of Iniquity, that their Inhabitants may juftly dread. That 
 // w/// 6i more toleratte /orTyta «WSidon in the Day of Judgement, 
 $hanfor them. 
 
 Rarities,"] In the South of Palejiim is the great bituminous Wa- 
 ter called AJ^baltii ; that noted Lake of Judea, where formerly 
 Hood the Cities oi Sodom and Gomorrah, otherwife called the Dead 
 Sea, from its having no vifible Tide or Motion. The bed Judges 
 make it about fixty Miles in Length from North to South, and 
 from five to fifteen in Breadth. On the Eafl and Weft it is all in- 
 clofed with Mountains, and the Water, though clear, is naufeoufly 
 felt and bitter. The Caufe of which is the great Quantity of Bitu- 
 men or jtfphaltis, a black oily Subftance like Pitch, ftrong fcented, 
 clammy and fulphurous, like that of Pitchford in Shrcpjhire, which 
 melts or diftils from the porous Rocks underneath, and is left on 
 Shore: Ihe Arabs gather it, and make Ufe of it for Ulcers, 
 Wounds, and other Purpofes. Here are alfo many Bufhes bearing 
 a green Fruit like Walnuts, which being well bruifed they throw 
 into fcalding Water, and fkimming off the Oil, the Arabs prefer it 
 to Balm oiGileadf and fell it for fuch. being excellent for Wounds 
 and Bruifes. 2. Near Sarfea, the old Sarepta, between Sur and 
 Saida, are many Caves and Apartmen/s hewn out of the firm Ro':k ; 
 which fome imagine to have been the Habitation of Men in the 
 Golden Age, before Cities were built; but others with greater Pro- 
 bability take them for Caves of the SidoniaMs, mentioned in the 
 Book of Jojhuut under the Name of Mearah. 3. Not far from the 
 noted City o^Tyre, are feveral great fquare Cifterns, which Uill go 
 by the Name of So/omoti's, among the Chriflians of that Country ; 
 but why fo called, they can give no better Reafon than Tradition. 
 4. At Acre are yet to be feen the Ruins of a Palace, which acknow- 
 legeth King Richard I. of England, for its Founder, and the Lion 
 Paflant is ftill vifible on fome of the Stones. 5. On Mount Carmel 
 are the Ruins of a Monaftery of Carmelite Friers, with a Temple 
 dedicated to the Virgin Mi and underneath is a private Cell or 
 Cave, which they report w. 2 antient refiding Place of the Pro- 
 phet Elias. On the fane IViuuntain are found a great many Stones, 
 having the lively ImpiefTion of Fifhes Bones upon them ; as alfo 
 Abundance of petrefi^d Frui., particularly Plumbs, or Stones of 
 that Refemblance. 6. Not far from the Brook Kedron, flands a 
 Part oi Abjalom'i Pillar, which he erefted in his Lifetime to immor- 
 talize his Name; and near it is a great Heap of Stones, which daily 
 increafech, becaufe Jeius or Mahometans palling by feldom fail to 
 throw one at the fame, fignifying their Abhorrence of the Son^s 
 Rebellion againil the Father. 7. In the Mountains of Judah is a 
 remarkable Spring, where Philip is faid to have baptized the Ethi^ 
 
 vpian 
 
u. 
 
 immor- 
 h daily 
 fail to 
 ! Son's 
 lb is a 
 c Ethi' 
 vpian 
 
 IPaUT It. ^ui^kj in Afta. 289 
 
 opian Eunuch ; wherefore tis called the Ethiopian Fountaia, and hath 
 a Church built near it, in Honour of the Place, and Memory of that 
 Fa£l. 8. Nigh the faid Fountain is a coafiderable Cave, whert 
 they fay St. John the Baptiji Jived from the feventh Year of his Age, 
 till he appeared in the Wildemefs of Judea as the promifed EU^s, 
 9. At Bethlehem is the curious round Temple of the Nativity, 
 ere£led by St. Helen ^ Mother of Conftantine the Great, who called it 
 St. Mary*i of Bethlehem. Tis now pofTefled by iht^Francifcam of 
 Jerufalem, and is ftill intire, having many Chapels and Altari, which 
 are frequented upon extraordinary Occafions. 10. In the Mount- 
 ains of Judea are the Remains of a Church built by the fame Em- 
 prefs, in the Place where Zachary the Prophet was born, and dedi- 
 cated to St. John the Baptiji ; and near it, where the blefled Virgin 
 vifited her Coufm Elizabeth, is a Grotto, in which they fay the Body 
 of Elizabeth was buryed. 1 1 ; Updn the left Hand, going out of 
 Jerufalem by the Gate of Joppa, is Mount Sion ; on whofe Top are 
 ftill to be fecn the Ruins of the Tower of Da^vid, which was once a 
 Building of wonderful Strength, and gceat Beauty. 1 2. On Mount 
 Calvary is the ftately Temple of the Holy Sepulchre, built by the 
 aforefaid virtuous ihlen, and vifited by Multitudes of Chriltians^ 
 who flock to it from all Parts, either out of Devotion or Guriofity. 
 Tis divided into a great Number of Apartments, containing many 
 Chapels and Altars, receiving their Names from fome remarkable 
 Circumftance of our Saviour's Paffion, befide thofe peculiar to 
 Chrillians of different Nations at Jerufaltw, fuch as Suriam, Arme- 
 nians, AbeJJines, Copiies, and Maronites ; at the Entry of one of 
 which Chapels is the Sepulchre of Godfrey oi Bouillon on one Hand, 
 and that of his Brother Baldwin on the other. Laftly, in and about 
 Jerufalem Pre thefe farther Particulars : A Mofkee built in the very 
 Place where flood the Ccenaculum, the Church of St. Sa'viour, and 
 that of the Purificationiof the Virgin, with her fplendid Sepulchre ; 
 which three were ereded by the faid excellent St. Helen. Add to 
 thefe the Tomb of Zachary near the Brook Kedron, with the Sepul- 
 chre of Lazarus, at the Town of Bethany, Here likewife are Ihewn 
 to Pilgrims all other Places in and about the City which are fre- 
 quently mentioned in the facred Volume ; as Mount Olivet, the 
 Garden of Gethfemane, the V allies of Jehofaphat and Gehinnon, the 
 Pool of Siloam, the Field of Blood, &c. They (hew alfo the Places 
 where flood the Palaces of Caiaphas, "Pilate, and Herod, with the 
 Houfes of Martha and Mary, and Annas the High Prieft ; the par- 
 ticular Place where St. Peter wept on the Denial of his Matter, and 
 where Judas hanged himfelf for betraying him ; all which are fully 
 defcribed by Sandys, Thevenot, Mandrel, and other Travellers in 
 the Holy Land. As for thofe remarkable Creatures, whether Beafts, 
 Birds, or Fifli, that are mentioned in holy Writ, the Reader may 
 perufe that curious Work of the learned Bochart of Scripture Aninwls. 
 
 X Patriarchs 
 
 
«90 Tarky in JJta, 
 
 Patrianhs and Bijhops are before mentioned. 
 
 Part IL 
 
 Manners."] The mountainous Parts of this Country are chiefly 
 poflelTed by Jrabs, of whom in Arabia: The Vallies by Moors, of 
 whom in Africa. Other People here refiding, are lurks, "Jfu^Sy 
 Chrijiians, and Greeks^ of whom in Europe ; each Particular having 
 been already defcribed. 
 
 Language.] Thefe Provinces of Palejiine and Phenicia have the 
 ^Turks Language in common : But the various Chriflians refiding 
 here, whether ai Europe or AJiat fpeak that Language of the Country 
 to which they belong. 
 
 Go'vernmenf.'] How and by whom thefe Nations were governed, 
 till they became a Roman Province, is beft learned from the hiltori- 
 cal Part of the Old Teftament, and the noted Jt^w Hifl:orian Jo- 
 fephus. But all this Land being brought under the Roman Senate 
 by Pompey the Great continued fubjefl to that State till the Begin- 
 ning of the feventh Century, when it was taken by the Perjiam ; 
 afterwards by the Saracens^ and refcued from them by the Chrijlians 
 under Godfrey of Bouillon 1 099, whofe Succeffors held it about 80 
 Years ; but being taken from them by SalaSn King of Egypt and 
 Syria, it remained fubjefl to the Caliphs of Egypt, till conquered in 
 15 17 by Sultan SeUm I, who joined it to the Ottentan Dominions. 
 
 Arms.] The Arms of the Chriftian Kings of Jerufalem were Luna, 
 a Crofs crofletiSo/, commonly called the Crofs of Jerufalem : But 
 this Country now can only ftiare the Enfigns Armorial of the 'Turkijh 
 Empire in general. 
 
 Religion.] There are three Sorts of religious People in Palrjiin, 
 Chrijiians, Je<ws, and Mahometans. The chief Tenets maintained by 
 the nrft and laft of thefe, may be feen in their proper Places of lurky 
 in Europe, As for the Jtnjos^ I think no Place more proper to treat 
 of their Religion, than in this their original Country. The modern 
 Jeius therefore, both here and elfewhere, adhere ftill as cloie to the 
 Mofttic Difpenfation, as their prefent Circumftances in a difperfcd 
 Condition will allow. Their Service confifts in reading the Law 
 in their Synagogues, and various Prayers, which they perform with 
 very moderate Signs of Devotion. Sacrifices they ufe not, fince 
 the Deftrudlion of their Temple at ferufaUm. The chief Articles 
 of their Belief and Practice are thefe following : i . They all agree 
 in the Faith of a fupreme Being, both tflentially and perfonally 
 one J but entertain fome wild Opinions of him, as particularly, the 
 great Pleafure they imagine he takes in reading their Talmud. 2, 
 'ihey acknowlege a twofold Law of God, «iv//V/c« and umvrittti:. 
 
 The 
 
II. 
 
 biefly 
 rs, of 
 
 JfWS, 
 
 laving 
 
 ve the 
 jfiding 
 ountry 
 
 verned, 
 hiltori- 
 ian Jo- 
 t Senate 
 : Begin- 
 ^erjiatii ; 
 \hrijlians 
 bout 80 
 gypt and 
 quered in 
 ninions. 
 
 ere Luna^ 
 lent: But 
 le 'lurkijh 
 
 \ Palrfin, 
 itained by 
 '.s of Turky 
 jer to treat 
 \e modern 
 ofe to the 
 a difperfcd 
 the Law 
 form with 
 not, fince 
 ef Articles 
 y all agree 
 perfonaHy 
 lularly, the 
 ilmud. 2. 
 univrit (<■>■' 
 The 
 
 1»ART IL turky \i[ ^fta. igt 
 
 The firft is that delivered by God to the J/rae/ifcs, and recorded in 
 the five Books of Mo/t:s. The Unwn'ten was alfo, as they pretend, 
 delivered by God to Mo/es, and being derived from him by oral 
 Tradition, is now to be received equally with the former. 3. They 
 aflert the Perpetuity of their Law, together with its P^-feSlion, be- 
 lieving there can be nothing added to it, or taken from it. 4. 
 They unanimoufly deny the Accompliflimentof thePromifcs and Pro- 
 phecies concerning the Meffiaht ftiH alleging that he is not come j 
 and that whenever he appears, it will be with the greateO: temporal 
 Power and Grandeur imaginable; fubduingail Nations before him, 
 and making them acknowlege Subjedion to the Houfe of Judah, 
 For evading the exprefs Predidlion of the Prophets, concerning his 
 mean Condition and SuPverings, they, without any Shadow of di- 
 vine Authority, do pofitively aflert a twofold Mejjiah ; one Ben 
 Ephraitftt who they grant to be a Perfon of a mean afflifted Con- 
 dition in this World j and the other Ben Davids who they believe 
 fhall be a viflorious powerful Prince, and the Reilorer of them to 
 their former Pofleffions and Liberty. 5. They think that the fa- 
 cred Name of God cannot be blafphemed by Man, if he only re- 
 frain from exprefling the Tetragrammaton^ or four Hebrew Letters 
 that compofe the Word Jeho'vah. 6. They condemn all Manner 
 of Images, the only defigned as a bare Reprefentation of Perfons 
 to Pofterity. 7. They imagine that the Sabbath Day is to be fo 
 ilri£lly obferved, that even fome Works of Neceflity and Mercy are 
 to be negleded. Laftlyy They believe a Refurreflion of the Dead, 
 and expedt a general Judgement. Thefe we may reckon the prin- 
 cipal Articles of the Jeiuijh Creed at prefent ; but they admit of 
 many other Things which only Ufe and Cuftom have authorifed } 
 and thofe differ according to the different Countries in which they 
 happen to refide. They ftill obferve not only the Feftivals of di- 
 vine Appointment for the Jenuijh Church, but feveral others of 
 human Inflitution ; particularly that which they celebrate yearly in 
 Memory of their Deliverance from the projedled Ruin of wicked 
 Human j during which the Book of Efther is thrice read over ia 
 their Synagogues ; and whenever the Name of Human is mentioned, 
 they all with one Accord beat loudly upon their Defks with Ham- 
 to fignify their Abhorrence of him who intended fo bloody 
 
 mers. 
 
 a MafTacre of their Forefathers. The Gofpel was firft preached here 
 by Chrift himfelf, and his Apoftles; but the Je'voi did not regard it, 
 and remain ftill in their Unbelief. 
 
 All the other Pro'vinces of the furks Empite, lying Eaft of the 
 former from North to South, are fpecifyed in the foregoing Analyjit 
 or Table. 
 
 P; 
 
 X 2 
 
 ,AW^.] 
 
\^ 
 
 292 
 
 Turhy in JJia. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Name.']T^U'B/lNTJRTARrhii\\\ its Nam« from KqoI meaning a 
 Hcg i the lieople of this Country leading a wild fordid 
 thieving Life. Georgia hath been alternately under the -Tuih and 
 Per/tans, but remains now with the latter : However, the Word is 
 derived from the River Kitr, being the old Cyrus v/hkh runs through 
 the Country. The Inhabitants are equally called Kurgi or Gurgi, 
 and the Perfians now call the Province Kurgijlan, 
 
 The Weft Part of Armenia which belongs to the Turk^ is the Pro- 
 vince where they fettled after their firll Eruption out of Scythia^ 
 about the Year 8co ; for which Rtafon they gave it the Name of 
 Turkoman. The Word Armenia is derived fiom Aram, which in 
 Hebrenx; is Mountains^ and Miiitii which is the original Name of this 
 Country together with Ararat, mentioned by the Prophet Jeremy, 
 Chap. 51, 27. 
 
 Algezira is the old Mefopotamia. Al Ge%ira means the IJland, 
 and hath a fimilar Signification with Mefopoiatnia, which in Greek 
 is a Country between tivo Rinjers ; the Tigris and Euphrates being 
 joined in the South, though not quite at the North. Gezira is a 
 City in an Ifland of that Name formed by the Tigris^ which the 
 Turks call the IJland of the Sons of Omar ; on both which Accounts 
 the whole Province is named Algezira, 
 
 Curdiftan^ the old Ajjyria^ is fo named from the Curdes People 
 inhabiting about Mount Curdo^ which is a noted Ridge of Hills, the 
 fame as Niphatest and Part of Mount Taurus: They run from Moful 
 to the Northweft. 
 
 Air and Soil.'] The Air of thefe Countries is very healthy, plea- 
 fant, and temperate. As to the Degrees of Cold and Heat in that 
 great Extent of Land, they muft naturally differ by their Situation 
 more North or South. The Soil of thefe Provinces, which lye all 
 in a fine Climate, is in general rich and good. Thofe that are wa- 
 tered by the two famed Rivers, Euphrates znd Tigris^ are fruitful 
 in a high Degree, producing Plenty of Corn, Wine, Oil and Fruit. 
 For the longeft Day in any of thefe Parts, Examin the Table of 
 Climates. 
 
 Trajick.] Several of thefe inland Provinces do not manage any 
 condderable Trade with foreign Parts ; thofe they export or barter 
 with their Neighbors being chiefly Silk, dry Figs, Raifms, Gall- 
 nuts, and fuch like. But M0/UI is a great Thorowfare for the Ca- 
 ravans and Traders from P,rjia to ^yria. In Diarbek and thereabout 
 they tan and dye Goatfkins, comn ;'. iv called Turky Leather, great 
 Quantities of which are fcnt into . ' Parts of Europe and Afia. 
 
 Arzroum 
 
Part IL Turky in /^. 293 
 
 Arzreum is a Thorowfare and Magazine for EafthtMa Goods, paint- 
 ed Cloths, Silks and Cottons, Madder, Wormfeed, Rhubarbi and 
 many other Drugs. 
 
 Rarities."] At Or/a in Algexira is a large Fountain well (tockt 
 with Fi(h, which the Turks call Abraham^ Fountain andfijhes j and 
 of fo great Veneration among them, that the Banks of it are co- 
 vered with Carpets for above thirty Yards in Breadth. 2. Near the 
 laid Orfa is a Mountain remarkable for feveral Grittos* in which 
 are to be feen the Sepulchres of many primitive Chrifii tw. 3. Ad- 
 jacent to C'lriaxar in the fume Province, are many little Rooms 
 hewn out of the Rock, which were probably fome private Cells 
 for Chriftians who afFefted fuch Retirement ; each having a Table 
 and Bench, with a repofing Place, all cut out of the hard Stone ; 
 and over each of their Doors is a lively Impreflion of a Crofs. 4. 
 On the Eaftern Bank of the Tigris, overagainft Moful, is the ruined 
 Spot of Ground where ftood the great and famous City of Nineveh; 
 the Profpeft of which may Urike the Beholder with juft Appreben- 
 fions of the fading Glory of all worldly Magnificence. 5. About 
 forty Miles from Bagdat is the Sepulchre of the Prophet Ezrhiel, 
 which is yearly vifited by the Jcius of that City with great Devo- 
 tion. 6. About the fame Diftance from Bagdat, between Euphrates 
 and Tigris^ is a prodigious Heap of Esrth, intermixt with a Multi- 
 tude of Bricks baked in the Sun, whereof each is thirty Inches 
 fquare, and three thick ; the whole being five hundred Yards in 
 Circuit, is called Nimrod by the Chrijliam and Jeias in thofe Parts* 
 and by the vulgar Sort believed to be the Ruins of the renowned 
 Tower cf Babel; but the Arabs call it Agirtuf, and fay it was raifed 
 by an Arabian Prince, as a Beacon or Watchtower to call his Sub- 
 jedls together. 7. Near Carlckin in Armenia is a mountainous Rock, 
 wherein are divers artificial Apartments; generally reckoned the 
 retiring Place of St. Chryf:j\oin during his Exile. 
 
 Manners.] Thefe various People are difFe ':i. • in their Tempers 
 and Manners \ the North Provinces about Kub n Tartary being lefs 
 civilized than thofe in the South. The Artmnians are Pcrfons of 
 good Behaviour, and juft in their Dealings, of which great Num- 
 bers concerned in Merchandize, are difpcrfcd through moft Parts of 
 the trading World. The female Sex in Circa f/I.i and about Georgia^ 
 are generally reckoned the moft beautiful Women in all the Eaft ; 
 and fo highly efteemed by the Grand Signior, and King of Perjiat 
 that their Marrams or Ser^-glios are well ftored with them. 
 
 Language.] In thefe Provinces the TurklJ^, PerJian,six\d.Arwe/fian 
 
 Tongues, are sdl underftood, and much ufed eipccially the firft. 
 
 . X3 In 
 
294 7urky in jffia. Part II, 
 
 In Algczira the Armtnian is chiefly made ufe of in divine ServicCi 
 and the modern Grak in Annenia. 
 
 Government.'] This Eaft Divlfion of Provinces is governed in the 
 fame Manner and Form as the Weft, already defcribed. The chief 
 Subdivifion is into Bcglebergatcs and Ba^aJhifSt whofe Governors 
 refide at the moll noted convenient Cities, many of which are fpe- 
 cifyed in the Table, where they keep Court like Sovereign Princes, 
 and receive the Tribute and Revenue of this wide extended Em- 
 pire. Subordinate to thcfe are many Sangiaht and other Governors 
 of trading Towns and Seaports. 
 
 Arms."] See Turky in Europe, 
 
 Religion.] The prevailing Religion in many of thefe Parts is the 
 Armii.iati, whereof the principal Points are thefe: i. They allow 
 the Apofiolic and Niccnc Cmdi, but agree with the Greeks in affert- 
 ing the Froccfiion of the Holy Gi^oft from the Father only. 2. They 
 dtny the immaculate Conception, and allow but one Nature in 
 CbiijI, though divinely infpircd : 'I'he Nejioriavs and Jacob Syrians, 
 who alfo are very numerous, hold the fame Opinion. 3. They be- 
 lieve that the Souls of the Righteous are not admitted to fee God 
 till after the Refurreftion ; and yet they pray to Saints departed, 
 venerate their Piftures, and burn Lamps before them } praying 
 likcvvife for the Dead in general. They ufe Confeffion to the 
 Prieft, and give the Eucharilt in both Species to the Laity, ufmg un- 
 leavened Bread foaked in Wine. In the Sacrament of Baptifm they 
 plunge the fnfant thrice in Water, and apply the Chrifm or con- 
 secrated Oil in form of a Crofs, to feveral Parts of the Body, and 
 then touch the Child's Lips with the Eucharift. They have a Mul- 
 titude of Fajis and Fe/livals, which they punftually obferve ; and it 
 is in the religious keeping of thefe Days, that the Face of Chriftia- 
 nity is yet preferved in thefe Parts of the World. The Gofpel was 
 planted here in the carlieft Age of the Church, BartholomeiJi) the 
 ^^QiUc being generally reckoned the chief, if not the; firft. 
 
 SECT, 
 
CT, 
 
 Jl 
 
\'^ 
 
 MVaft- 
 
 i L 
 
 Mffo*^] 
 
 tjiknlaU'^ 
 
 i-yvi 
 
 fe! 
 
 i i 
 
 2nJ*^' 
 
 1? 
 
 n-> 
 
 
 «^./V«vw<w ^aJ — 
 
 5" 
 
 s; 
 
 rcWiror* 
 
 flJ 
 
 BOiill 
 
 r-MM^ 
 
 /Ufa 
 
 
 ftr 
 
 sic 
 
 ^<^^^ 
 
 FHII^^ 
 
 3^^i 
 
 ***•»<***. 
 
 
 I^ 
 
 kAMT 
 
 i^m 
 
 \0 B 
 
 /y^/ 
 
 rxiix 
 
 (tZmtmSwemv^ 
 
 U^ 
 
 '.rr 
 
 ^^%J 
 
 f^x* 
 
 k^p 
 
 
 s??^^^ 
 
 ^c^#^ 
 
 vTMl 
 
 «x. 
 
 '"fJS^uff^ 
 
 r 
 
 
 ^SiaM^ 
 
 
 1 
 
 iifM< 
 
 
 ^-♦^ r^ 
 
 r 
 
 
 fe-^ P 
 
 s 
 
 
 1^ \ 
 
 [ 
 
 6 
 
 HuaMT \ 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^R^VVty<»<r^ 
 
 ^^M 
 
 
 ''=^mA>- **. 1 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 ^^^>G^ 
 
 ^^^1^ 1 
 
 1»« ^ 
 
 f-^^^^y* 
 
 ^« J 
 
 KA^ 
 
 
 m 
 
 ^ 
 
 ' / 
 
 3d 
 
 
 f ' "V i 
 
 
-< 
 
 (>» 
 
 i 
 
 n 
 
 • *»■: -^^^^it^ rim'tTi'&t ; wai ^f| -TWt-'ssi^i.ii;., 
 
 t-.M V, '■ ■ {'JS. 
 
 *f >.*'•'■' 
 
 
 f 1 
 
 -■'■ '•■;*■ vv.o. "i.>* 
 
 X\-.,ju .-^ac" 
 
 'i( 
 
 ■\: 
 
 I 
 
 •■«1'| ;#• 
 
 wA.v'.«^: 
 
 ^ , ii ^ 
 
 ■jtVi 
 
 ■'^ -t; 
 
 •'^if,' 
 
 Vjv; 
 
 ^' 
 
 ;\^-'..v^-^« 
 
 /' '&.' 
 
 "V. -f.' 
 
 
 
 'f7^\/)*^ V 
 
 •-s- »'\>' 
 
 iV^^'^it ■ 
 
 :.«.«»* 
 
 ^i^ 
 
 n'*.'-;- 
 
 U'f I- 
 
 -I i im.. i* v.< 
 
 A* 
 
 
 ■i^ 
 
 >••)!•.'! ^ 
 
 
 ■ ^ <•..• \ ; 
 
 'f'iJ 
 
 :**■! 
 
 >" .f;f.«l 
 
 'l/'»«f|'' 
 
 iVT.^5 
 
 ' ■ •• » 
 
 .<r%. 
 
 
 > • .-{Vi .'^'' 
 
 W > s^< 
 
 I 
 
 m 
 
 
 \v' If'Vi.lR 
 
 '» *3 '»''.• 
 
 J' 
 
 ■V* 
 
 : f'^'"-*.*" 
 
 f ?U 
 
 s£- 
 
 i*n.t 
 
 .Af 
 
 
 .1 a J 
 
 li 
 
 1 fcl ! 
 
 -.tiff-^ii^i-.f ),. "I*. 
 
 b't- 
 
 ■tiif^ 
 
 ■a-WTirs 
 
 T> 
 
 V» ■ I 
 
 'li' 
 
 
 i r 
 
 1 +' 
 
 
 'j(.-» 
 
 I 
 
 •f*'5j... 
 
 «^i-*V"*^^T^^, 
 
 >*f 
 
 -l."^' 
 
 
 Vf Iv "ixA 
 
 f 
 
 H^A 
 
 ;?#*«■ 
 
 ■VJ./. 
 
 fe 
 
 "/.\''^-. 
 
 kA 
 
 <■ ■ s . 
 
 .?Vri'4>M. 
 
 rf ;»,•», ,•. J, 
 
 r , ■' -t-j^ .. 
 
 !?-> 
 
 U. 
 
 .*■■ 
 
 v'rt., 
 
 5 L* 
 
 io^ 
 
 Ml ' 
 
 
 . .<.v 
 
 .♦• »^V:*>Sj 
 
 »*.V'vl. 
 
 
 .1? 
 
 ,j.^- **; .',4 ;it 
 
 
 ^^i 
 
 
 .■. Tt . 
 
 f 
 
 \ *•^V•" 
 
 * ^ 
 
 .♦V 
 
 '/ l» 
 
 ■■«■.., 
 
 'Pt- 
 
 ^ 
 
 «■! 
 
 ir" 
 
 I ■• . t . .M.-'- 
 
 •>t*r 
 
 < i 6' *3Wi-^: ' 
 
 .!>:~m, 
 
 :;^6£«^ 
 
 ;.,. Jl ._. 
 
 J.. 
 
 
Part II. 
 
 ^9^ 
 
 SEC T. VI. 
 90ail Iflands. 
 
 r-yapan Iflands. 
 
 I Philippin and Carolin. 
 
 I Ladron or Marian. 
 
 T • Ui. r^i-/r I Molucka Iflands. 
 In e:ght Clafles^ ^^^^^ j^^^^^ 
 
 I Cp/70» Ifle. and the MaUivas, 
 I Andaman Ifles. 
 l,C^/»^ Iflands. 
 
 f Nipsn 
 Japan Iflands < A'/a/St 
 
 7<?</</0, Capital. 
 Nanga/aki, Capital. 
 jiwa, the Capital. 
 
 Large Ifland of Jf/o, North of Nipon. 
 
 Philippin from 
 North to South 
 
 'Lufonia — — Manilla^ the Capital. 
 Mindoro ■■ 7//j. 
 Samar ■ Catabig, 
 Lei fa ' Lei fa, 
 
 Bohol — ■' ■ Loboc* 
 "^ Z^^« — ■ ■■ Zf^a. 
 Nigros • Taifan, 
 Panay — — Capis. 
 Parago — — Taifay. 
 Mindanao — Mindanao. 
 And feveral hundred fmall Iflands. 
 
 The Carolin Iflands lye Southcaft ef thefe. They are in Number 
 about fifty ; difcovered in 1696, and called Qaroliri from Charlei 
 II. ICing of {"/A/n. 
 
 CGuantt the chief, 
 
 M«./««, ifles.N^^'r ^^"^ i^'-^^"' 
 
 Northeaft of<^J'«'/" or Bona'vtjla, 
 i\i^ Carolin y^yP^n, Anatayan, 
 
 Jcagon^ Agrigan^ 
 
 C AS^&^^y Urac. 
 
 '' h' I 
 
 X4 
 
 Molucka 
 
ii 
 
 z$6 
 
 VEattof> 
 
 Molucia Iflcs •{ 
 
 Jfian J(flands, 
 
 rtatnbok ") 
 
 Cumbava 
 
 Florts 
 
 So/or 
 
 Omba 
 
 Timor 
 
 Timorland 
 
 Arou 
 
 Celebes 
 
 Bouton 
 
 Sulla 
 
 Burro, 
 
 Gilo/Of 
 ^Ceram 
 
 Part II 
 
 va. 
 
 •Eaft of Borneo. 
 
 The Nutmeg Jflands, producing alfo fomc Cloves, arc Ceram^ 
 Burro, Banda, Jmboitia, and noany fmaller, lying all together. The 
 beft Clove Jflands lye to the North of thefe, Ternaty Tidor, Moter, 
 Makian, Bojfnany Oubi, 
 
 Sumatra, chief Place Atchini 
 
 Sonda Iflands 
 
 ^Batica, 
 tyava, — ■ 
 .Balli, — . 
 * Madura, 
 , Borneo, — 
 
 Banca. 
 
 Bataviai 
 
 Balli. 
 
 Madura. 
 
 Borneo. 
 
 The Maldivas are many fmall Iflands lying South of the Malabar 
 Coaft, the chief of which is Male or Maldinja, about the middle 
 Station, where the King refides. North from thefe and Weft of 
 Malabar are the Lnkdivus, another Archipel of fmall Iflands : Both 
 of thefe together are computed above a Thoufand. 
 
 Ceilon lies Sontheaft from Cormandel: The capital Place is Candi, 
 The Dutch are chiefly in Pofl"tflion of all the Coaft and Trade, with 
 fcvcral Iflands at the Northvveft Point ; Manar, Del/, Middleburgf 
 
 Lrydcn, Arnjlerdam, 
 
 Andamr.u Ifles in ( Great and Little Andaman^ with Nicobar, and 
 Bengal Bay ( at leaft fifty more. 
 
 ..in.je . -\rYavok, Ufu, Lkcyc, Tovtin Ifles, Bajii 1/Ici, 
 between y«/rt»^ _'-''.. ' * -/ » j v * 
 
 find Chit.a 
 
 
 Fortn'ifa, H'jyuar. 
 
 Nitmrl 
 
Part II. 
 
 Afian IJlands. 
 
 7.77 
 
 ith Nicoiar, and 
 
 Ar«wf.]'Tr^HEY are called Japan or JapoM, from the C&itteji 
 \^ Word Zipon or T/ipo»t fignifying EaJI, being fo fituate 
 from China ; but the Inhabitants call them Nipon, which is the Name 
 of the principal Ifland. 
 
 JirT.^ vw7.] The Jir of thefe Iflands is mild and healthy; 
 not nea: . hot as might be expe6led in that Latitude. By Danvifs 
 M&pJapKtn is 135 Degrees Eaft o( London, at a Medium, and 36 
 North Latitude ; therefore its Diametre makes 45 Degrees Weft 
 Longitude, and 36 South Latitudi, Eaft of the River P/ate in the 
 South Sea. The Soil is abundantly fertil in Grain, and Vat^ety of 
 Fruits : And the Ground, tho incumbered with Forefts, Mountains, 
 and fome Vulcanos, is very fit for Pafture, and well ftockt with 
 Cattel. 
 
 Commodities."] The chief Produce here are the fineft wrought 
 Silks, the moft excellent Steel Blades, Gold, Silver, Copper, Ele- 
 phants Teeth, rich Furs, fine Screens, Cabinets, Porcelane, and othgr 
 Japan Ware. • ' 
 
 Rarities."] There is in Japan or Ifle of Nipon, according to Fa- 
 nnius, a remarkable Fountain, whofe Water is nearly hot as boiling 
 Oil. It breaks out twice a Day for the Space of one Hour, di'-ing 
 which Time the Eruption is fo violent, that nothing can withftand 
 the Strength of its Current; and making fuch a Noife, that it 
 frequently refembles the Report of a great Gun. 2. In the fame 
 Ifland is a prodigious high Mountain, generally fuppofed to equal, 
 and by fome to furpals the Pike of Tenenff, being vifible at 
 forty Liegues diftant. 3. In thefe Iflands are commonly reckoned 
 eight dif^rent Vulcanos, whereof fome are very terrible. Here is 
 alfo Variety of medicinal Waters, and many hot Springs, one 
 whereof eats or confumes all Iron, Cloth, and Wood that lyes 
 therein. 4. In the City of Miaco is a great Colojfus of gilded Cop- 
 per, to which People pay their Devotion. Of fuch a Bignefs is this 
 Pagody that being fet in a Chair, which is 80 Foot broad and 70 
 high, no lefs than 1 5 Men may conveniently Hand on his Head, 
 all his other Limbs being large in Proportion. Here is alfo the 
 Temple of Amido^ almoft covered with Gold. The Statue of that 
 Idol is placed upon a golden Altar on Horfeback, inriched with 
 Diamonds and coflly Furni':ure. 
 
 Manners.] The Japantfe are People of an olive Complexion, 
 good Stature, Ilrong Conftitution, and fit to be Soldiers. Their 
 Food is chiefly Fowl, Rice, and Herbs ; for they eat no Cattel. 
 They have great Memories, quick Fancies, with a folid Judge- 
 i loent, and are excellent in their N|anufa£iures. T^^ey are abun- 
 ( dantly 
 
 ■¥•5 
 
293 Aftan IJldnh. Part 11, 
 
 dantly fair and juft in their Dealings, but naturally difdain all 
 Strangers, efpccially thofe of the Chrifiian Religion, fufFering none 
 fuch to traffick with them, except the Dutch^ who are permitted 
 the Ufe of a Imall IHand, with a Warehoufe for their Goods, on 
 the Weft of Kiu/u by Hangajaki. 
 
 Language.'] The Jafanefe Tongue is faid to be very polite and co- 
 pious, abounding with fynonymous Words, which are ufed accord- 
 ing to the Nature of the Subjedl ; as alfo the Quality, Age, and 
 Sex, both of the Speaker and the Perfon to whom the Difcourfe is 
 direftcd. They write from the Top of the Page, continuing their 
 Line from Right to Left, and from Left to Right, till they reach 
 the Bottom. 
 
 Go'vcrnment.'] Thefe Iflands are governed by feveral Viceroys, 
 who are all fubjedl to one Sovereign, ftiled the Emperor of Japan, 
 His Government is alfo defpotic, and his Subjedls adore him as a 
 Divinity, never daring to look in his Face ; and when they fpeak 
 of him, they turn their Countenances down to uic Earth. Peculiar 
 to thefe Princes is a Cuftom, that they th'*Tik it a Kind of Sacrilege 
 to CufFer either Hair or Nails to be cm alier Coronation. 
 
 Jrtns.'] According to the Embafladors of the Dutch Eaji India 
 Company, the Emperor oi Japan bears Or, fix Stars Argent in an 
 oval Shield, and bordered with little Points of Gold : But others 
 report his Arms are Sable, three Trefoils Argent, 
 
 Religion."] The Japanefe arc grofs Idolaters, having a Multitude I 
 of Idols, to whofe particular Service great Numbers both of Men 
 and Women do confecrate themfelves. They acknowlcge two Dei- 
 ties, Amido and Xaco; and believe the Immortality of the Soul by 
 Tranfmigration. They imagine that the frequent Repetition of i 
 certain Words will atone for all their Mifdoings, and procure to 
 them a complete Felicity at laft. When the Portugue/e were fettled I 
 here, they difcovered fuch extravagant Zeal in making Converts to 
 Popery, that the Japaneje took an utter Averfion to all of that Re- 
 ligion, calling them Crofmcm and in the Year 1 6 1 4 expelled from j 
 their Iflands all People called Chrijlians, prohibiting them both 
 Trade and Settlement there : But the Hollanders denying themfelves 
 to be Crofmen, or Chrijiians To called, and taking Occafion to tram- 
 ple a Fenian Crofs under their Feet, they had Leave to trade, under! 
 fome ReftridHons as juit now mentioned. Nipon is 560 Miles ia 
 Length: Kiu/u is 130, zxi^Sikoco 100. 
 
RT II. 
 
 4fian IJlands, 
 The Philippin IJlands. 
 
 2r)q 
 
 jiTizm^.jnpHESE lilands, difcovered by Magellan in 1521, are 
 X called Philippin by the Spaniards^ Italianst Englijhy 
 irenchy and others, fo named from Philip of Spaitiy in whofe Time 
 [hey began to be inhabited by Spaniards. Magellan being flain in 
 \ Skirmiih with the Natives in the Ifle of Zebu^ left Drake the Ho- 
 nor of being thr, firft Circumnavigator of the Globe. 
 
 Air."] The Air of thefe Iflands is very moderate, notwithfianding 
 they lye fo near the Equator. Their oppofite Place on the Globe is 
 (the Country of Paraguay in South America, 
 
 Soil.] The Land is generally very fertil, producing great Variety 
 I of Grain, Herbs, and Fruits in Abundance. Here is alfo good Paf- 
 turage ; and feveral of the Iflands have the Advantage of lome rich 
 [Mines of Gold, and other Metals. 
 
 Commodities.'} The chief Produce of thefe Iflands is Rice, Cafiia*' 
 Wax, Honey, Spice, Gold, Cotton, Tobacco. There are two 
 large annual Ships, that navigate from the Port of Manilla to 
 Acapulco in Mexico ; they carry the fineft Goods of the Eaft, and 
 make their Returns in Money and European Goods. 
 
 Rarities.] In the Sea furrounding thefe Iflands is frequently feen 
 a Sort of Fifli, about the Bignefs of a Calf, which in Shape refem- 
 bles that of the Syren, fo famous among the Poets; whence our 
 Eng/i/h Navigators term it the Woman Fijh, becaufe its Head, Face, 
 Neck, and Breaft, are fomewhat like thofe of a Woman. In feveral 
 of the Philippins are fome little Volcanos ; and Lufonia is troubled 
 with Earthquakes. 
 
 Here is one Archlljhopy namely he of Manilla^ in the Ifland of 
 Luzon or Lufonia. 
 
 Manners!] The Natives of thefe Iflands are generally a couragious 
 
 I and valiant Sort of People, maintaining Hill their Liberty in feveral 
 
 'Places. They are civil and honeft enough in their Dealings with 
 
 the Chinefe and Europeans ; but moft of them have a great Averfion 
 
 to the Spaniards, who ufe them tyrannically, according to their 
 
 Cuftom in other Parts of the World. 
 
 Language.] The prevailing Language here is the Spam/h ; which 
 is not only ufe d by the Spaniards^ but alfo underilood and fpoke by 
 
 inany 
 
 .■1- 
 
 'M 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 l:.„ 
 
^00 4P^^ IJlands, Part II. 
 
 ni*ny of the Natives. As for the Language peculiar to them, the 
 bell Account thereof, is its near Affinity to the A/«/ay«« Tongue, 
 
 Government.'] Thefc Iflands being fubjedl to the King of Spain, 
 tre ruled by a particular Viceroy, who keeps his Court at ManilU 
 in Lufonia. But the great Ifland of Mindanao hath a Sultan or King 
 ef its own, independent of any other Power. 
 
 « 
 
 Religion."] Many of the milder Sort of Natives are inftruftcd in, 
 find make ProfeiTion of the Chriftian Religion, by the Application, 
 Care and Diligence of Roman Miffionaries. The reft being of a 
 favage untra£lable Temper, continue ilill in the Darknefs oi Pagan, 
 ifm. As for Mindanao, the People there are chiefly Mahometans, 
 Lufonia is 300 Miles in Length. Mindanao is not fo long, but 
 broader and more compadl. Some other of thefe likinds are one 
 hundred or mere Miles in Extent. 
 
 Ladron^ or Marian IJlands, 
 
 THIS Word Ladron is Thief, and was given to thefe Iflands when 
 Sir Francis Drake touched here, in his Voyage round the 
 World 1579; becaufe the Natives ftole many Things from his Men 
 who went aftiore to traffick. Philip II. of Spain firtt took Pofleflion 
 of them in 1565, and in the Reign of Philip IV. they were called 
 Marian, in Honor of his Wife Mary Ann of Auflria. They lye 
 wide of the Philippin on the Eaft, in a North and South Pofition 
 about 20 in Number, of which only Guam is inhabited, where the 
 Governor lives at the Town of St. Jgnacio. One or two of the 
 Iflands «re imployed for cultivating Rice, and breeding of Cattel 
 for the Garrifon and People at Guam. The Ifle of Tinian is where 
 Commodore Anfon and his Men were left alhore in 1742, and in 
 great Danger of lofing their Ship : And Guam hath been vifited by 
 feveral of our Circumnavigators, Candifh, Dumpier, Coivley, Rogft-s, 
 and Clipperton. 
 
 Molucka Iflands. 
 
 ^«w/.]'TpHESE Iflands, unknown to the Aniients, are termed 
 X Malucka from the hdinn Word Mcluk, fignifying Head, 
 becaufe they make the Front or Head of the great Indian Jnki- 
 felago. The PGrtiiguefc fjril difcovered tliem in the Year 1511. 
 
 Air and Soil.] Thefe Iflands lying under, and on either Side of 
 the Equator, the Air is extremely hot, and generally elleemcd un- 
 wholfom : And the Soil is not reckoned fo fertil a& that of the /V.- 
 
Part II. Aftan IJlands, 301 
 
 lippiny efpecially in Grain; but for Spices, and rich Mineis of Gold, 
 they far excel them. The Days and Nights vary but little in their 
 Extent all the Year round, thefe Iflands being fo near unto, and 
 partly under the Equinoflial Line. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Merchandize here is in Gold, Cotton, 
 Spices of all Sorts ; efpecially Cinnamon, Pepper, Cloves, Nutmegs^ 
 Ginger, Sago, Maftick, Aloes, i^c. 
 
 Rarities."] In the Ifle of Timor grows a Tree that fmells exaflly 
 like human Excrement ; Part of an Arm of which Tree is to be 
 feen among the Curiofities of Grefham College. 2. Here are fevc- 
 ral Vulcanos ; particularly that in Banda^ which once made a dread- 
 ful Eruption, not only of Fire and Sulphur, butoffuch a prodigious 
 Number of Stones, that they covered a great Part of the lAand ; 
 and fo many fell into the Sea, that where it was forty Fathom 
 Water near the Shore, is now a dry Beach. 3 . In Temat Iflandis 
 another Vulcano, reckoned more terrible than the former, whidh is 
 defcribed in the Philofophical Tranfaftions. 4. Among thefe 
 Iflands is a Bird, called by Europeans the Bird of Paradife. Tis in- 
 deed a Creature of admirable Beauty, and being always feen flying, 
 moft People thought it had no Feet ; but this Miftake hath been 
 long ago reflifyed by ocular Proof, though Scaliger and Ge/ner 
 both believing it, did at Hrfl lead many into that Abfurdity. 5. To 
 thefe Remarkables we may add that Quality o\ Cloves, namely their 
 Grange attracting Virtue when laid near any Liquids, being able to 
 drain a Hogfhead of Wine or Water in a fhort Time ; whereby fome 
 unwary Commanders of Ships have been nnexpedledly deprived of 
 their greateil Comfort and SubfiAence. 
 
 Manners.'] The Molucka People, efpecially thofe who inhabit the 
 midland Parts, are generally elleemed inhuman and treacherous. 
 They commonly go naked, except a fmall Covering about the mid- 
 dle ; but thofe near the Seacoall, who have Commerce with Euro- 
 peanSf are pretty well civilized, and feveral of them prove very in- 
 genjous. Their Manner of dealing is all by Barter, they being as 
 yet Strangers to Money. 
 
 Language.'] All we find of the Language peculiar to the Natives 
 of thefe lllands is, that their Dialed Teems barbarous and confufed 
 like the People. The trading Perfons among them, in their Deal- 
 ings with Strangers, ufe the broken Portuguefe and Malayan, 
 
 Government] Thefe Iflands are fubjeft to many fovereign Raias 
 of their own, and fome, particularly Celebes and Gilolo, have each 
 of them feveral petty Kings, or independent Chiefs. The Portu- 
 guefe 
 
-TiKI' 
 
 302 
 
 Afian I/lands. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 gue/e formerly had great Frotinghere ; but now the Dutch give 
 Law, and are Mailers of all the Trade in thefe Parts. 
 
 Re/igion.'] The Inhabitants in general are grofs Idolaters j for 
 here are many Defcendents and People of Japan and C/ji»a ; with 
 whom are intermixt many Mahometan/, chiefly on the Coafl : Alfo 
 jome few who profefs a little of Chriftianity. 
 
 Note that Celebes, the largeft of thefe Iflands is 450 Miles long; 
 and feveral others meafure 100 or zooMil^s in Length. 
 
 The Sonda IJlands. 
 
 JVifOT^.]nr"HESE Iflands are called Sonda, from the Strait of that 
 A Name between Sumatra and Java ; a Paflage which 
 Nature hath kindly and remarkably left open, for the univerfal 
 Commerce of this grand Archipel of the Ealt. Sotida Strait hath its 
 Name in Refemblance of the noted Sound or Strait of Denmark, be- 
 tween Zeeland and Sconen. 
 
 Air.'\ The ^ir of thefe Iflands is extremely hot, being fituate un- 
 der and about the Equator. In Sumatra tis unwholfom, by reafon 
 of the Marftilands wherewith the Ifland abounds. Sumatra is 850 
 Miles long and 1 30 broad. Borneo is 700 Miles long and 500 broad, 
 confequently three Times bigger thzn Sumatra, and is undoubtedly 
 much the largeft Ifland in the World, The oppofite Place to Bomto 
 is that Land in South America between the Rivers Qronokt and 
 Amavan. 
 
 Sc(V.] The Soil is generally very good, efpecial!y in Jc.'va and 
 Sumatra, affording great Plenty of Corn and Fruits ; mightily 
 abounding with all the chief Spices ; well furniflied with various 
 Kinds of Fowl ; and wonderfully ftored with rich Mines of Gold, 
 Tin, Iron, Sulphur, and feveral other Minerals. 
 
 Commodities."] The chief Export of thefe Iflands is Gold in great 
 Quantities, moft Sorts of Spice, Plenty of Wax and Honey, silks 
 snd Cottons, precious Stones, the beft Kind of Brafs, Dragon's 
 Blood, dying Woods, Camphire, and the beft Bezoar. 
 
 Rarities,'] In the Ifland of Ja<va are Serpents or Land Aligators 
 of a prodigious Length and Size, nine or ten Vards long, one being 
 taken, that was above thirteen Yards, and fo big, that they found 
 a young Boar in his Belly : They will follow Monkies up the Trees 
 to devour them. In the fame Ifland is a Vukano, which fometinies 
 2 burr.5 
 
Part H. ^ifian IJlands, ^03 
 
 burns with great Rage. 2. About the middle of Sumatra is an" 
 other burning Mountain, which vomits Fire and Alhes like Mount 
 j^tna or Vi'Jm'ius. 3 . In the fame Ifland is a Tree, whofe re- 
 markable Property is to put forth Abundance of fine Buds eveiy 
 Evening, which look pleafant to the £ye, and have a mod fragrant 
 Smell, but thefe fading and falling to the Ground after Sunrife, the 
 Tree appears all the remaining Day in a forrowful and mourning 
 Drefs till the Evening. 4. The Oranoutun is thought peculiar to 
 the Ifle of Java. Tis of all wild Animals moil refembling the 
 human Species in Shape, Sagacity, and walking upright. Hamilton 
 fays that he faw one of them kindle a Fire and blow it with his 
 Mouth ; and another broiling a Fiih to eat with his boiled Rice. 
 They are three or four Foot high and live in the Woods, being ge- 
 nerally fuppofed the liTue of a Baboon and fome favage Indian 
 Woman. In 1730 we had one of them brought over to London as 
 a furprizing Curiofity ; but none of the Learned could afErm it 
 was either Male or Female, being a Mixture and Confufion of 
 both : Which proves that though Nature permits equivocal Gene- 
 ration by certain Animals, it doth not fufFer them to multiply with 
 each other. 
 
 Manners.'] In thefe Iflands the Natives confiderably differ in 
 Point of Manners ; thofe of Borneo being Men of good Wit, and In- 
 tegrity, except the favage Nations inland : Thoic oi "Java, trea- 
 cherous, proud and deceitful. The Inhabitants of 5ft;;;<7//-^ are good 
 ArtiHcers, cunning Merchants, and fome of them expert Mariners. 
 
 Language."] The Zffffga^^^ in thefe various Iflands is not the fame, 
 but differs greatly in Variety of Dialcfts. But the trading People 
 underftand and fpeak the bad Portuguefe and Malayan^ which are 
 ufed in all thefe Parts. 
 
 Government^ In each of thefe Iflands are feveral Kings or Sul- 
 tans. In Borneo one Mahometan and the other Pagan. In Sumatra 
 and Java are many Princes, fome Mahometan and fome Pagan. 
 The chief of thofe in Sumatra is the Kingof y^t>6/«, and Matcram is 
 the chief in Java. The Hollanders and Portuguefe have eftabliflied 
 many Faftories in thefe Iflands, but moftly the form^'r. Batavia, 
 the capital Cny oi Java, is the Refidence of the Dutc/j Governor 
 General of all their Settlements in tlic Indies. Tis one of the neat- 
 eft, largeft, moft populous, and bell fortifyed Cities in any Part of 
 the World. 
 
 Religion.] The Inhabitants who refide in the inland Part;;, are ge- 
 nerally grofs Idolaters ; but thofe about the Seacoaft profefs the 
 Doftrine of Mahomet. In Java and fome other iflands there are 
 likewife many Chintfe. Ccilon 
 
304 
 
 Afian Ifiands, Part II. 
 
 Ceilon and the Maldive Jflands, 
 
 Katne.']^EILON or Se/on is an Ji^ahian Word, and Scion Diva 
 means the Ifldnd of ^f/on. TYit French write it Cei/an, 
 becaufe th^y pronounce it as the Englijh do Ctilon. This is the fame 
 Ifland as the Tuprobana of Ptolemy. So likewife the Maldivt Iflands 
 are called the Maldi'vas, or Iflands of Male, which is the principal 
 thereof. Ceilon is 220 Miles long, and 120 where broadeft : It re* 
 fembles a Pear in the Shape, or rather that of a dryed Ham. 
 
 Air'\ The Air of thefe Iflands, notwithftanding their Ncarnefs to 
 the Equator, is very temperate, there falling a nightly Dew which 
 helps to qualify the fame, but is frequently mortal to Strangers. 
 In Ceilon tis fo pure and wholfom, that the Indians call it Tenarifaiti 
 or Land of Delight ; and have a Tradition that Adam was formed in 
 this Ifland) which they all believe. 
 
 5w7.] The Soilh eJctraordinary fruitful, but Millet is the chief 
 Grain, of which the Maldi'vas have two Crops in a Year. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Merchandize and Produce of thefe Iflandj 
 are Cinnamon, Gold, Silver, Spices, Rice, Honey, precious Stones, 
 Pepper, black Lead and Coral ; alfo Cowry Shells. 
 
 Rarities.'] In Ceilon is that remarkable Mountain called Adams 
 Pike, being one of the higheft in all hdia. The Natives climb it 
 once a Year with religious Veneration, there being Chains fixt in 
 the Sides to help them up. In many of the Maldive IJlands grows 
 that Tree bearing the Cocoa, or India Nuts, which is remarkable for 
 its various Ufes ; for out of it is yearly drained a large Quantity of 
 Juice, which being prepared after different Manners, talleth very 
 like excellent Oil, Milk, Butter, as alfo fome Sorts of Wine siid 
 Sugar. Of the Fruit they make Bread, and the Leaves ferve as 
 Paper to write upon. As for the Trunk of the Tree, the^ ufe it in 
 building of Houles or Ships. 
 
 Manners^ The Inhabitants are well proportioned, and reckoned 
 a very ingenious People in Silk and Cotton Work ; alfo good Arti- 
 ficers in Metals. Moftofthemgo naked, except a Cloth about 
 their Middle ; and at eight or nine Years old the Women are iiur- 
 liageable. 
 
 Language.] The Inhabitantb of the M(>.Jdin)ei hnve a peculiar 'Jcr- 
 fon of their own. Thole who rcfsde at the maritime Places oi CV?7w; 
 underftand a little Dutcb, and broken Vortvguefe. 
 
 G^'vsynmcnt. \ 
 
Part Ih 4fi^» tjlands. 305 
 
 Government.'] The MaUive Iflands are fubjeft to one Sovereign, 
 who keeps his Court at Male. They are divided into thirieen 
 Cluflers or Cantons calltd Attoliti^ which are fo many diflind Go- 
 vernments ; and in the Whole are generally reckoned ten or twelve 
 hundred. Ctihn hath its own King l-cfiding at Candid to whom fc- 
 vcral little Princes are tributary ; but the Seacoafts are puflcfTcd by 
 the butch^ who in £flt;£l arc Mailers of this Ifland, both in Trade 
 and Power. ... . . ^ . 
 
 Religion.] The Natives of the Ma/Jive IflanJs arc ttioflly Ma- 
 homitam ; butthofcof Ctilon are Pagans^ being originally Malabars, 
 
 The Andaman Ifles lye in the Gulf of Bengal, toward the Eaft. 
 The Inhabitants arc excellent Swimmers and Fiihermen. In fome 
 of the Iflands thev have good Hogs and Poultry which they barter 
 for Knives, Hatchets, and Linen. They have no Rice or Pulfei 
 fo that their Bread is Cocoa, Yams, and Potatbes. 7^he Natives ar6 
 generally tall and well made, who live intirely in the Bays near.the 
 Sea, for the Sake of Trade and Subfiftence. 
 
 Hainan Ifland is 1 30 Miles in Letogth land 76 in Breadth. It lies oik 
 the South Coaft of Chinat and belongs to that Empire. Chief 
 Places are Kiantcbeu, Tantchu, Vantcheut Tatcheu. 
 
 Tormo/a which alfo belongs to China, is 200 Miles long ; not 
 broad in Proportion but fhaped like a Mint or Bayleaf. It lies 
 on the Southeaft of China, Taywan being the principal Town and 
 Port. The Account formerly given of this Ifland by Mt.P/almanazaar 
 is a meer Impollure, invented and publilht by him and his Book, 
 feller to ^et a little Money : Of this he hath made an honeft and free 
 Declaration in the Folio Syftem of Geography, under the Word 
 Tormo/a, 
 
 I 
 
 Gsi'smmcnt-l, 
 
 CHAP. 
 
3o6 
 
 Part II. 
 
 C H A P. III. 
 
 Of AFRICA, the Third Quarter. 
 
 Divided in Four general Heads. 
 
 1. Land of the Whites, 
 
 Containing Egypt^ Nubia^ Fungi, Aheffinia^ Barbaty 
 with Bidilgeridy and the Defert of Zaara, 
 
 2. Land of the Blacks, 
 
 Containing Guiney, all Nigritia or Negreland^ ^omhut^ 
 Bourno^ Kauga^ Mujac. 
 
 3. Congo or Lower Guinff, 
 
 Containing Macoko or Anziko^ Loango^ Qongo^ Angola^ 
 
 Matamba^ Benguela, 
 
 4.' Cajreria. 
 
 Containing Adel^ Machidas, Zanguebar^ Mmomotapif, 
 and the Land of Hotentots, 
 
 Laftly, The African Wands. 
 
 SECT. 
 
fi.XfitttJ jeu^. 
 
 ^Onin) ^m/ 
 
 
 /^ " n 
 
 
 
 ^\mI ' <?j***^ /%&, ^"'''^r^^ 
 
 
 
 ^ f^ 1 
 
 r 7^ / 
 
 

 Ife^ftfrmJ^andim 4^ 
 
Part II. 
 
 
 307 
 
 S B C T. r. 
 
 Extent and Situation. 
 
 Miles. Degrees. 
 
 Length 500 I Kom.«-« 5 ^3 *"^ 3^ North Latitude.' 
 Breadth 300 J ^e^ween | ^g ^^^ ^^ g^^ Longitude. 
 
 The Length is from yi/uen South, to Rofet North 500 Miles. 
 The Breadth is from the Reti Sea Ball to the Weft Border, more or 
 lefs 300 at a Medium. 
 
 i 
 
 Lonver Eg;ypf, or De/fa -{"^^'Zfketk^"'^'** ^"''* Damiat, 
 Middle Egypt, ox Heptanomis Cairo, Fium, Suez, Bene/ef, OJiof, 
 
 Upper Egypt, or Thehais, C ^. „ »-. ^, ^/. 
 
 now S^d -l ^"^^' ^'"'^''* ^""'' ^"^' ^^'*^"' 
 
 The Seacoaft of Upper Egypt is called Rifa, and the chief Seaport 
 is CoJJir, 
 
 . . .: . ' „ i 
 
 Name.] ' f^HIS Country, the fame with anti'ent Egypt, is bounded 
 X Eaft by the Red/ea ; on the Weft by Lyhia ', on the 
 North- by the Mediterranean , and on the South by Nubia. It was 
 varioufly named of old, as Mifraim or Mezar by the Jews : Mezra 
 and Mezir by the Arabians and Eaftern People : Mclambolos by. 
 Lucian : Oceana by Berofus: Ogygia by Xenophon: Potami* by Hero- 
 dotus i and Hcfefiia by Homer, The prefent and general Name o( 
 Egypt is beft derived from yiiguptot, fignifying the Land of Coptos, 
 which was the old Metropolis. The Greeks called it Alguptos,. 
 znd the Latins A gyptus. 
 
 Jir.] The Jir of this Country is very hot, and generally unwhol- 
 fom, being infefted with naufeous Vapours, afcending from the; 
 flimey Soil of the Land. The Diftance of the River Ni/e being 31 
 Degrees Eaft from London, the oppofite Place to Egypt is therefore 
 149 Weft from London, and 28 South Latitude. 
 
 M 
 
 U 
 
 m 
 
 "1^ 
 
 BBI 
 
 ^feiMl^^^Hi 
 
 il 
 
 ■ 
 
 Y z 
 
 Soil.) 
 
3o8 ^gypt' Part IL 
 
 Sotl"] Egypt was always, and is now as fertil a Country as any 
 in the World, the Soil being wonderfully fattened by the yearly 
 overflowing of the Nile ; tiie Caufe of which is the great Rains 
 from Nubia and Abejinia, that fall regularly for four Months, be- 
 ginning in June J for in E^ypt they have none. This Land is ex- 
 ceding plentiful in all Sorts of Grain ; and for its Abundance of 
 Corn was ufually called the Granaty of Rome. Tlie longell Day is 
 about fourteen i.ours. 
 
 Commodities.'] The Traffick and Produce of this Kingdom are Su- 
 gar, Flax, Rice, all Sorts of Grain and Fruit, Linen, Salt, Balfam, 
 Senna, Caflia» and Abundance of aromatic Druga, Plants and 
 Gums. 
 
 Rarities.'] In and near Ahxa-neltia are many noble Remains of 
 Antiquity ; particularly the ruined Walls of that celebrated City, 
 built by ALxundcr the Great ; with a confiderable Number of 
 Towns, feveral of which are almoft intire : Here alfo are diverfe- 
 ftately porphyry Pillars, and curious Obelilks of pure Granet, efpe- 
 cially th&t czWtd Pcmpey^s Pillar, of one Stone 114 Foot high, ac- 
 cording to Pocock. Some are (landing, others thrown down, and 
 all adorned with Variety of Hieroglyphics ; for a particular Aecount 
 of which fee Philofophic:il Tranjadiom, and the aforefard Aathor. 
 2. In the Caflle of Grand Cuiro nre feverai Remarkables wonhy 
 Obfervation, which Strangers with fome Difficulty obtain Leave to 
 fee ; the chief whereof are thefe three, iFirJl, the Arcane, which is 
 a frightful dark Dungeon, wherein, as they fay, the Patriarch Jofcph 
 was confined. Secondly, A very large Room, with about thirty 
 Pillars of Thfban Stone, which yet bears the Name o* 'Jiffnpkk.s Hall. 
 Thirdly, In this Caftle is a prodigious deep Pit, with a Spring of 
 good Water at the Bottom, being a great Rarity in Egypt, which 
 the Natives call Joftph'^s Wdl. From this Pit feme Travellers talk 
 of an artificial Communication under Ground between the Pyramids 
 and the Town of Suez, being 70 Mile : For a larger Account. fee Po- 
 eucktSha'w, and Thcvenot'^i fra'vels. 3. A few Miles Weft of Grand 
 Cairo are the Efv'/'<'/«w7^y^tf»"Vj,thofe wondrous Monuments of Anti- 
 quity, which devouring Time hath not confumed, or hardly impaired, 
 though erected thirteen hundred years before Chrill. The iinall ones 
 are inconliderable, but the big^eft is 71 o Foot fqi;are at bottom, 
 each fide being an equilateral Triangle, fronting the four Quarters 
 of the World. 7'he Square of ieven beii.g ^9, makes 4C;0,oca 
 Foot ; therefore the Square covered by this Pyramid is above eleven 
 Acres of Land. The Property of fhefelTri ingles being as 5 to 7, 
 frorn tl.e IJafe to the LTftri}:ht, the Pyramid m.ilt then be near 500 
 f'oot liigh, if it ends in «i Point ; ^ut as the Sumn.it ii a flat Square 
 .. . or 
 
Part II. Egypt' 309 
 
 cf 17 Foot, the Building is fuppoi'ed to be impcrfefl, and was to 
 have fome proper Hieroglyphic for the finiihing, highly futable to 
 the Myftery of the Egyptian Priefthood, and the dark Divinity of 
 fuch a llrange enormous Temple. 4. Adjacent to this Pyramid is 
 a monrtrous great Figure called Sphinx ; the Butt, being all of one 
 Stone, reprefents the Face aad Breatt of a Woman, whofe Head, 
 according to Pliny ^ is 1 30 Roman Foot in Circumference, and 43 
 long ; alio 162 from the Top of the Head to the lower Part of the 
 Belly. 5. Near Cairo are fevcral deep fubterranean Cavities, hewn 
 out of the Rock, having Variety of Hieroglyphics inlcribed on the 
 Walls, wherein are depofited many of the Egyptian Mummies ; and 
 in fome of thefe Vauhs, certain Lamps are faid to have been found, 
 which conrtantly hum without confuming, till expofed to the open 
 Air. 6. In the famous River Ni/e are Abundance of Crocodi/es, 
 thofe terrible and devouring Animals, which Bochart endeavours to 
 prove the fame with that Creature mentioned in the Book of yob 
 under the Name of Leviathan, commonly taken for the Whale. 
 A complete Skeleton of this Animal, about four Yards three Quar- 
 ters long, may be feen in the Repofitory of Qrc/ham College, being 
 prefented to the Royal Society by Sir Robert Southiuell. 7. In thac 
 Part of the AV/e", about the 2 2d Degree in Nuhia, is the great Cata- 
 radl, whofe Fall from the Rock is above 200 Foot ; making in its 
 Defcent a Sheet of Water between 30 and 40 Foot broad, under 
 which People may walk fecurely, without being wet. To thefe 
 Rarities we may add that Egyptian Curiofity of hatching Chickens 
 by the Warmth of Ovens ; long Walks being inclofed for that Pun 
 pofe, and the Eggs covered witH Dung or Afhes. 
 
 Manners."] The modern Egyptians and Arabs are of a low Sta- 
 ture and flender. They have tawny Complexions, and are generally 
 reckoned cowardly, luxurious, and cunning. They much degene- 
 rate from their Ancettors in every thing, except a vain Prcttufe to 
 Allrology and Divination. 
 
 Language.'] The chief Language ufed in this Country, is the 
 *turkilh and vulgar Arabic, efpecially the latter. The Arabs brought 
 \w \!m\x Language with their Conquell, which hath been preferved 
 here ever fince ; but the Coptees fo called, who are defcended from 
 the antient Egyptians, do in their Divine Worfhip uie the old Eg \p- 
 tian Tongue, which is very different from all the Oriental Lan- 
 guages. In Places of any confiderable Traffick, many of the 
 European Tongues are underltood and made ufe of. 
 
 Government.'] This Kingdom very famous both in facred and pro- 
 file Hiftory, being now a Province of the Turkijh Empire, is go- 
 
 Y 3, verned 
 
3 10 Egyfi* Part II. 
 
 verned by a particular Bafa or Beglcbergt who refides In great State 
 at Grand Cairo ; wbich Poft is the moft honorable Government of 
 any in the Ottoman Dominions, this Viceroy having under him 
 fifteen or more extenfive Governments ; alfo a powerful Militia^ 
 reckoned the moft confiderable of all the Turky Provinces. 
 
 ReUgian."] The Inhabitants of this Country, being Turks, Moors, 
 and Jrais, are more ftri£t Obfervers of Mahomet's Dodlrine, than 
 any other in the Ottoman Dominions. Here alfo are Jenvs in 
 great Numbers, and many Chrijiians called Co///, or Coptees. Thefe 
 are the natural Egyptians, fo named from the old capital City of 
 Coptos, They follow the Opinion of EutycheSy who lived about the 
 Year 440, and that of Jacob Syrius who came after, that Chrift had 
 but one Nature, and was not born of a Virgin. The Chrijiian 
 l^aitb was iirft planted here by St. Mark the Ev^ngeliil, who is fup- 
 pofed to have been the firft BiAiop of Alexandria, 
 
 ' i.J 
 
 SECT. 
 
Part II. 
 
 311 
 
 SECT. II. 
 
 '*' . • 
 
 HBathm* 
 
 This North Part of J/rica includes all the Land from the Limit* 
 of Egypt at the Catabathmus, to the Southwell Bounds of Morocko 
 at Cape Agulon near the River Sm^ being 1 800 Miles. 
 
 Barhary is divided into thefe five Kingdoms, 
 
 Morocko^ FeZy Algier^ TuniSy Tripoli. 
 
 The two firft were united under one Head in the 17th Century, 
 with Tablet anu Darra. 
 
 rMoROKCO, Tagaoftt 
 Morocko^ Part of J Tarudanty Santa Cruz, 
 Mauritania. J Mogador, Saffiy 
 
 ^Mazaga/ty Te/za. 
 
 FeZy 
 old Mauritania. 
 
 'Fez, JzamoKy 
 
 MekineZy Tezar, 
 
 Salli, Alcazcr^ 
 
 Ceuta and VeleZy to Spain, 
 .Mezima, Melilla. 
 
 Algievy 
 old Numidia, 
 
 Tunis, Part of 
 original Africa. 
 
 i Tun IS, Benzertt 
 Dakul, Nabely 
 Kefy Kairiuan, 
 Su/a, Effakesy Capes, 
 Cap/a, Tozer, 
 
 r Tripoli, Gcrbi Ide, 
 Tripoli, Part of \ Zoara, Sahart, 
 osiginal Africa. | Ziliteny Tolemet, 
 
 l^Curen, Dern, an the Defcrt of 5«rr/jf. 
 
 Y4 
 
 Name.2 
 
 i 
 
31? Barhary, Part II. 
 
 KuMe.]^ 4rhMry is bounded on the Eaft by Egypt ; on the Weft by 
 the Atlnntic Ocean \ North by the Miditerrancan Seaj 
 and South by the Gre:<t Defcrt : So callid by the Snraeeni from 
 Barhftr ; fignifying a heavy, clownilh, murmuring Sound, becaufe 
 ihis People teemed to pronounce their Language after that manner. 
 Others rather imagine that the Romnm^ upon the Conquell of this 
 Country, called it Barbaria, and the Inhabitants Barharianst after 
 the Example of the Greeks^ who gave this Name to all Nations that 
 had no public Schools for Philofophy, and the polite Arts. 
 
 Jir and Soil.'\ The Air of this Country is indifferently terr.t 
 perat<", and generally efteemed healthy. Tis abundantly fer- 
 til in Corn, Rice, and fine Fruits, notwithftandiiig the many 
 Mountains and Woods, efpecially towards the MtJiterraneatt It 
 breeds Variety of noble Animals, particularly the Lion, Panther, 
 Leopard, Camel, Dromedary, Oftrich, Bu^alo, and Porcupine : 
 Alio fine Barbery Horfes, and Abundance of Cattel Tht Mgerine 
 Vines are large and thick, wi;h Bunches of Grapes, commonly 
 18 Inches long. The Rinoccros, Tyger, and Elephant are peci;^ 
 liar to South Africa. 
 
 Comff-odf'fies.'] The chitf Meichandize here is Wool, Gum, Honey, 
 Wax, Oil, Flax, Hemp, Hides, Dates, Almonds., Mantles, Morocko 
 X^eather, and Gold in fmall Bits. 
 
 Rarities ] On Mount Zng^can near Tunis, are feme Ruins of an 
 old Cartle, built by the Romans, wirh diftin*^: Latin Infcriptiom, 
 )et to be fecn on feverai marble Stones. 2. From the faid Moun- 
 tain to the City of C^rtbiige near funis, was once a curious Aqua- 
 dud : And upon Mount f^^^t//, more South, are fome Remains of 
 /^5;;/^» Magnificence, vilible to this Day. 3. Jn the City of Mo- 
 rocko are two magnificent "^remplcs, one built by //«//, and the other 
 by A.iul Mumcny which dfiet ve the Re^jard of a curious Travelltr. 
 4. In the Palace at Motoiko, a Building of great Extent, called 
 Aicnzii<va, is a ftatelv Mofky with a very highTurret, on whofeTop 
 were four Apples of Gold, but firce taken down by MHhy Ifmael, for 
 t'neir intrinfic Value, being 700 Pound in Weight : And in another 
 Court of the faid Palace is a very high Tower, fo contrived that the 
 King can mount to the Top of it on Horfcback. 5. In the City 
 <!»f Fiz. is a famous Moflcy called Caruivn, a full Mile in Circuit, 
 containing above fifteen hundred marble Pillars, and furnilhed with 
 thirty large Gates. It hath three hundred Cifterns to wafti in, be- 
 fore they go to Prayers ; and in it are nine hundred Lamps, which 
 are commonly lighted, and burn every Night. 6. A few Miles 
 from the Kmns ^ Tangier is a narrow Defcent of many Fathoms 
 <i)eep, relcmbang a CoitIj.it, which leads into a large lubcerrane n 
 
 Vaults 
 
Part II. Barhary. 31 j 
 
 Vault, from whence are PafTages into feveral other Apartments, all 
 of them done with good Marble ; and undoubtedly defigned as Re- 
 pofitories for the Dead, there being found in them many Urns and 
 Statuts, with feme 'ufcriptions in the Punic 1 """^uage. 7. Over the 
 River Subu near F.z. running between two * .Is, is a remark'ible 
 Bridge, or rather a ready Way of pafllng from one Side to the 
 other ; which is by the Help of two large Pofts, on either Side one, 
 fixt in the Ground. Between thefe are extended two ilrong Ropes, 
 and to one of them is tied a Sort of Bafket able to hold ten Men, 
 into which the PalTengers being entred, and drawing one of the 
 Ropes, which runs by a Pulley, they waft themfelves over much 
 fooner than we can do either by Bridge or Boat. DapperV Account 
 cf Africa. 
 
 Manners.^ The Moors were charaftcrized of old by Ilefodian as a 
 People cruel in their Nature, and bold in an/de.perate Undertakr 
 ing, being fearlefs of Death and Danger. They are alfo very in. 
 conftaiit, crafty, and unfaithful; adtive of Body, impatient of La- 
 bour ar,d covetous of Honour. Some of them are ftudious in Mat- 
 ters of their Law ; and others are inclined to the Mathematics and 
 Philojlphy. The Inhabitants of Salti, Tripoli, and Mgier, are 
 mighrily given to Piracy ; but many of the Moroch People imploy 
 themfelves in Merchandize. The City of ivx is the Meorj/J^ Capital, 
 and the Inhabitants about 100,000. 
 
 Lnvgua^e.'] In mofl of the Seaport Towns, and all the Countries 
 bordering on the Sea, the prevailing Language is broken Arabic, In 
 the City of Morocko, and feveral other Places, they Hill retain a 
 Dialefl of the eld African. The trading People, efpecially in their 
 Dealing with Strangers, ufe a confufed Mixture oiSpaniJh and Portu- 
 gue/e, not unlike the Lingua Franca among the Turks. 
 
 Government.'] This Northern Part of Africa, compofed of feve- 
 ral Kingdoms and Provinces, is chiefly under the TurHs, and the 
 King of Moroiko. To the latter belong the Kingdoms of Morocko 
 and Fez ; and to him are afcribed the following Titles, Emperor 
 of Africa, King of Moroch, Fez, Tablet, and Darra ; and great 
 Sheriff of Mahotnet. The other Kingdoms and States of this Coun- 
 try are moftly tributary to iYi^Turks: But Tunis, Algier, and Tripoli, 
 which are three Ilrong Commonwealths, or rather diftinfl King- 
 doms, tho each of them hath its refpedive Baffa appointed by the 
 Grand Signior, yet they are fo refolute in maintaining their Liberties 
 and Privileges, that thofe Bajhas are little more than Cyphers For 
 the Inhabitants chufe their own Prince or D^y, who rules the King< 
 dom, appoints Judges, and paiTcth Sentence in all Affairs, whether 
 Civil or Criminal. The Divan of Tunis is compofed of one Aga for 
 
 the 
 
 ic 
 
li tf 
 
 314 Barhary, Part II. 
 
 the Janifaries, one Khiya or General, twelve Oiiabaki, twentyfour 
 Boulobaki, and two Secretaries, who judge in all Matters, after they 
 have heard the Sentiment of the Sovereign Duke or Dey, <.ho may 
 rojecl or approve their Advice, as he thinks fit. As for jilgier, the 
 Government thereof is lodged in the Officers of the Army, of whom 
 the Council of State is compofed, and the /Iga ot tli^; janilaries u 
 Prefident. Tis true, the Grand ^igmor utccl to keep a Baj/ja here 
 with the Title of Viceroy, but he wa& only a Royal Shadow ; for he 
 could not fo much as enter the Divan, uulcfb invited by !:he Coun- 
 cil, who fent for him ; and when admitted he had but a fmgle Voice, 
 and the Liberty of giving his Opinion • Wherefore the lurkijh Em- 
 peror is now contented with giving his 7 itltj of Bapa to the Dey 
 himfelf, who is properly the Ducal King of Algier. Tripoli alfo is 
 now a Royal State or indediiident Sovereignty, like that of ^unis. 
 
 Arms!] The chief Monarch in Barbary being the King of Morocko, 
 he bears for Arms 0/-, three Wheels Argent. 
 
 Religion.'] The eftablifhed Religion of this Country is Mahometifm ; 
 but the Inhabitants of Morocko differ fron^ other Mahometans in fe- 
 veral confiderable Points ; particularly thofe nnaintained by the Fol- 
 lowers of Hamtt, firft of the prefent Race of the Morocko Emperors. 
 He was originally a Monk, and quitting his Retirement in 15 14* 
 began publicly to preach to the People, That the Doftrine of Halt 
 and Omar, and other interpreters of the Law, were only human 
 Traditions ; befides feveral other Things of that Nature, which oc- 
 cafioned fuch Animofities between other Turks and the Morockos, 
 that a Turky Slave with th^m is no better treated than a Lhrif.ian. 
 lliere are alfo many Perfo.'j in and about Algier ^ who likewifc dif- 
 fer from the other Mahometam in divers ^Particulars. Some of them 
 maintain. That long Fading is highly meritorious. That Ideots are 
 the Eleft of God. That the Marabuts, who are Mahometan Priefts 
 and Merchants, are infpired by the Devil ; and yet they think it 
 honorable to be defiled by one of them. Thefe, and many fuch 
 Follies, do they believe and teach. They are alfo great Predcftina- 
 rians. The Chrifiian Faith was firft planted in Barbary by fomeof the 
 feventy Difciples, and St. Simon the Apoftle,furnamed Zelotes. 
 
 MONEY. 
 
 The Turky Sultan of Gold 
 
 Barbara Ducat with Arab Letters 
 
 The Motical of Fe% 
 
 The Doblas of Algier — ■ . . ■ - 
 
 Morocko Blankil of Silver ■ n 
 
 The Copper Flus ; fixteen make a Blankil. 
 
 /. /. 
 
 o 10 
 
 o 9 
 
 O 2 
 
 o 4 
 
 o o 
 
 d. 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 o 
 
 9 
 
 SECT. 
 
Part II. 
 
 315 
 
 SECT. III. 
 
 
 ^DelseriDi or iiano of a)a(e0* 
 
 NaMe,]*ir^ HIS Name is an j^ratic Compound of Bi/ed el Cenj, 
 JL f\gnifying the Land 0/ Dates, becaufe it abounds with 
 that Fruit, more than any other Part of Africa. Therefore the 
 Word has a confined Meaning, and implies no more than the South, 
 em Part oifunist which firft of all had that Name, and was after 
 carried Weft ward through the Pahntrce Country to the Borders of 
 Segilmcfs. But many Geographers ignorant hereof, by tranfcribing 
 and adding to each other, have in their Books and Maps fo extra- 
 vagantly drawn out the Word, as to extend Bidelgcrid c[\i\tt ftom. 
 the Limits of Egypt to the Atlantic Ocean ; which Error hath been 
 copycd in all the former Editions of this Book, and even by Dr. 
 M'ells himfelf. 
 
 Parallel fo this Land on the South, are feveral Provinces and 
 large Cantons occupyed by Arabs and Moors, being a wild, moun- 
 tainous Country, under the Government of feparateS/>f»-4j or Princes, 
 Sfgilmefs, Ttbilbelt, Benigomi, T/ebid, Figbig, Tegoraritif Benimezab, 
 Tuggert, Gucrgcla, Gadumis. 
 
 Air and ^o//.] The Air of this Part is hot and unhealthy ; the 
 People fwarthy and lean. They are much troubled by the Eaft 
 Winds blowing the hot Sand into their Eyes ; but are Strangers to 
 the Fever and Plague fo frequent in Barbary. The Land in general 
 is barren and fandy, producing very little Suftenance, except the 
 natural Multitude of Dates ; for in fome Places the Country is quite 
 covered with thick Woods of Palmtrees bearing that Fruit. 
 
 Traffick.'] The chief Produce here is the great Plenty of Dates ; 
 alfo fome Corn, Cattel, and Indigo. The Oftriches of Bidelgerid 
 belonging to Tunis are as tall as a Man on Horfeback, the Feathers 
 of which they barter for Pulfe and Corn, as they have Occafion. 
 
 Rarities."] A certain River coming from Algier over the Plain of 
 Bidelgerid, and paffing by the Town of Tcolnka, hath a Current of 
 Water extremely warm ; and is known to Travellers by the Name 
 of The hot Ri'vcr. 2. Another River from the Mountains of Darra 
 paffing by the four Forts o^lfy\an, falls into the Ocean, a little South 
 of Cape "Nim, which in the Winter grows dry, when other Waters 
 commonly fwell. 3. Near the aforefaid feolaka is a little Tov/n 
 
 called 
 
 lit 
 
 
'^i6 Bidelgerid. Part II, 
 
 called Dtu/fn of pfcat Antiquity, being built by the/?o»m»/, as ap- 
 pears by fevrral bi .^ken Strudures, Roman Sepulchres, and a Vu. 
 riety of Medals found after the Kains, having a Head upon one 
 Side with Latin Infcriptions, and Tropiiies on the other. 
 
 Manners,"] The Inhabitants of this Country are the African Na- 
 fives, but the Arabs are predominant and more numerous, who are 
 9 lazy, wandring, ihievifh People. Their Wives and black Ser- 
 vants do all the Drudgery, looking after both them and their 
 Horfes. 
 
 tattgUige."] The common Dialcfl, ufcc by the Natives is a rude 
 Mixture of Moorijh and Arabic. The Arabs tUemfelves retain molt 
 of their own Language. 
 
 Government.] Thefe People are moflly tributary to the King of 
 Curtis, as far as theiir poor Condition will a*^ybrd. In other Refpefts 
 they have properly noGo'vernmcnt, but follow the Orders of their 
 petty Lords or Sheiks, of which tliere are ieveral in. thi§ wildernefs 
 Country. 
 
 Religion.] The Inhabitants of all thefe Parts are Mahometans in 
 Profeflion, but extravagantly corrupted with .P«^«« Whims and Su- 
 perdition. Their Marabuts or Priefts are Judges in their civi} Af- 
 fairs, as well as their Jugglers ift Religion,, 
 
 SECT. 
 
t*ART 11; 
 
 vi 
 
 S E C T. IV. 
 
 ^aara, or the ^tnt SDefert, or ^r<a( jBDefert Of 
 
 ]l5arbarc* 
 
 A'ww.JnpHIS Word Zaara or Zahara^ meaning D^f/, is a tediom, 
 X long, inhofpitable Region, extending Wvll and Eaft 
 from the Atlantic Ocean to the Borders oi Egypt ^ 2000 Mtlts, hav- 
 ing all Nigritia with the River Sanaga on the South, and all JS^r- 
 bat^ on the North. 
 
 The principal Parts are thefc. 
 
 Parts. 
 ^<i»aga - 
 
 'Tirga — 
 l.rtnfa — 
 
 F'lJJhttt old Phafania < 
 Btrdoa, Part of L>^/a 
 
 Chief Cities. 
 
 7eigAze. 
 
 Tefct. 
 
 Hayr. 
 
 Tibadu. 
 
 MtirKOuki 
 
 Zala. 
 
 With all the Defert of T.ylitit chief Placet Augila, and Jupiter 
 Amnion, now fiWcdk Sa)itiia. . . 
 
 ^/V and 5o//.] 'i'ho the Air of thefe Parts is very hot and dry the 
 Climate in general is healthy enough. The Soil throughout is either 
 ftoney, or fantly. and fo naturally barren that it produces very lit- 
 tle for the Support of I^ife ; except about the River Sanftga^ fome 
 Dates, '^ 'illet and Bailey : The great Hills and Banks of Sand are 
 fo frequent in all thefe i3cf;;rts, that the Caravans and other Tra- 
 vellers go eight or ten Days without finding any Water; and are 
 often in Danger of being overwhelmed by Mountains of Sand, that 
 thi uirbulent Winds drive fuddenly from one Place to another. 
 
 Commodities ] TheTraffick of this Country is very inconfiderable ; 
 chiefly confjlling in a few Camels, Dates, and Cattcl. Nerr T/'gaxa 
 the Moors gather Rock Salt wiiich they fend into Nigniia. 
 
 Rarities."] Near Cape Bojndor, on tlie WcH of Zaaray are certain 
 Banks of Sand ftretchinjr along that Part of the Coail ; towards 
 which fo ftrong a Current fets in, that the Water being in a mighty 
 Agitation, both Waves and Sand mixing together, reiemble a boil- 
 ing Saltpan of extravagant Higat and Compafs. 2. In the defert 
 
 Plain 
 
 
 I til 
 
 'A 
 
 ' ; 411 
 
 A 
 
 I \^ 
 
jti8 Zaara, Part II. 
 
 Plain of Aroan near the Well of Axarad, is a remarkable Tomb 
 with an Infcription importing, .that the ^erfons there interred were 
 a rich Merchant and a poor Carrier, who both died of Thirft j the 
 former had given a Thoufand Ducats to the latter for a Crufe of 
 Water, but dyed immediatdy after drinking it, and the other dyed 
 for Want of it. 3. Near Cape Rafat^ Eaft oi Tripoli t are fome 
 Kuins of the antient Cyreney one of the five great Cities named 
 Ptntapelis. 
 
 Manners.'] The Inhabitants of this Country being moftly Arabs, 
 with Moors intermixt, are an ignorant, favage Kind of People ; and 
 lefs refembling rational Creatures than they do the wild Beads their 
 Neighbors. 
 
 Language."] What was faid of the Language (^oVtn by the Natives 
 of Bidelgerid, the fame may be faid of that commonly ufed in this 
 Country. 
 
 Government.] This great Country is fubje£t to (everal particular 
 Lords and Maflers called Sheih ; but many of them wander up 
 and down, hunting in great Companies, accounting themfelves in- 
 dependent. 
 
 Religion.'] The Inhabitants here being mofily Arah^ the only 
 Religion profefl is that o£ Mahomet ; but.fo brutiAi and ignorant are 
 the Generality of this People, that many of them live without any 
 Sign of Religion. The Chrijiian Faith was once planted here, but 
 quite exterminated in the Beginning of the eighth Century. 
 
 SECT. 
 
Part IL 
 
 3»»9 
 
 SECT. V. 
 
 jpigcitia, or ^tQttlmn* 
 
 iV««^.]'-|~'HIS large Country, fo called from the River Niger, ex- 
 .1 tends from the Mouth of Senaga River in the Atlantic 
 Ocean, to the Kingdoms of Nubia, Fungi, and AheJJtnia on the 
 Eaft. It hath Guiney on the South and Zaara on the North; being 
 alfo, like that great Defert, 2000 Miles in Length. 
 
 Some of the Moderns have imagined without any Authority, that 
 the Niger and Senaga are one and the fame River ; but according 
 to Ptolemy the Senaga rifes from Mount Caphas in Latitude 14, and 
 the Niger from the Lake Nigris in Latitude 1 6, running Eaftward 
 contrary to the Senaga, and at length falls into fome' Lakes or 
 Streams that communicate with the River Nile. This is the Opi- 
 nion of Cellarius, and likewife of Danvil, according to whom all 
 Nigritia except the Weft is very little known ; but the Situation of 
 this Country as defcribed by Ptolemy^ joined to the Knowlege and 
 Experience of EdriJJi the Nubian Geographer, and Leo the African^ 
 agtees with feveral new Difcoveries, all uniting to verify their Ac- 
 counts. Wherefore tis moft reafonable to follow the old Opinion, 
 That the Niger flows from Weft to Eaft» and has no Affinity with 
 the Senaga^ or any Part thereof. 
 
 Principal Divifion of Nigritia, from Weft to Eaft. 
 
 Kingdom of the Fu/is or Pha/eys, on the North Bank of Senaga, 
 whofe King is called Siratik : Chief Town GotneU 
 
 The Fulis oiCaJJon, higher up the Senaga, whofe King is called 
 Segadova : Chief Town loh. 
 
 Countries of Gulatn and Bambouk ; South of Senaga. 
 
 Kingdom of Mandingo and the Sufoi 1 Capital Town Songo, with 
 the trading Town of 5t^/iVo ; and all the Country of Bena and Af/V- 
 tombo down to Serra Leoni. 
 
 Cuinbala ; whofe King is called 7onkiquata, . 
 
 Kingdom of 7ew^«/ ; Tom but, Tocrur, Serif a. 
 
 I 
 
 Ca, 
 
 fg9 
 
' 1 
 
 '^20 Ttigritiai PaRT tt. 
 
 Gago and the Dcfert : Alfo the Countries ofGuler, Lam/em, Cd/- 
 fenUi ZtidCano. 
 
 Kingdom of IFangara, South of the Niger j a Land lich in Gold : 
 Chief Town Ganara. 
 
 Faran, "North of Niger : Chief Towns, Jgadis, Zanfaia, 
 
 Bourno and the Defert, Capital Place Kama. 
 
 Dcferts of ^eth and Zeu^ South of Bourno^ chief Tdwns Zagurai 
 Semegonday RegbiL 
 
 Kauga or Goga^ chief Towns Kauga, Kaguvdi 
 
 Country of Gorham and the Lunar Mountains^ chief Town Tumti 
 on the Lake Couir or Kuir. 
 
 Air."] The Air of this extehfive Region differs a little, according 
 to the Situation of its various Parts ; but is generally hot land dry, 
 like the great Defert lately defcribed. 
 
 SoiL"] The Land of Nigritia in general is very rich ; efpccially 
 about the Rivers Niger and Senaga^ which overflow a confiderable 
 Fart thereof, as the Ni/e doth Egypt, from the great Rains which 
 fall from the Months of yune to September. Here is great Store of 
 Corn and Cattel, with Variety of Herbs ; many Woods with Ele- 
 phants, and other Beads, both wild and tame. Here alfo are feve-^ 
 ral Mountains richly lined with valuable Mines of Gold. 
 
 Commodittes.\ The chief Merchandize of this Country are Oftrich 
 Feathers, Gums, Amber, Gold^ Redwood, Civet, Elephants Teeth, 
 Beefwax and Slaves. 
 
 Rarities."] In Burjitiy a little Kingdom South of Cape Verd, in the 
 Country of the yalofs, is a fniall River, called Rio de la Grace i 
 oppofite to whofe Mouth is a confiderable Bank of Sand, out of 
 which at low Water, there fprings a gentle Stream of curious frefh 
 Water, very pleafant to the Tafte. 2. Next to Safjjrn a v'^illage in 
 the fame Country, is a Well ten Fathom deep, whofe Water ii natu • 
 Tally fweet as Sugar. 3. In the Province of G^t^o the fandy Defert 
 is of fuch a Nature, that Trcveli-^rs who perifli in crofllng it, their 
 Bodies lying there do not corrupt, but become hard, like the Egyp- 
 tian Mummies. 
 
 Manners."] The Negres in general are a lively ingenious People, 
 
 though 
 
Lt It. 
 
 n Gold : 
 
 i Zagurcn 
 
 Part IL 
 
 Nigritia. 
 
 Zii 
 
 according 
 t and dry, 
 
 efpccially 
 onfiderable 
 Lains which 
 pat Store of 
 ^ with Ele- 
 fo are feve-^ 
 
 are Oftrich 
 lants Teeth, 
 
 though unacquainted with Arts and Sciences. In Behaviour very 
 rudesand barbarous ; much given to Finery ; addidted to fenfual 
 Plealure, i ad univerfally great Idolaters. In the maritime Places 
 they trade in Slaves with the Europeans^ felling not only what Cap- 
 tives they take in War with one another, or purchafe for Trifles, 
 but alfo the Children which they have by their own Slaves. 
 
 Language. ] In this Country there is a Variety of Dialefls, very 
 different from one another : But the moft general Language is Man^ 
 dingOf by the Help of which a Man may travel all the inland Parts, 
 where there is any Trade. The Creo/e Portugue/c is always ufed on 
 the Coall, by the Interpreters between the Englijh and other Trad- 
 ers, and the Junkos or Black Merchants. The Mahometans all fpeak 
 Arabicy their Religion and Law being in that Language. 
 
 Government.'] This vvidie and fpacious Traftof Land is fubjeft to 
 many Kings, who are abfolute in their own Territories. 'And about 
 the Weftern Coaft on both Sides the River Gamby is a Multitude of 
 fmall Sovereignties, whofe Chiefs are called Kings in the fame 
 Manner. 
 
 Religion.'] The Inhabitaiits of thefe Provinces and King(hips are 
 either Mahometans, or grofs Idolaters ; and feme in the »»idland Parts 
 live without any Sign of Religion among them. The Followers of 
 Mahomet J being chiefly Arabs, believe the Exiftence of one God, 
 and never adore him under any Reprefentation. They alfo own 
 Jefus Chriji as a great Prophet, and Worker of Miracles. They 
 generally ufe Circumcifion, as other Mahometam do. Chrifiianityonza 
 got fome Footing in thefe Parts of the World, but was quite eX' 
 eluded in the tenth Century, by the flrange irrcfiftible Progrcfs of 
 Mahomet^ Doctrine contained in the Alkoran. 
 
 $\ 
 
 Verdi in the 
 de la Grace ; 
 and, out of 
 ;urious frefh 
 a Vilhge in 
 ater ii natu- 
 fandy Defert 
 Ping it, their 
 Ike the Egyp' 
 
 SECT. 
 
 lious People, 
 though 
 
S*' 
 
 Part II. 
 
 SECT. VI. 
 
 THE Extent of this Country coaftways is about 2000 Miles ; 
 from the Mountains and River of S err a Leant , which parts it 
 from Nigri/ia, Latitude 8 North, to the Province of BengueU 
 bounded by the River Irancifcoy Lat. 1 3; 30 South. 
 
 Tis divided into Upper and Lowoer Guiney^ the former lying Weft 
 and Eafl, and the latter North and South. The Equator is the Line 
 ef Partition at the River Gabon. 
 
 UPPER GU I N E r. 
 
 Kingdom of ^oia and Manou : Chief Towns are SerBora, Baga, 
 Tembi, fajbou. 
 
 Kingdom ofSatiguin, being the Pepper or Grain Coaft ; Chief 
 Towns Safiguin, Sinoy fVapo, Sejire. 
 
 Ivory or Tooth Coaft : Drutn, St. Andrenu, Lahou, 
 
 , Gold Coaft : Axim, Betri^ Mina, Cape Cor/if Anamabout Acara, 
 
 y 
 
 Slave Coaft, fubjefl to the King of Dahtmi who refides inland to 
 the North, near another Nation on the Weft called Eyo$. Chief 
 Places on the Coaft are Popo^ Whida, AJfemy Praya, 
 
 Kingdom of Benin : Bjsnin, Jabum, Arabo, Budibo, Awerri, 
 
 Turning South are the Countries of Biafar^ Calbari, Calbongo, 
 and CatfiAron to the Equinoctial Line. 
 
 LO fF E K G U I N E r. 
 
 Cape Lopo, whofe King refides at Libatta : The Diftrid of SeUa 
 on (he South is famous for Redwood. 
 
 Kingdom of Loango : Baazavar, Moyumba* 
 
 Kingdom of Cacengo : Chief Town Cacongo. 
 
 Kingdom 
 
r II. 
 
 Miles ; 
 parts it 
 ^engutla 
 
 mg 
 
 Weft 
 
 the Line 
 
 rtf» Baga, 
 ift ! CWef 
 
 oUt Acaru, 
 
 8 inland to 
 ^ou Chief 
 
 , CalbongOf 
 
 \x\eioiSem 
 
 Kingdom 
 
 Part IL Guinty, 323 
 
 Kingdom of iAjff<y ; Chief Town Angoy, 
 
 Kingdom of Congo ; divided into eight Provinces » 
 Four North : Salvadory Batta, PangOf Sundi. 
 Four South : Sonhot Bamia, Pemba, Ovando, 
 
 Kingdom of Angola^ fubjefl to Portugal: Loanda the Capital. 
 
 Country of Bengutla and Lubolo: Benguela the Capital. 
 
 Air."] The Air of this Country is extremely hot, and very un- 
 healthy, efpecially to Strangers, with whom it fo difagreeth, that 
 many live but a ihort Time after their Arrival in it. 
 
 Soil.'] The Soil in moft Places is abundantly fertil, producing the 
 beft of Grains and Fruits. This Country is well ilored with Ele- 
 phants, whofe Teeth bring gr«at Gain to the Inhabitants, when 
 either fold or bartered for other Goods of thofe Merchants who 
 trade with them. Here alfo are fevcral inexhauttible Mines of 
 Gold ; and in many of its Rivers are found fome Pearls of great 
 Value, with abundance of Gold Duft. For the longelt Day of any 
 Latitude, confult the Table of Climates. 
 
 ^Trafick.'] The chief Commodities of this Country are Gold, Ivory, 
 Hides, Wax, Ambergris, Pepper, Redwood, Sugar, Civet, and large 
 Furs. 
 
 Rarities."] So impetuous is the Current of River yolta near its 
 Mouth on the Gold Coaft, that the Sea, for about a Mile^ appears 
 of a white Colour, and is faid to have a fweetifh Tafte for almoft 
 ten Fathoms deep. 2. In feveral Parts of Guiney grows a certain 
 Tree called Migtiolo, which having an Incifion made in its Body, 
 doth yield an excellent Liquor of much Requeft among the Na- 
 tives; pioHng to them more pleafant, ftrong, and nourifhing than, 
 the choiceil Wine. 3. In fome inland Parts of Guiney is found that 
 remarkable Creature called Oranoutan \ though Hamilton and other 
 Authors affirm tis peculiar to the Ifland of Java. Thefe Creatures 
 walk upright, and drink any Thing with the Cup in their Hand as 
 we do. Some Travellers imagine they are the Ofspring of Satyrs 
 or Pygmies, fo famous among the Poets, and mentioned by P/itty, 
 For a larger Account of this Animal with the various Conje£ture» 
 about it, fee the Treatife on that Subje£t by Dr^ Tyjon: Alfo the 
 Sonda Iflands in AJia before mentioned. 
 
 Manners."] The Natives of Guiney are great Idolater ^ in general ; 
 very fuperflitious, and much given to Healing. Their Complexion 
 
 Z 2 is 
 
 MB I 
 
J24 Guiney. Part II. 
 
 is of the blacked and handfomer Sort. Some of them are very di- 
 ligent in the TrafHclc of their Country, and will cheat the Europeans 
 if they can. Remarkable is one Cuftom among feme People on the 
 Tooth Coaft, That every Penbn is obliged to betake himfelf to 
 the fame Bufinefs or Trade as that of his Forefathers. Upon the 
 Death of a Hufband in the Kingdom of Bemn, the Widow becomes 
 wholly fubjefl to her own Son, if fhe have any, and may be rec- 
 koned among his Number of Slaves ; only with this Differenc«,% 
 that fhe cannot be fold without the Confent of his People. To kill 
 a Number of Slaves at the Funeral of any great Perfon, was a Cuf- 
 tom in thefe Countries, but worn out fmce theii Commerce \^ ith 
 the Europeans. 
 
 Language."] The chief Language about Guiney is that called 
 MandingOf which is alfo underilood and fpoke in feveral adjacent 
 Countries as far as Tombut. Of the feveral Tongues in Ufc upon 
 the Gold Coaft, that of the Acaniftes is moft prevailing. The trading 
 Fart ufe the bad Creole Portugue/e» 
 
 Government.'] This Country owneth Subjeftion to mnny Sove- 
 reigns and Kings of fmall Diftri£ts, efpecially near the Coaft. In the 
 Year 1724 the King of Dahimif a powerful inland Prince, con- 
 quered all the Country about the Slave Coaft, Wida, Ardrut FouiHy 
 and feveral other States. 
 
 Heligion.'] Paganifm is the common Religion of thefe Parts, the 
 Profeflion whereof is attended with many ridiculous and contempt- 
 ible Superftitions. The Pythagorean Opinion of Tranfmigration 
 prevails mightily here, as it doth inmoft other Parts of the heathen 
 World. Thofe of the Kingdom of Benin own a fupreme Being, 
 as the Creator of Heaven and Earth ; but think it necdlefs to ferve 
 him, becaufe being infinitely good, they think he will not hurt 
 them ; and on the contrary Account, they offer Sacrifices to the 
 evil Spirit, who they think is the Caufe of all their Calamities. 
 In feveral Parts of this Country there is neither Idol nor Temple, 
 the People feeming to entertain hardly any Notion of a future State, 
 much lefs the Refurreftion of the Body. 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 SECT. 
 
ART II. 
 
 B very di- 
 EuropeanS 
 (pie on the 
 him{elf to 
 Upon the 
 V becomes 
 ay be rcc- 
 DifFerencc, 
 >. To kill 
 was a Cui- 
 nerce vith 
 
 that called 
 ;ral adjacent 
 1 Uf(. upo"^ 
 The trading 
 
 mrtny Sove- 
 Coaft. In the 
 Prince, con- 
 
 ^riirUf Fouiih 
 
 pfe Parts, the 
 nd conteinpt- 
 ranfmigration 
 Df the heathen 
 preme Being, 
 
 cdlefs to ferve 
 will not hurt 
 crifices to the 
 
 ir Calamities. 
 )\ nor Temple, 
 
 a future State, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 325 
 
 SECT. 
 
 SECT. VII. 
 jliubia, with the Coaft of ZhttHi* . 
 
 iVia!«^.]'TpHIS Country of Nulria, the old Nubarum Regio, takes its 
 X Name from the Nub<e fo called who dwelt in thele 
 Parts. On the North tis bounded bv Egypt ; on the South by 
 Fun.rji on the Eaft bv the Red Sea ^ ana on the Weft by the Deferts 
 of Koga and Bourno, The Length and Breadth at a Medium is 500 
 Miles. 
 
 The Coaft of Jbe/h is a Boundary to thefc four Kingdoms, Nubia, 
 DungiiHof Fungiy Dekhn. 
 
 f North Part fubjeft to Turky. Ibrtm, Aidab or Gidid. 
 Nubia < South Part includes the Kingdom of Dungallhy formerly 
 {_ ?&Tt of Fungi. DunGALhA, MuJ&Of Si>agi. 
 
 C Separated North from Dungalla by Part of the Nile ; and 
 Fungi < bounded Southeaft by Dekim and AbeJJinia. Sennar^ 
 ^ Giefimt Harbaga, Nuba the old Meree, ani Suaken. 
 
 yv ,. \Ont\\tAhe/h Coaft, and bounded South by AbeJJinia^ 
 Vekim I j^^j^j^^ y-^^^^ Genbita. 
 
 Air."] The Air of thefe Kingdoms is every where extremely hot, 
 till happily qualifyed by the periodical Rains that fall in Abundance 
 from the Month of June to OSiober. 
 
 Soil.] The Land in many Places is very fertil, efpecially near 
 the River Ni/e ; but elfewhere it is very barren, being cumbered 
 with dry Hills of Sand. Here is good Store of Elephants, Camels, 
 and Dromedaries : Alfo wild Beafts. Serpents, and Crocodiles. The 
 People here apply much to Agriculture, and have Plenty of Corn, 
 Fruit, and Sugar ; likewife great Quantities of Gold Grain or Duft*. 
 
 Trajffick.'] The chief Produce of thefe Countries is Gold, Civet, 
 Sugar, Drugs, Ivory, Sanders, and other medical Woods. 
 
 Rarities.'] In divers Parts of Nubia are ftill extant the Ruins of 
 many Chriftian Churches, with feveral PiAures of yc/us Chrijit the 
 Virgin Mary^ and Apoftles. Moft obfervable is that ftrange quick 
 Poifon produced here, being the fmall Seeds growing on the Top of 
 a green Herb like a Nettle, one Grain whereof is able t9 kill ten 
 
 Z 3 Me« 
 
3^^ Nubia. Part II. 
 
 Men in a Quarter of ftn Hour, or any one Man in a Minute. Tis 
 commonly Told at one hundred Ducats an Ounce ; but never to 
 Stranger9, unlefs they promife by Oath not to ufe it in thefe Parts 
 of the World. Remarkable is this Country for beiDg the Birth, 
 place of Edriffit the Nubian Ctograpber. 
 
 Manner/.'} Thefe People are faid to be (Irong and couragious, but 
 cunning in their Dealings; much given to War, very laborious, and 
 many of them very wealthy ; there being eftabliflied a confiderable 
 Traffick between them and the Merchants of Grand Cairo in Egypt, 
 as alfo a Trade carried on to Tembut and the inland Parts oiJfrica. 
 
 Language."] The Nubians have a particular Z^a«^»/7g'f of their own, 
 which hath iome Affinity with the Arabian and Chaldean ; likewife 
 a Mixture of the old Coptic or Egyptian Tongue* 
 
 Government.'] Thefe Kingdoms have their own independent So- 
 vereigns ; and the King of Nubia was formerly a very powerful 
 Prince. One of his Predeceflbrs, named Cyriacus^ being informed 
 that the Chrijiians were oppreft in Egypt, is faid to have raifed one 
 hundred thoufand Men for their Relief: But the 7urks zx'. now Ma- 
 kers of the, better Part ol Nubia* 
 
 Religion.] This extenfive Country was once Chrijiian ; but the 
 l^iniftry failing, the Inhabitants for Want of Faftors fell off from 
 Chrijiianityy and in Procefs of Time became either drift Mahometans 
 or their Imitators. The Gofpel was received by the Nubians in the 
 earlieft Age of the Church. 
 
 SECT. 
 
 Ml 
 
Part II. 
 
 SECT. VIII. 
 
 le Kingdoms and St 
 formerly called Uppfr^ and Lower Ethiopia, 
 
 327 
 
 ^k 
 
 ' fHhtttinitlf with the Kingdoms and States^lying South, 
 
 thic 
 
 THE Kingdom of Ahejpnia is diftant from Londnn 36 Degreei 
 Eaft, and lyes under the eleventh Degree of North Latitude: 
 Therefore its Diametre points 1 44 Degrees Weft, and 1 1 South La- 
 titude in tV ^aciiic Ocean. Tis of a compaA Form, the Length 
 and Breadth about 600 Miles. 
 
 The Name is taken from Ahcjh, an Egyptian Word to dijjtpate or 
 fcatter^ the Compofition of this People being a Variety of Africans 
 and Arabs. To write it Abyjffi7iia, Is to imagine it worn Abyfs, a 
 bottomlefs Pit, and a bottom lefs Derivation, As for the Name 
 Ethiopia^ tis tranfplanted from Arabia^ for that is the Country ori- 
 ginally called Ethiopia ; and the Word itfelf is merely perlonaU 
 fignifying a |tawny fwarthy Countenance, from al^u to burn or 
 fcorch, and u\ the Facc^ or in other Words a funburnt Vifage^ tho 
 not black like the IJegrcs and other Africans, The Abefh Coaft is fo 
 called in reference to Abejfmia. 
 
 The chief Provinces of this Kingdom are as follow. 
 
 Provinces. Chief Places. 
 
 Tigra North — ■ ■ ■ -- ■ Axum, now decayed: Dobaro, 
 
 Dambea and the Lake Dami.a Tfelga. 
 Bagamdery Eaft of Dambea — — — Ambalegot^ Ambadar, 
 Gojam, where fprings the Nile — Mina^ Nebejfa. 
 Weflern Galla, including Bizamo and Damot, 
 
 Enaria, rich in Gold ■ Cangan. 
 
 Amhara^ South of Bngamder — Marinm. 
 Angetf Eaft of Bngamder — — — Ankona. 
 
 Dancali on the Seacoaft Baylur^ Afab„ 
 
 Barnagas on the Seacoaft • • Arkico, 
 
 The DobaSf more inland, are governed by feveral Captains. 
 
 Eajiern Galla, a particular Nation called Gallos, including the 
 Diftrifts of Gans^ Cumbet, f^Ted, Patigar, Ba/i, Ifat, Dwaro, and 
 G&edem. 
 
 LOWER ETHIOPIA. 
 
 Kingdom of Ade l. Eaft of Abcljmiii, founded by a Mahometan 
 Prince in the i6th Century. Aufagurd on the River UaMoafhy and 
 Zeila on the Northern Coaft. 
 
 Z 4 Kingdom 
 
328 Ahfjfmia. Part II. 
 
 Kingdom of Makidas, whofe Prince ii « Mahometan fprung 
 from tiie Kings of Akejfi/tia. This Country lyes near the barren 
 Coall of Ajan, inhabited by Bedu'm Arabs. Chief Place Maga- 
 (locia^ on the River of that Name. Alfo Barva or Brava, a Sea- 
 port and fmall Commonwealth. 
 
 Kingdom of Zendero, South of ^^<;^«/<i; Bojham on Riv«r Ztli, 
 
 Kingdom of Macoko Southwcft, bounded by Mujak on th* 
 North ; Monfd ia the King's Court. Thcfe Parts are noted for the 
 hakihahc, a dvvarfilh Breed of Negres, not above three or four Foot 
 high, who hunt Elephants. Bukamda is the Marketown for Ivory. 
 
 Kingdom of Fung en on the South* and the Land of Pombo, 
 are tributary to Macoko. 
 
 Kingdom of Matamba, South of Congo^ overfpread with the 
 Jagat People, an idolatrous Nation. 
 
 The two inland Kingdoms of Mataman and Monomugi are 
 
 both imaginary. 
 
 Zancuf.bar. This Country extends on the Eaftorn Coaft of 
 Jlfrica, from the River Jubo at the Equator, down to ^i/oa at the 
 River Cua^jo, 900 Miles. Tis peopled with Arabs, who being 
 Mahometans, give the fcornful Name of ^(T^^r or Infidel to the old 
 Inhabitants of thefe Parts : Which Word Caffres or Caffreria is now 
 carryed down this Coall to the South Bounds oi Monomatapa. Chief 
 Towns or Seaports are, Pati, Melinda, Monbaxa^ !^iloa. 
 
 Kingdom of Macua?, lower on the Coaft. Chief Places Mo' 
 
 su^f/ilki Afigocia, ^ilimana. 
 
 State of Mgnomatapa. Sbnlo, the King's Refidence. Majfapa, 
 a Portugurfe Fort ; alio Tctey and Sena, two Other Forts on the River 
 Zcmhcs. This Land hath rich Gold Mines. 
 
 SoFALA, whofe King is called ^itevi, and refides at Si'mbo. 
 Alfo the States or Sovereignties of Sabia, Maniea, Birri, and /«- 
 hcunban, down to the River and Bay of 5/. Spirit \ all or moft of 
 which are Parts of the antient Monomatapa^ and generally fuppofed 
 to be the controverted Land of Ophir. 
 
 Lov/er dov/n is the Land called Fumos or Smokelund; and nearer 
 the Cape is the Land of Natal or Chiijlmas Land^ belonging to the 
 Dut}b. 
 
 Tha 
 
ART II. 
 
 r« (prung 
 he barren 
 :e Maga- 
 a, a Sea- 
 
 Liv«r Zihi, 
 
 %k on the 
 
 ced for the 
 
 I- four Foot 
 
 for Ivory. 
 
 of POMBO, 
 
 d with the 
 
 nomugi are 
 
 rn Coaft of 
 ^iloa at the 
 who being 
 el to the old 
 reria is now 
 itapa. Chief 
 r. 
 
 Places Mo" 
 
 ;e. Majfapa, 
 on the River 
 
 es at Simho. 
 
 irrit and /«- 
 
 or moft of 
 
 illy fuppofed 
 
 and nearer 
 )nging to the 
 
 Tha 
 
 Part IL Ahejfinia, 329 
 
 The Land of Hotfntots is bounded South by the famous Cape 
 Goodhope i and confifteth of many Parts, or fmall Nations of People, 
 who are much improved fince the Trade and Settlements eftabli(hed 
 by the Europeans at the Cape, where the Dutch Governor lives in 
 more State, Affluence, Power, and Security, than moft of the Kings 
 in Jtfrica before recited. 
 
 The Weftern Coaft, from Cape Negro down to the Land of Ho- 
 tentotsy is very little known or frequented. However De Lijle^ by 
 the Fertility of his Genius, hath freely fupplycd it both with Pro- 
 vinces and Rivers, which the judicious Danvil hath prudently 
 omitted for Want of better Authority. 
 
 About the middle inland are the feveral Countries of Butua, 
 Chicova, Sacumbi, Zimbat with the Town and long Lake of Maram. 
 
 Air and Boil.'] This Country being wholly within the Torrid Zone, 
 its Jir is generally hot, but yet in fome Vallies extremely cool, by 
 reafon of the high Mountains in divers Places, which at certain 
 Times of the Year intercept the Sunbeams from low Vallies lying 
 between them. As for the Sot/ it is very different ; for in fome 
 Places near the numerous Branches of the Nile, the Ground pro- 
 duces all Sorts of Grain, Fruits, and Herbs in great Plenty ; but 
 in thofe that are mountainous and remote from the NiUt nothing is 
 to be feen but fandy Mountains, formidable Rocks, and Deferts, 
 This Land produceth alfo good Store of Sugar, Mines of Iron, Cop' 
 per and Gold ; a gr^at Quantity of Flax, and Plenty of Wine ; but 
 the Inhabitants either know not, or care not, to make ufe of thefe 
 Things to any confiderable Advantage. 
 
 Commodities.] The chief Trade here is in Gold, Ivory, Corn, 
 Cattel, Salt, Wine, Sugar, and Honey. 
 
 Rarities.] Many are the natural Saltpits of excellent Rock Salt ; 
 and between the Provinces of Dancali and Tigra is a large Plain of 
 four Days Journey ; one Side whereof is quite crufted over with 
 pure white Salt, that fupplyes the Inhabitants of the Country both 
 far and near ; fomt Hundreds of Camels, Afles, and Mules, being 
 daily imployed to carry it. 2. In the Mountains of Gojam is a great 
 natural hollow Rock ; oppofite to which is another fo fituate, that a 
 Word only whifpered on its Top is heard at a confiderable Diftance; 
 and the joint Voices of feveral Perfons fpeaking at once, appear as 
 loud as the Shout of a numerous Army. 3. Of the many Chriftian 
 Temples in AbeJ^nia, there are ten curious ones hewn out of the 
 firm Rock, which are faid to have been all completed in twenty- 
 four Years, and proportionable in all their Parts, with Gates and 
 
 Windows 
 
 'Hi 
 
 V 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 I 
 
33© AbeffintM. Part II. 
 
 Windows in a moft regular Manner : For which fee tudolph^ who 
 in his Book hath given the Print of one Temple. 4. Infevend 
 Lakes and the River Kih^ is frequently feen that amphibious Crea- 
 ture called by the Greeks Hitfotamus or Stahorfey it having fome 
 Likenefs to a Horfe in feveral Parts of the Body. This is Behemoth 
 in the Book of Joh according to Bochart, who difFers extremely 
 from the common Opinion in this Matter. 5 . In other Lakes and 
 Rivers is found the Torpil Fijh^ whofe Nature is fuch, that if a Per- 
 fon only touch it, he is fuddenly taken with an exceflive Cold and 
 Trembling ; wherefore the Natives are faid to allay the violent 
 Heat of burning Fevers by touching the Patient therewith. 6. Of 
 the many curious Birds in this Country, the "Pipis is moll obferv- 
 able, as being the ready Conductor of Hunters to find out their 
 Game ; for having difcovered any Beail in his lurking Place, he 
 is faid to fly towards the Huntfmen, and calling inceflantly fenton 
 Ketret which imports that they fhould follow him, he flys gently 
 before them to their defired Prey. 7. Great is the Variety of 
 llrange Animals to be feen in various Provinces of this Country, 
 particularly three : Firfty That Creature called Uarijh^ which hath 
 one long Horn in its Forehead ; whereupon fome conclude, that this 
 is the famous Unicorn. Secondly ^ The Panther Camel, havine a Head 
 and Neck like a Camel, anda fpotted Body as a Leopard, which 
 is faid to have fo long Legs, that Horfes mav eafily pafs under his 
 Belly. Lajilyt The Zecora^ which is generally reckoned the mod 
 beautiful Creature of all Quadrupeds whatever. Tis called the Wild 
 Afsy having fuchlike Ears ; but the Shape of it is delicate and flen- 
 der, with a akin like Sattin, ftreaked from Neck to Tail, with grey, 
 black, white and yellow. To thele Curiofities we might add the 
 Mountains of Lamalmony Amaruy and many others, having fine 
 plains above, with Trees and Verdure well watered with Springs; alfo 
 Cattel, Fruits, and other NecefTaries of Life. 
 
 Bijhofi,'] Although the Aheffim allow Ecclefiaftical Hierarchy in 
 the Alexandrian Church, whofe Patriarch is owned as their Head, 
 yet they admit of no Order among them fuperior to that of a Pre/- 
 iffer. As for the Abbuna, he is only the Patriarch's Refident or 
 Deputy. 
 
 Manners."] 7^e People here are of a tawny Colour, their Perfons 
 well fhaped and flrong. Both Men and Women are temperate in 
 their Food, ingenious, affable and generous, but not alike in all 
 Provinces. Ever fince the Deftruftion of their Capital City Axum, 
 the King and Court move their Ttnts and Pavilions from Place to 
 Place, for here are no Inns or public Houfes of any Sort. Merchants 
 and Travellers with their Servants carry all NecefTaries along with 
 them, and the Poor beg all the Way. 
 
 language. ^ 
 
 li I 
 
Part II. Abejfmia, 331 
 
 Language."] The Mfffin Tongue hath fome Affinity with the 
 Chaldee, Areiiicy and Hebrew. Tis divided into many Dialcdb, the 
 moft refined of which is in the Province of Amara. LucMph in his 
 Hiftory gives an Account and Specimen of the AbeJJininn Lan- 
 guage, from which we fuppolc this Paternofier is framed : 
 Abbahan Jhhf.fHy ftlen^hi xehijnjha: Mefjhuk fpirjha^ ijhkir jergajh 
 femjkan herr,.an (^.-iquaan. Farkon ptviLgron^ ha far kom fit go naoj : 
 Nt hebilikan jh piku, erupen hi hap/a. Amen. 
 
 Gniert/Tvt I'.t. ] This cxfcnfivc Land is fubjcft toone Sovereign, ftiled 
 in tiie Ethtopiiui Language Naga<, meaning LorHot Sovereign, other- 
 wife Nagas Nagnft, Kivgof Kings. As for the European TMc of Prefier, 
 or Prrjhyter John^ that is now reckoned one of the many vulgar 
 Errors in the World. This Monarch believes himfelf to be fprung 
 from Solonto:: and Maki>dfi, or according to Jofephust Nizauf'i Queen 
 of the .South. He is faid to aflume many vain Titles, exprcfling all 
 thofe Provinces by Name within the Circuit of his Dominions ; and 
 Ailing himfelf, 7he Beloved of God, fprung/rom the Stock of ]\xdah. : 
 The Son of David and Solomon : The Son of the Seed of ]zcoh : 7hj 
 Son ©/"Nahu after the Plejh : The Son of St. Peter and Paul after the 
 Spirit. His Government is altogether defpotic, his Subjects being 
 his Slaves. He is fo reverenced, that at his very Name they bow 
 their Bodies, and touch the Ground with one of their Fingers. The 
 Crown doth not defcend to the eldefl Son, but to him that the King 
 nominates on his Deathbed. 
 
 Arms."] The Enfigns Armorial are a Lyon holding a Ca-o/J, with 
 this Motto, Vicit Leo de Tribu Juda. 
 
 Religion."] Within the Limits of this large Kingdom is a great 
 Mixture of People, as Pagans, Jews and Mahometans, of various 
 Nations ; but the Natives in general are Chrijiians. They hold 
 the written Word of God to be the only Rule of Faith ; and that the 
 Canon of Holy Scripture confifts of 85 Books, whereof they fay 46 
 are in the OldTejiametit, and 39 in the Nenu. They do not ufe the 
 Apoflolic Creed, but the Nicene or Confantinopolitan. As to the great 
 Doftrine of the Incarnation, they are generally Eutychians, like the 
 Coptees of Egypt, being formerly led into that Belief by Diofcorus, 
 Patriarch of ALxandria. In the Perfon of their King they lodge 
 the fupreme Authority in all Matters, Ecclefiaftical and Civil, and 
 do thereupon wholly deny the Supremacy of the Pope, efteeming it 
 Antichrillian in him, to pretend a Jurifdidtion over the whole 
 Church of Chrift. They alfo difclaim moft Points of the Popilh 
 £)o£trine ; particularly Tranfubjlantiation, Purgatory, Service in an 
 mknotjun Tongue, Auricular Confejion, Images in Churches, Celibacy of 
 the Clergy, and Extreme Vniiion. They ufc different Forms in Bap- 
 
 tifm. 
 
 1 
 1! 
 
332 AbeJJinitt, Part II. 
 
 tifm, and keep both Saturday and Sunday as a Sabbath. They ob- 
 ferve Circumcifion) and abftain from eating of Swines Flefh, not 
 out of any Regard to the Mofaic Law, but purely as an old Cuftom 
 of their Country. They are much inclined to Charity, and vifiting 
 the Sick. Their divine Service doth wholly confill in reading of 
 the holy Scriptures, Adminiflration of the Sacrament, and hearing 
 fome Homilies of the Fathers. They repair to Church betimes, and 
 never enter with their Shoes on, nor fit down, except on the bare 
 Ground. They carefully obferve the appointed Hours for public 
 Prayers, and perform that Duty with great Devotion. In fhort, 
 thefe People exprefs in many Refpcfts a deep Senfe of Religion. 
 The Roman MiiTionaries did fo prevail in the 1 7th Century, that the 
 Popifh Religion was nearly fixt in this Country, for they had once 
 vg;ained the King and Court, and obtained a Proclamation in their 
 Favour, commanding the whole Nation to imbrace the Doctrine of 
 the Roman Church. But the People were fo exafperated at parting 
 with the Religion of their Forefathers that it caufed many dreadful 
 Infurreflions which could not be quelled without (bedding Torrents 
 of Blood. Fearing therefore the Confequence of ufing Force, the 
 King' intirely dropt the Defign, and not only returned to his former 
 Belief himfelf, but gave Leave to all his Subjects to do the fame. 
 And that he might regain the AfFeftion of his People, he banifhed 
 from his Dominions all Roman Miilienaries whatever, with Alphonfo 
 Mendez. the Jefuit^ who having been confecrated at Lijbon Patriarch 
 of Ethiopia^ and approved by the Pope, had refided here in that 
 Charadler for feveral Years. As for the Plantation of Chrijlianity 
 in this Country, tis a Tradition among the Inhabitants, that the 
 Eunuch baptized by ?hilip the Deaco!> was Steward to the Queen of 
 Ethiopia ; and that upon his Return he converted the Court and 
 whole Kingdom to vhe Chriftian Faith. But in the Opinion of 
 others, it was not till he fourth Century, when Frementiusy the Son 
 of a Tyrtan Merchan;, firft introduced tlie Gofpil here, and was 
 confecrated Bifhop by Athanafius of Alexandria j in Memory of 
 whom there is a Monaftery near Axum, named Fremona, and n)any 
 other fine ones in Abejinia, particularly Alleluia^ Abbagarimat 
 Mandellif and others. 
 
 LOWER ETHIOPIA. 
 
 i^i>.]'Tr«HESE many Kingdoms and Sovereignties, extending from 
 X South to North, cannot be fuppofed to have the fame 
 Nature of Air in, all the Parts. In fome the Air is extremely hot, and 
 would be intolerable to the Inhabitants, were it not qualifyed by 
 Showers of Rain, and at other Times by violent Winds, which 
 blow from the Weft Ocean. In Motwmatapa and Zangttebar the 4i^ 
 
 is 
 
Part II. 
 
 Ijiwer Ethiopia. 
 
 335 
 
 is much more temperate j but in Jjan and Adel tis very hot and un- 
 wholfom. 
 
 Soil, ] Thefe various Divifions being fituate in different Climates, 
 the Soil muft of Courfe be very different. The Countries about 
 Monomatafa produce Abundance of Grain, and are generally efteemed 
 very fit for Pafture. The other Divifions nearer AbeJJinia are moftly 
 barren in all Sorts of Grain, yet produftive enough of Sugar, fe- 
 veral Kindsof Fruit and Spice, furnifhed with fome confiderable 
 Gold Mines, and every where abounding with Elephants. So rich 
 were the Mines, found by the Portuguefe in Zanguebar and feveral 
 Parts of the Caffres^ that the Country about Sofala hath been judged 
 by modern Geographers to Le the Land oiOphir. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Trade of thefe Parts is in Gold, Amber- 
 gris, Pearls and Mufk, Rice, Millet^ Cattel, Citron, Ivory, Oil, 
 Gums and Drugs of many Sorts. 
 
 Rarities.] About the inland Parts of Lonver Guiney are to be feen 
 that monftrous Serpent called Minia, which is reported of fuch a 
 fiignefs, as frequently to fwallow a young Deer, or other Creature 
 of that Size. 2. In divers Lakes are found thofe Monfters called by 
 the Natives Ambifangula and Pcfengoni ; but the Europeans give them 
 the Name of Syrens, becaufe when taken they fetch heavy Sighs, 
 and cry with a Tone refembling very much the mournful, yet mu- 
 {ical Voice of a Woman,. One Hand of that remarkable Creature I 
 have feen in the Repofitory at Leyden ; and two Hands of fuch a 
 Creature in the Mufc-eum at Copenhagen, 3 . In the Ifland of Loanda, 
 on the Coaft of Angolay is a remarkable Tree, called Arbor Radi- 
 cum. It derives this Name from the Nature of its Branches, which 
 fpring forth on all Sides from the Trunk, where tis commonly 
 eighteen Foot Diametre j and many of them bowing fo as to touch 
 the Ground, take Root, and fpring forth, till by their Weight they 
 bow down again and take Root the fecond.Time, and fo on, till 
 they cover a thoufand Paces in Circuit, and able to lodge under its 
 Branches three thoufand armed Men, fecur« from Sun and Rain : 
 So numerous and thick are thofe Filaments, and fo well covered 
 with Leaves. 4. In feveral Parts upon, and South of the River 
 Coanzoy are confiderable Mines of Rock Salt. For thefe and other 
 Remarkables fee Dapper and Labat, 
 
 Manners,] The various Inhabitants of thefe many Countries are 
 generally a dull, favage, fwarthy and black Sort of People, among 
 whom a great many ftrange Cuftoms prevail. Tis reported of the 
 King of Monomatapa, that whenever he drinks in public, the whole 
 Court doth jointly put up their Prayeri in his Behalf, and that with 
 a very loud Voice, which being heard in the Neighborhood, all Per- 
 fons there living are bound to do the fame ; alfo others hearing of 
 them, and fo on ; whereby the City and Country adjacent is all 
 2 fenfibls 
 
334 Lower Ethiopia, Part IL 
 
 f^nfible when their Monarch takes o(F his Glafs. In the Kingdom 
 of Loango tis a Cuftom, that when a Father deceafeth, his Goods 
 belong not to the Children, but his own Brothers or Sifters, who 
 are bound to provide for fuch of the little ones, as are not able to 
 provide for themfelves. We read of another unreafonable Cuftom 
 among a certain People in Cofreria, which is that when a Father 
 dyes, his Children are obliged to lofe the little Finger of their left 
 Hand. To defer as long is poflible that barbarous Event, they are 
 commonly very tender of their Parent's Health, and take all Care 
 imaginable to prolong his Life ; which was probably ifae firft Rea- 
 fon of fo ftrange a Pradice. But of all the People in thefe various 
 Countries, none is more obfervahle for their Manner of Life than 
 the Hotentots near the South Cape. They are fo called from the 
 frequent Repetition of that, or fuchlike Word ; and may be rec- 
 koned the moft filthy and brutifh of all reafonable Creatures. Their 
 Bodies are ufually befmeared with common Greafe or Fat, which 
 caufeth a very bad Smell. Their ordinary Habit is a Sheepfkin, 
 with Guts wrapt about their Legs and Arms. Kelben relates many 
 of their coarfe Ways and Ceremonies, which may probably decay 
 or wear out, by their continued Intercourfe with European People. 
 
 Language."] There is a great Variety of Languages in thefe King- 
 doms and Countries, moft of which have been already mentioned in 
 the Articles of Africa. In the Eaftern Divifions about Zanguebar 
 the Arabic prevails, with Variation of DialeA ; but the Language 
 in Ufe among the Hotentots appears to us only as a confuted inarti- 
 culate Noife. 
 
 Government."] Thefe Kingdoms are all governed by their c 
 particular independent Princes, except what tht Portugue/e 
 Hollanders are Mafters of. The Coafts of Cofreria and Zanguebar 
 have feveral Kings and States that are tributary to Portugal ; and 
 the Dutcb are pofleft of Cape Gaodhofe,m\\i an Extent of fome hun- 
 dred Miles in the Continent. 
 
 Religion.] In the middle Parts of this Ethiopia^ between Angola 
 on the Weil and Zanguebar on the Eaft, Idolatry prevails intirely ; 
 being overfpread with the feveral Nations of People called Jagas^ 
 DongoSf Mumboj, and Zimbas, who have many Pagan Ceremonies 
 and Cuftoms agreeable to fuch an ignorant and favagePart of Man- 
 kind. As for the Hotentots, they adore the Sun, and dance at the 
 New and Full Moon. But in Adel^ AJan, Makidas, and Zanguebar ^ 
 the Mahometan Religion is current ; for the Arabs who inhabit 
 thofe Countries for the fake of Trade, bring that Religion with 
 them. In the Kingdoms and States called Cafreria, between Zan- 
 guebar and the South Cape, where the Portuguefe are predominant, 
 there the Religion is a natural Compound of Faganifm and Popery. 
 
 SECT. 
 
Part II. 
 
 335 
 
 SECT. IX. 
 , The ^ttkm 31flant)0* 
 
 ^MaJaga/car, from North to South, 1 3 Degrees 
 C long. 780 Miles. 
 Madaga/car Iflands, yl^ramt on the Upper Eaftern Coail. 
 on the Eaft ofi^Bouriofi, and Maurice, [to France} E;ift. 
 Africa, jCemora Ifles ; Northweft. 
 
 ^Zanguehar Ifles ; Northweft. 
 ^Admiralty Ifles ; Northeaft. 
 
 Socotera is about 1 3 Degrees North of the Equator, fronting 
 Cape Gardafui. Tis 1 50 Miles in Circuit, The King and People 
 are moftly Arabs of the Mahometan Faith ; and the Sovereignty de- 
 pends on the Sheriffs of Arabia, Chief City Tamara, 
 
 Iflands on the Weft of Africa, 
 
 Madeira Ifles, 
 
 Canary Ifles, 
 
 C Madeira, 1 00 Miles in Compafs. 
 \ Portfanto, 20 Miles in Compafs. 
 
 Jjincerotay 30 Miles round. 
 
 Fortaventura, CO Miles long, but narrour. 
 \Cana)yt 60 Miles round. Palmas, the Capital. 
 
 Tenet i^y 1 00 Miles round. 
 \Gomeray 40 Miles round. 
 
 Ferro, 20 Miles round. This is the firft Meridian. 
 'Palma, 30 Miles round. 
 
 C Sf- JagOy 80 Miles round. The Capital Ribeira, 
 ^BoaviJIa, 30 Miles round. 
 Citpe f^^-r^/ Iflands, <Fflg-«>, Brava, Mayo, Sal ; four fmall Iflands. 
 
 JSt. Antony, St. f^tncetii, St. Lucy, St. Nico/as, 
 C lyc Northweft from the other. 
 
 BiJ/ago Ifles lye near the Coaft, South of Cape Verd. 
 
 On the Coaft of Guiney near Benin, Fernando Po, Prince IJle, and 
 S/. Thomas, [all to Portugal.'] 
 
 In the Ocean fronting Guiney, Annolon, St» Mattheiv, Afcenf.on, 
 St. Helena. 
 
 I MAD A' 
 
33^ 
 
 Name."] 
 
 ^' ican IJlands. Part 11. 
 
 M A D J G J S C J R, 
 
 T 
 
 ^HIS Ifland was called St. Laurence, being difcovered 
 by the Pcrtugue/e on St. Laurence^ Day 1492 ; but its 
 
 Srefent and only Name is from the Natives of the Ifland. Tis 780 
 liles long and 200 broad ; therefore not half the Contents of 
 Borneo ; and was very impeitedly if at all known by the Aiitients. 
 
 j^ir and Soil.'] The Mr of this Ifland is generally temperate, and 
 faid to be very healthy, though in a hot Climate : The Soil zMo is 
 extraordinary fruitful in molt Parts thereof, afl'ording all Things 
 necefl'ary for the Life of Man in great Plenty, fuch as Corn, Cattcl, 
 Fruit, Fifh, and Fowl : Alfo excellent Honey Wine. 
 
 Commodities^] The cnicf Produce of this Ifland are Wax, Rice, 
 Cotton, Sugar, Gums, Cryftal, Steel, Copper, Ebony, Frankincenfe, 
 Ambergris, Saltpetre, Benzoin, and Talk. 
 
 Rarities.] Towards theEaftern Part is a pleafant and fertil Val- 
 ley, called Amboul, which is flockt with feveral good Mines of Iron 
 and Steel, and yields great Store of 5f;fl««tt Oil. 2. Nivh to the 
 fame Valley is an excellent medicinal Well of hot Water, which 
 proves a ready Cure for cold Diftempers in the Limb^. 3. In the 
 lame Neighborhood is a high Mountain, on whole Top is a re 
 markable Spring of very fait Water, though thirty Liegues from the 
 Sea. 4. In the South Divifion are many Sorts of mineral Waters, 
 \ery different in Colour, Tafte, and Quality ; .ifld fome Places af- 
 ford large Pits of Bitumen. 5. In this Ifland is alfo a River, wholb 
 Gravel is fo very hot, that there's no treading upon it, and yet the 
 Water of that River is extremely cold. 
 
 Manners^ The Natives of Madagajcur are tall, nimble, an'^ maf- 
 culine, but in their Tempers crafty and <rtcceitful. Their common 
 Food is Cow's Milk, Roots and Rice, with very little Fleih. They 
 drink three Sorts of Wine, made of Sugar, Bananas, and Honey. 
 The lirft is fomewhat like Ratafee; the fecond is tart and fine; 
 and the third is extraordinary good, like Spanijk Wine. Their 
 Drefs is a Paan or Mantle round the Shoulders, and another nbout 
 the Waifl. In their Marriages they are commonly flrid enougi.. 
 but the great Men may have more Wives than one. They are fe- 
 vere upon Robbers, and punifli Murder by beheading. 
 
 Language.] The Language commonly ufed here is a Sort of Ara' 
 lie, which in Writing they perform from the Right to Left. Ahncll: 
 every Province hath a various Dialeft, yet not fo different but that 
 <hey underiland one another. 
 
 ^ Gi'vernment, \ 
 
IT IL 
 
 covered 
 ; but its 
 Tis 780 
 tents of 
 kiitieBts. 
 
 rate, and 
 tit alfo is 
 1 Things 
 rt, Cattcl, 
 
 ax, Rice, 
 kkincenfe, 
 
 ertil Val- 
 
 les of Iron 
 oh 10 the 
 er, which 
 
 3. In the 
 } is a re 
 !s from the 
 •al Waters, 
 
 Places af- 
 iver, whole 
 md yet the 
 
 ?, and maf 
 
 r coninuyH 
 eih. They 
 id Honey. 
 and fine; 
 ie. Their 
 the;- nbout 
 d enougii- 
 ley are fe- 
 
 ort of Ara- 
 ?ft. Aim ell 
 jnt but that 
 
 6'vert:ment.\ 
 
 Part II. African Iflands, 237 
 
 Government.'] This Ifland is fubjeft to many dlftinft Lords, called 
 RobenJrianst who are often at War among themfelves about their 
 Cattel and Slaves, yet unanimous enou'^h to defend themfelves a* 
 gainft the Invafton of Strangers. Formerly there fubfilkd feveral 
 Kings in Madagafcar ; but now every Province hath its particular 
 Lord or Chief, to whom the Subgovernors or Mafters of Villages 
 are accountable for their Management. 
 
 Religion,'] The Inhabitants are original Pagans or Arah Maho- 
 metans t except thofe on the upper Eaftern Coaft, called Zaffbrahim, 
 the Race of Abraham, and they on the adjacent Ifland of Ibraimt 
 who differ in religious Matters : For many of thefe obferve the Jew 
 Sabbath, and give, not only fome Account of the Creation and Fall 
 of Man, but alfo of the facred Hiftory concerning l^oah^ Abraham^ 
 Mofts and David: From which we conjedure they are defcended 
 of Jenus who formerly fettled here, though none knows how nor 
 when. 
 
 CA?E VERB ISLANDS, 
 
 Name.^QOMl. think thefe Iflands ^ire the old He/perides, but ^far^ 
 i3 tinier fays they are .more probably the Gorgades of Pliny» 
 The firH modern Navigators who found them, being the Portugueft 
 in 1 460, they called them Cape Verd^ from a green Cape fronting 
 them in Africa, 
 
 Air and Soil. ] The Air of thefe Iflands is generally hot, but not 
 unhealthy, feeing they are fo well peopled. The Soil is not alike 
 in all .• for fome are very fertil, and others prove floney, dry and 
 barren. 
 
 Commodities."] From thefe Iflands the Portuguefe tranfport incre- 
 dible Quantities of Salt ; alfo a great Number of Goatlkins, of which 
 they make Cordovan Leather. And from hence are brought many 
 pleafant Fraits, particularly Citrous, Oranges, Cocoas, Figs, aud 
 Melons. Alfo fome flriped Cottons, and Sugar. 
 
 Rarities.] The moft remarkable of thefe Iflands is Fogo, fo called 
 as being a noted Vukano, continually fencing up fulphurous Exha- 
 lations ; and fometimes the Flame breaks out like Etna in fuch a 
 terrible Manner, and vomits forth fncha Number of Pumice Stones, 
 that annoy all the adjacent Parts. In Sal are many natural Saltpits, 
 from whence the Ifland is fo named, yielding Abundance of good 
 Sale for Exportation. 
 
 The Bijhop of Cape I'erd Iflands refides at Ribeira in St. Jago. 
 
 A a Manners."] 
 
 ;|i 
 
 m' 
 
 \ 1 
 
 Hi 
 
 1 
 
 Pi 
 
 
 
 H 
 
3:8 African IJlands* Part II. 
 
 hli>mcriP[ The Inhabitants being Portugue/c, are much the fame 
 V. i:h ih.jfe on tlie Continent ; but they aie intermixt with iome 
 I'cgros, and all the People in A/.,ja are of that Colour aad Species, 
 even their Governor and Friefts. 
 
 iangungp.] The Inhabirnntsof thefe Ifl -nds being Portuguefe, re- 
 '1 their own Li>inu.,gt, vvliiLh is ufed alfo by the black People in- 
 
 'j 1 ;x'rated with thcna. 
 
 <h'veni7!:ntt.'] ihcfe Iflands at their firft Difcovery being de(?itute 
 < ! Jnhahiti.nis, were peopled by the Poriuguefcy and have ever fince 
 . en lubjed to the Crown oi Portvgai. The general Governor re- 
 liucs at Ribtira in St. Jugo. 
 
 C A N A R T ISLANDS, 
 
 .V^«f,]»-|-'HESE are the Fortunate JJIes mentioned by Ptolemy and 
 A Pliny. Some Authors pretend they were named C«- 
 ^.'r.ries, becaufe on the new Difcovery of them by the Spaniards, a 
 ••'lukitude of Doge w;re found there j but this is exprefly contra- 
 il icted bv the t^bumjb Writers themfelves, who found no fuch Ani- 
 jT>al there. Harrii agrees with Homius that they took their Name 
 i . om the CannnrfiKs, that is the Pheniciam who ufed to trade here. 
 
 Air and SoiL] The jfir of thefe Iflands, though inclining to 
 lie at, is generally efteemed extraordinary wholfora ; and the Soil in 
 n.oft of them is txcedin^ feriil. In the Ifland called Canary they 
 lave two Ilarvcfts in the Year. Teneriff is noted, not Only for the 
 \?A\ Mahnf'i Wir.c, ■■^\\A its high Pike, of which afterwards, but alfo 
 >: e Dragoii and j.aurel Trees, where the fweet tinging Birds daily 
 . arble their pltalant Notes. Thefe Iflands produce not only \ariety 
 ' ' (irain and Fjuit, but feveral of the molt valuable Wines, Palm, 
 K.;,iiary^ Malnify, and Virdeny^ ^ 
 
 Note, The IPe of Faro is by Geographers made the firft Meri- 
 tliun : For capitrii Ciiie.':, from whence Longitudes are taken, are 
 only fecondar) Meridians, 
 
 Cmviodltiei.'] The chie^^ Traffick here is in Wine, Cattel, Deer 
 ar.d Poultry ; Iloney, Sugar, Dragonsblood, CJV. 
 
 Rarities.'] The Ifle of TtneriJ^ is famous for its prodigious Pike, 
 V. hofe perpendicular Hight, according to the Account of Sprat Bi- 
 fl'iop of Rociefier, in the Royal Society Tranfadtions, is two Miles 
 ui;d half. It appears to the Eye av a large Mafs of many Rocks 
 
 promlfcuoufly 
 
n T 
 
 RT 11. 
 
 the fame 
 vith iome 
 d Species, 
 
 ugueft^ re- 
 People in- 
 
 ngdeftitute 
 e ever fince 
 overnor re- 
 
 5. 
 
 VtoUms and 
 named C«- 
 SpaniardSf a 
 irefly contra- 
 no fuch Ani- 
 L their Name 
 ) trade here. 
 
 inclining to 
 ind the Soil in 
 Canary they 
 It only for the 
 rards, but alfo 
 ig Birds daily 
 jt only Variety 
 [Wines, Palm, 
 
 I the firft MerJ- 
 ire taken, are 
 
 Cattel, Deer 
 
 lodigious Pike, 
 
 ^t of Sprat Bi- 
 
 is two Miles 
 
 k many Rocks 
 
 I promlfcuoufty 
 
 r>y 
 
 PA^t It. Afikccn Ijiands. - ^59 
 
 promifcuoufly heaped up, in Form of a rugged Pyramid ; and 
 thought by forae curiousNaturalids, to have been raifed on a fuddcn 
 by a mighty Conflagration of fubterranmn fulphurous Matter, whof6 
 forcible Eruption the very Rorks could not withftand, but were 
 thereby piled up in the Manner they now appear. For flrength- 
 ning this Conjecture, they allege the great Quantity of Sulphur 
 with which this Ifland abounds, efpecially nigh the Foot of the 
 Pike, and the Colour of the Rocks themfelves, many of them feem^ 
 ing as if long burnt in a Fire. 
 
 The P/y^o^of thefe Iflands is he^f P^i//na/ in Canary f who r^ 
 fides at Laguna in Teneriff. 
 
 Manners^ The Inhabitants here being moftly Spaniards, havic the 
 fame Cuftotnt and Manners with thofe on the Continent. Some few 
 Defcendents of the Moors are yet remaining, called Guanches ; but 
 all ufe the Spanijh Language, and profefs the RomiJUj Religion. 
 
 Government. Thefe Iflands belonging to the Crown of Spain ever 
 fii."? 2496, the King appoints over them a Governor general, who 
 refides at Laguna in the Ifland of TenrriJ^. 
 
 MADEIRA, 
 
 iVawf J'TpHlS Idand was fo called by the Portuguefe when they 
 A firft difcovered it, 1429, becaufe overgrown with 
 Trees ; the Word Madeira fignifying Wood, or Timber. 
 
 Jir And Soi/.l The y^/V is warm, pleafant and temperate; with 
 aSoiV very fertil, producing in great Plenty many excellent Fruits, 
 and a Wine very much eftecmed, being fit to keep for a longTinpe 
 both by Sea and Land. 
 
 Commodities.'] The Produce of this Tfland are many defiraWe 
 Fruits; the excellent Ma^t/rtf Wine: Dragonftlood, Com, My^f- 
 tick, with other Gums: And Sugar particularly fine. 
 
 Rarities."] What moftly deferves the !\pithet of Rare on this Ifland, 
 is that excellent Quality either of its ^ir cv Soil, or both, which, 
 as the Inhabitants conftantly report, proves mortal to all venom- 
 ous Animals ; none fuch being found here, or able to live, if 
 brought hither from abroad. In the Side of a Hill nigh Funchni is 
 a remarkable Fountain, whofe Waters do fometimes overflow in fuch 
 Abundance, that the adjacent Parts o( the Ifland are fubjed to an 
 Inundation. 
 
 Aa 2 
 
 \hr^ 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 Ml 
 
 ri«l 
 I, Win I 
 
340 Afriean IJlanis, 
 
 Here is one Bi/hop who reftdes at Funebal. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 A/tfm/ri.] The Inhabitants of this Ifland being fortuguijit are 
 much the fame with thofe on the Continent. Here are alfo many 
 Frmtb and EngUJh^ who live after the Poatugue/e Manner, aild are 
 ti the Rtmifif Religion. 
 
 Gm/trMment.'] This Ifland and the other called Portfatito, belong 
 to dM King of Portugal, whofe Governor refides at Fitnekal, the Ca. 
 pttal of Madeira, 
 
 St. HELENA. 
 
 THTS Ifland was difcovered by John it Utma, a Pertuguefe^ it 
 M«y 1 502, being the FelKval of the Emprefs Helena. Tis a 
 Rock about twenty Miles in Circuit. The Duteb firft took Pof- 
 feffion of it, and quitted it after for Cape Gaodhope^ whereupon the 
 Euglijb India Company fettled their Servants there, but the Dutch 
 iu 1672 cam« and diflodged them ; which News being brought to 
 Englerndt Commodore Mund^v was fent in a proper Manner to re- 
 take it, who foon forced the Enemy to furrender ; iince which Time 
 it hath remuned in PoiTeflion of the Eaji India Company, and is 
 now very well fortifyed. There is a Covering of good Earth upon 
 the Ifland which produces Corn, Roots, ana Fruit enough ; alfo 
 Cattel and Poultry for the Inhabitants who live moftly in a Village 
 neur the Bay, called Jantejioiaa, 
 
 %Z tl. A- 1 • 
 
Part 11. 
 
 •tugueftt sre 
 B alfo many 
 ler, artd are 
 
 ^ant9, belong 
 \ckalf the Ca- 
 
 ^/r«/z. Tis a 
 tft took Pof- 
 'hereupon the 
 »ut the Dutch 
 ig brought to 
 banner to re- 
 re which Time 
 npany* and is 
 sd Earth upon 
 enough ; alfo 
 ly in a Village 
 
 /. 
 
 ^ 
 
 W 
 
 CHAP. 
 
jMi^frt*4M o/ H'atiijSni^UiuL lit '4' tf* 
 
 4^ 3c 
 
 Toaxai 
 
 ^OB! iiMEBICAl 
 J)ituvtv 
 
 £.Bowen 
 
 
 'dar?^- 
 
 :^ 
 
 '5 
 
 4^ 
 
) 
 
 / * 
 
 '" ** 
 
 ■ t 
 » 
 
 o* 
 
 40 ^0 *t 
 
 /« 
 
 to ^t m:j£cr^ult A^om ^^nufjn -' 
 
 •TSBT 
 
 j^,,|lllll|l ll|^ 
 
 
 T-Tv- 7^, 1 
 
o 
 
 /a ^tmJct^ult from ^£rtubn ^ 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 r^.. 
 
 v*l^ 
 
 f»^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 V ^*»^ 
 
 v<^' 
 
 y«^' 
 
 ,4^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 >Vi 
 
 .i^^' 
 
 f«»' 
 
 I?' 
 
 
 t^*^ 
 
 \ 
 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 •t 
 
 RI 
 
 I 
 
 a v t w v 
 
 
 .^JO^"^ 
 
 She 
 
 B^ufnoctiAl 
 
 laae 
 
Part II. 
 
 34 1 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 AMERICA, the Fourth Quarter. 
 
 North America. 
 
 dr^ic Lands, — — — New Wales, Greenland, 
 
 Canada, -— — — — — ^ehec. 
 
 New Albion, New Mexico, and California^ 
 
 Britijb America, — — Boftoh, 
 
 Mexico, — — — — . — Mexico, 
 
 Louifiania, — — — — - New Orleans. 
 
 Florida, St, Auguftin, 
 
 South America, 
 
 Terra Firma, — — — Panama, 
 
 New Granada, — — St. Faith, or P/. 
 
 Peru — -— — — — Lima, 
 
 Chili St. Jago, 
 
 Guiana '■ .. Surinam, Cayene, 
 
 Brafil, — — . — — Salvador. 
 Amazonia, Paraguay, Patigonia. 
 
 I 
 
 And the American Ifhads. 
 
 Aa 3 
 
 SEC T. 
 
4t^ 
 
 Part 11. 
 
 SECT. I. 
 
 iA 
 
 Tiie Proyipces contained under this Title of Mexico^ extefi^ in a 
 long Northweft Gourfe from the Puercos or Porcupine Hills in Veru' 
 gua, Lat. 8; to the North oi California 37, being 2700 Miles at 
 Icaft. And the Situation in Longitude from London is between 81 
 and 126 Weft. , . , v , .v>\«.i 
 
 Divided into three Audiences, Guadcdajara^ M^^^h 
 
 Cuatimala. 
 
 Mt 
 
 :xico 
 
 • ) 
 
 Quatimala 
 
 ^Jucatan — 
 
 ^ahafco 
 
 ^uaxaca - 
 
 Tlafcala — 
 
 jMexico — - 
 
 fGuaJiecq - 
 
 Mechoacan 
 
 Veragua 
 O^afica 
 \Mcaragun 
 Hondura — 
 
 Gttat':nala 
 Chia^ — 
 
 Prpvinpeg. '. \^ 
 
 SNeruj Gaiicia —^, 
 Zacatecas — — — 
 Nfw Bifcay ^-^ — ■ 
 Culiacan 
 Cinaloa - 
 
 Chief City. • 
 
 Quadalajarat 
 Zacatccast 
 Durango, 
 Culiacan, 
 ' Cinaloa. 
 
 ■ Merida, 
 
 • Vilher7nofa, 
 
 ■ ^uaxacOf 
 
 ■ jugelos, 
 
 ■ Mexico, 
 
 • Puni^tci, 
 
 - McchoAcan, 
 
 , ■.*'*^ * 
 
 ;.) 
 
 Cartugo, — 
 
 yalladolid, * 
 Cvhan^ 
 Guatimalap 
 ' Chiapa Real, 
 
 Nnwe. Y I ^HIS Counfry, (.^ifcqvered at firfl by John Crijakm, but 
 X more cxafHy viewed, aMid at lad conquered by Fcrdi- 
 nando CorttHf in 1 5 18, is bounded on the Eall by the Gulf of 
 Mexico i ©n the Weft and Sorth by the Pacific Ocean ; and on the 
 North by Canada. Tis called Mexico from the great Capital City 
 of thai Name. 
 
Fart II; Mexico: 34 g 
 
 y^/>.] Notwithftanding thefe Provinces are for the moft Pare 
 within the Torrid Zone, yet the Jir is very temperate, and gene- 
 rally reckoned extraordinary whoUbm, being qualifyed with re- 
 frefliing Showers in the hotteft Months, and cool Breezes from tho 
 Sea all the Year. The oppofite Place of the Globe is Part of the 
 Indian Oceian. 
 
 Soii.] This Country, lying in the third and fourth North Cli- 
 mate, is bleft with a very fertil S?i/, producing many Sorts of Grain, 
 as Wheat, Barley, Pulfe, and Maiz: Many Fruits, as Pomegranates, 
 Oranges, Lemons, Citrons, Cherries, Pears, Apples, Figs, Cocoa 
 jNuts ; and great Plenty of Herbs, Plants, and Roots. 'Here are 
 alfo rich Mines of Gold and Silver ; and great fpacious Plains, af- 
 fording excellent Pailure. For the lungeft Day in any Latitude (io 
 the Table of Climates. 
 
 Produce. "l The chief Commodities of this Country are Wool, Cqt. 
 ton. Sugar, Silk, Cochineel, Feathers, Honey, Balm, Amber, Salt, 
 Tallow, Hides, Tobacco, Ginger, and divers medical Drugs. 
 
 Rarities."] About nine Miles from Guayacd is the Stump of a ho?,* 
 low Tree, called Tlaco Cha'voya, which was of a prodigious Big* 
 nefs when intire, being then reckoned fixteen Fathoms in Compafs 
 near the Root, and above twelve high. Before it was firuck with 
 Thunder and Lightening, which occafioned the Hollownefs, no 
 fewer than a thoufand Men, it is faid, might conveniently fhelter 
 themfelves from Rain, under its wide extended Boughs, z. In fe- 
 veral Parts of this Country grows a certain Tree, called Magae^ 
 which may be faid to yield Water, Oil, Wine, Honey, and Vinegar. 
 For the Body of the Tr^^e being big and hollow, contains a good 
 Quantity of Liquor, as clear as Springwater, and the Surface there 
 of is covered with a pure oily Subftance. This Liquor being a little 
 boiled talles like a good palatableWine : If much boiled, tis extremely 
 fweet; and if kept long unboiled no Vinegar is more acid. 3. In 
 the YxQs'vciC^oi Nicaragua are feveral remarkable Vulcanos ; par- 
 ticularly that near Realejo, whiich towers up like a Sugarloaf to a; 
 great Hight, and always fmokes. As alio the burning Mountain 
 of Leon, Weft of the Lak'^e Nicaragua, which frequently evacuates 
 Fire as vi/ell as Smoke. 4. Nigh to Guatulco on the Weftern Coalt. 
 is a great hollow Rock called by the Spaniards Buffadore, wIik ii. 
 having a large Hole in the Top, makes a hideous Noife at ever; 
 Surge of the Sea, and fpouts up Water very high. In fome Pajt;. 
 of this Country are feveral Springs of Water, (o impregnated \vi:i; 
 certain Minerals, that the Currebt itTufng from theni \$ of fo darl . 
 aQolQur« that it refembles a Stream of Ink, \. Remarkable h 
 
 Aa 
 
 ;u. 
 
g44 Mexico, Part II. 
 
 the Lake of Mexico for feveral Particulars : TirJI, For having two 
 Sorts of Water, Frcjl and Salt. Secondly^ That the Frrjh is ufu. 
 ally calm, and abounds with Fi(h : whe reas the Salt is generally 
 LoiPicrous, and breeds none. JhirMy, In the Middle of this Lake 
 is a pleafant Rock, out of which comes a confiderable Stream of hot 
 Water, much efteemed for feveral Diflempers. Lajlly, Upon this 
 Lake are feveral delightful artificial Gardens, well ftockt with Va- 
 riety of Herbs and Flowers, and moveable from one Place to an- 
 other, being fupported by large Floats of Timber. Ac»fta'x Natural 
 Uijlory of Mexico. 
 
 Here is one Archlijhop, namely of Mexico. 
 
 . I- 
 Jj'tjhnfs and Suffragans to Mexico. 
 
 Merida, 
 Michoacaitf 
 Guaxaca^ 
 Guadalajara, 
 
 ChiapOy 
 Cartago, 
 DurattgOf 
 jingelojy 
 
 Leetiy 
 
 PanucOt 
 
 Valladolid, 
 
 Mannen.'] The Natives of this Country are now become very 
 docible and civil, and extraordinary faithful to thofe they love. 
 Some of them are very ingenious, efpecially in Painting, and mak- 
 ing mod lively Pictures with various coloured Feathers of certain 
 little Birds, called Cireons. Others can play well upon divers mu- 
 fical Inilruments. Jn (hort, thefe People are {o civilized, that they 
 live after the Manner of the Spaniards^ except a few refiding in the 
 mountainous Parts. The Spaniards here are much the fame with 
 thofs in old Spain^ but indulge themfelves in greater Liberties ef 
 Concubinage, Luxury, and Inadivity. 
 
 Language.'^ The prevailing Language in thefe Dominions is the 
 Spanijh ; it being not only ufed among the Spaniards^ but alfo the 
 Natives theRife Ives, who generally underftand and fpeak the fame. 
 The various Dialefts of the original Indians do daily decreafe, and 
 in a few generations will be extinguifhed. 
 
 Government.^ This large and pleafant Country was of old fub- 
 jeA unto, and ruled by its own Sovereign Princes, called Kings of 
 Mexico, and fo continued, according to probable Conjeflures, a 
 miehty and florifliing Monarchy for feveral Ages, before it was in- 
 vaped by the Spaniards : But being fully conquered by them in 1 521 
 with an inconfidcrable Force under the valiant Terdinando Cortex, it 
 hath ever fince remained fbbjeA to the Crown of Spain, being go- 
 - verned by a Viceroy commonly refiding at Mexico j and to him is in- 
 
 truftcd 
 
 i. ■ 
 
1?ART II. Mexico. 54^ 
 
 trailed the Overfight of all the Governors 411 the various Provincei 
 belonging to his Catholic Majefty in North America. 
 
 Jfrns."] The fame as the Crown of Spain, 
 
 Reiightt.'] Th^ Inhaibitants of this Country being partly Chrijlian, 
 partly Pagan, are properly a Mixture of the two. The Spaniards 
 are rigid Papifis, according to the (h-ift ProfefTion of Poptry in their 
 own Country. Of the Natives, many do dill retain their heathen 
 Worftiip, though indeed Multitudes in Form are converted to Chri- 
 ftianity according to the DoArine of the Church of Rome ; but by 
 all Accounts they do not yet believe thofe Dodlrines that are taught 
 them. Wherefore, to thh People and Country may very fitly be 
 applyed the following Lines, 
 
 : T'l »;*•• 
 
 Spain in America had two Defigns ; 
 To fpread Religion, and to feize the Mines : 
 For where there is no fure Supply of Wealth, 
 Mens Souls are never worth the Charge of Health. 
 And had the Kings of that new World been poor. 
 No Spaniard vmcc had landed on their Shore. 
 Twas Gold which there the Pope*s Religion planted, 
 Whichi if they had been poor, they ftili had wanted. 
 
 ^ .4. \.- ^. 
 
 I/*-- 
 
 V; ,^>. .. 
 
 a -. • . 
 
 
 .-W.' >.--* 'UyJ __ ..''.*■► 
 
 
 
 .vj, —.. 
 
 fl 
 
 SECT. 
 
34^ 
 
 Part Hi 
 
 S E C t. II. 
 
 'ii' > 
 
 *riu<! Region is of great Extent, and very little known ; lior do 
 die Spaniards c^rt to trace it for more Difcov^r/r However there 
 are fome Plantations and Towns about the River Norths which runs 
 through it from North to South, falling into the Gulf of Mexico, 
 The d>'ef Tpwn is $aiita Fe, or St. Faitlt Lat. 36, 45. 
 
 j; 
 
 2'ktr'- 
 
 y "^"^HIS Country, including the North of Califbrniai was 
 j[ difcovered by the S/^zn/zzr^/i in 1581. Tis bounded 
 Weft by the Pacific Ocean ; Eafk by the River Mijfafipi : North by 
 Ilew Jlbiott i and South by OidMtxico, It Was called Ne'w Mexico, 
 becaufe difcovered after tl^ other. 
 
 Ill ■« ■>/.'. 
 
 Jir,'\ The^rof this Coontryv according to the Climate, is abun- 
 dantly temperate, md geineridly efteemed very wholfom and heat 
 thy ; bat is attended with the gr^at Tneonvemente of frequent Hur- 
 ticanes, beSdes T bonder and Lightening. The dj^ofite Flace on 
 the Globe is that Part of (d«e hdian Ocean v^h^re the AntprduT, 
 iflaiods are placed. 
 
 ^0//.} iJevu Mexico is but little known, and the Zoiioi thofe Parts 
 already difcovered, very ordinary ; being generally a dry, fandy, 
 barren Ground, far inferior to moil other Countries in America^ be- 
 longing to the Spaniards : And the Bounds being undetermined, ex- 
 cept fome Part of California, we can fay nothing of the true Length 
 of its Days and Nights. 
 
 Cemmodiiies.yriLn Country being none of the befl, and but rarely 
 frequented by Strangers, the Merchandize can be ofoaConfequence, 
 for (^ttef is the chief or only Thing they trade in. 
 
 Rarities!] According to San/on's Account, the black Cattel here 
 kave fmall Herns and Hair like Wool, very long about the Manes. 
 On their Backs they have a great Bunch ; their Forelegs are fhort, 
 with a great Beard hanging from the Neck ; and their Tails are 
 long and hairy towards the £nd ; fo that they partake of the Deer, 
 the Lion and the Sheep. 
 
 At Santa Fe above mentioned there is a Bififop, who is Sufifragaa 
 to the Archbifliop of Mfxico. 
 
 '4 Miinnen,] 
 
f thofe Parts 
 dry, fandy, 
 America^ be- 
 ermined, ex- 
 true Length 
 
 id but rarely 
 iUmfequence, 
 
 c Cattel here 
 t the Manes. 
 gs are ftiort, 
 'ir Tails are 
 of the Deer, 
 
 is Sufrragan 
 
 Pjart II. New Mexico. 345^ 
 
 Manners.'] The Inhabitants of this Mexico are faid to be of a lefs 
 favage Temper and Behaviour than moft of the wild Americans. 
 They are much given to Hunting ; and feveral of them underftand 
 Tillage indifferently well. They have a Sort of tame Deer to draw 
 their Carriages. 
 
 Language.] The Spaniards, who are fettled in thefe Parts, ufethe 
 old SfaniJUf Language, As for the Nativa, they retain their own 
 Dialed, of which we can give no Account. 
 
 Government.] The Neiv Mexicans are ftiil governed by certain 
 Captains of their own, called Caciques ; but the Spaniards, and thofe 
 of the civilized Natives, are ruled by a particular Governor ap- 
 pointed by the King of Spain, whofe Fl^ce of Refidence is at Santa 
 f}, on a Branch of River North, ;*..,. . 
 
 Arms.] The Armorial Enjigns here ufed are thofe belonging to 
 the King of Spain. 
 
 Religion.] The Natives of this Country are generally grofs Ido- 
 laters ; for every Hut throughout their Villages hath fome favorite 
 Idol i and many of them have little or no Sign of Religion at alL 
 The Spaniards here refiding are of the fame Rgmijh Religion with 
 thofe in Europe. 
 
 
 . itt 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 THIS is the mod Northern Land of America, which is in any 
 Degree fettled upon or poifeft by the Spaniards. Tis a Sort 
 of Peninfula, extending from Latitude 37 North, and terminating 
 with Cape Lucas at the Tropic. On the Eaft it h^s the Califorman 
 Gulf, and on the Weft the ?^acific Ocean. The chief Rivers are 
 Carmel, Colorado, and Axul; which laft called the Blue River falls 
 into the Bottom of the Califomian Gulf. 'The North, Part is in- 
 habited by the leguas Nation ; and the few Settlements made by 
 the Spaniards are all to the South. 
 
 n ir, \ t<>" * 
 
 - N E Pf^ A L B I Ny 
 
 NOrihweft of Califarnia in Latitude 38, 30, is the Harbor of 
 Sir Francis Drake, or Draie^s Port, where he remained five 
 Weeks from the 17th oijune 1579 ; and with remarkable Form 
 and Cermony, 00 the free Surrender of the Natives, took PoiTef- 
 fiOQ of the Country for Queen Elizabeth^ caSUng it New Albion, 
 The King or Head JVIan a£hially invefted him with the Sovereignty, 
 and prefented him accordingly with his own Crown of Feathers. 
 Whereupon the Admiral ordered a ftrong Poft to be fet up, with a 
 Plate of BraG, fignifying the Time and the Tranfa£tion ; with a 
 Piece of Silver Money alfo, hawbg the QueenV Arms thereon. 
 ThtSfani^ndi never had any Sort of Trade or Settlement within 
 ieveral Degrees of this Place. SECT. 
 
 \ ^ 
 
 ' i 
 
^. 
 
 . I, I 
 
 Part 11. 
 
 • • • / * t 
 
 S EC T. in. ■ 
 
 iFIortiw. 
 
 . . ^/ 
 
 This Country contained formerly all that the Frtneb now caU 
 Lauijaniat and the Colony of Ge»rgia belonging to tke Englifi, 
 AH that the Spamardt mow poflefi lye; on tne South of St, MtU- 
 ibenxj River, between the Atlantic Otis&i\ nnd the ^.htT Mtthit i for 
 to the W«A of that the Frtneb lay Chim ; Therefore ikt remain- 
 ing Part of flopida is that long Promontdrry or Peninfuh r ?nning 
 into the Gulf of Mexico, which foriri^s the (Ikantl 4f Bid<-ma on 
 the Eafi. 
 
 ChiefPlaces 
 
 ,St. Augujlint near the Atlantic Shore. 
 St. Fruncifety Weft of Ss. Aupuftin. 
 St. Mercot on the Afalachy Bay. 
 Pen/acoht n?At the River M»biL 
 Diego Fort, North oi St. Au^hj^in, 
 Majaco, in the Peninfula. 
 
 iV<a«r,]'Tp'HlS Conntry, foft difcovered by John Cabot, [Father 
 X oi Sebaftian"] for Xing Henry the \\\r^ cf England, 
 149; ; bat more particularly after by Jobn Pence, and fcveral other 
 Spaniards, is bounded on the Eaft by the Atlantic Ocean ; on the 
 Weft by Mexico; on the North by Georgia i and South by the Gulf 
 of Mexico. The Name of Florida we fappofe was eiven to it by the 
 Spaniards^ becaufe the South Part was difcovered about the Time 
 of Palm Sunday, which by tht Church of Rome is often called Pa/ca 
 Florida, 
 
 Air.'^ The Air of this Country is faid to be fo extraordinary 
 temperate, that, according to our lateft Accounts, the Inhabitants 
 live to I great Are. The oppofite Place of the Globe to Florida is 
 Part of ^^^<lv /f«/£»i, about Latitude 29 South. , \j< 
 
 Soil."} The Soil of this Country is extraordinary fertil, abound- 
 ing in moft Sorts of Grain, Herbs, and Fruii;. Tis aifo well ftored 
 with Venifon and Fowl, inriched with confido^rable Mines of Cop- 
 fer. Lead, and Quickfilver. Here alfo are feveral gpod Pearl 
 
 Fiflieries. 
 
 Commodities.'] Florida being flenderly known in the inland Parts, 
 and even thofe next the Se» but little frequented hy Strangers, the 
 ProduA for Merchandize is not confiderable; but the chief Goods 
 
 Me 
 
Part IL Fioriia. 24m 
 
 are wild Cochineal, Copper, Lead, Ambergris, fmall Pars, fmri^ 
 Stones, Amcthifts, and Pearl. 
 
 Raritia."] In thefe Ptrts of Florida grows a certain Tree like aa 
 Appletree, the Juice oCwhofe Fruit the Natives ufe to fqueezeout, 
 and therewith anoint their A''<'Ows, being a rank Sort of Poifon. if 
 there be no Frait, then thejr break off a Branch, and prefs out a 
 milky Subftance, equally poifonous with the Juice of the Fruit. So 
 ftrong a Poifon is thu Tree, that if a few mndfuls of its Leaves 
 are bniifed and thrown into a large Pond of fianding Water, 
 all Beafts that happen to come and drink thereof, do fuddenly 
 fwell and burft alunder. Purchat his Pilgrimt, In Bahama^ aa 
 Ifland near Cape Vloriiay is the famous Bahama Spider^ the biggeil: 
 of all »'.e Species, being two Inches lone. He hath fix Eyes, and 
 thofe not (b big as the fmalleft Pin's Head. Some of thefe remark- 
 able Infe^ are to be (een in the public Mufeeum of Grefiam C^lhge. 
 They alfo mtike here a ftron^ white Linen, of the inward Bark «|f 
 certain Trees which abound in dus Country. 
 
 MaHmrt] The People here are naturally white, but by anoint- 
 ing themfelves with a certain Ointment, they generally appear of 
 an Olive Celoar. They are tali of Stature, well proportioned* 
 Lovers of War, and commonly go quite naked, except a fmall 
 Piece of J>eerikin, which fome wear about thetr Middle. 
 
 Language.'} The Language of the Natives is an In^an Diale£t, 
 which a few Perfons in the Brittj0> Plantations thereabouts are «b. 
 liged CO leani, as Interpreters betweeii the En^hyH^ and thofe Indian 
 People. ' .■ " ■ 
 
 Government.] The Natives of dus Country are fubjeift to feveral 
 Chiefs of their own ; one of whom hath the Precedence, and is al- 
 ways refpe£led by the reft as their Head Man : We commonly 
 call them Indian Kings. The %fawjh Colonies iiave their peculiar 
 Governors appointed by the Court of Madrid, 
 
 Religion.} The Indians of this Country are grofs Idolaters;, wor- 
 ftupptng the whole Hoft of Heaven, efpecially the Sun^ to whom 
 Acf attribute the good Fortune of all their Vl£lorles, and return 
 him Thanks accordingly- They mightily refpedtheir Pxiefts, whom 
 they c?ili Jaounas, who are likewife their Phyficians and Prophets. 
 Severfcl Miflionaries -were fent into this Country in the Days of 
 Gforiu V, but the ikvage Inhabitants quickly deftroyed them. 
 
 SECT 
 
SSO 
 
 Part It 
 
 SECT. IV- 
 
 >2)ivided into North and Sooth of the River St. Laurence, 
 
 r . 
 Mnrtli S ^^^ Britain, with Hudfa^ Bay. 
 *^°"" I French Canada : Chief Place ^eiee. 
 
 f 
 
 r^cw Scotland < 
 
 Halifax, 
 
 pOuth Governments, 
 all belon^ng to^ 
 Great Britain. 
 
 Nfw EngltinJ — -^ — Boston. 
 New Hampjbire > ■ Tortfmmith. 
 
 Cenettieut — -■ — NenvUfaven, 
 Rhode IJland — — — — Nevtport, 
 New Terk < — — New York. 
 
 Nenv Jerfey — ■ — — Bridlington, 
 Penfilvania - — Pbilaatlphia, 
 
 Maryland — — — — St. Mary. 
 Virginia ■ ■ •■*"^» JameJiowH. 
 
 North Carolina » — Edenton. 
 
 South Carolina • ^ Charlejiown. 
 ^Georgia — ■ ■ i ■ Savanna, 
 
 Wc& of theft lye the Ave great Lakes, namely 
 
 Ontario^ Erie, Huron^ Michigan^ Superior, 
 
 Alfo the fix Indian Nations cal. :d Iroquois, who are Subje£ls and 
 Allies of Great Britain, and fo declared in the Treaty of Utretht 
 
 '713- 
 
 I ■ 
 
 Weft oi Carolina and Georgia are the feveral Nations of Chera- 
 hes, Cbikafast and Tamafees ; together with the three Creek Nati- 
 ons, all which are by Compafl and Treaty dependent on the Crowa 
 Uli Great Britain. 
 
 Note, The Spaniards report that this Word Canada is a Com- 
 pound of Cape Nadoy fignifying Nothing ; becaufe the firft Land 
 which they difcovered on the Coaft of this Country, appeared with- 
 out Trees, quite barren, and deftitute of People ; So that in a fhort 
 Time C^pe Nada was pronounced Canada, 
 
 PJEIV 
 
35^ 
 
 '■ > 
 
 Part 11. Canada, 
 
 NEW BRITAIN. 
 
 THIS large Tra£t of Land lyes Eaft from Hud/in and Jemts'* 
 Bay. Tis 600 Miles from North to South, and the (mm 
 from Eaft to Weft. This with all Hud/on's Bay, and the adjacent 
 Coantry on the Weft, called Nenv Wales, was confirmed for ever 
 to the Britijh Crown at the Treaty of t//mi6/, 171 3. Chitf Places, 
 Ptrt Nel/on in Hud/on's Bay, and Rupert in Jamts's Bt^* 
 
 L U I S A N I A. 
 
 THIS Country lyes Eaft and Weft of the River MJfafyi, having 
 Carotina and Georgia on one Side, and Mexico on the other : 
 So that here the French have arbitrarily made a great new Provin<» 
 out of what belongs to the En^lijh on the Eaft, and the Spaniarfy 
 on the Weft ; and to which they have no other Title than writinn; 
 their Nitme upon it. They have built a Town called New Or- 
 leans, at the Mouth of Mijfajipi in the QxHA qI Mexico, and fevendl 
 inland Forts : But the Diftance, Barrenefs, and Emptinefs of the 
 Country, will prevent any Trade or Profit being made thcr^ 
 
 Thirteen Brit'tjh Colonies. 
 NEW SCOTLAND. ' ' ' \ 
 
 THIS Province is that large Peninfula, by the French called Aca^^ 
 It firft became Englijh Property in the Reign of Henry Vlf. 
 Since when it hath often been in the alternate Pofteliion of Er^- 
 land and France, till the Peace of Utrecht when it was intirdj 
 yielded to Queen Ann. However, nothing was done in the regfli' 
 ar peopling thereof till 1748, when King George II. reiblved oa 
 the ipeedy Settlement of this Province : And by granting extraor> 
 dinary Privileges, Bounties and Pofteifions, many thoufand Families 
 werefoon tranfported thither, being efFe£lually fupplyed both b/ 
 Land and Sea, to the great Mortification of the French Court, wh« 
 at finiftiing the War expected no iiich vigorous Tranfadtion. Tia 
 200 Miles long, and from 40 to 80 in Breadth. 
 
 NEW E NG LA ?fD. 
 
 iWI(MB^,]»nr*HIS Country was difcovered firft by the E»g!i/^ in 1497 
 
 X under the Conduct of ^ohn Cabot who, with his three. 
 
 ' Sons Lewis, Sebafiian, and Sancho, had a Patent the Year before 
 
I ;l 
 
 352 Canada, Part II, 
 
 CO make Difeoverieft far King Henry VII. It was after taken Pof. 
 feffion of by Sir Philip ^madas for Queen Elizabeth in 1558. Tis 
 bounded Eaft by the Atlantic Ocean ; and on the Northweft by the 
 great Lakes of Canada^ and the River St. Laurence. The Difcover* 
 crt called it Ntw England in Regard of Old England their native 
 Country. 
 
 Ait J] Notwithilanding this Province is of a Situation confiderably 
 more South than Old England^ vet the Air of both is much the 
 lame; the Heat thereof being allayed by cooline Breezes, which fre- 
 quently happen. The oppoute Place of the Globe to New England 
 is that Part of the Indian Ocean between DiematCs Land and JVnu 
 miUnd, 
 
 Soil.'\ The Soil of this Country is in general vei^ fertil, producing 
 in great Plenty mod Sorts of Englijh Grain, Fruits, and Roots, be. 
 fides Indian Corn. It is very weH llockt with Fiih and Fowl, alfo 
 Variety of tame and wild Beafts. In fhort, it is not only furnifhed 
 with all the Neceflaries, but likewife mod of the Comforts of hu. 
 man Life ; and the Colony is remarkably rich, populous, and flo- 
 rifiiing. The Length of Days and 1 flights in New England^ \% 
 much the fame as in the North Provinces o( Spain, they both lying 
 under the fame Parallels of Latitude. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Merchandize of this Country are Filh, 
 Grain, Mafts for Ships ; Iron, Tar, Bcver, Deerikins, Furs, and 
 Lumber, that is Hoops, Pipeftaves, Deals, (^c. And it is obferv. 
 able of thofe in New England^ that they have annually, for many 
 Years, imported to Old England, as many Commodities in Value, 
 a» they at firll carryed out. 
 
 Rarities."} In feveral Parts of New England grows a Fruit, named 
 fhe Butter Nut, fo called from the Nature of its Kernel, which 
 yields a Kind of fweet Oil, that hath the exaft Tafte of Butter. 
 2. In Baker\ Cave, about fifty Liegues from Bojion, is found the 
 Scarlet Mufcle, whole Vein being pricked with a Needle, yields a 
 Juice of a pure purple Colour, which gives fo deep a Dye that no 
 Water is able to wafh it out. 3. About eighty Miles Northeaft of 
 Scarhurough, is a Ridge of Mountains two or three hundred Miles 
 long, commonly called the White Mountains, becaufe their Tops 
 are covered with Snow all the Year. Upon the higheil is a large 
 Plain, and at one End of it, a natural rocky Pyramid, called The 
 Sugar Loaf, to the uppermoft Part of which one may eaflly afficnd 
 by a Set of natural Steps, winding about to the very Top, where 
 is another Plain of about an Acre broad, in the Middle of which 
 is a deep Pond of clear Water. 4. On the Seafide, near NeiV' 
 
 haven. 
 
Part If. Canada, 353 
 
 haven, is a large Bed of Sand of a perfect black Colour, with many 
 Grainsof Red and White intermixt. e. On the CodlX o( Nttv Ettg/atid 
 is fometimes taken the Moni Fi//j, becaufe he hath a Hood like 
 that of a Capuchin Frier. 6. In diverfe Parts on the Coall of this 
 Country is found tl * Star Fijh ; a rare Kind of which, taken in 
 Maffacufet Bay, is to be feen in Grtjham College, and defcribed in 
 the Philof. Tranfaaions. 7. Of many curious Birds in Nenu England, 
 the rooft remarkable are the froculus, and the Humming Bird. The 
 former of thefe, about the Bignefs of a Swallow, is oofervable for 
 three Things; FirJI, Having very (hort Legs» and hardly able to 
 fupport himfelf. Nature hath provided him with pointed (eatherc 
 in his Wings ; by darting of which into the Wall of a Houfe, he 
 flicks fail, and fecurely takes his Reft. Secondly^ The Manner of 
 his Neft, whicl he builds at the Tops of Houfes or Chimnies, but 
 of fuch a Faihion, that it hangs down about a Yard long. Lajlly, 
 Such Birds are remarkable for their Ceremony at departing ; it being 
 always obferved, that when they remove, they never fail to lea,ve 
 one of their Young behind in the Room where they have netted, 
 making thereby, as it were, a grateful Acknowlegement to the 
 Landlord for their Summer's Lodging. As for the Humming Bird, 
 he is noted for being the leaft of all Birds : His Neft refembles a 
 Bottom of foft Silk, and the Egg in which he is hatched, is not 
 larger than a common white Pea. 
 
 Here is one Univerjity at Cambridge near Bojlon,, confiding of 
 three Colleges. 
 
 Manners.'] The Englijh of this Province are much the fame as 
 thofe in Old E»gUnd. The Charadler of the native Indians is, that 
 they are crafty, timorous, cruel and revengeful. But fome are of 
 a much milder Temper, bein^ likewife very ingenious and quick of 
 Apprehenfion. Their Number within the Englijh Territories is 
 greatly diminiihed, many being deftroyed by the Smallpox, about 
 the firft Settlement of the Englijh \ others by Tumu)||aniong them' 
 felvcs, and their treacherous Wars with the EngUjhT^ , 
 
 Language."} The Engli^ of this Country ufe their own Language : 
 But that of the Natives is divided into many Dialefts, and very 
 difficult for Strangers to learn ; the Words being extremely long, 
 and the Sound inarticulate. 
 
 Gevernment.'] The Indians are divided into many Tribes or Na- 
 tions, governed by their Chiefs called Sachems, who excicife an ab- 
 folute Jurifdidion over them ; the Will of their refpeftive Leaders 
 being all the Law they pretend to. The Engli/h are governed by 
 their own Laws, having proper Courts of Judicature fyr determine 
 
 B b ing 
 
354 Canada, Part 11. 
 
 ing Caufes, both Civil and Criminal ; as alfo for making and re- 
 pealing of Laws that concern the Plantation. The Management of 
 public Affairs i? in a certain Number of f»j4giftrateH and Affirtants, 
 authorized by their Patent; The People ciuu. ihc'r own Rcprtfcn- 
 tatives or Houfe of Commons; the Ki'i^ i.nni; aios the Governor, 
 and the People, with the Governor'^ Conr^rreiice,chure the Council. 
 
 ■ Religion.'] The Englijo here all profefs the ProteJIantRtligitn, but 
 are chiefly of that Scdt or Perfuafion called Indt pendents, which is 
 properly the eftablifhed Church. The Natives continue PagnrtytX' 
 cept thc.ra few acquainted with the Principles of C/6r////«;//V)', by that 
 ferious Divine Mr. John E/iaf, who, by tranflating the Bible, and le- 
 vera! Books of Devotion into the Indian Tongue, and preaching 
 among them in their own Language, laid Tome Foundation for a 
 more general ConverAon. 
 
 This Province hath 1 2 Counties ; between 60 and 70 Market. 
 towns, and more than one thoufand Sail of Ships. 
 
 NEW HAMPSHIRE, = 
 
 THIS Province lyes facing the Bay of MaJTicuft, between tht 
 and Nciv Englandy being bounded by the two Rivers of A/c- 
 rimaik and Ktnnilek. Tis a Royal Government immediately de- 
 pending on the Crown ; for the King appoints the Governor, De- 
 puty Governor, Council and Magiftratcs. The chief Merchandize 
 or Export is Linen, naval Stores, Lumber, and Fiili. 
 
 " c o isi E r r I c u r, 
 
 THIS is a Charter Government, or Corporation, where all the 
 Magillrates, Governor, and Council urc choie annually by 
 the People. But their Laws are repealable by his Majcity, if thty 
 lire found injurious to his Prerogative, or the Subjcits Right and 
 Privilege. I'his Colony lyes Southwrlt of New Hampjhire, and the 
 chief Merchandize is Tar, Turpentine, Deals, Malls, Planks, and 
 other Lumber. At Neiuba<ven is a good College of Students, called 
 TaleHalL ., ...t /, ,: , 
 
 RHODE ISLAND, 
 
 THIS is likewife a Corporation or Charter Government, con- 
 taining Rhode IJland^ and the Plantation inland called from- 
 dtnce, which is about twenty Mile fquare. To the Sugar Coloniei 
 they export Cattel, Butter and Cheele, Beef, Pork, Tallow, and 
 
 Lumber. 
 
T U. 
 
 ind re- 
 mcntuf 
 
 fiiftants, 
 eprclen- 
 overnor, 
 Council. 
 
 ^agntt, ex* 
 /)', by that 
 le, and le- 
 prcaching 
 tion for a 
 
 rernment, con- 
 ad called Pronii- 
 Sugar Colonies 
 Tallow, and 
 Lumber. 
 
 Part II. Canada. ^^ij 
 
 Lumber. From this Colony up to New Scotland, the great Bcocl 
 of the Ocean is called MaJJaiufet Buy. 
 
 N E PF r R K. 
 
 THIS Province was difcovered by Mr. Hud/on in 1608. Tit 
 bounded Northeaft by Ne'w Englaudt the great River Hudfun 
 running through it. HuJjhu fold it to the Dutc/j, without Leave 
 from his Mafter the King o^ England \ and they keeping PofTeflion 
 thereof, under the Nanie of Neiv Netherlands till 1664, it was 
 then reduced to the EnglUh Crown : Whereupon King Charlet II, 
 by fpecial Writ, made his Brother the Dulce of Tork Proprietor 
 of it; and from him it was named AVx(;2^o/-^, and confiileth now of 
 ten Counties. 
 
 Jir and Soil.'] The Air of this Province is much the fame with 
 that of Nunx) England; and the Soil, as alfo that of Long JJland^ is 
 faid to be fo rich, that one Bufliel of European Wheat doth com- 
 monly produce one hundred in many Places. It aboundeth like- 
 wife wi' - moft Sorts of Englijh Grain, Herbs, and Fruit j and pro- 
 duceth excellent Tobacco. Long T/land me3L(ures 100 Miles from 
 Eaft to Weft. 
 
 Commodities.] The chief Produce are Tobacco, Bever, Otter, Ra- 
 coon, Elk, and Deerikins; with other Furs. ^. .». .-i, 
 
 Rarities.] In divers Parts of Niiv Tork grows a Sort of Snakeweed, 
 whofe Root is much cfteemeci for the Bite of a Rattlefnake; and be- 
 ing pulverued aath a fragrant Smell, and a good aromatic Tafte. 
 
 Manners.] The Indians here are comely, and well Ihaped Perfons, 
 and their Complexions tawny. They are very dextrous at learning 
 any Thing, and delight much in dancing. They are negligent in 
 Drefs, but pay great Refpeft and Submiffion to their Kings. As 
 for the Englijh, they are like thofe of the other Colonies, wholly 
 imployed in their Trade and Merchandize. ^ .. , . ,.j<i, 
 
 Language.] The Inhabitants of this Province being Englijh^ and 
 a few Hollanders^ they make ufe of the Languages peculiar to their 
 refpe£tive Nations. y i 
 
 Go'vernment .] The Indians are governed by their Chiefs, who hold 
 a Sort of Council in Matters of Importance, but pronounce the de- 
 finitive Sentence themfelves, which their People receive with great 
 Applaufe. All Builnefs for the Indian Affairs is done by Commif' 
 
 B b 2 ftoners 
 
356 Canada. Part II. 
 
 fioners at the City of All any. The Englijh have their own Govern- 
 or, authorized and fent over by the King of Great Britain, As for 
 Religion, tis divided among a few Churchmen and Diflenters of all 
 Sorts ; Englijh, Dutch, French, and Siuedes. 
 
 NEWJERSET. 
 
 THIS Province was granted by King Charles II to John Lord 
 Berkley, Sir George Carteret and others. It was called Neiu 
 Jerfey becaufe the Carteret Family was then refiding in the ifle of 
 Jer/fiy. Twas granted by the Name of Nova Cefarea, as Nova 
 Scotia was for New Scothmd ; but why an Engiijl' Colony fhould 
 have a La//;/ Title, I believe no Engltfjman can telL At firft it was 
 divided into two Gov(.rnments of Eaji and VVeJi Jetfey : but the 
 Whole being after furrendred to Queen Ann, it is now one Pro- 
 vince and a Royal Government, parted into five Counties. 
 
 Ai^ and Soil.'] This Country lying under the 40th Degree of La- 
 titude, is tcnperate, fine, healthy, and agreeable enough to Englijh 
 Confiitutions, as fufficiently appears from the long Experience of 
 many Planters. The Soil is not every where the fame, being in 
 fome Parts extraordinary good, and in others very indifferent ; but 
 hath proved much better after felling down the Timber, and clear- 
 ing the Ground. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Exports here are Train Oil, Whalebonej 
 Skins of the Bever, Monkey, Racoon, and Martin. Alfo Beef, Pork, 
 Corn, Butter ^nd Chcefe ; Tobaoco, white Peas and Fifh. 
 
 Rarities.] As the chief Curiofities of New Jerfey, we may rec- 
 kon fome rare Plants growing in divers Parts of the Colony, and 
 eafily found by the curious Botanift. Here alfo is that large Ani- 
 mal called the Mcofe, a Deer of whofe Skin they make excellent 
 Buff. 
 
 Gortrnment.] The Governor here is appointed by his Britannic 
 Majeity : And the Adminiftration is the fame as in the Sugar 
 lilands, namely by a Governor, Council and Affembly, with a ge- 
 neral Toleration in Religion. 
 
 PENSILVANIA 
 
 IN 1680 King Charles II gave this Colony in Property to William 
 Pen, Efq; in Regard of fome Debts due to him from the Crown. 
 He was the Son of Sir William Pin who was Admiral to OHwr 
 
 Cromwell, 
 
 > 
 
Part II. Canada, 357 
 
 Cronrwellt and after the Reftoration imployed by the King. This 
 Province confiding of fix Counties, lyes on the Weft of Jerfeyy being 
 parted from it by the River Dtlanuar. 
 
 Air and Soil.'] The Air of this Colony is healthy, clear and fweet. 
 In the Summer Months of July, Augujl, and Sepie»nf>et tis very hot, 
 but is often mitigated by cooling Breezes. As for the Winters, 
 they are frequently very fliarp. The Soil is good and fruitful, con- 
 fifting of loamy Gravel, rich Mold, and feme Sand. 
 
 Trade."] The chief Export is Corn and Grain of all Sorts, Pipe- 
 ftaves, Potalhes, Horfes, Pork, Beef: Fi(h falted and barelled up; 
 Alfo Furs and Skins which they have from the Indians. 
 
 Rarities.] In feveral Parts of Pcnfilvnnia are Springs of good 
 mineral Water, particularly thofe near Philadelphia : Which capi- 
 tal City itfelf is one of the lineft in all America. Tis an oblong 
 Square of two Miles confifting of eight Streets, all ftrait and fpa- 
 cious, with fixteen other great Streets of one Mile in Length, croIT' 
 Ing the former at right Angles. 
 
 Government.] This Province being granted, as aforefaid, to 
 William P en, 'ESc^-, the public Affairs thereof are managed by feveral 
 Courts of Juftice, a Council and AlTembly, eftabliihed under him 
 as Proprietor, whofe Defcendents now poilefs the fame, though in 
 Subordination to the King of Great Britain, who nominates the 
 Council and Governor. 
 
 Religion.] The Inhabitants are of different Seds and Modes in 
 Worfhip. At Philadelphia there is a handfom Church of England 
 for People of that Perfuafion ; but the ellabliflit Religion is properly 
 that of the fakers, who are abundantly moft numerous. 
 
 MARYLAND. 
 
 TH I S is likewife a proprietary Colony, granted by King 
 Charles I to Cecil Calvert Lord Baltimore 1632, and was 
 called Maryland in Refpeft of the Queen Henrietta Mary, It lyes 
 to the South of Penftlvania, and is divided into eleven Counties by 
 the long Bay of Che/apeak, fix on the Weft and five on the Eaft. 
 
 The Air and Soil is much the fame as in the neighboring Planta- 
 tions of Virginia and Penjil'vania, the Land in general being very 
 fertil, producing Corn, Fruit, and all other NereiTaries, Tluy have 
 Plenty of Cyder as good as Whitewine. 
 
 3 b 3 Trc^ck:\ 
 
^^S Canada. Part If. 
 
 Traffck.'\ The chief Exports of this Province are Tobacco, 
 Hemp, Flax, Hops, Rapefeed, Madder and Furs. The Tobacco is 
 of that coarfe rank Sort called Oronoko, being the chief Produft 
 and Support of the Colony ; moft of which is fent to Holland and 
 other Northeaft Countries. 
 
 Rarities."] Of feveral Crujiaceous Animals found in Maryland, that 
 called the Signoe is moft obfervable, particularly for the admirable 
 Contrivance of his Eyes ; for they being placed under the Covert 
 of a thick Shell, Nature, whole Operation is wonderful in every 
 Thing, hath ordered that thofe hard Shells arc fo tranfparent, as to 
 convey a Competence of Light, whereby the otherwife benighted 
 Animal can clearly fee its Way. For feveral other remarkable 
 Creatures and Plants in Marylandf fee Philofophic Tran/afiions. 
 
 Gc'vertiment.'] The Adminiftration in this Province is by a Go. 
 vernor. Council, and Afi'embly, conformable to the general Method 
 of all the reft. By the original Grants, Maryland, Penjilvania^ and 
 fome others, were left in a Manner independent of the Crown ; but 
 in fucceding Reigns they were brought nearer the Standard Form 
 of their Mother Country, being mo: e rational, prudent, and fafe. 
 The King appoints the Governor and Council, which is the upper 
 Houfe, and the People chufe their Afiembly or Houfe of Commons. 
 
 Religion.'] The Englijh here refiding are of various Perfuafions 
 in Point of Rdigion^ there being a Toleration for all Seds pf 
 Chriftianity. The Indians in general like their own Way left; for 
 very few did ever truly and ferioufly conform to the Chriilian 
 Mode of Worfhip. 
 
 VIRGINIA, 
 
 ^pHIS Country was firft difiovcred hyjihn Cahot in 1497, butaf- 
 X terwards more perfedly by Sir IV alter Raleigh ^ 1584, when he 
 took PoflefTion thereof for his Royal Miftrcfs the great Q.ueen ILliza- 
 Lith ; in dutiful Refped and Honour of whonj he gave it the Name 
 oi Virginia. This Color.y lyes Eaft of the Jlpalachy Mountains, and 
 'bQ^x\\\\'i.^oi Maryland \ is divided into 25 Counties, and bounded 
 Nortlieaft by the River Patomak. . 
 
 Jil- J The j^ir as to Heat and Cold, Drynefs and Moifture, is 
 variable according to the Winds ; thofe from the North and North- 
 weft being univerfally cold and piercing; but thofe from the South 
 and Southeaft commonly bring great Heat in the Summer, which 
 in Srptt?nber is often followed by Rain in fuch Quantity, that it 
 fometimcs caufeth an epidemical Sicknefs among the People. 
 
 Soil.] 
 
Part II. Canada, 355 
 
 Soil.l The Land in Virginia is moftly flat without Stones, but 
 ftrangely intermixt with great Numbers of Oifttifhells : Tis gene- 
 rally landy, yet abundantly fertil in Grain, where imployed that 
 Way. It afFordeth alfo Plenty of Roots, and all Sorts of defir- 
 able Fruit, with phyfical Plants and Herbs ; but above all it pro-* 
 duccth vaft Quantities of Tobacco of the beft Kind, being univer- 
 fally eileemed for fuch. 
 
 Trade.'] The chief Commodities of this Country, in which the Na- 
 tives trade with Firginin^ are Skins of Deer, Bever, and other wild 
 Bealls ; for which the Englijh return them Guns, Powder, Shot, 
 Flints, Blankets, l^c. but the chief Thing exported hence for Eng' 
 lewd is Tobacco, there being 200 Sail of Ships loaded therewith 
 every Year. 
 
 Rariiies.'] Such is the prodigious Multitude of OlHerfhells mixt 
 with the Earth in Virgitiic, that in fome Places they are thre/s or 
 four Yards deep in the Ground ; where lying clofe together they 
 petrefy, and feem to make a Vein of fuch a Rock. However, tis 
 uncertain whether the Parts of that Rock are really the Shells of 
 Oifters left there by the Sea, or a natural Production like Shells. 
 2. In fome lefler Banks of Shells are fuund Teeth, about two or 
 three Inches long, and one broad, fuppofed to be Fifiibones ; and 
 in other Parts are dug up the Bones of Whales feverai Yards deep, 
 and many Liegues from Sea. 3. Near the River fatomak is a Sort 
 of AUum Eartli of an afii Colour, very foft, and of an acidaftrin- 
 gent Talle like that of AUum. 4. In many Parts of tliis Country is 
 found a Sort of Squirrel, who at his Pieaiure can ftretch out tlic 
 Skin of his Sides, Thighs and Legs, about an Inch in Breadth, aU 
 moft like the Wings of a Bat, by the Help of which he leaps fur- 
 ther, and alights more furely than the ordinary Sort, and is there- 
 fore c.illed the Flying Squirrel. See Catejl>y\ Natural Hillory of 
 yirgihia. 
 
 At Williamjhiirg, now growins^ r^ be the Capital of /'7?-^;>/^, 
 is an Univerjity founded by King U'il^iam Hi. 
 
 Manners.] The Indians about the Limits of this Province imp!oy 
 moll of their Time in hunting Deer and Bever, whofe- Skins they 
 interchange with the EngUlh for what Neccfiaries they want. Their 
 Paiuas or Priefts, ad the Part of Fortunetellerf, Prophets and Con- 
 jurers. The Britijh Inhabitants are much the fame with thole in 
 Old England, 
 
 government. "^ The Adminiftration here likevvife \% by a Goveror, 
 
 B b 4 . Council 
 
060 
 
 Canada, 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Council and Aflbmbly. The various Laws immediately refpeAing 
 the Colony are made by the Governor, with the Confent of his 
 Council, in Conjunflion with the BurgeiTes eleded by Freeholders. 
 But for Decifion of all Civil and Criminal Affairs, the Proceding is 
 the fame as in England. The chief Court of Judicature is the 
 garter Courty being held quarterly. Here the Governor and 
 Council are Judges, who determine Affairs of the greateft Moment ; 
 and here Appeals 9rt made monthly from inferior Courts which are 
 kept in every County } there being Sheriffs, Juftices of the Peace, 
 and other Officers appointed for that End by the Governor. 
 
 Religion. Y The EngJiJh here refiding are, for the moft Part, Pro- 
 feflbrs of the Proteftant DoArine and Form of Divine Worfhip, 
 according to the Model of the Church of England: But the Indians 
 at their own Defire continue Pagans except a few of the younger 
 Sort who are taught the Elements of Literature, and inHrufted in 
 the Principles of Chriftianity by feveral Members of the College at 
 Williatnjburg. 
 
 CAROLINA, 
 
 THIS large Province was granted by Patent to feveral Noblemen 
 as Proprietors thereof in the Year 1663 by King Charles II, 
 and by him named Carolina. The Grant extends 300 Miles from 
 St. Mattheiv River, Latitude 30 and half, to Latitude 36 and half; 
 and Weftward quite to the Pacific Ocean, being 2,000 Miles After 
 remaining 65 Years in an unfettled Form of Government, the Pro- 
 prietors agreed to fell all their Title therein to his Majefty King 
 George II for 22,500!. and the Surrender being made was con- 
 firmed by an Aft of Parliamt nt 1728, referving one eighth Part of 
 the Property to Jchn Earl Granniil and his Heirs : Whereupon the 
 King thought proper to make Carolina two diftinft Provinces and 
 Governments. 
 
 North Carolina therefore extends from Curtituk Inlet down to 
 Cape Fear^ containing two Counties, Albemarly and Clarendon. 
 
 South Carolina extends from thence to the River Savanna, which 
 now parts it from Georgia, and contains four Counties, Crflven, 
 ^erkleyy Colliton, Granfuil. 
 
 , Air and Soil^ The Air of this Country is reckoned very healthy, 
 pnd fo temperate, that it is a good Medium between the Extremities 
 ff Heat and Cold, that are fenfibly felt in fivers Parts of the World. 
 
 Tho 
 
Part II. Canada. 361 
 
 The Soil is for the moft Part very fruitful, producing in great Plenty 
 good Fruits, Plants, Herbs, and Variety oi Engli/h Grain ; but par- 
 ticularly Rice in Abundance. 
 
 Commodities.'] The Exports from hence are great Quantities of 
 Rice, Turpentine, Pitch and Tar: Deerflcins, Mahogany, Cedar, 
 Walnut and Pine; Beams and Planks: Salted Beef and Pork: 
 Beans, Peafe, Indian Corn, Silk and Honey. Alfo Tobacco from 
 No)-th Carolina. 
 
 Raiiiies."] What chiefly deferves the Epithet oi Rare in Carolina, 
 is a certain Herb known by the Name of the Carolina Root, which 
 being of a proper Lenjjth, draws upon Paper good red Lines. Here 
 are alfo many excellent Plants and Gums. 
 
 Government.] Thefe two C^rc/zW^ being diftinfl: Provinces, are 
 managsd refpcctively by a Governor, Council and Aflembly, aS in 
 feveral other Colonies- is before obferved. The Commerce here is 
 in a florilhing Condition, and imploys annually 300 good Ships. 
 
 Religion.'] The EiiglJJh here refiding are of- many and different 
 Perfuaiions in iVlatters of /?'//^j^zo7/, there being a Liberty of Con- 
 fcience allowed by the Conllitution of their Government : So that 
 here are Church oi E^igLnd ?cof>\{:,, French Proteftants and others; 
 with many Englijh Dillencers of feveral Denominations. 
 
 GEORGIA. 
 
 IN 1732 a Charter was granted by King George II to incorporate 
 a certain Number of I'rullecs for Relief of the Poor, by fettling 
 a new Colony in the South Parts of Carolina^ by the Name <m 
 
 G(orgia. 
 
 The Coaft of this Province extends eighty Miles, from the River 
 Samannfy which parts it from South Carolin,i, to the River St. Mat- 
 thew, which is the Boundary of Spa nijh Florida. Many Families of 
 Sivi/s and Germans, Englijh and Scots were foon tranfported thither^ 
 extraordinary Privileges and Poflefllons having been granted by the 
 Royal Charter, and large Sums of Mont-y by Parliament. Imme- 
 diate Orders were given to build eleven Town , made into fo many 
 Parilhes of twenty thoufand Acres apiece, and three hundred Acres 
 of Common for ever : Each Man, Womnn and Child to have fifty 
 Acres. In 1734 the Governor Mr. Oglethorp brought over the 
 Jving, Queen, and feveral Chiefs of the Creek ^Jations to mak; new 
 
 Alliancet 
 
 ill 
 
 11 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 
 If 
 
 \ 
 
 m 
 
 : 
 
 ■Kb ', 
 
 1 
 
362 Canada, Part If. 
 
 Alliances with his Majefty, and to confirm ihofe of Amity and 
 SubjeAion made to the Crown of Great Britain by their Forefa- 
 thers: The fame alfo having been done in the \ear 1730, by 
 the King of the Cherokee Indians and other Chiefs, brought from 
 South Carolina by Sir Alexander Cuming, 
 
 This Country hath an excellent Climate and S'o//, naturally yield- 
 ing Plenty of Timber, Fifli, Fowl, and Fruit. Some Of the chief 
 IVIanufadlurcs intended are Potaflies, Wine, and Silk ; of which 
 latter feveral Quantities have been produced, equally as good or 
 bettter than the Silk of Italy, 
 
 By a fundamental Article, the Introdu£lion of Negres is forbid, 
 being needlefs, detrimental, and dangerous. 
 
 
 SECT. 
 
Part IL 
 
 3^^ 
 
 SECT. V. 
 
 0rc(tc iLattDS. 
 
 BY this Title are underftood all ihofe cold Regions, Countries, 
 and Iflands hitherto difcovered, which are inclofed by the Po- 
 lar Circle within the Latitude of 66, 3 1 . We fhall take them ia 
 their Pofition from Weft to Eaft. 
 
 William's Land, and New Norlhwales, 
 
 *HESE Countries lye Weft upon Baffin s Bay, and are claimed 
 
 by the Englijh. However they are no otherwife knowp to 
 
 us, than by the Difcovcry of our Navigators in the Bays of Baffin 
 and Hiidfon. From foma late Attempts of the Jluff.ans and others, 
 tis the Opinion of many that this Land may join to Liberia in the 
 Continent of Afia. 
 
 Greenlandy or Old Greenland. 
 
 THIS Country belongs to the King of Denmark, It was difco- 
 vered by the Nornvay People from Iceland z^oowX. the Year gco, 
 who named it Greenland from the great Verdure of the Place. Tis 
 15 Degrees or 900 Miles in Length from North to South, and is 
 divided into Eajlerburg and Wefierburg, from the two Villages or 
 Towns of that Name : But how far it extends Northward, or 
 whether it be an Ifland is at prefent uncertain. 
 
 Spitjbergen, or Spitzberg. 
 
 THIS Land belongs to the Hollinders, they being the firft Pofleff- 
 ors in 1596. ihe Name fignifyes Pointed Hills^ becaufe of 
 the many (harp Rocks about the Country, which indeed is nothing 
 elfe but Ice, Rocks, and Stones. How far it goes North, or if it 
 be an liland, we know not ; but the Land has been coafted beyond 
 80 Degrees, and by fome Dutch Accounts even to 89. On the 
 Weft of this Country, Latitude 78, in a Place called Bell Harbor, 
 eight Englijhmen fuftained great Hardfhips, being forced to winter 
 there full nine Months, in the Year 1630. The firtt Difcoveryof 
 this Land, fometimes called TVtw Greenland, was by Sir Hugh 
 Willughby in 1553 ; and in 1556 Captain Stephen Burrows arrived 
 here in Latitude 78, and failed along the icey ©oaft a little beyond 
 
 So Do 
 
3^4 Ar^ic Lands, Part II, 
 
 80 Degrees. No human Creature inhabits this Country { but there 
 is Plenty of white Bears, Foxes, Deer, and Fowl. 
 
 New Zetnla, 
 
 THIS Country was dlfcovered by Sir HughWiUughhy 15531 
 but being foon forced by Diflrefs of Weather to take Shelter 
 in a Bay of Lapland, he was there frOKC to Death with all the Crew 
 of his three Ships. The Defign was to find a Northeaft Paflage to 
 Chinat and having difcovered a large Opening by this Ifland of 
 Wygats in Latitude 72, People hoped it nr.ight prove a Chanel or 
 Strait. The Ruffians gave it the Name of Nnu Zemla, wHch means 
 New Land, and have always defcribed it as a Peninfula,confiderabIy 
 different from our common Maps. Two other Voyages were made 
 by the Engltjh and fix by the Dutch, but all proved fruitlefs. And 
 if a Northeaft Paflagc could be found by Nrw Zemla or Spitxberg, 
 it would be a wild ridiculous Undertaking, for any Voyage crofs 
 the Polar Sea leads diredlly to California inftead of China. 
 
 Note that Lapland, Candtnis Ifland, the Country of Samoyeda^ 
 with the North Provinces of Siberia, are all within the Polar 
 Circle, but Iceland is excluded. 
 
 x.i\ 
 
 «> 
 
 f! 
 
 to. 
 
 3' 
 
 
 
 .1 
 ,i 
 
 -dl 
 
 SECT. 
 
r 
 
 ^.* 4 
 
 f f > 
 
 ofi 
 
 * ,T.-s:3BK»«rr-rle5p»^' 
 
 ■r\ /I 
 
 K^ 
 
 >vi"i::$::y.I^. 
 
 b^-;-*,^.;';;-. .A 
 
 ^i 
 
 ,>^.5iK.''i..&.-i:-. 
 
 n X 
 
 j»i- ••» ' 
 
 «ij,H; j> • 
 
 'fy 
 
 ■■■»«*^> 
 
 %"', 
 
 U C/ 
 
 /«T- 
 
 '\ / 
 
 ■•'i'-*. 
 
 '«•»»», 
 
 
 lOC^/,. .,*^ 
 
 'ih'**.. 
 
 :>' 
 
 « 
 
 5 
 
 y 
 
 
 ^ I 
 
 ' '-f **: 
 
 klidlOi UT'J 
 
 M > ' 
 
 •»«lA 
 
 'it 
 
 ■*>^ *»"■-« tt* 'IMJi A. • 
 
y, , =^€^ ■ 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 Zl 
 ^ 
 
 /. 
 
 // 
 
 <!i 
 
 ,S 
 
 ^.^^ 
 
 V^ 
 
 
 :/ 
 
 
 o 
 
 1.0 
 
 1.1 
 
 11.25 
 
 150 
 
 lit 
 
 1^ 
 
 1^ 
 
 12.2 
 
 I' 
 
 H: ri^ 12.0 
 
 lA. IIIII16 
 
 V 
 
 
 '^ ,>^ 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 33 WiST MAIN STRiET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) S73-4S03 
 
 
 

 \I0 
 
 » X. 
 
 \fO 
 
 "*>*«/ 
 
 \ac 
 
 \3o 
 
 Uo 
 
 Part II. 
 
 3^5 
 
 S E C T. VI. 
 
 South America. 
 ^erra if trma, or q^ainlanD* 
 
 From the Weft Limits of Panama to the River Qrinoko Eaft, is 
 20 Degrees at 58 Miles each, or 1160 Miles. . ^., 
 
 From the Equator to Cape Vela North is 1 2 Degrees, or 720 
 Miles. 
 
 Two South Provinces. 
 
 Popayatt, Call, Antioquiay Barhacoas, Mocoa. The three < 
 fir ft on the River Cauca, a Branch of the Madalen, 
 
 Popayatt < 
 
 '1 
 
 Netv 
 Granadi 
 
 Santa Fe on the Bogota^ a Branch of Madalen. St, 
 Juan^ Tunjat Mariquita, Velex^ Pamplma^ Merida, 
 Varinas^ 
 
 Provinces from Weft to Eaft. 
 
 Darien.—-'—Panamat Portohello, Villa de Santos Weft of the Bay. 
 Cartagene,' ■ >Cartagene, Toluy MompaZf Zinu, Zimiti. % 
 
 St M th 5 ^'' ^^'*'''^'^» ^«f^^» Tenerif, hs Reyes or KingfioiKn, 
 ^ \ Ocania. 
 
 Venezuela C Maracayhoy Truxillot Baraquicimeto, St. Carlos, and 
 wiii^ Caraca I Leoh o{ Caraca, .4 
 
 Cumanamth^ Cuffiana, Fort St, Jago, Barcelona, St. Thomas on 
 Paria \ the Orinoko. 
 
 .The Weft Part between the Rivers Orinoko and Ma~ 
 ror.iy being 330 Miles, belongs to the States of 
 Holland. Chief Place Paramaribo in the Province 
 Guiana ^ of Surinam: AUo Middleburg. The Eaft Part about 
 two hundred Miles, is pofleft by the French, from 
 the River Maroni to Cape Orange, Chief Place 
 Cayene. . . , .. 
 
 THIS Country, difcovered by Vafco Nunez in 1 504, is bounded 
 Eaft by the Atlantic Ocean ; Weft by the Pacijic Ocean ; North 
 hy the Cariteen Sea, and South by Peru and the River A^nazon. 
 
 Twas 
 
 J I 
 
 YiV 
 
 m 
 Jill 
 
 m 
 
 H' 
 
 I 
 
 
.366 Terra Firma, Part 11, 
 
 Twas called Terra Firmay becaufe the Land about Panama was the 
 firft Part of this Continent or Mainland, which the faid Nunez dif- 
 covered, after he found Cuba to be an I Hand. 
 
 Jir."] The Air of this Mainland is extremely hot, yet generally 
 accounted very whoH'om, except in the Northweft t'arts about Pu' 
 natna^ where the Ground is full of Lakes and Marfhes which render 
 the Air very grofs ; befide the Stagnation of Air, occafioned by 
 <he two great Bays on the North and South. The oppofite Land 
 on the Globe to Terra Firma is the Ifland of Jcva and Part of 
 Sumatra. ^ 
 
 Soil.'] This Country is faid to have an excellent Soil, producing 
 great Plenty of Corn and Fruit. It mightily abounds in Venilbn, 
 Filh and Fowl* particularly Turtle. A great Part of it is planted 
 with Cotton ; and others are very produdivc of Sugar, Tobacco, 
 and Coco Nuts for Chocolate. Here are alfo very cor.fiderable 
 Mines of Gold and Silver ; many precious Stones, and in feveral 
 Places good Filhing for Pearl. 
 
 Commodities."] The chief Commodities of this Country are Gold, 
 Silver, and other Metals; Balfam, Rofin, Gums, Long Pepper, 
 Emeralds, Saphire, J afper, and Chocolate. 
 
 Rarities.] Upon the Coaft of Guiana nigh Surinam, is frequently 
 feen, and fometimes taken, that Fiih ufually called the Old Wife, 
 but otherwife the Square Acarauna, being of a fquare Shape. 2. 
 In feveral Parts of Guiana are certain Trees, called Totock, remark- 
 able for their Fruit, which is of fo great a Bulk, and withal fo 
 hard, that People cannot with Safety vfalk among them when the 
 Fruit is ripe, being in Danger every Moment to have their Heads 
 broke. 3. In the River Orinoko, North Latitude 6, is fuch a 
 hideous Cataradl, that the Water falling down makes a Noife fo 
 aftonifhing, as no Words can exprefs. 4. The Mountains in' the 
 Proving ^ St. Martha are faid to be higher than any yet obferved 
 in any » of the Globe. 5 . In iome Rivers of Guiana is a certain 
 liti'e Fii^., about the Bignefs of a Smelt, remarkable for having 
 four Eyes, two on each Side, one above the other j and in fwim- 
 ing tis obferved to keep the uppermoft two above, and the other 
 two under Water. 6. In the Ifland of Trifudad, Latitude 10, near 
 the Coaft of Terra Firma, is a remarkable Fountain of bituminous 
 Pitch, which rifes in great Abundance, and is from thence exported 
 (o various Parts of the Woild. 7. In other Parts of the Continent 
 are Fountains of pitchy Subilance, often ufed in trimming of Ships, 
 and preferable to the ordinary Pitch of thofe hot Countries, being 
 able to refill the fcorching Heat of the Sun. 
 
 2 Here 
 
Part II. TerrraFirma, 367 
 
 Here is one Archhifljop of Santa Fe, and fix Suffragan Bijhopst 
 namely 
 
 Popayattf Cartagene, 
 
 Mocoa, St. Mart ha f 
 
 Panamay Leon of Caraca. 
 
 Manners."] The Natives of this Country being Pcrfons of a tawny 
 Colour, and, for the moft Part, having robuft and proper Bodies, 
 are a People that are very healthful, and generally live to great 
 Ages, notwithftanding the Air they breathe in is none of the beft. 
 They fpend moH of their Time in Hunting, and fuchlike Diverfions, 
 as the Generality of other Americans do, and commonly walk naked 
 above their Middles. 
 
 Language.'] Here is great Diverfity oi Languages among the Na- 
 tives, and each of thefe divided into feveral Dialeds. The Spamard$ 
 and other Europeans here fettled retain the feveral Languages pecu- 
 liar to their own People. 
 
 Government.] This extenfive Country being moftly fubjeft to the 
 King of Spaint hath a Governor General who reildes at St. Faith, 
 Santa Fe, where there is a fovereign Court of Judicature, and the 
 See of an Archbifhop founded in 1554; alfo a College or Univer- 
 fity in 1 6 10. The Dutch Governor of Guiana refides at Parama- 
 ribo on the River Surinam : And the French Governor, for his Part 
 of Guiana^ refides at Cajene, a Town in an IHand of that Name 
 about ten Liegues round. 
 
 Religion.] The People of thefe various Provinces follow the Re- 
 Ugion of their refpedtive Nations. The many Tribes of Indians 
 who retire to the inland Parts, injoy their beloved Freedom ; with, 
 out any Idea of a future State, or any Fafhion of Religion, even that 
 of Idolatry. 
 
 i:'3 i^n 
 
 SECT. 
 
3^8 
 
 Part II. 
 
 SECT. VIL 
 
 This Province extends from one Degree 40 Minutes North of 
 the Equator, at Cape Manglares in the Bay of Gorgom/Ia, to the 
 South Latitude of 2; Degrees, jull 1600 Miles. 
 
 Tis divided in three Audiences, ^ito, Lima, Charcas. 
 
 ^ > C ^uito, ^rclidoMa, Tacutrga, Cuayeiquilf Riobamba, Cuenza^ 
 ^ \ Bracamorosy Borja on the Amazon, and Laguna. 
 
 f. C Chacaptyj^as, Moyobamba, Lamas, Trujillot Cajamarca, 
 
 \ Lima* Cu/co, Ariguipa, Pi/co, Guanuco, Guamanca. 
 
 ru 5 P^of^* Potoji, Santa Cruz, Arica, Atacama, La Pax, 
 Ujarcai j j^.j.^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^ riticaca. 
 
 JVtffflrf .] >-r»HIS great Province was difcovered in 1 525 bjj Pizarro 
 X and his two Companions ; in which Voyage it appears 
 that the £rft Indian Chief in whofe Country they landed was called 
 Piru or Peru, from whence in Time the Whole took its Name. 
 
 Air."] The Air of this Country is of a very different Nature, be« 
 ing in fome Places extremely hot, and others extraordinary fharp and 
 piercing. The Froft and Snow comes in May, June and July. The 
 Wind upon this Coaft, according to Acojla, blows always from the 
 South and Southweft, contrary to what is ufual between the Tro. 
 pics, and is not violent, tempeftuous, or unhealthy as elfewhere; 
 but very moderate and agreeable. He farther obferves, that all 
 along the Plain Coail it never rains, thunders, fnows, nor hails ; 
 yet among the Cordikct' Mountains, it rains very frequently. The 
 oppofite Part of the Globe to the Audience oi Lima is the Kingdom 
 of Camboja in Eaji India, 
 
 Soil.'} Peru confideth of many large pleafant ValHes, intcrfperfed 
 with Variety of Mountains. The ValHes in fome Places, particu- 
 larly towards the Seacoad, are very fandy, and fubjed to extraor- 
 dinary Earthquakes ; in other Places they are rich and fruitful. 
 The Andes or Cordileer Mountains are continually cold on their Tops, 
 but very fertil, and generally lined with Mines of Silver beyond any 
 Country in the World. Potoji alone imployed forty thoufand Hands 
 I in 
 
s 
 in 
 
 t*ARt tl p£fU. 369 
 
 former Days, but ttOW liot a twentieth Part, becaufe the Mines 
 'hereabout are near worn out. It was then thie richeft of all the SiU 
 ver Plantations belonging to the Spaniards^ the Gold Mines being 
 in Chili* . ^ 
 
 Commodities.] The Produce of this Country are vaft Quantities of 
 Silver, Cotton, Sugar, Tobacco, Cochineal, medical Drugs, Bal,- 
 fami. Plants and Gums. Alfo Pearls, Wine, and Cocoa. 
 
 Rarities.] There is a high Mountain in Ptrti, tailed Periaca^ to 
 whofe Top if any Perfon afcend, he is fuddenly taken with a Fit of 
 Vonvting. And many Travellers pai&ng over the Defert of Puna 
 liave bieen benummed on a fudden, fo as to fall down dead ; which 
 makes that Way now wnolly neglected. 2. On the Tops of the 
 highefl: Mountains in Peru^ as in other Parts of the World, are fre> 
 quently found fome confiderable Lakes, feveral of which are v^ry 
 vraim. 3. In the Valley of Tarapaya near Potoji, is a hot Lake of 
 a circular Form, whofe middle Part for above twenty Foot fquare 
 continually boils up ; and though the Water is fo extremely wiarin» 
 yet the ^0// about the Lake is extraordinary cold. 4. At the Baths 
 of InguOf is a Stream of Water almoft boiling hot ; and hard by it 
 another Stream which is as cold as Ice. 5. In the Audience of 
 Charcas is another Spring of Water fo hot, that a Man cannot hold 
 his Fineer in it for the fhort Space of half a Minute. And fome- 
 where eife in the Circuit of this Parliament or Audience, is a Foun- 
 tain, out of which there ifTueth a confiderable Current, of a Colour 
 almoft as red as Blood. 6. Among the Quickfilver Mines in 
 Guiana Villica is a Fountain of hot Water, whofe Current having 
 run a confiderable Way, turns at laft into a foft Kind of Rock, 
 which being eafily cut, and yet very lading, is ufually imployed 
 for building of Houfes. 7. Nigh Cape St. Helen at the Bay of 
 Guayaquilt and all along tne Coaft, are many Fountains of Ccpey^ 
 a Subftance refiembling Pitch, and frequently ufed for thatPurpofe, 
 which flow in fuch Abundance, that Ships at Sea out of the Sight 
 of Land, can underftand where they are by the very Smell of fuch 
 Fountains, provided there be a gentle Breeze from the Shore. 'S. 
 In divers Parts of Peru are ftill extant the Ruins of many ftately 
 Indian Temples, particularly that called the Pachamaaa, about 
 ten Miles from Lima : And another in the City of Cu/cOf which' 
 might have been formerly accounted the American Metropolis, for- 
 the Images of all the Chiefs conquered by the Ineas were alway«' 
 brought thither, and there fet up. 9. In Peru are divers Caufways 
 of a great Length, fome being reckoned a thoufand or more Miles 
 in Extent, furpaffingthofeof that Nature among the Romans, namely 
 the Fia Jppia, JEmilia, and Flaminia in Italy, 10. Among the 
 Curiofities of this Country, we may alfo reckon the Lantbom Fly^ 
 
 Cc an 
 
 i I 
 
 U 
 
 a 
 
 i'ii'i. 
 
 
 i'l' 
 
370 Peru, Part II. 
 
 an Infe£t of a confiderable Bigne^, and remarkable for a ihining 
 Property in the Dark, it appearing as a little Lanthorn at a Di- 
 fiance. Whereupon the Natives, who are obliged to travel by 
 Night, ufually fallen a few of thcni to a Stick, by which Light they 
 can clearly fee their Way. We may alfo add thofe extraordinary 
 little Birds of this Country, called Tomincicut being of fo fmall a 
 Make, that they furpafs i o: the common Size of wild Bees. And 
 finally, thofe prodigious great Birds, named CuHdores, which are fo 
 large and ftrong, that fometimes they will fet upon and devour an 
 ordinary Calf. For thefe and feveral other Remarkables of Pent, 
 fee AcoftaV Natural Hijlory of the Indies. 
 
 Here are two JrchhiJhopSt Lima and Plata, whofe fuffragan B^tps 
 ftre thefe> . . „ ..„,,,.„,;, 
 
 H.» 3 
 
 'Panama, 
 
 Trujiih, ;' ;, 
 
 '-'"''< Ariguifa, •: 
 Guamanca, 
 St. lago in Chili, 
 ^Conctptiott; 
 
 Plata' 
 
 ,La Paz, , ' 
 
 Santa Cruz, 
 St. lago in Tueuman, • 
 I Cordova in Tucumaftf 
 JJfumption in Paraguay, 
 'Buenos Ay res. .. ..\ 
 
 At Lima is one r7'»/<rf;;^/y founded in 1545 by the Emperor 
 ^harlesVf confifting of three Colleges. 
 
 Manners. 1 The Natives of this Country are reported to be a Peo- 
 ple that, for the moft Part are very fimple, and grofly ignorant, 
 except what Nature by Neceifity hath led them to find out. ThoCe 
 towards the Eqi^ator, are generally efteemed more ingenious than 
 fome others ; btit withal much addi£led to Gluttony and Drunken- 
 nefi, wherever they have Opportunity. The Spaniards here refid* 
 ing, are much the fame with thofe in Spain, 
 
 Language.'] The I/jdian Languetge did formerly confift of feveral 
 q^uite different Dijilefls, or rather fo many diltinft Tongues, they 
 being quite unintelligible to one another ; but thefe are much di- 
 minilhed, and dailv grow fewer, for the People in the cultivated 
 Parts of Jmerica being now very much civilized, have left their bar- 
 barous Dialect, and commonly ufe the 5/a«^ Tongue* .._.,,^.^: 
 
 Cevernment.'] This rich Country before the ^/^i»^ Congiiell, was 
 governed by feveral Kingi or Headmen called hcas : But ever fincc 
 that Event, the whoh; Adminiftration of Peru is committed to a 
 Governor General or Viceroy, who refidei at Uma, Hia Autho- 
 
 riq^ 
 
Part II. 
 
 Ptru. 
 
 37' 
 
 ' ("ity by Patent extends quite from Panama^ and the other adjacent 
 Provinces of ^erra Firma% and includes all ?tru and Chili ; but the 
 Preftdents or Governors of Chili and Granada a£t in all Things, by 
 long Cuftom, as if tjiey were intirely independent of his Juriu 
 diction. 
 
 HelhimJ] According to the Spanijh Authors thefe Peruvians wor- 
 ihippea the Sun, Moon, Stars, and Thunder. To each of fuch 
 Deities were formerly erefled very (lately Temples, whofe Remains 
 dre extant in many Places, parti iilarly one almoft intire at Cufcom 
 ffhis Edifice was dedicated to tne Sun, but is now Part of the Mo- 
 naftery of St. Dominick. The Walls were overlaid with Plates of 
 Gold from Top to Bottom, and in it was fet up a glorious Repre- 
 fentation of the Sun, beiiig a lively Figure of that celeltial Body ia 
 pure Gold. Near this Temple were four others, one whereof way 
 dedicated to the Moon, whom they called ^illa, reckoning her 
 either Wife or Sifter to tfa^ Sun; another to the Planet Fenust which 
 they termed Cha/ca ; a third to Thunder and Lightening, which 
 went by the common Name of Tllapa ; and a fourth to Chuciit by 
 which was meant the Rainbow ; all of which were wonderfully 
 adorned with Gold or Silver. Many others alfo were found through, 
 out the various Provinces of this exteniivc Land ; but the moll 
 magnificent StruflUre in all Ptru, was that fplendid Piece of Indian 
 Architedulw in a Certain liland of the Lake Titicaca, in which the 
 Ifieas are faid to have hid a great deal of Treafure when the Spaniards 
 firft invaded their Country. Thefe fine Stories and many more ef 
 the marvelous Kind we have from Herrera, Qmallyt and other Spanijh 
 Writers. 
 
 i 
 
 The eftabliflit Religion of Peru is the Inquifition with Popery. 
 And as the Spaniards here are the greateft Libertines, fo are they the 
 moft devout Bigots of all Mankind. They think a Frenchman fo 
 iraperfeft a Catholic, that among them to fay Frenchman and 
 ChriftiaOy is (be famf I'hing 9» (o fay Frenchman and Spaniard* 
 
 I 
 
 ^\ 
 
 /as 
 
 kce 
 
 a 
 
 ko- 
 
 Cc 
 
 SECT. 
 
B7^ 
 
 Part II. 
 
 SECT. VIII. 
 9ma;onia. 
 
 THIS Country is bounded Norik bv Tirra Firma ; Soutk by 
 Paraguay ; Weft by Perttt and Eaft by Mra/ii and the Ocean. 
 The Breadth is about 900 miles, and the Extent weft and eaft 1 |oo. 
 Tis called Jmazonia from the River Amaxont Capital of all tha 
 Globe, which runs through it from Weft to Baft. 
 
 In the Year 1 540, Captain Orellana was fent upon the Difcovery 
 of this River, by the Governor of Peru, Gonfale Pizarro, Brother to 
 Francis, After fome Progrefs, OreUana meeting with many armed 
 Women among the Ituliam on the Banks of this River, who fought 
 with his Men, he gave them the Name of Jmazom, becaufe uis 
 Affair refembled that fabulous Account of the Amazon Females in 
 the Hiftory of Alexander, while he flopped at Zadracarta in the 
 Province of Hyrcania. The Amazon riles from a Lake in Ptru 
 about eleven Degrees South Latitude, and runs from thence fix De- 
 grees North to Bracamorost where turning Eaft it begins to be na- 
 vigable ; and after a Courfe of 2000 Miles, falls in the Atlantic 
 Ocean near the Equator. Before Oreliana's Time it was called Ma- 
 ranont from the Name of another Spanijh Captain ; and after thefe 
 Trials many other Attempts were made for the better Difcovery of 
 this Country and River, which were all deficient till the Year 1 7^3, 
 when Mr. Condamin^ being imployed by the French Court, made Kiji 
 complete Navigation on the River Amaxan from Weft to Eaft in 
 four Months. - • ■ , v % ■<* . ^ :xi i 
 
 This wide Region is divided between the Crowns of Portugal zxA 
 Spain : The Portuguefe pofTefs much the greateft Part, having both 
 Sides of the Amazon from its Mouth, to about 70 Degrees Weft of 
 London^ between the Portuguefe MifTion of St. Paul at Omaguas, 
 and the Spanijh MifTion at Pevas. 
 
 Portuguefe Towns and Miffions on the Amazon^ 
 
 going down. 
 
 St. Paul de Omaguas, Eviratua, Traquatua, Pareguari, Tejffe, 
 Coarif Fort Negro, Pauxis, Tapayo, Paru, Curupa and Macapa, 
 From this Place, fifty Liegues Eaft in the Atlantic Ocean, is another 
 great Opening like the Amazon called the Grand Para, which divides 
 itfelf in two large Rivers, the Tocantin and Bocas, where Uie Chanel of 
 
 fagipurUf 
 
Part II. Amazonia, 373 
 
 'agipurut crAfllng from the Bocat to the Amazon^ forins the Iiland 
 of Marayo about four hundred Miles in Compafs. 
 
 Spanifh Towns and Mifllons on the Amazon, going up. 
 
 St, Ignacio dt PfwaSy St. Joachim de Omaguas^ Yamtost Laguna, 
 Borja^ Bracamoroj, Ba/fas, Pataz, and fo on to the Springhead at 
 the Lake Maranon or Lauricozti, about the eleventh Degree of South 
 Latitude. 
 
 Air.'} The Air of this Country is temperate enough, notwith- 
 (landing it is fo near the Equator, becaufe of the Abundance of thick 
 Woods and Buihcs that cover it. The oppofitc Parts of the Globe 
 are the Sonda and Molucka Iflands in Eajl India. 
 
 Soil."] The Soil is excellent and fruitful by Nature, at appears in 
 all the Settlements made by the Spaniards and Portuguefe. Mr. Con. 
 damin fays that the abundant Variety of Plants, Trees, and Animals, 
 to be feen on the Banks of the Amazon, would find many Years Ex- 
 ercife for feveral Botanifts and Draftfmen to colledt and range them 
 in Order. Here are alfo Mines of Gold, Silver, Copper, Sulphur 
 and Quickfilver : But for a thoufand Mile below Borja^ not a fm- 
 gle Stone or Flint is to be feen. 
 
 Commodities.} The chief Produft here is Gold, Silver, Cotton, 
 Sugar, Cocoa, Ebony and many curious Woods : Alfo precious 
 Stones of many Sorts ; excellent Honey, Fruit, Grain, medicinal 
 Balm, Gums and Plants. 
 
 Rarities."] In the River Amazon and feveral others, are many 
 dangerous Catara£ls, where the Water being pent up between two 
 fteep Rocks, the Stream (hoots down with great Violence and Noife. 
 Yet notvvithftanding fo terrible a Fall, there are many of the Na- 
 tives who are bold enough to defcend that Stream in their little 
 Canoes, which being leamed and tyed together in a wonderful 
 curious Manner, are plyable to the hardefl Rock, and yield eafily 
 to any Force of the Water. 
 
 Manners and Chara^er.} Thefe Indians in their natural wild Con- 
 dition, like all the reft of this New World, are infenfible to any 
 rational Motive, except their common Subfiftence. By Dillrefs 
 they can fhift with very little, but are mere Gluttons when they 
 have Plenty. Incapable of Refleflion or Forefight they fpend their 
 Time in childlfh Mirth, by dancing and laughing without any 
 Thought or Defign ; confirming what the Wile Man faith. That 
 by Nature Man hath no Preeminence above the Brute, 
 
 C c 3 SECT, 
 
 
 ifl: 
 
 ittf 
 
 
 l!i;' l!f 
 
374 
 
 Part II, 
 
 SECT. IX. 
 
 This long TraA of Land extends 35 Degrees South from the 
 Equator, that is from the River Amaxon to the River Platty being 
 3100 Miles. The Inland is chiefly poflcll by the native Iniiatu or 
 many Tribes and Denominations, for the Portuguefe Teriitories aro 
 all near the Coall. Brttftl is now ftiled a Principality, becaufe it 
 gives Title to the Prince Royal of Portugal, who from his fiirth is 
 called Prince of Brafil, 
 
 Tis divided into the following Captainfliips. 
 
 Para, • 
 Maranhatn, 
 
 Seara, — — 
 Rio Grand, 
 Paraiba* •— 
 
 — 1 
 
 r» »-•/!.• .' Pernambuc, 
 Captainlhips.<( ^^,.^^.^^. ^ 
 
 Bay of /ill Saints, 
 
 Ileos ■ ■ " ■ '■ " — 
 Port Seguro, — — 
 St. Spirit, ■■ 
 Rio Jantiro, • > • 
 St. y^incent, — — 
 Del Rey, — — 
 
 Para, near the Mouth of R. 
 
 Tocantin, 
 St. Luis, in the Ifle of 
 
 Maranbam. 
 Stara, on the River Seara. 
 Cidanova, on the Rio Grand. 
 Paraiba, on the Rio Paraiba. 
 Olinda, or Pernambuc. 
 Serigippi, on R. Serigippi. 
 St. Salvador. 
 llcos, on River Ileos. 
 Port Seguro. 
 
 St. Spirit, or Spirito Santa. 
 St. Sebajiian. 
 St, Vincent, Santos JJland. 
 St, Katbaritt JJland. 
 
 Thirty Miles Northweft of St. Vincent is the Town of St. Paul, 
 being a Sort of independent Republic in a' mountainous Country, 
 confining of Priefts, Monks, Portuguefe and Spaniards, Brajilians, 
 Negres and Mulattas, who will fufFer no Jefuits to come among 
 them. They agree to pay a fmall Tribute to the Crown of PortU' 
 gal, rather out of Rcfpedl than Submiliion or Fear. 
 
 Prom hence down to the River Plate is called the Royal Captain- 
 Jhip, or Del Rey, whofe Governor is appointed by the King, and 
 rcfiJts in the Ifland of 5/. ir(£///6tf;7«. 
 
 Na7ne.ynr]^lS Country was difcovered in 1498 by America Vef- 
 
 PortHgal. Tij 
 
 pjuio a Florentine, then imployed by Emanuel King of 
 
 bounded on the North and Eaft by the Atlantic 
 
 Ocean ; 
 
tc 
 
 Part II. Brrifil, ^y^ 
 
 Oeean; on the Weft by Paraguay aad AmazeKia\ and on the South 
 by the River Piatt, The Name is derived from the Brafll Wood 
 that was found here in great Quantities on the firft Difcovery { 
 wherefore thii Derivation is inoft likely to be genuin, as no other 
 did ever yet appear. 
 
 Jtir."] Tha jiir of Brnfil is generally very pure and wholefom ; 
 and notwithftanding the Country is inodly within the forriJ Zone, 
 yet in thofe Parts already difcovered it is temperate And ferene, 
 being daily quaiifycd about Noon with refrelhing Breezes from the 
 Sea. The oppofite Parts on the Globe to Bta/i/ are the Carolin 
 and Marian fjlandi. 
 
 Soi/.] The Soil of this Country is abundantly rich and fcrtil, as 
 is found by Experience in all thofe FUces already difcovered and 
 fettled. Here is great Plenty of all good Vegetables and Fruits, 
 with very little or no Culture. Alio Gold and Diamonds, which 
 are both found on the Surface of the Land, after the Showers of 
 Rain have waihed them down from the Mountains. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Merchandize of this Country is Redwood 
 or Brafll, great Quantities whcvcof are ufcd by the Dyers. Abun-i 
 dance of Sugar of the bed Kind. Alfo Amber, Rofin, Balm, To* 
 bacco^ Hides, Oil, Confedures, Gold and Diamonds. 
 
 Rarities."] As the principal Rarities oi Brafil^ we may fitly rec* 
 Icon the confiderablc Number of very ilrange Creatures found in 
 that Country ; the chisf of which I Ihall here mention, and thofe 
 reducible to four general €lafles, Beaftst Serpents, Bins, and Fijics. 
 I. Of Bea^s. The nioll remarkable of them aio thefe following. 
 1 . Monkeys, particularly that Sort called by Europeans the King's 
 Monkey, the biggeil of the whole Species, and obfervable for hav- 
 ing a thin hollow Throttle Bone, near the upper End of the Larynx^ 
 by the Help of which h'* makes a great Noife. Here' alfo are many 
 Monkeys of a yellowidi Colour, that fmell like ordinary Muflc. 2. 
 The Sloth, by the Natives called Hali, from his Voice of a like 
 Sound, but by moft Europeans, Igna'vus, or Pigritia, and corrupt^ 
 edly Pereza by the Spaniards ; fo called from the Nature of that 
 Animal, being of fo {low a Motion that he requires three or four 
 Days to climb up a Tree of an ordinary Hight, and a whole Day 
 to walk fifty Paces on plain Ground : His Forefeet are almoft; 
 double his hinder in Length; and when he climbs a Tree, the Hold 
 he takes is fo fure, that while he hangs by a Branch, he can .deep 
 fecurcly. 3 . The Tomandti Guaco, io called by the Indian People, 
 being a great Bear, bat by ike Europeans comxxiovXy called -the ^nt 
 Bear, becaufche ufually feeds upon Ants, at Icalt deftroys tihofe 
 
 C c 4 Creatuvcs 
 
 ! 
 
 f 
 
 "IS 
 
 I 
 
 il 
 
37^ SrafiL Part TL 
 
 Cieatur«$ where^'cr !;c finis them. Hij Tail is Cq big, that like the 
 Squirrel he can cover his whole Body therewith. The great //^<^^- 
 i?og with a Shell on his Back, called by the Natives Tatu, and 
 JrmaMllo by the Spaniards ^ becaufe he gathers himfelf up, Head, 
 Feet, and Tail within his Shell, as round as a Ball ; which is a 
 Aire Defence when either he goes to Sleep, or is actually afTaulted 
 by any deftrudive Creature, with whom he dares not grapple. II. 
 Of Serpents. The moll remarkable of them are, i . 1 hat called by 
 the Natives Ihibahoca^ which is about three Yards and half long, 
 and of a confiderable Bignefs ; his Colours are originally white, 
 red, and black of many Sorts ; and his Bite is the moft pernicious 
 of any, yet worlceth in the flowed Manner. 2. The Biguacu, 
 uhich is the biggeft of the whole Species, being half a Yard in 
 Compafs about the Middle, and almoft feven Yards long. 3. The 
 Bociningay otherwife the Rattle Snaie, fo called by Europeans from 
 the Rattle in the End of his Tail, compofed of a Number of dry 
 Bones, from eight to fixteen, which are hollow, thin, hard, and 
 very fonorous. Thofe Perfons whofe Misfortune it is to be bitten 
 by him, are tormented with exquifite Pain, their whole Body 
 cleaving into Chaps, and frequently die within twentyfour Hours, 
 in a deplorable Condition. But, as a remarkable Ad of Divine 
 Providence, this noxious Animal gives timely Warning for Tra- 
 vrller? to avoid him, by making a great Noife with his Rattle, as 
 foon as he hears any Perfon approaching towards him. III. Of 
 Birds in Braji/ the moft remarkable are, i . The Humming Bird, 
 which is (o called from the humming Noife he makes with his 
 Wings like a Bee when he feeds, by thrufting his fmall Bill into 
 flowers : The Brajilians term him Guanunibi, and fome Writers 
 Ouriffioy that is the Sunbeam^ becaufe of his radiant coloured Fea- 
 thers, with which the Indians adorn their Heads ; but the Spaniards 
 call him Tomineio, becaufe fo fmall, that one of them with its Neft 
 weighs only two Tominesy a Weight in Spain confiding of twelve 
 Grains. 2. The yfnhima, fo called by the Natives; but by Euro- 
 peans the U7iicorn Bird, becaufe he hath a Kind of Horn growing 
 out of his Forehead, about two or three Inches long, of a brittle 
 Subftance, and blunt at the Top; and is therefore neither defen- 
 five nor ofFenfive to him. 3. That called Guara by the Brajilians, 
 and by Europeans the Sea Curlenv ; the fame with Kumenius Indicus 
 zxA ArcuataCoccinea among latin Authors, and remarkable for 
 its Alteration of Colours; being at firft black, then grey, next 
 white, afterwards fcar!et» and laft of all crimfon, which grows to a 
 richer Dye the longer he lives. IV. Of Fijhcs taken upon the 
 Coaft of Brafil, the moft remarkable are, 1 . Orbis Minor, or the 
 Globe Fijh, io called from his orbicular Form ; and remarkable for 
 being armed with many fharp pointed, long Spikes like Needles, 
 all over his Body, almoft likt; thofe of the Hedgehog. When he 
 ' fwims, 
 
 dy. 
 
Part II. Braftl, (577 
 
 fwims, it h believec! he draws thofe Needles in, deprefling them to 
 his Body, to facilitate his VVay through the Water; and that he ad- 
 vances them at any Time he happens to be perfued, bidding, as it 
 were, the Enemy to come at his Peril. 2. Upon this Coaft is 
 frequently feen the Rfmora^ a Fifli very famous in old Authors for 
 its ftupendous Power in (lopping a Ship, as they imagined, though 
 under Sail, and before a briflc Gale of Wind. Which ftrange Ac- 
 count was generally believed for many Ages, and not a few have 
 laboured to afiign the Caufe; but it is now looked upon as a ri- 
 diculous Story, and defervedly exploded by every ordinary Tra- 
 veller. Thefe are the moft remarkable Creatures, whether Beafltf 
 Serpents, Birds, or Fijhes, belonging to Brajih, and all, or moft of 
 them, are to be feen in the public Repofitory of Qrejham CoHtge 
 London: As alfo in the Royal Mufeum at Copenhagen, and feveral 
 other celebrated Repofitories in Europe, 
 
 Here is the See of one Portuguefe Archhijhop, namely St* Salva^ 
 dor, the Capital oi Braftl', with two Suffragan S^0//, 
 
 Para. 
 
 St. Luis, 
 
 Manners."] The Brajtlians are reported to be generally a cruel* 
 thieviih, and revengeful Sort of People ; yet in the Portmguefi 
 Plantations near the Seacoaft, being more civilized, they prove 
 more ingenious and humane. This extenfive Country compre- 
 hends many different Nations, the chief of which are the Tocantins^ 
 Tupinambas, and Tapayos, who are ordinarily diflinguifhed from one 
 another by wearing of their Hair in a different Manner. They ge- 
 nerally go naked, except a Cloth ab^ut their Middle. Their Man- 
 ner of repofing at Night is in a Sort of Net gathered at each End* 
 and tyed to two Poles fixed into the Ground. This Net is made of 
 the Rind of a certain Tree called Hatnac, and hence is derived the Ap- 
 pellation of the Bed or Hamac, fo commonly ufed in the Britijh Fleet. 
 
 Language. "] The Diverfity of Language among the Natives of 
 thofe Places already difcovered doth fufficiently prove that their 
 Number of Dialefts is much greater in the inland Pares of this great 
 Continent. The only Thing obfervable in thefe Languages, is, 
 that the Natives cannot pronounce the the three Letters L, P, R, 
 and that their Manner of^fpeaking is with much Difiiculty from the 
 Throat. The Portuguefe retain their own Language. 
 
 Condamin fays that all the Languages of South America are 
 very barren, and equally void of Words to expiefs any general 
 or abflrafled Ideas. Time, Duration, Spirit and Matter, Bo« 
 dy, Being, Space, all thefe and many more have no Term equi» 
 
 vaie» 
 
 \l\ 
 
 ■■ III 
 
 
 
$yS Brafil Part II. 
 
 valent in the Indian Speech. Phyfical and moral EiTences cannot 
 be cxprcft but by long Circumlocution. They have no Words that 
 anfwer to the Terms Virtue, Juftice, Liberty, Gratitude, Forgive- 
 nefs^ i^c. all which demonllrates the poor UnderfUnding of thctr 
 People in their natural unimproved Condition. At their firft ii> 
 tercourfe with Europeans ^ when drawn from the Woods, their haX" 
 guage is inconceivably difficult, and their Manner of Expreflion 
 more furprizing. They fuck in their Breath while they fpeak, 
 without the clear Diftinflion of any Vowel. Some of their Words 
 cannot be written, even imperfeflly, without ufing nine or ten Syl- 
 lables i and yet when they pronounce them they appear to be only 
 three or four. Poetararorincouroac fignifies the Number three ; but 
 as this Author obferves, it is lucky for thofe who have to do with 
 them, that their Arithmetic goes no further. The Language of 
 Brafil^ fpoken by a People who are fomewhat improved, hath yet 
 the fame Inconvenience and Defe£k ; fo that in order to reckon any 
 Thing, they are forced to ufe the Portuguefe Method. 
 
 Government.'^ The Bmjilinns being divided, as aforefaid, into 
 many Nations and l^ribes, fevcral of them chufe venerable Men, 
 Chiefs, or Captains, by whom they are governed and direfted ; 
 but others wander up and down, and live without any Order or 
 Government among them. The Portnguefe being Mafters of all 
 the Seacoaft, have divided the Whole into fourteen Captainfhips. 
 Over each, of thcfe is fet a particular Governor, who are all ac- 
 countable to the Viceroy of Brofil^ whofe Place of Refidence is at 
 5/. Sahador in the Bay of All Saints. 
 
 'Religion.'] The Natives of Brafil and all the inland Parts, enter- 
 tain no Idea of a fupreme Being, and a future State, having neither 
 Idol nor Temple to be feen among them : And this is the natural 
 State of all the American Indians from North to South. They re- 
 fpeft indeed and admire the whole Syftem of Heaven, the Sun, 
 Moon and Stars, Lightening, Thunder and the great Waters, if 
 this may be termed Religion. Thofe who inhabit near the Portu- 
 guefe Colonies have a Tafte of the Roman Worihip ; but certainly 
 the naked original State of thefc Indians is more eligible than a 
 Conformity to that Religion, which upon certain Occafions can 
 difpenfe with the Breach of any Divine Law or Commandment ; 
 with committing any Wickednefs, Adultery, Murder, Treafon, 
 juft as it futcs the Policy and Intercft of the Rcmein ("hurch. 
 
 f;:'/rf 
 
 SECT. 
 
Part II. 
 
 379 
 
 S E C T. X. 
 C!itU with iDatasonta* 
 
 This long Province extends 26 Degrees North and South, from 
 Copiapa to the Strait of Magellan, being 1560 Miles. Tis divided 
 in four Parts or Governments, 
 
 ^ I,, r.i*.'' 
 
 Sl Jago^ Cuyo^ Conception^ Patagonia, 
 
 St. logo. 
 Cujo.—— 
 
 { 
 
 Concept ion. 
 
 Patagonia. 
 
 { 
 
 St. Iaco. Valparaijo, Coquimho, Guafco, Copiapa: 
 Alio the two I Hands of Eaft and Weft Fernandeu 
 
 'Mendiza, St. Juan, VtOy St. Luis. 
 
 Conception, Aroca, Villanca, Ba/di'via, with the Ifland 
 of C/pi foe, and Archipel appertaining. Alfo the 
 Archipel of Chonos, and the Land down to Qtm* 
 pana River. 
 
 5 From the River Camfana to the Strait of Magellan* 
 \ The Iflands of Trinity, St. Mary, and St. Martin, 
 
 This Divifion called Patagonia is b9unded North, by a Line 
 made from Campana River to Julian Bay on the Eaftern Shore. 
 
 Name.y-T^ HIS Country is bounded Eaft by Paraguay and the 
 JL Cordileer Mountains ; Weft by the Pacific Ocean j on 
 the North by Peru ; and on the South by the Strait of Magellan. 
 Tis called Chili from the Cold produced by the forefaid Mountains ; 
 the Word Chili fignifying Cold in the Indian Language. 
 
 Air.'\ The Air, during the Summer, is as temperate as in the 
 KinQ;:iom of France, having frequent Breezes from the Weft j but 
 in J'Finter the Co!d is fo piercing, that both Man and Beaft do 
 fometimes perifh in travelling the Roads. The oppofite Parts of the 
 Globe to Chili arc the North Provinces of China, 
 
 Soil.] The mountainous Parts of this Country are generally dry 
 and barren ; but in the large Vallies towards the Sea the Soil is 
 exceding fertil, producing grctt Plenty of Maiz, Wheat, and other 
 Sorts of Grain ; as alfo Variety of Herbs and Fruits ; and the Vines 
 brought hither from Spain do profper extraordinary well. Chili af- 
 fords likewife rich Mines of Gold and Silver. 
 
 Commaditia.'] 
 
 
38o Chili. Part 1L 
 
 Commotfities'.'] The chief Produfliens of this Country i-e Gold, 
 Maiz or Indian Corn, Coconuts, Oil, Wine, Lead, Mercury, Tin, 
 Copper, Hemp, and fome Silver. 
 
 Hart ties. 1 In Chili is a very remarkable Bird called Condor by the 
 Spaniards, which is very large, and extremely ravenous. He fre- 
 quently fets upon a Sheep or Calf, and comes down with fuch 
 Force, that his Blow is always mortal, and not only kills, but is 
 alfo able to eat the Flefh of one intirely. Two of them will dare 
 to aflault a Cow or Bull, and ufually mafter them. The Inhabit- 
 ants of this Country are fometimes in like Danger themfelves ; but 
 Mature hath well ordered, that this deftruftive Creature is fo un- 
 common that the whole Continent affords but a very fmall Num- 
 ber. The Sheep's Wool here is very foft, and fine as any Silk, as 
 is alfo the Hair of their wild Goats. 
 
 Bifi?ops.'\ See a Lift of them in Peru. 
 
 Manners.} The Natives of this Country having good Com* 
 plexions and ftrong Limbs, are a \ery warlike and courageous 
 People, efpecially the Arocanast who abide in the mountainous 
 Farts, Eaft of Conception, and are as yet unconquered by the Spa- 
 niards, But the Indians of thefe Provinces are generally imploye4 
 in gathering the Gold Grain or Puft, which they exchange with the 
 Spaniards for what Goods they wa^t. 
 
 Language."] The prevailing Language of this Country is the Spa- 
 nijhy which is not only ufed among the Spaniards themfelves, but is 
 currently fpoken, at lead underftood, by the Plurality of the Na- 
 tives. Thofe of them who have but little Traffick with the 
 Spaniards, retain fiill their own imperfect Dialed. 
 
 Government.'] The Natives, where they maintain their Freedom, 
 are ruled by Captains of their own chufing ; but this Country 
 being invaded, and taken PoffeiTion of by the Spaniards abov? two 
 hundred Years ago, is molUy fubjefl to the Crown of Spain, and 
 ruled by a particular Governor called Prefident of Chili, refiding at 
 Conception, in Subordination to the Viceroy of Peru. 
 
 Religion.] As to the Indians and Spaniards of thefe Parts, their 
 Religion will be beft underftood by returning to the Account of 
 Brafil and Peru, For more Particulars, fee Betagh\ Voyage round 
 the World. 
 
 SECT, 
 
Part II. 38* 
 
 ! SECT. XI. ; r" 
 
 ■• •• .. \' mmm* , : \%, 
 
 This large inland Region conuins about twenty Degrees ol 
 Latitude, or twelve hundred Miles, from the Gulf of the River 
 Piate up to the Lake Xkray. The River Paraguay runs through 
 it, but joining the Parana at the Town of Corrientts it therie lole^ 
 t^e Name of Paraguay for that of Plata or the River Plate, i 
 
 Tis divided in fix Parts, three on the Weft of the River, an4 
 three on the £aft. 
 
 ChacOt 
 
 Jefuits Colony t 
 
 Tucumafi, 
 
 GuayrOf 
 
 Plata, 
 
 Vrgua. 
 
 Chac$, This Province has two great Rivers that rife from Peru and 
 fall in the Paraguay i namely the Pilcomayo^ and the Vermeh or 
 Rtd Ri<ver, 
 
 Tueuman, Chief Town> ia this Province arc Salta, St. la^o ^ 
 Ejltro, Rioja, Cordova, 
 
 Plata. Chief Places here are Buenos Ayres, St. S/>irit, Santa Ft, or 
 St. Pat thy on the River 5«/«ie. , .v-... 
 
 Je/uits Colony. The principal Towns* JJuntption, VillarUm, Mara- 
 tajo, Upaniy Candelari, St. Faith. And South of the Parana, 
 Corpus y LorettOf St. Jgnacio, St. Xafuier, Old Conception^ Los Reyes. 
 
 Guayra. Chief Places here are Ciudad Real or Kingfiown on the 
 Parana : Loretto, Archangelos, St. Xavier, St. Paul, St. Tome, 
 St. Mary. The Parana runs through diis Province. 
 
 Vrgua. Principal Towns here are. St. Joachim, St. Ann, St. Tome, 
 St. Jofef, Umay, AJfumptiony Salvador. Thefe two laft Provinces 
 are planted with Spanijb MilHons, in order to fettle and improve 
 the wandering rude Indians. 
 
 tiame.'\ 
 
 THIS Country, difcovered firft by John Dlas de Solis, i 
 1515, and afterwards taken Pofleflion of" by the Spe 
 •iards, in 1546, is bounded Eaft by Srajil; Weft by Chili; North 
 
 by 
 
 in 
 
 » 
 
 
 :i! 
 
/ 
 
 ^Si Paragu^, Part It. 
 
 by Jmaxoftia; and South by the Land of the Pampas. Tis called 
 Paraguay from the River of that Name, as before obferved. 
 
 JirJ] The Jir of this Country* though fometimes over hot, is 
 temperate, fine, and very healthy. The oppofue Place of the 
 Globe to Paraguay is the Sea of China ; and the oppofite .land to 
 Huenos Ayrtt is the South Part of Coria» 
 
 '' Sot/.'] The SeU of this Country is eftefcmed to be very fertil in 
 inoft Places, producing great Plenty of Corn, Wine, Fruits and 
 Herbs ; and hath Abundance of Cattel ahd wild Fowl, befide the 
 ProduA of Gold and Silver, equal to any other Parts of Soutk 
 Jimerica, 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Exports of this Country, at lead the 
 Produ£l thereof, are Gold, Silver, Sugar, precious Stones, Wine» 
 Honey ; alfo great Quantities of the Paraguay Tea. 
 
 Rarities."] Upon the River Plata are frequently feen, and fome- 
 times killed, feveral Kinds of Serpents of an uncommon Bignefs. 
 2. About the Northern Parts of Paraguay is a large Champain 
 Country, all overfpread with an excellent Kind of Salt, to a eon* 
 fiderable Depth. 3. In the Weftern Parts of Tucuman^ is a very 
 Itigfa and large Mountain, which for its extraordinary Luftre, in a 
 clear Sunihine Day, is called the Gryjial Mountain. Under it.is ex- 
 tended a great hollow Paflage. through which there runs a con- 
 fiderable Stream of Water, with fo many Windings and Turnings, 
 that from the Time of its Entry under the Mountain to its ifTuing 
 forth on the other Side, is between the Space of twenty and thirty 
 Hours, according to the Computation of fome Portuguefe, who 
 were fo adventurous as to make the Experiment, by hazarding 
 themielves upon a Raft made of Canes. Vid. Purchas, Part. iv. 
 
 For the Bijhefs, turn to the Lift in Peru, where all thefe are in- 
 cluded. 
 
 Manners.] The Paraguayans are but middlefized People. Their 
 Joints and Legs are generally ftrong and thick. Their Faces are 
 iatifli and round widi an Olive Complexion. The Women have 
 their Hair looft on their Foreheads, that behind being twifted to- 
 gether. Their Ornaments are fmall Bones or Shells, which they 
 wear about their Arms or Necks. Their petty Princes have a Sore 
 •f triple Crown made of Straw ; others wear Skins about their 
 Shoulders, or round the Middle, but the Boys and Girls go naked. 
 Tis common to bore large Holes ia their Ears, introducing a round 
 I» Bi; 
 
Part IL Paraguay, jlg 
 
 Bit of Wood, till the lower Part of the Ear touche. the Shoulder. 
 Thefe Culloms prevail likewife throughout Amazonia, 
 
 Language ] The Dialeft ufed among thcfe Indiam is in general 
 vtry harfli and unpleafant, as the Generality of the Indian Tongues 
 are. The SpatiarJs not only ufe their own Language, but gra- 
 dually bring the Natives to fpeak it. 
 
 Government."] The People of this Country are in a great Part 
 fubjeA to their own Chiefs or Captains, whom they chufe among 
 themfelvest and under whofe ConauA they are ufed to make War 
 upon their Enemies. A coniiderable Part of this Country belongs 
 totheKingof S'/iz/tf, who appoints one Governor at St, lago m 
 S[ttcimant and another at Buenos Ayres by the River PlatUt both of 
 them (ubordinate to the Viceroy of Peru, .' ., \ 
 
 The Jefuits Colony is an independent Sovereignty of their own.' 
 Tis divided in about thirty Cantons of five or fix thoufand People 
 each, who are all inftru£ted, intermarried, imployed in various 
 Work, and managed with wonderful Order, Dexterity and Policy. 
 They have Lands aifigned them, with Pafture and Cattel for their 
 Ufe ; while others art fet apart for the OiHce of Sextons and Ser- 
 vants, to keep the Churches, with the Utenfils and Ornaments, in 
 a clean and decent Order. See the Voyages of Rogers^ Freseier, 
 Betagh, and Father Sep\ Account. 
 
 Religion.'] The American Indians have no Kind of Religion, but 
 what they are obliged to learn of the Roman Miflionarics who are 
 eftabliflit in thefe Parts. Other wandering Tribes mud remain tiU 
 more 'Reductions can be made. 
 
 SECT. 
 
 1 ' 
 
 k SI . 
 
 1 ^ ' 
 
 ' « ' 
 
 
 •: i i 'I 
 
 I. 
 
3»4 
 
 S E C t. XII. 
 
 Part II, 
 
 ■ ' f^onti SInoia. . ; :, w • 
 
 I chufe to give this Name to all the new discovered Seuthent 
 Lands, as none of them can be called jintardic, not being within 
 the Polar Circle, or near it. 
 
 New Cuineyy and New ^ritain^ 
 
 ':. ■ 'nr : 
 
 , . ..',.,:», ....- -.-h -r. 
 
 THIS Country Of Neiu Guhty was firft difcovered by Savedrm i 
 Spaniard in the Year 1 5 29 who called it Papot ; but Scouten, 
 the Dutch Dil'coverer, gave it the Name ofNeiu Guiney. It lyes 1 3 5 
 Degrees Eaft from London^ a Httle South of the Equator. Nenxt 
 Britain is a large Jfland, forty Miles to the Eaftof AVw G«/«{^« 
 difcovered by Dampier in 1 700. Tis 80D Miles round. 
 
 -.yl^ - .-.'4 * . .■ 'I«U^i -JV ■ . 'i'-^Xi I 
 
 ^ i. c. Spirito Santo^ or St, SpiriU -^'^ - '*'' ■ ^i > 
 
 THIS extenfive Land was difcovered near the Clofe of the fix^ 
 teenth Century, by Fernando ^irot a Spaniard. The Coaft 
 runs from 150 to i8c Degrees Eallof Lovdo/t, and between 10 and 
 20 Degree* of South Latitude ; bat the Inland h altogether un- 
 known. 
 
 New Holland: 
 
 
 THIS large Country lyes under the South Tropic, 1 30 Degrees at 
 the Medium froui Loudon Eaft ; between 10 and 35 Degrees of 
 jSouth Latitude. It was difcovered by the Hollanders in 1 64^. That 
 failed Carpentaria is the Northeaft Part, but whether it joins to 
 lienv Guiney is uncertain. The South Part was found in 1622: 
 The Southeaft by Peter Nuits in 1627. ., 
 
 t^tm. .-— «. »-«MiaM •• 
 
 Daman's Land. 
 
 'HIS Traa is fuppofed to be the Southeaft Part of A^^w Holland. 
 It was difcovered by Jbel Tafman in November 1642 ; and 
 called Dieman's Land, from the Name of the Governor of the 
 Dutch Ea^ India Company. According to Dr. Halley it lyes 142 
 Degrees Eaft of London^ and 42 South Latitude. 
 
 NfUO 
 
Part II. 
 
 South India, 
 
 J85 
 
 New Zeeland. 
 
 THIS was difcovered in Decemher 164a by the Tame Captaia 
 Tafman, and lye* 1 70 Degrees Eall from London^ aii4 40 South 
 Latitadct at the Medium. The Extent is unkm}wn. 
 
 Bovet*s Land. 
 
 THIS was difcovered in 1739. by Captain Bovet a trenchmmti 
 To the Headland he gave the Name of Cape Greumcifion. It 
 lyes about twelve Degrees Eaft from London^ and 54 South Lati- 
 tude. In 1 749 a Danijh Veifel from Eaji India was drove upoa 
 this Coaft» 
 
 Tis probable a Difcovery may be made in future Times, that fe- 
 veral of thefe Countries are contiguous, and form together fom« 
 confiderable Continent. 
 
 imntm 
 
 Dd 
 
 SECT, 
 
3^^6- 
 
 Paw II. 
 
 
 ' " SECT. XIII. 
 American 3lflatlOfl from North to South, 
 
 - f 1 , 
 
 •. i > 
 
 Anticoji, Madalen IJles, St. John, 7/!e Royal, lying at the Gulf 6f 
 St. Laurence, belong to the French. -; 
 
 Newfoundland, Rhode Ijland, Long IJland: Alfo Bermuda Iflands^ 
 lying in the Ocean Eaft of Carolina. 
 
 
 Bahama JJlands are to the North of Cuba, . ' ' 
 
 The Great Antilles are Cuba, Jamaica, Domingo, Portoric: 
 
 The Small Antilles, Aruba, Curafo, Sonair, Blanca, Ter/uga, 
 Margarita, lye fronting the Mainland. The three 6rft are Dutch. 
 
 Hondura JJlands are Cexumel, Utila, Ratan, Guanya, Catalin* 
 
 The Carihby JJlands are divided into Leeward and Windward. 
 
 ^\ The firft lye North from the other ; and they which belong to the 
 
 "■ Englijh have a particular Captain General and Governor. Bar- 
 
 bados is a Windward Ifland, and the only one belonging to the 
 
 Englijh. 
 
 Iflands from the Mainland to Cap Horn. Trinidad, Cayene, 
 Caviana, Marayo, Maranbam, St. Katarine, Falkland or Malouin, 
 States I/land, and Fo^e/rf«<^ which is an Afl*emblage of many Iflands, 
 that called Hermit's JJle being Cape Horn. 
 
 -•..^~. NEWFOUNBLAND.' ' 
 
 iV^»/^.]*T^HIS Jfland was difcovered in 1497, by John Gabot a 
 JL Venetian, being imployed by King Henry the VIFth of 
 England. The Patent was to him and his three Sons, Luis, Sebafiian, 
 and Sanquo dated 1 496. Schafian, then a Boy, went with his Father, 
 and the firft Dilcovery was Newifoundland ; therefore the Meaning 
 of the Name is obvious. In 1527 it was more particularly vifited 
 fay 7horn and Eliot oi Brijiol; and the Englijh Title thereto being 
 renewed in the Name of Qvicen Eli?:abeth, 1583, a Colony was 
 fettled there about thirty Years after. This Ifland is confiderably 
 
 ; bigger than the Kingdom of Ireland, the Length being 300 Miles, 
 arS the greateft Breadth about 1 80. The Town and Bay of ?/«- 
 cfntia is OR the South ; and the Carrifon of St. John Southeafl. 
 
 .■■/- - Air 
 
fafty 
 ler. 
 
 ping 
 I was 
 ibly 
 |iles, 
 
 V«- 
 
 'JiUyMC 
 
 TI^^lsTTt C 
 
 arC AK IBB BAlf jS ErA 
 
 h; 
 
 t i 
 
 
..i. 
 
1ST INDIES' 
 
 Mips /irOiarty 
 IBj-JCtuan :Bowen 
 
 
 
 
 
 iJ^IiR 
 
 
 
 dukdmlupe! 
 
 
IBB 
 
 VuWdaluji 
 
 
 X vr 
 
 tofln. 
 
 I'^l 
 
 I ) 
 
Part II. American Tflands. 387 
 
 ^ir and Boil.'] Notwithftanding this Ifland is fituate between the 
 Parallels that pafs through the South Part of Efiglandj and the North 
 Part of France, yet the ^ir doth extremely differ from both of 
 thefe, as being fubjeft to greater Heat in Summer, and more pinch- 
 ing Cold in the Winter than commonly happens in the other. The 
 Land for the moll Part is cveripread with Woods, which are but 
 ilowly cut down, becaufe the Country is very thinly inhabited. 
 Where the Ground is already cleared, the Soil is good and fruitfuJ, 
 affording Variety of Roots, and feveral Sorts of EngUFo Grain and 
 Fruit. This Ifland hath fufficient Plenty of Bever, Deer, Hares, 
 and Fifti, alfo Abundance of Land and Water Fowl ; and the whole 
 Coaft is furrounded with innumerable Multitudes of Cndiifh, which 
 is the principal Trade, though all other Sorts of Fifli are here in the 
 iame Abundance. 
 
 Commodities.'] The Produce of this Ifland are principally Fur?, 
 Oil, and Codfifti, efpecially the latter, whereof there is fuch Plenty, 
 that the Fifliing and bringing them to Eufbpe afFords Trade enough 
 for 506 Ships yearly. 
 
 Rarities.] Nothing heredeferves the Epithet o^ Rare, except we 
 reckon that prodigious large Bank of Sand upon the Southeaft of 
 the Ifland, about 300 Miles in Length, and 70 or 80 in Breadth, 
 remarkable for thofe Multitudes of Cod and Poor 'John, which are 
 taken in great Numbers by divers European Nations, who yearly 
 refort hither for that End. So thick fometimes are the Swarms of 
 Fifli upon this Bank, that they retard the Paflage of Ships failing 
 over it. Peter's Bank on the South is above ico Miles long. 
 
 Manners.] The Americans of this Ifland are a few of the North 
 Indians from Altiv Britain, called EJkimos, who come here for the 
 fake of Hunting, and a fmall Traffick with the Europeans. They 
 generally colour their Faces with Oker, and for Clothing ufe the 
 Skins of wild Beafts. They live by feveral Families together, in 
 poor Cabins made of Poles, in Form of our Arbors, and covered 
 with Skins. By the Treaty oi Utrecht 171 3, the French have only 
 the Liberty of the Northern Coaft, from Port Choix on the Weft 
 to Cork Buy on the Eafl, for curing their Fifli. 
 
 Gouernment.] Sir George Calnjert, the flrft Lord Baltimore., and 
 Secretary of State to King Jam^s the Firlt, having obtained a Pa- 
 tent for the Southeaft Part of Newfoundland, erecied the fame into 
 a Province, called A-valon, and therein fettled a Plantation, whic-h 
 his Son poifeft after him ; but in 1632 he furrendered it for the 
 Grant of Maryland, And at prefent, the Comtfiander in chief of 
 
 D d z his 
 
 li 
 
 1: ' 
 
 
 \fi 
 
f.-li 
 
 388 American JJlands* Part IL 
 
 his Maje(ly*s Ships of War on the Newfoundland Station, hath a 
 Con milfion to be Governor during his Stay. 
 
 CUBA. 
 
 Name.Ynr^m^ Ifland was difcovered by yafco Nunez in 1 504 ; 
 X at which Time it was called Cuba by the Natives, 
 and other neighboring Iflanders. Tis in Length from Weft to Eaft 
 600 Miles, but the Breadth in Proportion is very narrow. The 
 capital Port of H/ivanna is on the Northfide, fronting the Peninfula 
 of Florida, Other chief Places are St. lagoy Spirito Santo, and Port 
 Prince, 
 
 jSir and So/7.] This Ifland being narrow the Air is very tempe- 
 rate, having the Advantage of almoll conftant Sea Breezes. The 
 Tradewinds always blow from the Northeaft; and the ftor my rainy 
 Seafon is July and Auguft, The Soil in general is reckoned the bed 
 ct any among thefe American Iflands, producing good Spices, fine 
 Woods, Gum, Fruit, Wine, Corn, Tobacco, Cotton and Sugar. 
 Here is great Plenty of Fifli and Flefh, Mules and Horfes ; but the 
 Rivers are pellered with Aligators. 
 
 Commodities.'] The Produftions of this Ifland are Gold Duft, 
 Campechy Wood, Hides, Ginger, CaiTia, Maftick, Aloes, Cinna- 
 mon, Sugar, fine Tobacco and SnuiF in great Quantities. 
 
 Rarities.'] Near the Town of Port Prince is a noted bituminous 
 Fountain, from which there flows a pitchy Subftance, commonly 
 ■fed for calking of Ships. Here is al(o a Valley full of Flint Stones 
 of difl^erent Sizes, and thofe by Nature fo round, that they may 
 ferve as Bullets for common Artillery. 
 
 Here is one BiJ^op of St. lago who refidcs at Havannat Suffragan 
 to the Archbijhop of St, Dsmingo. 
 
 Government.] This Ifland was formerly governed by certain Ca^ 
 ciques, or Indian Captains ; but now being lubjeft to the King of 
 Sfaint it hath a particular Governor who refides at the City of 
 riavanna. 
 
 JAMAICA. 
 
 Name-Y I ^HIS Ifland wns dilcovered by Columbus, in his fecond 
 
 X Voyage to America, and brought into Pofleflion of the 
 
 Engli/h by Pen and Venubhs, in the Time q^ Oiiver Cromviell. Tis 
 
 termei 
 

 Icond 
 
 kthe 
 
 Tis 
 
 Part II. American IJlands, 389 
 
 termed Jamaica by the Spaniards, Italians, Frettcht Germans, and 
 Englijh, it was called St. lago by Columbus, and fignifyes James, 
 which being applyed to the IHand, we have ever fince called it 
 Jamaica. 
 
 jfir."] The jiir is more temperate here than in fome of the neigh* 
 boring Iflands, the Heat thereof being much allayed by frefli Eaft- 
 erly Breezes that blow in the Daytime, and tht frequent Showers 
 that fall in the Night. Hurricanes ard Earthquakes, which are 
 common in other Farts of America, do feldom happen in this Place. 
 One ruinous Earthquake was in 1692, and one deltrudive Hurri" 
 cane in 1722. 
 
 5(7/7.] The Soil of this Ifland is extraordinary rich antl fertil, pro- 
 ducing great Quantities of Corn, Herbs and Fruit*: ; abounding, 
 alfo in Sugar, Cotton, Tobacco, and Variety of Spices ; with Plenty 
 of phyfical Drugs and Gums, as Guaiacum, Aloes, Benzoin, Su- 
 mack, Sarfaparilla, i'Sc. The large and pleafant Fields appear con- 
 ftantly green and ipringing, they being well Uockt with Variety of 
 Trees and Plants, which are never diljobcd of their Summer Live- 
 ries. Here are likewife feveral Rivulets, and thofe affording many 
 excellent Fiih, efptcially Tortoife. For the Length of Days con- 
 fuit the Table of Climates. 
 
 Commodities.'] The Exports of thi* Ifland are Cocoa, Sugar and 
 MelaiTes ; Indigo, Cotton, Tobacco, Hides, Copper, Piemento, or 
 Jamaica Pepper, Tortoife, Wood for Dyers, Variety of Drugs, and 
 Abundance of the flrongeft, belt flavored Rum. 
 
 Rarities."] Here are feveral Springs of mineral Waters, particu- 
 larly two, whereof one hath a lulphurous Quality, and the other is 
 fait ; but both approved of for the common Diilempers of the Place. 
 
 2. In divers Parts oijainaicu grows that Fruit, called the Manchi' 
 ncl Apple, which is very beautiful to the Eye, of a pleafant Smell 
 and Tafte, yet mortal if eaten ; whence fome call it the E-ve Apple. 
 
 3. Here are many fliining Flies, a Kind oi Canthai ides, appearing 
 of a green Colour in the Daytime, but ftiining in the Night with 
 fuch a Luftre, that one may fee to read by their Light. 4. Of all 
 Creatures belonging to this Ifland, the mod remarkable is the Ali- 
 gator, that deftruftive Animal, cormonly harboring in or near to 
 Rivers or large Ponds, and may very fitly be reckoned the Jamaican 
 Crocodile. Although he is a large Creature, about ten, fifteen, or 
 twenty Foot in Length, yet he is hatched of an Egg not larger than 
 that ofa.Turkey. His Back being full of hard Scales, is impenetrable ; 
 whereupon it is a difhcult Matter to kill him, unlefs he receives a 
 Wound in the Eye or Belly . Tis an amphibious Animal, and to 
 
 D d 3 inable 
 
 m \m 
 
 k 
 
 U'li 
 
 '{ 
 
 s 
 
 
390 
 
 4merican JJlands. 
 
 Part IL 
 
 ■•nable him either to walk upon dry Ground, or fwim in the Wa- 
 tt-T, Nature hath furniflied him both v\ith Feet and Fins. In mov- 
 ing on the Land he is very fwift. provided his Courfe be ftrait for- 
 ward, but extremely flow in turning, and therefore eafily avoided. 
 Lajlly, h\ Jamaica are produced fomc rare Plants, much regarded 
 by the inquilitive Botawfl; but for a particular Account of them, 
 and all others, found in this and fevcral of the Caribby Iflands, I 
 refer the Reader to a curious Catalogue, publifhed by that great 
 Promoter of natural Knowlege, the ingenious Dr. Sloane. 
 
 Manners.'] The Inhabitants of this Ifland, being Engl'tjlj, are 
 much the fame in Manners with thofe in the Kingdom ot EnglatiJy 
 only with this Difference, that the Generality of them arc fomevvhat 
 more inclined to Libertinifm, a Falhion too predominant in many 
 foreign Pl^intations. 
 
 Lc7tguage.'] This lHand being intirely inhabited by Engfij?:, they 
 retain, and ftill ufe their own native Langunge. 
 
 GoTfrti/vent.'] Jamaica is wholly fubjedl to the Crown of England^ 
 and ruled by a particular Governor fent thither by his Majelly the 
 King of Great Britain. The Laws by which they are governed 
 are modelled according to thofe oiEnghnd. Here they have feveral 
 Courts of Judicature, for hearing and determining all Caufes be- 
 tween Man and Man ; and for the better Affiilance of the Govern- 
 or, he is furuifhed with a Council to confult with, when Occafion 
 requires. 
 
 Rdtgion."] The Inhabitants of this Ifland profefs the fame Religion 
 with that which is by Law efiablidied in England. The Negres have 
 no Religion at all, either in Form or Idea ; for the Slaves all over 
 America hate the People who buy and fell them, and confequently 
 Jiate all their Modes of Worfliip, which demonftrate a Ps.eIigion only 
 external. Sunday is the particular Day allowed them to manure 
 their Lands, which produce Indian Corn, Yams, Potatoes, Cocoas, 
 and Plantains : Thefe are their chief Support ; and they who caii 
 raife Fowls, bring them to Market on Sundays to purchafe a little 
 faited Beef, Pork, or Filh. The Englijh are computed about fixty 
 thoufand, and the Negres about one hundred thoufand. SpaniptoiuK 
 is the chief City. The three other Places are ?ort Royal, KingJlo7jf 
 and PaJJage ; which la(l is fo named, as being a great Thcrowfarp. 
 This Ifland is 340 Miles in Circiimference. 
 
 DOMIN- 
 
Part 11. American IJlands. 
 
 DOMINGO. 
 
 391 
 
 Name.y ■ ^HIS Ifland is fo named from its capital City, It was 
 X formerly called Hifpanioia, but belongs moftly now to 
 the French^ who always write it DomiKgo or St. Domingo. The Ifle 
 of Torttte or Tortcife^ on the North Coaft, belongs alfo to them. 
 Next to Cuba this Ifland of Domingo is the largeft, being 350 Miles 
 iong, and 100 broad. 
 
 Air and Soil.'] The Air of this Ifland is much inferior to that in 
 Jamaica, being greatly infefted with Morning Heats, which would 
 be intolerable, were they not allayed by fome cooling Breezes in the 
 Afternoon. But the Land is extraordinary rich and fertil. The 
 Trees and Meadows are ftill fo green, that we may truly fay, it in- 
 joys a continual Spring. Herbs and Fruits are faid to ripen i(i 
 eighteen Days, and fo rich and fruitful is the native Turf, that of 
 feveral Grain the common Increafe is a hundred fold. Here is 
 Abundance of Palmtrees of a great Hight and Bignefs, in whofe 
 Bodies an Incifion being made near the Top, from thence flows a 
 Liquor ufually called Palm Wine, which being kept for fome Time, 
 fermenteth, and becomes very ftrong. Here is alfo Abundance of 
 thofe called Cabbage Trees, becaufe their Tops refcmble European 
 Cabbage, and are commonly ufed as fuch by the French and Spa- 
 niards. This Ifland hath likewife good Store of Sugarcanes, and 
 fome rich Mines of Gold. The Well Part belongs to France, chief 
 Place Leogan. The Eafl belongs to Spain, chief Place St. Domingo. 
 
 Commodities.'] The Produce here is Cofi^ee, Cocoa, Wax, Cotton, 
 Dyerswood, Hides, Ginger, Cochineal : Alfo the fineft Kind of 
 Sug.ir in great Quantities, with Indigo and Tobacco. 
 
 Rarities.'] In this Ifland are many Gcnippa Trees, whofo Fruit, 
 about the Bignefs of a Man's doable Filt, being preft before quite 
 ripe, affords a Juice as black as Ink, and fit to write withal, did it 
 not difappear in nine or ten Days. 2. Here grows another Tree, 
 called Mananilla, ax D^jjarp Applctree, whofe Fruit is of fo venom- 
 ous a Quality, that if any Perfon eat thereof, he is immediately 
 feized with an unquenchable Thirft, and dies raving mad in a fhort 
 Time. 3. Of the many Infefts belonging to this Ifland, the Glow- 
 worm, called by the Spaniards CochinilUi, is raoft remarkable ; and 
 that chiefly for two little Specks on his Head, which by Night giv^e 
 fo much Light, that if a Perfon lay three or four of thofe Creatures 
 together, he may fee to read the fmalleft Print. 4. Here are Spi- 
 ders about the Bignefs of a common Hen's Egg, having Legs as 
 long as Crabhfli of a middle Size. They are hairy all jver, and 
 ... D d 4 , hav# 
 
 
 W 
 
 i" 
 
 r 
 
392 jimcrtcan IJlands, Papt II. 
 
 have four black Teeth like Rabbits, and commonly bite very fliarply, 
 but are not venomous. 5. Mod remarkable of all Creatures in 
 this Ifland is the Cayman, commonly called the Wejl India Crvcodilrj 
 King an Animal of a prodigious BigneO, is much notrd for his 
 rare bubiilty in catching his Prey ; for lying upon a Rivcrfuic, he 
 fo jvathereth his Body together, that in Form he refemulcs exadly 
 the large Trunk of an old Tree. In which Pofture he continues, 
 till Catitl or other Creatures come to the River to drink, when, 
 to their Surprize, he fuddenly fprings up and afTaults them : And 
 to increafe the Wonder, this Creature is faid to ufe another Strata- 
 gem to effed his End, for tis generally affirmed by Authors, that 
 before he lays himfclf, as aforefaid, upon the Riverfide, he is im- 
 •ployed for fome Time in (wallowing feveral Hundred Pound of 
 I'mall Pebble Stones ; by which additional Weight of his Body, he 
 can keep fader hold of his Prey, and be fooner able to dive with it 
 under Water. Hijlory of the Buccaneen in America. 
 
 Here is one Archbijhp of St, Domingo ; whofe SufFragans are St. 
 J.ige in CuiiOf and St. John in Porta) ico. 
 
 Alfo a College or Uni'verfity at St. Domingo. 
 
 Manners."] The Inhabitants of this Idand, being Spaniards and 
 French, ire the fame in Manners with thole on the Continent, and 
 have rcfpeciively the fame Religion. 
 
 Government.] The Governor General for all the Iflands here be- 
 longing to the Crown of Spain, refides at the City of St. Domingo j 
 which is likewife the Seat of all the fupreme Courts of Judicature. 
 The Governor for the French Part of this Ifland rtfidcs at Ltogan. 
 
 PORTORICO. 
 
 THIS Ifland was named St. John by Columbus, at his firft Dif- 
 covery thereof in 1493, ^^^ "°^ Portorico, from its chief 
 Ciry and Port of that Name. The Soil is tolerably good in many 
 Farts, and Air abundantly temperate, except thofe Months imme- 
 diately before and after the Summer and Winter Solftice. From hence 
 are exported Sugar, Ginger, Pimento, Caflia £ftula and Cafiia Hgnea, 
 Hides, Cotton, Salt, Speckled Wood, and Timber. Here grow 
 divers remarkable Trees, and fome poifonous Shrubs upon tne Sea- 
 fide. The whole Ifland, belonging to the Crown of Spain, is ruled 
 by a particular Governor, who refides at Portorico : And the Inha- 
 bitants thereof baing Spaniards, are the fame in Manners, Language^ 
 and Religion, as elfewherc, either upon the old or new Continent. 
 'i his Ifland is 260 Miles in Circumference. 
 
 The 
 
Part II. 
 
 American TJlands, 
 The Caribly JJIands, 
 
 393 
 
 THESE are a long Range of fmall Iflands which begin at the Eaft 
 of Port^ricot and continue Southward almoU tu the Mainland, 
 including the lilc of Tabago. They are called Caribbyt not from 
 their People eating one another, but their eating of raw Fiefh, as 
 the Indian Word imports. 
 
 They are divided into Leinuard and Windward, or North and 
 3outh, the Parallel Line of 1 5 running between them. 
 
 rSt. Crofst St. yolbn, and Si. fhomas are Danijh, 
 Vandyke t Tor tola, Ancgada, Great Virgin, Coo- 
 per'j, and Piter's, belong to the Engiijb. Som- 
 brero is a fmall defert ifle. Saba, and St. Eu- 
 Leeward J Jia/ia belong to the Dutch. St. Martin, and St, 
 Ijlands. » Bartelmi^ French and Spanijh. Anguilla, Bar- 
 buda, St. Chrifiopher, Nivls, Redonda^ Mantferrat, 
 Antego, belong to the Englijh. Guadalupe, De- 
 Jit ade, Marigalant, are French. Dominica, neu- 
 tral IHand, poffeft by the Indians, 
 
 Windivard J 
 IJlau 
 
 '} 
 
 Martinique belongs to the French. St. Lucy and 
 St. Vincent are claimed by England and Prance ; 
 but the French have feized the iirft, and the other 
 is poiTeil by Indians, Barbados belongs to the 
 Englijh. Bcquia is inhabited by Indians. G t- 
 tiada belongs to the French. Tabago is neutral 
 and defert. 
 
 BARBADOS, 
 
 THfS Ifland was fird vifited and planted by the Eng/ijh in the 
 Reign of King yames the Ift. The Portuguefe who had found 
 it long before gave it the Name of Barbados, which fignifyes 
 bearded; but as it had no Inhabitants, the Reafon of this Name is 
 a little myfterious, except the Refemblance of any Thing on the 
 Trees or Plants might create fuch a Fancy ; for Names are often 
 given to Places on very trifling Occafions. 
 
 The Circumference of this Ifland is not more than 50 Miles. 
 The Latitude of Bridgetoivn the chief City, is thirteen Degrees five 
 Minutes North ; and the IHand at a Medium 13, 8. The Longi* 
 tudc from London, according to Danvil, is 59, 48 Weft. 
 
 Air.] 
 
 i,ivi 
 
 I 
 
 
 *' 1 
 
 I 
 
 ! 
 
J94 American IJlands. Part II. 
 
 j4ir.'\ The Jir of this Ifland is very hot and moift, efpccialiy for 
 eight Months ; yet in fome Meafure qualifyed by cool Breezes of 
 Wind, which rifing with the Sun blow from the Eaft, and fo de- 
 cline with it ; unlcfs there happens a Tuinndo, and then the Wind 
 grows frefher as the Sun mounteth up. The Rains fall here as in 
 other Parts of the torrid Zone, chiefly when the Sun is vertical ; 
 after which the Planting Scafon begins. 
 
 Soil.'] This Ifland, not above fifteen Miles long, and ten where 
 broadell, is blefl: with a Soil very fertil, though not above two 
 Foot thick. Yet that fmall Depth of Eartli refembles, in a Man- 
 ner, one continued Hotbed, being almoft every where grounded 
 with white fpungy Limeftones, which letain and refledl the folar 
 Heat through all the Manure on the Surface. Whereupon the 
 ]fland bcareth Crops all the Year round ; and its Trees, Plants, and 
 Fields, appear always green. Here, and in Jamaica, were for- 
 merly Mountain Cabbagetrces of an extraordihary Hight. 
 
 Commodities.'] The chief Exports are Sugar, Cotton, Ginger, 
 Logwood, Lignum Viitc, Citronwater, Tamarinds, l.inicjuice, Me- 
 lafles. Rum, and thofe in fuch Abundance, ?bat fome hundred Sail 
 of Ships do yearly receive their Loadings here. 
 
 'Raritici.'] In this Ifland of Barbados are Ant? of a very large 
 Size, who build their Ncfts with Clay and Loam about the iligntfs 
 of common Beehives, againft the Body of a Ticc, or Iloufc, and 
 thofe divided into a great m;iny Cells. 2. Here are many Snakes, 
 fome a Yard long, that frequently Aide up and down the Wall of a 
 Houfe, and Oiit of one Room into another, with wonderful Agility 
 ef Body, to fearch for Milk, and fkim off the Cream. 3. The 
 Water of that Rivulet, called 7uigh Rii'cr, hath upon the Surface 
 in many Places a certain oily Subllance, which being carefully ta- 
 ken oft, and kept a little Time, is fit to burn in Lamps. 4. Here 
 are divers large and hideous Caves, fome of which are big enough 
 to contain five hundred Men : Alfo feveral remarkable Tre s, par. 
 ticularly, the Calibujh^ Guava, Palmeto, AJaceu, and that which h 
 called the Poi/on Tree. 5. Among fome rare Infers belonging to 
 this Ifland, we may reckon thofe little Flies called Cayou mofl re- 
 markable, and chiefly for their Wings, which give a pleafant Luf- 
 trc while they fly along in a dark Night. 
 
 Manners.'] The Inhabitants here being moflly "EtigUp, are much 
 the fame in Biha'viour and Manners with thofe in England. They 
 generally live with great Unanimity ; and in more Affluence, Gay- 
 cty and Splendor than any other Planters in the VVeji Indies. As for 
 the Slvives, turn to the Article of Jamaica^ where tis much the 
 fa:r.e. Language^ 
 
riere 
 )ugh 
 par- 
 ;h is 
 g to 
 re- 
 Luf- 
 
 Part if, Anerican JJlands. 395 
 
 Lanauage.'l Wiiat was laid of tlic Inhabitants in rclpcft of Man- 
 tiers, the fame may be afiirined of thcin in Point of Lan^urgi\ As 
 for the Nfgres, the Generality of them, if any confideVablc Time 
 upon the Ifland, do alfo undcrlland and fpeak RngUjh. 
 
 Go'vern/fient.'] This Ifland belonging to the Crown of Gnat 
 BritMn, is ruled by a ticular Governor appointed by the King. 
 The Governor and his <wOuncil fettle all Matters of Importance ; 
 and the better to quell an InfurrciTtion that may happen by the 
 Slaves, he keeps a (landing Militin. of Horfe and Foot, always iu 
 readinefs upon a Call. The Laws by which this Ifland is govern- 
 ed, except the Bylaws which immediately concern the Plantation, 
 are the fame with thofe of England. The Ifland being divided 
 into four Circuits, in each of them is ellabliflied an inferior Court 
 of Judicature for hearing all Manner of civil Caufes ; and from 
 thence Appeals may be made to the fupreme Court. Here alfo 
 are five yearly Sefiions for the Adminillration of Jullioe in erimi- 
 nal Matters. When there appears a Neceflity to make new Laws, 
 or to repeal old ones, the Governor calls an Aliembly for that End. 
 This Aflembly in fome Manner is like oar Englijfy Parliament ; for 
 jthe Governor being fupreme, thofe of his Council being twelve are 
 in the Nature of lo many Peers ; and the BurgeflTes being two and 
 twenty for eleven Pariflies, reprcfcnt the People. 
 
 Rcliglo}?.'] The Inhabitants here, by free Confent, .are all of the 
 Q\i\xrz\i oi England Religion. The Redors of the eleven Pariflies 
 are prefentcd by the Governor, and have handfom Allowances by 
 La-w, which are paid quarterly. The Chufch Affairs are governed 
 by a Surrogate appointed by the Bifliop oi London, who is Ordinary 
 of all the Engjijh Colonies in America\ and fince the Year 1690 
 here has been no Congregation of Difienters. 
 
 As to the State and Condition of Slaves, the general Argument 
 of a Mafter Planter, whether Papift or Proteflant, is xVx^Shat Blwvet 
 do ceafe to be Sla-ves nvbfn once baptized. But how current foever 
 fjch an Opinion hath hitherto been, and may ftill obtain with 
 fome, it is but a groundlefs Imagination, and a njiilgar Error at 
 beft : For there is no Law either in the Old or Neiv Teflamenf againfl: 
 Slavery in genera), nor any Inhibition of Chrijiian Slaves in par • 
 ticular, to be found in the civil Law, as the Dodlors in that Faculty 
 can teftify. And \i Ontjimis was a Slave, as all agree, would not 
 St. Paul in his Epiftle have told Philemon, that it was againflii the 
 Chrijiian Law to keep fuch ? But we find the Meaning of his Epif- 
 ile to be otherwife. 
 
 4 However^ 
 
 
 iiiy 
 
 ill 
 
 I 
 
 ft 
 
 * ■• 
 
 '1 
 
 W ill 
 
39^ American JJlanis, Part II. 
 
 However/ if in old Times this Cuftom did prevail, yet wife and 
 cood Men do now agree that all Plantation Bufmefs might be done 
 better and fafer by our own People, than by Slaves, as appears by 
 that fundamental Reilridtion in the Patent for fettline Ceorgin ; to 
 which this is the only Objedlion, That without a Multitude of Ne- 
 gra, the modern Planters could not live in their ufual State and 
 Authority, like the Eaftern Kani and fiafhai. 
 
 Bahama Iflands, 
 
 THESE belong chiefly to the Crown of Great Biitaht, and are 
 the firll Fruits of the new World difcovered by the fame<l Co- 
 hmhui : Guanani being I'he firll Ifland he arrived at, he gave it the 
 Is ame of Suhadory 1492. 
 
 Principal IHands. 
 
 Bahama^ in the Chanel facing Florida, 
 
 LueayOf ^ndros, and Hcrh^r IJlandi, 
 
 Providence, where the Governor refides. 
 
 Eleuthera^ and Guanani now called Cat IJland. 
 
 Long IJland^ Crooked IJland^ Aklin^ Maguana, Inagua^ Caicos. 
 
 Of tbefe THands, Bahama is remarkable for the rapid Strait or 
 Chanel betwe^r. that ifland and rhe Coaft of Florida, tlirouj^h which 
 the Spanijh Fleets are obliged to pafs in their Return from Mexico 
 to Europe ; a PaiTage fatal to the Spaniards, and fortunate to the 
 E»gliji3 : Fatal to the former in feme dreadful Shipwrecks fuftained 
 therein : and fortunate to the latter for great Quantities of Plate re- 
 covered by ikilful Divers. Thefe Iflnnds are alfo noted for fcveral 
 uncommon Infedts, particularly the Bahama Spider, mentioned in 
 the Account of Florida. See Catfjby\ Natnral Hiilory of thefe Farts. 
 
 Bermuda Jflands. 
 
 THIS little Clufter lyes 250 Liegucs Eaft from the Colony of 
 Georgia : Longitude Welt from London 64, 48 ; and Latitude 
 3 2, 20. They are fo named from John Bermuda, a Spaniard, who 
 Jirll dijcovered them in 1503. The iirft Englijhman who found 
 them was Captain May in 1592; and in xbof) "i'vc George Somen 
 
 was 
 
Part 11. American IJlands, ^97 
 
 was wreckeu apott tliem Abo' -t this Time King Jamn rh> Firft 
 having granted th< 111. nd« r he Virginia Company tk< fold 
 out their Proper' to other rfons, who in the Year h 2 fenc 
 about fixty Perfon ■ fettle th e; and ek Undir ^on me biggeit 
 Ifland named it St, Gtorge. 
 
 Alr.^ They/iV of thefe Tflandsisreck /tied extra, -dinary healthy, 
 the Sky being generally pleafant and Xet<.nt bur vvtten overcaft at 
 ftny Time then follows a Tempeft, attended with Thunder and 
 Lightening. The Inhabitants, now in Number about ten thoufand, 
 are feldom vifited with Sicknefs. and generally arrive to a good old 
 Age. The oppofite Place of the Globe to the Iflands of Bermuda is 
 the South Part of Ntnu Holland, 
 
 Soil,] The Land in Bermuda is reckoned very rich and ferti!, 
 yielding the Labourer two Crops a Year i and the arable Ground 
 U of fuch an excellent Mold, that it affords neither Sand, Flints,' 
 Pebbles, nor Stones fo hard as are fit to grind Knives. But how 
 plentiful foever thefe lilands have been heretofore, fome have re- 
 ported them to be on the Decline. For which is commonly af- 
 llgned a twofold Reafon ; The Diminution of their Cedars which 
 formerly did fhelter their Fruits from hurtful Winds, whereas now 
 they are often blafted ; and a certain Wornt, or Ant. which hath 
 lately bred fo much among them, as to confume great Part of 
 their Corn : £ut good Hulbandry and Time having cured thefe 
 Complaints, no Portion of the Globe is bleft with more Plenty and 
 Happincfs ; here being the purell Air and a temperate Climate ; 
 with Store of Poultery, Fim, Flefh, Roots, Herbs, and various 
 Fruits. 
 
 Commodities.] The chief Produce of thefe Iflands are Corn, Co- 
 chineal, Tobacco, Cedar, and other 6ne Woods, Tortoife, Pearls, 
 and Ambergris. They are noted here for fine failing Sloops, which 
 they build for the Sugar Iflands. 
 
 Rarities.] Thefe Iflands nourilh no venomous Creature ; none 
 fuch being found upon them, nor able to life if brought thither. 
 Here indeed are many Spiders, but thofe no Ways hurtful, and 
 very remarkable for their Webs, having the Refemblance of raw 
 Silk, and woven fa ilrong, that little Birds are fometimes intan- 
 gled in them. 2. If Wells are dug in Bermudas above the Surface 
 of the furrounding Ocean, the Water is fweet and frefh ; but if 
 lower, then fait or brackifli ; and all of them have a fenftblc Ebb 
 and Flow with the Sea. 3. Upon the Coaft of thefe iflands is 
 fometimes taken that remarkable Fifli called the Filffijh ; being fo 
 called from a Part of hi^ Backbone, which hath the true LikcneCs of 
 a File. Go^-cn- 
 
 
 \ 
 
 \ ii 
 
 J 
 
 II 
 
 f \\ 
 
 f 
 li 
 
398 American fflands. Part IF. 
 
 Co'vernment.] The Bermuda Iflands being a Britijh Colony, arc 
 like other Plantations ruled by a Governor, Council, and AH'embly. 
 V''^ Majefty appoints the Governor, who refides at Gmgeioivn or 
 St. George, which is an elegant and well fortifyed City, though 
 fmall. 
 
 Religion.'] The Religion here edablifhed is according to the 
 Church of England. In the Ifland of 5/. GVor^f there arefeveral 
 Parilh Churches and Chapels with Minifters very handfomly fup- 
 ported : And in Giorgetonvn is a good copious Library, founded by 
 Vt. Bray. 
 
 Terra del Fogo^ or Fireland, 
 
 THESE Iflands lye South from the Strait of Magrllan in Lati- 
 tude 54. They take up 300 Miles in Length, Eaft and Weft, 
 and 200 Miles North and South. They obtained this Nanrje, be- 
 caufe Magellan i People, when they pafl'ed the Strait, beheld feveral 
 Fires or Vulcanos at a confidcrabic Diftance in the Country. This 
 Land in general is mountainous and woody. The People are tall 
 and well made, wearing their long Hair in its natural Growth. 
 Their Huts are made with Poles fixt in the Ground and meeting at 
 Top, which they cover with Skins and Bark of Trees. They live 
 by. filhing and (hooting, having Bows and Arrows for that Work. 
 Their Canoes are curioufly made and put together, fo as to hold 
 fix or eight Rowers. In fliort, they are like many other Americans 
 already defcribed. The South Headland properly of this Country., 
 called 6V./^ Horn, is Hermit" s l/U, 
 
 Other 
 
Part II. 
 
 Anerican yiandi» 
 
 Z93 
 
 Other Iflands coming down to Cape Hortty and in the 
 Great South Ocean. 
 
 Sf. Katharin on the Coaft of Brafil, Lat. 27, 40. 
 
 Pepys Ifiandt about 6c Liegues F.aft of Cape Blanco ; Lat. 47, 
 15. found by Captain uat'Aj; in his Voyage round the World, 
 1686. 
 
 Falkland IJlcs^ To called by Captain Strong. This Land was fird 
 difcovered by Sir Richard Hanviins, being drove thereon by Strefs 
 of Weather 1593. He named it Maidenland in Honor of the 
 Queen. Some Frenchmen from St. Malo landed here in 1706 ; for 
 which Reafon they arc called Malouin IJlcs by the French. In 1721 
 Commodore Rogcwein went out upon Difcoveries for t^'* States df 
 Holland', and finding the Eaft Part of this Land to b? 1 ^(land, he 
 called it South Belgia. Thefe Falkland IJles are in .i. 
 
 Sibald Dcvjert IJles are a little to the Well 
 JJlands, 
 
 Beauchene IJle Is a little to the South; 
 
 Mulouin 
 
 States IJland lyes oppofite to Fogoland^ forming the Strait of Le' 
 tnaiTy in Latitude 5 5 . 
 
 Elizahethides are a Company of Iflands fo named by Sir Francis 
 Drake^ lying South from the Weft Entry of the Strait of Magellan 
 in Latitude 56, as it ftands in the Voyage: beyond which he fays 
 there is no Main or Ifland to be feen, the Atlantic Ocean and the 
 South Sea meeting there in a full Scope : For he was once driven 
 to 57 Degrees, during the unexampled Hurricane and Storm that 
 he underwent for 52 Days, being above feven Weeks, '\n September 
 and OSlober IC78 ; no Records, as tis there expreft, mentioning 
 wny Tempeft io long and violent fmce the Time of Noah\ Flood. 
 Thefe IHands never appeared yet in any Map till I placed them in 
 that of the Sieur Danville. 
 
 Galapngo or Tortcife IJlands lye under the Equator, nigh the CoaH: 
 of Peru. Galupago means Tortoife. 
 
 IJlands of Solomon are about Latitude 9 South, 175 Degrees Weft 
 of London, and 30 from Neiv Britain. They are faid to be difco- 
 vered by A/f//yas,/a in 1567: But even their Exiftence hath always 
 been doubtful, as well as their Number and Situation. 
 
 Note, 
 
.-•<\1 
 
 400 American IJlands. Part II. 
 
 Note, In fome Places of the foregoing Book I have thought pro- 
 per to tranflate Sph-ito Santo, not by the Words Hefy GboJ!, but by 
 thofe of St. Spirit : For to fay the Land of the Holy Ghoji, the Cap" 
 tainpip of the Holy Ghofi, the Ri'ver or Cape of the Holy Ghofl^ as 
 they ftand in our Englijh Maps, is I think an ExpreiTion too free 
 for our Language, and what fome People call profane. Where- 
 fore, as it hits the Meaning full as well, I chufe the French Man- 
 ner, by tranflating Spirits or Spiritu Santa by St, Spirit* 
 
 The Spaniards and Portugitefe have no K in their Language, and 
 vet we have Authors who bufy themfelves in Geography, fo very 
 Ignorant as to write Kalifomia, Kufko, jitakama, Kaviana, Per- 
 iiamhuk, inftead of California^ Cu/co, jitacama, Caviafta, Per- 
 namhuc. But all over the Eaft the Letter K is very much ufed ; 
 and in China a Multitude of Words and Places cannot be expreft 
 without it. 
 
 Laftly, The Inhabitants of all the Lands throughout the Globe 
 are divided in Thirty Parts, whereof the Pagans and thofe who havt 
 no Religion are Twenty. 
 
 The Mahetaetans are Five. 
 
 The Chrijians are Four. 
 
 The Jenvs are One. 
 
 i^*Hfa 
 
 A SUPPLE- 
 
>!.i| 
 
 E- 
 
 SUPPLEMENT 
 
 T O 
 
 Gordon's Grammar^ 
 
 BEING 
 
 A TABLE of the Situation, Latitude, and Longi- 
 tude of the moft material Places on the Globe •, but 
 more particularly adapted tQthQ)^x^ctdXngGeographical 
 Grammar. 
 
 Explanation of the Table. 
 
 Jn thejirft Column are the Names of the Places in Alphabetic Order as 
 in common Di£iionarieSt and thofe Names are ahways followed by one 
 or fwo more in the fame Line. Where there is but one Name follo'ws 
 that of the Placet i* fignifies the Kingdom or Part of the World in 
 nxihich it is fttuate ; as Agria, Hungary, fignifies that Agria is in 
 Hungary. But nuhere there are two Names, the firft is the Pro- 
 *vince or Divijion, and the fecond the Kingdom or Part of the 
 World; as Emden, Weftphalia, Germany, means that Emden 
 is in Weftphalia a Pro-vince e/' Germany : Andfo of others. 
 
 ABbeville, Plcardy, France 
 Abo, Finland, Sweden 
 Achin, Sumatra, Eaft India 
 Acqui, Montferrat, Italy 
 Adrianople, Turky, Europe 
 Agen, Guien, France 
 Agra, in the Mogul's Empire 
 Agria, Hungary 
 Aicftat, Francony, Germany 
 
 £e 
 
 Latitude, 
 
 Longitude, 
 
 50 7 N 
 
 I 58E 
 
 60 20 N 
 
 24 57 E 
 
 5 12N 
 
 93 iSj 
 
 44 >3N 
 
 10 22E 
 
 43 33 N 
 
 27 24 E 
 
 44 »3N 
 
 36E 
 
 26 43 N 
 
 79 24 E 
 
 48 2 N 
 
 18 oE 
 
 48 46 N 
 
 10 50 E 
 
 
 Aix 
 
 *s 
 
402 
 
 A TABLE. 
 
 Aix, Provence, France 
 Aix la Chapclle, Germany 
 Albert, Gafcony, France 
 Alby, Languedoc, France 
 Alba Regalis, Hungary 
 Aicala, New Caftile, Spain 
 Alcantara, Extremadura, Spain 
 Alcaran, New Caftile, Spain 
 Alenfon, Normandy, France 
 Aleppo, Syria, Afia 
 Alexandria, Egypt, Africa 
 Alexandretta, Syria, Afia 
 Algier, Barbary, Africa 
 Alicant, Valencia, Spain 
 Almeria, Granada, Spain 
 Amand, Bourbon, France 
 Amberg, Bavaria, Germany 
 Ambrun, fee Embrun 
 Amiens, Picardy, France 
 Amsterdam, Holland 
 Ancona, Italy 
 Angers, Orleans, France 
 Angolefme, Orleans, France 
 Angiera, Milan, Italy 
 Annacy, Savoy, Italy 
 Antibe, Provence, France 
 Antwerp, Brabant 
 Antequera, Granada, Spain 
 Aoufle, Piedmont, Italy 
 Apenzel, Switzerland 
 Appenrade, Siaiwick, Denmark 
 Apte, Provence, France 
 Aquila, Naples, Italy 
 Aranda, Old Caftile, Spain 
 Archangel, Raffia 
 Andres, Picardy, France 
 Arhufen, Jutland, Denmark 
 Arica, Peru, South America 
 Aries, Provence, France 
 Armentiers, Flanders 
 Afperofa, Ron:ania, Turky 
 Aftracan, Mufcovy 
 Afti, Piedmont, Italy 
 Aftorgos, Leon, Spain 
 I 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 43 31 N 
 SO 4«N 
 
 44 hN 
 43 55 N 
 
 47 23 N 
 
 40 30 N 
 
 39 »5N 
 
 39 o N 
 
 48 25 N 
 36 30 N 
 31 II N 
 36 35 N 
 
 36 50 N 
 
 37 45 N 
 
 35 50 N 
 46 32 N 
 
 49 26 N 
 
 23 N 
 30 N 
 27 N 
 25 N 
 8N 
 56 N 
 15 N 
 14 N 
 
 36 40 N 
 45 40 N 
 
 55 26 N 
 
 coN 
 18 N 
 20 N 
 coN 
 
 3t N 
 
 50 N 
 34 N 
 45 N 
 50 N 
 coN 
 40 N 
 29 N 
 
 49 
 52 
 43 
 47 
 45 
 45 
 45 
 43 
 5» 
 
 43 
 42 
 
 4« 
 
 64 
 
 56 
 18 
 
 43 
 
 50 
 
 40 
 
 46 
 44 
 
 12 
 
 Longitude, 
 
 5 445 
 
 7 oE 
 
 56W 
 
 2 4E^ 
 
 18 53E 
 
 3 20E 
 
 545W 
 
 I soW 
 
 16E 
 
 38 45 E 
 
 30 50 E 
 
 37 505 
 
 2 loE 
 
 16E 
 
 I 55W 
 
 2 loS 
 
 13 o£ 
 
 2 50E 
 
 5 4E 
 
 14 30E 
 
 I I E 
 
 32W 
 
 9 50E 
 
 6 40E 
 
 8 9E 
 
 4 loE 
 
 4 oW 
 
 7 30E 
 
 10 44 E 
 
 10 30 E 
 
 s 56E 
 
 14 25 E 
 
 5 oW 
 
 40 10 E 
 
 I 50E 
 
 II 12B 
 
 7450W 
 
 4 40E 
 
 2 5E 
 
 25 45 B 
 
 51 30E 
 
 « 32E 
 
 5.J0E 
 
 Atheait 
 
A TABLE. 
 
 Athens, Greece 
 Avignon, Provence, France 
 Aufburg, Suabia, Germany 
 Autun, Burgundy, France 
 Aux, Gafcony, France 
 Axiopoli, fialgaria, Turky 
 
 B 
 
 Babylon, Chaldea 
 Badajox, Extreanadura, Spain 
 Baden, Suabia, Germany 
 Bagdat. Mefopotamia, Afia 
 Bagnialuc, Bofnia, Turky 
 Bahus, Norway 
 Balaguer, Catalonia, Spain 
 BalbaJlro, Arragon, Spain 
 Baldivia, Chili, South America 
 Bamberg, Francony.. Germany 
 Barbadoes, Weft Indies 
 Barcelona, Catalonia, Spain 
 Bari, Naples, Italy 
 Barletta, Naples, Italy 
 Barleduc, Champagne, JFrance 
 Basil, Switzerland 
 Batavia, Java, Eaft Indies 
 Bayone, Gafcony, France 
 Beauvais, France 
 Beaufort, Anjou, France 
 Beaujeau, Lionois, France 
 Belvedre, Naples, Italy 
 Belgrad, Servia 
 Benevente, Spain 
 Beneventum, Naples, Italy 
 Bengal, India 
 Bergamo, Italy 
 Bergen, Norway 
 Berlin, Germany 
 Bern, Switzerland 
 Befanfon, Burgundy, France 
 Bielflc, Poland 
 Bielha. Ruffia 
 Bilbost Bifcay, Spain 
 Bilogrod, Budziack, Turky 
 
 £e z 
 
 Latitude^ 
 37 25 N 
 43 57 N 
 47 55 N 
 46 38 N 
 
 43 50 N 
 
 44 30 N 
 
 34 30 N 
 38 40 N 
 48 38 N 
 oN 
 
 25 N 
 14 N 
 30 N 
 46 N 
 
 oN 
 35 N 
 10 N 
 10 N 
 
 7 N 
 
 20 N 
 
 48 44 N 
 
 47 55 N 
 30 N 
 30 N 
 
 26 N 
 20 N 
 50 N 
 
 35 N 
 oN 
 
 55 N 
 13N 
 
 oN 
 48 N 
 
 oN 
 33 N 
 
 oN 
 18N 
 50 N 
 
 36 N 
 10 N 
 ijN 
 
 33 
 
 ^J 
 58 
 
 4« 
 
 4» 
 40 
 
 49 
 «3 
 4» 
 4» 
 4« 
 
 6 
 43 
 49 
 47 
 45 
 39 
 45 
 41 
 4t 
 
 31 
 
 52 
 
 47 
 47 
 52 
 55 
 43 
 47 
 
 403 
 
 Longitude, 
 
 23 40 £ 
 
 4 40E 
 
 10 45 £ 
 
 4 25E 
 
 I I5E 
 
 25 30 £ 
 
 8 
 
 45 
 
 15 
 
 »3 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 78 
 
 1 1 
 
 59 
 2 
 
 »7 
 
 »7 
 
 4 
 
 7 
 106 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 o 
 
 4 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 88 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 >3 
 
 7 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 33 
 
 3 
 30 
 
 35 E 
 
 oE 
 
 oE 
 
 30 E 
 
 30 E 
 
 16E 
 14W 
 oW 
 10 E 
 
 48 W 
 oE 
 
 30 E 
 oE 
 
 55 
 
 4'jE 
 
 30 E 
 10 W 
 30 E 
 50 E 
 35 E 
 
 24 E 
 20 E 
 loW 
 34 E 
 
 oE 
 48 E 
 
 25 E 
 32 E 
 45 E 
 15E 
 15 E 
 15E 
 
 oE 
 20 E 
 
 Biorne- 
 
404 
 
 A TABLE. 
 
 Biorneburg, Finland, Sweden 
 Bloisp Orleanois, Francs 
 Boiogna, Italy 
 Boulogne, Picardy, France 
 Bonn, Lower Rhine, Germany 
 Borkholm, Oeland, Sweden 
 Boifleduc, Brabant, Flanders 
 BosTONi New England 
 Bourdeaux, Cuienne, France 
 Bombay, £aft India 
 Bourges, Orleanois, France 
 Braga, Portugal 
 Brandenburg, Germany 
 Breft, Bretagne, France 
 Breda, Spanifh Provinces 
 Bremen, ^\%ftphalia, Germany 
 Brefcia, Venice, Italy 
 Breflaw, Bohemia, Germany 
 Brieux, Bretagne, France 
 Brianfon, Dauphiny, France 
 Briflol, England 
 Brill, Holland 
 Brindifi, Naples, Italy 
 Brixen, Auftria, Germany 
 Brunfwick, Germany 
 Bruges, Flanders 
 Bruflels, Flanders 
 Brugencia, Genoa, Italy 
 Buda, Lower Hungary 
 BudifTen, Lufatia, Germany 
 
 Cadiz, Andalufia, Spain 
 Caen, Normandy, France 
 Cagliari, Sardinia, Mediterranean 
 Cahors, Guienne, Jrance 
 Cairo, Egypt, Africa 
 Calais, France 
 Calmar, Sweden 
 Calahorra, Old Caftile, Spain 
 Calicute, Eall Indies 
 Cambray, Flanders 
 Camin, Pomerania, Germany 
 Cendia, in Candia IHand 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 62 12 N 
 
 47 30 N 
 44 SoN 
 50 43 N 
 
 50 30 N 
 57 10 N 
 
 51 30 N 
 42 10 N 
 
 44 SoN 
 19 o N 
 
 47 44 N 
 41 30 N 
 
 52 10 N 
 
 48 23 N 
 51 30 N 
 
 53 oN 
 
 45 36 N 
 S« 33 N 
 48 30 N 
 44 50 N 
 51 33 N 
 51 55 N 
 40 48 N 
 
 46 29 N 
 5. 55 N 
 51 15 N 
 50 48 N 
 44 28 N 
 
 47 oN 
 50 50 N 
 
 33 N 
 10 N 
 10 N 
 26 N 
 2N 
 . S7N 
 S655N 
 41 52 N 
 oN 
 loN 
 54 N 
 18 N 
 
 36 
 49 
 39 
 44 
 30 
 SO 
 
 L»ngifudti 
 12 30 & 
 20 £ 
 42 £ 
 50 E 
 28 E 
 40 £ 
 SE 
 oE 
 45 E 
 50 £ 
 36 E 
 50 E 
 30 £ 
 28 £ 
 
 15E 
 48 E 
 32E 
 35 E 
 35 E 
 20 £ 
 34 W 
 15 £ 
 loE 
 40 E 
 30 £ 
 oE 
 
 55 
 55 E 
 
 I 
 
 II 
 I 
 
 7 
 18 
 
 S 
 
 67 
 
 o 
 
 7« 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 12 
 
 4 
 4 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 II 
 
 1 1 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 14 40 £ 
 
 1 1 
 
 SO 
 S3 
 35 
 
 5 
 o 
 
 9 
 I 
 
 3» 
 
 2 
 
 «7 
 
 2 
 
 74 
 3 
 
 »5 
 25 
 
 40 W 
 
 30 w 
 26 £ 
 
 34 E 
 
 31 E 
 oE 
 
 20 £ 
 oW 
 50 E 
 15 E 
 
 23 E 
 Can- 
 
A TABLE. 
 
 E 
 E 
 E 
 W 
 
 l>E 
 E 
 E 
 E 
 
 tan* 
 
 Canterbury, Kent, England 
 Candi, Ceylon, Eaft Indies 
 Cape Good Hope 
 Capra, Naples, Italy 
 Cartagena, Murcia, Spain 
 Carthage, Barbary, Afric 
 Cafal, Milan, Italy 
 Callillen, Guienne, France 
 Cafhaw, Hungary 
 Catanea, Sicily 
 Catarro, Dalmatia 
 Caudebeck, Normandy, France 
 Ceva, Piedmont, Italy 
 Ceuta, Africa 
 
 Clialons, Champagne, France 
 Chambery, Savoy, Italy ' 
 Chimasra, Epirus, Turlcy 
 Chriftianftad, Gothland, Sweden 
 Claufenburg, Tranfilvania 
 Clermont, Lionois, France 
 Cleves, Weftphalia, Germany 
 Coblentz, Germany 
 Cochin, Malabar, Ada 
 Cochin China, Eaft Indies, Afia 
 Coimbra, Beira, Portugal 
 Cologne, Germany 
 Compoftella, Gallicia, Spain 
 Conftance, Suabia, Germany 
 Constantinople, Turky 
 Conza, Naples, Italy 
 ContelTa, Macedonia, Turky 
 Copenhagen, Denmark 
 Cork, Ireland 
 Coria, Extremadura, Spain 
 Corinth, Morea, Turky 
 Cofmopoli, Ifland Elba, Italy 
 Cofenza, Naples, Italy 
 CofTana, Naples, Italy 
 Coutance, Normandy, France 
 Cracow, Poland 
 Cremona, Milan, Italy 
 Cufco, Peru, South America 
 Cyprus, Mediterranean 
 
 Latitude. 
 51 10 N 
 
 30 N 
 
 15N 
 
 8N 
 
 oN 
 
 oN 
 
 5N 
 
 32 N 
 
 30 N 
 
 20 N 
 
 50 N 
 
 36 N 
 
 56 N 
 
 50 N 
 
 50 N 
 
 38 N 
 
 25 N 
 
 35 N 
 
 20 N 
 
 42 N 
 
 40 N 
 
 oN 
 
 oN 
 
 oN 
 
 50 N 
 
 50 40 N 
 
 42 41; N 
 
 20 N 
 
 6N 
 
 40 45 N 
 
 40 55 N 
 
 )5 40 N 
 
 20 N 
 
 oN 
 
 30 N 
 
 icN 
 
 12 N 
 
 3N 
 
 10 N 
 
 10 N 
 
 20 S 
 
 oN 
 
 7 
 
 34 
 41 
 
 37 
 
 3S 
 
 45 
 
 44 
 48 
 
 37 
 4» 
 
 49 
 
 43 
 
 35 
 48 
 
 45 
 
 39 
 
 56 
 
 47 
 
 45 
 
 5» 
 
 50 
 10 
 
 >3 
 
 39 
 
 47 
 4< 
 
 :>• 
 
 39 
 38 
 42 
 
 39 
 4.0 
 
 49 
 50 
 
 45 
 12 
 
 35 
 
 4*5 
 
 Longitude* 
 I 6E 
 80 30 E 
 
 17 255 
 15 ijE 
 
 aSfi 
 
 11 o£ 
 8 35E 
 
 1 50 E 
 
 18 i$E 
 
 15 isB 
 17 30 E 
 
 o 35E 
 
 12 40E 
 
 5 40W 
 4 40E 
 
 6 o^ 
 17 56E 
 14 36 E 
 20 55 E 
 
 20 £ 
 loE 
 35 El 
 18E 
 oE 
 745W 
 
 7 io5 
 
 8 15W 
 
 9 45E 
 28 58 B 
 
 16 oE 
 24 24 E 
 \z 50E 
 
 8 oW 
 5 30W 
 22 25 E 
 II dE 
 16 50E 
 16 55 E 
 40 W 
 50 E 
 32 E 
 oW 
 
 3 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 75 
 
 107 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 10 
 72 
 
 34 
 
 Ee 3 
 
 Pant' 
 
'4o6 
 
 A TABLE. 
 
 Dantzick, Poland 
 
 Dardanells, Turk/ 
 
 Darmftat, Upper Rhine, Germany 
 
 Delft, Holland 
 
 Derbend, near the Cafpian Sea 
 
 Deventer, United Provinces 
 
 Deupons, Upper Rhine, Germany 
 
 Die, Dauphiny, France 
 
 Dijon, Burgundy, France 
 
 Dole, Burgundy, Franc* 
 
 Doit, Low Countries, Holland 
 
 Do'vay, Flanders 
 
 Drefden, Saxouy, Germany 
 
 Drontheim, Norway 
 
 Dublin, Ireland 
 
 Dunkirk, France 
 
 Durazzo, Albania, Turky 
 
 DuiTcldorp, WeHphaly, Germany 
 
 Latitude', Longitude* 
 
 22 N 
 
 oN 
 30 N 
 10 N 
 
 oN' 
 56 N 
 10 N 
 4';N 
 20 N 
 
 46 50 N 
 51 45 N 
 12 N 
 6N 
 oN 
 50 N 
 2N 
 40 N 
 oN 
 
 54 
 40 
 
 49 
 52 
 42 
 5» 
 
 49 
 44 
 47 
 
 SO 
 
 l\ 
 
 54 
 5» 
 40 
 
 19 
 28 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 'I 
 
 7 
 5 
 5 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 »3 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 7 
 
 30 E 
 oE 
 15E 
 10 E 
 oE 
 oE 
 15E 
 25 E 
 oE 
 45 E 
 30 E 
 30 E 
 50 E 
 icE 
 20 W 
 30 E 
 45 E 
 5E 
 
 Edinburg, Scotland 
 Elbing, Poland 
 Ellenera, Extremadura, Spain 
 Elfinburg, Sconen, Sweden 
 Emden, Weflphaly, Germany 
 Embrun, Dauphiny, France 
 Enchuyfen, Holland 
 Ephefus, Natolia, Afia 
 Erfort, Saxony, Germany 
 EfTeck, Sclavonia 
 Eftella, Navare, Spain 
 Evora, Portugal 
 Eureux, Normandy, France 
 Eyfenac, Saxony, Germany 
 
 56 N 
 20 N 
 
 o N 
 loN 
 40 N 
 coN 
 coN 
 40 N 
 35 N 
 15N 
 10 N 
 
 48 55 N 
 50 40 N 
 
 55 
 
 54 
 
 47 
 
 56 
 
 53 
 
 44 
 
 5* 
 
 37 
 
 5° 
 
 45 
 42 
 
 38 
 
 3 oE 
 to 30 E 
 
 445W 
 13 loE 
 7 X5E 
 
 6 20B 
 
 4 30E 
 
 *7 35 E 
 II 30 E 
 
 17 20E 
 
 I 45W 
 
 7 loW. 
 o 50W 
 
 10 50 E 
 
 Fcrrara, Italy 
 Flour, Lionois, France 
 Fermo, Tufcany, Italy 
 Fez, Barbary, Africa 
 finale, Genoa, Italy 
 Florence, Tufcany, Italy 
 Flerus, Netherlands 
 
 44 
 45 
 
 43 
 53 
 
 44 
 43 
 
 50 
 
 o N 
 loN 
 30 N 
 10 N 
 46 N 
 
 24 N 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 8 
 
 II 
 
 4 
 
 15E 
 48 E 
 15E 
 25 E 
 
 45 E 
 
 35E 
 
 |*'onte* 
 
A TA BL 
 
 Fonterabia, Bifcay, Spain 
 Frankfort on the Oder, Germany 
 Frankfort on the Main, Germany 
 Freifingen, Bavaria, Germany 
 Friburg, Suabia, Germany 
 Frejuls, Provence, France 
 Furnefs, Flanders 
 Furftenburg, Suabia, Germany 
 
 E. 
 
 Latitude, 
 43 oN 
 
 28 N 
 55 N 
 
 52 
 
 49 
 48 
 47 
 43 
 S» 
 47 
 
 oN 
 50 N 
 30 N 
 15N 
 
 15 N 
 
 407 
 
 Longitude* 
 40 W 
 35 E 
 45E 
 50 B 
 loE 
 oB 
 50 E 
 ijE 
 
 I 
 
 H 
 
 9 
 II 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 GalUpoli, Romania, Turky 40 55 N 
 
 Gelders, Gelderland 51 1 5 N 
 
 Geneva, Savoy, Italy 46 1 2 N 
 
 Genoa, Italy 44 25 N 
 
 Ghent, Flanders 51 3 N 
 
 Gibraltar, Andalufia, Spain 35 30 N 
 
 Girona, Catalonia, Spain 4 1 i( ; N 
 
 Gifors, Normandy, France 49 20 N 
 
 Glafgow, Scotland 56 20 N 
 
 Glatz, Bohemia, Germany 50 40 N 
 
 Gnefna, Poland 52 25 N 
 
 Goa, Eafl India 15 22 N 
 
 Gombron, Perfian Gulf 7 10 N 
 
 Gottenburg, Sweden 57 30 N 
 
 Gran, Hungary 47 30 N 
 
 Granada, Granada, Spain 36 20 N 
 
 Gratz, Auftria, Germany 47 10 N 
 
 Graveling, Flanders 51 4N 
 
 Grenoble, Dauphiny, France 45 1 1 N 
 
 Grodno, Lithuania, Poland 53 25 N 
 
 Groningen, Holland 5 3 5 N 
 
 Guadix, Granada, Spain 36 40 N 
 
 Guadalajara, New Caftile, Spain 40 25 N 
 
 GyuUa, Hungary 46 30 N 
 
 H 
 
 Hague, Holland 52 10 N 
 
 Hall, Suabia, Germany 49 6 N 
 
 Hamburg, Germany 23 30 N 
 
 Hanaw, Upper Rhine, Germany 50 3 N 
 
 Hanover, Germany 52 16 N 
 
 Harlem, Holland 52 25 N 
 
 Heidelberg, Lower Rhine, Germany 49 1 2 N 
 
 Helmilat, Saxony, Germany 51 52 N 
 
 £e 4 
 
 28 
 6 
 6 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 74 
 56 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 5 
 25 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 »9 
 
 20 E 
 
 24 E 
 
 25 E 
 40 E 
 35E 
 SoE 
 12^ 
 
 oE 
 18E 
 40 E 
 32E 
 37 E 
 oE 
 oE 
 30 E 
 
 45 E 
 25 E 
 30 E 
 40 E 
 
 4E 
 45 E 
 loE 
 40 E 
 
 oE 
 
 4 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 oB 
 20 E 
 
 oE 
 10 E 
 
 o E 
 
 ''I 
 45 E 
 
 loE 
 Her- 
 
4o8 
 
 A TABLE. 
 
 Hcrmanflat, Tranfilvania 
 Hi!denicim, Germany 
 Hoenzollern, Suabia, Germany 
 Huefca, Saragofa, Spain 
 HuUi, Flanders 
 
 halitude. 
 4645N 
 
 48 40 N 
 41 45 N 
 51 20 N 
 
 Longitude, 
 
 22 O E 
 
 10 15 E 
 9 loF. 
 o 20 E 
 4 4o£ 
 
 Jaca, Arragon, Spain 
 Jaen, Granada, Spain 
 Jaicza, Bofnia, Turky 
 Jameftown, Virginia 
 JERUSALEM, Paleftine, Afia 
 Ingolftat, Bavaria, Germany 
 lufpruck, Aul^ria, Germany 
 Ispahan, Perfia 
 Juanagorod, Ingria, Mofcovy 
 jiidenberg, Auftria, Germany 
 fuiiers, Weftphaly, Germany 
 J urea, Piemont, Italy 
 
 37 20 N 
 37 oN 
 44 40 N 
 37 10 N 
 
 31 50 N 
 48 3* N 
 47 40 N 
 
 32 25 N 
 59 o N 
 47 10 N 
 50 20 N 
 46 oN 
 
 o 
 
 2 
 
 »5 
 75 
 
 35 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 53 
 29 
 
 'I 
 
 7 
 
 25W 
 50W 
 i8£ 
 
 oW 
 25 E 
 
 oB 
 45 E 
 loE 
 loE 
 loE 
 45 E 
 35 B 
 
 Kaffa, Crim Tartary 
 Kaminiek, Podolia, Poland 
 Kanifca, Hungary 
 Kargapol, RulTia 
 Kexholm, Finland, Sweden 
 Kimi, Lapland, Sweden 
 Kiow, Ukrain, Poland 
 Koningfburg, Pruffia 
 Konizeck, or Konicz, Poland 
 
 |6 oN 
 
 49 20 N 
 
 61 30 N 
 61 20 N 
 
 65 45 N 
 
 50 30 N 
 54 55 N 
 54 hN 
 
 36 
 24 
 14 
 42 
 
 31 
 
 24 
 
 3« 
 22 
 
 18 
 
 5f5E 
 35 K 
 55 E 
 
 oE 
 10 R 
 
 35 E 
 i;E 
 
 50 E 
 
 Largrez, Champagne, France 47 51 N 5 25 E 
 
 Lanciano, Naples, Italy 41 50 N 1455E 
 
 Lancicia, Poland 52 15 N 19 40E 
 
 Land fperg, Poland 5* 55 N 15 25E 
 
 Landau, Suabia, Germany 48 50 N 8 o E 
 
 Laodicea, Afia Minor 58 10 N 29 30 B 
 
 Laon, Laonoife, France 49 30 N 3 45 E 
 
 Lariffa, Theflaly, Turky in Europe 39 30 N 22 20 E 
 
 Larta, Eph-us, Greece 49 oN 19 20E 
 
 Lauback, Auftria, Germany 46 25 N 1 5 56 E 
 
 Lawenburg, Saxony, Germany 5320N 1045E 
 
 Leghorn, Tufcany, Italy 43 40 N 11 loE 
 
 Lem< 
 
A TABLE. 
 
 Lemberg, Poland 
 Leon, Afturia, Spain 
 Leopoldflat, Hungary 
 Lepanf^, Achaia, Turky 
 Lerida, Catalonia, Spain 
 Lewardin, Weft Frifeland, Holland 
 Leyden. Aolland 
 Leypfick, Germany 
 Liege, Netherlands 
 Lima, Peru, South America 
 Limoges, Guienne, France 
 Limburg, Netherlands 
 Lingen,Weftphaly, Germany 
 Lintz^ Auftria^ Germany 
 Lip or Lippa, Tranfilvani^ 
 Lifle, Flanders 
 Lisbon, Portugal 
 Livoen, fee Leghorn 
 Lodi, Milan, Italy 
 Logrona, Old Caftile, Spain 
 Lombes, Gafcony, France 
 London, England 
 Loretto, Tufcany, Italy 
 Louvain, Netherlands 
 Lubeck, Holftein, Denmark 
 Lublin, Poland 
 Luce;-, Tufcany, Italy 
 Lucern, Switzerland 
 Lugo, Gallicia, Spain 
 Lunden, Gothland, Sweden 
 Luxemburg, Saxony, Germany 
 Luxemburg, France 
 Lyon, Lyonois, France 
 
 M 
 Madagafcar, Africa 
 Madrid, Spain 
 Maeftricht, Netherlands 
 Magdeburg, Saxony, Germany 
 Majorca, in the Mediterranean 
 St. Malo, Bretagne, France 
 Malaga, Granada, Spain 
 Malta Ifland, Mediterraneai 
 Malacca, Eaftlndia 
 
 Latitude, 
 
 49 50 N 
 42 34 N 
 4845N 
 38 30 N 
 
 41 15 N 
 53 oN 
 52 10 N 
 
 51 19 N 
 CO 36 N 
 iz iN 
 4540N 
 
 50 20 N 
 
 52 25 N 
 4$ loN 
 
 45 50 N 
 50 58 N 
 
 3845N 
 
 20 N 
 10 N 
 30 N 
 32 N 
 34 N 
 40 N 
 10 N 
 18 N 
 50 N 
 
 46 42 N 
 
 42 50 N 
 30 N 
 loN 
 20 N 
 46 N 
 
 45 
 4* 
 43 
 5« 
 43 
 50 
 54 
 SI 
 43 
 
 55 
 
 53 
 49 
 45 
 
 "9 
 40 
 SO 
 5> 
 39 
 48 
 36 
 
 35 
 
 2 
 
 29 S 
 26 N 
 34 N 
 45 N 
 
 oN 
 38 N 
 
 oN 
 50 N 
 12N 
 
 409 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 25 15E 
 oW 
 40 E 
 40 B 
 40 E 
 30 B 
 30 E 
 50 B 
 35 E 
 44 W 
 30 E 
 20 B 
 38 B 
 30 E 
 40 B 
 5o£ 
 52 W 
 
 5 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 o 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 I 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 2 
 I 
 o 
 
 "4 
 
 S 
 II 
 
 25 
 II 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 n 
 
 10 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 oE 
 
 i2E 
 
 oE 
 38 E 
 
 45 E 
 20 E 
 oB 
 oE 
 25 E 
 42 E 
 25 E 
 40 E 
 izE 
 40 B 
 
 4S 
 3 
 S 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 >4 
 100 
 
 55 E 
 oE 
 
 45 E 
 30 E 
 30 E 
 20 B 
 
 56 W 
 oE 
 
 2^B 
 
 au« 
 
 1^1 
 
410 
 
 A TABLE. 
 
 Mans, Orleanois, France 
 Mansfield, Saxony, Germany 
 Mantua, Italy 
 Manfredonia, Naples, Italy 
 Marpurg, Germany 
 Marfeilles, Provence, France 
 Mafla, Tufcany, Italy 
 Meaux, Ifle of France 
 Mechlin, Netherlands 
 Medina Sidonia, Andaiuiia, Spain 
 Meiflen, Saxony, Germany 
 Mentz or Mayence, Germany 
 Merida Extremadura> Spain 
 MeiTina, Sicily 
 
 Metz, Lorrain, Germany , 
 Mexico, North America 
 St. Michael, fee Archangel 
 Midnick, Samogitia, Poland 
 Milan, Italy 
 Min&i, Lithuania, Poland 
 Minorca, Mediterranean 
 Mirando, Portugal 
 Mittau, Courland 
 Modena« Italy 
 
 Montpelier, Languedoc, France 
 Mons, Netherlands 
 Monftiers, Savoy, Italy 
 Monaco^ Genoa, Italy 
 Mondon'edo, Gallicia, Spain 
 Morlaix, Bretagne, France 
 Moscow, Mulcovy 
 Moulins, Lyonois, France 
 Moufo], near old Nineveh 
 Mulhaufen, Saxony, Germany 
 Munfter, Weftphaly, German 
 Munick, Bavaria, Germany 
 Murda, Spain 
 
 N 
 Namur, Flanders 
 Nancy, Lorrain, France 
 Nantz, Bretagne, France 
 Nankin, China 
 Naples, Italy 
 
 Latitude* 
 
 20 N 
 
 i6N 
 
 5N 
 
 30 N 
 
 icN 
 
 oN 
 
 50 N 
 
 8N 
 
 32 N 
 
 30 N 
 
 10 N 
 
 50 N 
 
 oN 
 
 5* 
 
 45 
 
 42 
 50 
 
 43 
 44 
 48 
 
 50 
 49 
 58 
 38 
 4« 
 20 
 
 55 
 45 
 54 
 39 
 4» 
 
 45 N 
 25 N 
 6N 
 loN 
 i«N 
 56 25 N 
 44 30 N 
 43 28 N 
 50 aoN 
 
 « *S 
 
 43 «N 
 43 20 N 
 48 38 N 
 55 36 N 
 
 46 30 N 
 34 32 N 
 
 50 40 N 
 
 51 45 N 
 48 2N 
 37 20 N 
 
 50 10 N 
 48 40 N 
 
 47 30 N 
 31 o N 
 41 o N 
 
 II 
 
 II 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 10 
 
 Longitude* 
 o 15E 
 54 E 
 40 B 
 26 B 
 50 E 
 40 E 
 50 E 
 45 E 
 20 E 
 20 W 
 
 34 E 
 15 B 
 10 E 
 40 E 
 
 6B 
 
 35 W 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 »3 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 •I 
 
 103 
 
 24 oB 
 
 9 2sE 
 
 28 15 B 
 
 4 oB 
 
 5 40E 
 35 oE 
 
 II 455 
 
 4 oB 
 346E 
 
 6 28E 
 
 7 39E 
 
 6 55E 
 3 50W 
 
 40 25 E 
 
 3 loE 
 
 43 oE 
 
 10 56 E 
 
 7 45E 
 
 11 3sE 
 o 40W 
 
 4 
 6 
 
 I 
 
 118 
 
 »4 
 
 50 E 
 40 E 
 30 E 
 30 E 
 45 E 
 NapoU 
 
A TABLE. 
 
 Latitudt. 
 
 Napoli di Romania 27 30 N 
 
 Narva, Livonia, Sweden 5^ SS N 
 
 Narbone, Languedoc, France 45 1 1 N 
 
 Naflau, Upper Rhine, German/ 50 o N 
 
 Nevers, Orleanois, France 46 50 N 
 
 Newbury. Suabia, Germany 48 10 N 
 
 Newhaufel, Hungary 48 1 5 N 
 
 Newmaric, Tranulvania 47 30 N 
 
 Nice or Nizza, Piemont» Italy 43 40 N 
 
 Nieopoli, Bulgaria, Turicy 45 10 N 
 
 Niunes, Languedoc, France 43 30 N 
 
 Nifia, Servia, Turky 43 32 N 
 
 Norwich, England 52 45 N 
 
 Noricoping, Gothland, Sweden 58 20 N 
 
 Notteburg, Ingria, Sweden 60 o N 
 
 Novogrod, Weliki, RuiTia 58 10 N 
 
 NuREMBuRG, FraDcony, Germany 49 26 N 
 
 41 1 
 
 Lonptude^ 
 
 30 E 
 
 30 B 
 
 ofi 
 
 o£ 
 
 izB 
 
 45 B 
 
 oB 
 
 3SB 
 loB 
 
 30 B 
 26 48 B 
 I 28B 
 17 30 E 
 32 loB 
 34 10 B 
 II 9B 
 
 22 
 
 30 
 3 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 21 
 
 Ocrida, Albania, Turky 
 Oleron, Gafcony, France 
 Olmutz, Bohemia, Germany 
 St. Omer's, France 
 Onfpac or Anfpac, Germany 
 Orange, Provence, France 
 Oran, Barbary, Africa 
 Orbitello, Tufcany, Italy 
 Orefca.yt-^ Notteburg 
 Orenfe, Gallicia, Spain 
 Oriheda, Murcia, Spain 
 Orleans, Orleanois, France 
 Orvieto, Papacy, Italy 
 Ofnaburg, Weftphaly, Germany 
 Orranto, Naples, Italy 
 Qudenard, Flanders 
 Oviedo, Afturia, Spain 
 Oxford, England 
 
 40 
 
 43 
 43 
 
 50 
 48 
 
 44 
 35 
 42 
 
 18 N 
 
 oN 
 32 N 
 coN 
 50 N 
 10 N 
 30 N 
 15 N 
 
 10 N 
 28 N 
 54 N 
 27 N 
 10 N 
 52 N 
 
 50 46 N 
 43 10 N 
 
 51 48 N 
 
 4» 
 
 37 
 
 47 
 42 
 
 52 
 40 
 
 «9 
 
 o 
 
 »7 
 
 2 
 10 
 
 4 
 o 
 
 II 
 
 7 
 o 
 I 
 
 «3 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 I 
 
 28 B 
 30 B 
 35 E 
 20 B 
 32 B 
 45 fi 
 
 5B 
 56 B 
 
 20 W 
 20 W 
 50 B 
 loE 
 20 £ 
 50 E 
 20 E 
 
 SoB 
 ixE 
 
 E 
 
 oU 
 
 Padua, Italy 
 
 Paderborn, Weftphaly, Germany 
 
 Palencia, Leon, Spain 
 
 Palermo, Sicily 
 
 ]P^mpelona, Spain 
 
 45 
 
 5» 
 
 42 
 
 37 
 41 
 
 22 N 
 10 N 
 oN 
 26 N 
 30 N 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 «3 
 I 
 
 25 E 
 
 oE 
 
 loW 
 
 45 E 
 15E 
 
 Panama^ 
 
4" 
 
 A TABLE. 
 
 r. -\. 
 ■'■• . 4- '. 
 
 Panama, America 
 Papoul, Languedoc, France 
 Pakis, France 
 Parma, Italy 
 
 Paflaw, Bavaria* Germanj 
 Pau, Gafcony, France 
 St Paul Tricafter, France 
 Pavia, Milan, Italy 
 PtKiN. China 
 Perpignan, Catalonia, Spain 
 Pergamos, Afia Minor 
 Perugia, Italy 
 Pfcft, overagainft Buda 
 Peterwaradin, Sclavonia 
 Petersburg, Ruflia 
 Phjlipopoli, Romania, Turky 
 Philadelphia, Aiia Minor 
 Pignerol, Dauphiny. France 
 Piombino, Tufcany, Italy 
 Pifa,Tufcany, Italy 
 Placentia, Parma, Italy 
 Placenza, Biicay, Spain 
 Plazentia, Extremadura, Spain 
 Plefkow, Ruflia 
 Pioczico, Poland 
 Poifliers, Orleanois, France 
 Policaftro, Naples, Italy 
 Porto or Oporto, Portugal 
 Portroyal, Jamaica 
 Pofega, Sclavonia 
 Prague, Bohemia 
 Presburc, Hungary 
 
 Latitude, 
 » loS 
 
 42 12 N 
 
 48 50 N 
 
 44 4aN 
 48 20 N 
 
 43 >5 N 
 
 44 20 N 
 
 45 .aN 
 
 29 54 N 
 
 42 30 N 
 37 50 N 
 42 48 N 
 
 45 oN 
 60 oN 
 42 30 N 
 3835N 
 
 44 48 N 
 
 42 54 N 
 
 43 55 N 
 4450N 
 42 45 N 
 
 39 3«N 
 58 10 N 
 
 52 35 N 
 
 46 34 N 
 
 40 18 N 
 40 52 N 
 18 oN 
 
 45 25 N 
 50 o N 
 48 22 N 
 
 Lontitu/f, 
 82 30 W 
 8E 
 25 E 
 oE 
 18E 
 20 W 
 50 E 
 30 E 
 41 B 
 oB 
 10 E 
 44E. 
 55E 
 40 B 
 256 
 
 45 E 
 
 35 E 
 
 3a E 
 10 E 
 12E 
 15E 
 56 W 
 oW 
 
 55E 
 
 36 E 
 
 20 E 
 8E 
 50 W 
 3W 
 30 E 
 25 E 
 30 E 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 II 
 
 «4 
 
 o 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 29 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 »7 
 
 30 
 
 «4 
 29 
 
 7 
 II 
 II 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 33 
 
 20 
 
 o 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 77 
 >5 
 14 
 »5 
 
 
 Qaebec, Canada 
 
 JSt. Quintin, Picardy, France 
 
 4655N 
 49 50 N 
 
 74 
 3 
 
 38E 
 oE 
 
 Kaab, Bavaria, Germany 
 Ra^ufa, Dalmatia, Turky 
 ttatifbon, Bavaria, Germany 
 Kavenna, Italy 
 Regio, Calabria, Italy 
 Rennes, Bretagne, France 
 
 47 
 42 
 48 
 44 
 38 
 48 
 
 coN 
 2cN 
 34 N 
 25 N 
 40 N 
 3N 
 
 15 50 E 
 
 16 30 £ 
 12 10 £ 
 12 30 E 
 16 loE 
 
 I 36 E 
 Retd 
 
A table: 
 
 Retd, Champagne, France 
 Rheimi, Champagne, France 
 Rhodes Ifland, Archipelago 
 Riga, Livonia 
 Rochel, Orleanoii, France 
 Rodez, Guienne, France 
 RoMs, Italy 
 Rofes, Catalonia, Spain 
 Rofien, Poland 
 Rofanna, Naples, Italy 
 Rotterdam, Holland 
 Rouen, Normandy, France 
 
 LatituJi. 
 49 30 N 
 
 49 15 N 
 35 30 N 
 57 oN 
 46 loN 
 44 20 N 
 
 41 54 N 
 
 42 xo N 
 55 30 N 
 39 40 N 
 51 50 N 
 49 »7N 
 
 4«3 
 
 Longitude, 
 4 4aB 
 
 18E 
 58 W 
 39 E 
 30 £ 
 10 £ 
 
 30 £ 
 12E 
 io£ 
 
 3 
 
 »9 
 
 24 
 o 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 25 
 
 «7 
 
 4 
 I 
 
 Saintes, Guienne, France 
 Saltfburg, Bavaria, Germany 
 Salamanca, Leon, Spain 
 Saloniki, Theflalonica, Tark|r 
 Saluces, Piemont^ Italy 
 Salerno, Naples, Italy 
 Sallee, Africa 
 Samvcand, Tartary 
 Sandomir, Poland 
 Santillana, Afturia, Spain 
 Saragofa, Arragon, Spain 
 Saraio, Bofnia, Turky 
 Sardis, Natolia, Afia - 
 Savona, Genoa, Italy 
 Scanderon, fee Alexandretta 
 ScafFhaufen, Switzerland 
 Soopia, Servia, Turky 
 Scutari, Albania, Turky 
 Sebenico, Dalmatia, Turky 
 Segedin, Hungary 
 Segovia, Old Caftile, Spain 
 Sens, Champagne, France 
 Setines,y^^ Athens 
 Seville, Andalufia, Spain 
 Severin, Naples, Italy 
 Siam, Eaft India 
 Siena, Tufany, Italy 
 Sigel, Hungary 
 SiUftria, Bulgaria, Turky 
 $iradia, Poland 
 
 4545N 
 
 47 *o N 
 40 45 N 
 
 40 41 N 
 44 30 N 
 
 41 8 N 
 
 Z2 2- N 
 
 40 oN 
 
 50 20 N 
 
 43 10 N 
 
 41 20 N 
 
 44 5N 
 
 38 loN 
 
 44 25 N 
 
 47 «8N 
 43 20 N 
 41 45 N 
 
 48 38 N 
 46 10 N 
 
 48 II ^^ 
 
 48 oN 
 
 37 o N 
 
 39 25 N 
 14 18 N 
 43 12 N 
 46 5N 
 
 45 6N 
 
 51 20 N 
 
 o 
 «3 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 >5 
 
 7 
 
 63 
 23 
 
 4 
 o 
 
 16 
 
 29 
 
 9 
 
 32W 
 26E 
 50 £ 
 45 E 
 28 E 
 42 £ 
 
 30 W 
 45 W 
 loE 
 
 o£ 
 
 845E 
 CI loE 
 ISE 
 25 B 
 15 E 
 42 E 
 2oE 
 
 18 
 
 14 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 5 20 W 
 17 32E 
 loo 55 E 
 II 36E 
 
 16 12E 
 26 30 E 
 19 12E 
 
 SifteroJ», 
 
 
 ;1 
 
 
4>4 
 
 A TABLE* 
 
 Sifieron, Proyence, France 
 Sl^fwick, Denmark 
 Smoleniko, Mufcovy 
 Smyrna, Afia Minor 
 Soczawy Moldavia, Turky 
 Soiflbns, France 
 Sophia, Bulgaria, Turky 
 Soraw, Bohemia, Germany 
 Spalatra., Dalmatia, Tarky 
 Spires, Upper Rhine, Germany 
 Spoletto, Italy 
 Stetin, Poinerania, Germany 
 Stives, Achaia, Turky 
 Stockholm, Sweden 
 Strafburg, Germany 
 Stugart, Suabia, Germany 
 Sultzbac, Bavaria, Germany 
 Syracufe, Sicily 
 
 Latitude* 
 44ISN 
 
 55 57 N 
 
 54 55 N 
 38 28 N 
 30 N 
 20 N 
 32 N 
 35 N 
 20 N 
 oN 
 28 N 
 28 N 
 10 N 
 59 20 N 
 48 35 N 
 30 N 
 loN 
 iSN 
 
 47 
 
 49 
 
 42 
 
 5» 
 
 43 
 49 
 32 
 53 
 38 
 
 48 
 
 49 
 35 
 
 tongttiuUi 
 oE 
 
 40 E 
 30 E 
 24 B 
 50 E 
 30 E 
 
 15E 
 24 E 
 koE 
 38 E 
 30 E 
 35E 
 30 E 
 50 E 
 
 8E 
 45 E 
 
 oE 
 
 6 
 o 
 
 33 
 
 27 
 
 »4 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 IS 
 
 »5 
 8 
 
 »3 
 H 
 
 23 
 »9 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 II 
 
 >5 
 
 Tangier, Barbary, Africa 
 Targovifco, Turky 
 Taranto, Naples, Italy 
 Tarragon, Catalonia, Spain 
 Tavaftus, Sweden 
 Tavira, Algarve, Portugal 
 Temefwar, Hungary 
 Tervel, Arragon, Spain 
 Tetuan, Fez, Africa 
 Thebes, fee Stives 
 Toloufe, Languedoc, France 
 Thorn, Poland 
 Thiatira, Afia Minor 
 Tirol, Auftria, Germany ■ 
 Tokay, Hungary 
 Toledo, New Caflile, Spain 
 Tortofa, Catalonia, Spain 
 Tomeo or Tomo, Lapland 
 Tours, Orleanois, France 
 Tottlooy Provence, France 
 Tournay, Flanders 
 Trent, Auftria, Germany 
 Trevigno, Italy 
 Treves, Germany 
 
 .. 45 N 
 40 40 N 
 40 55 N 
 61 2oN 
 36 46 N 
 44 30 N 
 40 oN 
 35 30 N 
 
 35 
 
 45 
 
 37 N 
 oN 
 28 N 
 IS N 
 12N 
 50 N 
 40 34 N 
 65 50 N 
 47 10 N 
 43 6 N 
 50 35 N 
 45 50 N 
 45 45 N 
 49 30 N 
 
 43 
 53 
 
 46 
 48 
 39 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 »7 
 I 
 
 25 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 
 oW 
 30 E 
 52E 
 20 E 
 coE 
 15W 
 40 E 
 15W 
 30 E 
 
 30 B 
 32 B 
 32 E 
 
 50 E 
 
 44 E 
 15W 
 32E 
 30E 
 S6E 
 oE 
 28 fi 
 36 E 
 40 E 
 42 E 
 Tripoli, 
 
 I 
 
 19 
 28 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 o 
 
 23 
 o 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
A TABLE. 
 
 k 
 r 
 
 Tripoli, Barbai^, Africa 
 Troppo, Bohemia, Germany 
 Troyes, Champagne, France 
 Tudela, Navarre, Spain 
 Tunis, Barbary, Africa 
 Turin, Italy 
 Tuy, Gallicia, Spain 
 
 Latitude. 
 32 53 N 
 
 50 
 48 
 
 4» 
 
 44 
 
 4» 
 
 15N 
 
 5N 
 
 30 N 
 50 N 
 SoN 
 
 4t5 
 
 Longitude, 
 13 5o£ 
 oE 
 loE 
 42 E 
 40 B 
 
 15 B 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 I 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 8 
 
 Valence, Dauphiny, France 
 Valencia, Valencia, Spain 
 Valladolid, Old Caftile, Spain 
 Vallona, Albany, Turky 
 Vannes, Bretagne, France 
 Vaudemont, Lorrain, Germany 
 Udine, Venice, Italy 
 Vendofme, Orleanios, France 
 Vence, Provence, France 
 Venloe, Gelderland 
 Venice, Italy 
 Verdun, Lorrain, Germany 
 Vercelli, Piemont, Italy 
 Verona, Venice, Italy 
 Vic, Lyonois, France 
 Vicenza, Venice, Italy 
 Viddin, Walachia, Turky 
 Vi ENN A, Auftria, Germany 
 Vienne, Dauphiny, France 
 Vitalio, Macedonia, Turky 
 Vitoria, Bifcay, Spain 
 Viterbo, Papacy, Italy 
 Ulm, Suabia, Germany 
 Upfal, Sweden 
 Urbino, Italy 
 Ufcopia, Servia, Turky 
 Utrecht, HoUaud 
 
 W 
 Warsaw, Poland 
 Waradin, fee Peter Waradia 
 Warhuys, Norway 
 Waterford, Ireland 
 Weimer, Saxony, Germany 
 Wefel, Weftphaly, Germany 
 
 45 
 39 
 4« 
 39 
 47 
 
 48 
 46 
 
 47 
 4-3 
 5« 
 
 45 
 49 
 45 
 45 
 45 
 45 
 
 44 
 48 
 
 45 
 4« 
 42 
 42 
 
 47 
 59 
 43 
 42 
 
 52 
 
 oN 
 icN 
 28 N 
 46 N 
 40 N 
 18N 
 10 N 
 
 40 N 
 10 N 
 25 N 
 10 N 
 35 N 
 
 25 N 
 20 N 
 
 6N 
 20 N 
 14N 
 
 26 N 
 30 N 
 32 N 
 18 N 
 
 52 N 
 
 44 N 
 
 20 N 
 
 oN 
 
 4 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 '-3 
 I 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 12 
 
 21 
 
 16 
 
 40 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 «3 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 >3 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 52E 
 loE 
 50 E 
 55 E 
 30 E 
 30 E 
 
 zcE 
 
 6E 
 
 40 E 
 
 8E 
 45 E 
 20 E 
 25 E 
 
 oE 
 30 E 
 20 E 
 30 E 
 57 E 
 42 E 
 20 E 
 56W 
 loE 
 
 8E 
 30 E 
 
 10 E 
 
 oE 
 
 52 14 N 21 loE 
 
 71 8N 
 53 o N 
 50 42 N 
 5» 3* N 
 
^\ 
 
 ■ I •' 
 
 4i<5 
 
 A T A B L E, 
 
 Weyfenburg, Tr&Afikvania, Turk/ 
 Wiburg, Jutland » Denmark 
 Wiburg, Finland, Sweden 
 Wihitz, Croatia, Turky 
 Wiibuy, Gotland, Sweden 
 Wittenberg, Saxony, Germany 
 Wolfenbutitel, Brunfwick, Germany 
 Wormes, Germany 
 Wirtlburg, Francony, Germany ' 
 
 York, England 
 Yvifa, Mediterranean 
 
 Latitude, 
 
 LotigituJel 
 
 46 40 N 
 
 21 20 B 
 
 56 25 N 
 
 9 20E 
 
 60 CO N 
 
 30 oE 
 
 45 oN 
 
 14 20 E 
 
 57 30 N 
 
 20 oE 
 
 51 a8N 
 
 13 15E 
 
 51 50 N 
 
 10 45 E 
 
 49 12 N 
 
 8 28E 
 
 19 20 N 
 
 10 10 E 
 
 53 20 N 
 
 S8 40 N 
 
 ^■•; 
 
 4SE 
 
 1 loE 
 
 Zamora, Leon, Spain 
 
 Zara, Dalmatia, Turky 
 
 Zalmar, Hungary 
 
 Zell,' Lunenburg, Germany 
 
 Zolnock, Hungary 
 
 Zurick, Switzerland, Germany 
 
 Zutphes, Gelderland, Holland 
 
 41 
 
 44 
 47 
 52 
 47 
 47 
 52 
 
 15 N 
 oN 
 
 52 N 
 
 «o N 
 SN 
 
 icN 
 4N 
 
 5 
 
 10 1^ 
 
 >3 
 
 55E^ 
 
 20 
 
 oE 
 
 10 
 
 26 E 
 
 iS 
 
 15E' 
 
 8 
 
 20 E 
 
 6 
 
 6£ 
 
 FINIS. 
 
Longitudel 
 21 20 E 
 
 9 20E 
 30 oE 
 14 20 E 
 :o oE 
 13 15E 
 10 45 E 
 
 8 28E 
 10 loE 
 
 4SB 
 
 1 loE 
 
 5 loE 
 
 3 SSE 
 !0 oE 
 o 26E 
 
 5 15E 
 8 20E 
 
 6 6£ 
 
 
 /' 
 
 > b 
 
 
 '^ j/ 
 
 , V ' , 
 
 ■•>'^; 
 
 /'. 
 
 '■"^ y^' 
 
 "■■Vii-'^'*^ ■ 
 
 (■ I 
 
 ii**^ 
 
 "^ 
 
 •^■^^^'i.i 
 
 «■ ■;.■.^■ 
 
 jjitou'-j 
 
 
 ' h-4 
 
 i 
 
 i ■ 
 
 I'' ■ •